Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic war;

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

-7

TTM— ■ -| ■ Biair II ■« n_

tME,NEW:.70RK '
PUBLIC LIBRARY

APTOR. LENOX
riLDLN KOrjNDAIIONS ,

Xi^kJLj^ ^j ^f^ ,

CAESAR'S COMMENTARIES

ON THE

GALLIC WAR; "^

WITH

NOTES, DICTIONARY, AND A MAP OF GAUL.

BY

ALBERT HARKNESS, LL. D..

FBOFBSSOB IN BBOWN UKIYXBSITT.

REVISED EDITION, ILLUSTRATED.

' '■' » •* ,, . ■ I

'■ >

NEW YORK :
D. APPLETOIT AND COMPANY,

1, 8, AHD 6 BOND STEEET.
1890.

■Mb

TU3U': :

t , J

.:<

* 1 fr

912098

i.

1 )

COPTRXOHT, 18T0, 1882, 188fl^
Bt ALBEST HABKNESS.

« . • » * ' • • ••

. • • • • • 4 ,

• • •

.•• •• :

: . :. .. • • • •

PREFACE

TO THE REVISED EDITION,

In preparing a new edition of Caesar's Commenta-
ries on the Gallic War, it has been the special aim of
the editor to explain and illustrate with the requisite
fulness the subject-matter treated by his author. When
his first edition was published, the demand for small
text-books compelled him to exclude from his pages
much collateral information which, in the interest of
the learner, he would gladly have admitted. The
Commentaries portray the stirring events of military
campaigns. To understand and appreciate them, the
student needs to know something of the Roman mode
of warfare, and especially of the organization and
movement of armies in the time of Caesar. The pres-
ent volume aims to furnish him the desired information,
not in scattered notes, but in a connected treatise. In
the preparation of this part of the work, the editor has
not only availed himself of the leading ancient authori-
ties on the subject, as Livy, Polybius, Vegetius, and

m

IV PREFACE.

Hyginus, but he has also endeavored to profit by the
recent researches of European scholars.

For the benefit of teachers who may be interested in
the military system of the Romans, a list of the works
cited in the foot notes is inserted on page Ixiii.

This edition is furnished with colored plates and
other illustrations, in the best style of the art. In the
plans of battles, the Romans are represented in red,
while the hostile lines are in black. The learner thus
sees at a glance the relation of the opposing forces to
each other. The plates are based upon the labors of
Napoleon III., Goler, and Rheinhard, while the other
illustrations have been derived from various sources,
though chiefly from Marquardt, Riickert, Riistow, and
Kochly.

In conclusion, the editor desires to express his special
obligations to his son, Professor Albert Gi Harkness,
of Madison University, for important aid in the work
of revision.

Brown University, JvXy^ 1886.

PREFACE.

Tms edition of Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic
War is intended to follow the Latin Reader. It accord-
ingly assumes that the student is already familiar with
the regular forms and the general principles of the lan-
guage ; that he has acquired, by actual experience,
some facility in translating; and that he is now pre-
pared to enter with success upon the consecutive
study of a Latin classic. Starting from this point,
it aims to conduct him to a higher knowledge of the
power and use of the Latin tongue, and to introduce
him to an appreciative study of a standard literary
work.

For the student who is just entering upon a course
of study in Latin authors, no better work can be found
than the Commentaries on the Gallic War. The purity
of the style, the dramatic interest of the narrative, and
the historical significance of the wonderful career of
discovery and conquest which they record, all unite to
render them at once attractive and valuable.

«

The Notes are intended to guide the faithful efforts
of the student, and to prepare him for that course of
direct instruction and illustration which belongs exclu-
sively to the teacher. They aim to furnish such collat-

vi PREFACE.

eral information as will enable the learner to under-
stand and appreciate the stirring events recorded in
the Commentaries, and such special aid as will enable
him to surmount real and untried difficulties of con-
struction and idiom. They will thus, it is hoped, render
an acceptable service both to the instructor and the
learner, by lightening the burden of the one, and by
promoting the progress of the other.

The text is the result of a careful collation of the
several editions most approved by European scholars.
It is based, however, chiefly upon the critical labors
of Schneider, Kraner, and Nipperdey, with constant
reference to the authority of the best manuscripts, as
presented in the works of those distinguished editors.

The outline of the Life of Caesar, prefixed to this edi-
tion, will furnish the student, it is hoped, much inter-
esting information in regard to his author.

Brown University, Fehruoiry^ 1870.

LIFE OF CAESAR.

Gaius Julius Caesab, the author of the Commentaries,
was born at Rome, on the 12th of July, 100 B. C. He
belonged to the illustrious Julian family, whose ancient
lineage tradition traced to the early kings of Rome and the
immortal heroes of the Iliad. At the time of his birth, his
uncle, Gaius Marius, the intrepid champion of the popular
party, had just won immortal honors by his victories over
the Cimbri and the Teutones, while Lucius Cornelius Sulla,
destined to be the bitter opponent of Marius, and the most
formidable obstacle to the career of Caesar, was rapidly rising
to power and influence.

In youth, Caesar not unfreqnently yielded to the fascina-
tions of luxury and pleasure. He lived in a degenerate age,
when the sterner viitues of the old Roman character were
rapidly disappearing from the fashionable life of the day. By
the death of his father, he was lefl an orphan at the age of
sixteen ; but his mother, Aurelia, a woman of rare gifts and
of superior wisdom, superintended his education with the
greatest care, and exerted a poweiful influence in moulding
his character, and in preparing him for the brilliant career of
gi*eatness and glory upon which he was so soon to enter. By
his marriage with Cornelia, the daughter of Lucius Cornelius
Cinna, a prominent leader of the popular party, he early in-
curred the deadly hatred of Sulla, who had just been raised
to the dictatorship, and was already entering upon his terri-
ble career of proscription and bloodshed. The relentless

.Vll)

Vlll LIFE OF CAESAR.

dictator, by an act of tyranny in keeping with his general
character, issued an order that all persons who had allied
themselves by marriage with the party of Marius, should at
once sever that alliance by divorce. Pompey and others,
dreading the terrible vengeance of the despot, hastened to
comply ; but the youthful Caesar, taking counsel of his own
dauntless spirit, and asserting his rights ds a Roman citizen
and a man, defied, with sovereign contempt, the mad edict
of the tyrant. But he did it at his peiil. He was at once
deposed from the priestly office, to which he had been re-
cently appointed, was deprived of his wife's dowry, and
declared incapable of holding his own ancestral estates.
Finding the hand of persecution heavy upon him, he lefl
the city, and remained in concealment until the earnest
solicitations of influential parties finally extorted from Sulla
a reluctant pardon, accompanied by those memorable words,
almost prophetic, *'Be assured, friends, that he for whom
you plead will one day ruin the cause for which we have
fought ; for in Caesar is many a Marius."

At the early age of twenty, Caesar distinguished himself^ at
the siege of Mitylenae, by gallant conduct in saving the life
of a Roman soldier, and was rewarded by the praetor with
the high honor of a civic crown.

On the death of Sulla, two years later, Caesar returned to
Rome, and at once instituted prosecutions against Dolabella,
and other influential partisan leaders, for crimes and misde-
meanore committed under the administration of the dictator.
His fearless defence of law, and his persuasive eloquence,
attracted the attention of the people, who hailed the youth-
ful orator as the champion of their imperilled rights. En-
couraged by this success, Caesar determined to prepare
himself, by a judicious course of study, for the attractive
profession which seemed already to be opening before him a
brilliant career of honor and influence. Accordingly, repair-
ing to Rhodes, then the home of the most illustrious rhetori-
cians and philosophers, he placed himself under the instruc-
tion of that accomplished professor of eloquence, Apollonius
M6lo, the distinguished teacher of Cicero.

LIFE OF. CAESAR. IX

-At the age of twenty-seveD, Caesar was elected pontiff and
military tribune ; at thirty-two, quaestor ; at thirty-five, ae-
dile ; at thirty-seven, grand pontiff; at thirty-eight, praetor,
and at forty, consul.

In the capacity of cnrule aedile, one of the three highest civil
officers known to the republic, Caesar, in accordance with
Roman custom, entertained the people with public festivities
and amusements. Under his administration, the Forum and
the Capitol were magnificently decorated; the gladiatorial
exhibitions displayed unwonted pomp, and the Roman games
were celebrated with a splendor never before witnessed. At
that moment, when all eyes were turned to him as the idol
of the people, when the unprecedented splendor of his aedile-
ship had won for him an unbounded pei*sonal influence, he
resolved upon a bold stroke, both for himself and for his
country. The popular cause had been for years without a
leader. The terrible proscriptions of Sulla had silenced the
friends of progress, and removed from the public gaze all
memorials of their past successes and victories. Even the
statues and trophies commemorative of the illustrious deeds
of their favorite champion, Maiins, had disappeared from the
CapitoL But one morning the Romans awoke to- find all
these trophies restored to their former places. The unex-
pected sight filled the nobles with rage and teiTor, but awa-
kened in the people glad memories of glory and liberty. The
friends of progress gazed with joy upon these cherished
memorials of their great champion, and hailed Caesar as his
worthy successor. From that moment the aedile was their
acknowledged head and leader.

The military career of Caesar dates from his appointment
us propraetor of Spain. Though thirty-nine years of age, he
was then, for the first time in his life, at the head of an army.
He at once displayed the high qualities of a great command-
er, and won for himself an enviable military fame. The
senate, though politically opposed to him, was compelled to
acknowledge the greatness of his services, and in recognition
of his brilliant achievements awarded him, by special decreei
the honor of a triumph. ^ '*-^\

X LIFE OF CAESAR.

At the age of forty, Caesar, ou his return from Spain, came
forward as a candidate for the consulship, the highest civil
office in the state. His towering ambition, his fearless inde-
pendence, and his attachment to the popular cause, made
him the recognized champion of the people ; but he desired
to win to his standard some of the illustrious men whose
fame had given such prestige to the senatorial party. His
efforts were not without success. Soon the three leading
spirits of the age, Caesar, Pompey, and Crassns, made com^
mon cause, and, wielding a united influence, which was abso-*
lutely irresistible, assumed the control of the destinies of the
republic.

Caesar was unanimously elected consul, and at once
brought forward radical propositions for reform, which his
colleague, Marcus Bibulus, opposed with great bitterness
and vigor. But the contest was of short duration. Bib^
ulus, finding himself no match for the determined reformer,
afler the most humiliating defeats, withdrew from all par-
ticipation in the government, leaving Caesar the undisputed
master of the situation. This fact gave rise to the playful
remark that the two consuls for the year were Julius and
Caesar.

Thus relieved from the factious opposition of his colleague,
Caesar at once signalized his consulship by several bold and
remarkable measures. He made himself the. idol of the
people by procuring the enactment of an agrarian law, by
which twenty thousand families received allotments of public
lands; he won the favor of the equestrian order by relieving
it from an oppressive contract, and bound Pompey still more
closely to his person and his destinies by giving him in
marriage his accomplished daughter Julia, and by procur-
ing for him the ratification of all his acts in Asia.

At the close of his term of office, Caesar was made procon-
sul of Gaul for a period of five years, which was aflerwards
extended to ten. His province, including Transalpine and
Cisalpine Gaul, with lUyiicum, opened to him a new career
directly in the line of his aspiring ambition, his cherished
hopes, and his lofty military genius ; but that career was beset

LIFE OF CAESAR. XI

with the most appalling difficulties and dangers. The Oauls
were an energetic and warlike people. While Rome was yet
in its infancy, they had scaled the Alps, taken possession of
the fertile valley of the Po, and converted Northern Italy into
a Gallic province. In the fourth century B, C, they suddenly
passed the Apennines, descended upon Latium, won the vie*
tory of the Allia, and entering Rome in triumph, burned
the greater portion of the city. Three centuries later the
hordes of the Cimbri and Teutones, descending in their des-
olating march upon Southern Europe, threatened the very
existence of the Roman republic. But at length the brilliant
victories of Marius and other Roman generals checked the
encroachments of these hardy nations of the north, and
even made conquests on either side of the Alps.

When Caesar received his commission, Cisalpine Gaul had
already, for a century and a hal^ been a Roman province ;
and even beyond the Alps, the colony of Narbo and the
conquest of the Allobroges had led to the organization of a
small Roman province.

Caesar arrived early in the spring of 58 B. C. in the
province of Narbo. The warlike Helvetii, three hundred and
fifly thousand in number, had burned their own towns and
villages, and were already commencing their hostile move-
ments ; one hundred and fifly thousand Germans had crossed
the Rhine, and established themselves in Gaul, and one hun-
dred thousand more were preparing to follow their example.
The countless hordes of the north were again in motion.
Caesar saw the magnitude of the danger; he well knew
that a reverse to his arms would be a crushing calamity- to
the republic and to all Italy. With a lively appreciation
of the great trusts committed to his hands, he entered
boldly upon a career of Transalpine conquest as complete
as it was glorious. His genius speedily converted Gaul into
one vast battle-field of victory and glory. His very first
campaign was crowned with signal success. It not only
annihilated the power of the Helvetii, and established the
prestige of the Roman arms, but also humbled the haughty
Ariovistus, and extended the Roman province to the banke

Xll LIFE OF CAESAR.

of the Rhine. His second canipaigiiy scarcely less brilliant
than the first, added Belgic Ganl to the Roman dominions,
and assured the final triumph of his arms throughout the
whole extent of Gaul.

The effect of these successes was felt on both sides of
the Alps. One Gallic people afler another presented to the
conqueror their protestations of allegiance, while the tidings
of victory filled Rom^ with joy and gladness. Political ani-
mosity was for the hour laid aside, and the Roman senate,
Caesar's bitterest partisan foe, decreed a public thanksgiying
for fifteen days in honor of the great achievements of the
people's favorite.

But the Gauls, though repeatedly vanquished upon the
field of battle, were not yet subjugated. Those hardy war-
riors loved liberty too well to bear with meekness any foreign,
rule. The spirit of revolt, ever rife among them, was more-
over fostered by their warlike neighbors, the Britons and the
Germans. But the decree had gone forth that Gaul should be
subdued and Romanized. Accordingly Caesar gave himself
year after year, to the great work which had been commit-
ted to his hands. Twice he crossed the Rhine and struck
terror into the hearts of the Germans ; twice he stood upon
the hitherto unknown soil of Britain ; and when at length,
after six years of toil and war, the conquest seemed almost
complete, the Gauls rose' in one final and desperate struggle
for independence. Nations and tribes hitherto jealous and
hostile to each other took their places side by side under
one common standard, for one common cause.

Vercingetorix, the intrepid leader of the Gauls, at length
established himself, with eighty thousand men, in the strongly
fortified town of Alesia, the capital of the Mandubii. Caesar
at once invested the city, and for forty days lay intrenched
before it, between two concentric lines of almost impreg-
nable works ; but at length a mighty array of confederate
Gauls, two hundred and fifty thousand strong, arrived in
the rear of his intrenchments. A simultaneous assault was
made upon the Roman lines, by the besieged on the one
hand, and by the army of relief on the other. Utter de»

LIFE OF CAESAR. XlH

Btruetion seemed inevitably to await Caesar and his cause ;
but the genius of the great commander rose with the magni-
tude of the occasion. Roman valor and discipline, inspired
and guided by that genius, triumphed over all obstacles, and
wrested victory from the hands of the enemy. A few days
later, the despatches of Caesar announced to the Roman
senate the fall of Alesia and the triumph of the Roman
arms.

Another year of warfare followed, and the conquest of
Gaul was complete. Eight yeare of heroic daring and bloody
strife had added a mighty realm to the Roman dominions.

But already the question of the recall of Caesar was dis-
cussed in the senate, and a few months later, at the instance
of Pompey, who had become his bitter rival, a decree was
passed requiring him, under penalty of being declared a
traitor to his country, to resign the governorship of both
Gauls and disband his army. The news of this action reached
Caesar at Ravenna, on the 10th of January, 49 B. C. Scarcely
a day elapsed before his decision was made. With a single
legion he crossed the Rubicon, the southern boundary of his
province, and advanced into Italy. The prestige of his
name gathered numerous recruits to his standard ; town after
town threw open its gates to the conqueror, and in sixty
days after the edict of the senate declaring him a traitor to
his country, the proscribed outlaw entered the capital the
undisputed master of Italy. A bloodless victory and a tri-
umphal march from the Rubicon to Rome, had accom-
plished one of the most remarkable revolutions recorded in
the annals of the world.

The senatorial party, panic-stricken, had fled from the city
in anticipation of the reenactment of the bloody scenes of
proscription which had marked the triumphs of Marius and
Sulla. But the magnanimity of Caesar disappointed both
friends and foes. The frantic passion of the aristocracy, in
their impotence and exile breathing out threats of proscrip-
tion, contrasted strangely with the calm moderation of the
victor in all the plenitude of his power.

XIV LIFE OF CAESAR.

During the next twelve months, by a series of rapid mili«
tary movements, Caesar secured Sicily, the great granary of
the republic, conquered the senatorial forces in Spain, and
finally, at Pharsalia, achieved a decisive victory over Pompey
and his entire army.

The remaining four years of Caesai-'s life were divided
between military campaigns abroad and political reforms at
home. We hear of him successively in Egypt, placing the
disputed crown upon the head of Cleopatra; in Pontus,
crushing the power of Pharnaces, and reporting his victory
in those memorable words, " Fewt, vidiy vici ; " in Numidia,
winning the signal victory of Thapsus; and finally in Spain,
annihilating, in the desperate and bloody conflict at Munda,
the last aiiny which upheld the banner of Pompey. These
varied military movements left him but little time for his
contemplated work in the capital ; yet the civil and political
reforms which he actually accomplished, to say nothing of
the magnificent schemes which he conceived, excite our
wonder and admiration. With the comprehensive views of
the tnie statesman, with marvellous power to arrange and
organize, and with a keen perception of all the conditions of
success, he entered with zeal upon the great work of recon-
structing the Roman state. He corrected abuses, enriched
the public treasury, reformed the calendar, equalized the
public burdens, and strove in every way, as the head of a
great nation, to give unity and symmetry to the new empire.
But while he was yet in the midst of his wonderful career,
with gigantic plans yet unaccomplished, designing men were
plotting his ruin and his death. He had been loaded with
titles and honors, and had been declared dictator for life;
but his greatness had excited the envy of the nobles, while
his insatiable ambition had awakened the fears of the people.
He was suspected of aiming at the sceptre and the crown,
and he paid the penalty with his life. He was assassinated
in the senate house, on the 15th of March, 44 B. C.

Such was the tragic death of this remarkable man. He
had achieved success in almost every field in which he had

LIFE OF CAESAR. XV

been called upon to act. He was a great commander, an
eloquent orator, an accomplished writei\ and a consummate
statesman. Soma of the finest literary works of the age were
the productions of his genius. They related to a variety of
subjects, and embraced both prose and poetry. The Com-
mentaries on the Gallic and the Civil War have been com-
mended and admired in all ages. They will amply repay
patient and careful study.

THE

MnJTART SYSTEM OF THE EOMANS.

1. The Roman legion, legio^ was an organized body of
Roman soldiers. It contained originally 3,000 infantry and
300 cavalry ; but its numerical strength was subsequently
increased. In the time of Caesar it consisted entirely of
heavy-armed infantry, and probably numbered from 3,500
to 5,000 men.i

Caesar's Army in Gaul.

2. Caesar's army in Gaul consisted of two distinct parts,
the Roman legions and the auxiliaries.

1. The Roman legions consisted of heavy-armed soldiers.*

2. The auxiliaries,' consisting of foreign soldiers of vari-
ous nationalities, served either as cavalry * or as light-armed
infantry.*

3. The entire force at the command of Caesar during his
Gallic campaigns seldom, if ever, exceeded 70,000 men.
Beginning his work with a single legion, the tenth, after-
wards so famous in the Gallic wars, he proceeded at once to
raise re-enforcements, and soon found himself at the head of

* A legion whose numbers were fully up to the normal standard was called
Ugio plenisaima and probably contained about 5,000 men. Veteran legions weak-
ened by losses In battle were considerably below this standard.

* In general, the legions were composed of Roman citizens.

s Some of these were armed, equipped, and disciplined according to the Roman
method, while others retained their native arms.

« Caesar's cavalry was composed chiefly of Oauls; but it contained a few
Germans and Spaniards.

< Of the auxiliary infantry, the Balearian archers and the Cretan slingera
were the most noted.

(xvii)

XVlll MILITARY 8YSTEM

an army consisting of six legions and a force of auxiliaries
nearly 20,000 strong.

4. The numerical strength of Caesar's army varied some-
what from year to year ; but he generally had in his service
about 5,000 auxiliary cavalry and from 15,000 to 20,000
auxiliary infantry. The following is a general estimate of
the forces at his command during the seven successive
campaigns described in the Commentaries.

1. In campaign I., 58 B. C, six legions, and about 20,000
auxiliaries, — cavalry and infantry ; in all, from 40,000 to
50,000 men.i

2. In campaigns II., III., and IV., 57, 56, and 55 B. C,
eight legions, with the usual force of auxiliaries ; in all, from
50,000 to 60,000 men.2

3. In campaign V., 54 B. C, eight and a half legions (sub-
.sequently reduced by losses to seven), with the usual force

of auxiliaries ; in all, from 50,000 to 60,000 men.'

4. In campaign YI., 53 B. C, ten legions, with the
usual force of auxiliaries; in all, from 60,000 to 70,000
men.*

5. In campaign VII., 52 B. C, eleven legions, with about
25,000 or 30,000 auxiliaries; in all, not far from 70,000
men.*

1 Caesar found the 10th legion in Gaul, hrought the 7th, 8th, and 9th from
their winter-quarters, and enrolled two new legions — the 11th and 12th — in
Cisalpine Gaul. His auxiliaries consisted of 4,000 cavalry and a large force of
light-armed infantry. The numher of the latter, not definitely given in the
Commentaries, has heen variously estimated from 15,000 to 30,000. The estimate
of Kheinhard is 15,000, that of General von Gdler, 30,000.

* For the second campaign Caesar enrolled two new legions — the 13th and
the 14th. These were added to the six already in his service.

* Napoleon III. accounts for the half legion hy assuming that Caesar procured
several separate cohorts to serve in his fleet in his second expedition into Britain.
The five cohorts and almost the whole of the 14th legion were lost under Sabinua
ar.d Cotta, among the Ebnrones. See Book V., 37.

* In preparation for the sixth campaign, Caesar levied two new legions — the
14th and the 15th— and obtained another— the 1st — from Pompey. The 14th
took the place of the 14th that was lost.

« Caesar entered upon the seventh campaign with ten legions; but another —
the 6th— was added to the number in the course of the summer. These eleven
legions were the 1st, 6th, 7th, 8th, &th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, and 15th.
During this campaign, Caesar probably had a larger force of auxiliaries than at any
previous time, as he besought the Aedui to send him all their cavalry and 10,000
Infantry, and demanded cavalry and light-armed infantry from subject states in
Germany. Moreover, he speaks of 22 cohorts of auxiliaries, collected from the
province by Lucius Caesar. See Book VII.. 34 and 65.

OF THE ROMANS. XIX

History of the Roman Legion.
5. The history of the Roman legion naturally divides
itself into three periods.

I. During the first period, the infantry of the legion in
battle-array stood in the form of a solid phalanx, probably
from six to eight ranks deep.* The division of cavalry, 300 in
number, belonging to tlie legion, was generally stationed
in front of the phalanx.

II. During the second period, the infantry of the legion
was divided into thirty maniples,* or companies, which, in
battle-array, were arranged in three lines, with intervals
between them,' as follows : — ,

Hastati — — — — — — — — — —

Principes — — — — — — — — — —

Triarii — — ^ — — _— __ —

1. The soldiers in the first line were called Hastati; those
in the second, Principes ; and those in the third, Triarii,^
The Hdatati were comparatively young men, who had seen
less service than the soldiers in either t)f the other lines;
the Principes were in the full strength of mature manhood ;
while the Triarii were veterans in the service.

2. ^Each maniple in the legion consisted of two divisions,
or companies, called centuries,* each nominally under the

1 The unbroken front of this phalanx was probably about 1,600 feet long. Its
original depth is not known, but Marquardt and Mommsen conjecture that it
contained at first six ranks, Riistow and K5chly that in its later form it con-
tained eight ranks. Livy, I. 43, compares it to the famous Macedonian phalanx.

* The change from the phalanx to the legion of maniples is supposed to have
been made in the early part of the fourth century before Christ. It is generally
ascribed to Caroillus, but see Frohlich, KriegfUhrung und Kriegskunst der
Bdmer. — Berlin : 1886.

» The interval was probably equal to the lengtli of a maniple. The legion of
maniples was, doubtless, somewhat slowly developed. The form here given is
that described by Poly bins. A legion, arranged in three lines, of 15 maniples
each, is mentioned by Livy.

* The origin of these terms is doubtful; but it has been suggested that Prin^
cipeSf in its original application, probably designated the soldiers who were best
armed and equipped; that Hastati was a general name for all the heavy-armed
soldiers, though finally retained only by those in the first line, i. e., by the inex-
perienced soldiers; while the others had more specific and honorable titles; and
finally, that the Triarii^ derived from tres^ were so called from their place in the
third line, which was then the post of honor.

■ The century (centuria)y originally a hundred men, pi-obably contained at this
time from 60 to 80.

XX MILITART SYSTEM

command of an officer^ called centurion ; though the centu-
rion of the right century generally led the whole maniple.^
In active service, the two centuries stood side by side.

3. The quota of cavalr}', 300 in number, due to each
legion was stationed on the wings. It was divided into ten
companies, called turmxie^ which were each sub-divided into
three sections, called decuriae. Each decuria was under the
command of a decurion.

III. During the third period, including the time of Caesar,
the thirty maniples of the legion were combined into ten
groups, of three maniples each.' To this new military
body, formed by uniting three maniples, the name cohort
was given. The legion thus changed ordinarily stood,
when in battle-airay, in three lines, with four cohorts
in the first line, three in the second, and three in the
third.'

Phalanx, Maniples, and Cohorts.

6. The phalanx, though it could present a front like a
wall to an advancing foe, was yet too unwieldy for the
exigencies of the battle-field. To an attempt to remedy this
defect the legion of maniples owed its origin ; but experi-
ence soon showed that the division had been carried too
far, and that the maniple was too small a body to stand
alone in the line of battle. Accordingly Marius, in re-
organizing the army, proceeded at once to reunite every
three maniples into a single company, called a cohort. The
value of the change was soon apparent. The legion of
cohorts, as organized by Marius, and perfected by later gen-
erals, while it avoided the special evils of the phalanx and
of the legion of maniples, was found, in actual practice, to
unite in a large measure the advantages of both.

7. The post of honor in the phalanx was awarded to
wealth and station ; in the other forms of the legion, to
military achievement and experience. In the legion of mani-

> He was called the first centurion {centurio prvor): in hifl absence, the second
centurion commanded.

' This change was made by Marius, about one hundred years before Christ.

> For a full account of this order of battle, see 28. In the time of Caesar the
cavalry had ceased to form a part of the legion.

«

OF THE ROMANS. XXI

pies, however, the tried veterans were stationed in the third
line as a reserve, to be summoned into action only in cases
of special emergency; but in the legion of cohorts, they
occupied the forefront, and received the first shock of bat-
tle.^ The Romans had at length learned how much de-
pended upon the first onset.

Arms of Legionary Soldiers.

8. All legionary spldiers were armed with swords and
with spears (haataey or javelins (pila). The defensive
armor, both in the phalanx ' and in the legion of maniples,
consisted of a coat of mail, a helmet, gi*eaves, and a shield.

9. In the time of Caesar, the essential articles in a sol-
dier's equipment were as follows : —

1. A plain woollen tunic (ttmica)^ with very short
sleeves, which scarcely covered half of the upper arm. This
was the main article of dress ; it extended to the knee, and
was girded about the loins.

2. A coat of mail (lorica). This was sometimes a simple
coat of leather,* as represented on the light-armed soldiera
in plate I.; and sometimes it was covered with metal, as
seen in the figures of the legionaries in the same plate.
Observe that flexible bands of steel or bronze encircle the
waist ; that similar bands extend over the shoulders ; and
that the upper part of the chest is protected by metallic
plates.

3. A thick woollen cloak, or shawl, the sagum, some-
times worn by soldiers when not in action. It was thrown
over the shoulders in such a manner as to leave the
arms comparatively free. It was generally secured by
a clasp.

The corresponding gai-ment for the general and the

^ In the legion of cohorts, the post of honor was the post of danger, while in
the legion of maniples it was a place of comparative security.

s In the legion of maniples, the light-armed soldiers (veUtes)^ carried a very
light spear (hasta velitaris).

* In the phalanx, only the front ranks appeared in full armor. The others,
being exposed to less danger, dispensed with the coat of mail.

* This seems to have been made, originally, of strips of sole-leather put to-
gether in the most substantial manner. Moreover, a metallic breast-plate, 9 or
10 inches square, was sometimes worn under it.

XXU MILITARY SYSTEM

higher officers was the paliidamentiim^ which differed from
the %agum in the fact that it was of larger size, of finer
texture, and of more brilliant color. The pcUudamentum of
the commander-in-chief was of purple. For the manner in
which the aagiim and the pcUudamentum were worn, see
plates I. and II.

4. Sandals, or shoes. Of these, there were two or three
varieties. The solea merely protected the sole of the foot ;
the calceus was an ordinary shoe ; the caliga was a military
shoe, or boot, which covered the whole foot and a part of
the ankle. See plates.

5. A helmet, either of bronze (cassis), or of leather bound
with bronze (galea). For the general form and style, see
plates I., II., and III. The helmets of the higher officers
were generally adorned with plumes of feathei*s or of
horse-hair.*

6. Greaves of bronze (ocreae). Usually, however, only
one was worn, as the left leg was sufficiently protected by
the shield.^

7. A large rectangular shield, the sciUum, four feet
long and two and one-half wide, slightly curved, as seen in
plate I., on the arm of one of the legionary soldiers. It
was made of wood; but it was covered with leather, and
was bound around the edges with iron. It was furnished
with a metallic boss (um^o), a knob or projection, which not
only imparted strength and beauty to the shield, but often
caused missiles to glance off from it.*

Shields were ornamented with various devices, as winged
thunderbolts, eagles, and laurel wreaths. The name of the
soldier and the number of his cohort were sometimes
inscribed on the inside.*

^ Even soldiers of the rank and file are occasionally represented with plnmes.

* Soldiers sometimes protected their legs, in cold weather, hy wearing strips
of cloth, fasciae^ wound about them. In plate I., they are represented with
tight-fitting breeches, braccaet reaching a little below their knees. Whether
these were in use in the time of Caesar is very doubtful.

s For a general yiew of the arms of the cavalry and of the light-armed
infantry, see plate I.

* Upon the march, the shield was protected from rain and dust by a leathern
case drawn over it for the purpose. This was removed before going into battle.
See Book II., 21.

aPcdOes. 3 J^cgitnariiMUites.

r-

TiJi: jT^v/ yri>^

* •

\

J, .J

A ^\?

• m mmMmMUmit^*^ itoS'a&JV « \%

OF THE ROMANS.

XXIU

Sword,

JllOr

Sword

in
tkeatIL

8. The so-called Spanish sword {gladius Jliapanus)^ the
only sword used by the legions of Caesar. It had a two-
edged pointed blade, about two feet long and
almost four inches wide, well adapted both for
thrusting and for striking, though ordinarily
used for thrusting. It was generally worn on
the right side, suspended from a belt (baUeua)
passing over the left shoulder, as seen in plate
I. ; but the higher officers wore it on the left
side, suspended from a girdle {cingulum,) The
sheath and hilt were sometimes richly orna-
mented.

9. A heavy javelin (pilum). This weapon,
intended for hurling, not for thrusting, was
about six feet and a half long.^ It consisted
of a wooden shaft, upwards of an inch thick
and about four feet long, from which projected
an iron, from two to three feet long, terminating in a steel
head. The pilum and the sword were the weapons with
which the Roman legions conquered the world.^

1 The pilum as described by Polybius was 6 feet and inches long, bttt, from
researches recently made, it seems probable that thept/«m in the time of Caesar
was about 6 feet long. The shaft was either round or square. The momentum
of the weapon, when hurled by the strong band of a legionary soldier, was very
great. It crushed through the shields of the enemy, and, bending under the
weight of the blow, could be drawn out only with the greatest difQculty. In no
ereut could it be hurled back upon the legions. It has been estimated that a
pilum hurled with ordinary force would cut through an oak board half an inch
thick, lined with sheet iron, and that it would undoubtedly penetrate both the
shield and the coat of mail. For the eifect of the pilum, see Book I., 25. For a
full account of this weapon, see Marquardt, R&mische Staatsverwaltnng, vol. ii.
pages 328 to 332; Jahns, Geschichte des Kriegswesens, pages 199 to 201 ; Guhl und
Koner, Das Leben der Qriechen und R5mer, page 710 ; and Lindenschmit, Tract
und Bewaif nung des Kdmischen Heeres.

s The corresponding weapons of the Gauls were the gaesum and the sword.
The former was a heavy Javelin or spear, used mostly as a missile. See Book
III., 4.

The Gallic swords were very long, but without points ; well adapted for
striking but not for thrusting. Livy, XXII. 46, characterizes them as gladii
perlongi ac iine mucronibtis.

The. Gallic helmet, with its large bushy plume, was intended to give the
wearer the appearance of superhuman size. Sometimes, according to Diodorus,
horns or frightful figures of beasts or birds projected above it.

The Gauls wore breastplates or coats of mail, and carried shields, which are
described as very large {vasta acuta) though not very wide (ad ampUtudinem
corporum parum lata).

For the arms and the general appearance of Gallic soldiers, Infantry and
cavalry, see plate IV.

XXIV MILITARY SYSTEM

MHiiTABY Sebvice. — Pay of Soldiers.

10. Originally the Roman army was simply the state
temporarily in arms. Each citizen armed and supported
himself as he was merely doing his own work. Campaigns
in those days were of short duration ; and the citizen, after
having discharged the duties of the soldier for a few weeks,
returned to his home. Afterwards, military service was
regarded as a tax which every citizen might occasionally be
called upon to pay to the state, for the protection of life
and property. But about 400 B. C, when Rome began to
be involved in more protracted wars, a small allowance was
made from the public treasury to furnish the army with
supplies. In the time of Caesar, however, service in the
army, which had previously been an occasional duty re-
quired of all citizens, had become a permanent profession.
Young men of vigor and enterprise entered the army either
to become professional soldiers or to qualify themselves for
the high offices of state, for which only those were eligible
who had served a definite number of campaigns. The sol-
diers received regular pay,* fully equal to that of laborers in
Rome; while their perquisites, in the form of booty and
presents, were by no means unimportant.

11. The soldiers received their pay once in four months,
from which a small deduction* was made, for supplies fur-
nished them by the state.*

12. The recruit was required to bring to the service a
sound and vigorous body ; but no definite stature seems to
have been prescribed. He entered at once upon a long and
severe course of professional training. The success of the
Roman arms was due largely to discipline and military drill.

1 The legionary soldier probably received, per annam, about 240 denarii^ a little
less than 50 dollars. The pay of the centurion was twice as much as that of the
common soldier.

s The deduction in the time of Polybius was only one-thirtieth part of the
pay, and though, in consequence of the higher price of grain, it was somewhat
larger in the time of Caesar, it was still very inconsiderable. Thus the pay of a
Boman soldier was much higher, relatively to the cost of living, than that of a
soldier in a modern European army. The auxiliaries received army-rations, i>ut
their pay came from their own people.

s The regular allowance of wheat, per month, for each man in the rank and
file was a bushel, 4 modii ; for a centurion, two bushels. Supplies were furnished
twice a month, half the monthly allowance at a time. For a discussion of tho
general subject of supplies for the army, and the pay of soldiers, see Sonklar,
Abhandlung Uber die Heeresverwaltung der alten Rdmer.

\

OF THE ROMANS. XXV

Thb Legiok in the Time op Caesab.

13. In the time of Caesar, the regular or normal strength
of a Roman legion when mustered into service was prob-
ably about 5,000 men.^ The actual numerical strength of
Caesar's legions in Gaul, after years of hard service, was, of
course, far below this standard. Indeed, it is doubtful
whether the muster-roll of some of the veteran legions in
the later Gallic campaigns would much exceed 2,000.
RfLstow estimates the average numerical strength of the
legions in Gaul at 8,600.*

14. The legion .consisted of ten cohorts. To understand,
therefore, the organization and action of the legion as a
whole, we must first get a clear idea of the size, form, and
movements of the cohort, which is the tactical unit on
which everything depends.

15* It seems safe to assume that the standard numerical
strength of the cohort was about 500 ; but that the actual
strength of Caesar's cohorts in Gaul did not upon the aver-
age much exceed 360.

16- It will be remembered that the cohort was formed by
uniting three maniples, and that each maniple consisted of
two centuries, each under the command of a centurion.
When the cohort was in battle-array, the men probably
stood in rank and file as follows : —

III. II. I.

BHHHEIBBBeaBBei B EBBBBBBBBBBB B BBBBBBBBBBBB B
EBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB
EBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBBBBBB B BBBBBBBBBBBB B EBBBBBBBBEBB'B
BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB
EBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB
EBBBBBBBBBBB EEBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB

Cohort in Line of Battle. Front 120 /cct, depth 40 feet.

1 Thifi iff the estimate of Lange and of General von 651er. Mommsen esti-
snates a full legion in the time of Marius at 6,000. Napoleon III. gives the same
estimate for the legions engaged in the battle near Bibracte. For Oaesar'u
aocount of this battle, see Book I., 24-26.

* Kraner's estimate is a little lower, from 3,000 to 3,600, and Mommsen's con^
alderably higher, from 3,500 to 6,000.
2

XXVI MILITABT SYSTEM

17. Here I^ U^ and IIL represent the three maniples
united to form the cohort. Knmber I^ on the right wing,
is the veteran maniple of the oc^ort, and holds tl^e post of
honor ; maniple II., in the centre, consists of soldiers who,
though in mature manhood, have not yet attained the rank
of veterans; while maniple III. contains those who have
seen the least service of all. Onginallj, maniple L was
designated by the name JVicurii, or PUcuii; II., by the
name Pnnc%pe$\ and III., by the name JSiauiaii^; but as
these names do not occur in the Commentaries on the Gallic
War, and as they have all lost their ori^al signification,*
the simple numerak, first, second, and third, seem to be the
most appropriate designations of the maniples, especially as
they indicate 'their true rank and order.

18. Each maniple contained 120 men, arranged in ten
i*anks of twelve men each.* The space allowed to a soldier
was three feet wide and four feet deep.* The first five
ranks formed the first century,* the last five the second
century. The two centurions occupied positions at the
right of the centuries which they commanded. For their
use the space of four feet was left at the right of each
maniple, as indicated in the figure under 16. The centurion
at the extreme right in front was the chief centurion of the
cohort. He not only led his own century, but was also
charged with the general command of the entire cohort.

19. The length or front of the maniple, occupied as it
was by twelve men and one centurion, was 40 feet,* while
the depth, or file, occupied by ten men, was also 40 feet.*
Thus the maniple was 40 feet square, and three such squares

1 Thus it appears probable that Marios, in organising the cohort, took one
maniple from each of the three lines in whieh the legion had previously been
marshalled for battle, naturaUy awarding the post of honor, on the right wing, to
the veteran maniple, the TViorii, also eaUed Pilamii the oentre to the Principes,
and the left wing to the HaaUUi, See 6.

< These ancient names could not fail to be misleading to the learner, if
applied to the maniples in the cohort ; as Hdttaiiy for instanee, means armed
with the hasta, while the third maniple, to which it was applied, was armed not
with the Juuta^ "but with the pilwn; again, PrincipeM means holding the first
place or rank, and yet the second maniple did not hold either the first place or
the first rank.

• In other words, each rank contained 12 men, and each file 10.

• That is, each file occupied 3 feet, and each rank 4 feet.

> The century, originally called cenhuria, is called ordo in the Commentaries.

• That is 12 X 3 +4 = 40, and 10 X4 = 40.

OF THE ROMANS.

xxvu

placed side by side formed the cohort, which was accord-
ingly 120 feet long and 40 deep.^

20. The following figure represents a cohort in varions
positions,* as in line of battle and on the march : —

t=j ^^

^^-^^S-w t^*"***^ ^i"*'^*.^

1. ABCD represents a cohort 360 strong in line of battle.

2. abed, the same cohort marching in column of centuries, with
the first maniple in front.

3. (ibcd, the same column with the third maniple in front.

4. efgh, the cohort in column of centuries of half the usual width
and twice the usual length, with the first maniple in front.

5. ^gh, the same column with the third maniple in front.

6. ijkl, cohort in column of maniples, with the first maniple in front.

7. ijkl, the same column with the third maniple in front.

^ The arrangement here given, in which the threes maniples stand side by
side in the cohort, while the second century stands directly behind the first in
each maniple, has been quite generally accepted, but Qeneral von G51er places the
two centuries, two ranks deep, side by side iu the maniple, and stations the first
maniple at the head of the cohort, the second directly behind the first, and the
third directly behind the second.

' A rectangle with a diagonal across it may represent any company or body of

XXViii MILITARY SYSTEM

21. In 'abed' and ^ahcd^ the column is called a column of
centuries, because it consists of the six centuries of the
cohort, placed one directly behind another. The column
thus formed was 40 feet wide and 120 feet long. The
column of centuries was the usual order of march, and
was formed from the line of battle in two ways, as
follows : —

1. The right wing, or maniple I., marched straight
forward; maniple II. fell directly in the rear of I.,
and maniple III. in the rear of II. This movement gives
'abed,' already mentioned, as a cohoit marching in col-
umn of centuries, with the right wing, or maniple I., in
front.*

2. The left wing, or maniple III., marched straight for-
ward, maniple II. fell directly in the rear of III., and
maniple I. in the rear of II. This movement gives ' abcd^ a
cohort marching in column of centuries with the left wing,
or maniple III., in front.

22. It will be observed that the column of centurieis is
40 feet wide, having exactly the width of a maniple. This
seems to have been the favorite column on the march
through an open country, or upon highways of sufficient
width. Caesar's famous bridge over the Rhine was 40 feet
wide, and thus exactly adapted to the width of an army
marching in column of centuries. Many roads in Gaul,
however, were not more than 15 or 20 feet wide. In what
form could a Roman army march over such roads ? In the
regular column of centuries, the 60 men belonging to a
century were aiTanged in 5 ranks of 12 men each ; but the
century was sometimes arranged in 10 ranks of 6 men each.
Such an arrangement is represented in * efgh.' Here each
century, each maniple, and the entire cohort have only half
the usual width, but twice the usual length. The column
has only 6 men abreast, and is only 18 feet wide, or, includ-
ing the centurion, 22 feet. By adopting a close order, the

soldiere, as a century, maniple, or cohort. In this figure it represents a century.
The diagonal is drawn from the right of the front to the left of the rear.

^ That is, the maniple which in battle-array formed the right wing of tiie
cohort, became the head of the column.

OF THE ROMANS. XXIX

width could be reduced in case of need to 18, or even 15
:feet.^

23. In 'ijkl' and ^ijkr the column is called a column of
maniples, because it consists of the three maniples of the
cohort placed one directly behind another. Here the two
centuries of each maniple stand abreast. In ^ijkl' the cohort
is said to be marching by the right flank, because in forming
this column from the line of battle, each man turns, or faces
to the right, and thus the file which formed the right flank
in battle-array becomes the front rank of the column. In
* ifkl^^ the cohort is said to be marching by the left flank,
because in forming this column, each man turns or faces to
the left.2

24. It will be observed that the column of maniples
will be considerably longer than the column of centuries, as
it contains more ranks.' In this column, each maniple, as it
has 12 ranks, will be 48 feet long, or, if we allow 4 feet for
the centurion, who probably kept his place at the head of
his century, it will be 62 feet long. This gives 156 feet as
the length of the cohort marching in a column of maniples.
As this column was formed from the line of battle by sim-
ply facing to the right or left, the depth of the cohort, 40
feet, naturally became the width of the column, but in
marching, as there were only 10 men abreast, the width was
often reduced to 30 feet. Upon narrow roads the column
of maniples, like the column of centuries, was sometimes
reduced to one-half its usual width by doubling its length.
Such a column had only 5 men abreast, and could without
difficulty march over a road 15j or even 12, feet wide. In
forming this column from the regular column of maniples,
one of the two centuries in each maniple marched straight
on while the other fell in its rear.

1 The regular or normal width of Koman roada was 18 feet. See Jahns,
Geschichte des KriegBwesens, page 304.

» When the cohort marches by the right flank, the right wing, or maniple T.,
becomes the head of the column ; when it marches by the left flank, the left
wing, or maniple III., becomes the head.

8 The learner should carefully distinguish between a column of centuries, as
seen in * abed * and * abed,* and a column of maniples, as seen in ' ijkl * and * ^kl.*
In the former, the column is an unbroken series of centuries, arranged one
behind another ; whUe in the latter, the two centuries of each maniple stand
abreast.

ZXX BaUTABT SYSTEM

25. The following summary gives the length and width
of the cohort in different positions : —

Front. Depth.

1. Cohort in line of battle 120 feet: 40 feet.

2. Cohort in column of centuries . . 40 '* 120 *'^

3. Cohort in column of centuries, with

efileai 18 to 22 " 240 "

4. Cohort in column of maniples ^ . . 30 to 40 <' 144 to 156 "

5. Cohort in column of maniples, with

5 files 15 to 20 " 288 to 300 "

26. As an army on the march was liable to attack, it
was often necessary to form the line of battle from the line
of march. If the enemy appeared on the flank, this was
most easily effected from. the column of maniples marching
in loose order, i.e., with 40 feet front. The simple com-
mand, " Halt, front," was all that was needful.* If, however,
the enemy appeared in front, the line of battle was most
readily formed from the column of centuries.*

Legion ik Line op Battle.

27- As a legion is only an aggi'egate of ten cohorts
properly arranged, we may now apply to the legion what
we have already learned in regard to the cohort. A legion
in line of battle consists simply of ten cohorts, each in its
proper position and in battle-array ; a legion on the march,
of ten cohorts marching in due order, and with the proper
intervals between them.

28. But we have already learned* that in a legion in
battle-array, the ten cohorts were arranged in three lines,

* The full alloxranee would be 22 feet, 18 for the 6 files, and 4 for the cen-
turion, reduced in case of need to 18 or less.

> In loose order, 40 feet ; but this gives each man 4 feet ; if we reduce the
allowance to 3 feet, the front of the column becomes 30 feet.

> Thus if an enemy appeared on the right flank of a column of maniples, aa
represented by * ijkl,' it was only necessary for each man to face to the right to
place the cohort in line of battle ; but if the enemy appeared on the left flank, it
was of course necessary for the men to face to the left.

* Thus if the enemy appeared in front of the column of centuries represented
by <abcd,' maniple I. halted, maniple II. placed itself at the left of I., and
maniple III. at the left of II.

» See 6, in.

OF THE RODIANS.

XXXI

with four cohorts in the first or front line, three in the
second, and three in the third, as follows ^ : —

Legion in Line of Battle.

29. Observe that the cohorts are arranged with intervals
between them, that the cohorts in the second line are
directly behind the intervals in the first, and that the
cohoits in the third line are directly behind the intei*vals in
the second.^ The cohorts are numbered from 1 to 10,
according to the rank and military experience of the centu-
lions and soldiers.' A position in the front line is more
honorable than in either of the others, while in either line a
position on the right wing is more honorable than on the
left. The first cohort, holding the post of honor, is on the

1 Thifl order of battle is generally supposed to be tbe acies triplex^ so often
mentioned by Caesar, but General von G51er claims that the cicies triplex refers,
not to the three lines of cohorts, but to the three great divisions of an army, viz.,
the main body or the central division, and the two wings.

* As the third line was held as a reserve, and was not often called into action,
the exact position of the cohorts seems not to have been as definitely determined
AS in the other lines. The order here given has been adopted from KUstow.
GSler arranges the cohorts as follows : —

4 3 2 1

10

6
9

8

s Thus promotions both of centurions and of men were from the tenth cohort
to the ninth, from the ninth to the eighth, from the eighth to the seventh, and so
cm through aU the oohorts to the first.

XXxil MILITAUY SYSTEM

extreme right of the front line, while the tenth, holding
the lowest rank in the legion, is on the extreme left of the
third line.

30. The interval between the cohorts in each line was
120 feet, the length of a cohort, but the interval between
the lines was probably 240 or 250 feet. Thus the front or
length of a legion in battle-array was 840 feet,i while its
depth from the front of the first line of cohorts to the rear
of the third line was from 600 to 620 feet.»

31. When an array consisting of several legions was
marshalled in order of battle, each legion was arranged in
three lines, as already described, and the several legions
were separated by intervals, probably varying in length
with the nature of the ground, but seldom less than 120
feet, the length of a cohort. If we assume that this inter-
val was 120 feet, we shall find that the front of Caesar's
line of battle on the Axona, with six legions, was 5,640 * feet
and its depth, 600 feet. Thus the line of battle of an
army of six legions, numbering in all about 25,000 men,
was considerably more than a mile long and almost an
eighth of a mile deep, and occupied upwards of 75 acres
of ground.

Officers in a Roman Army.

32. In a Roman army engaged in an important work
like the conquest of Gaul, the regular officers were the
commander-in-chief, the lieutenant-generals, the quaestor,
the military tribunes, the centurions, the praefects, and
the decurions.

33. The commander-in-chief, called dux heUv or imper'
atoVy had in his own province almost unlimited military
power. He was clothed with the full measure of authority
which belongs to a commander-in-chief in modem warfare.

34. The lieutenant-generals, legate were the highest
officers in the army under the commander-in-chief. They

1 The front, or length, of the legion was made up of the length of four co-
horts and of three intervals, each 120 feet. It was therefore 7 X ^^ = ^40 feet. The
depth was made up of the depth of .the three lines of cohorts, each 40 feet, and
two interrals, each 240 or 250 feet, i.e., it was 120 -|- 480 or 500 = 600 or 620 feet.

> That is 6 X^lO-f- 5X^20 a 5,010 +600 = 5.640 feet.

PLATE H.

r THE ^'::^v ycrk ']

i.

OF THE ROMANS. XXXUl

were all of senatorial rank and received their appointment
from the senate. In the absence of the commander-in-
chief, they assumed his duties. They were sometimes placed
in command of important detachments detailed for special
service. In the battle with Ariovistus, Caesar placed one of
his legions under the command of his quaestor and each
of the other five under the command of one of his lieu-
tenants.

35. The quaestor had charge of the military chest, and
was the quartermaster of the army. He had the rank of a
lieutenant-general, legatuSj and was sometimes entrusted
with a command in battle.

36. The special officers of the separate legions were the
military tribunes and the centurions.

37* Each legion had six military tribunes, tribuni mili-
tuniy who formerly commanded in rotation, two at a time
for a period of two months.^ In the army in Gaul, how-
ever, the tribunes were mostly young men of wealth and
social position whom Caesar, from personal friendship or
political considerations, had selected from the equestrian
order and placed upon his staff. They had little military
experience or knowledge, and were accordingly incompetent
to take the general command of a legion in battle,^ though
they were sometimes entrusted with the command of small
detachments detailed for special service. In general, they
administered the internal affairs of the legion. They served
as staff-officei-s to the commander-in-chief and as adjutants
to the lieutenant-generals and the quaestor.

38. Each legion had also 60 centurions.* These officera
were in general men of large military experience, who had
been promoted from the ranks, as a reward of good service.
They were the real commanders, not only of centuries, but
also of maniples and cohorts, and, in a certain sense, under
the legatusj of the legion as a whole. The two centurions
in each maniple differed from each other in rank ; the first,

1 The two tribunes commanded by tnrnfl, each for one day. See Marquardt,
Bdmische Staatsverwaltung, Vol. II., p. 352 ; also Jahns, Geschichte des Kriegs-
wesens, p. 225.

> See Book I., 39.

* According to CU^ler, there were 120 centurions in each legion, bat he includes
in this number the 60 assistant centurions, called (^tionet*

XXXIV MILITARY SYSTEM

called cerUurio priovy commanded the maniple, while the
second, called cerUurio posterior ^ served as his adjutant.
The first centurion of the first maniple commanded the co-
hort, and the first centurion of the first maniple of the first
cohort, called primi pili centurio^ or primipilus^ was the
chief centurion of the legion, and had much to do with the
general command.

39. The Romans in their military system seem to have
aimed to stimulate ambition and reward fidelity. An enter-
prising recruit who on entering the service took his place at
the very foot of the legion, in the second century of the
third maniple of the tenth cohort, had before him a long
career of advancement in the rank and file of the army, and
if, by bravery and fidelity, he succeeded in attaining the
coveted office of centurion, the prospect of promotion was
still before him. He might hope to rise from maniple to
maniple, and from cohort to cohort, until, in the end, having
passed through all the grades of honor, he should become
the chief centurion, the primipilus of the legion. This
was the height of his ambition, the goal of his aspirations.

40. The exact order of promotion is still a disputed
question. According to RtLstow, the six centurions of each
cohort formed a separate class, the centurions ^f the first
cohort forming the first class, those of the tenth cohort
the tenth class. Thus there were ten classes, and each class
contained six centurions.* This is probably the prevailing
view among scholars.'

1 See Book II., 25, and Book III., 6.

* To determiDO the rank of a centurion, we must know to which cohort he
belonged, to which maniple in the cohort, and to which century in the maniple.
Thus the full designation of his rank required the use of three separate titles :
(1), an ordinal numeral, as primtUf if he belonged to the first cohort, secundus, if
he belonged to the second ; (2), the word pilus^ if he belonged to the first maniple
in his cohort, princeps^ if he belonged to the second, and kcutattUf if he belonged
to the third ; and (3)priorf if he belonged to the first century in his maniple, and
posterior t if he belonged to the second. Thus primtu pilus prior, applied to a
centurion, denotes that he commanded the first century of the first maniple of
the first cohort, — in other words, that he was the chief centurion of the legion ;
decimtu hastatus posterior denotes that he commanded the second century of the
third maniple of the tenth cohort, i.e., that he was the lowest centurion in the
legion, while quintus princeps prior denotes that he commanded the first century
of the second maniple of the fifth cohort.

* According to Gftler, however, the first centurion of each cohort belonged to
the first class, the second to the second class, the third to the third class, and so

OP THE BOMANS. XXXV

41. The centurions of the first class, called sometimes
primorum ardinum centuriones^ and sometimes simply
primi ordines^ enjoyed certain honors and privileges not
often accorded to the other centurions. As a general rule,
they alone of the centurions were invited by the commander
to seats in all councils of war * in company with the lieu-
tenants and the military tribunes.

42. The praefeots, praefectty commanded divisions of
auxiliaries, either infantry or cavalry. The praefects in the
army of Caesar in Gaul were mostly young men who had
seen little military service.'

43. The decurions commanded small companies of cav-
alry. Each company, or troop, called ttirma^ numbering
thirty horse, was divided into three sections, called decurtae^
each under the command of a decurion; but the first, or
senior, decurion commanded not only his own decuriOy but
also the entire turma.

Order of March.

44. The usual order of march was either the simple
colamiiy agmenpildtum^OT the line of battle, oct^ instructa.
The square, agmen quadratum^ was resorted to only in
extreme cases.

Legions Marching in Column — Agmen Pilatum,

46. A cohort in column of centuries, as we have already
seen (25), has a front of 40 feet, with a depth of 120 feet.
If the column was formed from the right, the first cohort
led, and was followed by the others in the order of their
numbers, but if the column was formed from the left, the
tenth cohort led and was followed by the others in the
inverse order of their numbers, i.e., the ninth, eighth, etc.

on until all the centurions were classified. Thus each class consisted of ten cen-
turions, one from each cohort, and there were as many classes as there were
centurions in a cohort, i. e., there were six classes of the regular centurions,
While, therefore, BUstow divides the 60 regular centurions of a legion into ten
classes, of six centurions each, GOler^divides them into six classes, of ten each.
In the same manner, GOler diiddes the 60 assistants or sub-oenturions, (^tiones^
into six classes, of ten each, making in all twelve classes.
1 See Book V., 28 and 30 ; Book Yl., 7.

* See Book I., 41, and Book V., 28.

* See Book I.. 39.

XXXVi MILITARY 8Y8TEM

46. On the march, the cohorts are supposed to have
been separated from each other by an interval of 20 or 30
feet. Assuming an interval of 20 feet, we find that a legion,
marching in column of centuries, with a front of 40 feet,
was 1,400 feet long, and with a front of 20 feet, 2,600 feet
long.*

47. In general, every Roman soldier carried his own
personal baggage. The di£Eerent articles, consisting of
clothing, cooking utensils, and rations for one, two, or more
weeks, weighing, probably, in the aggregate, from 30 to 50
pounds, were carefully put up in packages, «arci/ia6, and
firmly secured to a rod, as represented in plate I. On the
march, the rod was carried on the shoulder.^

48. The general baggage of the army, called impedimenta^
comprising tents, tools, and supplies of various kinds, was
earned by beasts of burden, Jwmen^a. According to Rtls-
tow's estimate,* the length of the baggage-train of a legion
marching in a column of centuries of full width, was 650
feet, and that of a legion marching in a column of centuries
of half the usual width, 1,300 feet.

49. We have just seen (46) that a legion without bag-
gage-train, in a column of centuries of full width, was 1,400
feet long, and in a column of half the usual width, 2,600 feet
long. Including the baggage-train, therefore, the entire
length of the column of full width must have been about
2,050 feet, or two-fifths of a mile, and the entire length of
the column of half the usual width, about 3,900 feet, or
almost four-fifths of a mile.*

50. Before the battle of the Sabis, Caesar had eight
legions on the march.* The length of a column of centu-
ries, containing such a force, would be 16,400 feet, upwards

1 The length of a column of full width was 10 X 120 feet + 10 X 20 feet « 1,400
feet, and the length of a column of half the usual width was 10 X 240 feet
-f- 10 X 20 feet = 2600 feet. This "estimate includes the interval of 20 feet
between the last cohort of the legion and the first cohort of the next.

* This arrangement for the convenience of the soldier, introduced by Marius,
was called from him mulus MarianuSf the "mule of Marius." It was simply a
primitive knapsack. *

> This estimate allows to each legion 520 beasts of burden, arranged in
65 full ranks, with 8 animals in a rank, and gives 10 feet to each rank.

* The column of maniples of any given force would be about one-fifth longei
than the column of centuries.

6 See Book II., 19 to 27.

or THE ROMANS.

xxxvii

of three mUeB, if the column was of foil width ; and 31,200
feet, upwards of six miles, if the column was of half the
usual width.

Mabching in Line of Battlb — Acies Inatructa.

61. A legion marching in line of battle was usually
arranged in three parallel lines of cohorts ; but these lines
might be formed in two different ways, as follows : —

1. The three lines of cohorts which constituted the usual
order of battle, the triplex ctcieSj formed the three parallel
columns. Thus cohorts 1, 2, 3, and 4 formed the first
column, 5, 6, and 7 the second, and 8, 9, and 10 the third,
as seen in figure 2, below.

ruj.3

i±f c^ di (^

Fij. 2.

(±r i±r i^-

Figure 1 represents a legion is order of battle.

Figore 2, a legion marching in order of battle, with its cohorts in
column of maniples.

Figure 8, a legion marching in order of battle, with its cohorts in
column of centuries.

XXXVlll MILITARY SYSTEM

In forming these columns, each man faced to the right or
lefty and marched hy the right or left flank. Each cohort
marched in column of maniples. In an army of several
legions, marching in this order, the second legion was
placed directly in the rear of the first, the third directly in
the rear of the second, and so on to the end of the column.
Thus the whole army marched in three parallel columns of
maniples. If the enemy appeared on either flack, the col-
umns halted, each man faced to the right or left, as the case
required, the cohorts separated, and the whole army was in
hattle-array. This order of march w;a8 usually adopted
when the enemy was expected on the flank.

2. When the enemy was expected in front, the legion
marched straight forward with its cohorts in column of
centuries : the three cohorts on the right wing of the le-
gion, viz., 1, 5, and 8, fell into line and formed the right
column, the central cohorts, 2, 6, and 9, formed the middle
column, and the left cohorts, 3, 4, 7, and 10, the left column,
as seen in figure 3, above. In an army of several legions,
marching in this order, the legions were all placed abreast,
and there were three times as many columns as there were
legions. Thus an army of 6 legions marched in 18 parallel
columns. To form the line of battle from these columns, it
was only necessary for each cohort to arrange its own mani-
ples in order of battle, as already described (26, foot-note),
and then take its proper station in the line.

52. The square, the agnien quadratum^ was adopted on
1-^^ r-^ --K ^^^® march only in the presence of an over-
V\^ \u \/.^ whelming force of the enemy. In regard

to its exact formation, there is some

- diversity of opinion. According to Rtls-

tow, the ten cohorts of each legion

formed a rectangle enclosing the bag-

5 gage, as seen in the accompanying figure.

Cohorts 1, 2, and 3, in column of centuries,
formed the vanguard; cohorts 8, 9, and 10,

Agmen Quadratum, ^^^o in column of centuries, formed the rear-
guard; while 5 and 6, in columns of maniples

of 5 files, formed the right wing, and 4 and 7, also in column of

maniples with 5 files, formed the left wing.

OF THE ROMANS. XXXIX

53. In an army on the march, we recognize three parts,
more or less distinct : —

1. The vanguard, the head of the column, primum ag-
men}-

2. The main body of the army, ^icercitita^ omnes copiae}

3. The rear-guard, the rear, novissimum agmen}

54. The special organization of the different parts of the
column, and indeed the entire order of march, depended
largely upon the direction of the movement in relation to
the enemy.

Obdeb op Mabch in Advancing.

55. In advance movements in the Gallic campaigns, the
vanguard of Caesar's army ordinarily consisted of cavalry
and light-armed infantry, together with the tribunes, centu-
rions, and legionaries entrusted with the duty of selecting
and measuring off the ground for the camp. It was its
special duty to reconnoitre the country, to take note of all
hostile preparations, to gain tidings of the enemy,^ and in
due time to select a suitable place for the camp.

56. The main body of the army followed the van at a
convenient distance. It marched in column of centuries,
each legion with its baggage directly behind it ; but the last
legion probably detailed a few cohorts to protect its bag-
gage, and in that event the cohorts thus detailed formed
the rear-guard of the army. In this order of march, the
legions, thus separated by their baggage, were exposed in
case of an attack to great peril ; they were accordingly said
to be impedita^y^ entangled or impeded by baggage, impedi-
mentum.

57. In advancing in the presence of the enemy the
legions marched either in column of centuries, with collected
baggage, or in order of battle. With the first arrangement,
the main body, consisting of three-fourths of all the legions,
followed close upon the advance-guard, and was itself imme-

^ For the use of these terms, see Book I., 15 and 23 ; Book II., 19 and 26.

* From the ran, detachments of cavalry were sent out in various directions,
sometimes to great distances. It was by means of such reconnoitring parties
that Caesar obtained tidings of the movements of Ariovistus, while he was yet
twebty-four miles distant. See Book I., 41.

s See Book lU.. 21.

xl MILITABY SYSTEM

diately followed by the collected baggage-train of the army.
The few remaining legions formed the rear-guard of the
column. In this order of march, the legions were compara-
tively ready for action, and were said to be eocpeditaej disen-
tangled, or free from encumbrance;^ but the individual
soldiers were still impediti, and in case of an attack, they
required time to dispose of their personal baggage,^ to
remove the coverings from their shields, to put on their
helmets, to adjust their field-badges,* and, in a word, to
prepare for action,* In such an emergency, it was the
special duty of the advance-guard to secure for them the
needful time by engaging the enemy, and thus retarding
his movements.

58. Sometimes in advancing in the immediate presence
of the enemy, if the ground permitted, the several legions
marched abreast, each in three parallel columns in order of
battle.^ For the special formation and an*angement of the
columns, see 51. In this order of march, every soldier,
free from his baggage, and fully armed and equipped,
was eocpediticSj ready for immediate action.

Obdeb of Mabch in Retbeat.

59. The order of march in retreat was usually the simple
column of centuries with collected baggage. The van-
guard, consisting of a legion or more, started in advance,
with the entire baggage-train of the army ; at a suitable dis-
tance behind marched the other legions, followed by the
rear-guard, consisting of cavalry, archers, and slingers.

60. In cases of extreme peril, the agmen quadratum^
already explained (52), was adopted in retreat. In such an
emergency, all the legions of the array were sometimes
massed around their baggage in a single square or rectangle,
and sometimes each legion enclosed its own baggage, as
explained in 52. The cavalry, archers, and slingers, remain-
ing outside of the squares, sei-ved as skirmishers.

1 See Book II., 19 ; Book V., 2 ; Book VII., 40.

* See Book I., 24, sarciruM in unum locum conferri.

« See Book II., 21, ad galeae induendas scutiaque tegimenta detrudenda; also
ad insignia a^icommodanda.

* See Book VII., 18, sarcinas conferri, arma expedirijitsait.
s See Book IV.. 14.

OF THE ROMANS. xll

Obdbb of Mabch in Flank Movements.

61. Flank marches * were always made in order of battle.
The legions generally marched in three columns of maniples.
For the formation of these columns, see 51, 1. In an open
country, the cavalry, archers, and slingers, marched on the
flank toward the enemy, while the baggage-train was sta-
tioned on the other flank. In special cases, each legion was
followed by its own baggage.

62. The day's march of a Roman army in the field began
at four or five o'clock in the morning and continued till
about mid-day. Most of the afternoon was occupied in
fortifying the camp and in attending to various duties con-
nected with camp-life. The distance usually accomplished
in a day does not seem to haye differed much from an ordi-
nary day's march of modern armies. The average distance
was probably about fifteen or sixteen miles. Forced marches
(magna itinera) were, of course, much longer. In one in-
stance,^ Caesar marched about fifty miles in a little more
than twenty-four hours ; but this was an exceptional achieve-
ment, accomplished under the pressure of a military necessity.

KoMAN Camp.

63. In the military history of Rome the camp has a
degree of importance without a parallel in modern warfare.
It was the soldier's home, a place of rest and security after
the labors and dangers of the day; in it was the altar at
which he worshipped. It was always fortified, even when
intended for a single night. Indeed, it was like a fortified
city, encompassed and protected by ramparts and a moat.
A Roman general seldom went into battle without a forti-
fied camp directly in the rear. In modern wairfare, those
who are defeated in battle are exposed to all the perils of a
disorderly retreat ; a Roman army, on the contrary, after a
defeat, retired in comparative safety to a well fortified camp.

64. In the Roman camp, each legion, cohort, and mani-
ple, had a definite space assigned to it ; and this space was
bounded on all sides by a street of greater or less width.

1 An army is said to make a flank movement when it passes near the flank of
the enemy or marches in a dlreotion parallel to his line of march.
* See Book VU.. iO and 41.

xlii

MILITABT SYSTEM

Each maniple occupied a rectangle 108 feet long and 48 feet
wide, sarrounded by a street 12 feet wide. Accordingly,
the entire space assigned to a maniple, including half the

width of the streets which sep-
arated it from the adjacent
maniples, was 120 feet long and
60 feet wide, as seen in the ac-
companying figure.

I. /«)/.

iDunnnnnn

» •

2>

108 ti iv

48

p.Da..D.nn.aLi i

]d c ABCD, the entirespace assigned to

a maniple, including half the street,
abed, the smaller rectangle, 106 feet long and 48 wide, actually
occupied by the maniple. Along the side ' ab,' in this last rectangle,
were placed eight tents for the first century; and along the side ' dc'
eight tents for the second century. The tents were 10 feet square, and
were separated from each other by intervals of 4 feet.^ They were
all placed with the front to the street; accordingly, the two rows faced
in opposite directions. The beasts of burden were placed in the rear
of the tents.

65. As a cohort contained

120 feci

t

o

CO

B

anannnnn

% •

• t

: Maniple I i

• ■

b.Dn.DDa.a.d
bnn"D"nnnri'

■

' M«nipi« n

,aaD.i:iaDnd,

bnnnnnnri

I

: Maniple III

b..Q.aD..Dn.Da

n

Cohort in Camp,

three maniples, it would re-
quire for its accommoda-
tion three such rectangles
as we have now described.
Accordingly, the space oc-
cupied by a cohort in camp
was 180 feet long and 120
wide, as seen in the accom-
panying figure.

ABCD, the space occupied by
one cohort, including one half
the width of the streets which
separate it from the other co-
horts.

abed, the space occupied by
each maniple for tents, arms,
and beasts of burden.

In the arrangement of the
three maniples of the cohort,
the first was placed nearest to
the wall of the camp.

1 The tents were covered with the skins of animals or with leather ; henee the
expression tub pelUbus, in tents, in camp. See Book IIL. 29.

OF THE ROMANS.

xliii

66. Ten rectangles, 180 feet long and 120 feet wide,
would famish qaarters for a legion; fifty such rectangles
for five legions ; but a camp for a Roman army must pro-
vide quarters not only for the legions, but also for the aux-
iliaries. The following plan, taken, with slight modifica-
tions, from Rftstow, shows the general an*angement of a
Roman camp for an army consisting of five legions, with the
usual force of auxiliaries : —

(

Praetoria.

(^

=^

/

s

/

/

/

9

i

•n •

X

S<^

^ K

5k

•**

a>

U}mt Tri6. 1

2

i

2

f

z

s

2

•

•

$

X

* iva

>i i>e

•

1 Lefnt.Tri6.

...

Via principalu

«*»

•

•^

«o

••

«o

M

«0

•7

•o

•

«

»«

•

lo

4

«»

H

*

«*

■r-

*

<•

^

Via

truintttna.

^ -» (

o •

Aiut

■r —

1

Aim.

• >r»

•« •«*

rfy 16

n •

Auac

Aa;(

• ■€»

• «»

C*) r»

=0 5

<o -•

s ^

5 <^

"- «•

r

V

s

t
P

«
9

t

$

)

I

J

Decumana,
Plan of a Roman Camp, Lengthy 2,100 /cc<. Widths 1,400 /ce«.»

^ Tbe Koman camp was either a square, or a rectangle whose width was two*
thirds of its leugth. The plan represents the latter form. The ancient authori-
ties on the camp are Polybiiis, who lived in the second century, B.C., and a
certain Hyginns, who, in the opinion of Marquardt, lived about the beginning of
the third century, A.D.

The size of the camp must, of course, be adapted to the size of the army to
be quartered in it. BUstow gives the following formula to determine in feet the
length and breadth of a camp for an army of any given size : —

Xliv MILITARY SYSTEM

1. There were fonr gates^ one in each side: (1) the Porta PraetO'
via, in front, marked Praetoria in the plan; (2) the Porta Dectmianaf
on the opposite side, marked Decumana; (3) the Porta PrincipalU
Dextra, on the right side, marked Dex. ; and (4) the Porta Principor
lis Sinistra, on the left side, marked 8iiu^

2. Legat. Tnb. = liegati et TribonL

3. ^ttz.s Auadlia.

4. The figure |}(| represents the space occupied by cavalry.

6. The figure |/| the space occupied by the general and staff,^
together with troops devoted to their personal service.

6. The figure the space occupied by the archers and slingers.

7. The rectangles with numerals represent the spaces occupied by
the separate cohorts.'

67. When a battle was anticipated, the camp was placed
with its front to the enemy ; in other cases, it faced in the
direction in which the army was marching. It was divided
internally into three nearly equal pai*ts by the two principal
streets, both parallel to the front — the Via Principdlia and
the Via Quintana. The first or front part was called the
Prastentura^thQ second or middle part the Latera pra^orii^
and the third Metentura. The Via Praetoric^ another
important street, led from the Porta Praetoria to the Via
Principalis^ dividing the Praetentura into two equal parts.
On a line with the Via Praetoria were situated (1), in the
middle division of the camp, the Praetoriuniy — the head-
quarters of the army,* — and (2), in the Betentura^ the

/= 200v'c and « = IK times /,
In which/ eqoals the length of the fronts c the number of cohorts In the army,
and 8 the length of the side.

The oamp represented in the plan is intended to accommodate five legions, or
fifty cohorts. Here c = 60. Hence / (the lront)= 206 •W = 200 X 7 = 1,400 feet.
8 = 1^ times 1,400 = 2,100 feet.

1 Observe that the corners of the wall are rounded so as to be more easily
defended.

* Except the lieutenants and tribunes.

> The upper numeral is the number of the legion ; the lower numeral the

number of the cohort. Thus

'2 I

5 represents the space occupied by the fifth

cohort of the second legion.

* The Praetorium extended in length from the Via Principalis to the Via
Quintana^ and was from two hundred to three hundred feet wide. In it were the
quarters of the general, the altars of the gods, and the tribunal, or judgment-«eat,
of the army.

OP THE ROMANS. xlv

QuaestoriuTriy — the quarters of the quaestor and his
staff.*

68. In the plan of the camp, observe (1) that between
the wall and the tents was left an open space, probably from
one hundred to two hundred feet wide, extending entirely
around the camp, and (2) that the forces were distributed
as follows : —

1. In the Praetentura were stationed (1), sixteen of the
fifty cohorts ; (2), the lieutenants and tiibunes ; (3), one-half
of all the cavsdry ; and (4), all the archers and Blingers.

2. In the Middle Division of the cam >, calleg JLatera
praetorii^ were stationed, besides the command^-in-chief,
who occupied the Praetoriuni (1), twelve ot the fifty
cohorts ; (2), one-half of all the cavalry ; and (3), the entire
staff of the commander-in-chief, except the lieutenants and
the tribunes, together with the troops devoted to their per-
sonal service.

3. In the Metentura were stationed, in addition to the
quaestor and his staff, (1) twenty-two of the fifty cdhorts, and
(2) the auxiliaries, except the cavalry, archers, and slingers.*

69. In a camp intended for winter-quarters, wooden huts,
thatched with straw, took the place of ordinary tents, and
sheds were erected to protect the beasts of burden from
wind and weather. Moreover, the space allowed to the
different parts of the army was doubtless somewhat more
ample than in a summer camp.

70. The fortifications of the camp consisted of a wall,
vallum^ and a ditch, or fosse, fossa. The wall seems to
have been ordinarily about 6 feet high, and 6 or 8 feet
broad at the top, the ditch about 9 feet wide at the top,
and 7 feet deep.' Doubtless, in fortifying a permanent
camp, castra stativa^ in a hostile country, the ditch was

^ The Quaestorium famished qoarten, not only for the quaestor and his staff,
bat, also, for foreign ambassadors, and for hostages and prisoners. In it were
also stored the supplies and the booty.

* Observe in the internal arrangements of the camp that the auxiliaries, both
cavalry and infantry, are stationed near the general and his staff, and that they
are completely surrounded by the legionary soldiers.

* Vegetius, Book I., 24, says that the ordinary ditch was either 9 feet wide
and 7 feet deep, or 12 feet wide and 9 feet deep. In these dimensions, it has been
observed that the width, as 9 or 12, is divisible by 3, and that the depth is
obtained by adding one to f of the width, as width 9, depth } of 9-i- 1 s= 7, or

xlvi mLITABr ST8TEH

mode wider and deeper, and the wall bigiier and broftder.*
It waa sometimes Burmounted with a breastwork of pali-
sades, lorica,* and in Bpecial cases woodeo towers were erected
on it at convenient intervals. Each gate was probably 40
feet wide, and waa defended witbia and without either by
a transverse or by a tambour, as seen in the above plan.*

71. The following figure represents a vertical section of a
wail ana ditch, the forjiicr eurmouDtcd with a breastwork
of palisades: —

abed represents a dltch./oMa/asHsato, Bfeetwlde and 7 feet deep.
Imno, a wall or rampart, vallam, 6 feet LIgb, and 8 feet wEde at the
top, furnished with steps on the inside, i.e., on the side ' nusn.*
pp, palisades.
ft, fascines Imbedded In tlie worlt, to strengthen It,

vlitth 12, depth | of 12 -f 1 - ». RUetov Infen tliat theie iDitaucflB an Ultutr*-
tl«u of a law, and that bavlne tbe viilth of anj dluh, we can tbns at oncv
obtain the depth. As a matter' of faot, Caesar g:enerally glies only the vidtb.

ta oppoiltiOD t« the riew of KUstow, Ooler thinks that the normal depth ofa
ditch, whatever Its width, waa 9 feet, and that Caesar specifios the deptli only
when itdoee not conform to the ordinary standard.

■ It hM been obeerred tbat when Caesar gtTea the height of a wall with the
irldlh of the accompanying ditch, as ditch 9 feet wide, wall B feet high ; ditch
IS feet wide, wall ID feet high : ditch IS feet wide, wall 12 feet high, the height
of the wall Is 1 of tbe width oC the ditch. Tbis Rliatow belleTM to be the regular
taw. Indeed, some ttieh relation as this between the dimensions of the dllcb
and the wall seems natoial, as the earth throwa oat of the former was naed in
coDBtmcting tbe latter.

■ The breastwork was usnally made by driving green slakes Into the grouml,
and by binding them Srmly together by Intertwining their branches. The
general height of the breastwork wsa fonr or fire feet, but fn some InMauees
pinnacles, piiinoi., projected above it two or three feet, as seen in tbe flgnre in 71.

• The Oaiile and the (Jermane fortified their camps, not by permanent works
like tlie Romans, but by arranging thair chariots and wagons In a circle, and
oMng them u ammpart. After a defeat, tliey often retreated to these tempo-
rary defences. See Book I., X.

PLATE HI.

■.«i7jie5H-i.,..-:,..,[-,w^rri;"T5^^,^ra«?s-W??^^.^..

'.MtUtria at/ Castro. Aliinifnda amporttUtir . 2.

[' THE NEW YORK '

PUBLIC LIBRARY

1

'\V

L.

v>l

OF THE ROMANS. xlvii

72. The side of the ditch nearest to the wall is called
the scarpy and the opposite side, the counterscarp. A ditch
with sloping sides, as in the figure, was called fossa fastU
gata; with vertical sides, fossa directis lateribuSy and with
sloping scarp but vertical counterscarp, fossa punica}

73. The wall was constructed largely from the earth and
stone taken from the ditch, but to give the structure greater
firmness and strength, branches of trees, bushes, stakes, and
fascines were imbedded in it. When the sides of the wall
were quite steep, they were usually covered with sods or
with brush in the form of fascines. Sometimes logs were
used for the same purpose. Moreover, these logs and
fascines could be arranged in steps, so that from within the
bank or wall could be easily ascended. See figure in 71.
The selection of the place for the camp was a duty which
required skill, judgment, and experience.' Accordingly, this
important trust was generally committed to a tribune, or to
some other ofiScer of the staff, at the head of a detachment
of centurions and legionaries. They marched in advance of
the main body of the army, under the protection of the van-
guard, and were expected to have the outlines of the camp
well defined on the arrival of the legions.

74. For Roman soldiers, marching through a hostile
country, no small part of each day's work was the fortifica-
tion of the camp, but they shrunk from no labor, and were
scarcely less expert with the pick and the spade than with
the spear and the sword. With such laborers, three or four
hours, in the judgment of Rtlstow, would be ample for the
complete fortification of the camp.

75. But Roman camps in a hostile country were not only
strongly fortified, but also carefully guarded. In cases
requiring only ordinary vigilance, the duty of keeping
guard during the night-watches was entrusted to ^ye
cohorts detailed, for the purpose from different legions.

1 The first form was generally used by Caesar, though the second also occurs.
See Book VII., 72.

* It was of vital importance that the camp should he pitched, if possible, on a
gently sloping hillside of sufficient extent, within easy reach of a good supply of
wood and water. It was also important that it should not be near any hill from
which an enemy could recomioitre it, or near any dense forest in which he could
be concealed.

xlviii MILITARY 8T8TEM

The tattoo, the signal for setting the night-watches, was
sounded at nightfall. A cohort was stationed at each gate,
and sentinels were posted on every part of the wall. A
fifth cohort was detailed for guard duty in the quarters of
the general and quaestor, while every cohort had its own
sentry. In cases of unusual peril, the guard was greatly
strengthened ; sometimes two or three cohorts guarded each
gate.

As the night was divided into four equal watches, the
guard was divided into four reliefs, each one of which was
on duty during one-fourth of the night. The three reliefs
not on duty slept upon their arms, as a sort of picket-
guard.

76. The reveille was sounded at daybreak. If the march
was to be resumed, three successive signals were sounded.
At the first signal, the tents were struck ; at the second, the
beasts of burden received their loads ; and at the third, the
column moved. If, however, a battle was imminent, the
march was not resumed ; the tents were left standing, and
the camp was committed to the care of a strong gnard.^
Then the soldiers, disencumbered of their knapsacks, and
armed and equipped for action, truly expediti^ marched out
of the camp, and were at once marshalled in line of battle.

77. Roman generals made it an unfailing rule to take
every possible advantage of position. For them an open
plain was not a good battle-field. The Roman mode of
attack required an elevated position, from which the heavy
javelins could be hurled into the ranks of the enemy with
the greatest effect.^

Military Standards and Martial Music.

78. The general standard of tlie army was the banner,
vexiUum^ of the commander-in-chief. When displayed from
the general's tent in the Praetorium, it was a signal to

1 This gnard sometimes consisted of faiir or live oohorts, detailed from sepa*
rate legions, and sometimes of one or more legions recently enrolled. See
Book in., 26 ; Book II., 8.

* For Caesar's own description of his favorite position for marshalling his
army for battle, see Book II., 8. From this description, we see how very impor-
tant it was that the camp should be pitched upon a hillside of sufficient extent to
enable the general to marshal his army for battle near his camp, if not in front
of it.

OF THE ROMANS. xlJX

prepare for immediate action, and when waved before the
legions advancing in order of battle, it was the signal for
the charge, incuraua. It contained the name of the general
and of the army, inscribed in large red letters on a white
ground.

79. Each legion had its own standard, which was en-
trusted to the special care of the chief centurion, the primu
piltis of the legion.* It was an eagle of the size of a dove,
generally of silver, though under the empire sometimes of
gold. The eagle was represented with uplifted wings, as
seen in plate II., 9. Sometimes a small, banner, vexiUum^ on
which was embroidered the number of the legion, was placed
directly below the eagle.

80. The ten cohorts' of the legion had their special
standards, signal wllich were of various foims, sometimes
very simple * and sometimes more elaborate. For specimens
of the latter, see plate II., 5.

81. The standards carried by the cavalry, by the light-
armed infantry, and by detachments detailed for special
service, were simple banners, vexiUa.^ For the general ap-
pearance, form, and size of the vexilla, see plate I., 5, and
plate n., 8.'

82. The chief musical instrument in a Roman army, and
indeed the only one mentioned in the Commentaries on the
Gallic war, was the trumpet, tubaJ This was a wind in-
strument of brass in the form of a modern trumpet. The
only musicians mentioned by Caesar, in either of his works,®

1 The loss of a standard was a calamity and a disgrace, both to the standard-
bearer and to the legion.

s Gdler thinks that the maniples had standards, and that the standard of the
first maniple was also the standard of the entire cohort, but BUstow rejects this
▼lew as utterly untenable.

» The general name for a standard was signuniy and for a standard-bearer
9ignifery but the more specific names tiquila and aqiiilifer were generally used tc
designate the standard and the standard-bearer of the legion. The bravest and
Rtrongest soldiers were selected as standard-bearers. See Book IV., 25 ; also
signiferi in plate II., 6.

« A standard was sometimes simply the figure of an open hand upon a staff,
and sometimes the figure of an animal, as a wolf or an ox.

• See Book VI., 96.

• Observe in plate II., 5, that one of the elaborate standards has a vexUlum at

the top.

7 GOler thinks that every century had at least one tuba.

• See Book II., 20, Book VII., 47 ; and Cioil War, Book II.. 35.

1 MILITABT BTSTEH

are the tubicines and the budnatorea^^ both of whom are
represented with their instruments in plate II., 6 and 7 ; but
the lituttSy a modification of the trampet, curved near the
end, was doubtless used in the cavalry.*

Roman Modb of Attack.

83. When the Roman general had secured his favorite
position on the gentle declivities of a range of hills with the
enemy sufficiently near in the plain below, he ordered the
signal to be sounded with the trumpet. The legions
advanced slowly and steadily in order of battle until they
were within five hundred or six hundred feet of the enemy,
when the standard of the commander-in-chief was displayed,
and the united blasts of the horn and the trumpet sounded
the signal for the charge. From this point, the legions, with
poised javelins in their front ranks, pilis infestis^ advanced
upon the run until the hostile lines were within forty or
fifty feet of each other, when a salvo of javelins from the
front of the legions carried consternation and death into
the ranks of the opposing phalanx.' Then, with drawn
swords, the Roman soldiers charged the broken ranks of
the foe.*

84. Thus all along the front line a deadly conflict was
waged hand to hand,' — a series of duels, us RUstow ex-
presses it.* For the moment, it was of coui'se impossible to

1 It seems probable that the bneinator used not only the Intciwi^ bat also the
eomut the bom, a wind instrument made generally from the horn of a wild ox,
and famished with a silver mouth-piece, bat sometimes made from brass.
According to OAler, the various military evolutions were first signalled by the
horn, and then proclaimed throughout the anny by the trumpet. The claatiettm,
which, on the field of battle, was the signal for the charge, was made by the
united blasts of the horn and the trumpet.

* Lucan, Pharsalia, I., 237, characterizes the notes of the lituu$ and the tuba
in these words : titridor lUttum clangorgue tubarum.

9 The piU which penetrated the hostile shields often stuck fast in them, thus
rendering the men unfit for action. Sometimes three or more shields in the
dense phalanx were pinned together by these weapons. See Book I., 25.'

* This onset of the Roman legions with pilum and sword has been compared
to a volley of musketry, instantly followed by a bayonet-charge.

It is not probable that all the men in the ftont rank charged with the sword
at the same time, as they stood too close together in rank and file to allow the
free use of that weapon. Btistpw conjectures that the odd numbers in the front
rank sprang forward, while the even numbers kept their places In the line, and
that thus each man secured ample room for the charge.

s In this account of the Roman mode of attack, we have followed Biistow.

PLATE IV.

Galfi. J. f:^nfs. 2. Pfde.i, 3. Sr^nifer. 4- Dn^

r THE NEV/ YOr;K :

PUBLIC LIERAPV •

OF THE ROMANS. fi

preserve unbroken ranks in the front of the oohorts thus
engaged. Along the front line, the whole of the first
century of each maniple participated, either directly or
indirectly, in the ten*ible struggle. While the first two
ranks bore the brunt of the battle, the other three, as oppor-
tunity offered, hurled their javelins over the heads of the
combatants into the hostile ranks in the rear, and held
themselves in readiness to rush to the relief of their com-
panions in case of need. Meanwhile, the second century of
each maniple, remaining firm and immovable, gave stability
to the line.

85. Thus far the cohorts of the second line had taken no
part in the battle ; but soon they, too, were seen to be in
motion, and, advancing quickly in battle-an*ay through the
intervals of the first line, they hurled their javelins into the
ranks of the bewildered foe, and then with drawn swords
rushed into the thickest of the fight. The exhausted
cohorts, thus timely relieved, retired to reform their shat-
tered line, and to recover breath and strength for a new
onset. Thus the first and second lines continued the con-
flict, alternately relieving each- other,* until the enemy,
exhausted and demoralized, yielded to the repeated onsets
of the Roman cohorts. The third line formed the reserve,
and was summoned to the front only in cases of special need.'

KoBCAN Method of Taking Fortified Places.

86. The Romans recognized three different methods of
taking fortified places : —

1. By Storm, Assault — oppugnatio rqmitina.

2. By Investment, Blockade — obsidio.

3. By Siege, with active operations — oppugnatio oper-
ibus.

1 In the opinion of ROstow, a line of Roman oohorts seldom remained in active
conflict more than fifteen rointites at a time.

> Tlie Gallic mode of condacting a battle was vholly unlike the Roman.
The Gauls staked the issue largely on the first onset. Raising their fearful
battle-cry, they advanced against the enemy in solid pbalanx, and strove to over-
whelm him by the mere momentum and weight of moving masses.

The unit in the German line of battle was the solid wedge, the cuneuSf so
celebrated in the early history of Germany. The different tribes were massed
separately. The obaige on the field of battle was an impetuous onset in masses.
See Book I., 51.

lii

HIUTART SYSTBH

87. Id attacking fortified towns, the RomatiB often
employed certain engines whicb corresponded to artil-
lery in mode;ii warfare. lliey were designated by
the general name tormenta, from torqueo, to twist, as
their motive power was derived from the torsirai of
firmly twisted ropes; but they were of several varieliea.

1. The Scorpion —
tcorpio — was a large

- cross-bow, resting on
a standard, as seen
in the accompanying
figure.

2. The Catapult —
mttgndta — was an
engine for burling
heavy javeline or otii-
er missiles. This was
also a modification of

the crosB>bow ; but the anns of the bow were straight sticks
of timber, and its elasticity, or its |>ower of recoil, was pro-
duced by the torsion of a large rope, or cable, made from
hair or sinews twisted to the greatest possible tension.* The
construction of the catapult, and the mode of working it, are
Been in the following figure : —

Calapail.

1 Only the very itronKeal hair «fti dbciI for this purpose ; and JKhne (uggeaM
that it wa« probably eul^octed to a special prooeM to tncreaia ttg strength. Tba
■tnewB and tendons from the necks of bulla and from the lefi of goala, vera
OBpMlftlly prised (or this porpose.

Observe that the two attcki of timber, ' n' and ' b,' are inserted in two large
roiies, or csblea, and that their ends, like the etKIa of a bow, are connected
together by a (Ironic cord. In working the catapaK, the middle of tlila cord waa
drawn back by means of a windlasa, >ed.' Praeticany, therefore, the oatapult
was a bow of Immenae powtr.

OF THE ROMANS. Uil

3. The BaUista was an engine for hurling balls, stones,
and even heavy sticks of wood. In principle the motive
power was the same as in the catapult, from which it dif-
fered mainly in the fact that it hurled missiles at an angle
of 45 degrees. For the mode of working the baUista ^ see
figure 5 in the foreground of plate V.

4. The Onager was a modification of the catapult. It had
only one arm, and that arm worked vertically, while the
arms of the catapult worked horizontally. See figure 4 in
the foreground of plate V.*

88. The Turris ambulatoria was a movable tower, often
used by the Romans in attacking fortified cities. It was, of
course, of various sizes; but ordinarily it consisted of ten
stories, and was about ninety feet high, twenty-five feet
square at the base and twenty at the top.* Each story had
an outer gallery, extending entirely around it. See plate V., 1.

89. The tower, which was moved forward by means of
rollers worked from within, was supplied with one or more
drawbridges, which, on being let down upon the wall, fur-
nished the attacking party a passage to the enemy's works.
The lower story was usually supplied with a battering-ram ;
while the upper stories were occupied with the engines of
war — the tormenta. The turria ambulatoria^ armed with
the battering-ram and the tormentay and well supplied with
archers and slingers, was a movable battery of great power.

90. The VineOy used to protect soldiers and workmen
during siege operations, was a movable shed or arbor, rest-
ing on rollers. According to Vegetius, it was usually 16

1 Aooordlng to Biistow und KOchly, Geschlohte des griechiscben Kiiegswesens,
Book TV., 3, the baUista bad such remarkable projectile force tbat it tbrew beavy,
missiles, on an average, a quarter of a mile, and that it sometimes reached twice
tbat distance.

In the Commentaries on the Glyil War, Book n., 2, Caesar tells ns tbat beams,
or poles, 12 feet long, pointed with iron, hurled from balllstae, passed through
four rows of hurdles, probably in the form of vineae (90), or plutei (92), and
planted themselves in the earth.

The bcUlisia is sometimes compared to the modern mortar. It was capable of
throwing missiles of great weight. Stones weighing from one hundred to one
hundred and thirty pounds were at times burled by it. See Biistow und Edcbly;
also Scbambach, Qescbutzverwendung bei den B5mem. — Altenburg : 1883.

* Observe that the arm is drawn down by means of a windlass, and that it flies
back with great violence as soon as it is released.

* Athenaeus, the author of a work, irepl Mnx»vfiit&To)Vf written, probably, about
20O B. C, mentions a tower 180 feet high and 36 feet square at the base.

llV HHJTABY BTBTEM

feet long, 7 wide, and 8 bigh. The roof was of timber, ot
thick pisnlc, supported by
upright posts; the sides
were of strong wicker-work.
It was sometimes entirely
open at both ends, and
sometimes partially closed.
Tbe roof and udes were
covered with raw hides, as
""'^ a protection i^ainet fire.

a a variety of tbe vinea. It was of
smaller size than the ordinary
vinea, bnt of much greater
strength, as it was intended to
be used in the immediate vi-
cinity of the enemy's works,
especially to protect sappers
and miners in undermining
the wall.* See tbe accom-

91. Tbe JftMcu&M \i

The Pkttetts was a movable breastwork, or screen,

1 Cuur, In bis OoiDntentmries on tbs Civil War, BoolE 11., 10. haa desorllied
e kind of mutmliu whlob lie used in the b1<^ of HaaaiUa. It wu «> atrong
Dried from the top □( the wall f^ll harmleaB upon It. The
(■ of timlNir t«o feet thick, orwlald Tlth brick and mortar.

that blinks ot si

OF THE ROMANS. Iv

resting on rollers. It was usually seven or eight feet in
height, and was supplied with loop-holes, through which
archers could discharge their arrows. It was of various
forms, as seen in figures 1, 2, and 3.

93. The Testuch artetaria^ also used in storming cities,
consisted of a movable shed, like a vinea, in which was sus-
pended a battering-ram {ar%es)j in the form of a heavy stick
of timber, from sixty to a hundred feet long, armed with a
large head of bronze or iron. It was worked by men under
the cover of the testudo, and was used to effect a breach
in the wall. For the general appearance of this machine,
and the mode of working it, see the testudo arietaria bat-
tering the tower in the background of plate V .^

The Stoh&ong of Cities — Oppugnatio r^pentina.

04. This method of attack was usually adopted when
there was a reasonable prospect of immediate success with-
out great loss, especially in proceeding against cities which
were well supplied with provisions, but were neither
strongly garrisoned nor defended by formidable works.

96. Aided by his engines of war, a Roman general who
could lead veteran legions to the attack sometimes found
the capture of a walled town a comparatively easy task.

96. Archers and slingers, protected by plutei^ and sharp-
shooters with catapults and baUistae^ drove the enemy from
his works. Some filled the moat, while others, under the
cover of musculi, strove to undermine the wall, or to set
fire to the gates ; the tower was moved slowly forward, the
battering-ram began its work ; numerous storming columns,

1 Caeear seems to have made little use of the battering-ram. The Gallio'
walls, according to his description, Boole VII., 23, were so substantially oon-
strncted, of large beams, stones, and earth, that they could not be destroyed
either by fire or by the battering-ram. The following figure is from Gdler : —

Vertical Section of €faUio JfcM.

Ivi

MILITARr SYSTEM

forrning the testudo^ with their shields close-locked over

their heads, as seen in plate Y., ad-
vanced to the attack ; the ladders were
quickly applied ; the sharpshooters, arch^
ers, and slingers, redoubled their ef-
forts ; the walls were scaled ; the gates
were thrown open, and the legions
entered.

}

I-*

«•»

14

at.

Investment, Blockade op Cities —

Obsidio.

97. The Romans sometimes compelled
hostile cities to surrender, by enclosing
them so completely within a continuous
line of strong fortifications, that neither
supplies nor succor could reach them.
This plan was adopted when the place
was too strongly fortified and too strong-
ly garrisoned to be taken by stoim, es-
pecially if the population was large, and
the supply of provisions limited. To
ensure success, it was sometimes neces-
sary to construct a second line of works
at a suitable distance from the first, and
outside of the investing army, as a pre-
caution against attack from without, in
case any attempt should be made to re-
lieve the city.

The most remarkable instance men-
tioned in the Commentaries of this
method of taking fortified towns, was
the investment of Alesia. The town
was gaiTisoned by a force of 80,000
Gauls ; Caesar invested it, and for forty
days he lay intrenched before it be-
tween two concentric lines of almost
impregnable works ; a mighty array of
confederate Gauls, 250,000 strong, ar-
rived in the rear of his intrenchments;

OF THE ROMANS. Ivil

bat Roman valor triumphed, and Alesia surrendered to the
conqueror.

08. The works with which Caesar enclosed this stronghold
of the Gauls were in some respects among the most remark-
able mentioned in Roman history. The figure on the pre-
ceding page, from Napoleon and Goler, represents a vertical
section of the inner line of works, called in modern phrase-
ology, contra vallation.*

SiEGB OP FoBTiFiED Places — Oppugnatto Operibus,

99. With the Romans, a formal siege involved, not only
the use of all the ordinary engines of war, but also the long
and tedious labor of constructing an agger. It was resorted
to only in difficult cases, when a simple investment would
be inadequate and when a direct assault without special
preparation would promise little success. The agger was a
mound, or rampart, beginning several hundred feet from
the wall of the besieged city, and extending directly toward
it, until it finally reached and overtopped it, and thus fur-
nished a broad highway, on which a storming column could
advance directly to the highest part of the enemy's works.^

100. An agger of the ordinary dimensions, 400 or 500
feet long, 60 or 60 feet wide, and from 60 to 80 feet high,'
required for its construction an enormous amount of timber,
stones, earth, and brush. The trunks of trees from 20 to 40
feet in length, and from 1 to 2 feet in thickness, were of the
first importance ; indeed the words of Lucan must have been
at times almost literally true*: —

((

Procumbunt nemora et spoliantnr robore silvae."

1 In modem phraseology, the inner line, or that which InvestB the city, is
called ccmtravalUxtion, that outside of the Investing army, circumvallaHon.

This line of works was 11 Roman miles in length, and 400 feet in width.
Observe that on the side toward the city was a ditch 20 feet wide ; that on the
opposite side, 400 feet from this ditch, was a rampart 12 feet high, and that
between these two points were arranged (1) two ditches, each 15 feet wide; (2)
five rows of trunks of trees, with branches sharpened to a point, so planted In
the earth that only the branches were in sight, called cippi : (3) eight rows of
small pits 3 feet deep, each with a sharpened stake firmly set in its centre, called
Hfia, lilies, and (4) an indefinite nnmber of short stakes entirely sunk in the
earth, to which iron hooks were attached, called sHmuH, spurs.

• In some cases the agger did not reach the top of the wall, but was sur-
mounted by one or more towers, which, on being moved up to the^eneray's
works,'secured the necessary height for the storming partv.

» The agger at Avaricum was 80 feet high. See Book VII., 24.

« Lucan'B Pharsalia, III.. 390.

Iviii MILITABT STBTEH

101. To aid the learner in understanding the more import
tant steps in a formal siege, we add the following illustra-
tions. FigAj'pageliXfGround Plan of Siege Operations: —

1. ABCD represents the enemy's wall.

2. abed, the space to be occupied by the agger.

3. mm, musculi, protecting laborers levelling the ground.

4 yy, the line ot^oineae, forming a covered way through which
materials were brought for the agger.

5. PP, a line of plutei, protecting the men while building the first
section of the agger.

6. TT, turres ambulatoriae, armed with tormenta, and supplied
with archers and slingers.

7. pppp, a continuous line of plutei, nearly parallel to the enemy's
wall, protecting archers and slingers.

8. w, w, two lines of vineae, parallel to the agger, forming each
a covered way by which soldiers passed to the towers and to the lines
ot plutei,^

9. cdef , a horizontal section of a part of the first story of the
agger, showing how the logs were arranged, with intervals between
them, and in layers at right angles with each other, showing also an
open gallery or way through the middle.

102. An agger, 80 feet in height, usually consisted of
eight or ten stories. On each floor was an open gallery, or
hall, 10 or 12 feet wide and 8 or 10 feet high, extending the
whole length of the agger. The work of construction
began at a distance of 400 or 600 feet from the enemy's wall,
from which most of its defenders had been driven by the
archers and slingers behind the line of plutei^ and by the
artillery-men in the towers. The materials were brought
through the covered way formed by the line of vineae * VV,'
while those who were engaged in the actual work of con-
struction were protected by the plutei^ * PP.' First, large
logs were placed firmly upon the ground parallel to each
other and at suitable intervals; upon these was placed a
second layer of logs at right angles with them, as seen in
figure 1. The open spaces between the logs were then
filled with earth, stones, sods, brush, etc. Through the
middle was left a passage, or open gallery, 10 or 12 feet
wide, as stated above. The work continued in this way

» The 11x16 of plvtHf parallel to the enemy's works, and the lines of viMoe
leading t<pit, are sometimes compared to the parallels and approaches In modem
warfkre.

OF THE BOHAN8.

D"

=^0

a
a
a

Q
D
Q
Q
Q
0'

"--f~

D
D
D
Dv

Q

Q

Q

D

D

Dv

S%gure 1. Ground Plan <if Siege Operation*.

be

HIIilTABT STSTEy

8
I

% .
Si

•I-* ts "-^

OQ

^d
^

h
«

CO d

OD •

-I

fan

1

r V oQ *l! t4
^ d ^ »& «>

d <Q S d

CO

d
o
o

M

o

d

d
o

51

o

p3 nS

i.^ M ** ®

a

SJI

09

Q

o

« 8

t3 T? d

P< c8 o '^

<i 8 a «

■is

o S
d o

%i

d *>

»4©5co^»o«t^ado5

fi!iii;!;i!|:!;:;i!l[!ll[l!l!l!i;

OF THE BOMANS. 1x1

until the sides reached the height of 8 or 10 feet, when the
open passage was covered overhead with a layer of timbers
placed across it. Thus was finished the first section of the
first story of the agger.

103. ThepliUei^ *PP,' were next moved forward 30 or 40
feet, and under their protection the second section of the
first story was constructed in the same style and manner as
the first section.^ A line of plutei^ ^P,' as seen in figure 2,
was then placed across the front of the second floor, and the
building of the first section of the second ^tory was begun.
The materials were all brought through the vineae and up
the stairs, ' s,' to the landing, ' on,' which was a platform ex-
tending the whole width of the agger, thus affording easy
access to the gallery, or hall, on the second floor.

104. As soon as the second section of the first story was
finished, the plutei were again moved forward, and the third
section was begun. At the same time, the plutei on the
second floor, * P,' in figure 2, were moved forward, and the
second section of the second story was begun. Plutei^ ' P,'
were then placed on the third floor, and the first section of
the third story was begun. This, like the second, was reached
by stairs, leading to the landing, which furnished access to
the hall, or passage, on this floor.

105. Thus the construction of the agger went on ; one
section after another was added, one story after another,
until BCDE was finished.' The part nearest to the enemy,
ABEF, still remained to be filled as best it might. Then
through all the halls on the different floors were brought
logs, stones, brush, fascines, sods, and the like, and were
hurled into one confused mass, until the space was filled.
The top of the heap was next hastily levelled off and made
passable. The decisive moment, for which all this elaborate
preparation had been made, had at length arrived. The
archers and slingers redoubled their efforts, and the heavy

1 The tini1)er and other materials were brought first through the vineae, * YV,*
and then through the covered gallery in the first section.

* The enemy often attempted to prevent the completion of the a^^r, either
by setting it on fire, or by nndermining it (Book VII., 22 and 24) ; but, if he
failed in this, he ordinarily lost courage, and surrendered before the completion
of the works. Thus the Aduatnci surrendered when they saw the tower ap*
proaohing the wall : see Book II., 31.

y

Ixii MILITART SYSTEM.

artillery swept the walls with its missiles, as the storming
column advanced over the agger, and planted the Roman
eagle upon the enemy's works.

Ships of Wab — Na'ocB Longae.

106. Caesar had no organized navy during his Gallic
campaigns, hut he built ships as occasion required, and
manned them with his legionary soldiers.^ His veteran
legions could fight either on land or sea.

107. The Roman ships of war were seven or eight times
as long as they were wide, and were accordingly called
ruxoes hngae^ in distinction from the transports, naves
oneraruxAf* which were much shorter in proportion to their
width. They were armed in front with a formidable beak
(roBtrum)y with which they often pierced and sunk the
enemy's ships. Though provided with sails, they were pro-
pelled chiefly by oars. They carried the usual engines of
war, the tormenta^ were furnished with grappling-irons, and
sometimes had towers on their decks. The most Important
varieties were the triremes^ with three banks of oars, and
the quinqueremesy with five banks.* See plate VI.

» Bowers and sailors could be readily obtained. See Book m., 9.

• The naves anerariae were transports, or ships of burden. They were four
times as long as they were wide ; they were propelled chiefly by means of sails,
although supplied with oars to be used in case of need.

» According to Grater, a trireme was 149 feet long, with a deck 18 feet wide,
and carried 232 tons burden. Without the use of sails, it had 24 horse-power,
and its rate of speed was 10 knots an hour. The oar» were arranged in tiers or
banks, those in the upper bank being 1^ feet long, those In the middle bonk 10(,
and those in the lower bank 7|.

The regular complement of men for a trireme seems to have been 22B, of whom
31 were ofllcers and soldiers, 20 sailors, and 174 rowers ; for a quinqnereme, 37B, of
whom 310 were rowers ; but we learn on the authority of Polyblus that the
Romans increased the number of soldiers, and that the ^uinquermnet In the
Punic wars generally had each 120 soldiers on board.

« The naves aeiuariae and the naves spectUatoriae, also called (Book IV., 26)
speeulatoria wwigia^ were small light vessels constrttoted for speed.

BBiM

THF NF.W YrRK 1
PUBLIC LIBnAHT '

TITLES OP WORKS CITED

ON THE MILITABT SYSTEM OF THE ROMANS.

Ta^vuxm^ P. Beitrage zur Oeschichte der Kriegsfuhrung und KrUg^
kunst der MOmer, Berlin, 1886.

GouEB, A. VON. Caesars gallUcher Krieg UTid das rCmische Kriegswesen,
Freiburg, 1884.

Grasbb, B. De Veterum Re Navali, Berolini.

GuHL uwD KoNBB. Dos Lcbeti der Oriechen und RGmer nach antiken

BUdenoerken,
Htginub. Liber de munitionibus castrorum.

JXmrs, M. Handbuch einer Oeschickte des Kriegswesens, Leipzig, 1880L
KocHLT WD RdsTOW. Oriechiscke EriegsschriftsteUer.
Lanob, G. G. L. Eistoria Mutationum Rei Militaris Romanorttm*
LiNDBNBCHMiT, L. Tracht und Bewaffnung des rSmischen Heeres,
LivT, The Works of.

Mabquabdt, J. RGmische Staatsverwaltung,
lioHMBBN, T. History of Rome,
Napolbon m. History of Julius Caesar,
NissBN, H. Das Templum,
PoLTBius, TTie Works of.

Bheinhasd, H. Caesaris Commentarii deBdlo QaUico. Stattgart, 188&
Bhbinhabd, H. Oriechische und Hfmische Kriegsalterthumer,
Bt^STOw ITND EdcHLY. Ocschichte des griechiscJien Kriegswesens.
BtsTOW, W. Heerwesen und KriegfOhrung C&sars.
SoNKLAB, B. A. Abhandlung uber die Heeretverwaltung der alten RGmer.
Shambach. Einige Bemerkungen uber die OeschOtzverwendung bei den

ROmem, besonders zur Zeit Caesars, AlteDburg, 1888.
Vbobtius. Epitoma Rei Militaris.

IziiL

atvnua-ioN noted

JUN 2 1935

( ^

I

' • ^^.

& JTITBII CAEgARIS

COMMEIS^TARII

DB

r BELLO GALLICO.

LIBER I.

/

L Gallia est omDb divisa in partes tres, qnarum nnam
ineolant ibelgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam, qui ipsorum lin-
gua Celtae, nostra Galli appellautur«^v Hi omnes lingua,
institntis, legibus inter se differunt. Gallos ab Aqnitanis
Garumna flumen, a Belgis Matrdna et Sequ^na dividit. 5
Homm omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, propterea quod a
culta atque humanitate provinciae longissime absunt,
minimeque ad eos mereatores saepe commeant, atque ea»^...,
quae ad efTeminandos animos pertinent, important^; prox<-
imique sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibus- lo
cum continenter bellum gernnt; qua de causa Helvetii
quoque reliquos Gallos virtute praecedunt, quod fere quo-
tidianis proeliis cum Grermanis contendunt, cum aut suis
finibus eos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum
'^ gernnt. ^ Eorum una pars, quam Gallos obtinere dictum 15
est, initium capit a flumine RbodS,no ; continetur Garum-
na flumine, Oceano, finibus Belgarum ; attingit etiam ab
SequSnis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum; vergit ad sep-
temtri'ones. Belgae ab extremis Galliae flnibus oriuntur;
pertinent ad inferiorem partem flnminis Rbeni ; spectant 20
in septemtriones et orientem solem. ^ Aqiiitania a Garum-
na flumme ad Pyrenaeos montes et earn partem OceSni,

2 D£ BELLO 6ALLIC0

quae est ad Hispaniam, pertinet; spectat inter occammi
splis et septemtriones.'/

\ II. Apad Helvetios longe nobilissimus et ditissimus fuit
Orgetdrix. Is, Marco Messala et Marco Pisone consalibus,
5 regni cupiditate inductus conjarationem nobilitatis fecit et
civitati persuasit, ut de finibus suis cam omnibus copiis
) . exirent; perfacile esse, cam virtate omnibas praestai'ent,
totiaa. Galliae imperio potiri. ^Id hoc facilias eis persaasit,
^aod andique loci natara Helvetii continentaf }[ ana ex

10 parte flamine Rheno, latissimo atqae altissimo, qai agram
Helvetiam a Germanis dividit^ altera ex parte, monte Jata
altissimo, qai est inter Sequ&nos et Helvetios; tertia, laca
Lemanno et flamine Rhod^no, qai provinciam nostram ab
Helvetiis dividit. / His rebas fiebat, at et minas late vaga-

15 rentar et minas facile finitimis bellam . inferre possent \
qaa de caasa homines bellandi cupidi magno dolore affici-
ebantur^r Pro maltitadihe aatem hominam et pro gloria
belli diio^ fortitadinis, angastos se fines habere arbitra-
bantai", qai^ in longitadinem millia passiiam ducenta et
\80 quadraginta, in latitadinem centum et octoginta patebant*
HIT His rebus adducti et auctbritate Orgetorigis permo*:.
ti, cctistituerunt ea, qu^ae ad proficiscendum pertinerent,
comparare ; jumentorum et carrorum qaam maximum nu-
merum coemere; sementes quam maximas facere, at in

26 itinere copia frumenti suppeteret ; cum proximis civitati-
bus paceoi et amicitiam confirmare;VAd ^eas res conficien-
das biennium sibi satis esse duxerunt>:'an tertium abniim
profectionem lege connrmant. Ad ek^ res conficiendaa
Orget^rix deligitur. -^ ^Is sibi legationem ad civitates sash

80 cepit. In eo itinere persuadet Castlfco Catamantaledis

Alio, Sequ^no, cujus pater regnum in Sequ^nis miikod

annos obtinuerat et a senatu populi Romani amicus appel*

^ latus erat, ut regnum in civitate sua occuparet, quod patet

ante habuerat ; itemque Dumnorlgi Aeduo, fratri Diviti^i,

06 .qui eo tempore principatum in civitate obtinebat ac maxi*
me plebi acceptus erat, ut idem conaretur, persuadet, eique

/ filiam suam in matrimonium dat. Perfacile factu esse illis
probat conata pe^cere, propterea quod ipse suae dvitatis

LIBER PRIMUS. . 8

imperiam obtentnrns esset ; non esse dabiura, quin totins
Galliae plurimam Helvetii possent ; se suis copiis suoque
ez^roita illis regna oonciliaturuni confirmat. -Hao orations
addacti inter se fidem et jasjarandum dant et, regno occa*
pato, per tres potentissimos ac firmissimos popolos totins 5
Galliae seae potiri posse sperant!)!

rV*. £^ res est Helvetiis per indiciam ennntiata. Mori«
Ims sais Orgetorlgem ex ^^nculis oansam dicere coSgerant.
Damnatom poienam sequi bportebat, at igni creinaretnr. 7
Die constitnta oausa^ dictionis OrgetSriz ad judicium 01A- 10
nem saam familiam,Ntd hominum millia decern, nndiqne
coegity et omnes clientes obaeratosqae suos, qnoram mag-
nom nameram habebat, eodem conduzit ; per eos, ne cau-
sam diceret, se eripuit. Cam civitas ob earn rem incitata
armis jus saam exseqai conaretur, maltitudinemque homi- 15
nam ex agris magistratas cogerent, Orgetdrix mortaus est ;
neqae abest suspicio, tit Hely«ftii arbitrantar, qain ipse sibi
mortem consciverit. ^'^' t

Y. Post ejus mortem nihilo-minai Helvetii id, quod con-
stitaerant, faeere conantar, ate finibas sais exeant. ''^ Ubi 20
jam se ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua
omhia namero ad dnodecim, vicos ad quadringentos^ reli-
qaa privata aedificia incendunt ; framentam omne, praeter-
qaam qaod secam portatari erant, combarant, at, domum
redilionis spe sablata, paratiores ad omnia pericula sabean- 25
da essent; triam mensium molita cibaria sibi qaemqae
domo efferre jabent. Persaadent Raurlcis et Tulingis et
LatoTicis, finitimis,. nti, eodem usi consilio, oppidis sais
vicisqae exastis, ana cam iis proficisoantar ; Boiosque, qai
trans Rhenam incolaerant et in agrum Noricum transierant 80
NorSiamqae oppagnarant, receptos ad se socios sibi ad-
sciscant.

YL Erant omnino itinera dao, quibas itineribas domo
exire possent : anam per Seqa&nos, angustum et difficile,
inter montem Jaram et flamen Rhodfinom, vix qaa singuli M
carri dacerentar; mons aatem altissimus impendebat, at
facile perpauci probibere possent : alteram per provinciam
Bostram, molto faciliag atqae expeditias, propterea quod

inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobrdgam, qui naper pacati
erant, Rbodfinas flait, isque nonnullis locis vado tritnsitar. ^ ^
^ £xtremam oppidum AUobrdgom est proximamque Helve-
tiorum finibas Genava. Ex eo oppido pon$ ad Helvetios

5 pertinet. yAllobrOgibaa-S ese V(]>1 p^^^ynflanr^a^ qna<^ nnnHnm ^

bono animo in popalum Romanuoi viderentar, existima-
bant ;''vel vi coacturos, Ut per suos fines eos ire paterentui^ i
Omnibas rebus ad profeotionem comparatis, diem dicunt, 1

qua die ad ripam Rhod^i omnes conveniant. Is dies erat
^ ; 10 ante diem quintum Kalendas Apilles, Lucio Pisdne, Aulo \

Gabinio consulibus. -^

VII. CaesSri cum id nuntiatiim esset, eos per provin-
ciam nostram iter faoere conari, maturat ab urbe proficisci,
et, quam maximis potest itineribus, in Galliam ulteribrem 1

15 contendit et ad Genavam pervenit. Provinciae toti quam
maximum potest militum numeruim impeirat (erat omnino
in Gallia ulteriore legio una) ; pontem, qui erat ad Gena-

__jram, jubet rescindi.' Ubi de ejus adventu Helvetii certio- I

res facti sunt, legatos ad eum mittunt, nobilissimos civita^

20 tis, cujus legationis Nameius et Yerudobtius principem *|

locum obtinebant, qui dioerent, sibi es^e in animo sine ullo
maleficio iter per provinciam facere, propterea quod aliud
iter baberent nullum; rogare, ut ejus voluntate id sibi ^

facere liceat. Caesar, quod memoria tenebat Lucium Cas-

25 slum consulem occisum, exercitumque ejus ab Helretiis

^V4>ulsum et sub jugum missum, concedendum non putabat;

•Ul^ppque homines inimico animo, data facultate per provinci-

'^' am itineris fadendi, temperaturos ab injuria et maleficio
^ existimabat. )(l*amen, ut spatium intercedere posset, dum ua
30 milites, quos imperaverat, convenirent, legatis respondit,
diem se ad deliberandum sumpturum; si quid vellent, ad
Idus Apriles reverterentur,

VIII. Interea ea legione, quam secum habebat, militi'
busque, qui ex provincia convenerant, a lacu Lemanno, qui
85 in flumen RhodS.num influit, ad montem Juram, qui fines
Sequanorum ab Helvetiis dividit, millia passuum decern
noyem murum, in altitudinem pedum sedecim, fossamqoe
perducit., £o opere perfecto praesidia disponit, castella

^'A

LIBER PRIMUS. 5

commnnit, quo fiicilias, si se invito transire conarentur,
prohibere possit. Ubi ea dies, quam constituerat oamr le-
gatis, venit, et legatt ad earn reverterant, negate se more
et ex^mplo populi Romani posse iter uUi per proviDciam
dare, et, si vim facere conentur, probibiturum ostepdi t. ^
^^Helvetii ea spe dejecti, navibas janctis ratibusque complu-
ribus factis, alii vadis Bhod&ni, qua minima altitudo flumi-
nis erat, nonnunqaam inteidia, saepius uoctu, si. perrum-
pere possent, conati, operis munitione et militum concursu
et telis repalsi, hioc conatu destiterunt. \ - 10

IX. Relinquebatnr una per Sequ&nos via, qua, Sequ&nis *
invitis, propter angnstias ire non poterant. His cum sua
sponte persuadere non possent, legatos ad Dumnorlgem
Aeduum mittnnt,-ut eo deprecatore a SequHnis impetra-
rent. Dumndrix gratia et largitione apud Sequ&nos pluri- 15
mam pbterat, et Helvetiis erat amicus, quod ex ea civitate
Orgetorigis filiam in matrimonium duxerat r^ cupiditate
regni adductus novis rebus studebat, et quam plurimas civi-
tates stu) sfbi bene^cio habere obstri^lz^ volebat. Itdque
rem suscipif efa Seqnfinis ihipetrat,"ut per fines suos Hel- 20
vetios ire patiantni\ obsjdesque uti inter sese dent, perficit :
Sequ&Bi, ne itinere Hel vetios prohibeant; Helvetii, ut sine
maleficio et injuria transeant*

X. Caes^ri renuntiatur Helvetiis esse in animo per agrum
Sequanorum et Aedu5rum iter in Santdnum fines facere, 25
qui non longe a Tolosatium finibus absunt, quae civitas est
in provincia. Id si fieret, intelligebat magno cum pericu-
lo provinciae futurum, ut, homines bellicosos, populi Ro-
mani inifnicos, locis patentibus m^ximeque frumentariis
finitimos haberet. Ob eas causas ei munitioni, quam fece- 30
rat; Titum Habienum legatum praefecit ;- ipse in Italiam
magnis itineribus contendit duasque ibi legiones conscribit,
et tres, quae circum Aquileianx hiemabant, ex hibernis edu-
cit^i«t qua proximum iter in ulteriorem Galliam per Alpes
erat, cum his quin'que legionibus ire contendit^. Ibi Cen- S6
trones et GraiocSli et* Caturiges, locis superioribus occupa-
tis, itinere exercitum prohibere conahtur. Compluribus
his prordiTs pulsis, ab OcSlo, quod est citerioris provinciae

6 D£ BELLO GALLICO

% ,^>0xtremam, in fines Vooontioram ulterioris proTindae die
septimo pervenit ; inde in Allobrdgum fines, ab Allobrogl-
bus in SegusiaYQS exercitum duoit. Hi sunt extra provio*
ciam trans Rbod&nnm priini.
t> XI. Helvetii jam per angustias et fines Sequanomm
saas copias transduxerant, et in Aedadrum fines pervene-
rant eorumque agros populabantur. Aedui, cum se saa-
que ab iis defendere non possent, legatos ad Caes&rem mtt-
tunt rogatam auxilium :^ta se onipi tf mp^^^ f^ft popv^^

10 Romano meritos esse, ut paene in conspectn.exercitas

. nostri agri yastari, liberi eorum in servitutem abduci, op'

pida expugnari non debuerint. ^^HSodem tempore Aedui

AmbaiTi, necessarii et consaugainei Aedudruro, CsBs&rem

certi^em &ciunt, sese depopulatis agris non facile ab

15 oppidis vim hostiam probibere. Item AllobrSges, qai trans
RhodS.num vicos possessionesque babebant, fuga se ad Cae-
s&rem recipiunt et demonstrant, sil|i praeter agri solum
nihil esse reliqai. Qnibus rebus adductus Caesar non ex-

^ spectandam sibi statuit, dum, omnibus fortuniA sociorum
•' 90 consumptis, in Sant5nos Helvetii pervenirent. ^"^

XIL Flumen est Arar, quod per fines Aedudrum et Se-

quanorum in Rhod&num influit incredibili lenitate, ita ut

oculis, in utram partem fluat, judicari non possit. Id Hel-

"^ vetii ratibus ao lintribus junctis transibantnj^Jbi per explo-

26 ratores Caesar certior factus est, trea jam copiarum partes
Helvetios id flumen transduxisse, quartam vero partem

/ citra flumen ArSrim reliquam esse, de tertia vigilift cum
legionibus tribus e castris profectUs ad qam partem per-
venit, quae nondum flumen transierat. Eos impeditos et

80 inopihantes aggressus magnam eorum partem con<5ldit ;
reliqui fugae sese mandarunt atque in proximas silvas ab-
diderunt. , Is pagus appellabatur Tigurinus; nam omnis
civitas Helvetia in quattuor pagos divisa est. Hie pagus
unus, cum domo exisset patrum nostrorum memoria,
^ 85 Lucium Cassium consulem interfecerat et ejus exercitum
sub jugum miserat. Ita, sive cast, sive consilio deorum
immortalium, quae pars civitatis Helvetiae insignem ca-
lamitatem populo Romano intulerat, ea prinoeps poenas

*1 ^

LIBER FBIMUS. 1

persolvit^' Qua in re Caesar non solum publicas, sed etiam
privatas injurias ultus est, quod ejus soceri .Lucii Pisonis
ayum, Lucium Pisonem legatum,^Tiguitni eodem proelio, '
i(juo (Jassium, interfecerant | ^ ^

Xin. Hoc proelio facto, reliquas co^ias Helvetiorum ut 6
consequi posset, poutedk in Ar^e faciendum curat atque
ita exercitum transducit-^IIelvetii repentino ejud adventu

> commotio cum id, quod ipsi diebus viginti aegexrime con- ^ .
fecerant, ut'npraen transire'nt, ilium und die fecisse intelli- ~'
glerent, legatos ad euni mittunt; cujus legationis Divico 10 ^ ;^ 3
princeps fuit, qui bello Cassiano dux Helvetiorum fuerat.
I^ ita cum Caes^e agit: "Si pacem populus Romanus cum

^^Helyetiis faceret, ia earn partem ituros atque ibi futuros
Helyetios, ubi eps- Caeaar eoi^istituisset atque esse-volu-
isset ; sin bejio persequi perseveraret, reminisceretur et 15
vAeris incommodj populi Romani et pristinae virtutis Hel-
yetiQrun^:^ Quod imgroviso unum pagum adortus esset,

"cum li, qui flumen transissenj, suis auxilium ferre non
possent, rie ob eam rem ai,it suae magnopere virtutt tribja-
eret aut ipsos despiceret; se ita a patribus majoribusque 20
suis didicisse, ut magis virtute, quam d'olo contenderent \
aut insid^is niterentur. Quare ne committeret, ut is locus,
ubi constitissent, ex calamitate populi Romaui et ii^terne-
cione ex^rcitus nomen caperet aut memoriam proderet.

^^ XrV. His Caesar ita respondit : Eo sibi minus dubita- 2r>
tionis dari, quod.eas res, quas legati Jlelvetii oomniemoras-

^ sent, memoria teneret ; atqu« eo gravius- feiTC, quo minus
merito populi Romani accidisseiit ; qui si alicujus injuriae
sibi conscius fuiss^^ non fUisse difficile cavei!''^/ sed ep de-

■ ceptum, 'quod-nequfe coramissum a se intelligeret, quare bo
timeret,''nequ^ sine causa timendum putaretA Quod si
veteris copturaeliae oblivisci vellejb, num etiam receatium
injuriarum, quod, eo invrto, itei^ per provinciam per vim
tentasfeent, quod AeduCs, quod Ambarros, quod AUobr^gas
yexassent, memoriam..deponere posse ? Quod sua victoria 35
tarn insolenter gloiiarentur, quodque tam diu se impune
injurias tulisse admirarentur, eodem pertinere. . Consuesse
enim deos immortales. quo gravius homines ex oommuta-

i^

8 DB BELLO GALLICO

tione remm doleant, qnos pro scelere eomm ulcisei veliot,
his seoundiores internum res et diatumiorem impunitatem
ooncedere. Cum & ita sint, tamen, si obsides ab iis sibi
dentar, uti ea, quae polliceantur, facturos intelligat, et si

5 Aeduis de iujuriis, quas ipsis sociisque eoruiu intuierint,
item si Allobrogibus satisfaciant, sese cum iis 'pacem esse
facturum. N Divico respondit: Ita Helvetios a majoribus
Buis institutes esse, uti obsides accipere, noa dare, consue
rint; ejus rei populum Romanum esse testem. Hoc re-

10 sponso dato discessit. jf^

XV. Postero die castra ex eo loco movent. Idem facit
Caesar, equitatumque omnem, ad numerum quattuor mil-
lium, quern ex omni provincia et Aeduis atque eorum sociis
coactum habebat, praemittit, qui videant, quas in paites

16 hostes iter faciant. Qui cupidius novissimum agmen inse-
cnti, alien o Idco cum equitatit Helvetiorum proelium com-
mittunt ; et pauci de nostris cadunt. Quo proelio sublati
Helvetii, quod quingentis equitibus tantam multitudinem
equitum propulerant, audacius subsistere^ nonnunquam ex

ao novissimo agmine proelio nostros laeessere coeperunt.A Cae-
sar suos a proelio continebat ac satis habebat in praesentia
hostem rapinis, pal^ulationibus, populationibusque prohibere.
Ita dies circiter quindecim iter fecerunt, uti inter novis-
simum hostium agmen et nostrum primnm non amplius

25 quinis aut senis miilibus passuum interesset.

XVL Interim quotidie Caesar Aeduos frumentum, quod
essent publice poUiciti, "flagitare ; nam propter frigora, quod
Gallia sub septemtrionibus, ut ante dictum est, posita est^
non modo irumenta in agris matura non erant, sed ne pabuli
\ 30 quidem satis magna copia suppetebat^ eo autem frumento,;
quod flumine Arare navibus subvexerat, propterea uti minus
poterat, quod iter ab Arare Ilelvetii averterant, a quibus
discedere nolebat. Diiem ex die ducere Aedui; conferri,
comportari, adesse dicere. Ubi se diutius duci intellexit

56 et diem instare, quo die frumentum militibus metiri opor-
teret, convocatis eorum principibus, quorum magnam copi-
am in castris habebat, in his Diviti&co et Lisco, qui summo
magistr^tui praeerat (quera Vergobrgtum appellant Aedui,

LIBEB PRIMUS. 9

qai creaiur annuas, et yitae n/ecismie in buos habet potes*
tatem), graviter eos accusatjSjSioci, cum neque erni neque
ex agris snmi posset, tarn necessario tempore, tam propin-
quis hostibus, ;ab iis' noii sublavetur; praesertim cum
magna ex parte eorum precibus- adductus bellum suscep- 5
srit, multo etiam gravius, quod sit destitutus, queritur. "t^
XVII. Turn demum Liscus oratione Caestlris adductus,
quod antea taouerat, proponit: Esse nonnuUos, quorum
auctoritas apud plebem plurimum valeat, qui privatim plus
possint, quam ipsi magistratus. Hos seditiosa atqne 10
improba oratione multitudineni deterrere, ne frumentum
conferant, quod praestare debeant. Si jam principatum
Galliae obtinere non possint, Gallorum quam Romanorum
imperia praeferre, neque dubitare debere, quin, si Helve-
tios superaverint Romani, una cum reliqua Gallia Aeduis 15
libertatem sint erepturi. Ab iisdem nostra consilia, quae-
que in castris gerantur, hostibas enuntiari ; hos a se coer-
ceri non posse. Quin etiam, quod necessario rem coactus
Caesari enuntiarit, intelligere sese, quanto id cum periculo
fecerit, et ob eam causam^ quam diu potuerit, tacuisse. 20

•^ XVIII. Caesar hac oratione Lisci Dumnorigem, Diviti-
Hci fratrem, designari sentiebat; sed, quod pluribus prae-
sentibus eas res jactari nolebat, celeriter concilium dimit-
tit, LiBcum retinet ; quaerit ex solo ea, quae in conventu
dixerat. Dicit liberius atque audacins. Eadem secreto ab 26
aliis quaerit ; reperit esse vera: Ipsumesse Dumnorigem,
Bumma audacia, magna apud plebem propter liberalitatem
gratia, cupidum rerum novarum : complnresannos portoria
reliquaque omnia Aeduorura vectigalia parvo pretio re-
dempta habere, propterea quod, illo liccnte, contra liceri 30
audeat nemo. ^ His rebus et suam rem familiarem auxisse
3t facultates ad largiendum magnas comparasse ; magnum
numerum equitatus sup sun;igtu semper alere et circum se
habere ; neque solum domi, sed etiam apud finitimas civi-
tates largiter posse, atque hujus potentiae causa matrem in 85
Biturigibus homini illic nobilissimo ao potentissimo c6llo-
casse ; ipsum ex Helvetiis uxorem habere, sororem ex
matre et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates coUo-

4:

10 DE BELLO GALLICO

casse. Favere et cupere Helvetiis propter earn affinitatem,

odigse etiam suo nomine Caesarem et Romanos, quod

eornm adventu potentia ejus deminuta, et Diviti^us fratei

in antiquum locum gratiae atque honoris sit restitutus^/^i

f) quid accidat Romanis, summam in spem per Helvetios

regni obtinendi venire ; imperio populi Romani non modo

-- _ de regno, sed etiam de ea, quam habeat, gratia despen

Reperiebat etiam in quaerendo Caesar, quod proelium

equestre adversum paucis ante diebus esset factum, initium

10 ejus fugae factum a Dumnorige atque ejus equitibus (nam

equitatui, quem auxilio CaesS,ii Aedui miserant, DumnSrix

praeerat) ; eorum fuga reliquum esse equitatum pertemtum.

XIX. Quibus rebus cognitis, cum ad has suspiciones
eeitissimae res accederent, quod per fines Sequanorum

s " 15 Helvetios transduxisset, quod obsides inter eos dandos cu-

« . '4^rasset, quod ea omnia, non modo injussu suo et civitatis,
sed etiam inscientibus ipsis, fecisset, quod a magistratu
^ Aeduorum accusaretur, satis esse causae arbitrabatur, quare
^ v^ f^ \ , in eum aut ipse aniraadverteret, aut civitatem animadv^r-
~"' ^ go tere juberet.'*"^-fiis omnibus rebus unum repugnabat, quod
Divitiaci fratris summum in populum Romanum studium,
summam in se voluntatem, egregiam iidem, justitiam, tem-
perantiam cognoverat; nam, ne ejus supplicio Divitiaci
animum offenderet, verebatur. Itaque priusquam quid-
25 quam conaretur, DivitiScum ad se vocari jubet et, quotidi-
an is interpretibus remotis, per GSium Valerium Procillum,
principem Galliae provinciae, familiarem suura, cui sum-
mam omnium rerum fidem habebat, cum eo collofluituri^
Vrsimul commonefacit, quae ipso praesente in concilio Gallo^
30 rum de Dumnorige sint dicta, et ostendit, quae separatim
qiiisque de eo apud se dixejit. Petit atque hortatur, ut sine
.ejus ofiensione animi vel ipse de eo, causa cognita, statuat
vel civitatem statuere jubfiat.

XX. Divitiacus raultis cum lacrimis Caesarem complex-
85 us obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret ;

Scire se ilia esse vera, nee quemquam ex eo plus quam se
doloris capere, propterea quod, cum ipse gratia plurimum
domi atque in reliquSL Gallia, ille minimum propter adoles-

I

LIBER PRIMUS. H

centiam posset, per se crevisaet ; quibas opibas ac nervis
uan solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed paene ad perniciem
Buam uteretar ; sese tamen et amore fratemo et existima-
tione vulgi commoyerh:^- Quod si quid ei a Caesaro gravius
accidisset, cum ipse eum locum amieitiae apud eum tene- 5
ret, neminem existimaturum, non sua voluntate factum ;
qua ex re futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averteren-
tur. Haec cum pluribus verbis .flens a Caes^re peteret,
Caesar ejus dextram prendit ; consolatu3 rogat, finem oran-
di faciat; tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, ut et 10
rei publicae injuriam et suum dolorem ejus voluntati ac
precibus condonet. Dumnorigem ad se ^vocat, fratrem ad-
hibe t^; quae in eo reprehend at^^DStendit ^ quae ipse intelli-
gat, quae civitas queratur, proponit ; monet, tit in reliquum
. tempns omn'es suspiciones vitet ; praeterita se Diviti^co 16
fratri condonnre dicit. Dumnorlgi custodes ponit, ut, quae
agat, quibuscum loquatur, scire possit. ^.

XXI. Eodem die ab exploratoribus certior factus hostes
sub monte consedisse millia passuum ab ipsius castris octo,
qnalis esset natura montis et qualis in circuitu ascensus, 20
qui cognoscerent, misit. Renuntiatum est, facileni esse.
De tertia yigilia Titum Labienum, legatum pro praetore,
cum duabus legionibus et iis ducibus, qui iter cognoverant,
sammum jugum montis asceadere jubet : gu^ pqj ^^ consilii
sit, ostendi_t. Ipse de quarta vigilia eodem itinere, quo 25
lostes ieran t. ad eos oontendit equitatumque omnem ante
88 iQittit. Publius Considius, qui rei militaris peritissimus
habebatur et in exercitu Lucii Bullae et postea in Marci
Crassi fu^rat, cum exploratoribus praemittitur.

-^ _^XII. Prima luce, cum summus mons a Tito Labieno 80
teneretur, ipse ab hostium castris non longius mille et quin-

( gentis passibus abesset, neque, ut postea ex captivis com-
perit, aut ipsius adventus aut Labieni cognitus esset, Con-
sidius equo admisso ad eum accurrit, dicit, montem qucm
a Labieno occupaii voluerit, ab hostibus teneri ; id so a 35
Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse^ f'Caesar suas
copiad in prozimum collem subducit^ aciem instruit. La-
biSnuB, ut erat ei praeceptum a CaesS-re, ne proelium com-

12 I>E BELLO GALLICO

mitteret, nisi ipsias copiae prope hostium castra visae
essent, ut undique uno tempore in hostes impetus fieret^
monte occupato nostros exspectabat proelioque abstiilebat.
Multo denique die per exploratores Caesar cognovit, et
5 montem a suis teneri, et Helvetios castra movisse, et Con-
sidium tiraore perterritum, quod non vidisset, pro viso sibi
renuntiasse. Eo die, quo consuerat intervallo, hostes sequi*
tur, et milHa passuum tria ab eorum castris castra ponitr • ^

J XXIII. Postridie ejus diei, quod omnino biduum snpe-

'10 rerat, cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret, et quod
a Bibracte, oppido Aeduorum longe maximo et copiosissi-
mo, non amplius millibus passuum octodecim aberat^ rei
frumentariae prospiciendum existimavit, iter ab Helvetiis
avertit ac Bibracte ire contendit. Ea res per fugitivos

15 Lucii Aemilii, decurionis equitum Gallorum, hostibus nun-
tiatur. Helvetii, seu quod timore perterritos Romanos
discedere a se existimarent, eo magis, quod pridie, superi-
oribus locis occupatis, proelium non commisissent, sive.eo,
quod re frumentaria intercludi posse confiderent, commu-

20 tato consilio atque itinere converse, nostros a novissimo
agmirie insequi ao lacessere coeperunt. -1

XXIV. Postquam id animuni advertit, -^copias suas Cae-
sar in proximum collem subducit, equitatumque, qui sus-
tineret hostium impetum, misit. Ipse interim in colle

25 medio triplicem aciem instruxit legionum quattuor vetera-
narum ;Vfi(e;d in summo jugo duas legiones, quas in Gallia
citeriore proximo conscripserat, et otnnia auxilia coUocari,
ac totum montem hominibus compleri et interea sarcinas
in unum locum conferri, et eum ab his, qui in supe,riore

80 acie constiterant, mumri jussit. Helvetii cum omnibus suis
carris secuti impedimenta in unum locum contulerunt ; ipsi
confertissima acie, rejecto nostro equitatu, phalange facta,
sub primam nostram aciem successerunt.

XXV. Caesar, primum; suo, deinde omnium ex conspec-
85 tu reraotis equis, ut aequato omnium periculo spem fugae

tolleret, cohortatus suos proelium commisit. Milites, e loco
superiore pilis missis, facile hostium phalangem perfrege-
runt. Ea disjecta, gladiis destrictis in eos impetum fecerunt.

/

Plate VII. Victory over the Hblveth. I. 34— 37-

THE NEW YOKK

PUBLIC LIBFA'^':

LIBER PRIMUS. 13

Gallis magn o ad pugnam ^rat i mpediment o, quod pluribas
eorum scatis uno icta pilorum transfixis et colligatis, cum
ferrum se inflexisset, neque evellere neque, sinistra impedi-
ta, satis commode pugnare poterant ; multi ut, diu jactato
bracbio, praeoptarent scatum manu emittere et nudo cor- 5
pore pagnare. Tandem vulneribus defessi et pedem re-
ferre et, quod mons suberat circiter mille passuum, eo se
recipere coeperunt. Capto monte et succedentibus nostris,
Boii et Tulingi, qui bominum millibus circiter quindecim
agmen bostium cl»udebant et novissimis praesidio erant, 10
ex itin^re nostros latere aperto aggressi circumvenere; et
id (ionspicati Helvetii, qui in montem sese receperant, rur-
8us instare et proelium redintegrare coeperunt. ^^omani
conversa signa bipartito intulerunt : prima ac secunda
acies, ut victis ac submotis resisteret ; tertia, ut venientes 15
exciperet.

- XXVI. Ita ancipiti proelio diu atque acriter pugnatum
est. Diutius cum nostrorum impetus sustinere non pos-
sent, alteri se, ut coeperant, in montem receperunt, alter!
ad impcidimenta et carros suos pe contulerunt. !N'am boc 20
toto proelio, cum ab bora septima ad vesperum pugna>
tum sit, aversum bostem videre nemo potuit>s; Ad multam
noctem etiam ad .impedimenta pugnatum est, propterea
quod pro vallo carros objecerant, et e loco supeiiore in
nostros venientes tela conjiciebant et nonnulli inter carros 25
rotasque mataras ac tragulas subjiciebant nostrosque vul-
nerabant. Diu cum esset pugnatum, impedimentis cas-
trisque nostri potiti sunt. Ibi Orgetorigis filia atque unus
e filiis captus est. Ex eo proelio circiter millia hominum
centum et triginta superfuerunt eaque tota nocte conti- 30
neuter iernnt \ nullam partem noctis itinere intermi^so in
fines Ling5hum die quarto pervenerunt, cum et propter
vulnera militum et propter sepulturam occisorum, nostri
triduum morati eos sequi non potuissentf Caesar ad Lin-
g5nas litteras nuntiosque misit, ne eos frumento neve alia 85
re juvai'ent; qui: si juvi^sent, se eodem loco, quo Helve-
tios, babiturum. Ipse triduo intermisso cum omnibus
oopiis eos s^qui coepit*

14 BE BELLO GALLICO

XXVir. Helvetii, ommum rerum inopia addncti, legatOH
de deditione ad eum miserunt. Qui cam eum in itinere
convenissent seque ad pedes projecissent suppliciterque
locuti flentes pacem petissent, atque eos in eo loco, quo

6 turn essent, suum adventuni exspectare, jussisset, parue*
runt. Eo postquam Caesar pervenit, obsides, arma, servos,,
qui ad eos perfugissent, poposcit. Dum ea conquiruntur;
et conferuntur, nocte intermissa, circiter hominum millia
sex ejus pagi, qui Verbigenus appellatur, sive timore per-

10 territi, ne armis ti*aditis supplicio afAcerentnr, sive spe
salutis inducti, quod in tanta multitudine dediticiorum
suam fugam ant occultari aut omnino ignorari posse existi-
marent, prima nocte ex castris Helvetiorum egressi ad
Bbenum finesque Germanorum contenderunt.

16 XXVIII. Quod ubi Caesar resciit, quorum per fines
ierant, his, uti conquirerent et reducerent, si sibi purgati
esse vellent, iraperavit; reductos in hostium nuraero habu-
it ; reliquos omnes, obsidibus, armis, perfugis traditis, in
deditionem accepit. Helvetios, Tulingos, Latovicos in

20 fines suos, unde erant profecti, reverti jussit, et quod, omni-
bus fructibus araissis, domi nihil erat, quo famem tolerarent,
Allobrogibus iraperavit, ut iis frumenti copiam facerent;
ipsos oppida vicosque, quos incenderant, restituere jussit.
Id ea maxime ratione fecit, quod noluit eum locum, unde

26 Helvetii discesserant, vacare, ne propter bonitatem agro-
rum Gerraani, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, e suis finibus in
Helvetiorum fines transirent et finitimi Galliae provinciae
Allobrogibusque essent. Boios petentibus Aeduis, quod
egregia virtute erant cogniti, ut in finibus suis coUocarent,

80 concessit ; quibus illi agros dederunt, quosque postea in
parem juris libertatisque conditionem, atque ipsi erant,
receperunt, /

XXIX. -*In castris Helvetiorum tabulae repertae sunt
litteris Graecis confectae et ad Caesarem relatae, quibus in

B6 tabnlis nominatim ratio confecta erat, qui numerus domo
exisset eorum, qui arma fen-e possent, et item separatim
pueri, senes mulieresque. Quarum omnium rerum summa
erat capitum Helvetiorum millia ducenta et sexaginta tria.

LIBER PRIMUS. 15

Tnltngornm millia triginta sex, Latovicorum quattuor-
decim, Raurlcorum viginti trie, Boioram triginta duo ; ex
his, qui arma ferre possent^ ad millia nonaginta duo.^ Sum-
ma omnium fnerunt ad millia trecent^ja et sexaginta octo.
EoFum, qui domum redierunt, eeiisu habito, ut Caesar im- 5
peraverat, repertus est numerus millinm centum et decem.
^' XXX. Bello Helvetiorum confecto, totius fere Galliae ^ •

legati, principes civitatum, ad Caesarem gratulatum con- 7 V » **'0
venerunt : Intelligere sese, tanietsi, pro veteribus Helvetio-
rum injuriis populi Romani, ab &is poenas bello repetisset, lo
tamen earn rem non minus ex usu terrae Galliae quam
populi Romani accldisse, propterea quod eo consilio, floren-
tissimis rebus, domos suas Helvetii reliquisseut, uti toti
Galliae bellum infen'ent imperioque potirentur locumque
domicilio ex magna copia deligerent, quem ex omni Gallia 15 .« JfT
opportunissimum ac fructuosissimum judicassent, reliqnas- t « s*^
que civitates stipendiarias haberent. Petierunt, uti sibi
concilium totius Galliae in diem certam indicere, id que
Caesaris voluntate facere, liceret ; sese habere quasdam res,
quas ex communi consensu ab eo petere vellent. Ea re 20
permissa, diem concilio constituerunt, et jurejurando, ne
quis enuntiarety nisi quibus communi consilio mandatum
esset, inter se sanxei*unt. '^^Vv

/ XXXI. Eo concilio dimisso, iidem principes civitatum,
qui ante fuerant ad Caesarem, reverterunt petieruntque, uti 25
sibi secreto in occulto de sua omniumque salute cum eo
agere liceret, Ea re impetrata, sese omnes flentes Caes^ri
ad pedes projecerunt: Non minus se id contendere et
laborare, ne ea, quae dixissent, enuntiarentur, quam uti
ea, quae vellent, impetrarent, propterea quod, si enuntia- so
turn esset, summum in cruciatntn se ventures viderent.
Locutus est pro his Divitiacus Aeduus: Galliae totius
j&ctiones esse duas; harum alterius prlncipatum tenere
Aeduos, alterius Arvernos. Hi cum tantopere de po-
tentatu inter se multos annos contenderent, factum esse S5
uti ab Arvemis SequS^nisque Germani mercede arcesse-
rentur. Horum primo circiter millia quindecim Rhenum
» transisse ; posteaquam agros et cultum et copias Gallorum

IQ DE BELLO GALLICO

homines hn ac barbari adamassent, transductos plnres;
nunc esse in Gallia ad centum et viginti milliura nume-
rum. Cum his Aeduos eorumque clientes semel atque
iterum armis contendisse; magnam calamitatem pulsos

6 accepisse, omnem nobilitatem, omnem senatum, omnem
equitatum amisisse. rj^Quibus proeliis calamitatibusque frao-
tos, qui et sua virtute et populi Romani hospitio atque
araicitia plurimura ante in Gallia potuissent, coactos esse
Sequanis obsides dare, nobilissimos civitatis, et jurejurando

10 civitatem obstringere, sese neque obsides repetituros, ne-
que auxilium a populo Romano imploraturos, neque recu-
saturoa, quo minus perpetuo sub illorum ditione atque impe-
rio essent. ^ TJnum se esse ex omni civitate Aeduorura, qui
adduci non potuerit, ut juraret aut liberos suos obsides

16 daret. vOb earn rem se ex civitate profugisse et Romam
ad senalum venisse auxilium postulatum, quod solus neque
jurejurando neque obsidibus teneretur. Sed pejus victori-
bus Sequanis quam Aeduis victis accidisse, propterea quod
Ariovistus, rex Germanorum, in eorum finibus consedisset,

20 teitiaraque partem agri Sequani, qui esset optimus totius
Galliae, occupavisset, et nunc de altera parte tertia Sequa-
nos decedere juberet, propterea quod paucis mensibus ante
Harudum millia hominum vigi^i quattuor ad eum venis-
sent, quibus locus ac sedes pararentur. Futurum esse

^5 paucis annis, uti omnes ex Galliae finibus pellerentur,

atque omnes Germani Rhenum transirent; neque enim

couferendum esse Gallicum cum Germanorum agro, neque,

' hanc consuetudinem victus cum ilia comparandamA Ario-

vistum autem, ut semel Gallorum copias proelio vicerit,

iO quod proelium factum sit Admagetobrigae,superbe et cru-
deliter imperare, obsides nobilissimi cuj usque liberos pos-
cere, et in eos omnia exempla cruciatusque eder^si qua
res non ad nutum aut ad voluntatem ejus facta sit. y^^^"^^*
nem esse barbarum, iracundum, temerarium; non posse

05 ejus imperia diutius sustinere. Nisi quid in Caesare
populoque Romano sit auxilii, omnibus Gallis idem esse
faciendum, quod Helvetii fecerint, ut domo emigrent,
aliud domicilium, alias sedes remotas a Germanis petant,

I

LIBER PRIMUS. 17

fortunamque^ quaecumque accidat, expenantur. Haec si
enuDtiata Ariovisto slot, non dubitare, quin de omnibus ob-
sidibus, qui apud eum sint, gravissimum supplicium sumat.
CaesSrem vel auctoritate sua atque exercitus, vel recenti
victoria, ve) nomine populi Romani deterrere posse, ne 5
major multitudo Germanorum Rhenum transducatur, Gal-
liamque omnem ab Ariovisti injuiia posse defendere.

XXXII. Hac oratione ab Divitiaco habita, omnes, qui
aderant, magno fletu auxilium a Caes^re petere coeperunt.
Animadvertit Caesar unos ex omnibus Sequanos nihil earum iG
reinmi facere, quas^eteri facerent, sed tristes, capite demisso,
terram intueri. Ejus rei causa quae esset, miratus, ex ipsis
quaesiit. Nihil Sequani respondere, sed in eadem tristitia
taciti permanere. Cum ab his saepius quaereret, neque
ullam omnino vocem exprimere posset, idem Divitiacus Ae- 15
duus respondit : Hoc esse miseriorem gravioremque fbrtu-
nam Sequanorum quam reliquorum, quod soli ne in occulto
quidem queri neque auxilium implorare auderent, absen-
tisque Ariovisti crudelitatem, velut si coram adesset, horre-
rent, propterea quod reliquis tamen fugae facultas daretur, 20
Scquanis vero, qui intra fines suos Ariovistum recepissent,
quorum oppida omnia in potestate ejus essent, omnes cru-
ciatus essent perferendi.***/.

XXXIII. His rebus cognitis, Caesar Gallorum animos .
verbis confirmavit poUicitusque est, sibi earn rem curae 2ff^ ^ /
futuram; n^gnam se habere spem, et beneficio suo et
auctoritate adductum Ariovistum finem injuois ^cturum.
Hac oratione habita, concilium diniisit. Et secundum,
multae res eum hortabantur, quare sibi cam renTcbgitan-
^dam et suscipiendam putaret ;N|^^imprimis quod Aeduos, 8C
fratres consanguineosque saepenumero ab senatu appella-
tos, in servitute atque in ditione videbat Germanorum
teneri, eorumque obsides esse apud Ariovistum ac Sequa-
nos intelligebat ; quod in tanto imperio populi Romani
turpissimum sibi et rei publicae esse arbitrabatur. .Paula- 85
tim autcm Geimanos consuescere Rhentmi transire et in
Gailiam liiagnam eorum multitudinem venire, populo Ro-
mano peiiculosum videbat j^eque sibi homines feros ao

18 I>E BELLO GALLICO

barbaros temperaturos existimabat, quin, cum omnem
Galliam occupavissent, ut ante Cimbii Teutonique tecis-
sent, in provinciam exirent atqae inde in Italiam conten-
derent, praesertim cum Sequanos a provincia nostra
5 RhodSinus divideret. Quibus rebus quam maturrime oe-
currendum putabat. Ipse autem Ariovistus tantos sibi
spiritus, tantam arrogantiam sumpserat, ut ferendus noa
videretur.^ ^ir ^

XXXIV. Quamobrem placuit ei, ut ad Ariovistum
10 legates mitteret, qui ab eo postularent, uti aliquem locum

medium utriusque coUoquio diceret : velle sese de re pub-
lica et sunmiis utriusque rebus cum eo agere. v|Ei legationi
Ariovistus respondit : Si quid ipsi a Caes^ie opus esset, sese
ad eum yentui*um fuisse ; si quid llle se velit, ilium ad se

15 venire oportere. Praeterea se neque sine exercitu in eas
partes Galliae venire audere, quas Caesar possideret, neque
exercitum sine magno commeatu atque molimento in
unum locum contrahere posse ; sibi autem mirum videri,
quid in sua Gallia, quam bello vicisset, aut Caes&ri aut

20 omnino populo Romano negotii esset.

XXXV. His responsis ad Caesarem r^latis, iterum ad
eum Caesar legates cum his mandatis mittit: Quoniam
tanto suo populique Romani beneficio affectus, cum in
consulatu suo rex atque amicus a senatu appellatus esset,

25 banc sibi populoque Romano gratiam referr6t, ut in collo-
quium venire invitatus gravaretur, neque de communi re
dicendum sibi et cognoscendum putaret, haec esse, quae
^ab eopostularet^i primum, ne quam multitudinem hominum
amplius trans Rhenum in Galliam transduceret ; deinde

80 obsides, quos haberet ab Aeduis, redderet Sequ&nisque per-
mitteret, ut, quos illi haberent, voluntate ejus reddere illis
liceret ; neve Aeduos injuria lacesseret, neve bis sociisve
eorum bellum inferret. Si id ita feoisset, sibi populoque
Romano pei'petuam gratiam atque amicitiam cum eo futu-

86 ram ; si non impetraret, sese, quoniam Marco Messala,
Marco Pisone consulibus, senatus censuisset, uti, qui-
cumque Galliam provinciam obtineret, quod commodo rei
publicae facere posset, Aedujfe ceterosque amicos populi

LIBEB PRIMUS. 19

Romani defenderet, se Aedu5rani injorias non negleo
ti^ram. X

■^XXX! VI. Ad haeo Ariovistus respondit : Jus esse belli,
lit, qui vicissent, lis, quos vicissent, quemadmodum vellent,
imperarent : item populum Bomanum victis non ad alterius 5
praescriptum, sed ad suum arbitrium imperare consuesse.
Si ipse populo Romano non praescriberet, quemadmodum
3UO jure uteretur, non oportere sese a populo Romano in
suo jure impediri. Aeduos sibi, quoniam belli fortunam ten-
tassent et armis congressi ac supepati essent, stipendiarios la
esse factos. Magnani Oaesarem injuriam facere, qui suo
adventu vectigalia sibi deteriora faceret. Aeduis se ob-
sides redditurum non esse, neque iis neque eorum sociis
injuria bellum illaturum, si in eo manerent, quod eonvenis-
set, stipendiumque quotannis penderent : si id non fecis- 15
sent, longe iis fratemum nomen populi Romani abfuturum.
Quod sibi Caesar denuntiaret se Aeduorum injurias non
neglecturum, neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendis-
se. Cum vellet, congrederetur ; intellecturum, quid in-
victi Germani, exercitatissimi in armis, qui inter annos 20
quattuordecim tectum non subissent, virtute possent.

XXXVIL Haec eodem tempore CaesSri mandata refere-
bantur et legati ab Aeduis et a Treviris veniebant ; Aedui
questum, quod Hailides, qui nuper in Galliam transportati
essent, fines eorum popularentur ; sese ne obsidibus quidem 25
datis pacem Ariovisti redimere potuisse; TrevXri autem,
pagos centum Sueborum ad ripas .Rheni consedisse, qui
Rhenum transire conarentur ; iis praeesse Nasuam et Cim-
berium fratres. Quibus rebus Caesar vehementer commo-
tus maturandum sibi existimavit, ne, si nova manus Suebo- 30
rum cum veteribus copiis Aiiovisti sese conjunxisset, minus
facile resisti posset. Itaque re frumentaria quam celerrime
potuit comparata, magnis itineiibus ad Ariovistum con-
tendit.^

XXXTIIL Cum tridui viam processisset, nuntiatum 311
est ei, Ariovistum cum suis omnibus copiis ad occupandum
Vesontionem, quod est oppidum maximum Sequanorum,
contendere, triduique viam a suis finibus profecisse. Id n<»

80 DE BELLO GALLICO

aecideret, magnopere sibi praecavendum Caesar exlstima«
bat. Namque omnium rerum, quae ad bellum usui erant,
summa erat in eo oppido facultas, idque natura loci sic
muniebatur, at magnam ad ducendum bellum daret facul-

5 tatem, propterea quod flumen Dubis, ut circino circum-
ductura, paene totum oppidum cingit ; reliquum spatium,
quod est non amplius pedum sexcentoriMn, qua flumea
intennittit, mons continet magna altitudine, ita ut radices
montis ex utraque parte ripae fluminis contingant. Huno

10 murus circumdatus arcem efficit et cum oppido conjungit.
Hue Gaesar magnis nocturnis diurnisque itineribus conten-

^ dit, occupatoque oppido ibi praesidium collocat^^
^ XXXIX. Dum paucos dies ad Vesontionem i*ei frumen-
tariae commeatusque causa moratur, ex percontatione nos-

16 trorum vocibusque Gallorum ac mercatorum, qui ingenti
magnitudine corporum Germanos, incredibili virtute atque
exercitatione in armis esse praedicabant, saepenumero sese
cum his congresses ne vultum quidem atque aciem oculorum
ferre potuisse, tantus subito timor omnem exercitum occu-

20 pavit, ut non mediocriter omnium mentes animosque per
turbilretA Hie primum ortus est a tribunis militum, praefec
tis reliquisque, qui ex urbe amicitiae causa Caesarem secuti
non magnum in re militari usum habebant ; quorum alius,
alia causa illata, quam sibi ad proficiscendum necese^ariam

26 esse diceret, petebat, ut ejus voluntate discedere liceret;
nonnuUi pudore adducti, ut timoris suspicionem vitarent,
remanebant. Hi neque vultum fingere neque interdum
lacrimas tenere poterant : abditi in tabemaculis aut suum
fatum querebantur, aut cum familiaribus suis commune

80 periculum miserabantur. Vulgo totis castris testamenta
obsignabantur. Horum vocibus ac timore paulatim etiam
ii, qui magnum in castris usum habebant, milites centurio-
nesque, quique equitatui praeerant, perturbabantur. \Qui se
ex his minus timidos existimari volebant, non se hostem

86 vereri, sed angustias itineris. et magnitudinem silvarum,
quae inter eos atque Ariovistum intercederent, ^aut rem
frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere
dicebant. Nonnulli etiam Caesllri renuntiabant, cum castra

liber'" primus. 2]

V

moveri ac signa fern jussisset, uon fore dictQ^udientes
milites neque propter timorem signa laturos.
fk XL. Haec cum animadvertisset, convocato consilio
omniumque ordinum ad id consilium adhibitis centurioni- ^'
bus, vehementer eos incusavit : Primum, quod, autquam in 5
: partem aut quo consilio ducerentur, sibi quaerendum aut
A^^>y^ cogitandum putarent. Ariovistum, se ponsule, cupidissime
cs^A^^o^uli Romani amicitiam appetisse ; cur bunc tam temere
^' '^"^^ quisquam ab officio disccssurum judicaret?;^Sibi quidem
.9 v^^ ' persuaderi, cognitis suis postulatis atque aequitate conditi- 10
^ onum perspecta, eum neque suam neque populi Komani

gi*atiam repudiaturum.^ Quod si furore atque amentia im-
pulsus bellum intulisset, quid tandem vererentur ? aut cur
de sua virtute aut de ipsius diligentia desperarent ? Fac- -
tum ejus hostis periculum patrum nostrorum memoiia, 15
cum, Cimbris et TeutCnis a Gaio Mario pulsis, non mino-
rem^ laudera exercitus quam ipse imperator meritus videba-
tur.*^ factum etiam nuper in Italia, servili tumultu, quos
tam en aliquidusus ac disciplina, quam a nobis accepissent,
sublevarent.v7Ex quo judicari posse, quantum haberet in se 20
boni constantia ; propterea quod, quos aliquamdiu inermos
sine causa timuissent, hos postea armatos nc victores super-
assent. Denique hos esse eosdem, quibuscum saepenumero
Helvetii congressi non solum in suis, sed etiam in illorum
6nibuB, plerumque superarint, qui tamen pares esse nostro 25
exercitui non potuerint. Si quos adversum proelium et
fuga Gallorum commoveret, hos, si quaererent, reperire
posse, diuturnitate belli defatigatis Gallis, Ariovistum cum
multos menses castris se aepaludibns tenuisset, neque sui
potestatem fecisset, desperantes jam de pugna et disperses 30
subito adoitum, magis ratione et consilio quam viitute
vicisse. Cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperi-
tos locus fuisset, hac nc ipsum' quidem sperare nostros
exercitus capi pos8e."*^4(3ui suum timorem in rei frumenta-
riae simulationem angustiasque itinerum conferrent, facere 2A
anx)ganter, cum aut de officio imperatoris desperare aut
praescribere viderentur. Haec sibi esse curae ; frumentum
BequS,nos, Leucos, LingQnas subministrare, jamque esse in

22 I>£ BELLO GALLICO

agnB fhimenta matura; de itinere ipsos brevi tempore judi«
caturosi Quod non fore dicto audientes neque signa laturi /
dicantur, nihil se ea re commoveri ; scire enim, quibuscum-
que exercitus dicto audiens non fuerit, aut male re gesta

5 fortunara defiiisse, aut aliquo facinore comperto avaritiam
esse convictam : suaiu innocentiaiu perpetua vita, felicita-
tem Helvetiorom bello, esse perspectam. Itaqae se, quod
in longioreni diem collaturus fuisset, repraesentaturum et
proxima nocte de quarta vigilia castra moturum, ut quam

10 primum intelligere posset, utrum apud eos pudor atque
officium, an timor valeret. Quod si praeterea nemo sequa-
tur, tam^n se cum sola decima legione iturum, de qua
non dubitaret ; sibique earn praetoriam cohortem fnturam.
Huic legioni Caesar et indulserat praecipue et propter vir-

16 tutem confidebat maxime. C —

XLI. Hac pratione habita, mirum in modum conversae
sunt omnium mentes, summaque alacritas et cupiditas belli
gerendi ;innata est, princepsque decima legio per tribunos
militum ei gratias egit, quod de se optimum judicium fecis-

20 set, seque esse ad bellum gerendum paratissimam confirma-
vit. ' Deinde reliquae legiones cum tribunis militum et
primorum ordinum centurionibus egerunt, tlti Caesari satis-
facerent; seneo unquam dubitasse neque timuisse, neque
de summa belli suum judicium^ sed imperatoris esse, existi-

85 mavisse. \ Eorum satisfactione accepta, et itinere exquisite
per Divitiacum, quod ex aliis ei maximam fidem habebat,
ut millium amplius quinquaginta circuitu locis apertis ex-
ercitum duceret, de quarts vigilia, ut dixerat, profectus
est. Septimo die, cum. iter non intermitteret, ab explo-

80 ratoribus certipr factus est, Ariovisti copias a nostris milli-
bus passuuiW qUattuor et viginti abesse.

XLII. Cognito Caesaris adventu, Ariovistus legates ad
eum mittit : Quod antea de colloquio postulasset, id per
se fieri licere, quoniam propius accessisset ; seque id sine

85 periculo facere posse existimare. Non respuit conditionem
Caesar, jamque eum ad sanitatem reverti arbitrabatur,
cum id, quod antea petenti denegasset, ultro poUiceretur;
magnamque in spem veniebat, pro suis tantis populique

y

y^' /"^' y^^^C'^i^ / ,f

LIBER PRIMUS. 23

Romani in earn beneficiis, cognitis sais postulatis, fore, uti
pei*tmacia desisteret. Dies colloqaio dictas est, ex eo die
quintus. Interim saepe ultro citroque cum legati inter
eos mitterentur, Ariovistus postalavit., ne quern peditem
ad colloquium Caesar adduceret : Yereri se, ne per insidias 5
ab eo cii'cumveniretur ; uterqu(^ cum equitatu veniret ; alia
mtioiie se non esse venturum. LCa^sar, quod neque collo-
quium intei*posita causa tolli/tvolebat, neque salutem suam
Gallorum equitatui cobiinr^tel*e audebat, commodissimum
^sse statuit, omnibus equis Gallis equitibus detractis, eo 10
legion arios milites legion is decimae, cui quam maxime con-
fidebat, imponere, ut praesidium quam amicissimura, si quid
opus facto esset, haberet. -\ HQuod cum fieret, non irridi-
cule quidam ex militibus decimae legionis dixit: Plus,
quam pollieitus esset, Caes^rem el facere ; pollioitnm, se in 15
cohortls praetoriae loco decimam legionem babituinim, ad
equum rescribere. /

^XLIIL Planities erat magna et in ea tumulus terrenus
satis grandis. Hie loicus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ario-
visti et Caes^ris aberat. Eo, ut erat dictum, ad colloqui- 20
um venerunt. Legionem Caesar, quam equis devexerat,
passibus ducentis ab eo tumulo constituit. Item equites
Ariovisti pari intervallo constiterunt. Ariovistus, ex equis
ut colloquerentur et praeter se denos ut ad colloquium
adducerent, postulavit. \TJbi eo ventum est, Caesar initio 26
orationis sua senatusque in eum beneficia commemoravit,
quod rex appellatus esset a senatu, quod amicus, quod
munera ampUssime missa;.'quam rem et paucis contigisse,
et pro^ magnis hominum .oiiiciis consuesse tribui docebat;i
ilium, cum neque aditum neque causam postulandi justam 30
baberet, bene£ciq ac liberalitate sua ac senatus ea praemia
I consecutum>jPocebat etiam, quam veteres quamque justae
causae necessitudinis ipsis Q<im Aeduis intercederent, quae
«enatus consul ta, quo ties, quamque bonorifica in cos facta
essent ; ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui 35
ten\iissent, prius etiam quam nostram amicitiam appetis-
sent. Populi Romani banc esse consuetudinem, ut secios
atque aminos non modo sui nihil deperdere, sed gratia^

/

24 DE BELLO GALLICO

dignitate, honore auctiores velit esse : qugd vero ad amiciti-
am populi Roman! attulissent, id lis eripi, quis pati posset ?
Postulavit delude eadera, quae legatis in mandatis dederat,
ne aut Aeduis aat eorum sociis bellum inferret ; obsides
5 redderet ; si nullam partem Germanoram domum remittere
posset, at ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur. v^

XLIV. Ariovistus ad postalata Caeslliis pauca re^oa.
dit ; de suis virtutibus mnlta praedicavit : Transisse Rhe^
num sese non sua sponte, sed rogatum et arcessitum a

10 Gallis ; non sine magna spe magnisque praemiis domum
propinquosque reliquisse; sedes habere in Gallia ab ipsis
concessas, obsides ipsorum voluntate datos; stipendium
capere jure belli, quod victores victis imponere consuerint.
Non sese Gallis, sed Gallos sibi bellum intulisse; omnes

15 Galliae civitates ad se oppugnandum venisse, ac contra se
castra habuisse ; eas omnes copias a se uno proelio fusas ao
superatas esse. Si iterum experiri velint, se iterum para-
turn esse decertare; si pace uti velint, iniquum esse de
stipendio recusare, quod sua voluntate ad id tempus pe-

20 penderint. Amicitiam populi Romani sibi ornamento et
praesidio, non detrimento, esse oportere, idque se ea spe
petisse. Si per populum Romanum stipendium remittatur,
et dediticii subtrabantur, non minus libenter sese recusa-
turum populi Romani amicitiam quam appetie^it^i^Quod

25 multitudinem Germanorum in Galliam transducat, id se
sui muniendi, non Galliae impugnandae causa facere ; ejus
rei testimonium esse, quod nisi rogatus non venerit, et
quod bellum non intulerit, sed defenderit.* Se prius in
Galliam venisse, quam populum Romanum.\^ ^'Nunquam.

80 ante hoc tempus exercitum populi Romani Galria^ provin-
ciae fines egrfessum. Quid sibi vellet ? Cur in suas pos-
sessiones veniret? Provinciam suam banc esse Galliam,
sicut illam nostram. Ut ipsi concedi non oporteret, si in
nostros fines impetum faceret, sic item nos esse iniquos,

85 qui in suo jure se inteipellaremus. Quod fratres a senatu
Aeduos appellatos diceret, non se tarn barbarum neque
tarn imperitum esse rerum, ut non sciret, neque bello Alio-
brOgum proximo Aeduos Romanis auxilium tulisse, neque

A

LIBER PRIMUS. 25

ipsos in his coDtentionibus, qaas Aedui Becum et cum
Sequunis habuissent, auxilio populi Romani usos esse.
Debere se suspicari, simulata Caesiirem amicitia, quod
exercitum in Gallia habeat, sui opprimendi causa habere.
Qui nisi decedat atque exercitum deducat ex his regioni- 5
bus, sese ilium non pro amico, sed pro hoste habiturum.
Quod si eum interfecerit, multis sese nobilibns principi-
busque populi Romani gratum esse facturumfTO se ab
ipsis per eorum nuntios compertum habere, quorum omni-
um gratiam atque amicitiam ejus morte redimere posset, tfi
Quod si decessisset ac liberam possessionem Galliae sibi
tradidisset, magno se ilium praemio remuneraturum, et
quaecumque bella geri vellet, sine uUo ejus labore et peri-
culo confecturum. , / \

XLV. Multa ab Caesare in eam sententiam dicta sunt, 15
quare negotio desistere non posset, et neque suam neque
populi Romani consuetudinem pati, uti op time meritos
socios* desereret; neque se judicare Galliam potius esse
Ariovisti, quam populi Romani. Bello superatos esse Ar-
vernos et Rutenos ab Quinto Fabio Maximo, quibus popu- 20
lus Romanus ignovisset, neque in provinciara redegisset,
neque stipendium imposuisset. Quod si antiquissimum
quodque tempus spectari oporteret, populi Romani justissi-
mum esse in Gallia imperium : si judicium senatus obser-
vari oporteret, liberam debere esse Galliam, quam bello 26
victam suis legibus uti voluisset.

XLVL Dum haec in coUoquio geruntur, Caesari nuntia-

\ turn est equites Ariovisti propius tumulum accedere et ad

\ nostros adequitare, lapides telaque in nostros conjicere.

^Caesar loquendi finem facit seque ad suos recipit, suisque 80

imperavit, ne qiiod omnino" telum in hostes rejicerent.

Na'm etsi sine ullo periculo legioiiis delectae cum equitatu

prbelium fore videbat, tamen committendum non putabat,

ut pulsis bostibus dici posset, eos ab se per fidem in collo-

quio -circumventos. N Posteaquam in vulgus militum el a- 85

turn est, qua arrogantia in colloquio Ariovistus usus omni

Gallia Roraanis interdixisset, impetumque in nostros ejus

equites fecissent, eaque res colloquium ut diremisset, multo

26 I>E BELLO GALLICO

^

major alaciitas studiumque pugnandi majus exercitui in
jectum est.

XLYII. Bidno post Ariovistus ad Caesurem legatoa
mittit : Velle se de his rebus, quae inter eos agi coeptae

6 neque perfectae essent, agere cum eo : uti aut iterum feol-
loquio diem constitueret, aut, si id minus vellet, e suis
legatis aliquem ad se mitteret. Colloquendi Caes^ri causa
visa non est, et eo magis, quod pridie ejus diei Germani
retineri non poterant, quin in nostros tela conjicerent,

].0 Legatum e suis sese magno cum periculo ad eum missu-
rum et hominibus fcris objecturum existimabat ^Commo-
dissimum visum est Gaium Valerium Procillum, Gail
Valerii Caburi filium, summa virtute et humanitate adoles-
centem (cujus pater a Gaio Valerio Flacco civitate donatus

15 erat), et propter fidem et propter linguae Gallicae scienti-
am, qua multa jam Ariovistus longinqua consuetudine ute-
batur, et quod in eo peccandi Germahis causa non esset,
ad eura mitt^ere, et Marcum Mettium, qui hospitio Ariovisti
utebatur. ^-His man davit, ut, quae diceret Ariovistus, cog-

20 noscerint et ad se referrent. Quos cum apud se in castris
Ariovistus conspexisset, exercitu suo praesente, conclama-
vit : Quid ad se venirent ? An speculandi causa ? Conan-
tes dicere prohibuit et in catenas conjecit.

XL VIII. Eodem die castra promovit et millibus passu-

25 um sex a Caesaris castris sub monte consedit. Postridie
ejus diei praeter castra Caesaris suas copias transduxit et
millibus passuum duobus ultra eum castra fecit, eo consilio,
uti frumento commeatuque, qui ex Sequanis et Aeduis
supportaretur, CaesSrem intercluderet. Ex eo die dies

30 continues quinque Caesar pro castris suas copias produxit
et aciem instructam habuit, ut, si vellet Ariovistus proelio
contendere, ei potestas non deesset. Ariovistus tis omni-
bus diebus exercitum castris continuit ; equestri proelio
quotidie contendit. Genus hoc erat pugnae, quo se Ger-

85 mani exercuerant. Equitum millia erant sex, totidem
numero pedites velocissimi ac fortissimi, quos ',ex omni
copia singuli singulos suae salutis causa dele^erann^ Cum
bis in proeliis versabantur, ad hos se equites recipiebant :

Plate VIIL Victory over Ariovistus. I. 43—51.

EXPLANATION.

1. Caesar's large camp.
fS. Caesar's small camp.

a. First camp of Ariovistus.

b. Hill on which Caesar and Ariovistus met.
e. Second camp of Ariovistus.

■— «— ^ Romans, t^— —i-Germans.

SCALE OF MtLES

JL

3

LIBER PRIMUS. 27

hi, 81 quid erat darius, concurrebant ; si qui, graviore vul«
nere accepto, equo deciderat, circumsistebant ; si quo erat
loQgias prodeundum aut celerius recipiendum, tanta erat
horum exercitatioiie celeritas, ut jubis equorum sublevati
cursuin adaequarent. 5

XLIX. Ubi eum castris se tenere Caesar intellexit, ne
diutius comiueatu prohiberetur, ultra eum locum, quo in
loco Germani consederant, circiter passus sexcentos ab lis,
castris idoneum locam delegit, acieque triplici instinicta,
ad eum locum venit. Primam et secundam aciem in 10
armis esse, tertiam castra munire jussit. Hie locus ab
hoste circiter passus sexcentos, uti dictum est, aberat. Eo
circiter hominum numero sedecim millia expedita cum
omni equitatu Ariovistus misit, quae copiae nostros peiter-
rerent et munitione prohiberent. Nihilo secius Caesar, ut 16
ante constituerat, duas acies hostem propulsare, tertiam
opus perficere jussit. Munitis castris, duas ibi legiones
reliquit et partem auxiliorum, quattuor reliquas in castra
majora reduxit.^

L. Proximo die instituto suo Caesar e castris utrisque 20
copias suas eduxit, paiilumque a.majoribus castris progres-
8U8 aciem instruxit hostibusque pugnandi potestatem fecit.
Ubi ne turn quidem eos prodire intellexit, circiter meridi-
em exercitum in castra reduxit. Tum demum Ariovistus
partem suarum copiarura, quae castra minora oppugnaret, 25
misit. Acriter utrimque usque ad vesperum pugnatum
est. Solis occasu suas copias Ariovistus, raultis et illatis et
acceptis vulneribus, in castra reduxit. Cum ex captivis
quaereret Caesar, quam ob rem Ariovistus proelio non
decertaret, baric reperiebat causam, quod apud Germanos 30
ea consuetudo esset„ ut matres familiae eorum sortibus et
vaticinationibus declararent, utrum proelium committi ex
nsu esset, necne : eas ita dicere : Non esse fas Germanos
superare, sr ante novam lunara proelio con ten dissent.^
-: ■ LI. Postridie ejus diei Caesar praesidio utrisque cafetris, s$
quod satis esse visum est, reliquit ; omnes alarios in con-
spectu hostium pro castris minoribus constituit, quod
minus multitudine militum legionariorum pro hostium

4

I

I

\

28 DE BELLO GALLICO

nuniero valebat, ut ad speciem alariis uteretar. Ipse trip-
lici instructa acie usque ad castra bostium accessit. Turn
demum necessario Germani suas copies castris eduxerunt,
generatimque constituerunt paribusque intervallis Harudes,
6 Marcomannos, Triboccos, VangiSnes, Nemetes, Sedasios,
Suebos, omnemque aciem suam rbedis et cariis circumde-
) derunt, ne qua spes in fuga relinqueretur. Eo mulieres
imposuerunt, quae in proelium proficiscentes passis mani-
bus Rentes implorabant, ne se in servitutem Romanis tra*

10 derent.

LII. Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legates et quaes^
torein praefecit, uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet.
Ipse a dextro cornu, quod earn partem minime firmam hos-
tlum esse aniinadverterat, proelium commisit. Ita nostri

15 acriter in hostes signo dato impetum fecerunt^ itaque hostes
repente celeriterque procurrerunt, ut spatium pila in hostes
conjiciendi non daretur. Rejectis pilis, comminus gladiis
pugnatum est. At Germani, celeriter ex consuetudine sua
phalange facta, impetus gladiorum exceperunt. Repeilii

20 sunt complures nostri milites, qui in phalangas insilirent et
sGuta manibus revellerent et desuper vulnerarent. Cum
hostium acies a sinistro cornu pulsa atqiie in fugam con-
versa esset, a dextro cornu vehementer multitudine suorum
nostram aciem premebant. Id cum animadvertisset Pub-

26 lius Crassus adolescens, qui equitatui praeerat, quod expe-

,' * ;,'ditior erat quam hi qui inter aciem versabantur^ tertiam

^ aciem laborantibus nostris subsidio misit. ^

7 LIII. Ita proelium restitutum est, atque omnes hostes

terga verterunt, neque prms fugei'e destiterunt, quam ad

80 flumen Rhenum millia passuum e:^ eo loco circiter quinqua-
ginta pervenerunt. Ibi perpauci aut viribus confisi tra-
nare contenderunt, aut lintribus inventis sibi sal^tem repe-
rerunt. In his fuit Ariovistus, qui naviculam deligatam ad
ripam nactus, ea profugit : reliquos omnes equitatu conse-

86 cuti nostri interfecerunt. Duae fuerunt Aribvisti uxores,
una Sueba natione, quam dorao secum duxerat, altera No-
rica, regis Voctionis Boror, quam in Gallia dux'erat, a fratre
missam : utraeque in ea fuga perieruut. Duae filiae harum^

o

LIBER PRIMUS. 29

altera occisa, altera capta est. GSius Valerius Procillus,
cum a custodibas in fuga trinis catenis vinctas traheretur,
in ipsum Caesarem, hostes equitatu peraequentera, incidit.
Quae quidem res Caesari non minorem quam ipsa victoria
voluptateni attulit, quod homin^ni honestissimum provin- 5
ciae Galliae, suum farailiarem et hospitera, ereptum e mani-
bus hostiura, sibi restitutum videbat, neque ejus calamita-
te de tanta voluptate et gratulatione quidquam fortuna
deminuerat. Is, se praesentc, de se ter sortibus consultum
dicebat, utrum igni statim necaretur, an in aliud tempus 10
reservaretur : sortium beneficio se esse incolumeni. Item
Marcus Mettius repertus et ad eum reductus est.

LIV. Hoc proelio trans Rhenum nuntiato, Suebi, qui
ad ripas Rhehi venerant, domum reverti coeperunt ; quos
Ubii, qui proximi Rhenum incolunt, peiterritos insecuti, 15
magnum ex his numerum occiderunt. Caesar, una aestate
^obus maximis bellis confectis, maturius paulo, quam
tempus anni postulabat, in hiberna in Sequilnos exercitum
deduxit ; hibernis Labienum praeposuit ; ipse in citeriorem
Galliam ad conventus agendos profectus est.. 20

/-^i^axiN.-

go OE BEIJiO 6AIXIC0

LIBER II.

I. Cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia in hibemiB, ita
nti sapra demonstravimus, crebri ad earn mmores affere-
bantur litterisque item Labieni ccrtior fiebat, omnes Bel-
gas, quam tertiam esse Galliae pattern dixeraraus, contra

5 populum Romanam eonjarare obsidesque inter se dare :
conjurandi has esse causas : primura, quod vererentur, ne,
omni pacata Gallia, ad eos exercitus noster adduceretur;
deinde, quod ab nonnuUis Gallis sollicitarentur, partim qui,
ut Germanos diatius in Gallia vei*sari noluerant, ita populi

10 Romani exercitum hiemare atque inveterascere in Gallia
molcste ferebant, partim qui mobilitate et levitate animi
no vis imperils studebant; ab nonnuUis etiam, quod in
Gallia a potentioribus atque his, qui ad conducendos homi-
nes facultates habebant., vulgo regna occupabantur, qui

15 minus facile eam rem imperio nostro consequi poterant.

II. His nuntiis litterisque commotus Caesar duas legio-
nes in citeriore Gallia novas conscripsit, et inita aestate, in
interiorem Galliam qui deduce ret, Quintum Pedium lega-
tum misit. Ipse, cum primum pabuli copia esse incipe-

20 ret, ad exercitum venit^ dat negotium Senonibus reliquis-
que Gallis, qui finitimi Belgis erant, uti ea, quae apud eos
gerantur, cognoscant seque de his rebus certiorem faciant.
Hi constanter omnes nuntiaverunt, manus cogi, exerci-
tum in unum locum conduci. Tum vero dubitandum non

26 existimavit, quin ad eos proficisceretur. Re frumentaha
comparata castra mo vet diebusque circiter quindecim ad
fines Belgarum pervenit.

III. Eo cum de improvise celeriusque omni opinione
venisset, Remi, qui proximi Galliae ex Belgis sunt, ad

80 eum legates Iccium et Andocumborium, primos civitatis,

1

' LIBER SECUNDUS. 31

•

miserunt, qui dicerent, se suaque omnia in fidem atque in
potestatem popali Romani permittere ; neque se cum Belgis
reliquis consensisse, neque contra populuni Romanum con-
jurasse, paratosque esse et obsides dare et imperata f^cere
et oppidis recipere et frumento ceterisqne rebus juvare ; 5
reliquos omnes Belgas in armis esse^ Germanosque, qui cis
Rhenum incolant, sese cum his conjunxisse, tantumque esse
eorum omnium furorem, ut ne Suessiones quidem, fratres
consanguineosqne suos, qui eodem jure et eisdem legibus
utantur, unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis 10
iiabeant, deterrere potuerint, quin cum his consentirent.
} — .IV. Cum ab his quaereret, quae civitates quantaeque
"^ in armis essent et quid in bello possent, sic reperiebat :
Plerpsque Belgas esse ortos ab Germanis, Rhenumque
antiquitus transductos propter loci fertilitatem ibi conse- 15
disse, Gallosque, qui ea loca incolerent, ezpulisse, solosque
esse, qui patrum nostrorum memoria, orani Gallia vexata,
TeutSnos Cimbrosque intra fines suos ingredi prohibuerint. -
Qua ex re fieri, uti earum rerum memoria magnam sibi
auctontatem magnosque spiritus in re militari sumerent. 20
De num^ro eorum omnia se "habere explorata Remi dice-
bant, propterea quod propinquitatibus afiinitatibusque con-
juncti, quantam qui^que multitndinem in communi Belga-
rum concilio ad id bellum pollicitus sit, cognoveiint. n. Plu-
rimum inter eos Bellov&cos et virtute et auctoritate et 25
hominnm numero valere; hos posse conficere armata millia
centum; pollicitos ex eo numero electa millia sexaginta,
totiusque belli imperium sibi postulare. Suessiones suos
esse finitimos; latissimos feracissimosque agros possidere.
** Apud eos fuisse regem nostra etiam memoria DivitiScum, 30
totius Galliae potentissimum, qui cum magnae partis
barum regionum, tum etiam Britanniae, imperium obtinu-
erit: nunc esse regem Galbam : ad hunc propter justitiam
prudentiamque suam totius belli summam omnium volun-
tate deferri ;/ oppida habere numero duodecim, polliceri 35
millia arraatsf qiiinquaginta ; totidem Nervios, qui raaxirae
feri inter ipsos habeantur longissimeque absint ; quindecim
millia Atreb&tes, Ambianos decern millia, Morinos viginti

32 l^K BELLO GALLICO

quinque millia, Menapios septem millia, Caletos decern
millia, Velocasses et Veromanduos totidem, Aduatticos
decern et novem raillia'; Condrusos, Eburones, Caeroesos,
Paemanos, qui iino nomine Germani appellantur, arbitrari
5 ad quadraginta millia.

V. Caesar Remos cohortatus liberaliterque jBeratione
prosecutus, omuem senatum ad se convenire principum-
que liberos obsides ad se adduci jussit. Quae omnia ab
his diligenter ad diem facta sunt. Ipse Divitisicum Aedu-

10 um magnopere cohortatus docet, quanto op^re rei publi-
cae communisque salutis intersit manugf hostium distineri,
ne cum tanta multitudine uno tempore confligendum sit.
Id fieri posse, si suas copias Aedui in fines Bellovacorum
introduxerint et eorum agros populari coeperint. His

16 mandatis eum ab se dimittit. ^ Postquam omnes Belga-
rum copias in unum locum coactas ad se venire yidit,
neque jam longe abesse ab his, quos miserat, exploratori-
bus et ab Remis cognovit, fiumen Axdnam, quod est in
extremis Remorum finibus, exercitum transducere matura-

20 vit, atque ibi castra posuit. ^ Quae res et latus uniim cas-
trorum lipis fluminis muniebat et post eum quae essent
tuta ab hostibus reddebat, et, commeatus ab Remis reli-
quisque civitatibus ut sine periculo ad eum portari possent,
efficiebat. In eo flumine pons erat. Ibi praesidium ponit

26 et in altera parte fluminis Quintum Titurium Sabinum
legatum cum sex cohortibus relinquit : castra in altitudi-
nem pedum duodecim vallo, fossaque duodeviginti pedum,
raun i re j ubet.><.,.^^^^ ' ^

VI. Ab hi^ castris^oppidum Remorum nomine Bibrax

80 aberat millia passuum octo. Id ex itinere magno impetu
Belgae oppugnare poeperunt. Aegre eo die sustentatuni
est. Gallorum eadem atque Belgarum oppugnatio est
haec. Ubi circumjecta multitudine hominum totis moeni-
bus undique in murum lapides jaci coepti sunt murusque

86 defensoribus nudatus est, testudine facta, portas succedunt
murumque subruunt. Quod tum facile fiebat. Nam
cum tanta multitudo lapides ac tela conjicerent, in muro
consistendi potestas erat nuUi. Cum finem oppngnandi

A-

LIBER SECUNDUS. 83

nox fecisset, Iccias Remus, summa nobilitate et gratia
inter suos, qui turn oppido praefuerat, unus ex his qui
legati de pace ad Caesarem venerant, nuntium ad eum
mittit: Nisi subsidium sibi submittatur, sese diutius sus-
tinere non posse. 5

-^ VII. Eo de media nocte Caesar iisdem ducibus usus
qui nuntii ab Iccio venerant, Nuthidas et Gretas sagitta-
rios, et funditores Baleares, subsidio oppidanis mittit ; quo-
rum^ ad ventu.et Remis cum spe defensionis studium pro-
pugnandi accessit, et hostibus eadem de causa spcs potiun- lo
di oppidi dificessit. Itaque paulisper apud oppidum morati
agi*osque Remorum depopulati, omnibus vicis aedificiisque,
quos adire poterant, incensis, ad castra CaesSris omnibus
copiis contenderunt et ab millibus passuum minus duobus
castra posuerunt ; quae castra, ut fumo atque ignibus sig- 15
nificabatur, amplius millibus passuum octo in latitudinem
patebant.

VIII. Caesar piimo et propter multitudinem hostium
et propter eximiam opinionem virtutis, proelio* superse-
dere statuit ; quotidie tamen equestribus proeliis, quid 20
hostis virtute posset et quid nostri auderent, periclitabatur.
Ubi nostros non esse inferiores intellexit, loco pro castris
ad aciem instniendam natura opportuno atque idoneo
(quod is collis^ ubi c4<jStra posita erant, paululum ex plani-
lie editus, tantupi ad versus in latitudinem patebat, quan- 25
tnm loci acies instructa occupare poterat, atque ex utraque
parte latens dejectus habebat, et in fronte leniter fastiga- 1
tus paulatim ad planitiem redibat), ab utroque latere ejus /
collis transversam fossam obduxit circiter passuum quad-
Tingentorum ; et ad extremas fossas castella constituit 80
ibique tormenta collocavit, ne, cum aciem instruxisset,
hostes, quod tantura multitudine poterant, ab lateribus
pugnantes suos circuravenire possent. *^ Hoc facto, duabus
legionibus, quas proxime conscripserat, in castris relictis,
nt, si quo opus esset, subsidio duci possent, reliquas sex 86
legiones pro castris in acie constituit. Hostes item suas
copias ex castris eductas instruxerant. ]

IX. Palus erat non magna inter nostruta atque hostium

5

\

/>

>- \, ' •»

84 I>E BELLO GALLICO

cxercitura. Hanc si nostri transirent, hostes exspecta«
bant ; nostri autem, si ab illis initium 'transeundi fieret, ut
impeditos aggrederentur, parati in armis erant. Interim
proelio equestii inter duas acies contendebatur. TJbi neu-
5 tri traoseutidi initium faciunt, secundiore equitum proelio
nostris, Caesar suos in castrk reduxit. Hostes protinus ex
60 loco ad Humen AxSnam contend erunt, quod esse post
nostra castra deraonstratum est. Ibi vadis repertis par-
tem suarum copiarum transducere conati sunt., eodonsilio,

10 ut, si possent, castellnm, cui praeei^t Quintus Tituri^s
legatus, expugnarent, pontemque interscinderent ; si minus
potuissent, agros Remorum popularentur, qui magno nobis
usui ad bellum gerendum erant, commeatuque nostros pro^
biberent. -^r ^-^

15 X. Caesar cei^ior factus aU Titurio, omnem equitatum
et levis armaturae Nuraidas, funditores sagittariosque pon^
tem transducit atque ad eos contendit. Acriter in eo loco
pugnatum est. Hostes impeditos nostri in fiumino aggres-
si magntfm eorum numerum occiderunt. Per eorum cor-

20 pora reliquos audacissime tpHfsire conantes multltudine
telorum repulerunt; prini^ qui transierant, cquitatu cir-
cumventos interfecerunOC Hostes ubi et de expugnando
oppido et de flumine ti^nseundo spem se fefellisse intel-
lexerunt, neque nostros in locum iniquiorem progredi pug-

25 nandi causa viderunt, atque ipsos res frumentaria deficere
coepit, concilio convocato, constituerunt optimum esse,
domum suam queraque reverti, et^ quorum in fines pnmum
Romani exercitum introduxissent, ad eos defendendos un-
dique convenirent, ut potius in suis quam in alienis finibus

»0 decertarent €t domesticis copiisrei frumentariae uterentur.
Ad earn sententiam, cum reliquis causis,, haec quoque ratio
eos deduxit, quod Divitiacum atque Aeduos finibus Bello-
vacorum appropinquare cognoverant. His persuaderi, ut
diutius morarentur neque suis auxilium ferreii t, non poterat.

B6 XI. Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia magno cum strepitu-
ac tumultu castris egressi, nujlo certo ordine neque impe-
rio, cum sibi quisque primum itineris locum pet^eret et
domum pervenire properaret, fecerunt,*ut consimilis fugae

o

«o

o

O

PQ

X

THE NEW YO

\ PUBLIC LIBR/

I \

ys c-^<^P T r" '

>-r— y> 1

UtBER SECUNDUS. 35

/ »

profectio videretun Hao re statim Caesar per specula^o-
res cognita, insid^s veiitus, qaod, qua de causa discede-
rent, nondum perspexerat, exercitam equitatumque castris
continoit. Prima luc^, confirmata re ab exploi*atoribus,
omnem pquitatum, qai novissimum agmen mor/iretar, prae- 5
liaisit. His Quintum Pedium et Lncium Anrunculeium
Cottam legatos praefecit. Titum Labienum legatam cum ,
legionibus tribus subsequi jussit. .Hi novissimos adorti et
multa millia passnum prosecuti magnam multitudinem
eorum i'ugientium conciderunt, cum ab ^xtremo agmine, 10
ad qnos ventum erat, consisterent fortiterque impetum
nostrornm militum sustinerent, pviores (quod abesse a
periculo viderentur, neque uUa necessitate neque imperio
continerentnr), exaudito clamore, perturbatis ordinibas,
omnes in fuga sibi praesidium ponerent, . Ita sine ullo 15
pericule tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt,
quantum fuit diei spatiura, sub oocasumque solis destite-
runt seque in castra, ut erat imperatum, receperunt.

XII. Ppstridie ejus diei Caesar, priusquam se hostes ex
terrore ac fuga reciperent, in fines Suessionuro, qui proxi- 20
mi Remis erant, exercitum duxit et magno itinere confecto
ad oppiduni Noviodunum contend it. Id ex itinere oppug
nare conatus, quod vacuum ab defensoribus esse audiebat,
propter latitudinem fossae murique altitudinem, paucis
defendentibus, expugnare non potuitlf'^ Castris munitis, 25
vineas agere, quaeque ad oppugnandum usui erant, compa-
rare coepit. Interim omnis ex fuga Suessionum multitudo
in oppidum. proxima nocte' convenit. Celeriter vineis ad
oppidum actis, aggere jacto, tnrribusque constitutis, mag-
nitudine operum, quae neque viderant ante Galli neque 80
audierant, et oeleritate Koraanorum perraoti, . legatos ad
Caesarem de deditione mittunt, et petentibus Remis ut
conservarentur impetrant. )(

XIII. Caesar, obsidibus acceptis, primis civitatis atque
ipsius Galbae regis duobus filiis, armisque omnibus ex 85
oppido traditis, in deditionem Suessiones accepit exerci-
tumque in BellovS.cos ducit. Qui cum se suaque omnia
in oppidum Bratnspantium contulissent^ atque ab eo oppido

86 I>E BELLO GALLICO

Caesar cum exercitu circiter millia passuum qainque abes*
set, omnes majores natu ex oppido egressi manus ad Caes^-
rem tendere et voce significare coeperunt, sese in ejus fidem
ac potestatem venire, neque contra populum Romanam

5 armis con tendered Item cum ad oppidum accessisset cafi<
traque ibi poneret, pueri mulieresque ex muro passis mani-
bus suo more pacera ab Romanis petierunt.^

XIV. Pro his DivitiScus (nam post discessum Belga-
rum, dimissis Aeduorum copiis, ad eum reverterat), fatit

10 verba: Bellovacos omni tempore in fide atque amicitia
civitatis Aeduae fuisse : impulsos a snis piincipibus, qui
dicerent Aeduos a Caesare in servitutem i-edactos omnes
indignitates contumeliasque perfeiTe, et ab Aeduis defe-
cisse et populo Romano bellum intulisse. Qui ejus con-

16 silii principes fuissent, quod intelligerent quantam calami-
tatem civitati intulissent, in Britanniam profugisse. Pete-
re non solum Bellovacos, sed etiam pro his Aeduos, ut sua
dementia ac mansuetudine in eos utatur. Quod si fecerit,
Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificatu-

20 rum ; quorum auxiliis atque opibus, si qua bella inciderint,
sustentare consuerintT^

XY. Caesar honoris Divitiaci atque Aeduorum causa
sese eos in fidem recepturum et conservaturum dixit:
quod erat civitas magna inter Belgas auctoritate atque

26 hominum multitudine praestabat, sexcentos obsides popos-
cit. His traditis omnibusqfue armis ex oppido collatis, ab
eo loco in fines Ambianorum pervenit, qui se suaque om-
nia sine mora dediderunt. Eorum fines Nervii attinge-
bant ; quorum de natura moribusque Caesar cum quaere-

80 ret, sic reperiebat : Nullum aditum esse ad eos mercatoii-
bus: nihil pati vini reliquarumque rerum ad luxuriam
pertinentium inferri, quod iis rebus relanguescere animos
et remitti virtutem existimareut : esse homines feros mag-
naeque virtutis : increpitare atque incusare reliquos Belgas,

B6 qui se populo Romano dedidissent patriamque virtutem
projecissent : confirmare sese neque legates missuros neque
ullam conditionem pacis accepturos.
XVI. Cum per eorum fines triduum iter fecisset, iiive*

LIBEB SECUNDUS. 37

niebat ex captivis Sabim flumen ab castris suisnon ampliiis
millia passunm decern abesse : trans id iiamen omnes Ner*
vios consedisse adventamqae ibi Romanoiaiin exspectare
Tina cam Atrebatibus et Veromanduis, finitimis suis (nam
his utrisque persnaserant, uti eandem belli fortnnam expe- 6
rirentur) : exspectari etiam ab his Aduatacorum copias
atque esse in itinere : mulieres, quique per aetatem ad
pagnam inutiles viderentur, in eum locum conjecisse, quo
propter paludes exercitui aditus non 6sset.

XVIL His rebus cognitis, exploratores centurionesque lo
praemittit, qui locum idoneum castris deligant. Cum ex
dediticiis Belgis reliquisque Gallis complures Caes&rem
secnti una iter facerent, quidam ex his, ut postea ex cap-
tivis eognitum est, eorum dierum consuetudine itinens
nostri exercitus perspecta, noote ^d Nervios pervenerunt 15
atque his demonstrarunt^|mter singulas legiones impedi-
mentorum magnum numerum intercedere, neque esse quid-
quam negotii, cum prima legio in castra venisset reliquae-
que legiones magnum spatium abessent, banc sub sarcinis
adoriri : qua pulsa impedimentisque direptis, futurum, ut 20
reliquae contra consistere non auderent.^Adjuvabat etiam
eorum consilium qui rem deferebant, quod Nervii antiqui-
tuB, cum equitatu nihil possent (neque enim ad hoc tem-
pus ei rei student, sed, quidquid possunt, pedestribus valent
copiis), quo facilius finitimorum equitatum, si praedandi 25
causa ad eos venisset, impedirent, teneris arboribus incisis
atque inflexis crebris in latitudinem ramis enatis et rubis
sentibusque inteijectis elTecerant, ut instar muri hae sepes
niunimentum praeberent; quo non modo intrari, sed ne
perspici qnidem posset. His rebus cum iter agminis 30
nostii impediretur, non omittendum sibi consilium Ncrvii
existimaverunt.

XVIII. Loci natura erat haec, quem locum nostri cas-
tris delegerant. Collis ab summo aequaliter declivis ad
flumen Sabim, quod supra nominavimus, vergebat. Ab eo 35
flumine pari acclivitate collis nascebatur adversus huic et
contrarius, passus circiter ducentos infimus apertus, ab
Buperiore parte silvcstris, ut non facile introrsus perspici

88 I>E BELLO GALLICO

posset. Intra eas sil vas hostes in occulto sese oontinebant :
in aperto loco secundum flumen paucae stationes equituna
videbantur. Fluminis erat altitudo pedum circiter trium.

XIX. Caesar equitatu praemisso subsequebatur omni-
6 bus copiis ; sed ratio ordoque agminis aliter se habebat, ao

Belgae ad Nervios detulerant. Nam quod ad hostes ap-
propinquabat, consuetudine sua Caesar sex; legiones expe*
ditas ducebat : post eas tptius exerckus impedimenta cbllo-
carat : inde duae legiones, quae proxime conscriptae eraniJ

10 tQtum agmen claudebant praesidioque impe'dimentis erant.l'x
Equites nostri cum fundit^ribus sagittariisque flumen
transgressi cum hostium equitatu proelium commiserunt.
Cum se illi identijiem in sil vas ad ,suos reciperent ao
rursus ex silva. in nostros irapetum facerent, n^que nostri

15 longius, quani quern ad fi nem porrecta loca aperta pertine-
bant, cedentes insequi auderent; interim legiones sex, quae
primae venerant, opere dimenso castra munire coeperunt.
Ubi prima impedimenta nostri exercitus ab bis, qur in sil-
vis abditi latebant, visa sunft (quod tempus inter eos com-

20 mittendi proelii convenferat), ita, ut intra silvas'aciem ordi-
nesque constituerant atque ipsi'sese^confirmaveraht, subito
omnibus copiis "provolaveruntimpetumque in nostros equi-
tes fecerunt. His facile pulsis ac proturbatis, incredibili
celeritate ad flumen decucurrerunt, ut paene uno tempore

25 et ad silvas et in fluraine et jam in manibus nostris hostes
viderentur. Eadem autera celeritate ad verso ' colle ad
nostra castra atque eos, qui in opere occupjiti erant, con-
tenderunt.

XX. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant agenda : vexillum
80 proppnendum, quod erat insigne, cum ad arma cohcuni

oporteret ; signum tuba dandum ; ab opere revocandi
milites; qui paulo longius aggeris petendi causa processe
rant, arcessendi ; acies instruenda, milites cohortandi, sig**
num dandum. Quarum rerum magnam partem temporis
S5 brevitas et successus hostium impediebat.;'. His difficultati-
bus duae res erant subsidio, scientia atqu^ usiis militum,
quod superioribus proeliis exercitati, quid fieri oporteret,
non minus commode ipsi Q^bi praescribere, quam ^ab aliis

''^

uW

YOKX

|jso*t:--'-'^

,"'.'<

LIBER SECUNDUS. 39

doceri poterant, et quod ab opere singiilisque legionibns
singalos legatos uaesar discederc, nisi munitis castris, vetu«
erat. Hi propter propinqaitatein et celeritatem hostiuni,
nihil jam Oaes^s imperium exspectabant, sed per se, quae
videbantar, adrainistrabant. 5

XXI. Caesar necessariis rebus imperatis, ad coliortan-
dos milites, qiiam in partem foi*s obtulit,..decucurrit, et 'ad
legionem decimam devenit. Milites non longiore oratione"
sohortatus, quam uti suae pristinae viituti^ memoriam
retinerent neu "pevturbaretitur animo hostiumque impetum 10
fortiter sustinerent, quod non longius hostes aberant, quam
quo telum adjici posset, pix>elii committendi signum dedit.
Atqiie in alteram ,parteih item cohortandi c^usa profectus
pugnantibus occun-it. Temporis tahta fuit exiguitas hos-
tiumque^ "tarn paratus ad dimicandum animus, utnon modo 15 . y^ '
ad insignia accompaodanda, sed etiam ad galeas induendas ^ \^
scutisque tegimenta detrudenda tempus defuerit. Quam
quisque ab operte in partem casu devenit, quaeque prima

signa conspcxit, ad haec constitit,*ne in quaerendis suis
pugnandi tempus dimitteret. 20

XXII. Instru^to exercitu, magis ut loci natura dejec-
tusque collis et necessitas temporis, quam ut rei militaris
ratio atque ordo postulabat, cum, diversis legionibus, aliae
alia in .parte, hostibus/ resisterent, sepibnsque densissimis,
ut ante demonstravimus, inteijectis, prospectus impedire- 25
tur, neque Certa- sub.sidia collocari, neque quid in quaque
parte opus/ esset.provideri, neque ab uno omnia imperia
administraii poterant. Itaque in tanta rerum iniquitate
fortunao quoque event us vJirii sequebantur. 1 ^

XXIII. Legioni* nonae et decimae milites, ut in sinistra 80
parte acie constiterant, pilis emissis cursu ac lassitudine^
exanimatos vulneribuVque confecto^ Atvebates (nam bis -ea
pars obvenerat) celeriter ex loco superiore in flumen com-
pulerunt, et transire conantes insecuti gladiis magnam
partem eorum impeditam interfecerunt. "^psi transire flu- zs
men non dubitaverunt, et in locum iniquum progi*essi rureiis
resistentes hostes, redintegrato proelio, in fugam conjece-
rant. Item ali^ m parte diyersae duae legiones, undecima

40 DE BELLO GALLICO

et octava, profligatis Veromanduis, quibuscum erant con-
gress!, ex loco superioVe in ipsis fluminis ripis proeliaban-
tur. ^l^t totis fere a fronte et ab sinistra parte nudatis
castris, cum in dextro cornu legio duodecima et non

6 magno ab ea intervalloseptima coustitisset, oranes Nervii,
confertissimo agmine, duce Boduognato, qui summam im-
perii tenebat, ad eum locum contenderunt : quorum pars
aperto latere legiones circunivenire, pars sumraum castro*
rum locum petere coepit. \ >

10 XXIV. Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque armatu-
rae pedites, qui cum iis una fuerant, quos piimo hoptium
impetu pulsos diseram, cum se in castra reciperent, ad-
versis hostibus occurrebant ac rursus aliam in partem
fugam petebant; et calones, qui ab decumana porta ao

15 summo jugo collis nostros victores flumen transisse cfon-
spexerant, praedandi causa egressi, cum respexissent et
hostes in nostris castris versari vidissent, praecipites fugae
sese mandabant. Simul eorum, qui cum impedimeutis
veniebant, clamor fremitusque orieljatur, aliique aliam in

20 partem perterriti ferebantur. ^i;^3^bus omnibus rebus per-
moti equites Treviri, quorum inter Gallos virtutis opinio est
singularis, qui auxilii causa ab- civitate ad CaesSLrenir missi
venerant, cum* multitudine hostium castra nostra com-
pleri, nostras iegiones premi et paene circumventas teneri,

25 calones, equites, funditores, Numidas, diversos dissipatosque
in omnes partes fugere vidissent, desperatis nostris rebus,
domum contenderunt : Romanos pulsos superatosque, cas-
tris impedimentisque eorum hostes potitos civitati renun-
tiaverunt. ^3^

80 XXV. Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortat^ione ad dex-
trum cornu profectus, ubi suos urgeri signisque in unuro
locum collatis duodecimae legionis confertos milites sibi
ipsos ad pugnam esse impedimento yidit^ quartae .cohortis
omnibus centurionibus occisis signiferoque interfecto, signo

95 amisso, reliquarum cohoitium omnibus fere centurionibus
aut Yulneratis aut occisis, in his primipilo Publio Sex-
tio Bactilo, foitissimo viro, multis gravibusque vulneribus
confecto, ut jam se sustinere non posset, reliquos esse tar*

I

t LIBER SECUNDUS. 4^

diores et nonnullos ab novissimis deserto proelio excedere
ac tela yitare, hostes neqiie a fronte ex inferiore loco sub-
euntes intermittere et ab utroque latere instare, et rem
esse in angusto vidit, neqae allum esse subsidium, quod
Bubmitti posset, scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto, 5
quod ipse eo sine scuto venerat, iu primam aciem processit
centurionibusque nominatim appellatis, reliquos cohortatus

^milites, signa infen-e et manipulos laxare jussit, quo facilius
gladiis uti possentCslCujus adventu spe illata militibus ac
redintegrato' animo/^cum pro se quisque in conspectu 10
imperatoris etiara in extremis suis rebus operam navare

l^ [cuperet, paulum hostium impetus tardatus est.
' XX VL Caesar cum septimam legionem, quae juxta
l^odstiterat, item urgeri ab boste vidisset, tribunes militum
monuiC^ ut paulatim sese legiones conjungerent et con versa 15
signa in bostes inferrent. Quo facto, cum alius alii sub-
sidium ferrent, neque >imerent ne ^aversi ab hoabe oircum-
venirentur, a^dacius^resistere ac fortius pugnare coeperunt.
Interim miiites legion um duarum, quae in novissimo ag-
mine praesidio impedimentis ^ fuerant, proelio nuntiato, 20
carsu incitato, in summo coUe ab hostibus conspicieban-
tur ; et Titus Labienus castris hostium potitus et ex loco
siiperiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspica-
tas, decimam legionem subsidio nostris misit. Qui cum
ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res esset, quanto- 25
que in periculo et castra et legiones et imperator versare- ,
tur, cognovissent, nihil ad celeritatem sibi reliqui fecerunt.
XXyiL Horum adventu tanta rerum commutatio est
facta, ut nastri, etiam qui vulneribus confecti procubuis-
sent, scutis innixi proelium redintegrarent ; turn calones, 30
perterritos hostes conspicati, etiam inermes armatis occur-
reren^; equites vero, ut tui'pitudinem fugae virtute dele-
rent, ^nibus in locis pugnae se legionariis militibus prae^
ferrenyuC^t hostes etiam in extreraa spe salutis tantam
virtutem praestiterunt, ut cum prirai eorum cecidissent, 3A
proximi jacentibus insisterent atque ex eorum corporibus
pugnarent; his dejectis et coacervatis cadaveiibus, qui
superessent, uti ex tumulo, tela in nostros conjicerent et

42 DE BELLO GALLICO

pila intercepta remitterent : ut non neqaidquam tantae

virtutis homines judicari deberet ausos esse transire latis-

simum flumen, ascendere altissimas i'ipas, subire iniquissi-

'vr mum locam: quae facilia ex difl^llirais animi magnitude

/ 6 -^ -^ 5 redegerat.

XXVni. Hoc proelio facto et prope ad internecionem
gente ao nomine Nerviorum redacto, majores natu, quos
una cum pueris mulieribusqae in aestuaiia ac paludes col-
lectos dixeramus, hac pugna nnntiata, cum victoribus

10 nihil impeditum, victis nihil tutum arbitrarentur, omnium,
qui supererant, consensu legatos ad Caesarem miserunt
seque ei dediderunt ; et in commemoranda civitatis oala-
mitate, ex sexcentis ad tres senatores, ex hominum millibiis
sexaginta vix ad quingentos, qui arma ferre possent, sese

16 redactos esse dixeruut. Quos Caesar, ut in miseros ac
supplices usus miseiicordia videretur, diligeutissime con-
servavit suisque finibus atque oppidis uti jussit et finiti-
mis imperavit, ut ab injuria et nialeficio se suosque prohi-

/berent. T^
20 XXIX. Aduattici, de quibus supra scripsimus, cum
omnibus copiis auxilio Nerviis venirent, hac pugna nuntia-
ta ex itinere domum reverterunt ; cunctis oppidis castellis-
que desertis sua omnia in unum oppidum egregie natura
munitum contulerunt. Quod cum ex omnibus in circuitu

26partibus altissimas rupes despectusque haberet, una ex
parte leniter acclivis aditus in latitudinem non amplius
ducentorum pedum relinquebatur ; quem locum duplici
altissimo muro munierant, tum magni ponderis saxa et
praeacutas trabes in muro collocarant. Ipsi erant ex Cim-

80 bris TeutSnisque prognati ; qui, cum iter in provmciam
nostram atque Italiam facerent, iis impedimenUs, quae
secum agere ac portare non poterant, citra flumen Rhe-
num depositis custodiam ex suis ac praesidium sex millia
homtnum una reliquerunt. Hi post eorum obitum multos

56 annos a finitimis exagitati, cum alias bellum mfeirent,
alias illatum defenderent, consensu eorum omnium pace
facta, hunc sibi domicilio locum delegernnt. iy

yyX- Ac primo adventu exercitus nostri prebraa ex

Plate XL

Siege op Opptoum ADUATUcjORtrM.

IL 89—88.

^<SSS!^^^^^

-» ^ v: •«. ** V- V

••-'».. w I. - "

^ V w ^ *

^. w V. V •■-

-. V" ^' •■• V' . •' vj^. >0 ^ « V. >-•■'

. . O ^ ■.J

W

^ .1. l«

. "J " rt y - "■•' »

» V. «» . U " >^ v.- V. ^ i«

^ ^ ^- -i ., 1? -0 '»

''^

^-Z"-'-'.

o

^ t'-

1 J

«v V* w r' '-' ^

3

^3 -v -1^

*--- - « ^. „
-i J «* "*

j^ > r, - •» w

EXPLANATION.

This stronghold of the Aduatuci occupied the hill, on the right bank

of the Sambre^ which now lorms the citadel of Namur.
A, Roman Agger,
T. T^urris ambuiatoria.

C, 0. Roman contra vallation with numerous redoubts.
C^R. Ccuitra R^jmana,

D. Double wall before the city.

SCALE OF MILES

M

I THE NEW YORK '

I PUBLIC LIBRARY ■

ASTOR, L^XOX

LIBBR SECUNDUS. 43

oppido excursioncs faciebant parvulisque proeliis cum nos-
tris contendebant : postea vallo pedum duodecim, in cir-
cnitu quindecim millium, crebrisquo castellis circummuniti
oppido sese continebant.'^^Hffbi vineis aclis, aggere ex-
structo, tunim procul constitui viderunt, primum irridere 6
ex muro atque increpitare vocibus, quod tanta machinatio
ab tanto spatio instrueretur : Quibusuam manibus aut qui-
bus viribusj praesertim homines tantulae staturae (nam
plemmque omnibus Gallis prae magnitudine corporum
Buorum, bre vitas nostra contemptui est), tanti oneris tur- 10
rim in muros sese collocare confiderent?

XXXI. Ubi vero moveri et appropinquare moenibus
viderunt, nova atque inusitata specie commoti legatos ad
Caesarem de pace miserunt, qui ad hunc modum locuti :
Non existimare RomSnos sine ope divina bcllum gerere, 15
qui tantae altitudinis machinationes tanta celeritate pro-
roovere possent ; se snaque omnia eorum potestati permit-
tere, dixerunt. XJnum petere ac deprecari: si forte pro
sua dementia ac mansuetudine, quam ipsi ab aliis audirent,
8tatttisset,'Aduatticos ^sse conservandos, ne se armis de-20
spolidret. Sibi omnes fere finitimos esse inimicos ac suae
virtuti invidere, a quibus se defendere, traditis armis, non
possent. Sibi praestare, si in eum casum deducerentur,
quamvis fortunam a populo Romano pati, quam ab his per
cruciatum interiici, inter quos dominari consuessent. 25

XXXII. Ad haec Caesar respondit : Se magis consue-
tudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem consei*vaturum, si
prius, quam murum aries attigisset, se dedidissent; sed^
deditionis nullam esse conditionem, nisi armis traditis. j 'Se
id, quod in Nerviis fecisset, facturum finitimisque imperatu- 30
rum, ne quam dediticiis populi Romani injoriam inferrent.
Re nuntiata ^ad suos, quae imperarentur, facere dixerunt.
Armorum magna multitudine de muro in fossam, quaq erat
ante oppidum, jacta, sic ut prope summam muri aggerisquc
altitudinem acervi armorum adaequarent, et tamen circiter S5
parte tertia, ut postea perapectum est, celata atque in op-
pido retenta, portis patefactis, eo die pace sunt usi.

XXXIIL Subvesperum Caesar portas daudi militesque

44 I>E BELLO GALLICO

ex oppido exire jussit, ne quam noctu oppidaui ab militU
bus injuiiam accipcrent. Illi ante inito, ut iDtellectum est,
coDsilio, quod deditione facta, nostros praesidia de^ucturos
aut deniqu^ indiligentius servaturos crediderant, partim

5 cun^ his, quae retinuerant et celaverant, arms, partim scu-
tis ex cortice factis aut viminibus intextis, quae subito, ut
temporis exiguitas postulabat, pellibus induxerant, Itertia
vigilia, qua minime arduus ad nostras munitiones ascensus
videbatur, omnibus copiis repentino ex oppido eruptiouem

10 fecerunt.tCeleriter, ut ante Caesar imperarat, ignibus sig-
nification^ facta, ex proximis castellis eo concursum est
pugnatumque ab hostibus ita acriter est, ut a viris fortibus
in extrema spe salutis iniquo loco contra eos, qui ex vallo
turribusque tela jacerent, pugnari debuit, cum in una

15 virtute omnis spes salutis consisteret. Occisis ad homi-
num millibus quattuor, reliqui in oppidum rejecti sunt.
Postridie ejus diei refractis portis, cum jam defenderet
nemo, atque intromissis militibus nostris, seotionem ejus

' oppidi universam Caesar vendidit. Ab his, qui emerant,

20 capitum numerus ad eum relatus est millium quinquaginta
trium.

XXXIV. Eodem tempore a Publio Crasso, quem cum
legione una miserat ad Venetos,Venellos,OsismoB,Curioso-
lltas, Esubios, Aulercos, Red5nes, quae sunt maritimae

26 civitates Oceanumque attingunt, certior factus est, omnes
eas civitates in ditionem potestatemque populi Homani
esse redactas.

XXXV. His rebus gestis, omni Gallia pacata, tanta
hujus belli ad barbaros opinio perlata est, uti ab his nati-

80 onibus, quae trans Rhenum incolerent, mitterentur legati

ad Caesarem, qui se obsides daturas, imperata facturas, pol-

licerentur. Quas legationes Caesar, quod in Italiam Illyri-

cumque properabat, inita proxima aestate ad se reverti

jussit. Ipse in Carnutes, Andes TurSnesque, quae civita-

85 tes propinquae his locis erant, ubi bellum gesserat, legio-

nibus in hibernacula deductis, in Italiam profectus est ; ob

7 easque res ex litteris Caesaris dies quindecim supplicatio

^ decre^ est, quod ante id tempus accidtt nulli.\

UBEB TERTIUS. 45

LIBEE III.

L Cuu in Italiam proficisceretur Caesar, Serviam
Galbam cum legione duodecima et parte equitatus in
Kantnates, Veragi-os Sedunosque misit, qui ab finibus
Allobr5gum et lacu Lemanno et flumine RhodliDO ad sum-
mas Alpes pertinent. Causa mittendi fuit, quod iter per 5
Alpes, qup magno cum periculo magnisque cum portoriis
mercatores ire consuerant, patefieri vole^at. Huic peimi-
sit, si opus, esse arbitraretur, uti in his locis legionem hie-
mandi causa coUocaret.. Galba, secundis aliquot proeliis .
£&ctis castellisque compluribus eorum expugnatis, missis 10
ad eum undique legatis obsidibusque datis et pace facta,
constituit cohortes duas in Nantuatibus colloeare et ipse
cum reliquis ejus legionis cohortibns in vico Veragrorum,
qui appellatur Octodurus, hiemare;^qui vicus positus in
valle, non magna adjecta planitie, altissimis montibus 15
undique continetur. Cum hie in duas partes flumine di-
videretur, alteram partem ejus vici Gallii? ad hiemandum
concessit, alteram vacuam ab illis relictam\cohortibus attri-
^buit. Eum locum vallo fossaque munivit. \(

H. Cum dies hiberaorum complures transissent, fru- 20
mentumque eo comportari jussisset, subito per explorato-
res certior factus est, ex ea parte vici^ quam Gallis conces-
serat, omnes noctu discessisse, montesque, qui impende-
rent, a maxima multitudine Sedunorum et Veragrorum
teneri. Id aliquot de causis acciderat, ut subito Galli belli 25
renovandi legionisque opprimendae consilium caperent:
primum, quod legionem, neque eam plenissimam, detractis
cohortibus duabus et compluribus singillatim, qui commea-
tus petendi causa missi erant, absentibus, propter paucita-
tem despioiebant ; tum etiam, quod propter iniquitatem 80

46 I>£ BELLO 6ALLIC0

loci, cum ipsi ex montibus in vallem decurrerent et tela
coDJicerenty ne primum quidem posse impetum suuin sos-
tineii existimabant. Accedebat, quod suos ab se libcros
abstractos obsidum nomine dolebant, et Romano^ non
6 solum itinerum causa, sed etiam perpetuae possessionis,
culmina Alpium occupare conari, et ea loca finitimae pro^
Tinciae adjungere, sibi persuasum babebant.

III. His nuntiis acceptis, Galba, cum neque opus hiber-
norum munitionesque plene essent perfectae, neque de fru-

lOmento reliquoque commeatu satis esset provisimfi, quod^
deditione facta obsidibusque acceptis, nihil de bello timen-
dum existimaverat, consilio celeriter convocato, sententias
exquirere coepit. Quo in consilio, cum tantxmi repentini
periculi praeter opinionem accidisset, ac jam omnia fere

15 superiora loca multitudine armatornm compl^ta conspice-
rentur, neque subsidio veniri neque commeatus supportari,
interclusis itineiibus, possent, prope jam desperata salute,
nonnullae hujusmodi sententiae dicebantur, ut impedimen-
tis relictis, eruptione facta, iisdem itineribus, quibus eo per-

30 venissent, ad salutem contenderent. Majori tamen parti
placuit, hoc reservato ad extremum consilio, interim rei
eventum experiri et castra defendere. \ - •

IV. Brevi spatio interjecto, vix lit his rebus, qiias con-
stituissent, collQcandis atque administrandis tempus dare-

25 tur, hostes ex omnibus partibus signo dato decurrere, lapi-
des gaesaque in <yallum conjicere. Nostri primo integris
viribus fortiter repugnare, neque ullum frustra lelum ex
loco superiore mittere ; ut quaeque pars castrorum iludata
defensoiibus premi videbatur, eo .occurrere et auxilium

80 ferre, sed hoc superari, quod diuturnitate pugnae hostes
defessi proelio excedebant, alii integris viribus succede-
bant: quarum rerum a nostris propter paucitatem fieri
nihil poteratj.ac non niodo defesso ex pugna excedendi,
sed ne saucio quidem ejus loci, ubi constiterat, relinquendi

85 ac sui recipiendi facultas dabatur.

V. Cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretar
ac non solum vires, sed etiam . tela nostros defioerent,
atque hostes acrins instarent languidioribusque nostria

LIBER TERTIUS. ^7

rallam scindere et fossas complere coepissent, rcsque csset
jamrad extremum perducta casum, Publius Sextius BacQ-
!us, primi pili centurio, quem Nervlco proelio compluiibus
confectnm vulneribus dixiraus, et item Gaius Volusenus,
tribunus milituiQ, vir • et consilii magni et virtutis, ad Gal- 5
bam accurrunt atqi^e unam esse spem salutis docent, si
cruptione fa^ta extremum auxUium experirentur. Itaque
convocatis centurionibus celeriter milites certiores facit,
paulisper intennitterent proeliuiii ac tantmnmodo tela mis-
sa exciperent seque ex labore reficerent, ppst dato signo ex 10
castris erumpepwit atque omnem spem saliatis in virtute
ponerent. y

VI. Quod jussi suut, faciunt ; ac subito omnibus portis
eruptione facta, neque cognoscendi, quid fieret, neque sui
coUigendi hostibus facultatem relinquunt. Ita commutata 16
fortuna, eos, qui in spem potiundorum castrorum venerant,
nndique circumventos interficiunt et ex hominum millibus
amplius triginta, quem numeinim barbaroiiim ad castra
venisse constabat, plus tertia parte interfecta reliquos per-
territos in fugam conjiciunt, ac ne in locis quidem superio- 20
ribus consistere patiuntur. Sic omnibi,s hostium copiis
fusis armisque exutis, se in castra munitibnesque suas reci-
piant. Quo proelio facto, quod saepius"^ fortunanv tentare
Galba nolebat, atque alio se in hiberna consilio ♦ venisse
meminerat, aliis occurrisse rebus viderat, maxime frumenti 26
comm^atusqiJte inopia permotus, postero die omnibus ejus
vici aedificiis incensis, in provinciam revefti contendit ; ac
nullo hx)8te prohibente aut iter demorapte,incolumemlegi-
onetir in Nantuates, inde io 'AllobrSges perdu^xit ibique
hiemavit. ^ 30

VII. His rebus gestis, cum omnibus de causis Caesar
pacatam Galliam existimaret, superatis Belgis, expulsis
Germanis, victis in Alpibus Sedunis, atque ita inita hieme
in Illyricum profectus esset, quod eas quoque nationes
adire et region es cognoscere volebat, subitum bellum in 36
Gallia coortum estiVEjus belli haec fuit causa. Publius
Crassus adolescens cum legione septima proximus mare
Oceanum in Andibus hiemarat. Is, quod in his locis

48 ^^ BELLO GALUCO

inopia frumeuti erat, praefectos tribunosque militmn com-
plures in finitimas civitates frumenti commeatusqae peten-
di causa dimisit, quo in numero erat Titus TeiTasidius,
missus in Esubios, Marcus Trebius Gallus in Curiosolitas,

5 Qumtus Velanius cum Tito Silio in Venetos.

j^xVJII. Hujus est civitatis longe amplissima auctoritas

Homnis orae maiitVnae regionum earupa, quod eV naves

habent Yeneti plurimas, quibus in Britanniam navigare

consuerunt, et scientia atque usu nauticarum renim reli-

10 quos antecedunt, et in magno impetu maris atque aperto,
paucis portibus intenectis, quos tenent ipsi, omnes fere^
qui eo mari uti consuerunt, habent vectigales. / Ab his fit
initium retinendi Silii atque Velanii, quod per eos suos se
obsides, quos Crasso dedissent, recuperaturos existimabant.

Is/Horura auctoritate finitimi adducti (ut sunt Gallorum

^^subita et repentina consilia), eadem de caui^a Trebiura

Terrasidiumque retinent, et celeriter missis legatis per

suos principes inter se conjurant, nihil nisi communi con-

silio acturos eundemque omnis fortunae exitum esse latu-

20 ros ; reliquasque civitates soUicitant, ut in ea libertate,
quam' a majoribas accdperant, permanere quam Romano-
rum seiTitutem perferre inallent./ Omni ora maritima
celeriter ad suam sententiam perducta, communem legati-
onem ad Publium Crassum mittunt ; si velit suos recipere,

25 obsides sibi remittat. V -

IX. Quibus de rebus Caesar ab Crasso certior factus,
quod ipse aberat longius, naves interim longas aedificaii
V in flumine Ligere, quod influit in Oceanum, remiges ex
provincia institui, nautas gubematoresque comparari jubet.

;J0 His rebus celeriter administratis ipse, cum primum per
anni tempus potuit, ad exercitum contendit. Veneti reli-
quaeque item civitates, cognito Caesaris adventu, simul
quod, quantum in se facinus admisissent, intelligebant
(legates, quod nomen ad omnes nationes sanctum inviola-

85 tumque semper fuisset, retentos a se et in vincula con-
jectos), pro magnitudine periculi bellum parare et raaxime
ea, quae ad usum navium pertinent, providere instituunt ;
hoc majore spe, quod multum natura loci confidebant

u

P»«*4» - _ _

THE UE'ri V

PUBLIC L:::';

-•»-.-— •,,

A'^TCP. I.

jTLr.

^(/■-

LIBER TERTIUS. 49

Pedesiria esse itinera concisa aestuaiiis, navigationem im-
peditam pr<^ptcr inscientiam locorum paucitatemque por-
tuum sciebant, neque nostros exercitus propter frumenti
inopiam dintius apud se morari posse confidebant; acjam
ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum 5
navibus posse ; Komanoa neque ullain facultatem habere
n avium, neque eorum locorum, ubi bellum gesturi essent,
vada, portus, insulas novisse ; ac longe aliam esse naviga-
tionem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertis-
simo Oceano perspiciebant. His initis consiliis oppida 10
muniunt, frumenta ex agris in oppida comportant, naves in
Venetiam, ubi Caesarem primum esse bellum gesturum
constabat, quam plurimas possunt, cogunt. Socios sibi ad
id bellum Osismos, Lexovios, Nannetes, Ambiliatos, Mori-
nos, Diablintes, Menapios adsciscunt : auxilia ex Britan- 15
nia, quae contra eas regiones posita est, arcessunt.

X. Erant hae difficultates belli gerendi, quas supra os-
tendimus, sed multa Caesarem tamen ad id bellum incita-
xb^nt: injuriae retentorum equitum Komanorum, rebellio
facta post deditionem, defectio datis obsi^ibus, tot civita- 2(i
tarn conjuratio, imprimis, ne, hac parte neglecta, reliquae
nationes sibi idem licere arbitrarentur^ Itaque cum intel-
ligeret omnes fere Gallos noyis rebus studere et ad bellum
mobiliter celeriterque excitari, omnes autem homines na-
tura libertati studere et conditionem servitutis odisse, pri- 25
usquam plures civitates conspirarent, partiendum sibi ac
latius distribuendum exercitum putavit.
^ XL Itaque Titum Labienum legatum in Treviros, qui
proximi flumini Kheno sunt, cum equitatu mittit. Huic
mandat, Remos reliquosque Belgas adeat atque in officio 80
contineat, Germanosque, qui auxilio a Belgis arcessiti
dicebantur, si per vim navibus flumen transire conentur,
prohibeat. Publium Crassum cum cohortibus legionariis
duodecinyet magno numero eqnitatus in Aquitaniara profi-
cisci jubet, ne ex his nationibus auxili]^ in Galliahi mittan- 86
tur ac tantae nationes conjungantur. \/'Quintum Titurium
Sabinum legatum cum legionibus tribus in Venellos, Curi-
osolitas Lexoviosque mittit, qui earn manum distinendam

r

/

50 DE BELLO GALLICO

curet. Deciraum Brutum adolescentem classi Gallicisqae
navibas, quas ex Pictonibus et SantSnis reliquisque pacatia
regionibus con venire jusserat, praeficit, et cum primum
possit, in Venetos profi^&ci jubet. Ipse eo pedestribua
5 copiis contendit. I/^

XII. Erant ejusmodi fei*e sitns oppidorum, ut posita in
\ extremis lingulis promontoriisque, neque pedibus adittun

haberent, cUm ex alto se aestus incitavisset, quod bis
accidit semper horarum viginti' quattuor spatio, neqiie

10 navibus, quod i*ursus minuente ae^tu naves' in viidis afflic-
tarentur. Ita utraque re oppidorum oppugnatio impedie-
batur; ac si quando magnitudine operis forte superati,
extruso mari aggere ac molibus atque his oppidi moenibus
adaequatis, suis fortunis desperare coeperant, magno nume-

15 ro n avium appulso, cujus rei summam facultatem habebant,

sua deportabant omnia seque in proxima oppida recipie-

bant. / Ibi se rursus iisdem oppoitunitatibus loci defende-

\ bant. / Haec eo fecilius magnam partem aestatis faciebant,

quOd nostrae naves tempestatibus detinebantnr, summa-

29 que erat vasto atque apeito mari, magnis aestibus, raris ac
prope nullis portibus, difficultas navigandi.

XIII. Namque ipsorum naves ad hunc modum factae
armataeque erant. Carinae aliquanto planiores quam nos-
trarum navium, quo facilius vada ac decessum aestus ejcci-

25 pere possent yprorae adniodiim erectae, atque item puppes
ad magnitudinem fluctuum ten^pestatumque accommoda-
tae; naves totae factae ex robore, ad quamvis vim et
contumeliam perferendam ; transtra pedalibus in altitudi-
nem trabibus coniixa clavis ferreis digiti pollicis crassitu-

80 dine ; ancorae pro fi^ibus ferreis catenis revinctae ; pelles
pro velis alutaeque tenititer confectae, hae sive propter
lini inopiam atque ejus usus inscientiam, sive eo, quod est
magis verisimile, quod tantas tempestates Oceani tantos*^
que impetus ventorum sustineri ac tanta onera navium

[55 regi velis non satis commode posse arbitrabantur. Cum
his navibus nostrae classi ejusmodi congressus erat, ut una
celeritate et pulsu remorum praestaret, reliqua pro loci
natura, pro vi tempestatum illis essent aptiora et accommo*

LIBEB TERTIUS. 51

datiora. Neque enim his nostrae rostro nocere poterant
(tanta in iis erat iirmitado), neque propter altitudinem
facile telum adjioiebatur, et eadem de causa minus com-
mode copulis continebantur. Accedebat ut, cum saevire
ventus cocpisset et se vento dedisseut, et tempestatem 6
ferrent facilius et in vadis consisterent tutins et ab aestu
relictae nihil saxa et cautes timerent ; quarum reruni om-
nium nostris navibus casus erant extimescendi.

XIV. Compluribus expugnatis oppidis, Caesar, libi in-
tellexit frqstra tantum laborem sumi, neque hostium fugam 10
captis oppidis reprimi neque his noceri posse, statuit ex-
spectandam classem. XQuae ubi convenit ac primum ab
hostibus visa est, circiter ducentae et viginti naves eorum
paratissimae atque onini genere armorum ornatissimae
profectae ex portu, nostris adversae donstiterunt ; neque LS
satis' Bruto, qui classi praeerat, vel tiibunis militum cen-
turionibusque, quibus singulae naves erant attributae,
constabat, quid agerent aut quam rationem pugnae in-
sisterent. • Ro&tro enim noceri non posse cognoverant;
turribus autem excitatis, tamen has altitudo puppium ex 20
barbaris navibus superabat, ut neque ex inferiore loco satis
commode tela adjici possent, et missa ab Gallis gravius
acciderent. Una erat magno usui res praeparata a nostris,
fulces praeacutae, insertae affixaeque longuriis, non absimili
fonila muralium falcium. His cum funes, qui antennas 25
ad malos destinabant, con^prehensi adductique erant, navi-
gio remis incitato praerumpebantur. Quibus abscissis,
antennae necessario concidebant, ut, cum omnis Gallicis
navibus spes in velis armamentisque consisteret, his ereptis
omnis usus navium uno tempore eiiperetur. Reliquum go
erat certamen positum in viitute, qua nostri milites facile
Buperabant, atque eo magis, quod in conspectu Caesaris
atque onimis exercitus res gerebatur, ut nullum paulo for-
tius factum latere posset ; omnes enim colles ae loca supe-
riors, unde erat propinquus despectus in mare, ab exercitu sB
tenebantur.,\ -

XV. Dejeclis, ut diximus, antennis, cum singulas
binae ac temae naves circumsteterant, milites summa vi

f.'IJi*

52 BE BELLO GALLICO

transcendere in hostium naves contendebant. Quod post-

quam barbari fieri anii|iadveii;erunt, expugnatis compluri-

bus navibus, cum ei -rei nullum reperiretur auxilium, foga

salutem petere contenderunt ; ac jam conversis in eam

5 partem navibus, quo ventus ferebat, tanta sub'ito malacia

ac tranquillitas exstitit, ut se ex loco movere non possent.

Quae quidem res ad negotium conficiendum maxime fuit

opportuna ; nam singulas nostri consectati expugnaverunt,

ut pei-paucae ex omni numero noctis interventu ad terram

/ "T^lo pervenerint, cum ab hora fere quarta usque ad soils occa-

/ ^ y^ sum pugnaretur.

XYL Quo proelio bellukn Venetorum totiusque orae
maritimae confectum sest. Nam cum omnis. juveutus,
omnes etiam gravioris aetatis, in quibus aliquid consilii aut

15 dignitatis fuit, eo convenerant, tum navium qupd ubique
fuerat, unum in locum coegerant ; quibus^ amissis, reliqui
neque quo se reciperent neque quemadmodum oppida
defenderent, habebant. Itaque se suaque omnia Caesari
dediderunt. In quos eo gravius Caesar vindicandum sta-

20 tuit, quo diligen tin's in reliquum tempus a barbaris jus
legatorum conservaretur. Itaque, omni senatu necato, re-
liquos sub corona vendidit.

XVII. Dum haec in Ven^tis geruntur, Quintus Titurius
Sabinus cum iis copiis, quas a Caesare acceperat, in fines

?6 Venellorum pervenit. His praeeratYiridSvix ac summam
imperii tenebat earum omnium ^ivitatum, quae defecerant,
ex quibus exercitum raagnasque copias coegerat ; atque his
paucis diebus Aulerci Eburovices Lexoviique, senatu suo
interfecto, quod auctores belli esse nolebant, portas clause-

80 runt seque cum Viridovice conjunxerunt; magnaque prae-
terea multitudo undique ex Gallia perditoruni hominum
latronumque convenerant, quos spes praedandi studium-
que bellandi ab agricultura et quotidiano labore revocabat
Sabinus idoneo omnibus rebus lofto castris sese tenebat,

85 cum Virid5vix contra eum duum millium spatio conse<
disset, ! quotidieque productis copiis pugnandi potestatem
faceret, ut jam non solum hostibus* in contemptionem Sabi-
DUS' veniret, sed etiam nostrorum militnm vocibus nonnihil

M

LIBER TERTIUS. 53

carperetur ; tantamque opinionem timoris praebuit, ut jam
ad vallum castrorum hostes accedere auderent. Id ea
de causa faciebat, quod cum tanta multitudine hostiura,
praesertim eo kbsente, qui summam imperii teneret, nisi
aequo loco aut opportunitate aliqua data, iegato dimican- 6
dura non existimabat.

XVIII. Hao confirmata opinione timoris, idoneum quen-
dilm hominem et callidum delegit, Galium, ex his, quos
auxi^ii causa secimi'habebat. Huic magnis praemiis polli-
citationibusque persuadet, uti "ad hostes transeat, et, quid 10
fieri velit, edocet. Qui ubi pro perfuga ad eos venit,
tiraorem Romanorum proponit, quibus angustiis ipse Cae-
sar a Venetis prematur, docet, neque longius abesse, quin
proxima nocte Sabinus clam ex castris exercitum educat et
ad CaesSrem auxilii ferendi causa proficiscatur. Quod ubi 15
auditum est, conclamant omnes occasionem negotii bene
gerendi amittendam non esse, ad castra iri oportere. Mul-
tae res ad hoc consilium Gallos hortabantur : superiorum
dierum Sabini cunctatio, perfugae confirmatio, inopia ciba-
rioi*um, cui rei parum diligenter ab iis erat provisum, 20
spes Venetici belli et quod fere libenter homines id, quod
volunt, credunt. His rebus adducti non piius Viridovicem
reliquosque duces ex concilio dimittunt, quam ab his sit
concessum, arma uti capiant et ad castra contendant. Qua
re concessa laeti, ut explorata victoria, sarmentis virgultis- 25
que coUectis, quibus fossas Romanorum compleant, ad cas-
tra pergunt.

XIX. Locus erat castrorum editus et paulatim ab imo
acclivis circiter passus niille. Hue magno cursu conten-
d^runt, ut quam niinimum spatii ad se colligendos arman- 80
dosque Romanis daretur, exanimatique pervenerunt. Sa-
binus suQs hortatu^ cupientibus signum dat. Impeditis
hoijtifeus propter ea, quae ferebant, onera, subito duabus
portis eruptionem fieri jubet. Factum est opportunitate
loci, hostium inscientia ac defatigatione, virtute militum, 36
et superiorum pugnarum exercitatione, ut ne unum qui-
dem nostrorum impetum ferrent ao statim terga verterent.
Quos impeditos integris viribus milites nostri consecuti

\

54 I>£ BELLO GALLICO

magnum numerum eorum occiderunt; reliquos equites
consectati, paucos, qui ex fuga evaserant, reliquerunt. Sio
uno tempore et de navali pngna Sabinus et de Sabini
victoria Caesar est certi^r faptus, civitatesque omnes se
— 6 statim Titurio dediderunt\\Nam ut ad bella suscipi-
enda Gallorum alacer ac promptus est animus, sic mollis
ac minime resistens ad calamitates perferendas mens eo**
rum est.

XX. Eodem fere tempore Publius Crassus, cum in

10 Aquitaniam pervenisset, quae pars, ut ante dictum est, et
regionum latitudine et multitudine hominum ex tertili
parte Galliae est aestimanda, cum intelligeret in his locis
sibi bellum gerendum, ubi paucis ante annis Lucius Vale-
rius Praeconlnus legat.us exercitu pulso interfectus esset^

ir> atqne unde Lucius Mallius proconsul impedimentis amiissis
profugisset, non mediocrem sibi diligentiam adbibendam
intelligebat. > Itaque, re finimentaria provisa, auxiliis eq^i-
tatuquo comparato, multis praeterea viris fortibus Tolosa
et Nai'bone, quae sunt civitates Galliae provinciae finitl-

20 mae bis regionibus, nominatim evocatis, in Sontiatum fine^
exercitum introduxit. [ Cujus adventu cognito, Sontiates
magnis copiis coactis equitatuque, quo plurimum valebant^
in itinere agmen nostrum adorti primum equestre proelium
commiserunt ; deinde, equitatu suo pulso atque insequen-

25 tibus nostris, snbito pedestres copias, quas in convalle in
insidiis collocaverant,- ostenderunt. Hi nostros disjectos
adorti proelium renovarunt.
XXL Pugnatum est diu atque acriter, cum Sontiates

/ superioribus victoriis freti in sua virtute totius Aquitaniae

80 salutom positam putarent, nostii autem, quid sine impera-
tore et sine reliquis legionibiis, adolescentulo diice, efficere
possent, perspici cuperent: tandem con&eti jyulneribus
hostes terga vertere. Quorum magno numero ihterfecto,
Crassus ex itinere oppidum Sontiatum oppugnare coepit •

85 Quibus fortiter resistentibus vineas tun-esque egit. Hli
alias eruptione tentata, alias cuniculis ad aggerem Vineas-
que actis "(cujus rei sunt longe peritissimi Aquitani, prop-
terea, quod multis locis apud eos aerariae secturoe sunt).

LIBER TERTIUS. 55

nbi diligentia nostrorum nihil, his rebaa profici posse intel-
lexerunt, legates ad Crassum mijtunt seqtie in deditionera
ut recipiat petunt. Qua re impetrata arma tradere jussi
faciunt.

XXII. Atque in ea re omnium nostrorum iutentis ani- 5
mis, alia ex parte oppidi Adcantuannus, qui summam im-
perii tenebat, cum sexcentis devotis, quos illi soldurios

[ appellant Quorum haec est conditio, uti omnibus , in vita
\. commodis una cum his fruantur, quorum se^ aniicitiae dedi-
tierint ; si quid his per vim accidat, aiit eundem casum una 10
ferant aut sibi mortem consciscant ; neque adhuc hominum
meinoria repeitus est quisquam, qui eo interfecto cujus
se amicitiae devovisset, mortem recusaret), cum his Ad-
can tuanii us eruptionem facere conatus, clamore ab ea parte
munitionis sublato, cum ad aima milites concurrissent 15
vehementerque ibi pugnatum esset, repulsus in oppidum,
tamen ijti eadem deditionis conditione uteretur, ab Crasso
impetravit.

XXIII. Armis obsidibusque acceptis Crassus in fines
Vocatium et Tarusatium profectus est^V Turn vero bar- 20
bari commoti, quod oppidum, et natura loci et manu mu-
nitum, paucis diebus, quibus eo ventum erat, expugnatum
cognoverant, legatos quoquoversum dimittere, conjurare,
obsides inter se dare, copias parare coeperunt. Mittuntur
etiam ad eas civitates legati, quae sunt citerioris Hispaniae 25
finitimae Aquitaniae; inde auxilia ducesque areessuntur.
Quorum adventu magna cum auctoritate et magna cum
hominum multitudine bellum gerere conantur.s. Duces
vero ii deliguntur, qui una cum Qninto Sertorio omnes

,^nnos iberant summamque ecientiam rei militaris habere /80
existiraabantur. Hi consuetudine populi RomStni loca
capere, castri> munire, commeatibus nostros intercludere
justituunt.' Quod u1)i Crassus animadvertit, suas copias
propter exigiiitatem non fiicile diduci, hostem et vagari et
vias obsidere et castris satis praesidii relinquere, ob earn 35
dansam minus commode frumentum commeatumque sibi
supportari, in dies hostium numerum augeri, non cunc-
twddnm existimavit, quin pugna decertaret. Hac re ad

56 DE BELLO GALLICO

consiliam delata, ubi omnes idem sentire intellexit, poste-
rura diem pugnae conatituk.

XXIV. Prima luce, productis omnibus copiis, duplici
acie instituta, auxiliis in mediam aeiem conjectis, quid

^j) I? 4lt]B liostes consilii caperent ex8pectabatr4- Illi, etsi propter
multitudinem et veterem belli gloriam paucitatemque nos-
trorum Be tuto^ dimicatups existimabant, tamen tutius
esse arbitrabantur, ob^e^is yiis, commeatu intercluso, sine
uUo vulnere victoria potiHc et, si propter iuopiam rei fru-

10 mentariae Romani sese recipere coepissent, impeditos in
agmine et sub f^arcinis iniirmiore animo adoriii cogitabant.
itoc consilio' probatOv ab ducibus, productis Roni^norum
copiis, sese castris tenebant.' Hac re perspedta, Crassus,
qum sua cunctatione atque opinione timoris hostes nos-

X5 tros milites alacriores ad pugnandum efiecissent, atque
omnium voces audirentur, exspectari diutius non oportere,
quin ad castra iretur, cohortatus suos, omnibus cupientibus,
ad hostiuna ca'stra contendit.

XXV. Ibi. cum alii fossas complerent, alii multis telis
20 conjectis defensores vallo .munitionibusque depellerent,

au^iliaresque, quibus ad pugnam non multum Crassus
confidebat, lapidibus telisque subministrandis et ad agge-
rem cespitibus comportandis speciem atque opinionem
pugnantium praebei*ent, cum item ab hostibus cdfcstan-

26 ter ac non timide pugnaretur telaque ex loco superiore
missa non frustra acciderent, equites, circumitis hostium
castris, Crasso renuntiaverunt, non eadem esse diligentia
ab decumana porta castra munita facilemque aditum ha-
bere. ' '

30 XXVI. Crassus equitum praefectos cohprtatus, ut mag
nis praemiis pollicitatibnibusque suos excitarent, quid fieri
velit, ostendii^:; IIH, ut erat imperatum, eductis quattuoi
\ cohortibus, qpae, praesidio castris relictae, intritae ab la-

bore erant, et longiore itinere circumductis, ne ex hostium.

B6 castris conspici possent, omnium oculis mentibusque ad
pugnam intentis, celeriter ad eas, quas diximus, munitio-
nes pervenerunt, atque his prorutis prius in hostium castris
constiterunt, quam plane ab his videri, aut, quid rei gore-

LIBER TERTroS. 57

retur, cognosci^ posset. Turn vero, clamore ab ea parte
audito, nostri redintegratis viribus, quod plerumque in
spe victoriae accidere co nsuevi t, acrius impugnare coepe-
runt. Hostes undique circumventi, desperatis omnibus
rebus, se per munitiones dejicere et fuga salutem petere 5
intenderunt. Quos equitatus apertissiniis campis conseo-^
tatus, ex millium quinquaginta num^ro, quae ex Aquitania
Cantabrisque convenisse constabat^ vix quarta pai*te relicta,
multa nocte se in castra recepit. -

XXVII. Hao audita pugna, maxima pars Aquitaniae 10
sese Crasso dedidit obsidesque ultro misit ; quo in numero
fuerunt Tarbelli, Bigerriones, Ptianii, Vocates, Tarusates,
Elusates, Gates, Ausei, Garumni, Sibuzates, Cocosates.
Paucae ultimae nationes anni tempore confisae, quod
hiems suberat, hoc facere neglexerunt. , 15

XXVIII. Eodem fere tempore Caesar, etsi prope exacta
jam aestas erat, tamen, quod, omni Gallia pacata, Morlni
Manapiique supererant, qui in armis essent neque ad eum
unquam legatos de pace misissent, arbitratus id bellum
celeriter confici posse, eo exercitum adduxit ; qui, longe 20
alia ratione ac reliqui Galli, bellum gerere coeperunt. ^ Nam
quod intelligebant maximas nationes, quae proelio conten-
dissent, pulsas superatasque esse, continentesque silvas
paludes habebant, eo se suaque omnia contulerunt.7/Ad
quarum initium silvarum cum Caesar pervenisset castra- 26
que munire instituisset, neque hostis interim visus esset,
dispersis in opere nostris, subito ex omnibus partil^us sil-
vae evolaverunt et in nostros impetum fecerunt. Kostri
celeriter arma ceperunt eosque in silvas repulerunt, et,
compluribus interfectis, longius impeditioribus locis secuti 30
pauGos ex suis deperdiderunt.

XXIX. Reliquis deinceps diebui^ Caesar silvas caedere
instituit, et ne quis inermibus imprudentibusque militibus
ab latere impetus fieri posset, omnem eam materiam, quae
erat caesa, conversam ad hostem collocabat et pro vallo 86
ad utrumque latus exstruebat. Incredibili celeritate mag-
no spatio paucS^ diebus confecto, cum jam pecus atque
extrema impedimenta ab nostris tenerentur, ipsi densiores

6

Jji ZX, 2ZULr> iAlIJ?r»?

<CL-ini;ft KLi i«el>'i'^ =:"^«5s •Kc'^i**!:! atm pissmt. Itaqae,

LIBEB QUABTUB. 59

^ - ^ J'

LIBER IV.

I. EI9 quae secuta eat, hieme, qui fait annus Gnaeo
Pompeio, Mariso Crasso consalibus, XJsipetfBS Germani • et
item. TenctSri magna cum maltitudine hominum flumen
Rhenum transieioint, non longe a man, quo Rhenus influit.H
Causa transeundi fuit, quod ab ^uebis complures annos 5
exa gitati b ello prem^bantur etagricultura prohibebantur.
Suieb5rutn gens est longe maxima et bellicosissima Germa-
norum omnhim.\/Hi centum pagos habere dicuntur, ex
quibus quotannisfsingula millia armatorum bellandi causa
ex %nibus educunt^ Keliqui, qui domi manserunt, se atque 10
iltos alunt. Hi rursua in^vicem anno post in armis sunt,
illi domi remanent. Sic neque agricultura nee ratio atque
usus . belli intermittitur. Sed privati ac separati agii
apud eos nihil est, neque longius anno remanere uno in
loco incolepdi causa licet. Neque multum frumento, sed 16
maximam partem lacte atque p^ifio^e vivunt, multumque
sunt in venationibus ; quae res et cibi gewere et quotidi-
ana' exercitatione et libertate vitae (quod,^"'a pueris nullo
officio aut disciplina assuefacti, nihi)[ omnlno contra volun-
tatem-faciant), et vires ^it et immani corporum magnitu- 20
dine homines efficit. Atque in earn se consuetudinem
adduxerunt, ut locift frigidissimis neque vestitus praeter
pelles habeant quidquam (quarum propter exiguitatem
magna est corporis pars aperta), et laventur in fluniinibus.

II. Mercatoribus est' ad eos. aditus magis eo, ut, qtlae 26
bello ceperint, quibus vendant, Wbpant^ quam quo uUam
rem ad se importari desiderent\/Qu^n etiam jumentis,
quibus maxime Galli delectantur, qti^eque impenso parant
pretio, Gerinani importatis nbn utuntur, sed quae sunt
spud eos fiatm parva atque deformia, haec quotidiana so

f50 I>E BELLO GALLICO

/

exercitatione san^mi ut sint laboiif, efficiunt. E<]piestribns
proeliis saepe ex equis desiliant ac pedibas proeliantur,
equosque eodem remanere yestigio assueiecerant, ad quos
se .<;eleriter, <Jum usus est, recipiiint; ireqtle eorum mori-

l> bus turpius quidquam aut inertius habetur, quam ephippiis
uti. Itaque ad ^uemyis numerum ephippiatonim equitura,
quarnyis paaci, adire audent.l Vinum ad se omoino impor-
tari non sinunt, qu6d.ea. te ad laborem ferendum remolles-
cere homines atque effeminari arbitrantur.

10 III. Publice maiimain putant esse . laudem, quam latis-
sime a suis finibus viicare agros; hacre signiQcari magnum
niimeruih civitatinm suam vim siistinei'^ uon posse. Ita-
que una ex parte a Suebis eirciter milHa passnum sexcenta
agri vacare dicwivtur. Ad alteram partem succedunt! tjbii,

16 quorum fuit ci^dtas^ampla atque florens, ut est captus Ger^
manorum, et pauIo sunt ejusdem generis ceteris humanio-'^
res, propterea quod Khenum attingunt, multumque ad eos
mercatoves ventitant, et ipsi propter propinquitatem Gal-
licis Bunt *moribu8 assuefacti. Hos cum Suebi multis

20 saepe bellis \experti, propter amplitudinem gravitatemque
^ civitatis, finibus expellere non potuissent, tamen vectiga-
lef^ sibi fecerunt ac multo humiliores infirmioresque rede*
\ gerunt. -^ •

IV. In eadem causa fuerunt TJsipetes et Tencteri, quos

26 supra diximus, qui complures annos Sueborum vim susti-
nuerunt ; ad extremum tamen agris expulsi et multis locis
Germaniae triennium vagati ad Khenum pervenerunt, quas
regiones Menapii incolebant et ad utramque ripam flumi-
nis agros, aedificia, vicosque habebant ; sed tantae multitu-

30 dinis aditu perterriti, ex bis aedificiis, quae trans flumen
habuerant, demigraverunt, et, cis Rhenum dispositis prae-
sidiis, Germanos transire prohibebant. lUi omnia experti,
cum neque vi contendere propter inopiam navium neque
clam transire propter custodias Menapiorum possent, re-

86 verti se in suas sedes regionesque simulaverunt ; et tridui
viam progressi rursus reverterunt, atque omni hoc itinere
una nocte equitatu confecto inscios inopinantesque Mena-
pios oppresserunt, qui de G^rmanorum discessu per explcv

LIBER QUABTU8. 61

ratores certiores facti/sine metu trans Rhenam ia suos
vicos remigraverant. His interfectis navibusque eoram
occupatis, priusquam ea pars Menapiorum, quae citra
Rhennm quieta in suis sedibns erat, certior fieret, flumen
transierunt, atque, omnibus eoram aedificiis occupatis, reli- 5
quam partem hiemis se eorum copiis aluerunt. ^!^

V. His de rebus Caesar certior factus et infirmitatem
Gallorum veritus, quod sunt in consiliis capiendis mobiles
et novis plerumque rebus student, nihil his committendum
existimavit. Est^utem hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti et 10
vi^tores, etiam iavitoS) consistere cogant, et, quid quisque
eoTum de quaque re audierit aut cognoverit, qu^erant, et
mercatores in oppidis vulgus circum.sistat, quibusque ex
regionibus veniant, quasque ibi res cognoverint, pronuntiare
cogant. His rebus atque audiiionibus perraoti de sum- 15
mis saepe rebus consilia ineunt, quorum eos e vestigio
poenitere necess^ est, cum incertis rumoribus serviant,
et plerique ad voluntatem eoi*um Acta respondeant.

VI. Qua consuetudine cognita, Caesar, ne graviori bello
occurreret, maturius quam consuerat ad cxercitum proficis- 20
citur. £o cum venisset, ea, quae fore suspicatus erat,
facta cognovit ; missas legationes ab nonnullis civitatibus
ad Germanos, invitatosque eos, uti ab Rheno discederent,
omniaque quae postulassent, ab se fore parata;. * Qua spe
adducti Germani latius vagabantur et in fines Eburonum 25
et Condrusorum, qui sunt Trevirorum clientes, pervenerant.
Principibus Galliae evocatis, Caesar ea, quae cognoverat,
dissimnlanda sibi existimavit, eoruraque animis perraulsis
et confirmatis equitatuque imperato, bellum cum Germanis
gerere oonstituiti. . , 30

VII. Re frumentaria comparata equitibusque delectis,
iter in ea loca facere coepit, quibus in locis esse Germanos
audiebat. / A quibus cum paucorum dierum iter abesset,
legati ab his venerunt, quorum haec fuit oratio : Germanos
neque pripres populo Romano bellum infcrre neque tamen S5
recnsare, si lacessantur, quin drmis contendant; quod
Germanorum consuetudo haec sit a majoribus tradita, qui-
cprnque bellum inferant, resistere neque deprecari. Haec

62 I>£ BELLO GALUCO

tamen dicere : Venisse invitos, ejectos domo ; si suam gra-
tiam Romani velint^ posse iis utiles esse amicos ; vel sibi
agros attribuant, vel patiantar eos tenere qaos armis posse-
derint ; sese unis Saebis concedere, qaibus ne dii quidem
5 immortales pares esse possint ; reliquum qmdem in terris
\ xCsse neminem, qaem non snperare possint. \

VIII. Ad haec Caesar, quae visum est, respondit ; sed
exitus fuit orationis : Sibi nuUam cum his amicitiam esse
posse, si in Gallia remanerent ; neque verum esse, qui buos

10 fines tueri non potuerint, alienos occupare ; neque ulios in
Gallia vacare agros, qui dari, tantae praesertim multitudini,
sine injuria possint. Sed licere, si velint, in Ubiorura fini-
bus considere, quorum sint legati apud se et de Sueborum
injuriis querantur et a se auxilium petant ; hoc se Ubiis

16 imperaturum.

IX. Legati haec se ad suos relaturos dixerunt, et, re
deliberata, post diem tertium ad CaesSirem reversuros:
interea ne propius se castra moveret, petierunt. Ne id
quidem Caesar ab se impetrari posse dixit. Cognoverat

20 enim, magnani partem equitatus ab iis aliquot diebus ante
praedandi frumentandique causa ad Ambivantos trans Mo-
sam missam. Hos exspectari equites atque ejus rei causa
moram interponi arbitrabatur.

X. Mosa profluit ex monte Vosego, qui est in finibus
25 LingSnum, et parte quadam ex Rheno recepta, quae appel-

latur Yahalis, insulam efficit Batavorum, neque longius ab
Rheno millibus passuum octoginta in Oceanum influit.
Rhenus autem oritur ex Lepontiis, qui Alpes incolunt, et
longo spatio per fines Nantuatium, Helvetiorura, Sequano-

30 rum, Mediomatricum,TriboccOrum,Trevirorum citatns fer-
tur, et ubi OceSno appropinquavit, in plures defluit partes,
multisingentibusque insulis efiectis (quarum pars magna a
feris barbarisque nationibus incolitur, ex quibus sunt, qui
piscibus atque ovis avium vivere existimantur), multisque

85 capitibus in Oceanum influit.

XI. Caesar cum ab hoste non amplius passuum duo-
decim millibus abesset, ut erat constitutum, ad eum legati
revertuntui^; qui in itinere con^essi magnopere ne longius

m

v

-/-

LIBER QUARTUS. 63

progrederetar orabant. Cum id non impetrassent, pete-
bant, uti ad eos equites, qai agmen antecessissent, praemit-
teret, eosque pugDa prohiberet, sibique uti potestatem
faceret in Ubios legatos mittendi ; quorum si prineipes ao
senatus sibi jurejurando iidem fecisl3ent| ea conditione. 5
quae a Caesare ferretur, 6e usuros ostendebant ; ad has res
conficiendas sibi tridui spatium daret. Haec omnia Caesar
eodem illo pertinere arbitrabatur, ut, tridui mora interposi-
ta, equites eorum, qui abessent, reverterentur ; tamen sese
non longius millibus passuum quattuor aquationis causa 10
processurum eo die dixit; hue posterodie quam frequen-
tissimi convenirent, ut de eorum postulatis cognosceret.
Interim ad praefectos, qui cum omni equitatu antecesse-
rant, mittit, qui niintiarent, ne hostes proelio lacesserent,
et, si ipsi lacesserentur, sustinerent, quoad ipse cum exer- 16
citu propius accessisset. /T)

XII. At bostes ubi primum nostros equites conspexe-
runt, quorum erat quinque millium numerus, cum ipsi non
amplius octingentos equites haberent, quod ii, qui frumeu-
<v^andi causa ierant trans Mosam, nondum redierant, nihil 20
timentibus nostris, quod legati eorum paulo ante a Caesare
discesserant atque is dies induciis erat ab his^petitus,
impetu facto celeriter nostro» perturbaverunt. Rurijus
resistentibus, consuetudine sua ad pedes desiluerunt, suf-
fossis equis compluribusque nostris dejectis, reliquos in 25
fngam conjecerunt atque ita perterritos egerunt, ut non
prius fuga desisterent, quam in conspectum agminis nostri
venissent. In eo proelio ex equitibus nostris inrterficiun-
tur quattuor et septuaginta, in his vir fortisaimus, Piso
Aquitanus, amplissimo genere natus, cujus avus in civitate go
sua regnum obtinuerat, amicus ab senatu nostro appellatus.
Hie cu^l fratri intercluso ab hostibus auxilium ferret,
ilium ex periculo eripuit; ipse equo vulnerato dejectus,
quoad potuit, fortissime restitit. Cum circumventus raul-
tis vulneribus acceptis cecidisset, atque id frater, qui jam 35
. proelio excesserat, procul animadvertisset, incitato equo, se
hostibus obtulit atque interfectus est. ^

Xni. Hoc facto proelio, Caesar iieque jam sibi legatos

54 ^^ BELLO 6ALLIC0

audiendos neque conditiones accipiendas arbitrabatur ab
lis, qui per dolum atque insidias, petita pace, ultro bellum
intalissent; exspectare v^ro, dum hostiam copiae aage-
rentar eqaitatusque reverteretur, sarnmae dementiae esse
5 jadicabat, et cognita Galloram infirmitate, quantum jam
apud eos bostes uno proelio auctoritatis essent consecutiy
sentiebat ; quibus ad consilia capienda nihil spatii dandum'
existimabat. His constitutis rebus et consilio cum legatis
et quaestore communicato, ne quern diem pugnae praeter-

10 mitteret^ opportunissima res accidit, quod postridie ejus
diei mane eadem et perfidia et simulation^ usi Germani fre
quentes, omnibui^ principibus majoribusqucT^atu adhibitis,
ad eum in castra venerunt, simul, ut dicebatur, sui purgan-
di causa, quod contra atque esset dictum et ipsi petissent,

15 proelium pridie commisissent, simul ut,- si quid possent, de
induciis fallendo impetrarent. Quos sibi Caesar oblatos
gavisus, illos retineri jussit; ipse omnes copias castris
e5uxit, equitatumque, quod recenti proelio perterritum
esse existimabat, agmen subsequi jussit.

20 XIV. Acie triplici institute et celeriter octo millium
itinere confecto, prius ad hostium castra pervenit, quam,
quid ageretur, Germani sentire possent. Qui omnibus
rebus sufeito pertemti, et celeritate adventus nostri et dis-
cessu suorum, neque consilii habendi neque arma capiendi

26 spatio dato perturbantur, copiasne adversus hostem edu-
cere, an castra defendere, an fuga salutem petere, praesta-
ret. Quorum tiraor cum fremitu et concursu significa-
retur, milites nostri pristini diei perfidia incitati in castra
irruperunt. Quo loco qui celeriter arma capere potuerunt,

SO paulisper nostris restiterunt atque inter carros impedimen-
taque proelium commiserunt ; at reliqua multitudo puero-
rum mulierumque (nam cum omnibus suis.domo excesse-
rant Rhenumque transierant) passim fugere coepjt; ad
quos consectandos Caesar equitatum misit.

86 XV. Germani, post tergum clamore au4ito, cum suos
intei-fici viderent, armis abjectis signisque militaribus relio-
tis, se ex castris ejecerunt ; et cum ad confluentem Moaae
et Rheni pervenissent, reliqua fuga desperata, magno

i

LIBER QUARTUS. 65

numero interfecto, reliqui se in flumen praecipitaverant
atque ibi timore, lassitudine, vi flaminis oppress! perierunt.
Nostri ad unam omnes incolames, perpaucis vulneratis, ex
tanti belli timore, cum hostium nuinerus capitum quad-
f ringentonim et triginta millium fuisset, se in castra rece- 5

perunt. Caesar his, qaos in castris retinu^rat, discedendi
pote^tem fecit. Illi sapplicia cruciatusque Gallorum
veriti, quorum agros vexaverant, remanere se apud eum
>>^ velleMixerunt. His Caesar libertatem concessit. ^\f
/^ • ' XVI. Germanico bello confecto, multis de causis Caesar 10
statu it sibi Rbenum esse transeundum; quarum ilia fuit
judtissima, quod, cum videret German os tarn facile im-
pelli, ut in Galliam venirent, suis quoque rebus eos timere
voluit, ' cum intelligerent "et posse et ^ude^'e populi Ro-
mani exercitum Rbenum transire.* Accessit etlam, quod 15 '
ilia pars cquitatus Usipetum et Tencterorum, quam supra
commemoravi praedandi frumentandique caulsa' Mosam
transisse neque proelio intei-fuisse, post fugam suorum se
trans. Rbenum in fines Sigambrorum receperat seque cum
iis conjunxerat. Ad quos • cum Caesar nuntios misisset, 20
qui postularent, «08, qui sibi Galliaeque bellum intulissent,
sibi dedereijt, responderunt : Populi Romani impefium
Rbenum finire ; si, se invito, Germanos in Galliam transire
non aequum exist^imaret, cur sui quidquam esse imperii
aut potestatis trans Rbenum postularet ? TJbii autem, qui 26
unl ex Transrbenanis ad Caesai*^m legates miserant, ami-
citiam fecerant, obsides dederant, magnopere orabant, ut
sibi auxilium ferret, quod graviter ab Suebis premerentur ;
vel, si id: facere occupationibus rei publicae prohiberetur,
exercitum modo Rbenum transportaret ;^ id sibi ad auxili- 3(^
um spemque reliqui temporis satia futurum. Tantum esse
nomen atque opinionem ejus exei^pitus, Ariovisto pulso et
hoc novissimo proelio &,cto, etiam ad ultimas Germano-
rmn nationes, uti opinione et amicitia populi Romani tuti
esse possint. Navium magnam copiam ad transportan- 85
dum exercitum poUicebantur. .

XVII. Caesar hrs de causis,. quas commemoravi, Rbe-
num transire decreverat, sed navibus transire neque satid

66 I>E BELLO GALLICO

tutnm esse arbitrabatur, neque suae neqae populi Komani
' dignitatis esse statuebat. Itaque, etsi sumina difficultas
iaciendi pontis proponebatur propter latitudinem, rapidita-
tem altitudinemque fluminis, tamen id sibi contendendum
5.aut aliter non transducendu^i exercitum existimabat. Rati-
onem pontis banc instituit/^ Tigna bina sesquipedalia, pau-
lum ab imo praeacuta, dimensa ad altitudinem fluminis,
intervallo pedum duorum inter se jungebat. Haec cum
machinatiouibus immissa in fliimen deifixerat flstucisque

10 adegerat, non sublicae modo directe ad perpendieulum^ sed
prone ac fastigate, ut secundum naturam fluminis procum-
berent ; his item contr^ria duo ad eundem modum juncta
intervallo pedum quadragenum ab inferiore parte, contra
vim atque impetum fluminis conversa statuebat. Haeo

15 utraque insuper bipedalibus trabibus immissis, quantum
eorum tignorum junctura distabat, binis utiinique fVbulis
ab extrema parte distinebantur ; quibus discliisis atque in
contraiiam partem revinctis, fanta erat opens firmitudo
atque ea. rerum natura, ut quo major vis aquae se incita-

20 visset, hoc artius illigata tenerentur. Haec directa materia
injecta contexebantur et longuriis cratibusque consteme-
bantur. Ac nihilo secius sublicae et ad inferiorem partem
fluminis oblique agebantur, quae pro ariete subjectae et
cumomni opere conjunjctae, vim fluminis exciperent/et aliae

25 item supra pontem mediocri spatio, ut si • arborum trunci
\ sive naves dejiciendi operis^ssent a barbaris missae^his ^e-^
y^) fensoribus earum rerum vis minueretur, neu ponti nocerentinl^
^ ^ XVIII. Diebus decem, quibus materia coepta erat com- '
portari, omni opere effecto, e^ercitus transducitur. Caesar ^

80 ad utramque partem pontis fi rmo praesidio relicto, in fines
Sigambrorum^ contendit. Interim a compluribus civitati-
bus ad eum legati veniujit, quibus pacem atque amicitiam
petentibus liberaliter respondit obsidesque ad s^ adduci
jubet. At Sigambri, ex fed 'tempore quo pons institui

35 coeptus est, fuga comparata, hortantibus iis quos^ex Tenc*
teris atque Usipetibus apud se habebant, finibus Buis ex-
cesserant suaque omnia exportaverant seque in solitudi-
nem ac silvas abdiderant.

LIBER QUARTUS. 67

XIX. Caesar paucos dies in eorum finibns mor^tas,
^ omnibus vicis aedificiisque incensis framentisque succisis,

- se in fines TJbiorum recepit, atque iis auxilium snum pol-
licituSy si ab Suebis premerentar, haec ab iis cognovit:
SaSbos, posteaquam per exploratores pontem fieri compe- 6
nissent, more suo concilio liabito, nnntios in omnes partes
dimisisse, uti de oppidis demigrarent, liberos, uxores,

^ duaqne omnia in silvis deponerent, atque omnes qui arma

feiT^ p.ossent unum in locum convenirent ; hunc esse de-
lectum medium fere regionum earum quas Suebi obtine- lo
rent; bic Romanorum adventum exspectare atque ibi
decertare constituisse. ^ Q^od ubi Caesar comperit, omni-
bus bis rebus confectis, quarum rerum causa transducere

^ exercitum constituerat, ut Germanis metum injiceret, ut

Sigaitnbros ulcisceretur, ut Ubios obsidione liberaret, diebus 15
omnino decem et octo trans Rhenum consumptis, satis et
ad laudem et ad utiiitatem profevtum arbitratus, se in Gal-
liam recepit pontemque resciditr/ipL

XX. Exigua parte aest^tis rfeliqua, Caesar, etsi in his

t Ibcis, quod omnis Gallia, ad septemtriones vergit, maturae 20

sunt hiemes, tamen in Britanniam proficisci contendit, quod

omnibus fere Gallicis b^Uis hostibus nostris inde submi-

nistrata o^idlia intelligebat ; et si tempus anni ad bellum

gerendum deficeret, tamen magno sibi usui fore arbitra-

batur, si modo insulam adisset et genus bominum perspex- 25

%i isset, loca, portus, aditus cognovisset; quae omnia fere

'^ - Gallis/erant incognita. Neque eni/n temere praeter mer-

^ catores illo adit quisquam, neque' his ipsis quidquam, prae-

j ter %'ram maritimam atque eas region/^s quae sunt contra

Gallias, notum est. Itaque vocatis ad se undique mei^- so
/ / catoribus, neque quanta esset insulae magnitudo, neque
quae aut quantae nationes incolei^nt, neque quem usum
belli haberent aut quibus institutis uterentur, neque qui
assent ad majorum n avium multitudinem idonei portus,
reperire poteratj^^<^ ' 85

XXI. Ad ha^ cbgnoscenda, priusqnam periculum face-
ret, idoneum esse arbitratus Gaium Volusgnum cum navi
longg praemlttit. Huic mandat, tfti exploratis omnibus

r^j

•r"

68 DE BELLO GALLICO

rebus ad se quam primum revertatur. Ipse cum omnibus
oopiis in Morinos proficiscitur, qupd inde erat brevissimus
in Britanniam trajectus. Hue naves undique ex finitimis
regionibus et, quam superiore aestate ad Venetlcum bellum

5 effecerat, classem jubet couvenire. Interim consilio ejus
cognito et per mercatores perlato ad Britannos, a coraplu-
ribus insulae civitatibus ad eum legati veniunt, qui poUi-
ceantur obsides dare atque imperio populi Komani obtem«
perare. Quibus auditis, liberaliter pollicitus, hortatusque

10 ut in ea sententia permanerent, eos domum remittit et cum
iis una Commium, quern ipse, Atrebatlbus superatis, regem
ibi constituerat, cujus et virtutem et consilium probabat,
et quem sibi fidelem arbitrabatur, cuj usque auctoritas in
his regionibus magni habebatur, mittit. Huic imperat,

15 quas possit, adeat civitates, horteturque ut populi Roman!
fidem seqtiantur, seque celeriter eo venturum nuntiet.
Yolusenus, perspectis regionibus omnibus, quantunl ei
facultatis dari potuit, qui navi egredi ac se barbans com-
mittere non auderet, quinto die ad Caesarem revertitur,

20 quaeque ibi perspexisset renuntiat.

XXII. Dum in his locis Caesar n avium parandarum
causa moratur, ex magna paite Morinorum ad eum legati
venerunt, qui se de superioris temporis consilio excusarent,
quod homines barbari et nostrae consuetudinis imperiti

25 bellum populo Romano fecissent, seque ea, quae imperasset,
facturos poUicerentur. Hoc sibi satis opportune Caesar
accidisse arbitratus, quod neque post tergum hostem relin-
quere volebat, neque belli gerendi propter anni tempus
facultatem habebat, neque has tantularum rerum oceupa-

80 tiones sibi Britanniae anteponendas judicabat, magiium
iis obsidum numerum imperat. Quibus adductis eos in
fidem recepit. Navibus circiter octoginta onerariis coactis
contractisque, quot satis esse ad duas transportandas legio-
nes existimabat, quod praeterea navinm longarum habebat,

85 quaestori, legatis, praefectisque distribuit. Hue accede-
bant octodecini onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milli-
bus passu um octo vento tenebantur, quo minus in eun-
dem portum perveniBB possent; has equitibus distribuit^

LIBEB QUABTUS. 69

Reliquum esercitum Qiiinto Titurio Sabino et Lucio Au-
ruDCuleio Cott<&e, legatis, in Menapios atque in eo3 pagos
Morinorurn, ab qaibas ad eum legati nou venerant, du(5en-
^dum dedit. Publium Sulpicium Rufum legatum, cum
eo praesidio quod satis esse arbitrabatur, portam tenere 5

V jussit^Jsj/ -^Lc-^^^^'^-^ 'k^^^^A/

^ jL^ XXIIL His constitutis rebus, nactus idoneam ad navi-
gandum tempestatem, tei;tia fere vigilia- splvit, equitesque
in ulteriorem portum progredi et naves conscendere et se
sequi jussit. A qaibus cum paulo tardius esset adminis- 10
tratum, ipse bora diei circiter quarta cum primis navibus
Britanniam attigit atque ibi in omnibus collibus expositas
bostium copias armatas conspexit. Cujifs loci baec erat
natura, atque ita montibus angustis mare continebatur, nti
ex locis superioribus in litus telum adigi posset. Hunc ad 15
egrediendum nequaquam idoneum locum arbitratus, dum
reliqnae naves eo convenirent, ad boram nonam in ancoris
exspectavit. Interim legatis tribunisque militum convo-
catiS) et quae ex Voluseno cognosset, et quae fieri vellet,
ostendit, monuitque ^ut rei militaris ratio, maxime ut mari- 20
timae res postularent, ut quae celerem atque instabilem
motum babcrent) ad nutum et ad tempus omnes res ab iis
administrarentur. His dimissis, et ventum et aestum uno
tempore nactus secundum, dato signo et sublatis ancoris,

V\ circiter millia passuum septem ab eo loco progressus aperto 25

^^Aji^ac piano litore naves constituit. 'T** -

\ X^IV. At barbari, consilio Romanorum cognito, prae-
misso equitatu et essedariis, . cj^jjio plerumque genere in
proeliis uti cpnsuerunt, reliquis copiis subsecuti, nostros
' navibus egredi' prohibebant. Erat ob bas causas summa 30
difficultas, qiiod naves propter magnitudinem, nisi in alto,
constitui non poterant ; militibus autem, ignotis locis, im-
peditis manibus, magno §t gravi armoriim onere oppressis,
- simul et de navibus desiliendum et in fiuctibus cpnsistcn-
dum et cum bostibus erat pugnandnm; cum illi aut ex 85
arido, aut paululum in aquam progress!, omnibus membris
expediti, notissimis locis, audacter tela conjicerent et equos
insuefactos incitarent. Quibus rebuanostri perterriti atque

70 I>E BELLO GALLICO

hujus omnino generis pugnae imperiti, non eadem alacri-
tate ac studio, quo in pedestribus uti proeliis consueverant,
nitebantUF.
XX'V. Qubd-ubi Caesar animadvertit, naves longas,

5 quarum ejb species erat barbaris inusitatior et motus ad
ustim expeditior, paulam removeri ab onerariis navibus et
remis incitari et ad latus apertum hostium constitui, atque
iade fundis, sagittis, tormentis, hostes propelli ac submo-
veri jussit: quae res magno usui nostris fuit. Nam et

10 navium figura et remorum motu e^ inusitato genere tor-
ment orum permoti barbari consjtiterunt ac paulum modo
ped'em retulerunt. Atque nostris militibus cunctantibus,
maxime propter altitudinem maris, qui decimae legionis
aquilam ferebat, contestatus deos, ut ea res legioni felici-

15 ter eveniret : " Desilite," inquit, " cdmmilitones, nisi vultis
aquilam hostibus prodere : ego certe meum rei publicae
atqup imperatori oficium praestitero." Hoc cum magna
voce dixisset, se ex navi projecit atque in ho^es aquilam
ferre coepit. Turn nostri cohortati inter se, ne tantum

20 dedecus admitteretur, universi ex* navi desiluerunt, Hos
item ex proximis navibus cum conspexissent, subsecuti
hostibus appropinquarunt.

XXVI. Pugnatum est ab utrisque acriter. Nostri ta-
men, quod neque ordines servare neque fii-miter insistere

25 neque signa subsequi poterant, atque alijis alia ex navi, qui-
buscumque signis occurrerat, ^ aggr^gabat, magnopere
perturbabantur. . Hostes vero, notis omnibus vadis, ubi ex
litore aliquos singulares ex navi egredientes consp^xerant,
indjtatis equis, impeditos adoriebantur ; plures paucos cir-

ao cummstebant ; alii ab latere aperto in universos tela conji-
ciebant. Quod cum animadvertisset Caesar, scaphas lon-
gariim navium, item speculajtoria navigia militibus compleri
jussit, et qu^os iaborantes consgexerat, his subsidia submit-
tebat. Nostri simul in arido constiterunt, suis omnibus

35 con^Secutis, in hostes impetum fecerunt atque eos in^ fugam

dederunt, neque longius prosequi potuerunt, quod equites

"cursum tenere atque insulam capere non potuerant. Hoo

unoim ^d pristinam fortunam CaesSri defuit.

/

LIBER QUARTUS. 71

XXVII. Hpstes proelio superati, simul atque se ex fuga
receperunt, statiiu ad Caes3,rein legatos de pace miserunt,
obsided daturos, qaaeque imperasset facturos sese, polli-
citi sttnt. Una cum his-legatis Commius AtrSbas venit,
quern supra demonstraveram a CaesS,re in Britanniam prae- 5
mis8um> Hunc ^Ui e navl egrcBsum, cum ad eos oratoris
modo Caes&ris maA^ata deferret, comprehenderant atque
in vincula conjecerant ; turn proelio facto remiserdht et in
petenda pace ejus rei culpam in multitudinem contulerunt,
e^ propter imprudentiam ut ignosceretur petiverunt. Cae- 10
siir questus, qupd, cum ultro in continentem legatis missis
piacem ab sQ^^etissent, bellum sine causa intulissent, ignos-
cere imprudentiae dijjcit obsidesque imperavit; quorum illi
partem statim dederunt, partem ex longinquioribus locis
arcessitam paucis diebus sese daturos dixerunt. Interea 15

/ Buos remigrare in agros jusserunt, prindpesque undique

converiire et se civitatesquft suas Caesari commendare
coeperunt, • ' • •

XXVIII. His rebus pace coBfirmita, post diem quartum,
quam est in Britanniam ventum, naves octodecim, de qui- 20
bus supra demonstratum est, quae equites sustulerant, ex
superiore portu leni ventb solverunt. Quae cum appro-
pinquarent Britanhiae et ex castris viderentur, tanta tem-
pestas subito coorta est, ut nulla earum cureum tenere
posset, sed aliae eodem, unde erant profectae, referrentur, 25
aliae ad inferforem partem insulae, quae est propius solis
occasum, magno sui cum periculo dejicerentur ; quae tamen,
ancoris jactis, cjam fluctibus complerentur, necessario ad-
versa nocte in altum prov^ctae continentem petierunt.

XXIX. Eadenv nocte accidit, ut esset luna plena, qui 30
dies naaritimos aestus maximos in OceS.no efficere consue-
vit;; nostri^que id erat incognitum. Ita uno tempore et
Tongas naves, quibus Caesar exercitum transportandum
curaverat quasqiie in aridum subduxerat, aestus complebat,
et onerarias, quae ad ancoris erant deligatae, tempestas 35
afflictabat; neque ulja^ nostris facultas aut administrandi
aut auxiliandi dabatur. Compluribus navibus fractis, reli-
quae cum essent, funibus, ancoris, reliquisque armamentis

72 I>E BELLO GALLICO

amissis, ad navigandam inutiles, magna, id quod necesse
erat accidere, totius exercitus perturbatio fadta est. Neque
enim naves erant aliae, quibus reportari possent, et omnia
deerant, quae ad reficiendas naves erant usui, .et, q]Liod
5 omnibus const^bat hiemari in Gallia oportere, frumentum
his in locis in liiemem pro visum non erat.

XXX. Quibus rebus cognitis, principes Britanniae, qui
post proelium ad Caesarem convenerant, inter se collocuti,
cum equites et naves et frumentum Romanis deesse intel-

10 ligerent et paucitatem militum ex castrorum exiguitate
cognoscerent, qu^c hoc ei'ant etiam angustiora, quod sine
impedimentis Caesar legiones transportaverat, optimum
factu esse duxerunt, rebellion e facta, frumento commeatu-
que nostros prOhibere et rem in hiemem producere, quod,

15 his superatis aut reditu interclusis, neminem postea belli
inferendi causa in Britanniam transitui'um confidebant.
Itaque rui*sus conjuratione facta, paulatim ex castri^ disce-
dere ac suos clam ex agris deducere ceeperunt.

XXXI. At Caesar, etsi uondum eorum cousili^c6gno-
20 verat, tamen et ex eventu navium suarum, et ex eo, quod

obsides dare internaiserant, fore id, quod accidit, suspica-
batur. Jtaque ad omnes casus subsidia comparabat. Nam
et frumentum ex agris quotidie in castra conferebat, et
quae gravissime afflictae erant naves, earum materia atque

26 acre ad reliquas reficiendas utebatur, ef quae ad eas res
erant usui, ex continenti comportari jubebat. Itaque,
cum summo studio a militibus administraretur, duodecim
navibus "aniissis, reliquis ut navigari commode posset,
effecit. • ' '

30 XXXIL Dam ea geruntur, legione ex consuetudine
una frumentatum missa, quae appellabatur septima, neque
uUa ad id tempus belli suspicione interposita, cum pars
hominum in agris remaneret, pam etiapa in castra ventita-
retyii,:qui pro portis castrorum in statione erant, CaesSri

35 riuntiaverunt pulverem majorem, quam consuetude ferret,
in ea parte videri, quam in partem legio iter fecisset.
Caesar id, quod erat, suspicatus, aliquid novi a barbaris
initum consilii, cohortes, quae in stationibus erant, secum

LIBER QUARTUS. 73

in earn partem proficisci, ex, reliqais duas in stationem
cohortes succedere, reliquas armari et confestim sese sab-
sequi jussit. Cum paulo longius a castris processisset,
suos ab hostibus premi atqae aegre sustinere et^conferta
legion/j ex omnibus partibus tela conjici, animadveitit. 5
Nam quod, omni ex reliquis partibus d emess o frumento,
pars una erat reliqua, suspicati hostes hue nostros esse
ventures noctu in silvis delituerant^ ttugo. disperses, deposi-
tis armis, in meten do occupatos subito adorti, paucis inter-
fectis, reliqiios ' incertis ordinibus perturbaverant ;'\pimul 10
equitatu atque essedis circumdederant.

XXXIII. Genus hoc est ex essedis pugnae : prime per
omnes partes perequitant et tela conjiciunt, atque ipso
terrore equorum et strepitu rotarum ordincs plei'umque
perturbant, et cum se inter equitum turmas insinuave- 16
runt, ex essedis desiliunt et. pedibus proeliantur. Aurigae
interim paulatim ex proelio excedunt atque ita currus
collocant, ut, si- illi a multitudine hostium prcmantur,
expeditum ad suos receptum habeant. Ita mobilitatem
equitum, stabilitatem peditum in proeliis praestant, ac 2$
tantum usu qnotidiano et exercitatione efficiunt, uti in
decjivi ac praecipiti loco incitatos equos sustinere, et brevi
moderari ac flectere, et per temonem percurrere, et in jugo
insistere e]t se inde in currus citissime reoipere consuerint* \

XXXIV. Quibus rebus perturbatis nostris novitate^i
pugnae, tempore opportunissimo Caesar auxilium tulit;
namque ejus adventu hostes constiterunt, nostri se -ex ti-
more receperunt. Quo facto ad lacessendum et ad com-
mittendum proelium alienum esse tempus arbitratus, suo se
loco continuit et brevi tempore intermisso in castra legio- 30
nes reduxit. Dum haec geruntur, nostris omnibus occu-
patis, qui erant in agiis, reliqui discesserunt. Se>;utae sunt
continues complures dies tempestates, quae et nostros in
castris continerent et hostem a pugna prohiberent. Interim
barbari n unties in omnes partes dimiserunt, paucitatemqne 35
nostrorum militum suis praedicaverunt, et quanta praedae
faciendae atque in perpetuum sui liberandi facultas dare-
tar, si Romanos castris expulissent, demonstravenint. His

74 I>E BELLO GALLICO

rebus celeriter magna mnltitudine peditatus equitatusque
coacta ad castra venerunt. V4

<XXXV. Caesar, etsi idem, quod superioribus diebus
./accid^rat, fore videbat, ut, si essent hostes pulsi, celeiitate
6 periculum effugerent, tamen nactus equites circiter tri-
ginta, quos Commius Atrebas, de quo ante dictum est,
secuhl transportaverat, legiones, in acie pro castris consti-
tuit. Commisso proelio diutius. nostrorum militum impe-
tiim hoste^ fen*e non potuerunt ac terga verterunt. Quos

10 ta^to spatio secuti, quantum cursu et viribus efficere potu-
erunt, compluresex iis occiderunt; deii^de omnibus longe
lateque aedificiis incensis scin castra receperunt.

XXXYL . Eodem die legati ab hostibus missi ad CaesS*-
rem de pace venerunt. His Caesar numerum obsidum,

15 quern antea imperaverat, duplicavit eosque in continentem
adduci jussit, quod propinqiia die aequinoctii iniirmis
navibus hiemi navigationem subjiciendam non existima-
bat. Ipse idoneam tempestatem nactus paulo post me-
diam noctem naves solvit, quae omnes incolumes ad con-

20 tinentem pervenerunt ; sed ex iis onerariae duae eosdem,
quos reliquae, portus capere non potuerunt et paulo infra
delatae sunt.

XXXVII. Quibus ex navibus cum essent expositi
milites circiter trecenti atque in castra contenderent, Mo-^

26 rini, quos Caesar in Britanniam proficiscens pacatos reli-
querat, spe praedae adducti primo non ita magno suorum
nuinero circumstetejunt, ao si sese intei*fici nollent, arma
ponere jusserunt. Cum illi, orbe facto, sese-defenderent,
celeriter ad clamorem hominum circiter millia sex conve-

80 nerunt. Qua re nuntiata, Caesar omneni ex castris equita- ,
tum suis auxilio misit. Interim nostri milites impetum
hostium sustinuerunt atque amplius horis quattuor fortis-
simo pugnaverunt, et paucis vulneribus acceptis complu-
res ex his occiderunt. Postea vero quam equitatus noster

36 in conspectum venit, hostes, objectis armis, terga verterunt
magnusque eorum numerns est occisus.

XXXVIII. Caesar postero die Titum Labienum lega-
tum cum iis legionibus, quas ex Britannia reduxerat, in

LIBER QUARTUS. 75

Morlnos, qui rebellionem fecerant, misit. Qui cum prop-
ter siccitates paludum, quo se reciperent, non haberent,
quo perfugio superiore anno erant usi, omnes fere in potes-
tatem Labieni venerunt. At Quintus Titurius et Lucius
Cotta legati, qui in Menapiorum fines legiones duxcrant, 5
omnibus eorum agris vastatis, frumentis succisis, aedificiis
iucensis, quod Menapii se omnes in densissimas silvas abdi-
derant, se ad CaesS.rem receperunt. Caesar in Belgis
omnium legionum hiberna constituit. Eo duae omnino
civitates ex Britannia obsides miserunt, reliquae neglexe- 10
runt. His rebus gestis, ex litteris CaesSris dierum viginti
Bupplicatio a senatu decreta eB %^ /

7r> DE BELLO 6ALLIC0

LIBER V.

I. Ltjcio Domitio, Appio Claudio consalibus, discedens
ab hibernis Caesar in Italiam, iit quotannis facere consae-
rat, legatis imperat, quos legionibus praefecerat, uti quam
plurimas possent hieme naves aedificandas veteresque
6 reficiendas curarent. Earum modum formamque demon-
strat. Ad celeritatem onerandi subd action esqae paulo
facit humiliores, quam quibus in nostro mari uti consue-
vimus, atque id eo magis, quod propter crebras commuta-
tiones aestuum minus magnos ibi fluctus fieri cognoverat ;

10 ad onera ac multitudinem jumentorum transportandam
paulo latiores, quam quibus in reliquis utimur maribus.
Has omnes actuarias imperat fieri, quam ad rem bumilitas
multum adjuvat. Ea, quae sunt usui ad armandas naves,
ex Hispania apportari jubet. Ipse, conventibus Galliae

16 citerioris peractis, in Illyricum proficiscitur, quod a Pi-
rustis finitiraam partem provinciae incursionibus vastari
audiebat. Eo cum venisset, civitatibus milites imperat
certumque in locum con venire jubet. Qua re nuntiata,
Pirustae legatos ad eum mittunt, qui doceant nihil earum

20 rerum publico factum consilio, seseque paratos esse demon-
strant omnibus rationibus de injuriis satisfacere. Percepta
oratione eorum, Caesar obsides imperat eosque ad certam
diem adduci jubet; nisi ita fecerint, sese bello civitatem
persecuturum demonstrat. His ad diem adductis, ut im-

25 peraverat, arbitros inter civitates dat, qui litem aestimenti
poenamque constituant.

n. His confectis rebus conventibusque peractis, in cite-
riorem Galliam revertitnr atque inde ad exercitum profi-
ciscitur. Eo cum venisset, circumitis omnibus hibernis,

30 singulari militum studio in summa omnium rerum inopia

LIBER QUINTUS. 77

oirciter sexcentas ejus generis, cujus supra demonstravi-
mus, naves et longas viginti octo invenit instructas, neque
raultam abesse ab eo, quin paucis diebns deduci possent.
CoUaudatis militibus atque iis qui negotio praefuerant,
quid fieri velit ostendit, atque omnes ad poitum Itium f
con venire jubet, quo ex portu commodissimum in Britan-
^iam trajectum esse cognoverat, circiter millium passuum
triginta a continenti. Huic rei quod satis esse visum est
militum, reliquit ; ipse cum legionibus expeditis quattuor
et equitibus octingentis in fines Trevirorum proficiscitur, 10
quod hi neque ad concilia veniebant neque imperio pare-
bant, Germanosque Transrhenanos sollicitare dicebantnr.

III. Haec civitas longe plurimum totius Galliae equi-
tatu valet-, magnasque habet copias peditum, Rhenumque,
ut supra demonstravimus, tangit. In ea civitate duo de 15
principata inter se contendebant^ Indutiomilrus et Cinge-
tdrix : e^ quibus alter, simul atque de Caes&ris legionum-
que adventu cognitum est, ad eum venit; se suosque
omnes in officio futuros, neque ab amicitia populi Romani
defecturos confirmavit, quaeque in Treviris gererentur 20
ostendit. At Indutiomarus equitatum peditatumque coge-
re, iisque, qui per aetatem in armis esse non poterant, in
silvam Arduennam abditis, quae ingenti raagnitudine per
medios fines Trevirorum a flumine Rheno ad initium Re-
morum pertinet, bellum parare instituit. Sed posteaquam 26
nonnulli principes ex ea civitate et familiantate Cingetori-
gis adducti et adventu nostri exercitus perterriti ad Caesa-
rem venerunt, et de suis privatira rebus ab eo petere
coeperunt, quoniam civitati consulere non possent, Indu-
tiomarus veritus ne ab omnibus desereretur, legates ad 80
Caesarem mittit : Sese idcirco ab suis discedere atque ad
eum venire noluisse, quo facilius civitatem in officio conti-
neret, ne omnis nobilitatis discessu plebs propter impru-
dentiam laberetur. Itaque esse civitatem in sua potestate,
seque, si Caesar permitteret, ad eum in castra venturum, 35
suae civitatisque fortunas ejus fidei permissurum.

IV. Caesar, etsi intelligebat, qua de causa ea dicerentur,
quaeque eum res ab institute consilio deterreret, tamen, ne

78 I>E BELLO GALLICO

aestatem in Treviris consumere cogeretur, omnibas ad
Biitannlcum bellum rebus comparatis, IndutiomS,ruin ad
Be cum ducentis obsidibns venire jussit. His adductis, in
iis fiilio propinqoisque ejus omnibus, quos nominatim evo-

5 caverat, consolatus Indutiomarum hortatasque est, uti in
officio permaneret ; nihilo tamen secius principibus Trevi-
iQrum ad se convocatis, hos singillatim Cingetor!gi concili-
avit : quod cum merito ejus ab se fieri intelligebat, tum
magni interesse arbitrabatur, ejus auctoritatem inter suos

10 quam plarimum valere, cujus tarn egregiam in se volunta-

tem perspexisset. Id factum graviter tulit IndutiomSrus,

suam gratiam inter suos minui ; et, qui jam ante inimico

in nos animo fuisset, multo gravius hoc dolore exarsit.

V. His rebus constitutis, Caesar ad portum Itinm cum

15 legionibus pei*venit. Ibi cognoscit quadraginta naves,
quae in Meldis factae erant, tempestate rejectas cursum
tenere non potuisse atque eodem, unde erant i)rofectae,
revertisse ; reliquas paratas ad navigandum atque omnibus
rebus iustructas invenit. Eodem equitatus totius Galliae

20 convenit numero millium quattuor, principesque omnibus
ex civitatibus ; ex quibus perpaucos, quorum in se fidem
perspexerat, relinquere in Gallia, reliquos obsidum loco
secum ducere decreverat; quod, cum ipse abesset, mo-
tum Galliiae verebatur.

26 VI. Erat una ciim ceteris DumnSrix Aeduus, de quo ante
ab nobis dictum est. Hunc secum habere imprimis consti-
tuerat, quod eum cupidum rerum novarum, cupidum imperii,
magni animi, magnae inter Gallos auctoritatis cognoverat.
Accedebat hue, quod jam in concilio Aeduorum DumnOrix

80 dixerat, sibi a CaesSre regnum civitatis deferri; quod dic-
tum Aedui graviter ferebant, neque recusandi aut depre-
candi causa legates ad CaesHrem raittere audebant. Id
factum ex suis hospitibus Caesar cognoverat. Ille omnibus
primo precibus petere contendit, ut in Gallia relinqueretur,

S5 partim, quod insuetus navigandi mare timeret, partim,
quod religionibus impediri sese diceret. Posteaquam id
obstinate sibi negari vidit, omni spe impetrandi adempta,
principes Galliae soUicitare, sevocare singulos hortariquo

LIBER QUINTUS. 79

coepit, nti in continenti remanerent; metu territare, non
sine causa fieri, ut Gallia omni nobilitate spoliaretur : id esse
consiliam CaesSxis, ut, quos in conspectu Galliae interficere
vereretur, hos omnes in Britanniam transductos necaret :
fidem reliquis interponere, jusjurandum poscere, ut, quod 6
esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio admi-
nistrarent. Haec a compluribus ad Capsaremdeferebantur.

VII. Qua re cognita, Caesar, quod tantum civitati Ae-
duae dignitatis tribuerat, coercendum atque deterrendum,
quibuscumque rebus posset, Dumnor!gem statuebat ; quod 10
longius ejus amentiam progredi videbat, prospiciendum,
ne quid sibi ac rei publicae nocere posset. Itaque dies
circiter viginti quinque in eo loco commoratus, quod Corns
ventus navigationem impediebat, qui magnam partem om-
nis -temporis in his locis flare consuevit, dabat operam, ut in 15
officio Dumnorlgeni contineret, nihilo tamen secins omnia
ejus consilia cognosceret ; tandem idoneam nactus tempes-
tatem milites" equitesque conscendere naves jubet. At
omnium impeditis animis, Dumn<5rix cum equitibus Aedu-
orum a castris, inscipnte CaesSre, domum discedere coepit. 20
Qua re nuntiata, Caesar, intermissa profectione atque om-
nibus rebus postpositis, magnam partem equitatus ad eum
insequendum mittit retrahique imperat : si vim faciat neque
pareat, interfici jubet, nihil hunc, se absente, pro sano factu-
rum arbitratus, qui praesentis imperium neglexisset. Ille 25
enim revocatus resistere ac se manu defendere suorumque
fidem implorare coepit, saepe clamitans, liberum se liberae-
que esse civitatis. Illi, ut erat imperatum, circumsistunt
hominem atque interficiunt; at equites Aedui ad Caes^-
rem omnes revertuntur. 30

VIII. His rebus gestis, Labieno in continente cum tri-
bus legionibus et equitum millibus duobus relicto, ut por-
tus tueretur et rei frumentariae provideret, quaeque in
Gallia gererentur cognosceret, consiliumque pro tempore
et pro re caperet, ipse cum quinque legionibus et pari 35
numero equitum quem in continenti reliquerat, ad solis
occasum naves solvit et leni Africo provectus, media circi-
ter nocte vento intermisso, cursum non tenuit, et longiua

80 I>E BELLO GALLICO

delatus aestu orta luce sub sinistra Britanniam relictam
conspexit. Turn iiirsus aestus commutationem secutus
remis contendit ut earn partem insulae caperet, qua opti-
mum esse egressum superiore aestate cognoverat. Qua in
5 re admodum fuit militum virtus laudanda, qui vectoriis
gravibusque navigiis, non intermisso remigandi labore,
lougarum navium cursum adaequarunt. Accessum est ad
Britanniam omnibus navibus meridiano fere tempore;
neque in eo loco hostis est visus, sed, ut postea Caesar ex

10 captivis cognovit, cum magnae manus eo convenissent,
multitudine navium perterritae (quae cum annotinis priva-
tisque, quas sui quisque commodi fecerat,.amplius octingen*
tae uno erant visae tempore), a litore discesserant ac se in
Buperiora loca abdiderant.

15 IX. Caesar, exposito exercitu et loco castris idoneo
capto, ubi ex captivis cognovit, quo in loco hostium copiae
consedissent, cohortibus decem ad mare relictis et equiti-
bus trecentis, qui praesidio navibus essent, de tertia vigilia
ad hostes contendit, eo minus veritus navibus, quod in

20 litore moUi atque aperto deligatas a^ ancoram relinque-
bat ; et praesidio navibus Quintum Atrium praefecit. Ipse
. i^octu progressus millia passuum circiter duodecim hos-
tium copias conspicatus est Illi equitatu atque essedis ad
flumen progressi ex loco superiore nostros prohibere et

26 proelium committere coeperunt. Repulsi ab equitatu se
in silvsis abdiderunt, locum nacti egregie et natura et
opere munitum, quem domestici belli, ut videbatur, causa
jam ante praeparaverant ; nam crebris arboribus succisis
omnes introitus erant praeclusi. Ipsi ex silvis rari propug"

30 nabant nostrosque intra munitiones ingredi prohibebant.
At milites legionis septimae, testudine facta et aggere ad
munitiopes adjecto, locum ceperunt eosque ex silvis expu-
lerunt, paucis vulneribus acceptis. Sed eos fugientes lon-
gius Caesar prosequi vetuit, et quod loci naturam ignora-

S5 bat, et quod, magna parte diei consumpta, munitioni cas-
trorum tempus relinqui volebat.

X. Postridie ejus diei mane tripartito milites equites-
que in expeditionem misit, ut eos, qui fugera.nt, perseque-

LIBER QUINTUS. 81

rentnr. His aliquantum itineris progressis, cum jam
extremi essent in prospectu,* equites a Quinto Atiio ad
Caesarem veneinint, qui nuntiarent, superiore nocte, max-
ima coorta tempestate, prope omnes naves afflictas atque
in litore ejectas esse ; quod neque ancorae funesque sub- 5
sisterent, neque nautae gubernatoresque vim tempestatis
pati possent ; itaque ex eo concursu navium magnum esse
incommodum acceptum.

XI. His rebus cognitis, Caesar legiones equitatumque
revocari atque in itinere resistere jubet, ipse ad naves 10
revertitur : eadem fere, quae ex nuntiis litterisque cogno-
verat, coram perspicit, sic ut amissis circiter quadraginta
navibus, reliquae tamen refici posse magno negotio vide-
rentur. Itaque ex legionibus fabros deligit et ex continen-
ti alios arcessi jubet; Labieno scribit, ut, quam plurimas 15
posset, iis legionibus quae sunt apud eum, naves instituat.
Ipse, etsi res erat raultae operae ac laboris, tamen com-
modissimum esse statuit omnes naves subduci et cum
castris una munitione conjungi. In his rebus circiter dies
decem consumit, ne nocturnis quidem temporibus ad labo- 20
rem militum intermissis. Subductis navibus castrisque
egregie munitis, easdem copias, quas ante, praesidio navi- *
bus reliquit ; ipse eodem, unde redierat, proficiscitur. Eo
cum venisset, majores jam undique in eum locum copiae
Britannorura convenerant, sumraa imperii bellique admi- 26
nistrandi communi consilio permissa Cassivellauno, cujus
fines a maritimis civitatibus flumen dividit, quod appellatur
Tamgsis, a mari circiter millia passuum octoginta. Huic
superiore tempore cum reliquis civitatibus continentia
bella intercesserant ; sed nostro adventu permoti Britanni so
hunc toti bello imperioque praefecerant.

Xn. Britanniae pars interior ab iis incolitur,.quos natos
in insula ipsi memoria proditum dicunt ; maritima pars ab
iis, qui praedae ac belli inferendi causa ex Belgis transie-
rant ; qui omnes fere iis nominibus civitatum appellantur, 35
quibus orti ex civitatibus eo pervenerunt, et, bello illato,
ibi permanserunt atque agros colere coeperunt. Homi-
num est infinita multitudo creberrimaque aedificia fere
7

82 I>E BELLO GALUCO

Galllcis consimilia ; pecorum magnas numetus. TJtuntiir
aat aere aut taleis ferreis *ad certam pondus examiaatis
pro nummo. Nascitur ibi plumbum album in mediterra-
neis regionibus, in maritimis ferrum, sed ejus exigua est
5 copia; aere utuntur importato. Materia cuj usque generis,
ut in Gallia, est, praeter fagum atque abietem. Leporem
et gallinam et anserem gustare fas non putant ; haec tamen
aluut animi voluptatisque causa. Looa sunt temperatiora
quam in Gallia, remissioribus frigoribus.

10 XIII. Insula natura triquetra, cuj us unum latus est
contra Galliam. Hujus lateris alter angulus, qui est ad
Cantium, quo fere omnes ex Gallia naves appelluntur, ad
orientem solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat. Hoc perti-
net circiter millia passuum quingenta. Alterum vergit ad

15 Hispaniam atque occidentem solera, qua ex parte est Hi-
bernia, dimidio minor, ut aestimatur, quam Britannia, sed
pari spatio transmissus atque ex Gallia est in Britanniam.
In hoc medio cui*su est insula, quae appellatur Mona ;
complures praeterea minores objectae insulae existiman-

20 tur; de quibus insulis nonnulli scripserunt, dies continuos
triginta sub bruma esse noctem. Nos nihil de eo percon-
^ationibus reperiebamus, nisi certis ex aqua mensuris bre-
viores esse quam in continente noctes videbamus. Hujus
est longitudo lateris, ut fert illorum opinio, septingento-

25 rum millium. Tertium est contra septemtriones, cui parti
nulla est objecta terra ; sed ejus angulus lateris maxime ad
Germaniam spectat ; hoc millia passuum octingenta in Ion-
gitudinem esse existimatur. Ita omnis insula est in circu-
itu vicies centum millium passuum.

80 XIY. Ex his omnibus longe sunt humanissimi, qui
Cantium incolunt, quae regio est maritima omnis, neque
multum a Gallica diffcrunt consuetudine. Interiores pleri-
que frumenta non serunt, sed lacte et carne vivunt pelli-
busque sunt vestiti. Omnes vero se Britanni vitro infici-

85 unt, quod caeruleum efficit colorem, atque hoc horridiore
sunt in pngna aspectu ; capilloque sunt promisso atque
onini parte corporis rasa praeter caput et labrum superius.
Uxores habent deni duodenique inter se communes, et

LIBER QUINTUS. 83

fflasdme fratres cam fratribus parentesque cum liberis ; sed
qui sunt ex his nati, eorum habentur libei'i, quo primum
virgo quaeque deducta est.

XV. Equites hostium essedariique acriter proelio cum
equitatu nostro in itinere conflixerunt, ita tamen ut nostii 5
omnibus partibns superiores fuerint atque eos in silvas
Gollesque compulerint; sed, compluribus interfectis, cupi-
dius insecuti nonnullos ex suis amiserunt. At illi, inter-
midso spatio, imprudentibus nostris atque occupatis in
munitione castrorum, subito se ex silvis ejeeerunt, impe- 10
tuque in eos facto, qui erant in statione pro castris collo-
cat], acriter pugnaverunt ; duabusque missis subsidio cohor-
tibus a Caesare atque iis primis legion um duarum, cum
hae, perexiguo intermisso spatio inter se, constitissent, novo
genere pugnae perterritis nostris, per medios audacissime 15
perruperunt seque inde incolumes receperunt. Eo die
Quintus Laberius Durus, tribunus militum, interficitur.
Illi pluribus submissis cohortibus repelluntur.

XVI. Toto hoc in genere pugnae, cum sub oculis om-
nium ac pro castris dimicaretur, . intellectum est nostros 20
propter gravitatem armorum, quod neque insequi cedentes
possent neque ab signis discedere auderent, minus aptos
esse ad hujus generis hostem, equites autem magno cum
periculo proelio dimicare, propterea quod illi etiam con-
sulto plerumque cederent, et cum paulum ab legionibus 25
nostros removissent, ex essedis desilirent et pedibus dis-
pari proelio contenderent. Equestris autem proelii ratio
et cedentibus et insequentibus par atque idem periculum
inferebat. Accedebat hue, ut nunquam conferti, sed rari
magnisque intervallis proeliarentur, stationesque dispositas 30
haberent, atque alios alii deinceps exciperent, integrique et
recentes defatigatis succederent.

XVII. Postero die procul a castris hostes in collibus
constiterunt, rarique se ostendere et lenius, quam pridie,
nostros equites proelio lacessere coeperunt. Sed meridie, 35
cum Caesar pabulandi causa trcs legiones atque omnem
equitatum cum Gaio Trebonio legato misisset, repente ex
omnibus partibus ad pabulatores advolaverunt, sic uti ab

84 I>E BELLO GALLICO

signis legionibusque non absisterent. Nostri, acriter in
eos impetu facto, repnlerunt, ncque finem sequendi fece-
runt, quoad subsidio confisi equites, cum post se legiones
viderent, praecipites hostes egerunt, magnoque eorum
5 numero iuterfecto, neque sui colligendi neque consistendi
aut ex essedis desiliendi facultatem dederunt. Ex hac
fuga protinus, quae undique convenerant, auxilia discesse-
runt, neque post id teropus unquam summis nobiscum
copiis hostes contenderunt.

10 XVIII. Caesar, cognito consilio eorum, ad flumen Ta-
m^sim in fines Cassivellauni exercitum duxit, quod flumen
uno omnino loco pedibus, atqne hoc aegi'e, transiri potest.
Eo cum venisset, animum advertit ad alteram fluminis
ripam magnas esse copias hostium instructas ; ripa autem

15 erat acutis sudibus praefixis munita, ejusdemque generis
sub aqua defixae sudes flumine tegebantur. His rebus
cognitis a captivis perfugisque, Caesar, praemisso equitatu,
confestim legiones subsequi jussit. Sed ea celeritate atque
eo impetu milites ierunt, cum capite solo ex aqua exsta-

20 rent, ut hostes impetum- legionum atque equitum sustinere
non possent ripasque dimitterent ac se fugae raandaVent.

XIX. Cassivell annus, ut supra demonstraviraus, omni
deposita spe contentionis, dimissis amplioribus copiis, mil-
libus circiter quattuor essedariorum relictis, itinera nostra

26 servabat, paulumque ex via exccdebat locisque impeditis
ac silvestribus sese occultabat, atque iis regionibus, quibus
nos iter facturos cognoverat, pecora atque homines ex agi*is
in silvas compellebat; et cum equitatus noster liberius
praedandi vastandique causa se in agros ejecerat, omnibus

SO viis semitisque essedarios ex silvis emittebat et magno
cum periculo nostrorum equitum cum iis confligebat, atque
hoc metu latins vagari prohibebat. Relinquebatur, ut
neque longins ab agmine legionum discedi Caesar pate-
retur, et tantum in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis

to hostibus noceretur, quantum labore atque itinere legionarii
milites efficere poterant.

XX. Interim Trinobantes, prope firmissima earum regi-
on um civitas, ex qua Mandubratius adolescens CaesJlris

LIBER QUINTUS. 85

fidem gecutus ad earn ia continentem Galliam venerat, cujus
pater Imanuentius in ea civitate regnum obtinuerat inter-
fectusque erat a Cassivellauno, ipse fuga mortem vitaverat,
legates ad CaesS,rem mittunt pollicenturque, sesc ei dedi-
tnros atque imperata facturos ; petunt, ut Mandubratium 5
ab injuria Oassivellauni defendat atque ia civitatem mit-
tat, qui praesit. imperiumque obtineat. His Caesar imperat
obsides quadraginta frumeutumque exercitui, Mandubrati-
umque ad eos mittit. Illi imperata celeriter fecerunt, obsi-
des ad numerum frumeutumque miserunt. 10

XXI. Trinobantibus defensis atque ab omni militum
injuria prohibitis, Cenimagni, Segontiaci, Ancalltes, Bi-
br^ci, Cassi, legationibus missis, sese Caesari dedunt. Ab
iis cognoscit non longe ex eo loco oppidura Cassivellauni
abesse silvis paludibusque munitum, quo satis magnus ho- 15
minum pecorisque numerus convenerit. Oppidum autem
Britanni vocant, cum silvas impeditas vallo atque fossa
munierunt, quo incursionis hostium vitandae causa con-
venire consuerunt. Eo proficiscitur cum legionibus ; locum
reperit egregie natura atque opere munitam ; tamen hunc 20
duabus ex partibus oppugnare contendit. Hostes pau-
lisper morati militum nostrorum impetum non tulerunt
seseque alia ex parte oppidi ejecerunt. . Magnus ibi nume-
rus pecoris repertus, multique in fuga sunt comprehensi
atque interfecti. 25

XXII. Dum haec in his locis geruntur, Cassivellaunus
ad Cantium, quod esse ad mare supra demonstravimus,
quibus regionibus quattuor reges praeerant, CingetSrix,
Carvilius, Taximagiilus, SegSnax, nuntios mittit atque his
imperat, uti coactis omnibus copiis castra navalia de impro- so
viso adoiiantur atque oppugnent. li cum ad castra
venissent, nostri, eruptione facta, multis eorum interfectis,
capto etiam nobili duce Lugotorfge, suos incolumes re-
duxerunt. Cassivellaunus, hoc proelio nuntiato, tot detri-
mentis acceptis, vastatis finibus, maxime etiam perraotus 85
defection e civitatum, legatos per Atrebatem Commium de
deditione ad Caesarem mittit. Caesar, cum constituisset
biemare in continenti propter repentinos Galliae motus,

86 I>E BELLO GALLICO

neque multum acstatis superesset, atque id facile extrabi
posse intelligeret, obsides imperat et quid in annos singalos
vectigalis populo Romano Britannia penderet constituit ;
interdicit atque inaperat Cassivellauno, ne Mandubratio
5 neu Trinobantibus noceat.

XXIII. Obsidibus acceptis, exercitum reducit ad mare,
naves invenit refectas. His deductis, quod et captivorum
magnum numerum babebat, et nonnullae tempestate de-
perierant naves, duobus commeatibus exercitum reportare

10 instituit. Ac sic accidit, uti ex tanto navium numero, tot
navigationibus, neque hoc neque superiore anno uUa om-
nino navis, quae milites portaret, desideraretur ; at ex iis,
quae inanes ex continenti ad eum remitterentur, et prions
commeatus expositis militibus, et quas postea Labienus

16 faciendas curaverat numero sexaginta, perpaucae locum
caperent; reliquae fere omnes rejicerentur. Quas cum
aliquamdiu Caesar frustra exspectasset, ne anni tempore a
navigatione excluderetur, quod aequinoctium suberat, ne-
cessario angustius milites collocavit, ac summa tranquilli-

20 tate consecuta, secunda inita cum solvisset vigilia, prima
luce terram attigit omnesque incolumes naves perduxit.

XXIV. Subductis navibus concilioque Gallorum Sama-
robrivae peracto, quod eo anno fruraentum in Gallia prop-
ter siccitates angustius provenerat, coactus est aliter ac

25 superioribus annis exercitum in hibernis collocare, legio-
nesque in plures civitates distribuere: ex quibus unara
in Morfnos ducendam Gaio Fabio legato dedit ; alteram
in Nervios Quinto Ciceroni; tertiam in Esubios Lucio
Roscio ; quartam in Remis cum Tito Labieno in confinio

80 Trevirorum hiemare jussit ; tres in Belgis collocavit : his
Marcum Crafisum quaestorem et Lucium Munatium Plan-
cum et Gaium Trebonium legates praefecit. Unam legio-
nem, quam proxime trans Pad am conscripserat, et cohor-
tes quinque in Eburones, quorum pars maxima est inter

56 Mosam ac Rhenum, qui sub imperio Ambiorigi& et Catu-
volci erant, misit. His militibus Quintum Titurium Sabi-
num et Lucium Aurunculeium Cottam legates praeesse
jussit. Ad hunc modum distributis legionibus, facillime

LIBER QUINTUS. 87

inopiae framentariae sese mederi posse ezistimavit : atque
harnm tamen omnium legionum hiberna, praeter earn,
quam Lucio Roscio in pacatissimam et quietissimam par-
tem ducendam dederat, millibus passiium centum oontine-
bantur. Ipse interea, quoad legiones coUocatas munitaque 5
hiberaa cognovisset, in Gallia morari constituit.

XXV. Erat in Camntibus summo loco natus Tasgetius,
cujus majores in sua civitate regnum obtinuerant. Huic
Caesar pro ejus virtute atque in se benevolentia, quod in
omiiibus bellis singular! ejus opera foerat usus, majorum 10
locum restituerat. Tertium jam hunc annum regnan-
tem inimici palam, multis etiam ex civitate auctoiibus,
eum inteifecerunt. Defertur ea res ad Caesarem. lUe
veritus, quod ad plures pertinebat, ne civitas eorum im-
pulsu deficeret, Lucium Plancum cum legione ex Belgio 16
celeriter in Carnutes proficisci jubet ibique hiemare ; quo-
rumque opera cognoverit Tasgetium interfectum, hos com-
prehensos ad se mittere. Interim ab omnibus legatis
quaestoribusque, quibus legiones tradiderat, certior factus
est in hibema perventum locumque hibernis esse mu- 20
nitum.

XXVI. Diebus circiter quindecim, quibus in hiberna
yentum est, initium repentini tumultus ac defectionis or-
tum est ab Ambiorige et Catuvolco ; qui cum ad fines
regni sui Sabino Cottaeque praesto fuissent, frumentumque 25
in hibei*na comportavissent, Indutiom^ri Treviii nuntiis
impulsi suos concitaverunt, subitoque oppressis lignatori-
bus magna manu ad castra oppugnatum venerunt. Cum
celeriter nostri arma cepissent vallumque ascendissent,
atque, una ex parte Hispanis equitibus emissis, equestri ao
proelio superiores fuissent, desperata re, hostes suos ab
oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamave-
runt, nti aliqui ex nostris ad colloquium prodiret ; habere
b*ese, quae de re communi dicere vellent, quibus rebus con-
trovei-sias.minui posse sperarent. S£

XXVII. Mittitur ad eos coUoquendi causa Gains Arpi-
neius, eques Romanus, familiaiis Quinti Titurii, et Quintus
Junius ex Hispania quidam, qui jam ante missu Caesaris

gg DE BELLO GALLICO

ad Ambiorlgem ventitare consueverat ; apad quos Ambid«
rix ad hunc modum looutus est: Sese pro Oaesaris in se
beneficiis plarimum el confiteri debere, quod ejus opera
stipendio liberatus esset, quod Aduatiicis finitimis suis pen-
5 dere consuesset ; quodque ei et filius et fratris iilius ab
Caesare remiss! essent, quos Aduatuci obsidum numero
missos apud sc in servitute et catenis tenuissent; neque
id, quod fecerit de oppugnatione castrorum, aut judicio
aut voluntate sua fecisse, sed coactu civitatis; suaque

10 esse ejusmodi imperia, ut non minus haberet juris in se
multitudo, quam ipse in multitudinem. Civitati porro
banc fuisse belli causam, quod repentinae Gallorum con-
juration! resistere non potucnt ; id se facile ex bumilitate
sua probare posse, quod non adeo sit imperitus rerum,

15 ut suis copiis populum Romanum se superare posse
confidat; sed esse Galliae commune consilium; omnibus
hibernis CaesSris oppugnandis hunc esse dictum diem, ne
qua legio alterae legioni subsidio venire posset : non facile
Gallos Gallis negare potuisse, praesertim cum de recupe-

20 randa communi libertate consilium initum videretur. Qui-
bus quoniam pro pietate satisfecerit, habere nunc se ratio-
nem officii pro beneficiis CaesSris ; monere, orare Titurium
pro hospitio, ut suae ac militum saluti consulat ; magnam
manum Germanorum conductam Rhenum transisse ; banc

26 afFore biduo. Ipsorum esse consilium, velintne prius, quam
finitimi sentiant, eductos ex hibernis milites aut ad Cice-
ronem aut ad Labienum deducere, quorum alter millia
passuum circiter quinquaginta, alter paulo amplius ab iis
absit. lUud se polliceri et jurejurando confirmare, tutum

SO iter per fines suos daturum ; quod cum faciat, et civitati
sese consulere, quod hibernis levetur, et Caesari pro ejus
meritis gratiam referre. Hac oratione habita discedit Am-
biSrix.

XXVIII. Arpineius et Junius quae audierunt ad lega-

B6 tos deterunt. Illi repentina re perturbati, etsi ab hoste ea
dicebantur, non tamen negligenda existimabant ; maxime-
que hac re permovebantur, quod civitatem ignobilem atque
humilem Eburonum sua sponte populo Romano bellum

LIBER QUINTUS. Si/

facere ausam vix erat credendum. Itaque ad consiliam
rem deferunt magiiaque inter eos exsistit controvema.
Lucius Aurunculeius conipluresque tribuni militum et pii-
nioiTtm ordinum centuriones nihil temere agendum, neque
ex hibernis injussu Caesuris discedendum, existimabant. 5
Quantasvis copias etiam Germanorum sustineri posse mu-
nitis hibernis docebant : rem esse testimonio, quod pnmum
hostium impetuni, multis ultro vulneiibus illatis, fortissime
sustinuerint ; re frumentaria uon premi; interea et ex
proximis hibernis et a Caesare conventura subsidia ; pos- lo
tremo, quid esse levius ant turpius, qnam, auctore hoste, de
Bummis rebus capere consilium ?

XXIX. Contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat,
cam majores manus hostium adjunctis Germanis convex
nisscnt, ant cum aliquid calamitatis in proximis hibernis 15
esset acceptum ; brevem consulendi esse occasionem. Cae-
sS,rem arbitrari profectum in Italiam ; neque aliter Carnu-
tes interficiendi Tasgetii consilium fuisse capturos, neque
Eburones, si ille adesset, tantu contemptione nostri ad cas-
tra venturos esse ; non hostera auciorem, sed rem spectare ; 20
subesse Rhenura; magno esse Germanis dolori Ariovisti
mortem et superiores nostras victorias ; ardere Galliam tot
contnmeliis acceptis sub populi Romani imperium redac-
tam, superiore gloria rei militaris exstincta. Postremo
quis hoc sibi pcrsuaderet, sine ccrta re Ambiorlgem ad 25
ejnsmodi consilium dcscendisse? Suam sententiam in
atramque paitem esse tutam : si nihil esset durius, nullo
cum periculo ad proximam legionem perventuros ; si Gallia
omnis cum Germanis consentiret^ unam esse in celeritate
positam salutem. Cottae quidem atque eorum, qui dissen- 30
tirent, consilium quern haberet exitum? In quo si non
praesens periculum, at certe longinqua obsidione fames
esset pertimescenda.

XXX. Hac in utraraque partem disputatione habita,
cum a Cotta priraisque ordinibus acriter resisteretur, 85
**Vincite," inquit, "si ita vultis," Sabinus, et id clariore
voce, ut magna pars militum exaudiret : ^ neque is sum,''
inquit, ^qni gravissime ex vpbis mortis periculo terrear:

90 I>E BELLO GALLICO

hi sapient, et si gravius quid accident, abs te rationem
reposcent ; qui, si per te liceat, perendino die cum proximis
hibcrnis conjuncti communem cum reliqnis belli casum
sustineant, non rejecti et relegati longe ab ceteris aut ferro
5 aut fame intereant."

XXXI. Consurgitur ex consilio ; comprehendunt utrnm-
que et orant, ne sua dissensione et pertinacia rem in sum-
mum periculum deducant : facilem esse rem, sen maneant,
seu proficiscantur, si modo unum omnes sentiant ac pro-

10 bent; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere.
Res disputatione ad mediam noctem perducitur. Tandem
dat Cotta permotus manus; superat sententia Sabini.
Pronuntiatur prima luce ituros; consumitur vigiliis reli-
qua pars noctis, cum sua quisque miles circumspiceret^

16 quid secum portare posset, quid ex instrumento hibernorum
relinquere cogeretur. Omnia excogitantur, quare nee sine
periculo maneatur et languore militum et vigiliis pericu-
lum augeatur. Prima luce sic ex castris proficiscuntnr, ut
quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab bomine ami-

20 cissimo Ambiorige consilium datum, longissimo agmine
maximisque impedimentis.^

XXXII. Athostes, posteaquam ex noctunio fremitu
vigiliisque de profectione eorum senserunt, collocatis insi-
diis bipartito in silvis opportuno atque occulto loco a mil-

26 libus passuum circiter duobus, Romanorum adventum ex-
spectabant; et cum s6 major pars agminis in magnam
convallem demisisset, ex utmque parte ejus vallis subito se
ostenderunt, novissimosque premere et primos prohibere
ascensu atque iniquissirao nostris loco proelium commit-

80 tere coeperunt.

XXXIII. Tum demum Titurius, qui nihil ante provi-
disset, trepidare et concursare cohortesque disponere;
haec tamen ipsa timide atque ut eum omnia deficere vide-
rentur ; quod plerumque iis accidere consuevit, qui in ipso

36 negotio consilium capere coguntur. At Cotta, qui cogitas-
set haec posse in itinere accidere atque ob eam causam
profectionis auctor non fuisset, nulln in re communi saluti
deerat et in appellandis cohortandisqiie militibufi impend

LIBER QUINTUS. 91

toris, et in pngna militis officia praestabat. Gum propter
longitadinem agminis minus facile omnia per se obire, et
quid quoqne loco faciendum esset, providere possent, jusse-
runt pronuntiare, ut impedimenta relinquerent atque in
orbem consisterent. Quod consilium etsi in ejusmodi casu (
reprehendendum non est, tamen incommode accidit; nam
et nostris militibns speni minuit et hostes ad pugnam ala-
criores effecit, quod non sine summo timore et desperatione
id factum videbatur. Praeterea accidit, quod fieri necesse
erat, ut vulgo milites ab signis discederent, quae quisque 10
eorum carissima haberet, ab impedimentis petere atque
anipere properaret, clamore et fletu omnia complerentur.

XXXIV. At barbaris consilium non defuit ; nam duces
eorum tota acie pronuntiare jusserunt, ne quis ab loco dis-
cederet; illorum esse praedam atque illis reservari, quae- 16
cumque Romani reliquissent ; proinde omnia in victoria
posita existimarent. Erant et virtute et numei*o pugnando
pares nostri. Tametsl ab duce et a fort una deserebantur,
tamen omnem spem salutis in virtute ponebant, et quoties
quaeque cohors procurreret, ab ea parte magnus hostium 20
numerus cadebat. Qua re animadversa, Ambiorix pronun-
tiari jubet, ut procul tela conjiciant, neu propius accedant,
et quam in partem Romani impetum fecerint, cedant (levi-
tate armorum et quotidiana exercitatione nihil iis noceri
posse), rursus se ad signa recipientes insequantur. 25

XXXV. Quo praecepto ab iis diligentissime observato,
cum quaepiam cohors ex orbe excesserat atque impetum
fecerat, hostes velocissime refugiebant. Interim eam par-
tem nudari ' necesse erat et ab latere apeito tela recipi.
Rursus, cum in eum locum, undo erant egressi, reverti 30
coeperant, et ab iis, qui cesserant, et ab lis, qui proximi
steterant, circumveniebantur ; sin autem locum tenere
vellent, nee virtuti locus relinquebatur, neque ab tanta
multitudine conjecta tela conferti vitare poterant. Ta-
men tot incommodis conflictati, multis vulneribus accep- 36
tis, resistebant et magna parte diei consumpta, cum a
prima luce ad lioram octavam pugnaretur, nihil, quod ipsis
esset indignum^ committebant. Turn Tito Balventio, qui

92 r>E BELLO GALLICO

superiore anno primum pilum duxerat,viro forti et magnae
auctoritatis, utrumque femur tragula transjicitar. Quintus
Lucanias, ejasdem ordinis, fortissime pagnans, dum circum-
vento iilio subvenit, interficitur; Lucias Cotta legatus
5 omnes cohortes ordinesque adbortans in adversum os
funda vulneratar.

XXXVI. His rebus permotus Quintus Titurius, cum
procul Ambiorlgem suos cohortantem conspexisset, inter-
pretem suum Gnaeum Pompeinm ad eum mittit rogatum,

10 ut sibi militibusque parcat. Ille appellatus respondit : Si
velit secum coUoqui, licere ; sperare, a multitudine impe-
trari posse, quod ad militum salutem pertineat ; ipsi vero
nibil nocitum iri, inque earn rem se suam fidem interpo-
nere. Ille cum Cotta saucio communicat, si videatur,

15 pugna ut excedant et cum Ambiorige una colloquantur;
sperare ab eo de sua ac militum salute impetrare posse.
Cotta se ad armatum hostem iturum negat atque in eo
perseverat.

XXXVII. Sabinus quos in praesentia tribunos militum
20 circum se habebat et primorum ordinnm centuriones se

sequijubet, et cum propius Ambiorigem accessisset, jussus
arraa abjicere, imperatum facit suisque, ut idem faciant,
imperat. Interim, dum de conditionibus inter se agunt
longiorque consulto ab Ambiorige instituitur sermo, paula-

26 tim circumventus interiicitur. Tum vero suo more victo-
riam conclamant atque ululatum tollunt, impetuque in
nostros facto ordines perturbant. Ibi Lucius Cotta pug-
nans interficitur cum maxima parte militum; reliqui se in
castra recipiunt, unde erant egressi: ex quibus Lucius

80 Petrosidius aquilifer, cum magna multitudine hostium
premeretur, aquilam intra vallum projecit, ipse pro castris
fortissime pugnans occiditur. Illi aegre ad noctem oppug-
nationem sustinent; noctu ad unum omnes, desperata
salute, se ipsi interficiunt. Pauci ex proelio elapsi incertis

R5 itineribus per silvas ad Titum Labienum legatum in hi*
bema perveniunt atque eum de rebus gestis certiorem
faciunt.

XXXVIII. Hac victoria, sublatus Ambidriz statim cum

LIBER QUINTUS. 93

eqaitatu in Aduatucos, qui erant ejus regno finitimi, profi-
ciscitur ; neqne noctem neque diem intermittit) peditat uni-
que subsequi jnbet. Re demonstrate, AduatQcisque conei-
tatis, postero die in Nervios pervenit hortaturque, ne sui
in perpetuutn liberandi atque ulciscendi Romanos pro iis, 5
quas acceperint, injuriis, occasionem dimittant : interfeetos
esse legatos duos magnamqne partem exercitus interisse
demonstrat ; nihil esse negotii subito oppressam legionem,
quae cum Cicerone hiemet, interfici ; se ad earn rem profi-
tetur adjutorem. Facile hac oratione Nerviis persuadet. 10

XXXIX. Itaque confestim dimissis nuntiis ad Ceutro-
nes, Grndios, Levtlcos, Pleumoxios, Geidunos, qui omnes
sub eorum imperio sunt, quam maximas nianus possunt,
cogunt et de improviso ad Ciceronis hiberna advolant, non-
dum ad cum fama de Titurii morte perlata. Huic quoque 15
accidit, quod fuit necesse, ut nonnuUi milites, qui lignati-
onis munitionisquo causa in silvas discessisscnt, repentino
equitum adventu interciperentur. His circumventis, mag-
na manu Eburones, Nervii, Aduatuci atque horum omnium
socii et clientes legionem oppugnare incipiunt : nostri cele- 9Q
riter ad arma concurrunt, vallum conscendunt. Aegre is
dies sustentatur, quod omnem spem hostes in celeritate
ponebant atque banc adepti victoiiam in perpetuum se fore
victcres confidebant.

XIj. Mittuntur ad Caesarem confestim ab Cicerone lit- 25
terae, magnis propositis praeraiis si pertiilissent. Obsessis
omnibus viis missi intcrcipiuntur. Koctu ex materia, quam
munitionis causa coraportaverant, turres admodum centum
et viginti excitantur incredibili celeritate : quae deesse
operi videbantur, perficiuntur. Hostes postero die multo dO
roajoribus coactis copiis castra oppugnant, fossam com-
plent. Eadem ratione, qua pridie, ab nostris resistitur ;
hoc idem deinceps reliquis fit diebus. Nulla para nocturni
temporis ad laborem intermittitur : non aegris, non vulne-
ratis facultas quietis datur : quaecumque ad proximi diei S&
oppngnationem opus sunt, noctu comparantur: multae
praeustao sudes, magnus muralium pilorum numerus insti-
tuitur ; turres contabulantur, pinnae loricaeque ex cratibus

94 ^^ BELLO GALLIGO

attexuntur. Ipse Cicero, cum tennissima. valotudine
esset, DC noctarnum quidem sibi tempos ad quietem relin-
quebat, ut ultro militum concarsu ac vocibus sibi parcere
cogeretur.
6 XLl. Tunc duces principesque Nerviorum, qui aliquem
sermonis aditum causamque amicitiae cum Cicerone habe-
bant, colloqui sese velle dicunt. Facta potestate, eadem,
quae Ambidrix cum Titurio egerat, commemorant : Omnem
esse in armis Galliam, Germanos Rhenum transisse, Caesfi-

10 ris reliquorumque hiberna oppugnari. Addunt etiam de
Sablni morte. Ambioiigem ostentant fidei faciendae
causa. Errare eos dicunt, si quidquam ab his praesidii
sperent, qui suis rebus diffidant ; sese tamen hoc esse in
Ciceroneni populumque Romanum animo, ut nihil nisi

15 hiberna recusent atque hanc inveterascere consuetudinem
nolint : licere illis incolumibus per se ex hibemis discedere,
et quascumque in partes velint, sine metu proficisci. Cicero
ad haec unnm modo respondit : Non esse consuetudinem
populi Romani accipere ab hoste armato condition em : si

20 ab armis discedere velint, se adjutore utantur legatosquc
ad CaesS,rem mittant : sperare pro ejus justitia, quae petie«
rint, impetraturos.

XLII. Ab hac spe repulsi Nervii vallo pedum novem
et fossa pedum quindecim hiberna cingunt. Haec et supe-

25 riorum annorum consuetudine a nostris cognoverant, et
quosdam de exercitu nacti captives, ab his docebantur;
sed nulla ferramentorum copia, quae esset ad hunc usum
idonea, gladiis cespites circumcidere, manibus sagulisque
terram exhaurire cogebantur. Qua quidem ex re homi-

80 num multitudo cognosci potuit ; nam minus horis tribus
millium passuum quindecim in circuitu munition em perfe*
ceinint; reliquisque diebus turres ad altitudinem valli,
falces testudinesque, quas iidem captivi docuerant, parare
ac facere coeperunt.

85 XLIII. Septimo oppugnationis die, maximo coorto vento,
ferventes fusili ex argilla glandes fundis et fervefacta jacula
in casas, quae more Gallico stramentis erant tectae, jacere
ooeperant. Hae celeriter ignem comprehenderunt et venti

LIBER QUINTUS. 95

xnagnitudine in omnem castrorum locum distulerunt.
Hostes inaximo clamore, Bicuti parta jam atque explorata
victoria, turres testudinesque agere et scalis vallum ascen-
dere coeperunt. At tanta militum virtus atque ea prae-
sentia animi fuit, nt cum undique flamma torrerentur 5
maximaque telorum multitudine premerentnr, suaque om-
nia impedimenta atque omnes fortunas conflagrare in-
telligerent, non modo demigrandi causa de vallo decederet
nemV), sed paene ne respiceret quidem quisquam, ac tum
omnes acerrime fortissimeque pugnarent. Hie dies nostris lo
longe gravissimus fuit; sed tamen hunc habuit eventum,
nt eo die maximus hostium numerns vulneraretur atque
interficeretur, ut se sub ipso vallo constipaverant reces-
Bumque primis ultimi non dabant. Paulum quidem inter-
missa flamma et quodam loco turri adacta et contingente 15
vallum, tertiae cohortis centuriones ex eo, quo stabant,
loco recesserunt suosque omnes removerunt; nutu voci-
busque hostes, si introire velleht, vocare coeperunt, quo-
rum progredi ausus est nemo. Tum ex omni parte lapi-
dibus conjectis deturbati turrisque succensa est. 20

XLIV. Erant in ea legione fortissimi viri centuriones,
qui jam primis ordinibus appropinquarent, Titus Pulfio
et Lucius Vorenus. Hi perpetuas inter se controvensias
babebant, quinam anteferretur, omnibusque annis de loco
summis simultatibus contendebant. £x his Pulfio, cum 25
acerrime ad munitiones pugnaretur, "Quid dubitas," in-
quit, " Vorene ? aut quern locum probandae virtutis tuae
exspectas? Hie dies de nostris controversiis judicabit."
Haec cum dixisset, procedit extra munitiones, quaeque
para hostium confertissima est visa, in eam irrumpit. Ne 30
Vorenus quidem tum sese vallo continet, sed omnium veri-
tus existimationem subsequitur. Mediocri spatio relicto,
Pulfio pilum in hostes immittit atque unum ex multitu-
dine procurrentem transjicit ; quo percusso et exanimato,
hunc scutis protegunt, in hostem tela universi conjiciunt 35
neque dant regrediendi facultatem. Transfigitur scutum
Pulfioni et verutum in balteo defigitur. Avertit hie casus
vaginam et gladium educere conanti dextram moratur

96 I>£ BELLO GALLICO

manuni; impeditum hostes circumsistunt. Succurrit in-
imicus ill! Yorenus et laboranti Bubvenit. Ad hunc se
confestim a Pulfione omnis multitudo convertit ; ilium
veruto arbitrantur occisurn. Occursat ocius gladio com-

5 min usque rem gerit Vorenus atque, uno interfecto, reli-
quos paulum propellit: dum cupidius instat, in locum
dejectus infeiiorem concidit. Huic rursus circumvento
fert subsidium Pulfio, atque ambo incolumes, compluribus
interfectis, summa cum laude sese intra munitiones recipi-

10 unt. Sic fortuna in contentione et certamine utrumque
versavit, ut alter alteri inimicus auxilio salutique esset,
neque dijudicari posset, uter utii virtute anteferendns
videretur.

XLY. Quanto erat in dies gravior atque asperior op-

16 pugnatio, et maxime quod, magna parte militum confecta
vulneribus,res ad paucitatem defensorum pervenerat, tanto
crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur;
quorum pars deprehensa in conspectu nostrorum militum
cum cruciatu necabatur. Erat unus intus Nervius, nomi-

20 ne Vertico, loco natus honesto, qui a prima obsidione ad
Ciceronem perfugerat suamque ei fidem praestiterat. Hie
servo spe libertatis magnisque persuadet praemiis, ut litte-
ras ad Caesarem deferat. Has ille in jaculo illigatas effert,
et Gallus inter Gallos sine ulla suspicione versatus ad Cae-

25 sarem pervenit. Ab eo de periculis Ciceronis legionisque
cognoscitur.

XL VI. Caesar, acceptis litteris, bora circiter undecima
diei, statim nuntium in Bellovacos ad Marcum Crassum
quaestorem mittit; cujus hiberna aberant ab eo millia

30 passuum viginti quinque. Jubet media nocte legion em
proficisci celeriterque ad se venire. Exit cum n untie
Crassus. Alteram ad Gaium Fabium legatum mitlit, ut in
Atrebatium fines legionem adducat, qua sibi iter faciendum
sciebat. Scribit Labieno, si rei publicae commodo facere

85 posset, cum legione ad fines Nerviorum veniat : reliquam
partem exercitus, quod paulo aberat longius, non putat
exspectandam ; equites circiter quadringentos ex proximis
bibemis colligit.

LIBER QUINTUS. 97

XLYII. Hor& circiter tertia ab antecursoribas de Crassi
adventu certior factus, eo die millia passuum viginti pro-
cedit. Crassum Samarobnvae praeficit legionemque ei
attiibuit, quod ibi impedimenta exercitus, obsides civita-
tam, litteras publicas, frumentumque omne, quod eo tole- 6
randae hiemis causa devexerat, relinquebat. Fabius, ut
imperatum erat, non ita multum moratus in itinere cam
legione occurrit. Labienus interitu Sabini et caede cohor-
tium cognita, cum omnes ad eum Trevirorum copiae
venissent, veritus ne, si ex hibemis fugae similem profec- 10
tionem fecisset, hostium impetum sustinere non posset,
praesertim'quos recenti victoria efferri sciret, litteras Cae-
sari remittit, quanto cum periculo legionem ex hibemis
educturus esset; rem gestam in Eburonibus perscribit;
docet, omnes equitatus peditatusque copias Trevirorum Iff
tria millia passuum longc ab suis castris consedisse.

XL VIII. Caesar, consilio ejus probato, etsi opinione
trium legionum dejectus, ad duas redierat, tamen unum
communis salutis auxilium in celeritate ponebat. Yenit
magnis itineribus in Nerviorum fines.. Ibi ex captivis 20
cognoscit, quae apud Ciceronem gerantur, quantoque in
periculo res sit. Tum cuidam ex equitibus Gallis magnis
praemiis persuadet^ uti ad Ciceronem epistolam deferat.
Hanc Graecis conscriptam litteris mittit, no intercepts
epistola nostra ab hostibus consilia cognoscantur. Si 25
adire non possit, monet, ut trngulam cum epistola ad
amentum deligata intra munitiones castrorum abjiciat. In
litteris scribit se cum legionibus profcctum celeriter affore ;
hortatur, ut pristinam virtutem retineat. Gallus periculum
veritus, ut erat praeceptum, tragulam mittit. Haeo casu 80
ad turrim adhaesit, neque ab nostris biduo animadvcrsa,
tertio die a quodam milite conspicitur; dempta ad Cice-
ronem defertur. Ille perlectam in conventu militum reci-
tat maximaque omnes laetitia afficit. Tum fumi incendi-
orum procul videbantur, quae res omnem dubitationem 85
adventus legionum expulit.

XLIX. Galli re cognita per exploratores obsidionem
k'elinquunt, ad Caes&rem omnibus copiis contendunt; hae

98 D£! BELLO GALLICO

erant armata circiter millia sexaginta. Cicero, data facol*
tate, Galium ab eodem Verticone, qnem supra demonstra*
yimus, repetit, qui litteras ad CaesSrem deferat; huno
admonet,itercaute diligenterque faciat : perscribit in litte^

5 ris hostes ab se discessisse omnemque ad eum multitndi-
uem convertisse. Quibus litteris circiter media nocte
Caesar allatis suos facit certiores, eosque ad dimicandum
animo confirmat ; postero die luce prima movet castra, et
circiter millia passuum quattuor progressus trans vallem

10 et rivum multitudinem hostium conspicatur. Erat magni
periculi res cum tantis copiis iniquo loco dimicare. Turn,
quoniam obsidione liberatum Cicer5nem sciebat, aequo
animo remittendum de celeritate existimabat. Consedit,
et quam aequissimo loco potest, castra communit ; atque

16 baec, etsi erant exigua per se, vix hominum millium sep-
tem, praesertim nullis cum impedimentis, tamen angustiis
viarum quam maxime potest, contrahit, eo consilio, ut in
summam contemptionem bostibus veniat. Interim specu-
latoiibus in omnes partes dimissis explorat, quo commo-

90 dissime itinere vallem transire possit.

L. Eo die parvulis equestribus proeliis ad aqnam factis,
utrique sese suo loco continent; Galli, quod ampliores
copias, quae nondum convenerant, exspectabant ; Caesar,
si forte timoris simulatione bostes in suum locum elicere

25 posset, ut citra vallem pro castris proelio contenderet ; si id
efficere non posset, ut exploratis itineribus minore cum
periculo vallem rivumque transiret. Prima luce bostium
equitatus ad castra accedit proeliumque cum nostris equiti-
bus committit. Caesar consulto equites cedere seque in

80 castra recipere jubet; simul ex omnibus partibus castra
altiore vallo muniri portasque obstrui, atque in his admi-
nistrandis rebus quam maxime concursari et cum simula-
tione timoris agi jubct.

LI. Quibus omnibus rebus hostes invitati copias trans-

85 ducunt aciemque iniquo loco constituunt ; nostris vero
etiam. de vallo deductis, propius aocedunt et tela intra
munitionem ex omnibus partibus conjiciunt; praeconi-
bosque circummissis pronuntiari jubent, seu quis Gallus

LIBER QUINTUS. 99

sen Roman us velit ante horam tertiam ad se transire, sine
periculo licere; post id tempus non fore potestatem; ao
sic nostros contempserunt, lit obstructis in speciem portis
singulis ordinibus cespitum, quod ea non posse introrum-
pere videbantur, alii vallum manu scindere, alii fossas com- 5
plere inciperent. Turn Caesar omnibus portis eruptione
facta equitatuque emisso celeriter hostes in fugam dat, sic
ati omnino pugnandi causa resisteret nemo ; magnumque
ex iis numerum occidit atque omnes armis exuit.

LII. Lougius prosequi veritus, quod silvae paludesque 10
intercedebant^ neque etiam parvulo detrimento illorum
locum relinqui videbat, omnibus suis incolumibus copiis,
eodem die ad Ciceronem pervenit. Institutas turres, testu-
dines munitionesque hostium admiratur : legione products,
cognoscit non decimum quemque esse reliquum militem 15
sine vulnere. Ex his omnibus judicat rebus, quanto
cum periculo et quanta cum virtute res sint administra-
tae:- Ciceronem pro ejus merito legion emque collaudat:
centuriones singillatim tribunosque militum appellat, quo-
rum egregiam fuisse virtutem testimonio Ciceronis cog- 20
noverat. De casu Sablni et Cottae certius ex captivis
cognoscit. Postero die, concione habita, rem gestam pro-
ponit, milites consolatur et confirmat: quod detrimentum
culpa et temeritate legati sit acceptum, hoc aequiore animo •
ferendum docet, quod beneficio deorum immortalium et 25
viii.ute eorum expiato incommode, neque hostibus diutina
laetatio neque ipsis longior dolor relinqnatur.

LIII. Intei'im ad Labienum per Remos incredibili celeri-
tate de victoria Caesaris fama perfertur, ut, cum ab hiber-
nis Ciceronis millia passuum abesset circiter sexaginta, so
eoque post horam nonam diei Caesar pervenisset, anto
mediam noctem ad portas castrorum clamor oriretur, quo
clamore signiiicatio victoriae gratulatioque ab Remis Labi-
eno fieret. Hac fama ad Treviros perlata, IndutiomSrus,
qui postero die castra Labieni oppugnare decreverat, noctu 85
profugit copiasque omnes in Treviros reducit. Caesar Fa-
bium cum sua legione remittit in hiberna, ipse cum tribus .
legionibus circum Samarobiivam trinis hibemis hiemare

100 DE BBLLO GALLICO

coustituit ; et quod tanti motas Galliae exstiterant, totam
hiemem ipse ad exercitam manere decrevit. Nam illo
incommodo de Sabini morte perlato, omnes fere Galliae
civitates de bello coDsultabant, nuntios legationesque in
5 omnes partes dimittebant, et quid reliqui consilii caperent
atque unde initium belli fieret explorabant, noetumaque
in locis desertis concilia habebant. Neque ullum fere
totius hiemis tempus sine sollicitudine Caes£iris intercessit,
quin aliquem de consiliis ac motu Galloram nuntium acci-

10 peret. In his ab Lucio Roscio, quem legioni decimae ter-
tiae praefecerat, certior factus est, magnas Gallorum copias
earum civitatum, quae Arraoricae appellantur, oppugnandi
sui causa convenisse, neque longius millia passnum octo ab
hibernis suis abfuisse, sed nuntio allato de victoria Caesa-

15 ris discessisse, adeo ut fugae similis discessus videretur.

LIV. At Caesar principibus cuj usque civitatis ad se

evocatis, alias territando, cum se scire, quae fierent, de-

nuntiaret, alias cohortando, magnam partem Galliae in

officio tenuit. Tamen SenSnes, quae est civitas imprimis

20firma et magnae inter Gallos auctoritatis, Cavarinum,
quem Caesar apud eos regem constituerat, cujus frater
Moritasgus adventu in Galliam CaesSris cujusque majo-
res regnum obtinuerant, interficere publico consilio conati,
cum ille praesensisset ac profugisset, usque ad fines inse-

25 cuti, regno domoque expulerunt ; et missis ad CaesSrem
satisfaciendi causa legatis, cum is omnem ad se senatum
venire jussisset, dicto audientes non fuenmt. Tantum
apud homines barbaros valuit, esse aliquos repertos prin-
cipes belli inferendi, tantamque omnibus voluntatum com-

30mutationem attulit, ut praeter Aeduos et Remos, quos
praecipuo semper honore Caesar habuit, alteros pro vetere
ac perpetua erga populum Romanum fide, alteros pro
recentibus Gallici belli officiis, nulla fere civitas fuerit non
suspecta nobis. Idque adeo hand scio rairandumne sit,

85 cum compluribus aliis de causis, tum maxime, quod ii
qui virtute belli omnibus gentibus praeferebantur, tantum
se ejus opinionis deperdidisse, ut a populo Romano impe-
ria pei-ferrent, gravissime dolebant.

LIBER QUINTUS. 101

LV. Treviri vero atque Indatiomarus totias hiemis nul-
lum tempus intermiserunty quin trans Rhenum legatos
mitterent, civitates sollicitarent, pecunias pollicerentur,
magna parte exercitus nostri iutei*fecta, multo minorem
Buperesse dicerent partem. Neque tamen ulli civitati 5
Germanorum persuader! potuit, ut Rhenum transiret, cum
se bis expertos dicerent, Ariovisti bello et Tencterorum
transitu : non esse amplius foitunam tentaturos. Hac spe
lapsus Indutiom^rus nihilo minus copias cogere, exercere,
a finitimis equos parare, exsules damnatosque tota Gallia 10
magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit. Ac tantam sibi jam
bis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut undique
ad eum legationes concurrerent, gratiam atque amicitiam
publice privatimque peterent.

LVI. Ubi intellexit ultro ad se veniri, altera ex parte 16
SenSnes Caniutesque conscientia facinoris instigari, altera
Nervios Aduatticosque bellum Romanis parare, neque sibi
voluntariorum copias defore, si ex finibus suis progredi
coepisset, armatum concilium indicit. Hoc more Gallorum
est initium belli, quo lege communi omncs puberes armati 20
convenire consuerunt ; qui ex iis novissimus venit, in con-
spectn multitudinis omnibus cruciatibus affectiis necatur.
In eo concilio Cingetorfgem, alterius principem factionis,
generum suum (quem supra demonstravimus, Caesaris
secntum fidem, ab eo non discessisse) bostem judicat 26
bonaque ejus publicat. His rebus confectis in concilio
pronuntiat arcessituin se a Senonlbus et Carnutlbus aliis-
que compluribus Galliae civitatibus, hue iter facturum per
fines Remorum eorumque agros populaturum, ac priusquam
id faciat, castra Labieni oppugnaturum ; quae fieri velit, 80
praecipit.

LVII. Labienus, cum et loci natura et manu munitissi-
mis castris sese teneret, de suo ac legionis periculo nihil
tiraebat ; ne quam occasionem rei bene gerendae dimitte-
ret, cogitabat. Itaque a Cingetorige atque ejus propinquis Sff
oratione Indutiomari cognita, quam in concilio habuerat,
nuntios mittit ad finitimas civitates eqnitesque undique
evocat ; his certum diem conveniendi dicit. Interim prope

102 I>S BELLO GAIiLICO

quotidie cum omni cqoitatu Indatiom&ras sub castris ejus
vagabator, alias at situm castrornm cognosceret, alias col-
loqnendi aut teriitandi causa; equites pleramque onrnes
tela intra vallum conjiciebant. Labienus suos intra niuni-
5 tiones continebat timorisque opinionem, quibuscumque
poterat rebus, augebat.

LYIII. Cum majore in dies contemptione IndutiomS^
rus ad castra accederet, nocte una intromissis equitibus
omnium finitimarum civitatum, quos arcessendos curaverat,

10 tanta diligentia omnes suos custodiis intra castra continuity
ut nulla ratione ea res enuntiari aut ad Trevlros perferri
posset. Interim ex consuetndine quotidiana IndutiomSrrus
ad castra accedit atque ibi raagnam partem diei consumit ;
equites tela conjiciunt et magna cum contumelia verbo-

15 rum nostros ad pugnam evocant. NuUo ab nostris dato
response, ubi visum est, sub vesperum dispersi ac dissipati
discedunt. Subito Labienus duabus portis omnem equita-
tum emittit ; praecipit atque interdicit, proterritis hostibus
atque in fugam conjectis (quod fore, sicut accidit, videbat),

20 unum omnes peterent Indutiomarum ; neu quis quern prius
vulneret, quam ilium interfectum viderit, quod mora reli-
quorum spatium nactum ilium effugere nolebat: magna
proponit iis, qui occiderint, praemia: submittit cobortes
equitibus subsidio. Comprobat hominis consilium fortuna ;

25 et cum unum omnes peterent, in ipso Huminis vado de-
prchensus IndutiomSrus intei'ficitur caputque ejus refertur
in castra; redeuntes equites, quos possunt, consectantur
atque occidunt. Hac re cognita, omnes Eburonum et Ner-
viorum, quae convenerant, copiae discedunt ; pauloque ha*

SO buit post id factum Caesar quietiorem Galliam.

LIBEB SEXTUS. 108

LIBEE VI.

I. MuLTis de oausis Caesar majorem Galliae motiim
exspectans, per Marcum Silanum, Gaiam Antistium Begi-
num, Tituiu Sextiam legatos, delectum habere instituit:
simul ab Gnaeo Pompeio proconsule petit, quoniatn ipse ad
urbem cum imperio rei publicae causa remaneret, quos ex 5
Cisalpina Gallia consulis sacramento rogavisset, ad signa
convenire et ad se proficisci juberet; magni interesse
ctiam in reliquum tempus ad opinionem Galliae existimans,
tantas videri Italiae facultates, ut, si quid esset in bello
detrimenti acceptum, non modo id brevi tempore resarciri, 10
sed etiam majoribus augeri copiis posset. Quod cum
Pompeius et rei publicae et araicitiae tribuisset, celeriter
confecto per suos delectu, tribus ante exactam hiemem
et constitutis et adductis legionibus duplicatoque earum
cohortium numero, quas cum Quinto Titurio amiserat, et 15
celeritate et copiis docuit, quid populi Romani disciplina
atque opes possent.

II. Interfecto Indutiomaro, ut docuimus, ad ejus propin-
quos a Trevlris imperium defertur. Illi finitimos Germa-
nos sollicitare et pecuniam polliceri non desistunt ; cum 20
ab proximis impetrare non possent, ulteriores tentant.
Inventis nonnullis civitatibus jurejurando inter se confir-
mant, obsidibusque de pecunia cavent : Ambiorfgem sibi
societate et foedere adjungunt. Quibus rebus cognitis,
Caesar, cum undique bellum parari videret, Nervios, 25
Aduatucos, ac Menapios, adjunctis Cisrhenanis omnibus
Germanis, esse in armis, SenSnes ad imperatum non venire
et cum Carnutlbus finitimisque civitatibus consilia com-
mnnicare, a Trevlris Germanos crebris legationibus sol-
licitari ; maturius sibi de bello cogitandum putavit. ^ 30

i04 I>E BELLO GALLICO

III. Itaquc nondam hieme confecta, proximis quattuor
coactis legionibus de improviso in fines Nerviorum con-
tendit, et priusquam illi aut convenire aut profugere pos-
sent, raagno pecoris atqae bominum numcro capto atque

5 ea praeda militibus concessa vastatisque agris, in dediti-
onem venire atque obsides sibi dare coegit. Eo celeriter
confecto negotio, rursus in hiberna legiones reduxit Con-
cilio Galliae primo vere, uti instituerat, indicto, cum re^
liqui praeter SenCnes, Carnutes Trevirosque venissent,

10 initium belli ac defectionis hoc esse arbitratus, ut omnia
postponere videretur, concilium Lutetiam Parisiorura trans-
fert. Confines erant hi Senonlbus civitatemque patrum
memoria conjunxerant ; sed ab hoc consilio abfuisse existi-
mabantur. Hac re pro suggestu pronuntiata, eodem die

15 cum legionibus in Sendnes proficiscitur magnisque itineri-
bus eo pervenit.

IV. Cognito ejus adventu, Acco, qui princeps ejus
consilii fuerat, jubet in oppida multitudinem convenire ;
conantibus, priusquam id effici posset, adesse Romanos

20 nuntiatur ; necessario sententia desistunt legatosque depre-
candi causa ad Caesarem mittunt ; adeunt per Aeduos,
quorum antiquitus erat in fide civitas. Hbenter Caesar
petentibus Aeduis dat veniam excusationemque accipit,
quod aestivum tempus instantis belli, non quaestionis, esse

26 arbitrabatur. Obsidibus iraperatis centum, hos Aeduis
custodiendos tradit. Eodem Carnutes legates obsidesque
mittunt, usi deprecatoribus Rerais, quorum erant in clien^
tela: eadem ferunt responsa. Peragit concilium Caesar
equitesque imperat civitatibus.

30 V. Hac parte Galliae pacata, totus et mente et animo in
bellum Trevirorum el Ambiorigis insistit. Cavarinum cum
equitatu Sen5num secum proficisci jubet, ne quis aut ex
hujus iracundia, aut ex eo, quod meruerat, odio civitatis,
motus exsistat. His rebus constitutis, quod pro explorato

56 habebat, Ambiorfgem proelio non esse concertaturum, re-
liqua ejus consilia animo circumspiciebat. Erant Menapii
propinqui Eburonum finibus, perpetuis paludibus silvisque
muniti, qui uni ex Gallia de pace ad CaesS,rem legates

LIBER SEXTUS. 105

nonqaam miserant. Cam his esse hospitium Ambioi*¥gi
Bciebat ; item per Trevfros venisse Gei*manis in amicitiam
cognoverat. Haec prius illi dctrahenda auxilia existima-
bat, quam ipsum bello lacesseret ; ne desperata salute aut
se in Menapios abderet, aut cum Transrhenanis congredi 6
cogeretur. Hoc inito consilio, totius exercitus impedi-
menta ad Labienum in Trevlros mittit duasque legiones
ad eum proficisci jubet: ipse cum legionibus expeditis
quinque in Menapios proficiscitur. Illi, nulla coacta manu,
loci praesidio freti in silvas paludesque confugiunt suaque 10
eodem conferunt.

YL Caesar partitis copiis cum Gaio Fabio legato et
Marco Crasso quaestore celeriterque effectis pontibus, adit
tripartite, aedificia vicosque incendit, magno pecoris atque
hominum numero potitur. Quibus rebus coacti Menapii 15
legates ad eum pacis petendae causa mittunt. Ille obsidi-
bus acceptis hostium se habiturum numero confiimat, si aut
Ambiorlgem aut ejus legatos finibus suis recepissent. His
confirmatis rebus, Commium Atreb&tem cum equitatu custo-
dis loco in Menapiis relinquit ; ipse in Trevlros proficiscitur. 20

YII. Dum haec a CaesS,re geruntur, Treviri magnis
coactis peditatus equitatusque copiis, Labienum cum una
legione, quae in eorum finibus hiemaverat, adoriri para-
bant, jamque ab eo non longius bidui via aberant, cum
duas venisse legiones missu Caes^s cognoscunt. Positis 25
castiis a millibus passuum quindecim, auxilia Germanorum
exspectare constituunt. Labienus, hostium cognito consi-
lio, sperans, temeritate eorum fore aliquam dimicandi facul-
tatem, praesidio quinque cohortium impedimentis relicto,
cum viginti quinque cohortibus magnoque equitatu contra 80
hostem proficiscitur et mille passuum intermisso spatio
castra communit. £rat inter Labienum atque hostem
difficili transitu flumen ripisque praeruptis; hoc neque
ipse transire habebat in animo neque hostes transituros
existimabat. Augebatur auxiliorum quotidie spes. Lo- 85
quitur in consilio palam, quoniam Germani appropinquare
dicantur, sese suas exercitusque fortunas in dubium non

devocaturum et postero die prima luce castra moturum.

8

106 ^^ BELLO GALLICO

Celeriter haeo ad hostes defemntur, ut ex magno Gallo-
ram equitam numero nonnullos Galllcis rebus favere natu-
ra cogebat. LabUnus noctu, tribunis militnm primisque
ordinibus convocatis, quid sui sit consilii, proponit, et quo

5 facilius hostibus timoris det suspicionem, majore strepita
et tumultu, quani popnli Romani fert consuetude, castra
moveri j ubet. His rebus fugae similem profectionem efficit.
Haec quoque per exploratores ante Incem in tanta propin-
quitate castrorum ad hostes deferuntur.

10 YIII. Yix agmen noyissimnm extra munitiones proces-
serat, cum Galli cohortati inter se, ne speratam praedam
ex manibus dimitterent, longum esse perterritis Romania
Germanorum auxilium exspectare, neque suam pati digni-
tatem, ut tantis copiis tarn exiguam manum, praesertim

15 fugientem atque impeditara, adoriri non audeant, flumen
transire et iniquo loco proelium committere non dubitant.
Quae fore suspicatus Labienus, ut omnes citra flumen elice-
ret, eadem usus simulatione itineris, placide progredieba-
tur. Turn praemissis paulum impedimentis atque in ta-

20 mulo quod am coUocatis, ^ Habetis," in quit, ^ milites, quam
petistis, facultatem: hostem impedito atque iniquo loco
tenetis: praestate eandem nobis dncibus viitutem, quam
saepenumero imperatori praestitistis : atque ilium adesse
et haec coram cernere existimate." Simul signa ad hos-

25 tem converti aciemque diiigi jubet, et paucis turmis prae-
sidio ad impedimenta dimissis, reliquos equites ad latera
disponit. Celeriter nostri clamore sublato pila in hostes
immittunt. Illi, ubi praeter spem quos fugere credebant
infestis signis ad se ire viderunt, irapetum raodo ferre non

80 potuerunt ac primo concursu in fngam conjecti proximas
silvas petierunt : quos Labienus equitatu consectatus, mag-
no numero iuterfecto, compluribus captis, paucis post die-
bus civitatem recepit ; nam Germani, qui auxilio venie- .
bant, percepta Trevirorum fuga, sese domum receperunt.

55 Cum his propinqui IndutiomEri, qui defectionis auctores
fuerant, comitati eos ex civitate excesserunt. Cingetorigi,
quem ab initio permansisse in officio demonstravimus, prin-*
cipatus atque imperium est traditum.

LIBER SBXTUS. 107

IX. Caesar, postquam ex Menapiis in Treviros venit,
duabus de causis Rhenam transire constituit : quaram ana
erat, quod anxilia contra se Trevlris miserant ; altera, ne
ad eos Ambi5rix receptum haberet. His constitutis* rebus,
paulum supra eum locum, quo ante exercitum transduxe- 5
rat, facere pontem instituit. Nota atque instituta ratione,
magno militum studio paucis diebus opus efficitur. Firmo
in Trevlris ad pontem praesidio relicto, ne quis ab his
subito motus oriretur, reliquas copias equitatumque trans-
ducit. Ubii, qui ante obsides dederant atque in deditionem 10
veneraut, purgandi sui causa ad eum legatos mittunt, qui
doceant neque auxilia ex sua civitate in Treviros missa,
neque ab se fidem laesani : petunt atque orant, ut sibi par-
cat, ne eommunuodio Gerraanorum innocentes pro nocen-
tibus poenas pendant : si amplius obsidum velit, dare polli- 15
centur. Cognita Caesar causa reperit ab Suebis auxilia
missa esse ; Ubiorum satisfactionem accipit, aditus viasque
ia-Suebos perquirit.

X. Interim paucis post diebus fit ab TJbiis certior, Sue-
bos omnes in unum locum copias cogere, atque iis nationi- 20
bus, quae sub eorum sint imperio, denuntiare, ut auxilia
peditatus equitatusque mittant. His cognitis rebus, rem
frumentariam providet, castris idoneum locum deligit,
Ubiis imperat, ut pecora deducant suaque omnia ex agris
in oppida conferant, sperans barbaros atque imperitos 26
homines inopia cibariorum adductos ad iniquam pugnandi
conditionem posse deduci : mandat, ut crebros explorato-
res in Suebos mittant quaeque apud eos gerantur cognos-
cant. Illi imperata faciunt et, paucis diebus intermissis,
referunt, Suebos omnes, posteaquam certiores nun til de ao
exercitu Romanorum venerint, cum omnibus suis socio-
rumque copiis, quas coegissent, penitus ad extremes fines
se recepisse : silvam esse ibi infinita magnitudine, quae
appellatur Bacenis ; banc longe introrsus pertinere et pro
native muro objectam Cheruscos ab Suebis Suebosque 3$
ab Cheruscis injuiiis incursionibusque prohibere : ad ejus
initium silvae Suebos adventum Romanorum exspectare
constituisse.

108 DE BELLO GALLICO

XL Quoniam ad hnno locum perventam est, non sJie-
num esse videtnr de Galliae Germaniaeque moribus, et
quo differant eae nationes inter sese, proponere. In Gallia
non solum in omnibus civitatibus atque in omnibus pagis

6 partibusque, sed paene etiam in singulis domibus, factio-
nes sunt; earumque faotionum principes sunt, qui sum-
mam auctoritatem eorum judicio habere existimantur,
quorum ad arbitrium judiciumque summa omnium rerum
consiliorumque redeat. Idque ejus rei causa antiquitos

10 institutum videtur, ne quis ex plebe contra potentiorem
auxilii egeret : suos enim quisque opprimi et circumveuiii
non patitur, neque, aliter si faciat, uUam inter suos habet
auctoritatem. Haeo eadem ratio est in summa totius Gal-
liae ; namque omnes civitates in partes divisae sunt dnas.

15 Xn. Cum Caesar in Galliam venit, alterius factionis
principes erant Aedui, alterius SequS,ni. Hi cum per se
minus valerent, quod summa auctoritas antiquitus erat in
Aeduis magnaeque eorum erant clientelae, Germanos
atque Ariovistum sibi adjunxerant, eosque ad se magnis

W jacturis pollicitationibusque perduxerant. Proeliis vero
compluribus factis secundis atque omni nobilitate Aeduo-
rum interfecta, tantum potentia antecesserant, ut magnam
partem clientium ab Aeduis ad se transducerent obsi-
desque ab iis principum filios acciperent, et pnblice jurare

d5 cogerent nihil se contra SequS,nos consilii inituros ; et
partem finitimi agri per vim occupatam possiderent, Galli-
aeque totius principatum obtinerent. Qua necessitate ad-
ductus Divitilicus auxilii petendi causa Romam ad sena-
tum profectus imperfecta re redierat. Adventu Cacsaiia

80 facta commutatione rerum, obsidibus Aeduis redditis, ve-
teribus clientelis restitutis, novis per CaesSrem comparatis,
quod hi, qui se ad eorum amicitiam aggregaverant, meliore
conditione atque aequiore imperio se uti videbant, reli-
quis rebus eorum gratia dignitateque amplificata, Sequ&ni

ft5 principatum dimiserant. In eorum locum Remi successe-
rant ; quos quod adaequare apud Caesfirem gratia intelli-
gebatur, ii, qui propter veteres iniraicitias nuUo modo cum
Aeduis conjungi poterant, se Remis in clientelam dicabant.

LIBER SEXTUS. 109

Hos ill! diligenter tuebantur. Ita et novam et repente
coUectam auctoritatem tenebant. Eo turn statu res erat,
at longe principes haberentur Aedui, secundum locum
dignitatis Rem! obtinerent.

XIII. In omni Gallia eorum bominum, qui aliquo sunt 5
numero atque bonore, genera sunt duo ; nam plebes paene
servorum habetur loco, quae nibil audet per se, nuUo adbi-
betur consilio. Plerique, cum aut acre alieno aut mag-
nitudine tributorum aut injuria potentiorum premuntur,
sese in servitutem dicant nobilibus : in bos eadem omnia lo
sunt jura, quae dominis in servos. Sed de bis duobus
generibus alterum.est Druldum, alterum equitum. Illi
rebus divinis intersunt, sacrificia publica ac privata proou-
rant, religiones interpretantur. Ad bos magnus adolescen-
tinm numerus disciplinae causa concurrit, magnoque bi 15
sunt apud eos bonore. Nam fere de omnibus controver-
siis publicis privatisque constituunt ; et si quod est admis-
sum facinus, si caedes facta, si de bereditate, de finibus
controversia est, iidem decemunt ; praemia poenasque con-
stituunt. Si qui aut privatus aut populns eorum decreto 20
non stetit, sacrificiis interdicunt. Haec poena apud eos
est gravissim£i. Quibus ita est interdictum, hi numero
impiorum ac sceleratorum babentur ; his omnes decedunt,
aditum eorum sermonemque defugiunt, ne quid ex conta-
gione incommodi accipiant ; neque his petentibus jus red- 25
ditur neque honos ullus communicatur. His autem omni-
bus Druidlbus praeest unus, qui summam inter eos babet
auctoritatem. Hoc mortuo, aut, si qui ex reliquis excellit
dignitate, succedit ; aut,^ si sunt plures pares, sufTragio Dru-
ldum, nonnunquam etiam armis de principatu contendnnt. 80
Hi certo anni tempore in finibus Oamutum, quae regio
totius Galliae media habetur, considunt in loco eonsecrato.
Hue omnes undique, qui controversias babent, conveniunt
eorumque decretis judiciisque parent. Disciplina in Bri-
tannia reperta atque inde in Galliam translata esse exis- 35
timatur; et nunc, qui diligentius eam rem cognoscere
volunt, plerumque illo discendi causa proficiscuntur.

XIY. Druldes a bello abesse consuerunt neque tributa

110 DE BELLO GALLICO

una cum reliquis pendunt; inilitiae vacationem ommuni«i
que reruin habent immunitatem. Tantis excitati praemiis
et sua sponte multi in disciplinam conveniunt et a paren-
tibus propinquisque mittuntur. Magnum ibi numerum
5 versuum ediscere dicuntur : itaque annos nonnulli vicenos
in disciplina permanient. Neque fas esse existimant ea
litteris mandare, cum in reliquis fere rebus, publicis pri*
vatisque rationibus, Graecis litteris utantur. Id mihi dua-
bus de causis instituisse videntur ; quod neque in vulgum

10 disciplinam efferri velint, neque eos, qui discunt, litteris
confisos minus memoriae studere; quod fere plerisque
accidit, ut praesidio litterarum diligentiam in perdiscendo
ac memoriam remittant. Imprimis hoc volunt persuadere,
non interire animas, sed ab aliis post mortem transire ad

15 alios, atque hoc maxime ad virtutem excitari putant, meta
mortis neglecto. Multa praeterea de sideribus atque eorum
motu, de mundi ac terrarum magnitudine, de reram natura,
de deorum immortalium vi ac potestate disputant et ju-
ventuti tradunt.

20 XV. Alterum genus est equitum. Hi, cum est usns

atque aliquod bellum incidit (quod fere ante Caes^is

adventum quotannis accidere solebat, uti aut ipsi injuriaa

• inferrent aut illatas propulsarent), omnes in bello versan-

tur ; atque eorum ut quisque est genere copiisque amplis-

25 simus, ita plurimos circum se ambactos clientesque habent.
Hanc unam gratiam potentiamque noverunt.

XVI. Natio est omnis Gallorum admodum dedita reli-
gionibus atque ob eam causam, qui sunt affecti gravioribua
morbis quique in proeliis periculisque versantur, aut pro

30 victimis homines immolant aut se immolaturos vovent,
administrisque ad ea sacrificia Druidibus utuntur, quod,
pro vita hominis nisi hominis vita reddatur, non posse
deorum immortalium numen placari arbitrantur, publi-
ceque ejusdem generis habent instituta sacrificia. Alii

35 immani magnitudine simulacra habent, quorum contexta
viminibus membra vivis hominibus complent, quibus suc-
censis, circumventi fiamma exanimantur homines. Suppli-
cia eorum, qui in furto aut in latrocinio aut aliqua noxia

LIBER SEXTUS. HI

Bint comprehensi, gratiora diis immortalibus esse arbitran-
tur, sed, cum ejus generis copia deficit, etiam ad innocen-
tium Bupplicia descendunt.

XYII. Deum maxime Mercurium colunt. Hujus sunt
plurima simulacra, hunc omnium invcntorem artium ferunt, 5
liunc viarum atque itinerum ducem, huno ad quaestus
pecuniae mercaturasque habere vim maximam arbitrantur.
Post hunc ApolUnem et Maitem et Jovem et Minervam :
de his eandem fere, quam reliquae gentes, habent opinio-
nem; Apolllnem morbos depellere, Minervam operum 10
atque artificiorum initia tradere, Jovem imperium coeles-
tium tenere, Martcm bella regere. IJuic, cum proelio
dimicare constituerunt, ea, quae bello ceperint, plerumque
devovent. Cum superaverunt, animalia capta immolant,
reliquas res in unum locum conferunt. Multis in civita- 15
tibus harum rerum exstructos tumulos locis consecratis
conspicari licet; neque saepe accidit, ut, neglecta quis-
piam religione, aut capta apud se occultare aut posita
toUere auderet; gravissimumque ei rei supplicium cum
cruciatu constitutum est. 20

XVIII. Galli se omnes ab Dite patre prognatos praedi-
cant, idque ab Druidibus proditum dicunt. Ob eam cau-
sam spatia omnis temporis non numero dierum, sed nocti-
um finiunt ; dies natales et mensium et annorum initia sic
observant, ut noctem dies subsequatur. In reliquis vitae 25
institutis hoc fere ab reliquis differunt, quod suos liberos,
nisi cum adoleverunt, ut munus militiae sustinere pos-
sint, palam ad se adire non patiuntur, filiumque puerili
aetate in publico in conspectu patris adsistere turpe
ducunt. 30

XIX. Vm, quantas pecunias ab uxoribus dotis nomine
acceperunt, tantas ex suis bonis, aestimatione facta, cum
dotibus communicant. Hujus omnis pecuniae conjunctim
ratio habetur fructusque servantur : uter eorum vita supe-
rarit, ad eum pars utriusque cum fnictibus superiorum 86
temporum pervenit. Viri in uxores, sicuti in liberos, vitae
necisque habent potestatem ; et cum pater familiae illus-
triore loco natus decessit, ejus propinqui conveniunt, et

112 BE BELLO GALLICO

de morte si res in saspicionem venit, de axoribus in 8ervi«
lem modttm qaestionem liabent, et si compertam est, igni
atque omnibus tormentis excruciatas interficiunt. Funera
sunt pro cultu Gallorum magnifica et sumptuosa ; omnia-
5 que, quae vivis cordi fuisse arbitrantur, in ignem inferunt,
etiam animalia; ac paulo supra banc memoriam servi et
clientes, quos ab iis dilectos esse constabat, justis funeri.--
bus confectis una cremabantur.

XX. Quae civitates commodius suam rem publicam
10 administrare existimantur, habent legibus sanctum, si quis

quid de re publica a finitimis rumore aut fama accepeiit,
uti ad magistratum deferat, neve cum quo alio communi-
cet : quod saepe homines temerarios atque imperitos falsis
rumoribus terreri et ad facinus impelli et de summis rebus
15 consilium capere cognitum est. Magistratus quae visa
sunt occultant ; quaeque esse ex usu judicaverunt, multi-
tudini produnt. De re publica nisi per concilium loqui non
conceditur.

XXI. Germani multum ab hac consuetudine differunt :
90 nam neque Druldes habent, qui rebus divinis praesint, ne-

que sacrificiis student. Deorum numero eos solos ducnnt,
quos cernunt et quorum aperte opibus juvantur, Solem et
Vulcanum et Lunam: reliquos ne fama quidem accepe-
runt. Vita omnis in venationibus atque in studiis rei
25 militaris consistit : ab parvulis labori ac duritiae student.
Qui diutissime impuberes permanserunt, maximam inter
suos ferunt laudem : hoc ali staturam, ali hoc vires nervos-
que confirmari putant. Intra annum vero vicesimum femi-
nae notitiam hiabuisse in turpissimis habent rebus : cujus
80 rei nulla est occultatio, quod et promiscue in fluminibus
perluuntur, et pellibus aut parvis renonum tegimentis
utuntur, magna corporis parte nnda.

XXII. Agriculturae non student ; majorque pars eorum
victus in lacte, caseo, came consistit: neque quisqaam
85 agri modum certum aut fines habet proprios,sed magistra-
tus ac principes in annos singulos gentibus cognationibus-
que hominum, qui una coierunt, quantum et quo loco
visuna est agii attribuunt atque anno post alio transire

LIBER SEXTUS. 113

eogunt. Ejas rei multas afferunt caiisas ; ne assidua con-
Buetadine capti studium belli gerendi agricultura commu-
tent; nc latos fines parare studeant potentioresque.hami-
liores possessionibus expellant; ne aocuratius ad frigora
atque aestas vitandos aedificent ; ne qua oriatar peonniae 6
Gupiditafi, qua ex re factiones dissenBionesqae nasountur ;
ut animi aequitate plebem contineant, cum suas quisque
opes cam potentissimis aequari videat.

XXIII. Civitatibus maxima laus est quam latissimas
circam se vastatis finibns soUtudines habere. Hoc propri- 10
um yirtatis existimant, expulsos agris finitimos cedere,
neque quemquam prope audere consistere: simul hoc se
fore tutiores arbitrantur, repentinae incursionis timore sub-
lato. Cam bellam civitas aut illatam defendit aat infert,
magistratas, qui ei bello praesint, at vitae necisque habe- 15
ant potestatem, deliguntur. In pace nullas est communis
magistrates, sed principes regionum atque p^^orum inter
suos jus dicunt controversiasque minuunt. Latrocinia
nuUam habent infamiam, quae extra fines cujusque civi-
tatis fiunt ; atque ea juventutis exercendae ac desidiae 20
minuendae causa fieri praedicant. Atque ubi quis ex prin-
cipibus in concilio dixit, se ducem fore, qui sequi velint,
profiteantur; consurgunt ii, qui et causam et hominem
probant, suumque auxilium pollicentur atqae ab multitu-
dine collaudantur : qui ex his secuti non sunt, in deser- 25
torum ac proditorum numero ducuntur omniumque his
rerum postea fides derogatur. Hospitem violare, fas non
putant; qui quacumque de causa ad eos venerunt, ab
injuria prohibent, sanctos habent, bisque omnium domus
patent victusque communicatur. 80

XXIY. Ac iiiit antea tempus, cum Germanos Galli
virtute sup>erarent, ultro bella inferrent, propter hominum
^ultitudinem agrique inopiam trans Ehenum colonias mit-
terent. Itaque ea, quae fertilissima Germaniae sunt, loca
circum Hercyniam silvam (quam EratosthSni et quibus- 81
dam Graecis fama notam esse video, quam illi Orcyniam
aj^Uant), Yolcae Tectos&ges occupaverunt atque ibi
consedemnt. Quae gens ad hoc tempus his sedibus sese

114 DE BELLO GALLICO

continet summamque habet justitiae et bellicae laudia
opinionem : nunc quoque in eadem inopia, egestate, pati-
entia, qua German!, permanent, eodem victu et cuitu cor-
poris utnntur. Gallis autem provinciarum propinquitas et
6 transmarinarum rerum notitia multa ad copiam atque usus
largitur : paulatim assuefacti superari multisque victi proe-
liis ne se quidem ipsi cum illis virtute comparant.

XXV. Hujus Hercyniae silvae, quae supra demonstrata
est, latitudo novem dierum iter expedito patet : non enim

10 alitor finiri potest, neque mensuras itinerum noverunt.
Oritur ab Helvetiorum et Nemetum et Rauricorum fini-
bus, rectaque fluminis Danuvii regione pertinet ad fines
Dacorum et Anartium ; ' hinc se flectit sinistrorsus diversis
ab .flumine regionibus, multarumque gentium fines propter

15 magnitudinem attingit ; neque quisquam est hujus Gkrma-
niae, qui se aut adisse ad initium ejus silvae dicat, cum
dierum iter sexaginta processerit, aut quo ex loco oriatur, ac-
ceperit ; multaque in ea genera ferarum nasci constat, quae
reliquis in locis visa non sint ; ex quibus quae maxime diffe*

20 rant ab ceteris et memoriae prodenda videantur, haec sunt.

XXVI. Est bos cervi figura, cujus a media fronte inter
aures unum cornu exsistit excelsius magisque directum
his, quae nobis nota sunt, comibus. Ab ejus summo sicut
palmae ramique late dif^nduntur. Eadem est feminae

S6 marisque natura, eadem forma magnitudoque cornuum.

XXVII. Sunt item, quae appellantur, alces. Harum
est consimilis capreis figura et varietas pellium ; sed mag-
nitudine paulo antecedunt mutilaeque sunt comibus et
crura sine nodis articulisque habent ; neque quietis causa

so procumbunt, neque, si quo afflictae casu conciderunt, eri-
gere sese aut sublevare possunt. His sunt arbores pro
cubilibus; ad eas se applicant atque ita paulum mode
reclinatae quietem capiunt ; quarum ex vestigiis cum est
animadversum a venatoribus, quo se recipere consuerint,

85 omnes eo loco aut a radicibus subruunt, aut accidunt
arbores tantum, ut summa species earum stantium relin-
quatur. Hue cum se consuetudine reclinaverunt, infir-
mas arbores pondere afiligunt atque una ipsae concidunt.

LIBER SEXTUS. 115

XXVIII. Tertium est genus eorum, qui uri appellan-
tur. Hi sunt raagnitudine paulo infra elephantos, specie
et colore et figura tauri. Magna vis eorum est et magna
velocitas ; neque homini neque ferae, quam conspexerunt,
parcunt. Hos studiose foveis captos interficiunt. Hoc se 5
labore durant adolescentes atque hoc genere venationis
exeroent ; et qui plurimos ex his interfecerunt, relatis in
publicum comibus, quae sint testimonio, magnam feruut
laudem. Sed assuescere ad homines et mansuefieri ne
parvuli quidem excepti possunt. Amplitudo comuum et 10
figura et species multum a nostrorum boum comibus dif-
fert. Haec studiose conquisita ab labris argento circum-
cludunt atque in amplissimis epulis pro poculis utuntur.

XXIX. Caesar, postquam per TJbios exploratores com-
perit Suebos sese in silvas recepisse, inopiam frumenti 15
veritus, quod, ut supra demonstravimus, minime omnes
Geimani agriculturae student, constituit non progredi lon-
gius ; sed ne omnino raetum reditus sui barbai-is tolleret
atque ut eorum auxilia tardaret, reducto exercitu, partem
ultimam pontis, quae ripas ITbiorum contingebat, in longi- 20
tudinem pedum ducentorum rescindit ; atque in extremo
ponte turrim tabulatorum quattuor constituit praesidium-
que cohortium duodecim pontis tuendi causa ponit mag-
nisque eum locum munitionibus firmat. Ei loco praesi-
dioque Gaium Volcatium TuUum adolescentem praefecit. 26
Ipse, cum maturescere frumenta inciperent, ad bellum
AmbiorXgis profectus per Arduennam silvara, quae est
totius Galiiae maxima atque ab ripis Kheni finibusque
Trevirorum ad Nervios pertinet, millibusque amplius quin-
gentis in longitudinem patet, Lucium Minucium Basllum 80
cum omni equitatu praemittit, si quid celeritate itineris
atque opportunitate temporis proficere possit; monet, ut
ignes in castris fieri prohibeat, ne qua ejus adventus procul
significatio fiat : seso confestim subsequi dicit.

XXX. Basilus ut imperatum est facit Celeriter con- 8S
traque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, multos in agris
inopinantes deprehendit ; eorum indicio ad ipsum Ambio-
ilgem contendit, quo in loco cum paucis equitibus esse

116 DE BELLO GALLICO

dicebatur. Multum cum in omnibus rebus, tum in re
militari potest fortuna. Nam sicut magno accidit casu, ut
in ipsum incautum etiam atque imparatum incideret, pri-
usque ejus adventus ab hominibus videretur, quam fama

5 aut nuntius afierretur ; sic magnae fuit fortunae omni mili-
tari instrumento, quod circum se habebat, erepto, rhedis
equisque comprehensis, ipsum efiugere mortem. Sed hoc
eo factum est, quod aedificio circumdato silva (ut sunt
fere domicilia Gallorum, qui vitandi aestus causa plerum-

10 que silvarum ac fluminum petunt propinquitates), comites
familiaresque ejus angusto in loco paulisper equitum nos-
trorum vim sustinuerunt. His pugnantibus ilium in equum
quidam ex suis intulit : fugientem silvae texerunt. Sic et
ad subeundum periculum et ad vitandum multum fortuna

15 valuit.

XXXI. Ambi5rix copias suas judicione non conduxerit,
quod proelio dimicandum non existimarit, an tempore
exclusus et repentino equitum adventu prohibitus, cum
reliquum exercitum subsequi crederet, dubium est; sed

^ certe dimissis per agros nuntiis sibi quemque consulere
jussit : quorum pars in Arduenuam silvam, pars in conti-
nentes paludes profugit ; qui proximi OceS.num fuerunt, hi
insulis sese occultaverunt, quas aestus efficere consuerunt :
multi ex suis finibus egressi se suaque omnia alienissimis

25 crediderunt. Catuvolcus, rex dimidiae partis Eburonum,
qui una cum Ambiorige consilium inierat, aetate jam con-
fectus, cum laborem belli aut fugae ferre non posset,
omnibus precibus detestatus Ambiorlgem, qui ejus consilii
auctor fuisset, taxo, cujus magna in Gallia Germaniaque

80 copia est, se exanimavit.

XXXII. Segni Condrusique, ex gente et numero Ger-
manorum, qui sunt inter Eburones Trevirosque, legates ad
Caes^em miserunt, oratum, ne se in hostium numero
duceret neve omnium Germanorum, qui essent citra Rhe-

B5 num, unam esse causam judicaret ; nihil se, de bello cogi-
tavisse, nulla Ambiorfgi auxilia misisse. Caesar explo^
rata re quaestione captivorum, si qui ad eos Eburones ex
fuga convenissent, ad se ut reducerentur imperavit ; si ita

LIBER SEXTUS. H7

fecissent, fines eorani Be violaturum negavit. Turn copiis
in tres partes distributis, impedimenta omnium legionum
Aduatucam ccntulit. Id castelli nomen est. Hoc fere est
in mediis Eburonum finibus, ubi Titurius atque Aurancu-
leius hiemandi causa consederant. Hunc cum reliquis 5
rebus locum probabat, turn quod superions anni munitiones
integrae manebant, ut militum laborem sublevaret. Prae-
sidio impediments legionem quartam decimam reliquit,
unam ex his tiibus, quas proxime conscriptas ex Italia
transduxerat. Ei legioni castrisque Quintum Tullium 10
Ciceronem praeficit ducentosque equites attribuit.

XXXIII. Partito exercitu, Titum Labienum cum legi-
onibus tribus ad Oceg,num versus in eas partes, quae Mena-
pios attingunt, proficisci jubet; Gaium Trebonium cum
pari legionum numero ad eam regionem, quae Aduatucis 15
adjacet, depopulandam mittit ; ipse cum reliquis tribus ad
flumen Scaldem, quod influit in Mosam, extremasque Ar-
duennae partes ire constituit, quo cum paucis equitibus
profectum Ambiorigem audiebat. Discedens post diem
septimum sese reversurum confiimat ; quam ad diem ei 20
legioni, quae in praesidio relinquebatur, frumentum deberi
sciebat. Labienum Trebonium que hortatur, si rei publi-
cae commodo facere possint, ad eam diem revertantur ; ut
rursus communicato consilio exploratisque liostium ratio-
nibus, aliud belli initium capere possent. 25

XXXIV. Erat, ut supra demonstravimus, nianus certa
nulla, non oppidum, non praesidium, quod se armis defen-
deret, sed omnes in partes dispersa multitudo. Ubi cuique
aut vallis abdita aut locus silvestris aut palus impedita
spem praesidii aut salutis aliquam offerebat, consederat. 80
Haec loca vicinitatibus erant nota, magnamque res dili-
gentiam requirebat, non in summa exercitus tuenda (nul-
lum enim poterat universis ab perterritis ao dispersis
peric'ulum accidere), sed in singulis militibus conservandis ;
quae tamen ex parte res ad salutem exercitus pertinebat. 88
Nam et praedae cupiditas multos longius evocabat, et silvae
incertis occultisque itineribus confertos adire prohibebant.
Si negotium confici stirpemque hominum sceleratorum

H8 DE BELLO GALLICO

interfici vellet, dimittendae plures mauus diducendique
erant milites : si continere ad signa manipulos vellet, ut
instituta ratio et consuetudo exercitus Romani postala-
bat, locus ipse erat praesidio barbaris, neque ex occulto

6 insidiandi et dispersos circumveniendi singulis deerat
audacia. At in ejusmodi difficultatibus, quantum dili-
gentia provideri poterat, providebatur, ut potius in no-
cendo aliquid praetermitteretur, etsi omnium animi ad
ulciscendum ardebant, quam cum aliquo militum detri-

10 mento noceretur. Caesar ad finitiraas civitates nuntioa
dimittit, omnes ad se evocat spe praedae ad diripiendos
Eburones, ut potius in silvis Gallorum vita quam legiona-
rins miles peiiclitetur ; simul ut, magna multitudine cir-
cumfusa, pro tali facinore stirps ac nomen civitatis toUa^

15 tur. Magnus undique numerus celeriter convenit.

XXXV. Haec in omnibus Eburonum partibus gereban-
tur, diesque appetebat septimus, quem ad diem Caesar ad
impedimenta legionemque reverti constituerat. Hie quan-
tum in bello fortuna possit et quantos afferat casus, cog-

20 nosci potuit. Dissipatis ac perterritis hostibus, ut demon-
stravimus, manus erat nulla, quae parvam modo causam
timoris afFerret. Trans Rhenum ad Germanos pervenit
fama, diripi Eburones atque ultro omnes ad praedam evo-
cari. Cogunt equitum duo millia Sigambri, qui sunt prox-

i6 imi Rheno, a quibus receptos ex fuga Tencteros atque
TJsipetes supra doouimus: transeunt Rhenum navibus
ratibusque triginta millibus passuum infra eum locum, ubi
pons erat perfectus praesidiumque ab Caesare relictum:
primes Eburonum fines adeunt, multos ex fuga dispersos

60 excipiunt, magno pecoris numero, cujus sunt cupidissimi
barbari, potiuntur. Invitati praeda longius procedunt:
non hos palus in bello latrociniisque natos, non silvae mo-
rantur: quibus in locis sit Caesar, ex captivis quaerunt;
profectum longius reperiunt omnemque exercitum disces-

Z6 sisse cognoscunt. Atque unus ex captivis, " Quid vos,''
inquit, ^^hanc miseram ac tenuem sectamini praedam,
quibus licet jam esse fortunatissimis ? Tribus horis Adua-
tticam venire potestis : hue omnes suas fortunas exercitus

LIBER SEXTUS. 119

Romanorum contulit; praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus
quidem cingi possit, neque quisqaam egredi extra muni-
tiones audeat." Oblata spe, Germani, quani nacti erant
praedam, in occulto relinquunt; ipsi Adaatticam conten-
dunt, usi eodem duce, cajns haec indicio cognoverant. 6

XXXVI. CicSro, qui per omnes superiores dies praecep-
tis Caes^s cum summa diligentia milites in castris con-
tin uisset ac ne calonem quidem quemquam extra munitio-
nem egredi passus esset, septimo die diffidens de numero
dierum Caeslirem fidem servaturum, quod longius progres- 10
sum audiebat, neque ulla de reditu ejus fama afierebatur;
simul eorum permotus vocibus, qui illius patientiam paene
obsessionem appellabant, si quidem ex castris egredi non
liceret; nullum ejusmodi casum exspectans, quo.novem
oppositis legionibus maximoque equitatu, dispersis ac 16
paene deletis hostibas, in millibus passuum tribus offendi
posset ; quinque cohortes frumentatum in proximas sege-
tes mittit, quas inter et castra unus omnino collis intererat.
Complures erant in castris ex legionibus aegii relicti ; ex
qnibus qui hoc spatio dierum convaluerant, circiter trecenti 20
sub vexillo una mittuntur: magna praeterea multitudo
calonum, magna vis jumentorum, quae in castris subsede-
rat, facta potestate, sequitur.

XXXVII. Hoc ipso tempore et casu German! equites
interveniunt protinusque eodem illo, quo venerant, cursu 25
ab decumana porta in castra irrumpere conantur; neo
prius sunt visi objectis ab ea parte silvis, quam castris
appropinquarent, usque eo, ut qui sub vallo tenderent
mercatores, recipiendi sui facultatem non haberent. In-
opinantes nostri re nova perturbantur ac vix primum im- 30
petum cohors in statione sustinet. Circumfunduntur ex
reliquis bostes partibus, si quem aditum reperire possent.
Aegre portas nostri tuentur, reliquos aditus locus ipse per
se munitioque defendit. Totis trepidatur castris, atque
alius ex alio causam tumultus quaerit ; neque quo signa 85
ferantur, neque quam in partem quisque conveniat, pro-
vident. Alius jam castra capta pronuntiat; alius de-
leto exercitu atque imperatore victores barbaros venisse

120 r>B BELLO GALLICO

contendit : plcrique novas sibi ex loco religiones fingont,
Cottaeque et Titurii calamitatem, qui in eodem occiderint
castello, ante ocalos ponunt. Tali timore omnibus perter-
ritis confirmatur opinio barbaris, ut ex captivo audierant,
5 nullum esse intus praesidium. Perrumpere nituntur se-
que ipsi adhortantur, ne tantam fortunam ex manibus
dimittant.

XXXVIII. Erat aeger in praesidio relictus Publius
Sextius Bactilus, qui primum pilum ad Caes^em duxerat,

10 cujus mentionem superioribus proeliis fecimus, ac diem
jam quintum cibo cainierat. Hie diffisus suae atque
omnium saluti inermis ex tabemaculo prodit : videt immi-
nere hostes atque in summo esse rem discrimine: capit
arma a proximis atque in porta eonsistit. Consequuntur

15 hunc centuriones ejus cohortis quae ^n statione erat : pau-
lisper una proelium sustinent. Relinquit animus Sextium
gravibus acceptis vulneribus: aegi'e per mauus tractus
servatur. Hoc spatio interposito, reliqui sese confirmant
tan turn, ut in munitionibus consistere audeant speciem-

20 que defensorum praebeant.

XXXIX. Interim, confecta frumentatione, milites nostrL
clamorem exaudiunt : praecurrunt equites ; quanto sit res
in periculo, cognoscunt. Hie vero nulla munitio est, quae
perterritos recipiat: modo conscripti atque usus milit£p-is

25 imperiti ad tribunum militum centurionesque ora conver-
tunt : quid ab his praecipiatur, exspectant. Nemo est tarn
fortis, quin rei novitate perturbetur. Barbari signa procul
conspicati oppugnatione desistunt : redisse primo legiones
credunt, quas longius discessisse ex captivis cognoverant :

30 postea, despecta paucitate, ex omnibus partibus impetum
faciunt.

XL. Calones in proximum tumulum procurrunt: hino
celeriter dejecti se in signa manipulosque conjiciunt: eo
magis timidos perterrent milites. Alii, cuneo facto ut

85 celeriter perrumpant, censent, quoniam tarn propinqua sint
castra ; et si pars aliqua circumventa ceciderit, at reliquos
servari posse confidunt : alii, ut in jugo consistant atque
eundem omnes ferant casum. Hoc veteres non probant

LIBER SEXTUS. 121

milites, quos sub vexillo una profectos docuimus. Itaque
inter se cohortati, duce Gaio Trebonio, equite Komano,
qui eis erat praepositus, per medios hostes perrumpunt-
incolumesque ad unum omnes in castra perveniunt. Hos
subsecuti calones equitesque eodem impetu militum vir- 5
tute servantur. At ii, qui in jugo constiterant, nullo
etiam none usu rei militaris percepto, neque in eo, quod
probaverant, consilio permanere, ut se loco superiore de-
fenderent, neque earn, quam prodesse aliis vim celeritatem-
que viderant, imitari potuerunt ; sed se in castra recipere lo
conati iniquum in locum, demiserunt. Centuriones, quorum
nonnolli ex inferioribus ordinibus reliquarum legionum
yirtutis causa in superiores erant ordines hujus legionis
transducti, ne ante partam rei militaris laudem amitterent,
fortissime pugnantes conciderunt. Militum pars, horum 15
virtute submotis hostibus, praeter spem incolumis in castra
pervenit ; pars a barbaris circumventa periit.

XLT. Germani, desperata expugnatione castrorum, quod
nostros jam constitisse in munitionibus videbant, cum ea
praeda, quam in silvis deposuerant, trans Rhenum sese 20
receperunt. Ac tantus fuit etiam post discessum hostium
terror, ut ea nocte, quum Gains Yolusenus missus cum
equitatu ad castra venisset, fidem non faceret adesse cum
incolumi CaesS.rem exercitu. Sic omnium animos timor
praeoccupaverat, ut paene alienata mentc, deletis pmni- 25
bus copiis, equitatum se ex fuga recepisse dicerent, neque
incolumi exercitu Germanos castra oppugnaturos fuisse
contenderent. Quem timorem Caesaris adventus sustulit.

XLII. Reversus ille, event us belli non ignorans, unum,
quod cobortes ex statione et praesidio essent emissae, 80
questus, ne minimo quidem casu locum relinqui debuissc,
multum fortunam in repentino bostium adventu potuisse
judicavit ; multo etiam amplius, quod paene ab ipso vallo
portisque castrorum barbaros avertisset. Quarum omni-
um rerum maxime admirandum videbatur, quod Germani, 85
qui eo consilio Rhenum transierant, ut Ambiorigis fines
depopularentur, ad castra Romanorum delati optatissimum
Ambiorlgi beneficium obtulerant.

122 I>E BELLO GALMCO

XLIII. Caesar rursns ad vexandos hostes profectns,
magno coacto nuniero ex finitimis civitatibus, in omnes
paites dimittit. Omnes vici atqae omnia aedificia, quae
quisque conspexerat, incendebantur ; praeda ex omnibus
5 locis agebatur ; frumenta non solum a tanta multitudine
jumentorum atque hominum consumebantur, sed etiam
mni tempore atque imbribus procubuerant ; ut, si qui
etiam in praesentia se occultassent, tamen his, deducto
exercitH, rerum omnium inopia pereundum videretur. Ac

10 saepe in eum locum ventum est, tanto in omnes partes
diviso equitatu, ut modo visum ab se Ambiorigem in foga
circumspicerent captivi, neo plane etiam abisse ex con-
spectu contenderent, ut spe consequendi illata atque infi-
nito labore suscepto, qui se summam ab CaesSre gratiam

16 inituros putarent, paene naturam studio vincerent, sem-
perque paulum ad summam felicitatem de^isse videretur,
atque ille latebris ac silvis aut saltibus se eriperet et noctu
occultatus alias regiones partesque peteret, non majore
equitum praesidio quam quattuor, quibus solis vitam suam

20 committere audebat.

XLIV. Tali modo vastatis regionibus, exercitum Caesar
duarum cohortium damno DurocortSrum Kemorum redu-
cit, concilioque in eum locum Galliae indicto, de conjura-
tione Sen5num et Carnutum quaestionem habere instituit ;

25 et de Accone, qui princeps ejus consilii fuerat, graviore
sententia pronuntiata, more majorum supplicium sumpsit.
Nonnulli judicium veriti profugerunt; quibus cum aqua
atque igni interdixisset, duas legiones ad fines Trevirorum,
duas in Lingonlbus, sex reliquas in Sendnum finibus Age-

80 dinci in hibemis collocavit, frumentoque exercitui proviso,
ut instituerat, in Italiam ad conventus agendod profee-
tus est.

/^

t'.

LIBER SEFTIMUS. 123

LIBER VII.

I. QuiETA Gallia Caesar, nt constituerat, in Italiam ad
conventus agendos proficiscitur. Ibi cognoscit de Clodii
caede; de senatusque consulto certior factus, nt omnes
jnniores Italiae conjurarent, delectum tota pro vincia habe-
re institait. Eae res in Galliam Transalpinam celeriterd
perferuntur. Addunt ipsi et affingunt rumoribus Galli,
quod res poscere videbatur, retineri urbano mota Caesarem
neque in tantis dissensionibus ad exercitum venire posse.
Hac impulsi occasione, qui jam ante se populi Romani im-
perio subjectos dolerent, liberius atque audacius de bello 10
consilia inire incipiunt. Indictis inter se principes Galliae
conciliis silvestribus ao remotis locis queruntur de Acco-
nis morte ; posse hunc casum ad ipsos recidere demon-
strant ; miserantur communem Galliae fortunam ; omnibus
pollicitationibus ac praemiis deposcunt, qui belli initium 16
faciant et sui capitis periculo Galliam in libertatem vindi-
cent. Imprimis rationem esse habendam dicunt, prius-
quam eorum clandestina consilia efferantur, ut Caesar ab
exercitu intercludatur. Id esse facile, quod neque legiones
audeant, absente imperatore, ex hibemis egredi, neque 20
imperator sine praesidio ad legiones pervenire possit:
postremo in acie praestare interfici, quam non veterem
belli gloriam libertatemque, quam a majoribus acceperint,
recuperare.

n. His rebus agitatis, profitentur CamGtes se nullum 25
periculum communis salutis causa recusare, principesque .
ex omnibus bellum facturos pollicentur; et quoniam in
praesentia obsidibas cavcro inter se non possint, ne res
efiTeratur, ut jurejurando ac fide sanciatur, petunt, collatis
militaribus signis, quo more eorum gravissima caerimonia 30

124 I>B BELLO GALLICO

continetur, ne facto initio belli ab reliquis deserantur.
Turn coUaudatis Camutibns, dato jurejurando ab omnibus
qui aderant, tempore ejus rei constitnto, ab concilio dis-
cedltur.
5 III. Ubi ea dies venit, Carnutes, Cotoato et Conetoduno
ducibas, desperatis hominibas, GenS^bom signo dato con-
currant, civesque Romanos, qui negotiandi causa ibi con«
stiterant, in his Gaium Fusium Citam, honestum equitem
Roman um, qui rei frumentariae jussa Caes^iris praeerat,
10 interficiunt bonaque eorum diripiunt. Celeriter ad omnes
Galliae civitates fama perfertur; nam ubicumque major
atque illustrior incidit res, clamore per agros regionesque
significant; hunc alii deinceps excipiunt et proximis tra-
dunt, ut tum accidit. Nam quae G^nabi oriente sole gesta
15 essent, ante primam confectam vigiliam in iinibus Arver-
norum audita sunt; quod spatium est millium circiter
centum et sexaginta.

IV. Simili ratione ibi Vercinget^rix, Celtilli filius, Arver-
nus, summae potentiae adolescens, cujus pater principatum
20 Galliae totius obtinuerat et ob cam cansam, quod regnum
appetebat, ab civitate erat interfectus, convooatis suis
clientibus facile incendit. Cognito ejus consilio ad arma
concurritur. Prohibetur ab Gobannitione, patruo suo, re-
liquisque principibus, qui banc tentandam fortunam non
26 existimabant, expellitur ex oppido Gergovia; non destitit
tamen atque in agris habet delectum egentium ac perdito
rum. Hac coacta manu, quoscumque adit ex civitate, ad
suam sententiam perducit ; hortatur, ut communis liberta-
tis causa arma capiant ; magnisque coactis copiis, adver-
se sarios sues, a quibus paulo ante erat ejectus, expellit ex
civitate. Rex ab suis appellatur; dimittit quoquoversus
legationes; obtestatur, ut in fide maneant. Celeriter sibi
SenQnes, Parisios, Pictfines, Cadurcos, Turdnes, Aulercos,
LemovTces, Andes reliquosque omnes, qui Oceanum attin-
36 gunt, adjungit; omnium consensu ad eum defertur imperii
um. Qua oblata potestate, omnibus his civitatibus obsides
imperat, certum numerum militum ad se celeriter adduci
jubet, armorum quantum quaeque civitas domi quodque

LIBER SEPTIMUS. , 125

ante tempns efficiat, constitnit: imprimis eqaitatui studet.
Summae diligentiae summam imperii severitatem addit;
magnitudine supplicii dubitantes cogit ; nam, majore com-
misso delicto, igui atque omnibus tormentis necat ; leviore
de causa auribus desectis aut singulis effossis oculis domum 5
remittit, ut sint reliquis documento et magnitudine poenae
perterreant alios.

V. His suppliciis celeriter coacto exercitu, Lucterium
Cadurcum, summae hominem audaciae, cum parte copia-
rum in RutSnos mittit ; ipse in Bituriges proficiscitur. 10
Ejus adventu Biturlges ad Aeduos, quorum erant in fide,
legates mittunt subsidium rogaturo, quo facilius hostium
copias sustinere possint. Aedui de consilio legatorum,
quos Caesar ad exercitum reliquerat, copias equitatus
peditatusque subsidio Biturigibus mittunt. Qui cum ad 15
fiumen Liggrim venissent, quod Biturlges ab Aeduis divi-
dit, paucos dies ibi morati neque flumen transire ausl
domum revertuntur, legatisque nostris renuntiant se Bitu-
rlgum perfidiam veritos revertisse, quibus id consilii fuisse
cognoverint, ut, si flumen transissent, una ex parte ipsi, 20
altera Arverni se circumsisterent. Id eane de causa, quam
legatis pronuntiarunt, an perfidia adducti fecerint, quod
nihil nobis constat, non videtur pro ceito esse ponendum.
Biturlges eorum discessu statim cum Arvernis junguntur.

YI. His rebus in Italiam Caes^ri nuntiatis, cum jam 25
ille urbanas res virtute Gnaei Pompeii commodiorem in
statum pervenisse intelligeret, in Transalpinam Galliam
profectus est. Eo cum venisset, magna difficultate afii-
ciebatur, qua ratione ad exercitum pervenire posset. Nam
81 legiones in provinciam arcesseret, se absente, in itinere 80
proelio dimicaturas intelligebat ; si ipse ad exercitum con-
tenderet, ne iis quidem eo tempore, qui quieti viderentur,
Buam salutem recte committi videbat.

VII. Interim Lucterius Cadurcus in Rutenos missus
earn civitatem Arvernis conciliat. Progressus in Nitiobri- 85
ges et Gab&los ab utrisque obsides accipit, et magna
coacta manu in provinciam, Narbonem versus, eruptionem
facere contendit. Qua re nuntiata, Caesar omnibus consiliis

126 I>£ BELLO OALLICO

antevertendum existimavit) ut Narbonem proficisceretur.
£o cum venisset, timentes confinnaty praesidia in Rutenis
provincialibus, Volois Arecomicis, Tolosatlbus, circumque
Narbonem, quae loca hostibus erant finitima, constituit;
5 partem copiarum ex provincia supplementumque, quod ex
Italia adduxerat, in Helvios, qui fines Arvemorum contin-
gunt, convenire jubet.

VIII. His rebus comparatis, represso jam Lucterio et
remoto, quod intrare intra praesidia periculosum putabat^

10 in Helvios proficiscitur. Etsi mons Cevenna, qui Arver-
nos ab Helviis discludit, durissimo tempore anni altissima
nive iter impediebat, tamen discussa nive sex in altitudi-
nem pedum atque ita viis patefactis, sunmio militum
labore ad fines Arvernorum pervenit. Quibus oppressis

15 inopinantibus, quod se Cevenna ut muro munitos existi-
mabant, ac ne singulari quidem unquam homini eo tem-
pore anni semitae patuerant, equitibus imperat, ut quam
latissime possint vagentur et quam maximum hostibus
terrorem inferant. Celeriter haec fama ac nuntiis ad Yer-

20 cingetor¥gem perferuntur ; quem perten'iti omnes Arvemi
drcumsistunt atque obsecrant, ut suis fortunis consulat,
neu se ab hostibus diripi patiatur, praesertim cum videat
omne ad se helium translatum. Quorum ille precibns
permotus castra ex Bituriglbus movet in Arvernos versus.

25 IX. At Caesar biduum in his locis moratus, quod haeo
de Vercingetorlge usu ventura opinione praeceperat, per
causam supplementi equitatusque cogendi ab exercitu dis-
cedit; Brutum adolescentem his copiis praeficit; hunc
monet, ut in omnes partes equites quam latissime pervagen-

SO tur : daturum se operam, ne longius tiiduo ab castris absit.
His constitutis rebus, suis inopinantibus, quam maximis
potest itineribus Viennam pervenit. Ibi nactus recentem
equitatum, quem multis ante diebus eo praemiserat, neque
diurno neque nocturno itinere intermisso per fines Aeduo-

85 rum in Ling5nes contendit, ubi duae legiones hiemabant,
ut, si quid etiam de sua salute ab Aeduis iniretur consilii,
celeritate praecurreret. Eo cum peiTenisset, ad reliquas
legiones mittit priusque omnes in unum locum cogit, quam

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 127

de ejus adventu Arvemis nuntiari posset. Hac re cognita,
Vercingetdrix rureus in Biturlges exercitum reducit, atque
inde profectus Gergoviam, Boiorum oppiduiii, quos ibi
Helvetlco proelio victos Caesar coUocaverat Aeduisqae
attribuerat, oppugnare instituit. 6

X. Magnam haec res Caes&ri difficultatem ad consilium
capiendum afferebat; si reliquam partem hiemis uno in
loco legiones contineret, ne, stip^ndiariis Aeduorum ex-
pagnatis, cuncta Gallia deficeret, quod nullum amicis in
eo praesidium videret positum esse ; sin maturius ex hiber- lo
nis educeret, ne ab re frumentaria duris subvectionibus
laboraret. Praestare visum est tamen omnes difficultates
perpeti, quam, tanta contumelia accepta, omnium suorum
voluntates alienare. Itaque cohortatus Aeduos de suppor-
tando commeatu praemittit ad Boios, qui de suo adventu 15
doceant hortenturque, ut in fide maneant atque hostium
impetum magno animo sustineant. Duabus Agedinci
legionibus atque impedimentis totius exercitus relictis ad
Boios proficiscitur.

XI. Altero die cum ad oppidum Sendnum Yellauno- 20
dunum venisset, ne quem post se hostem relinqueret, quo
expeditiore re frumentaria nteretur, oppugnare instituit
idque biduo circumvallavit ; tertio die missis ex oppido
legatis de deditione, arma conferri, jumenta produci,
sexcentos obsides dari jubet. Ea qui conficeret, Gaium 25
Treboninm legatum relinquit ; ipse ut quam primum iter
faceret, Gen2.bum Camutum proficiscitur, qui, tum primum
allato nuntio de oppugnatione Yellaunoduni, cum longius
eam rem ductum iri existimarent, praesidium GenSbi tuen-
di causa, quod eo mitterent, comparabant. Hue biduo dQ
pervenit. Castris ante oppidum positis, diei tempore exclu-
sns in posterum oppugnationem difiert, quaeque ad eam
rem usui sint, militibus imperat ; et quod oppidum Gena-
bum pons fluminis Liggris continebat, veritus, ne noctu ex
oppido pro^gerent, duas legiones in armis excubare jubet. 85
Genabenses paulo ante mediam noctem silentio ex oppido
egressi flumen transire coeperunt. Qua re per explorato-
res nuntiata, Caesar legiones, quas expeditas esse jusserat,

X28 ^^ BELLO 6ALLICQ

portis incetiBis, intromittit atqae oppido potitur, perpancis
ex hostium numero desideratis, quin cancti caperentur,
quod pontis atque itineram angustiae multitadinis fagam
intercloserant. Oppidnm diripit atque incendit, praedam

5 railitibus donat, exeroitum LigSrim transducit atque in
Biturigum fines pervenit.

XII. YercingetSrix, nbi de Caes^ris adventu cognovit,
oppugnatione destitit atque obviam CaesSLri proficiscitur.
Ille oppidum Biturigum positum in via Noviodunum op-

10 pugnare instituerat. Quo ex oppido cum legati ad eum
venissent oratum, ut sibi ignosceret suaeque vitae consnle-
ret, ut celeritate reliquas res conficeret, qua pleraque erat
consecutus, arma conferri, equos produci, obsides dari jubet.
Parte jam obsidum tradita, cum reliqua administrarentur,

15 centurionibus et paucis militibus intromissis, qui arma
jumentaque conquirerent, equitatus hostium procul visus
est, qui agmen Vercingetoilgis antecesserat. Quem simul
atque oppidani conspezerunt atque in spem auxilii vene-
runt, clamore sublato, arma eapere, poitas claudere, mu-

20 rum complere coepemnt. Oenturiones in oppido, cum
ex significatione Galldrum novi aliquid ab iis iniri consilii
intellexissent, gladiis destrictis, portas occupaverunt saos-
que omnes incolumes receperunt.

XTTL Caesar ex castris equitatum educi jubet proelium-

35 que equestre committit ; laborantibus jam suis Germanos
equites circiter quadringentos submittit, quos ab initio
secum habere instituerat. Eorum impetum Galli susti-
nere non potuenint, atque in fugam conjecti, multis amis^
sis, se ad agmen receperunt: quibus profligatis, rursuf

W) oppidani perterriti comprehensos eos, quorum opera pie-
bem concitatam existimabant, ad Caes§,rem perduxerunt
seseque ei dedidernnt. Quibus rebus confectis, Caesar ad
oppidum Avaricum, quod erat maximum munitissimnmque
in finibus Biturigum atque agri fertilissima regione, profec-

S5 tus est ; quod, eo oppido recepto, civitatem Biturigum se
in potestatem redacturum confidebat.

XIV. Vercinget^rix, tot continuis incommodis Vellau-
noduni, GenS,bi, NoviodGni acceptis, suos ad concilium

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 129

eonvocat. Docet longe alia ratione esse bellam gerendum,
atque antea sit gestum : omnibas modis huic rei studen-
dnm, ut pabulatione et commeata Romani prohibeantur.
Id esse facile, quod equitatu ipsi abundent et quod anni
tempore sableventur ; pabulum secari non posse ; necessa- 6
no dispersos hostes ex aedificiis petere ; hos omnes quotidie
fib equitibus deleri posse. Praeterea salutis causa rei fami-
liaris commoda negligenda; vices atque aedificia incendi
oportere hoc spatio quoquoversus, quo pabulandi causa
adire posse videantur. Harum ipsis rerum copiam suppe- 10
tere, quod, quorum in finibus bellum geratur, eorum opibus
snbleventur; Romanes aut inopiam non laturos aut magno
cum periculo longius ab castris progressuros ; neque inter-
esse, ipsosne interficiant irapedimentisne exuant, quibus
amissis, bellum geii non possit. Praeterea oppida incendi 15
oportere, quae non munitione et loci natura ab omni sint
periculo tuta, neu suis sint ad detractandam militiam re-
ceptacula, neu Romanis proposita ad copiam commeatus
praedamque tollendara. Haec si gravia aut acerba vide-
antur, multo ilia gravius aestimare debere, liberos, conjuges 20
in servitutem abstrahi, ipsos interfici; quae sit necesse
accidere victis.

XV. Omnium consensu hac sententia probata, uno die
amplius viginti urbes Bitudgum incenduntur. Hoc idem
lit in reliquis civitatibus. In omnibus partibus incendia 25
conspiciuntur ; quae etsi magno cum dolore omnes fere-
bant, tamen hoc sibi solatii proponebant, quod se, prope
explorata victoria, celeriter amissa recuperaturos confide-
bant. Deliberatur de Avarice in communi concilio, in-
cendi placeret, an defendi. Procumbunt omnibus Gallis 30
ad pedes Bituriges, ne pulcherriraam prope totius Galliae
nrbem, quae et praesidio et ornamento sit civitati, suis
tnanibus succendere cogerentur ; facile se loci natura de-
fensuros dicunt, quod prope ex omnibus partibus flumine et
palude circumdata unum habeat et perangustum aditum. 85
Datur petentibus venia, dissuadente prime Vercingetorfge,
post concedente et precibus ipsorum et misericordia vulgi.
Defensores oppido idonei deliguntur.
9

130 DE BELLO GALLICO

XVI. VercingetOrix minoribus Caesarem itineribus sub-
sequitur et locum castiis deligit paludibus silvisque mnni-
tum, ab Avarico longe millia passuum sexdecim. Ibi per
certofl exploratores in Bingula diei tempora, quae ad Ava-

6 licum agerentur, cognoscebat, et quid fieri vellet, impera-
bat ; omnes nostras pabulationes frumentationesque obser-
vabat, dispersosque, cum longius necessario procederent,
adoriebatur magnoque incommodo aficiebat; etsi, quan-
tum ratione provider! poterat, ab nostris occurrebatur, ut

10 incertis temporibus diversisque itineribus iretur.

XVII. Castris ad earn partem oppidi positis, Caesar,
quae intermissa a ilumine et a palude aditum, at supra
diximus, angustum babebat, aggerem apparare, vineas
agere, tuiTCS duas constituere coepit; nam circunkvallare

16 loci natura prohibebat. De re frumentaria Boios atqne
Aeduos adhortari non destitit ; quorum alteri, quod nullo
studio agebant, non multum adjuvabant; alteri non magnis
facultatibus, quod civitas erat exigua et infirma, celeriter,
quod habuerunt, consumpserunt. Summa difficultate rei

20 frumentariae affecto exercitu tenuitate Boiorum, indiligen-
tia Aeduorum, incendiis aedificiorum, usque eo ut com-
plures dies milites frumento caruerint et pecbre ex longin-
quioribus vicis adacto, extremam famem sustentarent,
nulla tamen vox est ab iis audita populi Komani majestate

25 et superioribus victoriis indigna. Quin etiam Caesar cum
in opere singulas legiones appellaret, et si acerbius inopiam
ferrent, se dimissurum oppugnationem diceret, universi ab
eo, ne id faceret, petebant : sic se complures annos ilio im-
perante meruisse, ut nullam ignominiam accipei*ent, nun-

80 quam infecta re discederent : hoc se ignominiae laturos
loco, si inceptam oppugnationem reliquissent : praestare
omnes perferre acerbitates, quam non civibus Romanis,
qui Genabi perfidia Gallorum interissent, parentarent.
Haec eadem centurionibus tribunisque militum manda-

S5 bant, ut per eos ad Caesarem deferrentur.

XVIII. Cum jam muro turres appropinquassent, ex
captivis Caesar cognovit, Vercingetorigem, consnmpto pa-
bulo, castra movisse propius Avarfcum atque ipsum cum

«M

f THE NEW YORK

i PUBLIC LIBRARY

fc Ar-TOR. T.FN"X I

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 131

eqiiitata expeditisque, qui inter equites proeliari consaes-
sent, insidiarum causa eo profectum, quo nostros postero
die pabulatum venturos arbitraretur. Quibus rebus cogni-
tis, media nocte silentio profectus ad hostium castra mane
peiTcnit. Uli celeriter, per exploratores adventu CaesSris 5
cognito, carros impedimentaque sua in artiores silvas ab«
diderunt, copias omnes in loco edito atque apeito instrux-
erunt. Qua re nuntiata, Caesar celeriter sarcinas conferri,
arma expediri jussit.

XTX. Collis erat leniter ab infimo aoclivis : hunc ex 10
omnibus fere partibns palus difficilis atque impedita cinge-
bat non latior pedibus quinquaginta. Hoc se colle, inter-
ruptis pontibus, Galli fiducia loci continebant, generatim-
que distributi in civitates omnia vada acsaltus ejus paludis
certis custodiis obtinebant, sic animo parati, ut, si earn 16
paludem Romani perrumpere conarentur, baesitantes pre-
merent ex loco superiore; ut^ qui propiaquitatem loci
videret, paratos prope aequo Marte ad dimicandum exis-
timaret; qui iniquitatem conditionis perspiceret, inani'
simulatione sese ostentare cognosceret. Indignantes mili- 20
tes Caesar, quod conspectum suum hostes perferre possent,
tantulo spatio inteijecto, et signum proelii exposcentes
edocet, quanto detrimento et quot virorum fortium morte
necesse sit constare victoriam ; quos cum sic animo para-
tos videat, ut nullum pro sua laude periculum recusent, 26
summae se iniquitatis condemnari debere, nisi eorum
vitami sua salute babeat cariorem. Sic milites consolatus
eodem die reducit in castra, reliquaque, quae ad oppugna-
tionem oppidi pertinebant, administrare instituit.

XX. YercingetSriXy cum ad suos redisset, proditionis 80
insimulatus, quod castra propius Romanes movisset, quod
cum omni equitatu discessisset, quod sine imperio tantas
copias reliquisset, quod ejus discessu Romani tanta oppor-
tunitate et celeritate venissent ; non baec omnia fortuito
aut sine consilio accidere potuisse ; regnum ilium Galliae 85
malle CaesSlris concessu quam ipsorum habere beneficio:
tali modo accusatus ad baec respond it : Quod castra mo-
visset, factum inopia pabuli etiam ipsis hortantibus : quod

132 " I>E BELLO GALLICO

propins Romanos accessisset, persuasum loci opportnnitate^
qui se ipse muDitione defenderet: equitum vero operam
neque in loco palastii desiderari debuisse, et illic fuisse
atilem, quo sint profecti: summam imperii se consulto
6 nulli discedentem tradidisse, ne is multitudinis studio ad
diraicandnm impelleretur ; cui rei propter animi molli-
tiem studere omnes videret, quod diutius laborem ferre
non possent. Roniani si casu intervenerint, fortunae, si
alicujus indicio vocati, huic habendam gratiam, quod et

to paucitatem eomm ox loco superiore cognoscere, et virtu-
tem despicere potuerint, qui dimicare non ausi, turpiter se
in castra receperint. Imperium se ab CaesS,re per prodi-
tionem nuHnm desidei*are, quod habere victoria posset,
quae jam esset sibi atque omnibus Gallis explorata : quin

15 etiam ipsis remittere, si sibi magis honorem tribuere, qnam
ab se salutem accipere videantur. '^Haec ut intelliga-
tis,'* inquit, ^a me sincere pronuntiari, audite Romanos
milites." Producit servos, quos in pabulatione paucis ante
diebus exceperat et fame vinculisque excruciaverat. Hi

30 jam ante edocti, quae interrogati pronuntiarent, milites se
esse legionarios dicunt : fame et inopia adductos clam ex
castris exisse, si quid frumenti ant pecoris in agris reperire
possent: simili omnem exercitum inopia premi, nee jam
vires sufficere cujusquam, nee ferre operis laborem posse :

*35 itaque statuisse imperatorem, si nihil in oppugnatione
oppidi profecissent, triduo exercitum deducere. " Haec,"
inquit, *'a me," VeroingetSrix, "beneficia habetis, quem
proditionis insimulatis, cujus opera sine vestro sanguine
tantum exercitum victorem fame consumptum videtis;

BO quem turpiter se ex fuga recipientem ne qua civitas suis
finibus recipiat, a me provisum est."

XXI. Conclamat omnia multitude et suo more armis
concrepat, quod facere in eo consuerunt, cujus orationem
approbant : Summum esse Vercingetorigem ducem, nee de

36 ejus fide dubitandum, neo majore ratione bellum admini-
strari posse. Statuunt, ut decem millia hominum delecta
ex omnibus copiis in oppidum submittantur, nee solis Bita-
liglbus communem salutem committendam censent, quod

LIBEB SEPTIMUS. • 133

penes eos, si id oppidam retinuissent, summam victoriae
coDStare intelUgebant.

XXII. Singulari militum nostromm virtati consilia
cnjusque modi Galloinim occurrebant, ut est summae genus
solertiae atque ad omnia imitanda et efficienda, quae ab 5
quoque traduntur, aptissimum. Nam et laqueis falces
avertebant, quas cum destinaverant, tormentis introi*sas
rediieebant ; et aggerem cuniculis subtrahebant, eo scien-
tins, quod apud eos magnae sunt ferrariae atque omue
genus cuniculorum notum atque usitatum est. Totum 19
autem murum ex omni parte turribus contabulaverant '
atque has coriis intexerant. Tum crebris diurnis noc-
tumisque eruptionibus aut aggeri ignem inferebant aut
milites occupatos in opere adoriebantur; et nostrarum
turrium altitndinem, quantum has quotidianus agger ex- 16
presserat, commissis suarum turrium malis adaequabant;
et apertos cuniculos praeusta et praeacuta materia et pice
fervefacta et maximi ponderis saxis morabantur moenibua-
que appropinquarc prohibebant.

XXHI. Muri autem omnes Galilei hac fere forma sunt. 2Q
Trabes directae perpetuae in longitudinem paribus inter-
vallis distantes inter se binos pedes, in solo coUocantur:
hae revinciuntur introrsus et multo aggere vestiuntur. Ea
autem, quae diximus, intervalla grandibus in fronte saxis
ef&rduntur. His coUocatis et coagmentatis alius insuper 25
ordo additur, ut idem illud intervallum servetur, nequ^
inter se contingant trabes, sed paribus intermissae spatiis,
singulae, singulis saxis interjcctis, arte contineantur. Sic
deinceps omne opus contexitur, dum justa muri altitudo
expleatur. Hoc cum in speciem varietatemque opus 30
deforme non est, alternis. trabibus ac saxis, quae rectis
lineis sues ordines servant ; tum ad utilitatem et defensio-
nem urbium summam habet opportunitatem ; quod et ab
incendio lapis et ab ariete materia defeiidit, quae pei*petui8
trabibus pedes quadragenos plerumque introrsus revincta 35
neque perrumpi neque distrahi potest.

XXIV. His tot rebus impedita oppughatione, milites
cum toto tempore irigore et assiduis imbribus tardar^ntuiT]

134 i>E beLlo gallico

tainen continent! labore omnia haec superaverant, et
diebus viginti quinquc aggerem latum pedes trecentos et
triginta, altum pedes octoginta exstruxerunt. Cum ie^
murum hostium paene contingeret, et Caesar ad opus con-

5 suetudine excubaret militesque hortaretur, ne quod omnino
tempus ab opere intermitteretur, paulo ante tertiam vigi-
liam est animadversnm fumare aggerem, quern cunicalo
hostes succenderant ; eodemque tempore toto muro cla-
raore sublato, duabus portis ab utroque latere tundum

10 eruptio fiebat. Alii faces atque aridam materiem de muro
in aggerem emiuus jaciebant, picem reliquasque res, quibus
ignis excitari potest, fundebant, ut, quo primnm occurre-
retur aut cui rei ferretur auxilium, vix ratio iniri posset.
Tamen, quod instituto CaesSlris semper duae legiones pro

15 castris excubabant pluresque partitis temporibus erant in

opere, celeriter factum est, ut alii eruptionibus resisterent,

alii tuiTes reducerent aggeremque intersciuderent, omnis

vero ex castris multitudo ad restinguendum concnrreret.

XXY. Cum in omnibus locis consumpta jam reliqua

20 parte noctis pugnaretur, semperque bostibus spes victoriae
redintegrarctur, eo magis, quod deustos pluteos turrium
videbant nee facile adire apertos ad auxiliandum animad-
vertebant, semperque ipsi recentes defessis succederent
omnemque Galliae salutem in illo vestigio temporis posi-

jS5 tam arbitrarentur, accidit inspectantibus nobis quod dig-
num memoria visum praetereundum non existimavimus.
Quidam ante portam oppidi Gallus, qui per manus sevi ac
picis traditas glebas in ignem e regione turris projiciebat,
scorpione ab latere dcxtro transjectus exanimatusque con-

80 cidit. Hunc ex proximis unus jacentem transgressns
eodem illo munere fungebatur-: eadem ratione ictu scor-
pionis exanimato altero, successit tertius, et tertio quartus ;
nee prius ille est a propugnatoribus vacuus i*elictus locus,
quam restincto aggere atque omni parte submotis bostibus

05 finis est pugnandi factus.

XXVI. Omnia experti Galli, quod res nulla successerat,
postero die consilium ceperunt ex oppido profugere, hor-
tante et jubente Yercingetorige. Id silentio noctis conati

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 135

non magQa jactura suornm sese effecturos sperabant, prop-
terea qnod neque longe ab oppido castra Yeroingetorigis
aberant, et palus, quae perpetua intercedebat, Romanos ad
inseqaendum tardabat. Jamque hoc facere noctu appara-
bant, cum matres familiae repente in publicum procurre- 5
runt flentesque projectae ad pedes suorum omnibus pre-
cibus petierunt, ne se et communes liberos hostibus ad
supplicium dederent, quos ad capiendam fugam naturae et
virium infirmitas impediret. TJbi eos in sententia perstare
viderunt, quod plerumque in summo periculo timor miseri- 10
cordiam non recipit, conclamare et significare de fuga
Komanis coeperunt. Quo timore perteniti Galli, ne ab
equitatu Komanorum viae praeoccuparentur, consilio des-
titerunt.

XXVII. Postero die Caesar, promota turri dircctisque 16
operibus, quae facere instituerat, magno coorto imbre, non
inutilem banc ad capiendum consilium tempestatem arbi-
tratus, quod paulo incautius custodias in muro dispositas
videbat, suos quoque languidius in opere versari jussit, et
quid fieri vellet ostendit. Legiones intra vineas in occulto 20
expeditas cobortatur, ut aliquando pro . tantis laboribus
fructum victoriae perciperent ; iis, qui primi murum ascen-
dissent, praemia proposuit militibusque signum dedit. Illi
subito ex omnibus partibus evolaverunt murumque celeri-
ter compleverunt. 26

XXVIII. Hostes re nova perterriti, muro turribusque
dejecti, in foro ao locis patentioribus cuneatim constite-
runt, hoc animo, ut, si qua ex parte obviam contra veni-
retur, acie instructa depugnarent. Ubi neminem in
aequum locum sese demittere, sed toto undique muro cir- SO
cumfundi viderunt, veriti, ne omnino spes fugae toUeretur,
abjectis armis, ultimas oppidi partes continenti impetu
petiverunt ; parsque ibi, cum angnsto exitu portarum se
ipsi premerent, a militibus, pars jam egressa portis ab
equitibus est interfecta : nee ftiit quisquam, qui praedae dS
studeret. Sic et Genabi caede et labore operis incitati
non aetate confectis, non mulieribus, non infantibus pe-
percerunt. Denique ex omni numero, qui fuit circiter

136 ^^ BELLO GALUCO

qaadraginta millium, vix octingenti, qui primo clamore aa«
dito se ex oppido ejecerant^ incolumes ad Vercingetorigem
pervenerant. Quos illo multa -jam nocte silentio ex faga
excepit, veritus, ne qaa in castris ex eoram concursu et
5 misericordia vulgi seditio oriretur, ut procal in via disposi-
lis familiaribus suis principibasque civitatum, disparandos
deducendosque ad suos curaret, quae cuiqae civitati pars
castrorum ab initio obvenerat.

XXIX. Postero die concilio convocato, consolatus co-
.10 hortatusque est, ne se admodum animo demitterent, ne

perturbarentar incommodo: Non virtute neque in acie
vicisse Romanos, sed ailificio quodam et scientia oppugna-
tionisy cajus rei fuerint ipsi imperiti ; errare, si qui in hello
omnes secundos rerum proventus exspectent; sibi nun-

15 quam placuisse, Avarlcuni defendi, cujus rei testes ipsos
Laberet; sed factum impinidentia Biturlgum e1j»^imiaob-
sequentia reliquorum, uti hoc incommodum acciperetur : id
tamen se celeriter majoribus commodis sanaturum. Nam
quae ab reliquis Gallis civitates dissentirent, has sua dili-

20 gentia adjuncturum atque unum consilium totius Galliae
effecturum, cujus consensu ne orbis quidem terrarum
possit obsistere ; idque se prope jam effectum habere.
Interea aequum esse, ab iis communis salutis causa impe-
trari, ut castra munire instituerent, quo facilius repentinos

25 hostium impetus sustinerent.

XXX. Fuit haec oratio non ingrata Oallis, et maxime,
quod ipse animo non defecerat, tanto accepto incommodo,
neque se in occultum abdiderat et conspectum multitudi-
nis fugerat ; plusque animo providere et praesentire existi'

90 mabatur, quod re Integra primo incendendum Avarlcum,
post deserendum censuerat. Itaque nt reliquorum impe^
ratorum res adversae auctoritatem minuunt, sic hujus ex
contrario dignitas, incommodo accepto, in dies augebatnr ;
simul in spem veniebant ejus affirmatione de reliquis ad-

S5jungendis civitatibus, primumque eo tempore Galli castra
munire instituerunt, ct sic sunt animo consternati, homines
insueti laboris, ut omnia, quae imperarentur, sibi patienda
et perferenda existimarent.

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 137

XXXI. Nee minus, qaam est polltcitus, Vercingetdrix
animo laborabat, at reliquas civitates adjungeret, atque
earum principes donis poUicitationibusque alliciebat. Huio
rei idoDeos homines deligebat, qaorum qaisque aut orati-
one subdola aut amicitia facillime capi posset. Qui Ava- 5
rlco expugnato refugerant, armandos vestiendosqae carat.
Simal at deminatae copiae redintegrarentar, imperat cer*
tarn nameram militam civitatibns, quem et qaam ante
diem in castra addaci velit; sagittariosqae omnes, qao-
ram ei*at permagnas nameras in Gallia, conqairi et ad se 10
raitti jabet. His rebas celeriter id, quod Avarici deperie-
rat, expletur. Interim Teutom&tus, Olloviconis filius, rex
Nitiobrigum, cujus pater ab senatu nostro amicus erat
appellatus, cum magno equitum suorum numero et quos
ex Aquitania conduxerat ad eum pervenit. 15

XXXII. Caesar Avarici complures dies commoratus
summamque ibi copiam frumenti et reliqui commeatus
nactus, exercitum ex labore atque inopia refecit. Jam
prope bieme confecta, cum ipso anni tempore ad geren-
duni bellum vocaretur et ad hostem proficisci constituisset, 20
sive eum ex paludibus silvisque elicerc, sive obsidione
premere posset, legati ad eura principes Aeduorum veni-
unt oratura, ut maxime necessario tempore civitati subve-
niat: Summo esse in periculo rem, quod, cum singuli
magistratus antiquitus creari atque regiam potestatem 25
annum obtinere consuessent, duo magistratum gerant et
se uterque eorum legibus creatum esse dicat. Horum esse
alterum Convictolitavem, florentem et illustrem adolescen-
tem ; alterum Gotum, antiquissima familia natum atque
ipsum hominem summae potentiae et magnae cognationis, so
cujus frater Yaletiacus proximo anno eundem magistra-
tum gesserit: civitatem esse omnem in armis, divisum
senatum, divisum populum, suas cuj usque eorum cliente-
las. Quod si diutius alatur controversia, fore, uti pars
cum parte civitatis confligat ; id ne accidat, positum in 35
ejus diligentia atque auctoritate.

XXXIII. Caesar, etsi a bello atque hoste discedere
detrimentosum esse existimabat, tamen non ignorans,

138 I>£ BELLO GALLICO

quanta ex dissensionibus incommoda oriri consaessent, ne
tanta et tarn conjuncta populo Romano civitas, quam ipse
semper aluisset omnibusque rebus omasset, ad vim atqae
ad arma descenderet, atque ea pars, quae minus sibi con-

6 fideret, auxilia a Vercingetor!ge arcesseret, huic rei prae-
vertendum existimavit ; et quod le^bus Aeduorutn iis,
qui summum magistratum obtinerent, excedere ex finibus
non liceret, ne quid de jure aut de legibus eorum deminu-
isse videretur, ipse in Aeduos proficisci statuit senatum-

10 que omnem et quos inter controversia esset, ad se Dece-
tiam evocavit. Cum prope omnis civitas eo conveni^et,
docereturque, paucis clam convocatis alio loco, alio tem-
pore, atque oportuerit, fratrem a fratre renuntiatum, cum
leges duo ex una familia, vivo ntroque, non solum magis*

15 tratus creaii vetarent, sed etiam in senatu esse prohibe-

rent, Cotum imperium deponere co'egit; Convictolitavem,

qui per sacerdotcs more civitatis, intermissis magistratibus,

esset creatus, potestatem obtiuere jussit.

XXXJY. Hoc decreto interposito, cobortatus Aeduos

20 ut controversiarum ac dissensionum obliviscerentur, atque
omnibus omissis rebus huio bello servirent, eaque, quae
meruissent, praemia ab se, devicta Gallia, exspectarent,
equitatumque omnem et peditum millia decem sibi celeri-
ter mitterent, quae in praesidiis rei frumentariae causa

25 disponeret, exercitum in duas partes divisit ; quattuor
legiones in Senoncs Parisiosqne Labieno ducendas dedit :
sex ipse in Arvernos ad oppidum Gergoviam secundum
flumen Elaver duxit : equitatus partem iUi attribuit, par-
tem sibi reliquit. Qua re cognita, Vercinget^rix, omnibus

«S0 interruptis ejus fluminis pontibus, ab altera Elaveris parte
iter facere coepit.

XXXV. Cum uterque utrique esset exercitus in con-
spectu, fereque e regione castris castra poneret, disposi-
tis exploratoribus, necubi effecto ponte Romani copias

55 transducerent, erat in magnis Caesaris difficultatibus res,
ne majorem aestatis partem flumine impediretur, quod non
fere ante autumnum Elaver vado transiri solet. Itaque,
ne id accideret, silvestri loco castris positis e regione onius

LIBEB SEPTIMUS. 139

eoram pontiam, quos VercingetSrix resclndendos curave-
rat, postero die cum duabus legionibus in occulto restitit ;
reliqaas copias cum omnibus impedimentis, ut consueve-
rat, misit, captis quibusdam cohortibus, uti numerus legio-
num constarc videretur. His quani longissime possent 5
progi*edi jussis, cum jam ex diei tempore conjecturam
caperet in castra perventum, iisdem sublicis, quamm pars
inferior integra remanebat, pontem rcficere coepit. Cele-
riter efiecto opere legionibusque transductis et loco castria
idoneo delecto, reliquas copias revocavit. VercingetSrix, ZO
re cognita, ne contra suam voluntatem dimicare cogeretur,
raagnis itineribus antecessit.

XXXVI. Caesar ex eo loco quintis castris Gergoviam
pervenit, equestrique eo die proelio levi facto, perspecto
urbis situ, quae posita in altissimo monte omnes aditus 15
difficiles habebat, de expugnatione desperavit; de obses-
sione non prius agendum constituit, quam rem frumenta-
nam cxpedisset. At VercingetSrix, castris prope oppidum
in monte positis, mediocribus circum se intervallis separa-
tim singularum civitatum copias collocaverat ; atque omni- 20
bus ejus jugi collibus occupatis, qua despici poterat, horri-
bilem speciem praebebat; principesque earum civitatum,
quos sibi ad consilium capiendum delegerat, prima luce
quotidie ad se con venire jubebat, seu quid communican-
dum, seu quid administrandum videretur ; neque ullum 25
fere diem intermittebat, quin equestri proelio, inter) ectis
sagittariis, quid in quoque esset animi ac virtutis suorum,
periclitaretur. Erat e regione oppidi collis sub ipsis radi-
cibus mentis, egregie muuitus atque ex omni parte circum-
cisus, quem si tenerent nostri, et aquae magna parte etSO
pabulatione libera prohibituri hostes videbantur; sed is
locus praesidio ab his non nimis firmo tenebatur ; tamen
silentio noctis Caesar ex castris egressus, priusquam subsi-
dio ex oppido veniri posset, dejeoto praesidio, potitus loco,
duas ibi legiones collocavit fossamque duplicem duodenum 35
pedum a majoribus castris ad minora perduxit, ut tuto
ab repentino hostium incursu etiam singuli commeare
possent.

140 ^^ BELLO GALLICO

XXXVII. Dam haec ad Gergoviam gemntar, ConWo
tolitavis Aeduus, oui magistrattim adjudicatum a CaesSre
demonBtravimus, solicitatos ab Arvernis peconia cum qui-
busdam adolescentibus coUoquitur, quomm erat princeps

5 Litavlcus atque ejus fratres, amplissima familia nati adole^
centes. Cum his praemium communicat hortaturque, ut se
liberoB et imperio nates meminerint : Unam esse Aeduoram
civitatem, quae certissimam Galliae victoriam distineat;
ejus auctoritate i*eliquas contineii; qua transducta locum

10 coDsistendi Romanis in Gallia non fore : esse nonnuUo se
Caes&ris beneficio affectum, sic tamen, ut justissimam apud
eum causam obtinuerit; sed plus communi libertati tii-
buere : cur enim potius Aedui de suo jure et de legibus ad
Caes&rem disceptatorem, quam Romani ad Aeduos veni-

15 ant ? Celeriter adolescentibus et oratione magistratus et
praemio deductis, cum se vel piincipes ejus consilii fore
profiterentur, ratio perficiendi quaerebatur, quod civitatem
temere ad suscipiendum bellum adduci posse non confide-
bant. Placuit, uti Litavlcua decern illis millibus, quae

120 Caes&ri ad bellum mitterentur, praeficeretur atque ea
ducenda curaret, fratresque ejus ad Caesarem praecurre-
rent. Reliqua qua ratione agi placeat, constituunt.

XXXVIII. Litavlcus, accepto exercitu, cum millia
passuum circiter triginta ab Gergovia abesset, convocatis

26 subito militibus, lacrimans, " Quo proficiscimur," inquit,
'' milites ? Omnis noster equitatus, omnis nobilitas inter-
iit; principes civitatis, Eporeddrix et Yiiidomarns, insi-
mulati proditionis ab Romanis, indicta causa, interfecti
sunt. Haec ab bis cognoscite, qui ex ipsa caede fugerunt :

80 nam ego, fratribus atque omnibus meis propinquis inter-
fectis, dolore probibeor, quae gesta sunt, pronuntiai-e."
Producuntur ii, quos ille edocuerat, quae dici vellet, atque
eadem, quae Litavlcus pronuntiaverat, multitudini expo-
nunt: Omnes equites Aeduorum interfectos, quod coUo-

S5 cuti cum Arvernis dicerentur ; ipsos se inter multitudinem
militum occultasse atque ex media caede fugisse. Concla-
mant Aedui et Litavlcum obsecrant, ut sibi consulat.
^ Quasi vero," inquit ille, '^ consilii sit res, ac non necesse

LIBEB SEPTIMUS. 141

sit nobis Gergoviam contendere et cam Arvernis nosmet
conjungere. An dubitamus, qoin nefario facinore admisso
Romani jam nd nos interficiendos concurrant? Proinde,
81 qaid in nobis animi est, perseqaamur eorum mortem,
qui indignissime interieinint atque hos latrones interficia- 5
mus." Ostendit cives Romanos, qui ejus praesidii fiducia
una erant. Continno magnum numerum frumenti com-
meatusque diripit, ipsos crudeliter ezcruciatos interficit:
nuntios tota civitate Aeduorum dimittit, eodem mendacio
de caede equitum et principum permovet ; hortatur, at 10
simili ratione, atque ipse fecerit, suas injurias perse-
quantur.

XXXIX. Epored^rix Aeduus, sommo loco natus ado-
lescens et summae domi potentiae, et una YiridomS.rus,
paii aetate et gratia, sed genere dispari, quern Caesar ab 15
Diviti^co sibi traditum ex humili loco ad summam digni-
tatem perduxerat, in equitum numero conveneraut, nomi-
natim ab eo evocati. His erat inter se de piincipatu
contentio, et in ilia magistratuum controversia alter pro
Convictolitave, alter pro Goto, summis opibus pugnave- 20
rant. Ex iis Eporeddrix, cognito Litavlci consilio, media
fere nocte rem ad Caesarem defert ; orat, ne patiatur civi-
tatem pravis adolescentium consiliis ab amicitia populi
Romani deficere, quod futurum provideat, si se tot homi-
num millia cum hostibas conjunxerint, quorum salutem *^5
neque propinqui negligere, neque civitas levi momento
aestimare posset.

XL. Magna affectus solUcitudine hoc nuntio Caesar,
quod semper Aeduorum civitati pi-aecipue indulserat,
nulla interposita dubitatione, legiones expeditas quattuorso
equitatumque omnem ex castris educit ; nee fuit spatium
tsdi tempore ad contrabenda castra, quod res posita in
^eleritate videbatur. Gaium Pabiura legatum cum legio-
teibus duabus castris praesidio relinquit. Fratres Litavici
cum comprehend! jussisset, paulo ante reperit ad hostes 86
profugisse. Adhortatus milites, ne necessario tempore
itineris labore permoveantur, cupidbsimis omnibus pro-
gressus millia passuum viginti quinque, agmen Aeduorum

142 I>S BELLO 6ALLI00

coDspicatus, immisso eqnitatn, iter eorum moratur atque
impedit interdicitqae omnibus, ne quemquam interficiant.
Eporedorlgem et Yiridomfiruin, qiios illi interfectos existi-
mabant, inter equites vei*sari suosqae appellare jubet. His

6 cognitls et Litavlci fraude perspecta, Aedai manus tend ere,
deditionem significare et, projectis armis, moitem deprecari
incipiunt. Litavlcas cum suis clientibns, quibus more
Gallorum nefas est etiam in extrema fortuna deserere
patronos, Gergoviam profugit.

10 XLI. Caesar, nuntiis ad civitatem Aednorum missis, qui
suo beneficio conservatos docerent, quos jure belli interfi-
cere potuisset, tribusque horis noctis exercitui ad quietem
datis, castra ad Gergoviam movit. Medio fere itinere
equites ab Fabio missi, quanto res in periculo fuerit, ex-

15 ponunt : summis copiis castra oppugnata demonstrant ;
cum crebro integri defessis succederent nostrosque as-
siduo labore defatigarent, quibus propter magnitudinem
castrorum perpetuo esset iisdem in vallo permanendum;
multitudine sagittarum atque omnis generis telorum mul-

20 tos vulneratos ; ad haec sustinenda magno usui fuisse
torraenta ; Fabium discessu eorum, duabus relictis portis,
obstruere ceteras pluteosque vallo addere et se in poste-
rura diem similem ad casum parare. His rebus cognitis,
Caesar summo studio militum ante ortnm solis in castra

26 pervenit.

XLII. Dum haec ad Gergoviam geruntur, Aedui primis
nuntiis ab Litavico acceptis nullum sibi ad cognoscendura
spatium relinquunt. Impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia
et temeritas, quae maxime illi hominum generi est innata,

80 nt levem auditionem habeant pro re comperta. Bona
civium Romanorum diripiunt, caedes faciunt, in servitu-
tem abstrahunt. Adjuvat rem proclinatam Convictolita-
vis plebemque ad furorem impellit, ut facinore admisso
ad sahitatem reverti pudeat. Marcum Aristium tribunum

86 militum iter ad legionem facientem, fide data ex oppido
Cabiliono educunt: idem facere cogunt eos, qui negotiandi
causa ibi constiterant. Hos continue in itinere adorti om-
nibus impedimentis exuunt ;^ repugaantes diem noctemque

MnaMaMMamaMMtaafc

^ THE HEW YORK ]
i FUDLIC LIBRARY 1

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 143

obsident ; maltis utrimque interfectis, majorem maltitudi«
nem ad arma concitant.

XLIII. Interim nuntio allato, omnes eoram milites in
potestate CaesS,ris teneri, concurrunt ad Aristium; nihil
publico factum consilio demonstrant ; quaestionem de bonis 5
direptis decernunt; Litavlci fratrumque bona publicant;
legatos ad Caesarem sui purgandi gratia mittunt. Haeo
facinnt recuperandorum suorum causa: sed contaminati
facinore et capti compendio ex direptis bonis, quod ea res
ad multos pertinebat, et timore poenae exterriti, consilia 10
clam de bello inire incipiunt civitatesque reliquas legatio-
nibus soUicitant. Quae tametsi Caesar intelligebat, tamen
quam mitissime potest legatos appellat: nihil se propter
inscientiam levitatemque vulgi gravius de civitate jndi-
care, neque de sua in Aeduos benevolentia deminuere. 15
Ipse, majorem Galliae motum exspectans, ne ab omnibus
civitatibus circumsisteretur, consilia inibat, quemadmo-
dum ab Gergovia discederet ac rursus omnem exercitum
contraheret, ne profectio nata ab timore defectionis similis
fugae videretur. 20

XLIV. Haec cogitanti accidere visa est facultas bene
rei gerendae. Nam cum minora in castra operis perspi-
ciendi causa venisset, animadvertit coUem, qui ab hostibus
tenebatur, nudatunt hominibus, qui superioribus diebus vix
prae multitudine cemi poterat. Admiratus quaerit ex 25
perfugis causam, quorum magnus ad eum quotidie nume-
rus confluebat, Constabat inter omnes, quod jam ipse
Caesar per exploratores cognoverat, dorsum esse ejus jugi
prope aequum, sed hunc sil vest rem et angustum, qua esset
aditus ad alteram partem oppidi : vehementcr huic illos 80
loco timere neo jam aliter sentire, uno colle ab Romanis
occupato, si alterum amisissent, quin paene circumvallati
atque omni exitu et pabulatione interclusi viderentur : ad
hunc muniendum omnes a Vercingetorifge evocatos.

XLV. Hac re cognita, Caesar raittit complures equitum 85
turmas eo de media nocte : iis iraperat, ut paulo tumultu-
osius omnibus in locis vagarentur. Prima luce magnum
numerum impedimentornm ex castris mulornmque produci

144 I>£ BELLO GALUCO

deque his stramenta detrahi malionesqae cnm cassidi-
bus equitum specie ac simulatione collibus circumvehi
jabet His paucos addit equites, qui latius ostentationis
causa vagarentur. Longo circuitu easdem omnes jubet
5 petei*e regiones. Haec procnl ex oppido videbantur, ut
erat a Gergovia despectus in castra; neqne tanto spa-
tio, certi quid esset, explctari poterat. Legionem nnam
eodem jugo mittit et paiilum progressam inferiore consti-
tuit loco silvisque occultat. Augetur Gallis suspicio atque

10 omnes illo ad munitionem copiae transducantor. Vacua cas-
tra hostium Caesar conspicatus, tectis insignibHS suorum
occultatisque signis militaribus, raros milites, ne ex oppido
animadverterentur, ex majoribus castris in minora trans-
ducit legatisque, quos singulis legionibus praefecerat, quid

15 fieri vellet, ostendit ; imprimis monet, ut contineant milites,
ne studio pugnandi aut spe praedae longius progrediantur ;
quid iniquitas loci habeat incommodi, proponit ; hoc una
celeritate- posse mutari ; occasionis esse rem, non proelii.
His rebus expositis, signum dat et ab dextra parte alio

20 ascensu eodem tempore Aeduos mittit.

XLVI. Oppidi murus ab planitie atque initio ascensus
recta regione, si nullus amfractus intercederet, mille et
ducentos passus aberat : quidquid huic circuitus ad molli-
endum clivum accesserat, id spatium itineris augebat. A

25 medio fere colle in longitudinem, ut natura montis ferebat,
ex gi'andibus saxis sex pedum murum, qui nostrorum
impetum tardaret, praeduxerant Galli atque, inferiore omni
spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis usque ad
murum oppidi densissimis castris compleverant. Milites,

80 dato signo, celeriter ad munitionem perveniunt eamque
transgressi trinis castris potiuntur. Ac tanta fiiit in cas-
tris capiendis celeritas, ut Teutomatus, rex Nitiobrigum,
subito in tabernaculo oppressus, ut meridie conquieverat,
superiore corporis parte nudata, vulnerato cquo, vix se ex

35 manibus praedantium militum eriperet.

XL VII. Consecutus id, quod animo proposuerat, Caesar
receptui cani jussit legionisque decimae, quacum erat, con-
cionatus signa constituit. At reliquarum milites le^onum

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 145

non exaudito sono tubae, qaod satis magna vallis interce-
debaty tamen ab tribunis militum legatkqae, ut erat a
Caeslirc praeceptum, retinebantnr : sed elati spe celeris
victoriae et hostium fuga et superiorum temporum secun-
dis proeliis, nihil adeo arduam sibi esse existimaverant, 5
qaod non virtute consequi possent; neque prius iinem
sequendi fecerunt, quam muro oppidi portisque appropin-
quaruut. Turn vero ex omnibus urbis partibas orto ela-
more, qui longius aberant repentino tumultu perterriti,
cum hostem intra portas esse existimarent, sese ex oppido 10
ejecerunt* Matres familiae de muro vestem argentumque
jactabant et pectore nudo prominentes passis manibus
obtestabantur Bomanos, ut sibi parcerent, neu, sicut Ava-
rici fecissent, ne mulieiibus quidem atque infantibus absti-
nerent. NonnuUae de muris per manus demissae sese 15
roilitibus tradebant. Lucius Fabius, centurio legionis octa-
vae, quem inter suos eo die dixisse constabat, excitari se
Avaricenslbus praemiis neque commissurum, ut prius quis-
quam murum asceuderet, tres suos nactus manipulares
Atque ab iis sublevatus murum ascendit. Hos ipse i-ui-sus 20
singulos exceptans in murum extulit.

XLVIIL Interim ii, qui ad alteram partem oppidi, ut
supra demonstravimus, munitionis causa convenerant, pri-
mo exaudito clamore, inde etiam crebiis nuntiis incitati,
oppidum ab Romanis teneri, praemissis equitibus, magno 25
concursu eo contend erunt. Eorum ut quisqne primus
venerat, sub muro consistebat suorumque pugnantium
numerum augebat. Quorum cum magna multitude con-
venisset^ matres familiae, quae paulo ante Romanis de
muro manus tendebant, suos obtestari et more Galileo 30
passum capillum ostentare liberosque in conspectum pro-
ferre coeperunt. Erat Romanis neo loco nee numero aequa
contentio : simul et cursu et spatio pugnae defatigati non
facile recentes atque integros sustinebant.

XLIX. Caesar, cum inique loco pugnari hostiumque 35
augeri copias videret, praemetuens suis ad Titum Sextium
legatum, quem minoribus castris praesidio reliquerat, misit,
ut cohortes ex castris celeriter educeret et sub infimo coUe

146 I>£ B£LLO GALLICO

ab dextro latere, hostiam constitucret, at, si nostros loco
depulsos vidisset, quo minas libere hostes insequerentur,
terrei*et. Ipse paulum ex eo loco cam legione progressas,
ubi constiterat, eventum pugnae exspectabat.

5 L. Cam aceiTune comminus pugnaretur, hostes loco et
numero, nostri viitatc confiderent, subito Bunt Aedui visi
ab latere nostris aperto, quos Caesar ab dextm parte alio
ascensu manus distinendae causa miserat. Hi similitudine
armorum vehementer nostros perterruerunt ; ac tametsi

10 dextris humeris exsertis animadvertebantur, quod insigne
pacatum esse consucrat, tamen id ipsum sui fallendi causa
milites ab hostibus factum existimabant. Eodem tempore
Lucius Fabius ccnturio quique una murum ascenderant,
circumvent! atque interfecti de muro praccipitantur. Mar-
is cus Petronius, ejusdem legionis centurio, cum poitas
excidere conatus esset, a multitudine oppressus ac sibi
dcsperans, multis jam vulneribus acceptis, manipulaiibus
suis, qui ilium secuti erant, " Quoniam," inquit, "me una
vobiscum servare non possum, vestrae quidem certe vitae

20 prospiciam, quos cupiditate gloriae adductus in periculum
deduxi. Vos data facultate vobis consulite." Simul in
medios hostes irrupit, duobusque interfectis reliquos a
poita paulum submovit. Conantibus auxiliari suis, " Frus-
tra," inquit, "meae vitae subvenire conamini, quern jam

25 sanguis viresque deficiunt : proinde abite, dum est facultas,
vosque ad legion em recipite." Ita pugnans post paulum
concidit ac suis saluti fuit.

LI. Nostri cum undique premerentur, quadraginta
sex centurionibus amissis, dejecti sunt loco; sed intole-

80 rantius Gallos insequentes legio decima tardavit, quae pro
subsidio paulo aequiore loco constiterat. Hanc rursus
decimae tertiae legionis cohortes exceperunt, quae ex cas-
tris minoiibus eductae cum Tito Sextio legato ceperant
locum superiorem. Legiones, ubi primum planitiem atti-

35 gerunt, infestis contra hostes signis constiterunt. Vercin-
getdrix ab radicibus collis suos intra munitiones reduxit
Eo die milites sunt paulo minus septingenti desiderati.
LII. Postero die Caesar, concione advocata, temeritatem

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 147

cupiditatemqae militum reprehendit, quod sibi ipsi judica-
vissent, quo procedendum aut quid agendum videretur,
neque signo recipiendi dato constitissent, neque a tribunis
militum legatisque retineri potuissent : exposuit, quid ini-
quitas loci posset, quid ipse ad Avarfoum sensisset, cum, 5
sine duce et sine equitatu deprehensis hostibus, exploratam
victoriam dimisisset, ne parvum modo detrimentum in con-
tentione propter iniquitatem loci accideret. Quanto opere
eorum animi magnitudinem admiraretur, quos non cas-
trorum munitiones, non altitudo montis, non murus oppidi 10
tardare potuisset, tanto opere licentiam arrogantiamque
reprehendere, quod plus se quam imperatorem de victoria
atque exitu rerum sentire existimarent : nee minus se in
znilite modestiam et continentiam quam virtutem atque
animi magnitudinem desiderare. 15

LIII. Hac habita concione et ad extremum oratione
confirmatis militibus, ne ob banc causam animo permove-
rentur, neu, quod iniquitas loci attulisset, id virtuti bosti-
um ti'ibuerent, eadem de profectione cogitans, quae ante
senserat, legiones ex castris eduxit aciemque idoneo loco 20
constituit. Quum YercingetSrix nihilo magis in aequum
locum descenderet, levi facto equestri proelio atque eo
secundo, in castra exercitum i*eduxit. Cum hoc idem
postero die fecisset, satis ad Galllcam ostentationem minu-
endam militumque animos confirmandos factum existi- 25
mans, in Aeduos movit castra. Ne tum quidem insecutis
hostibus teitio die ad fiumen Elaver pontes reficit atque
exercitum transducit.

LIV. Ibi a Viridomaro atque Eporedorifge Aeduis ap-
pellatus discit, cum omni equitatu Litavicum ad soUicitan- 30
dos Aeduos profectum : opus esse ipsos antecedere ad con-
firmandam civitatem. Etsi multis jam rebus perfidiam
Aeduorum perspectam babebat atque borum discessu ad-
matnrari defectionem civitatis existimabat, tamen eqs re-
tinendos non censuit, ne aut inferre injuriam videretur 85
aut dare timoris aliquam suspicionem. Discedentibus his,
breviter sua in Aeduos merita exposuit: quos et quam
humiles accepisset, compulses in oppida, multatos agris,

148 ^^ BELLO GALUCO

omnibus ereptis oopiis, imposito stipendio, ofosidibus Rutn-
ma cum contumelia extortis^ et quani in fortnnam quani'
quo in aroplitudinem deduxisset, ut non solum in pristinum
statum redissent, sed omnium temporum dignitatem et

5 gratiam antecessisse viderentur. His datis mandatis, eos
ab se dimisit.

LY. Noviodunum erat oppidum Aeda5rum ad ripas
Lig^ris opportuno loco positum. Hue Caesar omnes obsi-
des Galliae, frumentum, pecuniam publicam, suorum atque

iOexercitus impedimentorum magnam partem contulerat;
hue magnum numerum equorum hujus belli causa in Ita-
lia atque Hispania coemptum miserat. Eo cum Epore-
dSrix Viridomar usque venissent et de statu civitatis cogno-
vissent, Litavlcum Bibracte ab Aeduis receptum, quod est

15 oppidum apud eos maxiniae auctoritatis, Convictolitavem
magistratum magnamque partem senatus ad eum conve-
nisse, legates ad Yercingetoi^gem de pace et amicitia con-
cilianda publico missos, non praetermittendum tantum
commodum existimaverunt. Itaque interfectis Noviodoni

20 custodibus quique eo negotiandi causa convenerant, pecu-
niam atque equos inter se partiti sunt ; obsides civitatum
Bibracte ad magistratum deducendos curaverunt; oppi-
dum, quod ab se teneri non posse judicabant, ne cui esset
Usui Komanis, incenderunt; frumenti quod subito potue-

25 runt, navibus avexerunt, reliquupi flumine atque incendio
corruperunt; ipsi ex finitimis regionibus copias cogere,
praesidia custodiasque ad ripas Ligeris disponere equita-
tumque omnibus locis injiciendi timoiis causa ostentare
coeperunt, si ab re frumentaria Romanes exoludere pos-

30 sent. Quam ad spem multum eos adjuvabat^ quod Liger
ex nivibus creverat, ut omnino vado non posse transiri
videi'etur.

LVI. Quibus rebus cognitis, Caesar maturandum sibi
censuit, si esset in perficiendis pontibus periclitandum, ut

85 prius, quam essent majores eo coactae copiae, dimicaret.
Nam ut, commutato cpnsilio, iter in provinciam cpnverte*
ret, id ne turn quidem necessario faciendum existimabat:
cum infamia atque indignitas rei et oppositus mens

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 149

Cevenna viarumqae difficaltas impediebat, turn maxime,
qaod abjancto Labieno atque lis legionibus, quas una mise-
rat, vehementer timebat. Itaque admodum magnis diurnis
noctumisque itineribus confectis, contra omniam opinionem
ad Ligerim venit, vadoque per equites invento pro rei 5
necessitate opportuno, ut brachia modo atque humeri ad
(sustinenda ariua liberi ab aqua esse possent, disposito
equitatu, qui vim flnminis refringeret, atque hostibus primo
aspectu perturbatis, incolumem ezercitum transduxit ; fru-
mentumque in agris et pecoris copiam nactus, repleto his 10
rebus exercitu, iter in SenCnes facere instituit.

LYII. Dum haec apud Oaesarem geruntur Labienus, eo
supplemento, quod nuper ex Italia venerat, relicto Age-
dinci, ut esset impedimentis praesidio, cum quattuor legio-
nibus Lutetiam proficiscitur. Id est oppidum Parisiorum 15
quod positum est in insula fluminis Sequ^nae : cujus ad
ventu ab hostibus cognito, magnae ex finitimis civitatibut»
copiae convenerunt. Summa imperii traditur Camulogeno
Aulerco, qui, prope confectus aetate, tamen propter singu-
larem scientiam rei militaris, ad eum est honorem evocatus. 20
Is cum animadvertisset perpetuam esse paludem, quae in-
flueret in Sequanam atque ilium omnem locum magno-
pere impediret, hie consedit nostrosque transitu prohibere
instituit.

LVIII. Labienus primo vineas agere, cratibus atque ag- 25
gere paJudem explere atque iter munire conabatur. Post-
quam id difficilius confieri animadvertit, silentio e castris
tertia vigilia cgressus, eodem quo venerat itinere Melodu-
num pervenit. Id est oppidum Senonum in insula Sequa-
nae positum, ut paulo ante de Lutetia diximus. Deprehen- 80
sis navibus circiter quinquaginta celeriterque conjunctis
atque eo militibus impositis et rei novitate perterritis op-
pidanis, quorum magna pars erat ad bellum evocata, sine
contentione oppido potitur. Refecto ponte, quem superi-
oiibus diebus hostes resciderant, exercitum transducit et dl
secundo fiumine ad Lutetiam iter facere coepit. Hostes,
re cognita ab iis, qui a Meloduno profugerant, Lutetiam in-
cendi pontesque ejus oppidi rescindi jubent : ipsi prof<^cti

150 I)E BELLO GALLICO

a palade ad ripas SequHnae e regione Latetiae contra La-
bieni castra considunt.

LIX. Jam Caesar a Gergovia discessisse audiebatur ; jam
de Aeduorum defectione et secando Galliae motu ramores
5 afferebantur, Gallique in coUoquiis interclusam itinere et
LigSri Caes^rem iuopia Irumenti coactam in provinciam
contendisse confirmabant. BellovSci autem, defectione
Aeduorum cognita, qui ante erant per se infideles, manus
cogero atque aperte bellum parare coeperunt. Turn Labi-

lO en us tanta rerum commutatione longe aliud sibi capiendum
consilium, atque an tea senserat, intelligebat ; neque jam,
ot aliquid acquireret proelioque bostes lacessciet, sed ut
incoluraem exercitum Agedincum reduceret, cogitabat.
Nanique altera ex parte BellovEci, quae civitas in Gallia

15 maximam habet opinionem virtutis, iustabant; alteram
Camulogenus parato atque instructo exercitu tenebat;
tum legiones a praesidio atque impedimentis interclusas
maximum flumen distinebat. Tantis subito difficultatibus
objectis, ab animi virtute auxilium petendnm videbat.

290 LX. Itaquo sub vesperum consilio convocato, cohorta*
tus, ut ea, quae imperasset, diligenter industrieque adminis-
trarent, naves, quas a Meloduno deduxerat, singulas equi-
tibus Komanis attribuit, et, prima confecta vigilia, quattnor
millia passuum secundo flumlne silentio progredi ibique se

25 exspectari jubet. Quinque cohortes, quas mini me firm as
ad dimicandum esse existimabat, castris praesidio relin*
quit; quinque ejusdem hegionis reliquas de media nocte
cum omnibus impedimentis adverao flumine magno tumul-
tu proficisci imperat. Conquirit etiam lintres ; has magno

so sonitu remorum incitatas in eandem partem mittit. Ipse
post paulo, silentio egressus cum tribus legionibus eum
locum petit, quo naves appelli jusserat.

LXI. Eo cum esset ventum, exploratores bostium, ut
omni fiuminis pai*te erant dispositi, inopinantes, quod

85 magna subito erat coorta tempestas, ab nostris opprimun-
tur: cxercitus equitatusque, equitibus Romanis adminis-
trantibus, quos ei negotio praefecerat, celeriter transmitti-
tur. Uno fere tempore sub lucem hostibus nuntiatur in

Plate XV.

EXBEDrriDN AGAINST LTJTETIA.

Vn. 57—62.

S

1 o ^

a c 1

Dammartin

9

ITRAiSRi

crb|c?V.n

.O

V-

f ' -

>•

yevrf

».

tdunum

"U

-;»(.**.

riJ^L

Age^mcum

10

15

EXPLANATION.
Lutetia, Paris; Melodiinum, Melun; Agedincum, Sena;
Sequana, The Seine; Matrona, The Mame; Castra Rom.,
Castra Romana; Castra Gall., Castra Oallica,

THE NEW YORK

FUBLi: upp- •^'

1

; TJLDV .J '

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 151

castiis Romanorum praeter consuetudinem tumultuari et
magaum. ire agmen adverse flumine, sonitumque remorum
in eadem parte exaudiri et paalo infra milites navibus
transportari. Quibus rebus auditis, quod existimabant
tribus loeis transire legiones atque omnes peiturbatos de- 5
fectione Aeduorum fugam parare, suas quoque copias in
tres partes distribuerunt. Nam praesidio e regione cas-
trorum relicto et parva manu Melodunum versus missa,
quae tantum progrediatur, quantum naves processissent,
reliquas copias contra Labienum duxerunt. 10

LXII. Prima luce et nostri oranes erant transportati
et hostium acies cemebatur. Labienus milites cohorta-
tus, et suae pristinae virtutis et tot secundissimorum
proeliorum memoriam retinerent atque ipsum CaesSrem,
cujus ductu saepenumero hostes superassent, praesentem 15
ad esse existimarent, dat signum proelii. Primo concursu
ab dextro cornu, ubi septima legio constiterat, hostes pel-
luntnr atque in fugam conjiciuntur : ab sinistro, quem
locum duodecima legio tenebat, cum primi ordines hos-*
tium transfixi pilis concidissent, tamen acerrime reliqui 20
resistebant, nee dabat suspicionem fugae quisquam. Ipse
dux hostium Camuloggnus suis aderat atque eos cohorta-
batur. Incerto etiam nunc exitu victoriae, cum septimae
legionis tribunis esset nuntiatum, quae in sinistro cornu
gererentur, post tergum hostium legionem ostenderunt 25
signaque intulerunt. Ne eo quidem tempore quisquam
loco cessit, sed circumventi omnes interfectique sunt.
Eandem fortunam tulit Camulogenus. At ii, qui praesi-
dio contra castra Labieni erant relicti, cum proelium
commissum audissent, subsidio suis ierunt collemque cepe- 30
runt neque nostrorum militum victorum impetum sustinere
potuerunt. Sic cum suis fugientibus permixti, quos non
silvae montesque texerunt, ab equitatu sunt interfecti.
Hoc negotio confecto, Labienus reveititur Agedincum, ubi
impedimenta totius exercitus relicta erant ; inde cum 36
omnibus copiis ad Caesarem pervenit.

LXin. Defectione Aeduorum cognita bellum augetur.
Legationes in omnes partes circummittuntur : quantum

]52 I)£ BELLO 6ALLICO

gratia, auctoritate, pecania valent, ad M^cttuidas <»Tita-
teg nituntar. Nacti obsides, quos Caesar apad eos depo-
fluerat, horam Bapplicio dubitantes territant. Petunt a
Vercingetorige Aedui, ad se veniat ratlonesque belli ge-
5 rcndi communicet. Re impetrata, contendunt at ipsis
gumma imperii tradatur; et,re in controveruam dedacta,
totius Galliae conciliam Bibraete indicitar. Conveniunt
undique freqaenteg. Multitudinig soffiragiis res permittitur :
ad unum omnes Yercingetoi^em. probant imperatorem.

10 Ab hoc concilio Rami, Lingdnes, Treviri abfuemnt : illi,
quod amicitiam Romanorum seqaebantar; Treviriy quod
aberant longius et ab Glermanis premebantur ; quae fait
causa, quare toto abessent bello et neutris auxilia mitterent.
Magno dolore Aedni ferunt se dejectos principatu ; qaerun-

15 tur fortunae commutationem et Caes&ris in se indulgentiam
requirunt; neque tamen, suscepto bello, snnm consilium
ab reliquis separare audent. Inviti summae spei adoles-
centes EporedOrix et ViridomSrus Vercingetorigi parent.
* LXIV. Ipse imperat reliquis civitatibus obsides diem-

20 que huic rei constituit : omnes equites, quindecim millia
numero, celeriter convenire jnbet : peditatu, quern antea
habuerat, se fore contentum dicit, neque fortunam tenta-
turum aut in acie dimicaturum; sed, quoniam abundet
cquitatu, perfacile esse factu frumentationibus pabulationi-

25 busque Romanes prohibere ; aequo modo animo sua ipsi
frumenta corrumpant aedificiaque incendant, qua rei &mi-
liaris jactura perpetuum imperium libertatemqne se conse-
qui vidcant. His constitutis rebus, Aeduis Segusiayisque,
qui sunt finitimi provinciae, decem millia peditum imperat:

SO hue addit equites octingentos. His praeficit fratrem £po-
redorfgis bellumque infem AUobroglbus jubet. Altei-a ex
parte Gab^los proximosque pagos Arvenorum in Helvioei,
item Rutenos Cadurcosque ad fines Volcarum Arecomico-
rum depopulandos mittit. Nihilo minus clandestinis nun-

^ tiis legationibusque Allobr^gas soUicitat, quorum mentes
nondum ab superiore bello resedisse sperabat. Horum
principibus pecunias, civitati autem imperium totius pro-
vinciae poUicetur.

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 153

LXV. Ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia co-
hortiam duarum et viginti, quae ex ipsa coacta provincia
ab Lucio Caesare legato ad omnes partes opponebantur.
Helvii sua sponte cum finitimis proelio congi'essi pelluntur,
et Gaio Valeiio Donnotauro, Caburi filio, principe civitatis 5
compluribusque aliis interfectis, intra oppida murosque
oompelluntur. Allobr5ges, crebris ^d Rhod^num disposi-
tis praesidiis, magna cum cura et diligentia suos fines
tuentur. Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse in-
telligebat, et, interclusis omnibus itineribus, nulla re ex 10
provincia atque Italia sublevari poterat, trans Rhenum in
Germaniam mittit ad eas civitates, quas superioribus annis
pacaverat, equitesque ab his arcessit et levis armaturae
pedites, qui inter eos proeliari consueverant. Eorum ad-
ventu, quod minus idoneis equis utebantur, a tribunis 15
militum • reliquisqne equitibus Romanis atque evocatis
equos sumit Germanisque distribuit.

LXVL Interea dum haec geruntur, hostium copiae ex
AiTernis equitesque, qui toti Galliae erant imperati, con-
veniunt. Magno horum coacto numero, cum Caesar in 20
SequS.nos per extremes Ling5num fines iter faceret, quo
facilius subsidium provinciae ferri posset, circiter millia
passuum decern ab Romanis trinis castris Yercinget5rix
consedit, convocatisque ad concilium praefectis equitum,
venisse tempus victoriae demonstrat : fugere in provinci- 26
am Romanes Galliaque excedere; id sibi ad praesentem
obtinendam libertatcm satis esse; ad reliqui temporis
pacem atque otium parum profici; majoiibus enim co-
actis copiis, reversuros neque finem bellandi factnros.
Proinde in agmine impeditos adoriantur. Si pedites suis 30
anxilium ferant atque in eo morentur, iter facere non
posse ; si (id quod magis iuturum confidat), relictis impe-
dimentis, suae saluti consulant, et usu rerum necessariarum
et dignitate spoliatum in. Nam de equitibus hostium,
quin nemo eorum progredi modo extra agmen audeat, et 86
ipsos quidem non debere dubitare. Id quo majore faci-
ant animo, copias se omnes pro castris habiturum et ter-
ror! hostibus futurum. Conclamant equites, sanctissimo
10

[54 ^^ BELLO 6ALLICO

jurejurancio confirmaii oportere, ne tecto recipiatur, ne ad
liberos, ne ad parentes, ne ad uxorem aditam habeat, qui
non bi8 per agmen hostiam perequitasset.

LXVII. Probata re atque omnibus jurejurando adactis,
6 postero die in tres partes distribato equitatu, daae se acies
ab duobus lateribus ostendunt ; una a primo agmine iter
impedire coepit. Qua re nuntiata, Caesar suum quoquc
equitatu ra tripartito di visum contra hostem ire jubet.
Pugnatur una omnibus in partibus ; consistit agmen : im-

10 pedimenta inter legiones recipiuntur. Si qua in parte
nostri laborare aut gravius premi videbantur, eo signa
inferri Caesar acieraque constitui jubebat: quae res et
hostes ad insequendum tardabat, et nostros spe auxilii
confirmabat. Tandem Germani ab dextro latere summum

isjugum nacti hostes loco depellunt; fugientes usque ad
flumen, ubi VercingetQrix cum pedestribus copiis^consede-
rat, persequuntur compluresque intei'ficiunt. Qua re ani-
madversa, reliqui, ne circumvenirentur, veriti se fugae
mandant. Omnibus locis fit caedes : tres nobilissimi Aedui

20 capti ad Caesarem perducuntur : Cotus praefectus equi-
tum, qui controversiam cum Convictolitave proximis comi-
tiis habuerat, et Cavarillus, qui post defectionem Litavici
pedestribus copiis praefuerat, et EporedSrix, quo duce
ante adventum Caesaris Aedui cum Sequanis bello con-

26 tenderant.

LXVIII. Fugato omni equitatu, Vercinget^rix copias
suas, ut pro castris collocaverat, reduxit ; protinusque Ale-
siam, quod est oppidum Mandubiorum, iter facere coepit,
celeriterque impedimenta ex castris educi et se subsequi

80 jussit. Caesar, impedimentis in proximum collem deduc-
tis, duabus legionibus praesidio relictis, secutus, quantum
diei tempus est passum, circiter tribas millibus hostium ex
novissimo agmine interfectis, altero die ad Alesiam castra
fecit. Perspecto urbis situ perterritisque hostibas, quod

36 equitatu, qua maxime parte exercitus confidebant, erant
pulsi, adhortatus ad laborem railites Alesiam circumvallare
instituit.

LXIX. Ipsum erat oppidum in coUe summo, admodum

Plate XVI.

Victory ovbb Vkrcinoktorix.

Vn. «6, 6X

EXPLANATION.
Ay A. Koman column on the march.

B. Baggage of the Romans.

C. Roman camp the night before the battle.
X). Roman camp the night after the battle.
e. Caesar's cavalry in three divisions.

£7. Grerman cavalry in Caesar's service.
g. The enemy's cavalry.
G. The enemy's infantry in line of battle.
V. The three camps of Vercingetorix.

««*-"^-*"

MMiAmMbAm

THE NEW rC'X

^

[PUBLIC LIE rw\^Y :

T ■p'r' I

UBER SEPTIMUS. 155

edito loco, ut nisi obsidione expugnaii non posse videretur.
Cujus coUis radices duo daabus ex partibus ilumina subla-
ebant. Ante id oppidum planities circiter mi Ilia passuum
tria in longitudinem patebat : reliquis ex omnibus partibus
colles, mediocri inteijecto spatio, pari altitudinis fastigio, 5
oppidum cingebant. Sub muro, quae pars collis ad orien-
tem solem spectabat, hunc omnem locum copiae Gallorum
compleverant fossamque et maceriam sex in altitudinem
pedum praeduxerant. Ejus munitionis, quae ab Komanis
instituebatur, circuitus undecim millia passuum tenebat. 10
Castra opportunis locis erant posita ibique castella viginti
tria facta ; quibus in castellis interdiu stationes poneban-
tur, ne qua subito eruptio fieret : haec eadem noctu excu-
bitoribus ac firmis praesidiis tenebantiir.

LXX. Opere instituto, fit equestre proelium in ea plani- 15
tie, quam intermissam collibus tria millia passuum in lon-
gitudinem patere supra demonstravimus. Surama vi ab
utiisque contenditur. Laborantibus nostiis Caesar Ger-
manos submittit legionesque pro castris constituit, ne qua
subito irruptio ab hostium peditatu fiat. Praesidio legio- 20
nam addito nostris animus augetur : bostes in fugam con-
jecti se ipsi multitudine impediunt atque angustioribus
portis relictis coartantur. Germani acrius usque ad muni-
tiones sequuntur. Fit magna caedes: nonnulli, relictis
equis, fossam transire et maceriam transcendere conantur. 25
Paulum legiones Caesar, quas pro vallo constituerat, pro-
moveri jubet. Non minus, qui intra munitiones erant,
Galli perturbantur ; veniri ad se confestim existimantes ad
arma conclamant ; nonnulli perterriti in oppidum irrum-
punt. VercingetOrix jubet portas claudi, ne castra nuden- 30
tur. Multis interfecti^ compluribus equis captis, Germani
sese recipiunt.

LXXI. VercingetSrix, priusquam munition es ab Roma-
nis perficiantur, consilium capit, omnem ab se equitatum
noctu dimittere. Discedentibus mandat, ut suam quisque 85
eorum civitatem adeat omnesque, qui per aetatem arma
ferre possint, ad bellum cogant ; sua in illos merita propo-
4 nit obtestaturque, ut suae salutis rationem habeant, neu se

156 r>E BELLO GALLICO

optinie de cornmani libertate meritam hostibus in crucia-
turn diBdant. Qaod si indiligentiores fuerint, millia homi-
nam delecta octoginta una secnm interitura demonstrat ;
ratione inita, fruraentum se exigue dierum triginta habere,

5 sed paulo etiam longius tolerare posse parcendo. His
datis raandatis, qua opus erat intermissum, secnnda vigilia
silentio equitatum mittit; frumentum omne ad se refem
jubct; capitis poenam iis, qui.non paruerint, constituit;
pecus, cujus magna erat copia ab Mandubiis compulsa,

10 viritim distribuit; frumentum parce et paulatim metiri
instituit; copias omnes, quas pro oppido collocaverat, in
oppidum recipit. His rationibus auxilia Galliae exspec-
tare et bellum administrare parat.

LXXII. Quibus rebus cognitis ex perfugis et captivis,

lo Caesar baec genera munitionis instituit. Fossam pedum
viginti directis lateribus duxit, ut ejus fossae solum tantun-
dem pateret, quantum summa labra distarent. Reliquas
omnes munitiones ab ea fossa pedes quadringentos re-
duxit; id hoc consilio, quoniam tantnm esset necessario

20 spatium com plexus, nee facile totum corpus corona mili-
tum cingeretur, ne de improvise aut noctu ad munitiones
h ostium multitudo advolaret, aut interdiu tela in nostros
operi destinatos conjicere possent. Hoc inteiinisso spatio,
duas fossas quindecim pedes latas eadem altitudine per-

25 duxit ; quarum interiorem, campestribus ac demissis locis,
aqua ex flumine derivata complevit. Post eas aggerem ac
vallum duodecim pedum exstruxit; huic loricam pinnas-
que adjecit, grandibus cervis eminentibus ad commissuras
pluteorum atque aggeris, qui ascensum hostium tardarent ;

80 et turres toto opere circumdedit, quae pedes octoginta
inter se distarent.

LXXni. Erat eodem tempore et materiari et frumen-
taii et tantas munitiones fieii necesse deminutis nostris
copiis, quae longius ab castris progrediebantur ; ac non-
86 nunquam opera nostra Galli tentare atque ernptionem
ex oppido pluiibus portis summa vi facere conabantur.
Quare ad baec rui*sus opera addendum Caesar putavit,
quo minore numero militum munitiones defendi possenU

I THE r:EV '

f 4. yJ U i^ L ^ i^.- .

t
■

1

.. •.^

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 157

Itaque truncis arborum aut admodum firmis ramis abscisis
atque honim delibratis ac praeacutis cacuminibas, per-
petuae fossae quinos pedes altae ducebaiitiir. Hue illi
stipites demissi et ab infimo revincti, ne revelli possent,
ab ramis eminebant. Quini erant ordines, conjuncti inter 5
se atque implicati ; quo qui intraverant, se ipsi aoutissimis
vallis induebant. Hos cippos appellabant. Ante quos
obliquis ordinibus in quincuncem dispositis scrobes trium
in altitudinem pedum fodiebantur paulatim angustiore ad
infimum fastigio. Hue teretes stipites feminis crassitudiue 10
ab srnnmo praeacuti et praeusti demittebantur, ita ut non
amplius digitis quattuor ex terra eminerent . simul confir-
raandi et stabiliendi causa singuli ab iniimo solo pedes
terr^ exculcabantur : reliqua pars scrobis ad occultandas
insidias viminibus ac virgultis integebatur. Hujus generis 15
octoni ordines ducti ternos inter se pedes distabant. Id
ex similitudine floris lilinm appellabant. Ante haec taleae
pedem longae feiTeis bamis infixis totae in terram infodi-
ebantur, mediocribusque intermissis spatiis omnibus locis
disserebantur, quos stimulos nominabant. 20

LXXIY. His rebus perfectis, regiones secutus quam
potuit aequissimas pro loci natura quattuordecim millia
passuum complexus, pares ejusdem generis munitiones, di-
versas ab his, contra exteriorem hosteni perfecit, ut ne
magna quidem multitudine, si ita accidat, munitionum 25
praesidia circumfundi possent ; neu cum periculo ex castris
egredi cogatur, dierum triginta pabulum frumentumque
habere omnes convectum jubet.

LXXV. Dum haec apud Alesiam geruntur, Galli, conci-
lio principum indicto, non omnes eos, qui arma ferre pos- 80
sent, ut censuit YercingetSrix, convocandos statuunt, sed
ceitum numerum cuique civitati imperandum ; ne, tanta
multitudine confusa, nee moderaii nee discernere suos nee
frumentandi rationem habere possent. Imperant Aeduis
atque eorum clientibus, Segusiavis, Ambivaretis, Aulercis 85
Brannoviclbns, Brannoviis millia triginta quinque ; parem
numerum Arvemis, adjunctis Elentetis, Cadurcis, Gabalis,
Yellavis, qui sub imperio Arvernorum esse consuerunt;

158 l>fi BELLO GALLICO

Sequftnis, Senonlbus, BitarigYbus, Sant^nis, Rutenis, Car-
nutlbug duodena milUa; BellovSicis decern; totidein Le-
moviclbas; octona PictonlbuB et Tardnis et Paiisiis et
Helvetiis; Ambianis, Mediomati'lcis, Petrocoriis, Nerviis,

5 Morlnis, Nitiobriglbus quina millia ; Aulercis Cenomanis
totidem; Atrebatibus quattuor; Bellocassis, Lexoviis et
Aulercis Eburoviclbas terna ; Rauiicis et Boiis bina ; de-
cern universis civitatibus, quae Oce^num attingunt, quae-
que eorum consuetudine Armoricae appellantur, quo sunt

10 in numero CuiioBolites, Reddnes, Ambibarii, Caletes, Osis-
mi, Leraovlces, Veneti, Venelli. Ex bis Bellovaci saum
numerum non compleverunt, quod Be suo nomine atque
arbitrio cum Romania bellum gestures dicerent, neque
cujusquam imperio obtemperaturos ; rogati tamen ab Coni-

15 mio pro ejus hospitio duo millia una miserunt.

LXXVI. Hujus opera Commii, ita ut antea demonstra-
vimus, fideli atque utili superioribus annis erat usas in
Britannia Caesar; quibus ille pro meritis civitatem ejus
immunem esse jusserat, jura legesque reddiderat atque

20 ipsi Morinos attribuerat. Tamen tanta universae Galliae
consensio fuit libertatis vindicandae et pristinae belli
laudis recuperandae, ut neque beneficiis neque amicitiae
memoria moverentur, omnesque et animo et opibns in id
bellum incumberent, coactis equitum octo millibus et

26 peditum circiter ducentis et quadraginta. Haec in Aedu-
orum finibus recensebantur numerusque inibatur; prae-
fecti constituebantur ; Commio Atrebati, Viridomaro et
Eporedorigi Aeduis, Vercassivellauno Arverno, consobrino
Vercingetorigis, summa imperii traditur. His delecti ex

80 civitatibus attribuuntur, quorum consilio bellum adminis-
traretur. Omnes alacres et fiduciae pleni ad Alesiam pro-
ficiscuntur; neque erat omnium quisquam, qui aspectnm
modo tantae multitudinis sustineri posse arbitraretur,
praesertim ancipiti proelio, cum ex oppido eruptione

86 pugnaretur, foris tantae copiae equitatus peditatusque cer-
nerentur.

LXXVII. At ii, qui Alesiae obsidebantur, praeterita
die, qua auxilia suorum exspectaverant, consumpto omni

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 159

frumento, inscii, quid in Aeduis gereretur, concilio coaoto,
de exitu suarum foitanarum consultabant. Apad quos
variis dictis sententiis, quarum pars deditionem, pars, dum
vires suppeterent, eruptionem censebat, non praetereunda
oratio Critognati videtur propter ejus singularem ac nefa- 6
ridm crudelitatem. Hie summo in Arvernis ortus loco et
magnae habitus auctoritatis, *' Nihil," inquit, " de eorura
dententia dicturus sum, qui turpissimam servitutera dediti-
onis nomine appellant ; neque hos habendos civium loco
neque ad concilium adhibendos censeo. Cum his niihi res 10
sit, qui eruptionem probant, quorum in consilio omnium
vestrum consensu pristinae residere virtutis memoria vi-
detur. Animi est ista mollities, non virtus, paulisper ino-
piam ferre non posse. Qui se ultro morti offerant, facilius
reperiuntur, quam qui dolorem patienter ferant. Atque 16
ego banc sententiam probarem (tantum apud me dignitas
potest), si nullam praeterquam vitae nostrae jacturam fieri
viderem ; sed in consilio capiendo omncm Galliam respici-
amus, quara ad nostrum auxilium concitavimus. Quid
hominum millibus octoginta uno loco interfectis, propin- 20
quis consanguineisque nostris animi fore existimatis, si
paeno in ipsis cadaveribus proelio decertare cogentur?
Nolite hos vestro auxilio exspoliare, qui vestrae salutis
causa sunm peiiculum neglexerunt, nee stultitia ac temeri-
tate vestra aut animi imbecillitate omnem Galliam proster- 25
nere et perpetuae servituti subjicere. An, quod ad diem
non venerunt, de eorum fide constantiaque dubitatis?
Quid ergo ? Romanes in illis ulterioribus munitionibus
auimine causa quotidie exerceri putatis? Si illorum
nuntiis confirmari non potestis omni aditu praesepto, his 30
utimini testibus appropinquare eorum adventum, cujus
rei timore exterriti diem noctemque in opere veraantur.
Quid ergo mei consilii est ? Facere, quod nostri majores
nequaquam pari bello Cimbrorum Teutonumque fecerunt ;
qui in oppida compulsi ac simili inopia subacti, eorum cor- 35
poribus, qui aetate ad bellum inutiles videbantur, vitam
toleraverunt neque se hostibus tradiderunt. Cujus rei si
exemplum non haberemus, tamen libertatis causa institui

IgO DE BELLO GALLICO

et posteris prodi palcherrimnm jadicarern. Nam quid illi
simile bello fuit? Depopulata Gallia Cimbri magnaqae
illata calamitate finibus quidem nostris aliquando excesse-
runt atque alias terras petieruiit ; jura, leges, agros, liber-
5 tatem ndbis reliquernnt : Romani vero quid petunt aliud,
ant quid volunt, nisi invidia adducti, quos fama Dobiles
potentesque bello cognoverunt, horum in agiis civitatibus-
que considere atque his aeternam injungere servitutem ?
Neque enim unquam alia conditione bella gesserunt.

10 Quod si ea, quae in longinquis nationibus geruntur,
ignoratis, respicite finitimam Galliam, quae in proviuciam
redacta, jure et legibus commutatis, securibus subjecta
perpetua premitur servitute ."

LXXVIII. Sententiis dictis, constituunt, ut ii, qui vale-

16 tudine aiit aetate inntiles sunt bello, oppido excedant^
atque omnia prius experiantur, quam ad Critognati sen-
tentiam descendant : illo tamen potius utendum consilio,
si res cogat atque auxilia morentur, quam aut deditioni^
aut pacis subeundam conditionem. Mandubii, qui eos

20 oppido receperant, cum liberis atque uxoribus exire cogun-
tur. Hi, cum ad munitiones Romanorum accessissent,
flentes omnibus precibus orabant, ut se in servitutem
receptos cibo juvarent. At Caesar, dispositis in vallo cus*
todiis, recipi prohibebat.

25 LXXIX. Interea Commius et reliqui duces, quibus
summa imperii permissa erat, cum omnibus copiis ad
Alesiam perveniunt et colle exteriore occupato non lon-
gius mille passibus ab nostris munitionibus considunt.
Postero die equitata ex castris educto, omnem eam plani-

80 tiem, quam in longitudinem tria millia passuum patere

demonstravimus, complent pedestresque copias paulum ab

eo loco abditas in locis superioribus constituunt. Erat ex

oppido Alesia despectus in campum. Concurrunt his

. auxiliis visis : fit gratulatio inter eos atque omnium animi

85 ad laetitiam excitantur. Itaque productis copiis ante
oppidum considunt et proximam fossam cratibus integunt
atque aggere explent seque ad eruptionem atque omnes
casus comparant.

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 161

LXXX. Caesar omni exeroitu ad utramque paitem
munitioiiam disposito, ut, si nsus veniat, suiun quisque
locum teneat et noverit, equitatum ex castris educi et
proelium committi jubet. Erat ex omnibus castris, quae
summum undiqne jugum tenebant, despectus, atque omnes s
milites intenti pugnae proventum exspectabant. Galli
inter equites i*aros sagittarios expeditosque levis armaturae
inteijecerant, qui suis cedentibus auxilio succurrerent et
nostrorum equitum impetus su8tinei*ent. Ab iiis complu-
res de improviso vulnerati proelio excedebant. Cum lo
suos pugna saperiores esse Galli confiderent et nostros
multitudine premi viderent, ex omnibus partibus et ii, qui
munitionibus continebantur, et ii, qui ad auxilium conve-
nerant, clamore et ululatu suonim animos confirmabant.
Quod in conspectu omnium res gerebatur neque recte ac l^
tui-piter factum celari poterat, utrosque et laudis cupidi-
tas et timor ignominiae ad virtutem excitabant. Cum a
meridie prope ad solis occasum dubia victoria pugnaretur,
Germani una in parte confertis turmis in hostes impetum
fecerunt eosque propulerunt ; quibus in fiigam conjectis, 20
sagittarii circumventi inteifectique sunt. Item ex reliquis
partibus nostri cedentes usque ad castra insecuti sui colli-
gendi facultatem non dederunt. At ii, qui ab Alesia pro-
cesserant, moesti, prope victoria desperata, se in oppidum
receperunt. 25

LXXXI. Uno die intermisso, Galli, atque hoc spatio
magno cratium, scalarum, harpagonum numero effecto,
media nocte silentio ex castris egressi ad campestres
munitiones accedunt. Subito clamore sublato, qua signi-
iicatione qui in oppido obsidebantur de suo adventu cog- dC
noscere possent, crates projicere, fundis, sagittis, lapidibus
nostros de vallo proturbare reliquaque, quae ad oppugna-
tionem pertinent, parant administrare. Eodem tempore
clamore exaudito dat tuba signum suis Vercinget5rix
atque ex oppido educit. Nostri, ut superioribus diebus 35
suus cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt :
fundis librilibus sudibusque, quas in opere disposuerant, ac
glandibus Gallos proterrent. Prospectu tenebris adempto,

162 ^DE BELLO GALLICO

multa utrimque vulnera accipiantur; complura tormentis
tela coDJiciuntur. At Marcus Antonius etGaius Trebonius
legati, quibus hae partes ad defcDdendum obvenerant, qua
ex paite nostros pretui intellexerant, his auxilio ex ulte-

5 rioribus castellis deductos submittebant.

LXXXII. Dum longius ab munitione aberant Galli,
plus multitudine telorum proficiebant : posteaquam propi-
us successerunt, aut se ipsi stimulis inopinantes induebant,
aut in scrobes delati transfodiebantur, aut ex vallo ac

10 turribus transjecti pilis muralibus interibant. Mullis un-
dique vulneribus acceptis, nulla munitione perrupta, cum
lux appeteret, veriti, ne ab latere aperto ex superioribus
castris eruptione circumvenirentur, se ad suos receperunt.
At interiores, dum ea, quae a Yercingetorlge ad eruptio-

15 nem praeparata erant, proferunt, priores fossas explent ;
diutius in his rebus administrandis morati, prius suos dis-
cessisse cognoverunt, quam munitionibus appropinquarent.
Ita, re infecta, in oppidum reverteinint.

LXXXIII. Bis magno cum detrimento repulsi Galli,

20 quid agant, consulunt : locorum peritos adhibent : ex his
superiorum castrorum situs munitionesque. cognoscunt.
Erat a septemtrionibus coUis, quern propter magnitudi-
nem circuitus opere circumplecti non potuerant nostri,
necessarioque paene iniquo loco et leniter declivi castra

25 fecerunt. Haec Gains Antistius Reginus et Gains Cani-
nius Rebllus legati cum duabus legionibus obtinebant.
Cognitis per exploratores regionibus, duces hostium sexa-
ginta millia ex omni numero deligunt earum dvitatam,
quae maximam virtutis opinionem habebant ; quid quoqae

.^0 pacto agi placeat, occulte inter se constituunt ; adeundi
tempus definiunt, cum meridies esse videatur. His copiis
Vercassivellaunum Arvernum, unum ex quattuor ducibns,
propinquum Vercingetorifgis, praeficiunt. Ille ex castris
prima vigilia egressus, prope confecto sub lucem itinere,

35 post montem se occultavit militesque ex nocturno labore
sese reficere jussit. Cum jam meridies appropinquare
videretur, ad ea castra, quae supra demonstravimus,
contendit; eodemque tempore equitatus ad campestres

LIBER SEPTIMUS. 163

niunitiones accedere et reliquae copiae pro castris sese os-
tendere coeperunt.

LXXXIV. VercingetSrix ex arce Alesiae suob conspi-
catus ex oppido egreditur ; a castris longuiios, musculos,
falces reliquaqae, quae eruptionis causa paraverat, profert. 6
Pugnatur uno tempore omnibus locis, atque omnia ten-
tantnr : quae minime visa pars iirma est, hue concurritur.
Romanorum manus tantis munitionibus distinetur, nee
facile pluribus locis occunit. Multum ad terrendos nos-
tros valet clamor, qui post tergum pugnantibus exstitit, 10
quod suum periculum in aliena vident virtute constare :
omnia enim plerumque, quae absunt, vehementius bomi-
num mentes perturbant..

LXXXY. Caesar idoneum locum nactus, quid quaque
in parte geratur, cognoscit, laborantibus auxilium submit- 15
tit. Utrisque ad animum occurrit, unum esse illud tempus,
quo maxime contendi conveniat. Galli, nisi perfregerint
munitiones, de omni salute desperant : Romani, si rem gb-
tinuerint, finem laborum omnium exspectant. Maxime ad
Buperiores munitiones laboratur, quo Yercassivellaunum 20
missum demonstravimus. Exiguum loci ad declivitatem
fastigium magnum babet momentum. Alii tela conjiciunt ;
alii testudine facta subeunt ; defatigatis in vicem integri
succeduut. Agger ab univerais in munitionem conjectus
et ascensum dat Gallis et ea, quae in terra occultaverant 25
Romani, contegit: nee jam arma nostris, nee vires sup-
petunt.

LXXXVI. His rebus cognitis, Caesar Labienum cum
cobortibus sex subsidio laborantibus mittit; imperat, si
Bustinere non possit, deductis cobortibus eruptione pug- 30
naret; id, nisi necessario, ne faciat. Ipse adit reliquos;
cohortatnr, . ne labori suceumbant; omnium superiorum
dimicationum fructum in eo die atque bora docet consis-
tere. Interiores desperatis campestribus locis propter mag-
nitudinem munitionum loca praerupta ex ascensu tentant : 35
hue ea, quae paraverant, conferunt : multitudine telorum
ex turribus propugnantes deturbant, aggere et cratibus
fossaB explent, falcibus vallum ac loricam rescindunt-

164 I>£ BELLO 6ALLIC0

LXXXVIL Mittlt primo Brutum adolescentem cum
cohortibus Caesar, post cum alils Gaium Fabium legatum :
postremo ipse, cum vehementius pugnaretur, integros
subsidio addncit. Restituto proelio ac repulsis hostibus,

5 eo, quo Labiennm miserat, contendit ; cohortes quattuor ex
proximo castello deducit; equitum partem se sequi, par-
tem circumire exteriores munitiones et ab tergo hostes
adoriri jubet. Labienus, postquam neque aggeres neque
fossae vim hostium sustinere poterant, coactis undequadra-

10 ginta cohortibus, quas ex proximis praesidiis deductas fors
obtulit, CaesSirem per nuntios facit certiorem, quid £icien
dum existimet. Accelerat Caesar, ut proelio intersit.

LXXXVIII. Ejus adventu ex colore vestitus cognito,
quo insigni in proeliis uti consueverat, turmisque equitum

15 et cohortibus visis, quas se sequi jusserat, ut de locis supe-
rioribiis haec declivia et devexa cernebantur, hostes proe-
Hum committunt. Utrimque clamore sublato, excipit
rucsus ex vallo atque omnibus munitionibus clamor. Nos-
tri, omissis pilis, gladiis rem gerunt. Repente post tergum

20 equitatus cernitur: cohortes aliae appropinquant : hostes
terga vertunt: fugientibus equites occurrunt: fit magna
caedes. Sedulius, dux et princeps Lemovicum, occiditur :
Vercassivellaunus Arvernus vivus in faga comprehendi-
tur: signa militaria septuaginta quattuor ad Caesarem

26 referuntur : pauci ex tanto numero se incolumes in castra
recipiunt. Conspicati ex oppido caedem et fugam suorum,
desperata salute, copias a munitionibus reducunt. Fit
protinns hac re audita ex castris Gallorum fuga. Quod
nisi crebris subsidiis ac totius diei labore milites essent

30 defessi, omnes hostium copiae deleri potuissent. De me-
dia nocte missus equitatus novissimum agmen conscqui-
tur : magnus numerus capitur atque interficitur, reliqui ex
fuga in civitates discedunt.

LXXXIX. Postero die VercingetOrix, concilio convo-

35 cato, id bellam se sascepisse non suarum necessitatum, sed
communis libertatis causa demonstrat ; et quoniam sit for-
tunae cedendum', ad utramque rem se illis offerre, seu
morte sua Romanis satisfacere, seu vivum tradere velint.

LIBEB SEPTIMUS. 165

Mittuntur de his rebus ad Cae8S,rem legati. Jubet arma
tradi, principes produci. Ipse in munitione pro castris
consedit: eo duces producuntur. VercingetCrix deditur,
arma projiciuntur. Reservatis Aeduis atque Arvemis, si
per eos civitates recuperare posset, ex reliquis captivis 5
toto exercitui capita singula praedae nomine distribuit.

XC. His rebus confectis, in Aeduos proficiscitur ; civi-
tatem recipit. Eo legati ab Arvernis missi, quae impera-
ret se facturos pollicentur. Imperat magnum numerum
obsidum. Legiones in hiberna mittit. Captivorum circiter lo
yiginti millia Aeduis Arvemisque reddit. Titum Labie-
num duabus cum legionibus et equitatu in Sequ^nos profi-
cisci jubet: huic Marcum Sempronium Rutilum attribuit:
Graium Fabium et Lucium Minncium Basllum cum legio-
nibus duabus in Remis collocat, ne quam ab finitimis 15
BellovS^is calamitatem accipiant. Gaium Antistium Regi-
num in AmbivarStos, Titum Sextium in Biturlges, Gaium
Caninium Rebllum in Rutenos cum singulis legionibus
mittit. Quintum Tullium Ciceronem et Publium Sulpi-
cium Cabilloni et Matiscone in Aeduis ad ArSrim rei 20
frumentaiiae causa coUocat. Ipse Bibracte hiemare con-
Btituit. His rebus litteris Caesaris cognitis, Romae dierum
viginti supplicatio indicitun

REFERENCES AND ABBREVIATIONS.

Numei*als with "G.

•*L. C." to his Introduction to Latin Composition; with " p."

refer to the author's Latin Grammar; with

to pages in

this work. Numeral letters and numeral figures used together refer to
books and chapters in the Latin text. Other numerals refer to ai*ticles in
the introduction on the Military System of the Romans.

The following abbreviations occur: —

ace. to» . . . according to.

Celt Celtic.

dep deponent.

dim diminutive.

esp especially.

fig figuratively.

freq frequentative.

lit Mterally.

opp opposed.

prob probably.

sc scilicet, supply.

syn synonymes.

(166)

NOTES.

PAOK

Caesarls Commentaril, CcteMr's Commentaries. The term com- 1
metUarii, as here used, is applicable to any simple and concise chronicle of
events. Caesar, in his seven books of Commentaries on the Gallic War,
has given a concise account of seven campaigns waged bj himself in Gaul.
Each book is a journal of one yeai*.

BOOK FIRST.

CAMPAIGN OP THE YEAR 58 B. C, IN THE CONSULSHIP OF
LUCIUS CALPURNIUS PISO AND AULUS GABINIUS.

L Wab with the Helvetil I.-XXIX.
II. Wab with Abiovistus. XXX.-LIV.

I. General Description of Gaul.

1. Gallia. GaUia, or Gallia Transa^ina, properly designates that
part ^f the continent of Europe which lies west of the Alps and the Bhine,
and north of the Pyrenees; but, as here used, it does not include the
Roman province (provineia) in the south-eastern portion of this district.
In a still more restricted sense, Gallia is sometimes used to designate one
of the three general divisions of this countiy, namely, that occupied by the
CeUae or GaUi, GiUUa omnis distinguishes the country, as a whole, from
this part. — QuiKnun; Partitive Genitive, depending upon tinam, and
agreeing with partes as its antecedent. G. 397 ; 445.

2. Aliam, anot?ierf less definite than aUeramy which would mean the
Beeond. Aliam sssoUam partem is the object of incobmt understood. —

(167)

168 NOTES.

PAOB

1 Tertlam qulss tt incoltmt tertiam partem^ qid, G. 445, 6. — Ipsonun
lingua, in their own language. G. 420. Ipeonan\ lit., qfthemseb/es—
their oum. G. 462, 5.

3. Celtae, GaUl ; G. 362. The reader will obserre that the term GalU,
like GaMa, is used in two senses. It properly denotes the inhabitants of
all Gaul {GaUia omnis), but it is also often used, as in this instance, to
designate the inhabitants of the third division of the countiy, t. e., of
Celtic Gaul. This distinction must be constantly borne in mind by the
learner. — Nostra ; supply lingua, — Ldni^a ; G. 424.

4. Inter se, from one another; lit., among themsehee,

5. Dlvldlt. In the singular, because the tuxf rivers form but otie
boundaiy. G. 463, 3.

6. Homm; G. 307. — Propterea quod, because; lit, on aeeount
of this (these things) that. This inti*oduces two i^asons to account for the
valor of the Belgac — their distance fi*om the Koman province, and their
nearness to the warlike Germans. — A cultu atque humanitate, yrom
the civilization and refinement. Culiue here refera to external comforts
and luxuries, humanitas to mental and moral culture.

7* Provlnclae; i. 0., of the Boman province in the south-eastern por-
tion of Gaul.

8. Mlidme saepe, lectst frequently.

9. Ad effemlnandos anlmos; G. 543; 542, III. — Proxlniilque ;
supply propterea quod, introducing the second reason for the valor of the
Belgians.

10. Incolunt, dtoell. This verb is sometimes transitive, inhabit, as in
line 2, and sometimes inti*ansitive, dwell, as in this passage.

11* Qua de causa Helvetil, i. e., because they, too, dwcU near the
GcrmanSj,

12. Vlrtute praecedunt, surpass in valor. G. 424.

13. Suis finibus, from their territory. G. 414. Suis refera to the
sujyect, Heketii, while eos and eorum refer to Germanis. G. 449 ; 451,

15. Eorum una pars, otie portion of their country; lit., one part (of
the country) of them. Eorum is a Possessive Genitive (of them =theu*),
refeiTing to hi omnes, line 3, and ?iorum omniumt line 6. — Quam. . . .
dlctunx est, which, it has been said, the Gauls occupy. GcUlos = Celtat,
i. e., the Gauls in the restricted sense of that word.- See note on Celtae,
GaUi, line 3.-- Dictum est. Give the subject. G. 538.

16. Contlnetur, is bounded.

17. Ab Sequanls, on the side of the Sequani; i. e., in their tenritory;
lit., yrowt the Sequani — a common Latin idiom, using a, ab, e, or ear,
where our idiom requires at, in, on^ on the side qf, or some similar ex-
pression.

lo. Vergit ad septemtrlones, it extends towards the norths spoken

BOOK I. 169

PAOB

vrith referance to the Boman province in the soath of Gaul; t. e., yiewed 1
from that province, the countiy of the Celtae extends from the Bhine
towai'ds the north.

19. EiXtremis, pertinent, spectant. These words suppose the
reader to he in the Boman province. Thus, extremis finibus, tfie
farthest confines, means the northern boundary, ». e., the one most remote
from the province.

1. Ad, neoTf bordering upon, S

II. Ambitious Designs of Orgetorix,

4. Messala . . . consulibus; G. 431. This was in the year 61 B. C,
tliree years before Caesar arrived in Gaul.

5. Regni, of regal power, sovereignty, — Nobiiltatis, civitati ; the
abstract for the concrete ; nohiUty, for nobles, state, for citizens.

6. Civitati; G. 385.

7. Exirent; G. 461; 498. — Perfacile esse . . . potiri. This is
an instance of the Indirect Discourse, Oratio OhUqva, very common in
Caesar. In the Direct Discourse it would stand thus : Perfacile est, quum
virtute omnibus praestetis, totius Galliae imperio potiri. The learner will
observe that the Ind. est is changed to the Infin. esse, G, 523 ; that the
Pi*cs. praestetis is changed to the Impeif. praestarent, because dependent^
upon an historical tense, persttasit, G. 493, and that the second person,
praestetis, is changed to the third, prciestarent, G. 526. The Infin. esse de-
pends upon a verb of saying, implied in persuasit ; He persuaded them, etc.,
saying that it would be easy, G. 523. The subject of esse is the clause toiius
. . . potiri, with which perfacile agrees as a predicate adjective. G. 538, 2 ;
438, 3. The learner should now make himself perfectly familiar with the
-whole subject of the Indirect Discourse as presented in the Gram. 522-532.
— Omnibus ; G. 386. — Praestarent. Why in the Subjunctive ? G. 517.

8. Imperio potiri ; G. 421, 1. — Id Iioc Dacilius eis persuasit, he
persuaded them to that course (id, i. e,, ut exirent) the more easily on this
account (hoc, i, e,, quod . . . continentur). Id is the object of persuasit;
lit., persuaded that to them. Hoc is Abl. of Means. G. 420.

9. JjOcA natura, by natural boundaries, viz., the Bhine, the Rhone,
Mount Jura, and Lake Lemannus. — Continentur, are confined, hemmed
in, — Una ex parte, on one side. See note on ab Sequanis, p. 1, line 17.

10. liatissimo, very broad, G. 444, 1.

12. Tertia; avtpply ex parte.

13. Provinciani nostram, our province, i, e., the Boman province,
corresponding to the south-eastern portion of France.

14. Ut vtigarentur; G. 501, 1. — Minus late, less extensively, t. e,,
than they wished.

170 NOTES.

PAGB

ft 16. Homines bellandi cupldl, they, a people (men) fond of vxtr-
fare. G. 363, 2 ; 542, L ^

17. Pro, in proportion to,

19. Qui. The antecedent iBjines. — Millia . . . ducenta, etc. Mille
paaauum is a little more than nine-tenths of an English mile, which makes
the length about 220 miles, and the breadth about 160. Caesar's estimate
is, however, somewhat too high, resting doubtless upon the exaggerated
accounts of othera. — Millia ; 6. 178 ; 379.

III. The Helvetii prepare to invade Gaul.

22. Quae ad proflclscendnin pertlnerent, which would be reqtd
site for their departure. 6. 603 ; 642, III.

23. Quam maximum ; 6. 444, 3.

24. Ut suppeteret; G. 497, n. — In itlnere, on their march.

25. Cum proximis civltatibus, with the adjacent (nearest) states ,-
i. e.y of Gaul.

26. Ad e&s res conficiendas ; G. 543 ; 542, UI., 2.

27. In tertium annum .' . . confirmant, by formal enactment they
appoint their departure for the third year ; i. e., they appoint the third
year as the time for their departure. G. 435, 1.

32. Amicus. To be called friend by the Roman Senate was a distin-
guished honor.

33. Ut re^iim occuparet. The Imperfect is explained by its con-
nection with the Historical Present persuadet, G. 495, II. The sovereign
authonty {regnum) seems not to have been hercditaiy, but to have been
conferred by the people.

35. Qui refers to Dumnorigi, — Tempore; G. 429. — Princlpatum
obtinebat, held (was holding) the frst place ; i. e., in power and influ-
ence. Principaius is a word of veiy general import, and its special appli>.
cation in any instance must be learned from the context. It does not, like
regnumt necessarily involve either official station or legal authority.
Dumnorix may, however, have been at tliat time Vergobretus. See p. 8,
line 38.

36. Plebi acceptus ; G. 391. For Synonymes, see L. C. *16.

37. PerfacUe factu esse, etc., ?ie shows them (to them) that it is
very easy to accomplish their designs ; lit., thai to accomplish their designs
is very easy to do (factu). G. 547. See note on perfadle esse, p. 2, line 7.

38. Quod ipse . . . obtenturus esset ; a subordinate clause in the
Indirect Discourse. In the Direct Discoui'se it would read thus : Q^od
ipse meae civitatis imperium obtenturus sum. The learner will obseiTe
that the Ind. sum is changed to the Subj. esset^ G. 524 ; that the Pres. 1st
Pers. sum is changed to the Imperf. 3d Pers. esset^ after the Hist, Pixjs.

BOOK I. 171

PAOK

ftrobixt, 6. 495, 11.; 626; and that the pronoun of the first person, meae, 13
is changed to that of the third, stMCf G. 526. — Suae civitatU; G.
449.

I. Imperium, tupreme atdhorityy the highest authority, the commandf 3
as of an army. — Obtentunis esset ; a reason on the authority of Orget-
orix. G. 516, II. — Quin totius Galliae, etc., that the Helvetii were
the most powerful of all the Gauls, Totius Galliae =: omnium GaUorum^
and plurimum possent ^=^ potentissimi essent,

2d» Galliae; FaiiitiYe Genitive with plurimum. G. 397. — Possent;
G. 504, 3. — Se illis reg^a concillatiinuu, that he would procure
for them the sovereign power ; i. «., in theii* respective states ; hence, plu-
i*al, regna.

4. Inter se dant, they (Casticus, Dumnorix, and Orgetorix) ex-
change ; lit., give between (among) themselves, — Dant ; Historical Pres-
ent. G. 467, 1.— Regno occupato; G. 431, 2.

5. Per tres populos ; G, 415, 1. The Helvetii, Sequani, and Aedui
are meant.

6. Galliae ; G. 410, V., 3.

IV. Death of Orgetorix.

7* Ea res, this fact; t. e., the conspiracy of Oi-getorix. — Per indici-
um =s per indices, hy informers, the abstract for the concrete. —
Moribus; G. 416.

8. Ex vinculis causam dicere, to make his defence in chains. Ex
vincttUs ; lit., out of chains. See note on cA Sequanis, p. 1, line 17. —
Causam dicere; a forensic expression, to plead one's cause, to make
one^s defence.

9. Damnatum, if condemned. G. 549, 2. It agrees with eum, the
omitted object of sequi. — Poenam sequi, etc. Poenam sequi is the
subject of oport^Mt, and ut igni cretnaretur is in apposition with poenam.
G. 501, HI. Among the Gauls this seems to have been the usual punish-
ment of traitora.

10. Die constituta, on the appointed day. Abl. of Time, not Abl.
AbsoL G. 429. — Omnem suam familiam, his whole household, in-
cluding all his slaves, clients and dependants.

II. Ad, about, towards, often used, in this sense, with numerals.

12. Clientes obaeratosque. The cUentes were dependants, retain-
ers ; the obaerati, debtors held to service.

13. Ne diceret; G. 497, II.

14. Se eripuit, he rescued himself, though probably not by force, but
by the fear which his retainers inspired.

15* Armis; Abl. of Means. G. 420. — Jus suum exsequi, to

172 NOTES.

PAOB

3 maintain t^r authority ; lit., to foUow out their right. — Ckmaretur,
cogerent; 6. 521.

16. Maglstratus ; subject of cogerent,

17. Quin ipse slbl, etc., that he committed atdeide; lit, but that he
inflicted death upon himeelf.

18. Ckunsclverit; G. 504; 492, 2.

V. 77ie Hdvetii continue their Preparations.

19. NlhUo; 6. 423.

20. Ut . . . exeant; in apposition withuf. G. 363,5; 601,111. Snch
explanatory clauses arc common in Caesar. — Ubl Jam, i. e., in the third
yeai* after the plan was adopted. See p. 2, line 27.

21. Oppida, cities, towns. Oppidum and tarhe are both used by Cac-
sai* of the principal cities of Gaul, but the former is given by preference
to those towns which are difficult of access or which aiie strongly fortified.
See Syn. L. C. 473.

22. Numero ; Abl. of Specification. G. 424.

24. Ut . . . essent; Subj. of Purpose. G. 497; 495, II. — Domuni
reditionls spe, the hope of a return home, Domum ; Accus. of Limit
G. 380, II., 2, 1).

25. Spe; G. 431. — Sublata; fram to/fo.-— Perlcula subeunda;
G. 543.

26. Trium mensium . . . cibarla, meal {pv^om) for three months;
t. e., supplies for three months, lit, of three months.

27. Domo ; G. 426, 2.^Rauricis ; G. 385.

28. Finitimls ; G. 441. — Codem usl consllio, having adopted the
same plan ; »'. «., the same as the Hclvctii hod adopted. G. 421, 1. — Op
pidls . • . exustls ; G. 431.

29. Cum lis. Secum, which might have been used, would give prom
inence to the purpose of the Helvetii, while cum iis implies that the claoso
is Caesar's statement of the result G. 449, 1, 2).

30. Trans Rhenum ; «*. e., east of the Bhiue.

31. Oppug^arant, had assaulted. This evidently rcfci'S to an unsuc-
cessful attempt to reduce the place. — Reeeptos . . . adsciscunt, they
receive and ally to themselves as confederates, G. 549, 5.

VI. The Helvetii prepare to march through the Province.

33. Quibus itlneribus, by which, lit , by which ways. G. 445, 8 ; Syn.
L. C. 156. The repetition of the antecedent adds emphasis. — Domo.
from home; i. e., from their country. G. 426, 2.

34. Possent i G. 503. — Unuin ; in apposition with itinera. G. 964

BOOK I. 173

PAOB

85. Inter . . . Juram . . . Rhodanum. See note, with plan, on a 3
Iticu . . . Juram, p. 4, line 34. — Slnsuli carrl. Observe the force of the
distributive, toagona one fry one, one at a time; i. e», a single wagon.

36. Ihicerentur ; G. 608, 1., 2. — Alttsslmiis, very high, — - Ut pos-
sent ; Subj. of Result, G. 500.

1. Allobrogmn. This warlike people had been conquci'ed bj the Bo- 4
mans 121 B. C, but having i*evolted, they had recently {nvper) been again
reduced to subjection, 61 B. C.

2. Is vado transltur, it ia crossed by mea^is of a ford =13 fordable.
G. 420. — liocis ; G. 426, U., 1.

4. Ad Helvetios perttnet, leads over to the Helvetii,

5. Allobrogibas . . . viderentur; velvi . . . paterentur; In-
direct Discourse, dependent npon existimabant. The principal clauses are
AUcbrogibus . . . persuaeuros and vi coacturos ; the subordinate clauses,
qtiod . . . viderentitr and ut . , , paterentur. Explain the Moods. G. 623,
I. ; 624. But obseiTC that the Subjunctive inu^ . . . paterentur is to be re-
ferred to G. 498, II., as the Subjunctive would be required even in direct
discourse. See also notes on perfaciU esse, p. 2, line 7, and q^itod , , . ch-
tenturus asset, p. 2, line 38. — Allobro^bus ; G. 385. — Persuasuros,
coacturos. Observe the omission of ease, G. 634, note.

6. Bono anlmo, kindly diapoaed; lit., with (of) a good mind, G. 419, 11.

7. Coacturos ; fi'om cogo, — Suos, eos. Suoa refera to the subject of
the clause, i, e., to the AUobroges, while eoa refera to the subject of the
principal clause, t. e,, to the Helvetii. This clause might have been, ut ae
per ipsorumjinea ire paterentur, G. 445, 1.

9. Qua die; G. 429; 445, 8.— Convenlant; G. 600.

10. Ante diem . . . Apriles =die quinto ante Kakndaa Apriles, on
theffth day before the Kalenda of April; t. «., on the 28th of March. Ante
must be constnied with Kalendaa, while diem (for die) is attracted into the
Accus. by ante. G. 642, III., 3. — Lucio . . . consulibus; G. 431, 2.
This was in the year 58 B. C.

VII. Caesar opposes the Helvetii.

12. Cam niintiatiiin esset; G. 495, n.; 621.— Eos . . . conari;

In apposition with id, G. 639, n.

13. Ab vathe, from the city ; i, e., from Home, whei'e he received these
tidings.

14. Quam . . . itinerlbus, by aa long marchea aa poaaihle, G. 170, 2.
According to Plutarch he reached the Rhone in eight days. — In Oal-
tiam iilteriorem, into Ulterior^ or Farther, Gaul; i. e,, Gaul beyond the
Alps ; also called Gallia Trafiaalpina, or simply Gallia, as on p. 1.

15. Ad Grenavam, into the vicinity of Geneva, G. 380, II., 1. —Pro-

174 NOTES.

FAQM

4 vinclae toil imperat, he levies upon the whole province ; i. e,, upon
Ulterior Gaul, which he had received as a province.

17* Liegio una. This was the tenth legion, afterwards famous in the
Gallic wars. The Boman legion contained originally 3000 infautiy and
300 cavalry. For an account of the legion, of its organization and nu-
merical strength, see 13 and 28. — Pontem; t. «., the bridge over the
Rhone. — Ad Genavaniy near Geneva,

18. Certiores fact! sunt, were informed ; lit, were made more certain.

til. Qui dicerent, to say ; lit., who should say. G. 497. Qui refers to
legates as its antecedent. — Sibi esse in . . . focere liceat; Indirect
Discourse. Direct Discourse thus : Nobis esttn.. .facere, propterea • . .
habemus nullum; rogamus ut ttui voluntcUe id nobis facere liceat. Explain
the changes of Mood, Tense, Person, etc. G. 523-632. See note on Alio-
brogibus . . .paterentur, p. 4, line 5. — Sibi esse in animo, that it was
their intention; lit., was to them in mind, G. 387, 449, 1. Observe that
esse and rogare are the leading verbs in the principal clauses, and that the
subject of esse is the clause, sine ullo . . .facere. G. 523, 1. ; 538, 2. — Sine
ullo maleficio, without doing any damage; lit., without any harm.

22. Quod . . . nullum. Observe the emphatic position of nullum. G.
661, II.

23. Haberent, had. G. 624. — Rogare, that they asked. The sub<
ject se is omitted. G. 623, 1., foot-note. — Ut liceat; G. 498, 1. Liceat
has id facere as its subject, and sibi as its indirect object. G. 538 ; 384. —
E^us voluntate, with his (Caesar's) consent, G. 416.

24. Memorla tenebatf retained in (by means of) memory. — Menio-
rla ; Abl. of Means. — Lucium Cassium. This defeat of the Boman
ai*my under Cassius occurred near the Lake of Geneva^ 107 B.C., forty-
nine years before the arrival of Caesar in Gaul.

25. Oecisum ; supply esse. So also witli pukum^ missum, and conee-
dendum. G. 534, note.

26. Sub Jugum. The yoke was thus used as the symbol of submis-
sion and servitude. It consisted of a spear supported horizontally by two
others placed in an upright position. — Coneedendum ; supply irf, re-
fen'ing to the request of the Helvetii.

27. Inimico animo, with hostile feelings. G. 419, II. — Data facul-
tate, if the opportunity should be granted. G. 431« 2.

28. Itlneris faciendi. Construction ? G. 543 ; 542, 1. — Tempera-
turos, would refrain. Supply esse.

29. Spatium ; here used of time.

30. Convenirent ; G. 519, II., 2.

81. IMem, time, lit., a day. It is the object of sumpturum, — Si quid
vellent . . . reverterentur. In the Direct Discourse, i, e., in the origi-
nal words of Caesar, this would be a conditional sentence of the iirst form

BOOK I.

175

PA«B

frith the Impe^atiye in the conclusion : Si quid vuUia . • . revertimirU. G.
508, 4. For the Mood and Tense in the Indirect Discourse, see G. 523,
III., 524; 493, 1. — Ad Idus Apriles, on the idea of April; i. e., on the
13th of April. G. 642, 1., 3.

VIII. The Ilelvetii attempt to force a Passage.

33. Legione, mllitibus ; Abls. of Means, to be consti*ued with per»
tiucit, he consti'ucts. G. 415, 1., 1.

34. Qui . . . Inflult. Caesar speaks of the lake as flowing into the
river, t. e,, the river is the outlet of the lake. — A lacu . . . ad Juram.
These defences extended along the southern side of the Rhode, from the
Liake of Geneva {Lemanjtua) to Mount Jura, and commanded all the fords
of the Rhone by which the Helvetii could enter the Roman province.
See the following plan.

GENAVA

A. Pass between Mount Jura and the Rhone.

B. Caesar's Intrenchments on the south side of the Rhono.

176 NOTES.

PAAB

4 86. Millla . . . decern novem, nineteen nUlet (Roman measure). 6.
379. The Roman mile was about twenty-five rods less than the English
statute mile.

87. JHamm fossamqiie ; see 70-73.

88. Castella, redotibtSt probably of earth.

5 1 . Quo posslt ; 6. 497, 2. — Se invito, toithotU his consent ; lit, he being
unwiUing. G. 431. — Conarentur, possit. Here the Imperfect after
the Historical Present, community corresponds to the actual time denoted
by that verb, while the Present corresponds to its form. 6. 495, LL

• 8. Negat se posse dare, he says t?4Uhe cannot grant ; lit., he denies
that he is able to give. — More et exemplo, consistently with the usage
and example, Mos denotes established usaj^e, exempbtm simply an exam-
ple or precedent. For constraction, see 6. 416.

5. Vim facere, to use force; lit., io make force, — Conentur ; G. 524.
— Prohibiturum ; «. e., se prohibitumm esse,

6. £a spe dejecti, disappointed in this hope; t. «., in the hope of being
permitted peaceably to pass through the province. G. 414. — Navibus
Junctis, by bridges of boats and by numerous rafts ; lit., by vessels Joined
together and numerous rafts made, G. 420.

7. Alii vadis. While the Hclvetii, as a body, attempt to cross the
Rhone by means of bridges of boats, etc., some (aHi) try the fords of the
river.

8. Si pemunpere, having attempted to force a passage; lit., h€iving
tried whether (if) they were able to break through. — Si . . . possent; In-
direct Question. G. 529, 1.

9. Operis mmiltione ; t. e., the wall, redoubts, etc., mentioned above.

IX. The Hdvetii prepare to pass through the Country

of the Sequani,

11. Una . . . via ; only the way through the Sequani ; i. e.y the narrow
pass along the right bank of the Rhone, between the mountains and the
river. See Svn. L. C. 156.

12. His; G. 385. — Sua sponie'=^rsef of themselves; i.e., by their
own unaided elSbrts.

13. Possent. Why in the Subjunctive ? G. 517.

14. Ut . . . impetrarent, that they might obtain their request. G, 497.
With this verb the object is often thus omitted. — JBo deprecatore, by
his intercession; lit., ?ie being an intercessor, G. 431, 4.

15. Gratia et lar^tione, on account of his popularity and generosity.
— Plurimum poterat, had very great influence ; lit., waspowetfttl (able)
very much. G. 378, 2.

^7. In matrimonium duxerat, had married.

BOOK I. 177

PAOK

18. NoTis rebus stadebat, was eager for a revohOum; lit, for n&n 5
ihinge. 6. 384.

19. Slbi obstrictas, attached to himself. G. 384.

20. Rem suscipit, he tmdertakes the service ; t. e,, the negotiation in
behalf of the Helvetii.

21. Uti Inter . . . perficlt» causes them to exchange ; lit., causes that
they (the Helvetii and the Sequani) may give among themselves, — Dent;
G. 498, II.

22. Sequani ; the subject of dent, to be supplied from the preceding
line. — Ne prohlbeant, ut transeant ; G. 497, 11.

X. Caesar Jiastena to Italy for He-enforcements,

24. HelvetUs ess*^ in animo. See note on sibi esse in animo, p. 4,
line 21.

25. Faeere; G: 538, 2.

26. Quae clTitas ; Lat. idiom for dvitatis quae, a state tehich ; lit.,
which state. The antecedent, which would otherwise be civitatis, in appo-
sition with Tolosaiium, is inserted as the subject of the relative clause.
G. 445, 8. This is a common idiom. See L. C. 477, 2.

27. Id si fieret. Observe emphatic position of id. G. 569, III., 1.

28. Futurum ; supply esse. The clause ut . . . hdberet is the subject
cf futurum {esse), though it also denotes result. G. 501, 1., 1.

29. Locis . . . frumentarfls, to open and very fertile districts.

31. Titum Labienum ; one of Caesar's ablest officers in the Gallic
war. He, however, abandoned the cause of his master at the commence-
ment of the Civil war. — Itegatum; Predicate Ace. See also 34. — In
Itallam, into Italy; i. e., into Cisalpine or Citerior Gau], which was i^e-
garded as a pa2*t of Italy.

32. Ma^^nis itineribus, by forced marches.

35. Quinque legionibus. These five legions, with the tenth which
Caesar found in Gaul on his amv^, gave him in all six legions, besides
the forces just raised in the province. These six legions were the 7th, 8th,
9th, 10th, nth, and 12th.

36. Locis . . . oecupatis ; G. 431, 2.

37. Itinere; G. 413.~€ompluribus his proeliis pulsis, having
routed these in several encounters ; lit., tfiese having been routed, etc. iGr. 431.
Join compluribus with proeliis, and pulsis with his.

38. Citerioris provlnclae, ulterioris ; i. e., Citerior Gaul and Ulte-
rior Gaul, separated fi'om each other by the Alps.

1. fixtremum, the kut toum. — Die ; G. 429.

4. Trans Khodanum ; t. e., west of the Rhone.
11

178 NOTES.

^^^ XI. The Aedui and others complain of the ffelveHi.

6 6* Per MigaBtias, through the narrow pass; t. e., the pass between
the Jura and the Bhoae. See p. 3, lines 34-38, and note on a lacu , ..ad
Juram, p. 4, line 34.

6« Pervenerant. This they had accomplished duiing the absence of
Caesar in Italj.

?• Com ponaent; 6. 517. ~Se suaque, them$elves and their pot-
ieuioru. 6. 441 ; 449.

9. Rogstiun, to oak, G. 546. — Ita se, etc., that they had at ali time*
deserved »o well of the Roman people. — Omni tempore ; i. e., since their
alliance with the Romans, more than sixty years before. The xddress of
the ambassadora is reported in the OraUo ObHqua, depending upon the
idea of eaying involved in rogation. 6. 523, 1., note.

11. Afl^ vastari non debuerint, that their field* ought not to hace
been pillaged. 6. 537, 1. — Idberi eorvaxk^Uberi tui ; G. 449, 1, 1).

12. Debuerint; G. 495, VI.

18. Ambarri. See Diet — Necessarll et consanj^uinei, /Hem2s
and relatives. Necesaarii is a more comprehensive term than amiei, and
includes not only those who are bound together by the ties of friendship,
but also those who are connected in business or in official relations.

14. Non facUe, with difficulty ; lit., not easily.

17. Demonstrant, informf a common meaning in Caesar; lit, demon-
strate, show. — Praeter a^^ solum, except the mere soil; lit, except the
soil of the field.

18. Rellqui. This Genitive depends upon nihil, which is the subject
of esse. G. 397, 1. — Qulbus rebus, by these things. G. 453.— Non
exspectandum slbi, thcU he ought not to wait. Supply esse. G. 388.

19. I>um . . . pervenlrent ; G. 519, 11., 2.

XII. Caesar conquers the Tigurini.

21. Flumen est Arar, there is a river (called) Arar, now the Sadne.
—Quod has ^umen as its antecedent.

23. In utram partem, in which direction; lit., part. — Fluat; G
529, 1.— PoBslt; G. 500, H.

24. lilntrlbus, canoes, made from the trunks of trees. — Transi-
bant. Observe the force of the Impeifect, were crossing.

26. Flumen transduxlsse. Here fiumen depends upon trans, and
partes upon duxisse. G. 376.

27. Otra flumen, on this side of the river ; i. e., on the east side. — De
tertla vlisUla, m the third watch ; lit., from or out of. De implies that

BOOK I. 179

PAOB

cfae third watch had commenced, but not necessarily that much of it had 6
passed. It began at midnight. For the divisions of the Boman daj and
nighty see 6. 646, 1 and 2.

. 28. CasMs* He was then encamped in the country of the Segusiavi,
between the Rhone and the Arar. See p. 6, line 3. Boman camps were
always arranged with the utmost regularity, and fortified with the great-
est care. They were rectangular and sometimes square ; see 66^ The
^te nearest to the enemy was called poria pretetoria, and the one oppot
8it« to it, porta decumana. The defences consisted of a trench, or fosse,
usually nine feet wide and seven deep, or twelve feet wide and nine deep,
and a rampart of earth thickly set with sharp stakes. For the form»
arrangement, and fortification of a Roman camp, see 64 — 76.

31. In silvas, in the forests. The accusative is used because motion
is implied, — they Jledtnto the forests and htd themselves.

33. Hie pa^^us unus, this one canton.

34. Patruni . . . memoila, vfithin the memory qf our fathers, G.
429.

35. liudum Gassiiun. 8ee note, p. 4, line 24.

37. Quae pars dvltatts H^tlvetiae,ea'^eaparscivitatis Hehetiaef
futie. Quae agrees with pars. G. 438, 1.

38. Prlnceiw . . . penoMtftoas the Jirst to pay the penalty ; lit., first
paid. G. 442.

2. E^us socerl liucii Pisonls, of Lucius Piso, his (Caesar's) /a^A^- 7
in-law. This is Lucius Piso the consul, mentioned on p. 4, line 10. Caesar
had maiTied his daughter Calpurnia.

3. liuciiun Plsonem • . . interfieceraiit, the Tigurini, in the same
b€tttle in which they had slain Cassius, had slain his Heutenantf Lucius
Piso. Caesium depends upon interfecerant, to be supplied.

XIII. T?ie Hdvetii send Ambassadors to Caesar.

5. Ut posset; Purpose ot faciendum curat. G. 497.

6. Pontem • . . curat, causes a bridge to be constructed over the Arar,
" probably a bridge of boats constructed from the vessels in which he
conveyed his provisions up the river. See p. 8, line 31.

8. Cmn id . . . intelligerent, when they perceived that he had done
in one day what they themselves had with the greatest dijfficulty accom-
phshed in twenty days (namely), the crossing of the river ; lit., that they
should cross the river. Utflumen transirent is in apposition with id* G.
363,5; 601,111.

11. Bello Cassiano, in their war with Cassius ; lit., in the Cassian
war. G. 429. This war, it will be rememberad, was in the year 107 B. 0*

12. Ita agit, he discourses as follows. The discourse itself is repqrted

180 NOTES*

rAOB

7 in the OraHo ObUgua, sod oocapies the rest of the chapter. — Si

• • . Helvetlonuii; Coiiditioiial sentence of the First Form; in Direct
Discourse thus : Sipacem . . . faciet • . . Unrni • . • enmt HtivtUL ... ctm^
tUtueri* • . • vokterU; stii . . . penevercAii, reminiietn, etc £xpiain
change of Moods and Tenses. 6. 623-53L

18. Ibl ftituroSy would remain there. Supply e$ae.

14. CoiwtltiilBset, volulaaet. In the Direct Discourse these Terbe
would be in the Future Perfect Hence the Pluperfect Subj. G. 525, 2.

15. Penequl; supply 0Of.->Parseveraret. The subject is Caesar,
— Reminlaceretur ; G. 623, III. In the Dnrect Discourse we should
have the Imperative rewUnitcere.

16. Veterla incommodi, 6. 406, II. This refers to the defeat of
Cassius.

17 • Adortiu essety tituiaiMeiit, poasent; Terbs in the subordinate
chiuses of the Oratio OhUqua. G. 524.

19. Ne tribueret, desplccret, dldiciase; ^ verbs in the principal
clauses of the OrtUio ObUgua. In the DirectDiscourse, for ne trUmerety
according to O. 489, we should have noH with the Infinitive — noli Uv-
buere — which here becomes ne tribueret, 6. 523, 1, and III. -—Ob earn
rem, on this account ; liL, on account of ihU thing; t. «.» quod . . • adoriut
eaaet, because he had surprised. — Ne suae • . . tribueret, he should not
ascribe it particularly to his own valor.

21. Quam . . . nltereiitiir, than to contend by measu of stratagemy or
to rely on ambuscades. — Dolo; Abl. of Means. — InatdllB ; G. 425, 1, 1),
note.

22. Ne conunitteret . . . caperet, ihat he should not cause the place
(lit., that the place) where they should take their stand, to receive (lit., should
receive) a name from the overthrow cfthe Roman people, etc. For ne eom"
mitteret, the Direct Discouree, according to 6. 489, would have noU eom^
mittere, do not cause ; and instead of constitissent^ the Fut. Pei*f. Indie.
constiterimuSf where we (the Helvetii) shall have taken our stand. For
Mood and Tense, see G. 523, III. ; 625, 2.

24. Memorlam proderet, transmit the remembrance; <• e., of the
fnrcnt.

XIV. Meply of Caesar.

25. His, to them; i. e., to the Helvetii. -^Eo • . . darl, that lees hesi-
tation was allowed (lit., given) him on thiis euicount. Eo is an AbL of
Cause. The reason is given in quod . . . tenerei. Observe that Caesar's
reply, occupying most of the chapter, is in the Oratio ObUqua.

27. Ek> gravius ferre, etc., that he was the more indignant at this, the
less it had happened through any fault (lit., desert) of the Roman people ;
I. e., because it had not happened through any fault. Eo gravius firre ;

I

BOOK I. 181

PAOB

fit., to hear hy »o much (by this) more heavily ^ to be the more indignant. 7
Eo and quo are Abls. of Measure of DiiFerence, often best rendered by the*
G. 423, and L. C. 450.

28. Merlto; AM. of Canse. G. 416.— Qui si . . . ftiisset, if they
(Ut, whOy referring to the Roman people) had been eomcioue to themselves
of any act of injury ; i.e., of haying injured the Helvetians. AUet^ue is
here used instead of eu^^ because it is emphatic, — any ii^fury whatever,
G. 455, 1. — Injurlae slbL For the Gen. and Dat with consciue, see
6. 399, 1., 3, note 1.

29. Cavere; subject ofjkdsse, which in the Dii^ect Discourse would
hejuistet, — ESo deceptum ; supply etee ; also eum, referring to the Bo-
man people. Eo ; AbL of Means, hy this, viz. quod • . . intelUgeret . . . pu-
taret.

90. Commlflsuni a se ; supply esse ; that any offence (thing) had been
committed by them. The subject of the Infinitive is here omitted, pai*tly
because it is indefinite and partly because it can be readily supplied from
quare, which is equivalent to propter quod. If propter quod had been
used, the antecedent of quod would have been the subject of com/imseum
esse,

dl. Timeret; 6. 500, 1. — Thnendnm; supply esse; that they ought
to fear ; lit., that it should befeared, or that there should be fear. It is im-
personal. G. 301. — Quod si vellet, but if he were ufilUng, G. 453, 6.

32. Veteria contumeliae, their former insult; i. e., to the Roman
people in the defeat of Cassius.-^Nu]n . . . posse. The learner will
remember that Interrogative clauses in the Oratio Obliqua generally take
the Subjunctive. For the use of the Infinitive see G. 523, II., 2.

33. I^Juriarum; join with memoriam below; the recollection ofir^
ries, — £o inviM, without his (Oaesar's) eonsetU; lit., he unwilling, G.
431. Se might have been used. G. 449, 1, 1).

35. Quod . . • g^oriarentur, the fact that they boasted. The clauses
with quod are the subject of pertinere. G. 540, IV., note.

36* Impnne . . . tnllsse, lit., had carried their crimes with imptmity ;
i, e., had not been punished for them. — Kodem pertinere, tended to the
fame result; viz., to arouse his indignation. — Consuesse; G. 297, I., 2.

38. Quo . . . doleant; Subj. of Purpose. G. 497, II. , 2.

1. Eorum, their; lit., of them, referring to quos. — VeUnt. The Sub< 8
junctive would be used even in the Direct Discourse. G. 503, 1.

2. His is the antecedent of quos. — Secundiores res, greater prosper-
ity ; lit., more prosperous things, G, 440, note 4.

3. Cum • . . sint, that although these things were so. G. 515, IIL —
Sint; Hist. Present.— Tamen; join with sese , , ,facturum.

4. E2a; object oSfacturos (esse) the subject of which is eos, refemng
to the HelvetiL

188 NOTES.

8 5. Aednls ; G. 884, n., 4, note 1.— Ipsis mod eomm refer to Aednk
Ipsis, themselveM, in contrast with their allies.

8. Instltutos esse. See Sjn. L. C. 685. — ConsuMint ; G. 297, 1., 2

9. "EjuB ret . . . testem, that the Roman people were toitneeaeo qfthu,
— aUnding to the hostages given by the sorvivorB after the defeat and
death of Cassins.— Hoc . . . dato ; G. 431.

XV. March of the two Armies,

11. Movent. The subject is HehHii, to be supplied.

12. Kqultatiunque omnem. Caesar had no Boman cavalry in
GauL

14. Coactum habebat, hadcoUeeted—K combination similar to the
English ; lit, had (possessed), having been collected, G. 388, 1, note. — Qui
vldeaat ; constructiqp according to sense. EquUatum is the antecedent
of 9W. G. 445, 6. — Videant ; Subj. of Purpose. G. 487. — Qiias . . .
&ciant; Indirect Question. G. 529, 1.

15. Cupidius, too eagerly, G. 444, 1. — Novissinmin Btpaa/Nk, tha
rear ; lit., the newest line; t. e., the last. See 63, 64 ; also Syn. L. C. 178.

16. Alieno loco, in an unfavorcdde place; lit., in a place belonging to
ano^ker. In the same way, euue, hie, is used in the sense o{ Juvorable,
For the construction of loco, see G. 425, II., 1.

17* Pauci de nostiis, a few of ottr men, G. 397, 3, note 3 ; 441.—
Quo pro^o, bg this battle, G. 453.

18. Quod . . • propiilerant; Caesar's reason, as shown by the Indic-
ative. G. 516, 1.

21. Satis habebat, deemed it sufficient. The object of habebat is the
clause hostem . . . prohibere. — In praeseiitla,^or the present; lit., in the
present,

22. Bapinls. Construction ? G. 414, 1.

23. Dies; G. 379. — Circiter ; adverb.

24. Nostrum piimum ; supply agmen ; our van ; lit., our first Une, —
Amplius is the subject of interesset. G. 441, 2.

25. Quinis . . . mlUlbus. The Distributive implies &at the statement
is true for each of the fifteen days. G. 174, 2.

XVI. The Aeduifail to furnish Supplies,

26. Quotidie. See Syn. L. C. 399. ~ Aeduos frumentum ; 6. 374.
- Quod essent, etc., which they had promised. The Subjunctive may

be explained by the fact that the antecedent is indefinite ; whatever grain
they had promised, G. 603, 1. It may also involve the idea of cause. 6
617.

BOOK I. 183

TA.QM

27. Publlce, tfi the name of the etate ; lit, pubiicfy, — referring to the 8
ptt>raise made by the chiefs. — Fla|[^tare; Hiatorioal InfinitiTO. 6. 536,

1. Flagito means to demand with eagemeea and importunity^ and is espe-
cially appropriate in this passage. — Propter frigora, on account of the
cold cUmate. The singular would refer more to coldness in the abstract.
6. 130, 2.

28. Sub septemtrlonlbiis, towards the north ; lit,tm<for the north,-'
Ut ante dictum est. See p. 1.

29. Matiira non erant. This was probably in the month of April,
according to our calendar. — Pabull; for position, sec G. 669, III., 2.

30. Bo autem . . . poterat, moreover he wtu not able (lit, lese able)
to use the grain which he had brought up the river Arar in veeeele. Frumento
depends upon uti, 6. 421, I. Flumine and navibue are Abls. of Means.
G.420.

31. Propterea quod, because ; lit, on account of these things, (viz.)
because.

82. Iter ab Arare. Caesar, in pursuing the HeWetii, who had turned
away from the river, had been obliged to leave his supplies.

33. Diem . . . Aedul, the Aedui put him off dag after day. With du-
eere supply eum, referring to Caesar. Dueere and dicere are Historical In-
finitives. — Diem ; Accus. of Time. G. 379. — Conferri ; supply id ; that
it (the grain) was collecting. Conferri, eomportari, adesse, depend upon
dicere, G, 535, 1., 2.

34. Se dlutiuB duel, that he was put off too long.

35. Quo die. Observe the repetition of the antecedent. G. 445, 8. —
Metiri ; supply subject eum. The ol^t iafhtmentum. The clause fru-
mentum . , . metiri is the subject of oporteret. The Boman soldiers re*
ceived a stated allowance of grain, usually wheat or barley, from which
they prepai-ed their bread. See 11 foot-note.

37. Divitlaco, Lisco; in apposition with principibus. — ^vaxano
mag^tratui praeerat, was invested with the highest magistracy ; lit,
presided over, G. 386.

38. Quern . . . Aedul, whom (t. «., the person invested with the chief
magistracy) the Aedui call Vergobretus ; i. e., Vei^obretus was the title of
theur chief magistrate.

1. Qui . . . annuus, who is appointed for one year, Annuus agrees O
whh qui. — In suos; observe Case; over or upon his countrymen, not
osmmgtAem,

3. Posset; supply ^Vumen^m. ^Necessario, cn'to'co^.— »Propin-
Qois hostlbus ; G. 431.

4. Sublevetur ... sit destitutus. The Subjunctive implies that
these reasons were assigned by the speaker. In other words, Caesar hero
quotes his own language in the Indirect Discourse. G. 622; 516, II.

184 NOTES.

PAOB

9 5. Magna ex parte, in a great meature ; Hi., from a large part. -^
Eonim preclbue, bg their progere ; u e., the prayers of the AedoL See
p. 6, lines 9-12. ^ Susceperit. Why in the Snl^anctiye ? 6. 517.

XVII. Speech of Liscus^ Chief Magistrate of the A.edu%,

8. Esse nonmillos, etc. Observe that the speech of Liscus, occupy
ing the rest of this chapter, is in the Oralio Obkqua, G. 623-63L — • Qao*
nun auctorltas, etc., v>ho$e influence is very great, etc. ; lit., avcdle very
much.

9. Valeat, poeslnt; G. 524.

10. MaglBtratas ; 6. 417, 1. — Hoe refers to fumnuOoe,

11. Ne oonf^rant; Sobj. of Purpose. G. 497, II. The plural is used
because of the idea of plurality involved in mttltitudinem, 6. 461, 1.

12. 81 Jam . . . er^tnrL These are the arguments which the men,
of whom Liscus spebks, use with the multitude.

13. Gallorum . . . praeferre • . . debere; supply se ; that they pre-
fer the rule of the Oaub rather than that qf the Romans, and that they

ought not to doubt,

15. Superaverint ; Fut. Perf. in the Direct Discourse. G. 525, 2.—
Aeduls ; G. 386, 2.

16. Sttnt ereptuii; G. 604, 3. •- Ab iisdem, by the same persons, -^
referring to nonnulloe. — Quaeque . . . gerantur, and whatever is done
in the camp, G. 503, 1. Quaeque saetea quae, and those things which.

17. A se, by himse^; u e., in his capacity as chief magistrate.

18. Quln etiam, nay even, moreover. — Neoessario coactus, com-
pelled by neceesity. . ^

19. Intelligere seee. The subject is sese, and the object quanto . . .
fecerit, an Indirect Question. G. 529, 1.

XVIII. Treachery of Dumnorix.

22. Sentletmt. See Syn. L. C. 576.~-Plurlbii8 . . . Jaetari, that
these things should be discussed inthe presence of too many; lit., more being
present. G. 431.

24. £x %o\o, from him in private; i. e.. from Liscus.

26. Repeiit esse vera^ he found them to be true. Vera agrees with ea-
dem, which is explained by Ipsum esse, etc. — Ipsum esse Dumnoiigem,
that Dumtwrix was t?ie very person; i. e., the one whom Liscua meant.

27. Summa audaeia, a man of the greatest boldness. Supjdy virwn.
G. 419, U. y

^* Remm novarum, of a revolution; lit, of new things. G. 399;
441, 2, note 4. — Complures annos,^^ severed years. G .379. .— VectI

BOOK I. 185

PAOB

f^alia . . . redempta habere, that he had purchated the revenues at a 9
email price. See note on eoactum habebaty p. 8, line 14. The revenues, in
accordance with the Roman custom, were sold to the highest bidder, who -
collected them for himself. Dumnorix secured these at a low price, because
no one dared to bid against him. VecHgaUa are revenues in general;
portoriaf customs, port duties. Preiio; Abl. of Price. 6. 422.

ao. nio liceiite, when he hid, G. 431.

81. Audeat; G. 524.— Nemo. Observe the emphatic position. 6.
d61, n.

32. Facilitates . . . comparasse, that he had amaesed large meant
for bribery, G. 236.

84. Doml, at home; i. e., in his own state. G. 426, 2.

85. Iiargiter posse, that he had great influence ; lit , to 6e abh greatly,
— Hi^ns potentlae causa, ybr the take of maintaining this in/tuence,

86. Bituri^i^bus. The Bituriges were neighbors of the Aedui, from
whom they were separated by the river Loire. — CoUocasse; supply in
matrimomum, or mqttum, used below; that he had given in marriage,

87. Ipsuin . . . uxorem habere, that he had himee^ married a uftfe
from the Helvetii. His wife was the daughter of Orgetorix. See p. 2,
lines 34-37.-— Sororem ex matre, hit half titter ; titter by the tame
tnother,

88. Nuptnm ; construe with cottocatte, G. 646. Nubo is used of the
marriage of women ; duco, of that of men.

1. Capere HelvetUs, that he withed weU to the Heldetii, G. 386. 10

2. Suo nomine, on hit own accotmtf onpertonal groundt ; lit., in hit
men name; AbL of Cause. G. 416.

8. Ek>rum adventu, by their coming, Eorum refers to the Romans,
and adventu is the AbL of Means : ^fut refers to Dumnorix. — Deml-
nuta. Supply tit from the next line.

4. In antiquum, etc., to hit former place of influence. He had for-
merly possessed great influence. See line 37, below.

5* Aceldat. See Syn. L. C. 624.— Summam In spem venire, that
he entertained the highett hopet ; lit, came into the highett hope,

6. Begnl obtlnendl ; G. 643. -- Impeilo, etc, under the rule of the
Roman people; i. 0., if the Romans should rule. The Ablative here in-
volves eauw,

8. Reperlebat. The object is the clause initium . • , factum {ette). —
Quod . . . factum, in regard to the fact that an uwwicettjul engagement
of our cavalry had taken place, etc. G. 616, 2, note. Quod is here a con-
junction.

9. IMebus ; Gk430. — Esset fiustum ; G. 624.

to. Eyus ftagae, of that flight, referring io^proelium advertum,
11. Bqultatul ; G. 386. — AuzlUo Caesarl ; Q, 390.

166 KOTJBS.

XIX. Caesar*s Interview with IHvitiacus.

fAOB

10 14. CMrtlsfllmae res, moat tmdoubUd facU ; referring to tiie fasto
mentioned in the subsequent cUuises— ^vcW per • . . quod oMdet^ etc.
See p. 5, lines 20>23. — Quod . . . transdiudMet. This clause is in sp-
poeition with re*, but also inyolyea a reason in the mind of Caesar at the
time of the event. Hence the SubjunctiTe. 6. 516, IL A reason as-
signed by Caesar as historian would require the Indicative. 6..616, L
Tnm»dttxii9ett curasMset, Andfecisui are all in the same oonstmction. The
subject is Dumnorix.

15. Int^ eo&f between them; t-e., between the Helvetii and the Sequa^
ni. — Dandos. Supply eue,

lO. Ii^UMO Buo et clvitatla, wiihaui Ms (Caesar's) orden tmd those
of the state (t. e,, of the Aedni).

17* Insclentlbua ipals, withotd their knowledge; li^ftheyihemaeives
not knowing, Ipsis refers to Caesar and the Aedui, — the latter implied
in eivitatis,'^X magiatratu Aeduorum; t. 0., by Liscus, thc^ vergo-
brctus or chief magistrate.

18. Satis causae, a sufficient reason; lit., enough of cause, 6. 397.
— Quare animadverteret, why he should either himself punish him ;
lit, 6y which he should either himself direct his attention to (against) him,
t. 0., proceed against him according to law. This is a relative elanse of
Besult, introduced by the relative paiticle quare ;'-^n sufficient readon to
induce him, etc. ; t. 0., to produce this result G. 500, 1.

20. His rebus, to these things ; i. 0., these reasons for punishing Dum-
norix. G. 385. — Unum, one consideration, referring to quod . . .ver^pa-
tur ; t. 0., though there were several reasons for punishing X>nmnorix,
there was yet one objection to this course.^

21. Studium, Toluntateih, hgaUy, affection,

23. Ne ofDsnderet; G. 498, m., note 1. — E^us refers to Dumnorix.

24. Verebatur. Observe the force of the Imperfect; was fearing, was
fearfitl,

25. Conaretur ; G. 520, n. — Quottdianis . . . remotis, handng dis-
missed his ordinary (lit., daily) interpreters. G. 431, 2.

27. Principem, a leading man, — Cut . . . fldem habebat, tn whom
he was wont to place the highest confidence on all sulffects ; lit., to whom he
was having the highest confidence of all things. For the force of the geni-
tive in rerum, see G. 393, note.

20. Simul ; construe with et ; he at once reminds Mm • • • and shows,
^Ipso, »'. 0., Divitiacus. • Sine f^us, etc., without offence to MsfeeHings^
etc. Ejtts refers to Divitiacus, ipse to Caesar, and ei»iiatem to the. Aedni

a2. Statuat, Jubeat ; 6. 496, II.

BOOK I. 187

XX. CaeBar pardons Dumnorix.

85. Quid gpravlus, tmything too severe; t. e., too severe a sentence. 10

86. Scire se. Here the verb of aajfing, on which the Infinitive de-
fends, is implied in obsecrare. G. 523, 1. — Nee quemquam, and thai
•no one; lit., nor any one* G. 6S4, 1., 2. — ESx eo,yrom him,

37. Doloris ; G. 397, 3. — Propterea quod ; construe with cretieeet.
— 'Ipse refera to Divitiacus. — Pluximum. Supply posset, expressed
with minimum,

38. Domi, at home ; t. e., among his own people. G. 426, 2. — Hie
refers to Dumnorix. Supply et before iUe,

I. Se refers to Divitiacns.— Quibus opibuB ac nervis uteretur, 11
attd this (lit., which) influence and power he (Dumnorix) was using, refer-
ring to the influence and power implied in per se crsvisset. G. 453. iVier-
vis (lit., nerves) is used figuratively for strength, power,

3. Suam I'efers to Divitiacus. — JESxistlmatlone vulgi, by the opinion
of the common people ; t. e,, by the fact that they would hold him respon-
sible, as explained in the next sentence.

4. Quod sii G. 453,6.

6. Bum locum . . . apud eum, such a place in his friendship; lit.,
th€tt place of friendship with him ; i. e,, with Caesar. — Existimaturuni,
factum. Supply «M«. — Voluntate ; Abl. of Cause.
7* Futurum uti averterentur ; G. 501, 1., 1 ; 537, 3. ^

10. Faciat; G. 499, 2.— Tanti; G. 404, note 1.— E;jus i-efers to

Divitiacus, and se to Caesar.

II. Rei publicae Injuriam, the injury to the state.

15. Omnes suspiciones, aU grounds for suspicion, ^lyivitisMiO fra-
tri, /or the sake of his brother Divitiacus; lit, to, or for, his brother,

16. Dumnorigi custodes ponit. Caesar watched the movements
of Dumnorix, and finally put him to death. See p. 79. — Ut possit ; Subj.
of Purpose. G. 497.

17. Agat, loquatur; G. 529, 1.

XXI. Caesar prepares to attack the Helvetii,

18. Certior foetus, etc., having been informed (lit, made more cer-
5Btn) that the enemy had encamped. Certior fo, like doceor, admits an In-
finitive. G. 535, 1., 3.

19. Millia passuum ; G. 379.

20. Esset ; G. 529, 1. — Qualis in eircuitu, etc., what theaseent by a
dreuitous route ; lit, in a circuit.

21. Qui . . misit, he sent men to ascertain ; lit, who should ascertain.

188 KOTES*

PAOS*

11 Supply eo9 as the antecedent of ^ and the object of misit. For the Mood
in cogno9certntt see G. 497, 1. The object is the claose quaUM . . . tucentua,
— FacUem esse. Sapplj aacentum.

22. De tertla vigllia. See note, ]k/6, line 27. — Iicigatam pro
praetore, hU Heutenant with praetorian pbyoer. Praetor is here used in
the sense of commandeiMn-chiof. Caesar is the praetor. Legaiw pro
1/raetore is an honoraiy title applicable to the general or lieutenant who i£
second in command, and accordingly acts as commander-in-chief {pro
praetore) in the absence of that officer.

23. Cum lis ducibus, toith those persona as guides, Dueibus, 'm appo
sition with u>.

24. Quid sul consllli sit, what his plan is; lit., what is ofhispku^
ConaiKi is a Predicate Genitiye with aU^ and not a Partitive Genitive de-
pending upon quid, G. 401.

25. Quo; Abl. of Means.

27. Bei miUtarls ; G. 399, 1., 2.

28. Sullae; Lucius CorneUus Sulla, the famous Boman dictator, and
rival of Marius.

29. Crassi; Marcus Licinius Crassus,the distinguished commander in
the Sei'vile War, who defeated and slew Spartacus, 71 B. C. For the
omission of exercitu before Marci Oraeai, see G. 398, 1, note 1.

XXII. 27ie Mistake of Cofisidius defeats Caesar^s

Plan.

30. Prima luce, aJt daybreak; lit., at thejtrat Ugkt, G. 440, 2, note 1.
Summus monsy the aummit of the mountain.

81. Ipse; t. e,t Caesar.

33. Abesset, cognitus esset; construe with guum. G. 621, II., 2.

34. £quo admisso, at fuU apeed. Admittere, in such expressions,
means to give loose reins. — Accurilt, dlcit. Observe the omission of
the conjunction, implying haste. So, also, between aubducit and inHruit^
below.

35. Voluerit; G. 524.— A GalUds insignibus, /rom the GalHc
atandarda. See plate IV., also 9, 9, foot note.

37. Subducity withdraws, Hera aub gives to the verb the idea of a
quiet, noiseless movement. -rAciem. See 28; also Syn. L. C. 178.

38* Brat praeceptum. The object is the clause n^ . . . committeret,
which also expresses purpoae. G. 499, 3.
tZ 1* Ipsius copiae, hia oum (Caesar's) /or<;e«. — Visae essent. In the
Direct Discourse the Put. Perfect would be used : hence, thePluperf. Subj.
hei-e. G. 525, 2.
■ 4* Multo die, late in the day ; though probably only, relatively f o, im

BOOK I. 189

frying that mnch time had been lost since daybreak (prima htce)' when ift
they might have snrpriscd the enemy.

6. Quod • • . renuntlavisse, had reported to him what he had not seen,
ae if wen ; lit,,^ eeen* Snpply id as the antecedent of ^itod, and as the
object of renuntiaviese.

7* Quo consuerat IntervaUossinterTallo quo consuerat, at the uau-
ai distance; i, «., from the enemy; lit., with the interval with which hs
*oas wont The usual distance was about five miles. See p. 8, lines 23*25.

XXIII.-XXVrr. Defeat of the Hdvetii.

9. IMei ; 6. 398, 5. — Supererat cum oporteret, remained hrfore
it would be necessary ; lit., wh£n it would be necessary.

10. Metlrl. See note p. 8, line 35.

12. Rei . • • exlstlinaTit, he thought that he ought to provide suppUes.
With prospiciendttm supply esse. 6. 301 ; 386.

14. Avertit ac contendit. These two verbs, taken together, show
what Caesar did, as the result of the opinion expressed in prospiciendum
existimavit. This connection may be shown, in rendering, by supplying
and accordingly. Thus : He thought that he ought, etc., and accordingly
turned aside from the HelvetH. — Wihreuite; G. 380, II. — Fugltivos,
deserters ; i. e., from the Gallic cavalry in Caesar's service.

It was formerly supposed that Bibracte occupied the site of the present
city of Autun, but the prevailing opinion among scholars now is that the
Aeduan capital was built on Mont Beuvray, an elevated plateau about 3000
feet high, eight or nine miles west of Autun. This opinion has found an
able advocate in Napoleon III., who calls attention to the fact that the
Gauls in general built their towns in places difficult of access, either on
high and steep hills, as at Gergovia and Alesia (book YII., 36 and 69), or
on grounds surrounded by marshes, as at Avaricum (VII., 19) ; that sev-
eral ancient roads in a remarkable state of preservation lead to the summit
of Mont Beuvray ; and, finally, that recent excavations have brought to
light the foundations of Gallic walls and towers.

15. I>ecurionfs. The deeurio was the commander of a deeuria, a
small force of cavalry, onginally ten in number. The cavalry was divid-
ed into companies or alae, the alae into turmae, and these again ' into de-
curiae.

16. Seu quod . . . exlstimarent . • . sive eo quod . • .confide-
renty either because they thought, etc., or because (lit., for this reason, 6e-
cause) they trusted. For the Subjunctive, see G. 516, II.

17. £o magis quod, the more because; lit., more because qfthis, viz.,
thtit, or because; explained by the following clause, which gives a special
reason fw the opinion of the Helvetii. — Superiorlbus • • • oc^upatiSy

190 NOTES.

PAQB

12 though ihmf (the Ronumf) had taken pouenion of the higher grotmde^
referring to tummue moiM. See p. ll, line 30 ; also Q. 431, 2.

19. Re; 6. 414, 1. «— Posse. Supply «m, referring: to the Romans.
. 20. NoBirosy our men, G. 44L — A noTisalmo agminey on the rear;
lit,, from the neteeat (last) Hne, See note on ab SeguanUt p. 1, line 17.
For the arrangement of an army on the march, see 46 — 49 and 63—57.

22. Id animum; G. 876. — Animum advertit. For the osnal
form animadvertit, see p. 28, line 14.

23. Sustineret; Subj. of Purpose. G. 497.

24. In colle medioy midway up the hilL G. 440, 2, note I.

25. Triplicem aclem, a triple Uiie of battle; i, e,, the armj was ar-
ranged in three lines, as seen in the figure under 28.

As the engagement with the Helretii is the first regular battle described
in the Commentaries, it maj be interesting to the learner to trace the gen-
eral coarse of the action. For two weeks Caesar had been following' the
Helvetii, with an interval of five miles between the head of his column
and the rear-guard of the enemy. One favorable opportunity for giving
battle had been lost, through the mistake of Considius, as described in
chapter 22.

In the mean time, the army supplies were nearly exhausted ; Caesar,
therefore, reluctantly turned the head of his column toward Bibracte, the
chief city of the Acdui, where he would be sure to find an abundance of
provisions. The Helvetii at once reti'aced their steps, and began to harass
the raar-guard of the Roman line. Thereupon Caesar withdrew his forces
to a neighboring hill, and sent his cavaliy to engage the enemy, while he
placed his legions in battle array. It will be remembered that the Roman
mode of attack required an elevated position from which the heavy jave-
lins could be hurled into the ranks of the enemy with the greatest effect;
see 77.

It will be observed that Caesar placed only his four veteran legions in
line of battle, while the two legions recently enrolled in Cisalpine Gaul,
and all the auxiliary infantry, wera stationed in the rear.

In accordance with general custom, Caesar pitohed his camp in the rear
of his army, and proceeded at once to foi*tify it, although the battle was
imminent (63, 70). The Helvetii had deposited their baggage at a con-
venient distance in the rear, and had placed their numerous wagons in a
circle around it — a common defence for a Gallic or Helvetian camp.

The Helvetii, in dense masses, eonfertUsima acie (83, foot note), ad-
vanced to the charge. The Roman legions were arranged in three lines,
and each line consisted of separate cohorts, with intervals between them
(28). The front line received the onset of the enemy with a salvo of jave-
lins, and then with drawn swords rushed to the charge. After a few min-
utes, the second line of cohorts, advancing through the intervals of the

BOOK I. 191

PAOI

flnt line, rushed into the thickest of the fight (85). The enemy were 12
driven back to a hill a mile in the rear; but while the Roman legions were
pursuing the retreating Helvetii, the Boii and Tulingi, 16,000 strongs who
formed the rear*guard of the enemy's line of march, appeaEring on the
scene, made an attack upon the right flank of the Roman line. The Hel-
▼etii, encouraged by this timely aid, turned upon their pursuers and
renewed the battle. Caesar at once detached his third or rear line to re-
ceive the attack of the Boii and Tnlingi, while with the other two lines he
repulsed for the second time the whole force of the Helvetii.

26* In Burnmo Jufi^Oy on the very eununit, Juffum, in distinction from
mon»t a mountain or hill, often denotes the summit of a hill, or the ridge
of a range of hills.

27< Gollocarl, compleri; construe xfithjueni,

82* Phalange facta. The Macedonian phalanx, so celebrated in
ancient warfare, was doubtless unknown to the Gauls. The Helvetic
phalanx, here referred to, probably consisted simply of a body of soldiera
in close array, under the cover of their shields locked firmly together over
their heads. This phalanx resembled the Roman teatudo, as seen in plate V.

83« Prbnum aclemy/r*^ line ; i. e., to an approaching enemy ; hence,
the lowest or front line of cohorts.

84. Suo. Supply effuo remoto from remoHs eguiet in the next line. G.
431. — Omnium^ of all; t. «., of all the officers and other persons of dis-
tinction, not, of course, of the cavahy.

37. Pilia, Javelins. .For an account of this weapon, see 9, 9.

38* Ea refers U>phaXangem. — Gladiis destrlctls, with drawn eworde;
Abl. of Means. — Eos refers to hostium,

1. Magno erat Impedimento, it woe a great hindrance; lit, for a 18
^reat hindrance, G. 390. The subject of erat is the clause quod pluri-
bue, etc. — Pluribus • • • colligatis. A single javelin, penetrating
several shields which overlapped each other, sometimes fastened them to-
gether by the bending of the iron point. The eeutum is a large, I'ectan-
gular shield, four feet in length and two and one-half in width. See 9, 7.

3. Evellere. Supply ea, as the object, refcning to jn'/orum.-— Sinistra
impedlta. The buckler was fastened to the left arm.

4. Multl at praeoptarent, so that many preferred. ObseiTe the 13
emphatic position of mitlti, G. 661, 1. ; 569, III., 1.

5. Manu; G. 414, 1. — Nudo corpore, with the body unprotected;
i. e.f without a shield.

7. Mons suberat, etc., there W€U a mountain near by^ about a mile off,
->£o, thither; i. e., to the mountain. •

8* Cf^to monte, wJun the mountain had been gained ; t. 0., by the
enemy^

O. Boil et Tulingi ; see plate VIL in the text.

192 NOTES.

PA«B

18 10. NoTlMlmls praesldio erant, guarded the rear; lit., werejbr'a
defence to the rear, or the netoett (last). G. 390.

11. Ex itlnere, on the marcA.— lifttere i^erto, on the expaetdfiank.
6. 426, II., 1. This expression genendly denotes the right side, because not
protected with the shield, but is often used of either flank of the armj when
particulariy exposed.

14. Convene . . . Intalemnt, having changed their front, advanced
in two diviaione ; lit., advanced their etandarde turned about. The words
converaa eigna apply only to the third line {tertia ocms), which &ced about
to meet the Boii and Tulingi, who had fallen upon the Roman flank. The
flrst and second lines pressed forward against the Helyetii, who had been
dislodged, but wera attempting to renew the battle. See plate VII.

15. Acies; in apposition with Romani, G. 964. — Tertia; supply
aeies. — VictU refers to the He^vetii, and venientee to the Boii and the
Tulingi. .^— __^

17. Anciplti proello, in a double battle) so called because fought on
two different fronts. Proelio ; Abl. of Manner. G. 419, IIL — Pui^iiA-
turn est, they fought; lit, it woe fought, G. 301.

19. Alterl — alterl, one party (».«., the Uelvctii), the other party
(t. e.f the Boii and the Tulingi).

21. Toto proelio; G. 429. — Cam pagnatmn alt, though they
fought. G. 615, III. — Hora septlma, one o'clock; lit, the seventh
hour. The Roman hours were numbered from sunrise. G. 645.

22. Aversum hostem, a retreating enemy; lit, an enemy turned
away; i. e., in flight —Ad multam noctem, /ar into the night. See
note on multo die, p. 12, line 4.

23. Ad, near, towards.

24. In noatros venienied, against our men who were advancing;
lit, ours advancing. \^

26. Mataraa ac tra^^nlas, lances and javelins. The matara is a
heavy pike or lance, while tragiHa vs a light javelin.

27. Cum . . . pugnatum; G. ^l; II., 2.— Impedimentis; G.
421, 1.

29. B flliis; G. 397, 3, note 3.

81. Nullam partem ; G. 379. This seems to imply that they 'fled
(lay and night

32. Com potoissent ; Subj. of Cause. They escaped because the
Romans could not pursue them.

33. Propter sepulturam, /or the burial. The Romans were scrupu-
lous in the observance of ftmeral rites, because they believed that the souls
of the unburied dead were compelled to wander a hundred years on the
banks of the Styx, before they could find rest. — Nostri, our men. G. 441.

BOOK I. 193

PAOB

84. Trlduam ; G. 379. — Ung^nas ; a Greek form. G. 68. 13

86. Qai si iuviaaeat, if they gkould aid. G.463; 525,2. — Se . . .
babituram ; supply ease; that he would regard them ae in the same sit-
ueUion ae the Helvetii. Se habitujtun depends upon the verb implied in lit'
teras . . . nUsit. G. 523, 1. Supply eos as the object of habiiurum, Hehe'
tios is the object ofhaberety to be supplied.

3. Ad pedes; at hiafeet, i. e., at the feet of Caesar. 14

4« EiOS, them; t. e., the Helvetii.

5. Essent ; G. 524. — Jusslsset. The subject is Caesar.

6. Ek>, thither, to that place ; t. e,, where the Helvetii were awaitinji; him.

7. Perfkigissent ; G. 503, 1. — £a, theae; lit these things. The use
of the neuter, referring to dsides and servos, shows that they were hera
regarded as the spoils of victory, rather than as men.

8. Circlter ; adverb, modifying sex,

9. Pertorltl agrees with millia by a construction according to sense.
G. 438, 6.

10. Ne . . . afflcerentnr depends upon timore, G. 498, III. ; 499, 3.

11. Quod . . . esclstimarent; G. 516, II.

12. Fugam; subject of posse. ^Axit omnino Ignorarl, or be
entirely unkntnon.

13. Prima nocte, in the early part of the night. G. 440, 2, note 1.

XXVIII. The Helvetii return to their own Country.

15. Resciit; G. 471, 4. This word means to ascertain something
which has been concealed or is unexpected. — Quorum refei-s to Am for
its antecedent. — His depends upon imperavit. G. 385, 1.

16. Si sibi . . . vellent, if they unshed to be blameless in his sight ; lit.,
to him. G. 389. In the Direct Discourse the Indicative would be used in
the condition. G;. 508, 4.

17. Redaotos. Supply eos, referring to those who had fled. — In
hostinin . . . habuit, he trecUed them as enemies; lit., had them in the
number of enemies. The punishment in such cases was usually slavery or
death.

21. Quo . . . tolerarent; G. 503, 1.

22. Ut copiam facerent, to furnish a supply ; lit., that they should
make an abundance. G. 498, 11.

23. Ipsos, themy emphatic, in distinction from Allobrogibus, above. —
Quos incenderant. The Indicative is used because Caesar has in mind
the pailicular towns mentioned on p. 3, lines 20-23. The Subjunctive
would make the expression general— any towns which they had bunied.

24. Ea maxime ratione, principally for this reason, explained by
guod nobiit, etc.

194 iroTES.

PAGE

14 28. Boios, etc. Coiwtrae, Coneeuit Aedttit peteniUnu ut (Aedui)
coUocarerU Boios injimbua auis, quod (Boii) erarU cognUi egregia virttUe,
he granted the request of the Aedui that; lit, granted to the Ajedui asking
that, Ut eoUocarent is the object both of concessit and of petentibus. —
Quod . • . erant cognltl, heeoMse theg tcere known to be men qfretnarka-
ble valor. This is the reason for the request of the Aedui.*
80. Qulbus, to these; t. e., to the Boii. — Illi refera to the AedoL
31. Atque ipsi erant, as theg er^'oged; lit., and (as) theg themsehea
were, 6. 554, 1., 2.

XXIX. Comparfmve dumber of the Hdvetii before

and after the War,

88. Tabulae, tablets or lists. The tablets upon which the Romans
wrote were genei-ally of wood covered with wax.

84. liitteris Graecis confectae, written in Greek characters, though
not necessarily in the Greek language. These chai*acters were undoubt-
edly derived from the Greek colony at Marseilles, in Southern Gaul.

85. Ratio qui Humerus, an account shoicing what ntimber. Qui . . •
exi»Bet, etc., is in apposition with ro^to. -— Domo; G. 412, II., 1.

86. Possent; G.529, 1

87. Puerl, etc. Supply pcr»cr*p<t erant ; were enumerated. — Quarum
. . . summa, the sum of all these classes or Uems; lit., things,

88. Capltum Helvetlorum, of the Helvetiii lit.,of heads of the Hel
vetii. The use of capita is common in the Roman census.

Id 8. Qui refers to mHUa as its antecedent. G. 445, 5. —Ad has an ad-
verbial force, about,

4. Fuerunt agrees with the Predicate noun miUia, G. 462.

5. Gensu hablto, when an actual enumeration hadbeen made ; lit., had.
Census is here used in this general sense. The same term, when applied
to the Romans, often meant much more than this, including not only the
numbering of the citizens, but also the valuation of propeiiy and a general
review of the condition of the state. At Rome such a census was taken
every five years.

XXX-XXXII. Complaints against Ariovistus.

7. Bello Helvetlorum, the war with the Helvetii ; lit., of the HelveOu
— Galllae. GcUlia is here used in its limited sense — Celtus GauL See
p. 1.

8. Gratulatum ; G. 546.

BOOK I. 195

PAOB

9. Intelllgere sese; 6. 523, 1. — Helvetloram li\iiiriis, the wrongs 15
rkme hy the Helvetu to the Roman people. Helvetiorwn is the Sabj«ctive
GenitiTe, and popuU the ObjectiTe. G. 396» II. and III. ; 398, 2.

10. Ab hls^yrom these; i. e., the Helvetii. — Poenas, scitit/aeiion. -^
Repetisset. The subject is a pronoun referring to Caesar.

11. £x usUy to the advantage of\ ]Xi,yfrom twe, veiy much like the
English of use,

12. £o consUio, with this design ; viz., uti . • • potirentur . . . habereni,
— FlorentissliiiiB rebus ; Abl. AbsoL G. 431.

14. Imperio; G. 421, 1.

15. E^ maipia copia, from the great abundance; i. e., of places,
which they would have in all Gaul. — Quern . • . opportunisslinuin ;
G. 373, 1, note 2.

16. Judlcassent; G. 525, 2.

17. Sibi; construe with Uceret,

18. In diem certain, /or a certain day,

19. Voluntate; G. 416. — Sese habere ; G. 523, 1., note.

20* ISOL communi consensu, vMh the common consettt ; i. «., of their
pe<^le ; lit., yrom the common consent ^ implying that the action is to pro-
ceed^om this, or grow out of it In such cases the preposition may be
rendered wUhy or in accordance tcith, — Vellent ; G. 524.

21. Concilio; G. 384.— Jurejurando; supply %n eo conciUo ; i, «.,
when the council met they bound themselves, etc. G. 125, 1, — Ne quia
. . nisi quibus, etc., that no one except those to whom this duty should
be intrusted hy the common council^ should communicate their doings ; t. e.,
to Caesar. Supply %% as the antecedent of quibus, V

26. Secreto In occulto, alone^ in secret. Secrito means simply vnth-
out witnesses, alone; but in occulto means much more, in a secret place, in
secret, implying that the whole intenriew is to be a profound secret.

27* Caesari ad pedes, at the feet of Caesar ; lit., to Caesar at the feet.
Observe the difference of idiom. Caesari is the Indirect Object of projo-
cerunt, G. 384, 4, note 2.

28. Se contendere; G. 523, 1. — Id, this, viz., neea » . , etmntiaren-
tur, which is in apposition with it and at the same time expresses Purpose.
G. 499, 3. In this speech, as indeed in all Indii*ect Discourse, the pupil
should observe the use of Moods — the Infinitive in Principal clauses,
onless InteiTogative or Imperative, and the Subjunctive in Subordinate
clauses. G. 523 ; 524. But he should remember that the Subjunctive in a
Subordinate clause, which would require that Mood in the Direct Dis-
course, should not be referred to G. 524, but to the rule which would
govern it in the Direct Discourse. Thus enuntiarentur and impetrarent
are both Subjunctives of Purpose, and must therefore be referred to G. 497,
not 524.

196 NOTES.

VAQM

15 82. Galllae totius. Celtic Ganl is meant.
88. Faetlones duas, two parties,

84* Hiy these; i. e., the Aedai with their party on the one hand, and
the Anremi with theirs on the other.-* Cum . . . contenderent, while
they were contending. Observe tense.

85. Factum esse, it came to pass. The subject is the clause, tOi . • .
urcesserentur, which also expresses Result. 6. 501, 1., 1.

36. Mercedet 6. 422.

37. Honim, of these ; t . «., of the Germans ; Partitive Genitive. ^
Clrciter, about ; adverb modifying quindedm,

38. Cultnm, mode of life, — Coplas, riches, u>ealth,

16 2. Ad . . . mllllum numemm, to the number of etc.

3. Cllentes, dependants; i, «., dependent states. — Semd atque
tterum, again and again; lit., once and again,

4. Pulsos. Supply eos as the subject of aeceptsse and amisisse,

6. Fractos. Supply eos as the antecedent of qui and the subject of co-
a^os esse.

7. Populi Roman! hospltio, by the hospitality of the Roman people.
The friendship of the Romans had given the Aedui great influence in GauL
Hospitiumf as here used in its application to states, has the same force as
when applied to individuals. States extended to each other the rights of
hospitality in the persons of their representatives and ambassadors.

0. Nobilisslmos civitatls, the noblest men of the state, G, 441 ; 363.

12. Neque recusaturos quo minus, etc. ; supply esse ; nor refuse to
be J etc. ; lit., by which the less they should be. 6. 497, II. — lUorum, of
them ; t. e., of the Seqnani.

13. Unum se esse, that he (Divitiacus) was the only person.

14. Obsldes, as hostages, G. 373, 1. — Potuerit ; G. 525, 1 ; 503, II., 1.
— Ut juraret, to take the oath,

16. Postulatum ; G. 546. He was, however, unsnccessfal. See p. 108

17. Pejus acddlsse, that a worse fate had befallen, PeJuSf used sub
stantively, is the subject of accidisse.

10. Eorum refers to the Sequani.

20. A^^ Sequani. The territory of the Sequani lay between the
Saone, the Rhone, the Jura, and the Rhine, and was very feitile.

21. De altera parte tertia, /rom a second third,

22. Menslbus; G. 430.

23. Harudum . . . quattuor, twenty-four thousand of the Harudea,
Harudum is a Partitive Genitive, depending upon hominum,

25. Panels annls, in a few years ; Abl. of Time. G. 429 — Omnes
refers to the Galli.

27. Galllcum. Supply o^rtcm. — Galllcum cum Germanorum
Bgro=sGalllcum cum Germano agro, the Gallic territory with the Gei^

BOOK I. 197

PAOB

man. Such expressions as this are good illustrations of the fact that 16
A^jectiTes and the Genitives of Nouns are kindred forms, which are often
interchanged. See also sua omniumgue stUutet p. 15, line 26, and auctori'
tcUe stta atque exerdtua, p. 17, line 4 ; also 6. 393 ; 401, note 2.

28« Hanc consuetudinem Tlctus, their mode of living; lit., this,
t. e.y the one which is near the speaker, or belongs to him, refemng to the
mode of life in Gaul ; while ilia refers to that of the Germans. G. 450, 1

29 . Ut semel . . . viceiit, tohen once he had conquered. The Ferf. Indie,
of the Direct Discourse has become the Ferf.Subj. of the Indirect. G. 524.

31. Nobillssiiiilci^usque; G. 458, 1.

32'. In eos . . . edere, practised tq)on tfiem aU kinds of severity and
torture; lit., aU examples and tortures. Exempbtm, as here used, is a
punishment which, by its severity, will be a warning or example to othera.
—Si qua; G. 190, 1.

33. Ad nutum . . . voluntatem, according to his bidding or desire,
Nutusy a nod, beck, is the outward expression of the desire, while voUni-
tas is the desire itself. — Hominem . . . temerarium, that he was a
satagCf passionate, rash man. Supply eumaa the subject of esse. Homi-
nem is the Predicate after esse,

34. Non posse. Supply se.

36. Auxilli; Partitive Genitive with guid. — CredUa; G. 388.
37* Ut emigrent; in apposition with idem. G. 501, ni.

1. VoTinna3nq!aetiu»ecnMnque,eixi., and experience whatever fortune 1?
might befall them. Quaecumque refers to fortunam.

2. Ihibitare. Supply se. — Quin de . . . sumat, thett he vxndd infiict
the severest punishment upon aU, etc. The student will observe the Latin
idiom, suppUcium siimere de, to take satisfaction or payfrom, instead of
to inflict punishment upon.

4. Gaesarem; construe with posse, — Atque exercitus, and that of
the army. Supply auctoritate.
7. Ariovlsti ; Subjective Genitive. G. 396, IT.

12. E^us rei, of this, lit, this thing ;'»'. «., their silence and sadness.

13. Respondere, permanere; Historical Infinitives. G. 536, 1.

14. Neque . . . posset, and could extort no answer (word) at aU.

16. Hoc, on this account, viz., quod soU, etc. G. 416.

17. Quam reUquorum, Man tJiat of the rest. Supply /or^nam. G.
S97, 1. — In occulto. Observe the emphatic position between ne and
iiuidam. G. 569, III., 2.

18. Auderent; G. 516, II. — Absentls, though absent. G. 442.

19. Adesset; G. 513, II.

20. Reliquls tamen, etc., to the others the means of escape wtu never^
theless offered.

22, Sequanls ; Dative of the Agent, with essent perferendi. G. 388.

198 NOTES*

XXXni.-XXXYI. Messages exchanged between Caesar

and Ariovistus.

TAQ*

17 25. SIM . . . ftituram; supply ease; that he teould attend to this
eulffect; lit, that this thing should be to him for a care* 6. 390.

26* Beneflcio suo, fry the eerviee which he (Cafesai-) h<»d rendered him ;
lit., hie eerviee^ referring to the fact that in the consulship of Caesar, the
year before, Ariovistus received from the Boman senate the title of king
tkud friend. See p. 18, line 24.

2S« Kt . • . res, and hceidee (after) these things^ many considerations
ind%Ked htm, Ea refers to the facts stated by Divitiacus, and muit<»e res
to considerations which he now pix>ceed8 to enumerate.

29. Quare putaret, to think ; lit., by which thing (qua ra) Tie should
think ; t. e., so that he should ; a clause denoting Result. G. 600, 1.

82. Germanonun is to be constiiied with ditione only, not with servi-
tute,

84. Quod, which, referring to the fact just mentioned. — In tanto . . .
Romani, in so great an empire a* the Ftoman people hads lit., of the Bo-
man people.

85* Paulatim . . . consuescere, that the Germans, moreover, should
gradually become accustomed.

88. Perlculosum. Supply esse, — Sibi . . • temperatnros . . .
quin . . . exirent, would refrain from going, etc. ; lit., would restrain
themselves, by which they should not go, G. 385 ; 604, 4.
IS 2. GaUiam; Gaul, in its limited sense — Celtic Gaul. — Ut, eu. —
Fecissent ; G. 524. — Ante CimbrL The incursions of the Cimbri and
Teutones (or Teuton!) , which took place half a century before, are men-
tioned by Caesar in Book II., 4 and 29.

5. Khodanus, the Rhone ; i, e., only the Rhone. — Quibus rebus,
these things. G. 453 ; 386. — Quam matunime, as promptly as possi^
ble. G.444. 3.

7. Arrogantiani. See Syn. L. C. 431.

9. Placuit el, he decided; lit., it pleased him ; i. 0.,. Caesar.

10. Postularent ; Subj. of Purpose. G. 497. Ut aliquem . . . dl*
ceret, that he should name for the conference some place midway between
both : i. «., between Caesar and Ariovistus. Utriusgue depends upon me^
dium. G.399.

11. I>e re publica, in regard to the common weal; i, «., interests com*
mon to both parties.

13. SI . . . esset . . . ftilsse ; Conditional sentence of the third firm.
Hence venturum fuisse. G. 527, HI,

14. SI . . . velit . . . oportere: Conditional sentence of the >Sr«</orm

BOOK I, 199

PAas
^- Si quid se vellt, if h€ unshed anything qf him ; a colloquial exprassion 18
following the analogy of verbs of asking , and hence admitting two accusa-
tives. 6. 375. Ille refera to Cae8ai% and ae to Ariovistas.

15. In eas partes, etc. Ariovistus was probably at this time between
the Rhine and the Vosges.

20. Negotil; constme with guid.—'Eaaet; G. 629, 1.

22. Mandatis, itistrucUona.

23. Tanto buo . . . afSsctus, having been treated with so great kind-
ness on his part and that of the Roman people ; lit., toiih his so great, etc.
See note, p. 16, line 27. ^

25. Hanc i^^ratiaiii, sttch gratitude ; lit., this, in irony. — Gratiain
referret. See Syn. L. C. 648.

27* IMcendum sibi. Supply esse, G. 388. — Haec esse, that these
are the things; t. e., those which he now proceeds to specify. Esse
depends upon a verb of saying involved in legatos mittit. G. 623, 1.

28. Ne transduceret; Subj. of Purpose. 6. 499, 3.

31. 1111 and 1111s refer to Sequanis,

33. Si . . . fedsset . . . ftituram; supply esse; Conditional sentence
of the first form, with the Fut. Ferf. in the condition in the Du*ect Dis*
course, and the Fut. in the conclusion — sifeceris, erit, Hence fedsset.
G. 625, 2. — Id ita. Ita is not strictly necessaiy to the thought, but is
often thus combined with id in Caesar.

35* Si . . . impetraret • . • Aituram. Hei'e, in the Direct Discourse,
we should have the Fres. Subj. in the condition and the Fut. Indie, in the
conclusion. Hence, the Impeifect, imp^raret. G. 611, I. — Messala
. • . consiilibus. See note, p. 2, line 4.

36. Gensuisset, ?Md decreed. See Syn. L. C. 676. — Quicumque . . .
obtineret, whoever should hold; %, e., as his province, hence govern.

37. Quod commodo . . . posset, should he be able to do it eonsist-
enihf with the interests of the republic. Belative clause expressing condi-
tion. G. 607, III., 2. Quod refers to the clause Aeduos . . . defetideret as
its antecedent, and is itself the object of facere.

I. Se is only a repetition of sese above. 19
4. Uty qui viclssent. Supply ii as the antecedent of qui and the sub-
ject of imperarent. — lis ; G. 385. — Imperarent ; G. 601.

7. Quemadmodum . . . uteretur; Indirect Question. G. 529.
9. Sibi ; construe with stipendiarios. G. 391.

II. Magnam. Observe position. G. 661, I. — Facere, was doing.
Suo I'cfers to Caesar, but sibi, in the next line, refers to Ariovistus. —
Qui faceret, since he was making. G. 517.

13. Neque lis . . . illaturum, nor (on the other hand) would he make
war upon them, etc.
15. Fecissent. Why Fluperf. ? G. 625, 2.

200 KOTBS.

PAOI

19 16. Longe lit . . . aMtetnnmi, Me IdJf of broikert of the Boman
people wouU be far from aiding them; lit., teouid be far from them,^
jmternum, fraternal ^^tntmtn, of brother§. 6. 395, note 2.

18. Secum . . . sua. Se in tecum refers to Ariovistas, and sua to
nenUnem, G. 449, 6.

19. Ck>iigrederetar; O. 523, in.— Inteilectam. Supply «tM, also
eum; i. tf., Caesarem. — Quid vlrtute possent, what they cmM aooom
pKeh by their talor. 6. 378, 2; 529, 1.

XXXVII. -XXXVin. Caesar occupies Vesontio.

24. Questum. Supply veniibant, 6. 646.~Hamdes. See p. 16,
line 23.

25. Eonim and sese both refer to the Aedui. Obsldibus datis,
by giving hostagee, 6. 549, note 2. — Popularentiir. Why Snbj. ?
6. 516, II.

26. Trevlrl autem. Supply vemebant questum.

27. Pagos centum, etc. These words, if taken literally, would
include the whole body of the Suebi ; but they seem to be used here not
of the people at large, but only of the army, which consisted of one hu^
di*ed thousand men, one thousand from each canton. See p. 59.

28. Conarentur. Why Subj. ? G. 524. What Mood would have been
used if it were the statement of the writer ? G. 524, 2. — lis ; G. 386.

31. Minus focile, etc., resistance could be less easily offered; t. e., to
Ariovistus. Resisti and posset are both impersonal. G. 301.

32. Ad Ariovistum. Where was Arioyistns at this time ? See note,
p. 18, line 15.

35. Viam ; G. 371, 1., 2. See also 62.

37. Vesonttonem. See Diet. — Quod. Why neuter? G. 445, 4.

38. A Sttis flnibuB, etc. When these tidlnj^s were I'eceived, Caesar
was at Arc-en-Barrois, about forty miles from Vesontio {Beean^on), and
supposed Ariovistus to be quite as near that important City as himsell
Hence the pi'essing need of haste. — Id, this; i. e., the occupation of
Vesontio by Ariovistus.

20 1. Magnopere . . . praecavendum ; supply esse ; that he ought to
take great precaution, — Sibi ; G. 388.

2. Ad bellum usui, qf use in (to) war. G. 384, 1, 3).

3. Natura loci, by its natural position ; lit, by the nature qf theplac^

4. Magnam . . . facultatem, abundant means for protracting the
war; t. c, against Caesar — a reason why it should not be permitted to fall
into the hands of Ariovistus.

5. Ut circumductum, as if traced by a pair qf compasses,

7. Pedum. Supply spatio, — Sexcentorum. The distance is found

i

BOOK I. 201

PAOS

to be sixteen hundred Roman feet. Perhaps Caesar wrote MDC, from 20
-which M was omitted by the copyists. ^ Qua flumen Intemiittlt,
tchere the river intermits its circular course. The river continues its circa>
Iftr course until interrupted by the high hill which stood on one side of the
town.

8. Radices, object ; ripae, subject

9. Hunc. Supply montemf object of e^fiicit.

XXXTX.-XLL Panic in the Roman Army.

16. Magnitudlne; G. 419, 11.

18* Aciem oculonim; thejierce expression of their eyes,

19. Timor. See Syn. L. C. 305. — Exercitum. See Syn. L. C. 178.

20. Mentes anlmosque. See Syn. L. C. 355.— Pertarbaret;
Siibj. of Result. 6.500.

21. Tribunis. See 37. — Praefectis, not the prefects of the cavalry,
but of the auxiliaries. The prefects held the same position among the
auxiliaries as the tr&unes among the legionaxy soldiers. See 42.

22. Bxurbe; •'. e., from Rome.

23. Alius, alia causa, etc., one assigning one reason and another an^-
other, G. 459, I.

24. Quam . . . diceret, which he said was a necessary cause for his
departure. — THceret; 6. 500, 1.

dO. Toils castrls; G. 425, 2.

83. Quique, and those who,

35. Vererl implies fear, with the accessory notion of respect and awe.

86. Intercederent. Observe the force of the Subj. ; which intervened ;
i, e., as they supposed. G. 624. — Rem fHnnentariam ut, etc.s=ut
res frumentaria . . . posset, that grain might not he furnished with sufficient
readiness, — Ut, that not, G. 498, III., note 1.

38. Cum . • • Jusslsset. This temporal clause marks the time of
fore and laturos, not of renuntiabant.

4. Omnium ordinum, of all ranks. To this council all the centu- 21
rions were invited, though in a regular council of war only those of the
firat rank (primorum ordinum) were entitled to a place. - Each legion, it
will be remembered, contained ten cohorts, each cohort three maniples, and
each maniple two centuries. Each century was commanded by a centu-
rion. There were, accordingly, sixty centurions in each legion. See 40.

5. Incusavlt. Incusare means to censure, find fault withi accu-
sare, to accuse, prefer an accusation, as in a court of justice.

7. Putarent; Caesar's reason at the time of the accusation. Hence
Subj. as if assigned on another's authority. G. 516, II. — Se refers to
Caesai*. — Se consule ; G. 431. This was the preceding year.
12

202 NOTES.

PAOB

21 8. Cor . • . Jodtearet ; 6. 486, IL >- Hnnc ; «. e,, Ariovistns.

9. Sibl persuaderl, thai he wa$ perauaded ; lit, ii toaa permtaded io
Atm. 6.301.

12. Quod fti Intulisset . . . vererentiur; Second foim of the Condi-
tional sentence ; the Present and Perf. Sabj. being changed, bj the law for
sequence of tenses, to the Imperfect and Pluperfect. G. 527, II. — Amen-
tia denotes simply a want of reagon, as an idiot; den&entla, ti pe rversio n
qfrecwm, as in a madman.

14. Sua, their; ipsius, of himself, referring to Caesar.

16. CtmbrlB . . . pulsis. This victoiy of Marios was gained in the
jear 101 B. C, upwards of forty years before.

17* Vldebatur. Here the Indicatiye shows a transition to the Direct
Discourse — a transition not uncommon in Caesar.

18. ServUi tumiilta, in the eervile war, under Spartacus, 73 B. C.
Tumultua is properly a revolt, tumult. — Quos. The antecedent is implied
in aervili, — > in the revolt of the alavea, whom, G. 445, 6.

19. Allqald, somewhat. G. 378, 2.

21. Boni ; construe with quantum ; Partitive Genitive. G. 397. — In-
ennos, armatos ac vlctores. At first the insurgents were, to a great
extent, without arms {inermos) ; but they subsequently obtained arms and
gained many victories. They were finally defeated by Ci*assu8, 71 B. C.

24. niorum refera to the Grermans.

25. Qui rcfera, for its antecedent, to the Helvetii.

26. Adversum proellum, etc. See p. 16, lines 28^33.

29. Neque sul potestatem feclsset, and had not given them the
Opportunity qfjlghiing him ; lit., the power or opportunity of JUmeelf,

30. Desperantes • . . dlspersos. Supply eos, refei-riug to the Gauls.

31. Ratlone et consllio, by cunning and stratagem,

32. Cut rationi, hac, ^ hac ratione, cui, by that cunning for which.

34. In ret . . . simulationein, to a pretended anxiety in regard io
supplies.

35. Facere. Supply the subject eos, which is also the antecedent of gtd.

36. De officio • . . desperare, to despair of the JldeUty {duty) of their
commander. — Imperatoris ; see 33.

37 • Praescrlbere, to dictate to Am. — Slbi esse curae; G. 390.

22 2. Quod . . . dlcantur, as to the fact that it wcu said (lit, they were
said) that they would not.

3. Quibuscumque ; G. 390, note 3.

4. litierit; G. 525, 1. — Male re gesta, in consequence of some mis-
management.

5. Avaritiam esse convictam, avarice was proved (against them).

6. Innocentiani, blamelessness, freedom from avarice, as opposed to
avaritiam.

BOOK I. 203

PAOX

7. Quod collaturus ftaisset, what he had intended to d^er. 22

O. De qnarta vlgUia, during the fourth watch ; i, e.^ between three

and six o'clock in the morning. See note on de tertia viffiliaf p. 6, line 27.

^- Quam primum, as soon ae possible. 6. 170, 2.

13. Praetoriam cobortem, praetorian cohort^ or body guard. The

select band which attended the person of the commander was called the

praetorian cohort.

17. Mentes, rather than animi, to show that their judgments were
convinced. See Syn. L. C. 355.

18. Princeps, for primal which wonld be somewhat objectionable
before the ordinal decima,

19. £1 gratias egit, returned thanks to him. See Syn. L. C. 548.

21. Cum trlbunis . . • egerunt, arranged with the tribunes.

22. Primoimn ordinum centuiionibus, with the centurions of the
jfirst rank. The six centurions of the first cohort are probably meant ; see
41. — Uti • • • satisfacerenty to excuse them to Caesar (saying).

23. Se . . . dubitasse depends upon a verb of saying^ implied in saOs-
facerent. G. 523, I.

24. Summa belli, the conduct of the whole war. — Suum, sed
imperatoris esse, v>as theirs j but the commander*s,

25. Satisfactione, excuse or apology. — Itinere exquislto . . . ut
. . . duceret, tlie route having been ascertained ... (to be such) that he
could lead.

26. ISjL alils, out of all the Gauls; lit.,/rom others.

27. Millium . . . clrcultu, by a circuit qfmore than^y miles. With
millium b\x^^\j paseuum. Where was Caesar at this time ? See p. 20,
line 13. Arioyistus, whom Caesar wished to meet, was in the valley of
the Rhine. The direct route would lead over the northern part of the
Jui-a chain, but Caesar prcfen-ed a circuitous route through the open
countiy.

29. Septimo die. We must not suppose that Caesar marched only
fifty miles in these seven days. The circuit of fifty miles brought him
around the mountains into the direct road, but it formed only a portion of
the distance.

30. A nostiisy /rom our«. — MiUlbus ; G. 379, 2.

XLII.-XLVI. Interview between Caesar and

Ariovistiis.

83. Quod . . . postulasset. See p. 18. Quod refera to u^ as its ante-
cedent. — Pep se^ toith his consent; i, «., with the consent of Ariovistus;
tit, through himself.

87. PetentL Supply sibi; i. «., Caesari.

204 NOTES.

88 1. In eam, to him; i. «., Ariovi8ta8.->Forey utl deslsteret, tAat hf
would duiti, G. 537, 8.

8* Ultro dtroque, on that aide and on this; i, e,, on both sides.

6. Adduceret. Why Subj. ? G. 498, II. — Vereri ; G. 623, 1., note.

6. Veniret. Wby Subj. ? G. 623, III.— Alia ratlone, on any other
terms. G. 419, III.

8. Interposita caiua, by the pretext which had been interposed; L e.,
by Ariovistus.

10. Bquis. Construction? G. 431.->£quitibuB; G. 386, 2.— Eo
ssineos; i. e., in equos. The horses of the Gallic cavalry, four thousand
in number (p. 8, line 12), were assigned to the soldicra of the famous tenth
legion.

12. SI quid . . . esset, if there should be any need qf action, 6. 527, II.

14. Plus Caesarem el fiicere, that Caesar was doing more /or U;
t. 0., for that legion.

16. Ad equum rescrlbere, that he was trantferring them to the cavalry.
Perhaps the wit of the remark consists in part in the pun involved in ad
equum reseribere, which may mean either to transfer to the cavalry or to
raise to the rank of knighthood.

18. Planlties. Caesar was probably at this time in the valley of
Upper Alsace, twenty or thuiy miles noilh of Bale.

19. Spatio; G. 379, 2.

21. Qnam equls devexerat, which he had brought on horseback,
rcfernng to the tenth legion.

23. Ex equls, on horseback; lit.,/rom horses. See ex vinculisy p. 3,
line 8.

24. CoUoquerentur; Subj. of Purpose. G. 498, 1.— Praeter se,
beside themselves. — Denos ; distributive ; ten each,

25. Ubl ventum est, when they cams; impersonal in Latin. G. 301.

27. Quod . . . mlssa. These clauses explain benefida. — ^Appellatus
esset. Why Subj.? G.524.

28. Munera mlssa. Pi*escnts were often sent to those upon whom
the senate confen^ed the title of king. — Quam rem, that this thing,

<I0. lUum, referring to Ariovistus, is the subject of consecutum {esse).
— Adltum, access ; ue., to the senate, by whom the honor was conferred.
33. Ipsls ; to them ; i. e,, to the Romans.

35. Ut . . . tenulssent; G. 529, II., 1.

36. Appetlssent; G. 524.

37. Ut vellt, to wish ; lit., that they (populus Komanus) wish.

38. Sul nihil, nothing of their own. G. 397.

24 1. Honore auctlores esse, to be advanced (lit., more increased) in
Aonor. — Vellt; Subj. of Result, explaining eonsuetudinem, G. 501, HI.
Obseive tense. G. 495, VI.— Quod . . . attullssent, which they had indeed

BOOK I. 205

brought to the friendship of the Ronton people ; i, e.y which they possessed' 84
when they became their friends.

2. lis ; 6. 386, 2.

3. In mandatiS) in his instructions. See p. 18, lines 22-33.
6. At, at least,

8. De . . . multa pra«dicavit, boasted much of, — Transisse. The
whole chapter, from this point, is in the Oratio ObUqua, For the ase of
Moods, Tenses, etc., see 6. 623-531.

13. Vlctores vlctis. See fuller form, p. 19, line 4 : qui vicissent («
victores) iis quos vicissent (= victis).

14. Sese ; subject of intuHsse,—OTsiiie» Galliae civitates. Ario-
Tistus here indulges in a little cxaggei*ation. Only the Aedui and their
allies had fought against him.

15. Ad Be oppugnandum, to attack him, — Contra se caBtra
habulsBe, had encamped agcUnst him,

18. Decertare depends upon paratum, G. 533, II., 3. — Pace ; G. 421,
I. — De stlpendlo recusare, to raise an o^ection in regard to (on the
subject of) the tribute.

19. Voluntate; 6.416.

20. Slbi ornamento. Construction ? G. 300.

21. Idque. Id, though rcfening to amicitiam, is used in preference to
eaiUf to give a moit$ comprehensive meaning, — that thing, that relation,

22. Per populum. Why not apopulof Because the result here con-
templated, stipendium remiitatur, is not viewed as the proposed object of
the Roman people, — an act perfoimed by them as a voluntary agent, —
but mei*cly as brought about indirectly through their means. 6. 415, 1,
note 1.

24. Appetierit. Supply earn.— Quod transducat, as to the fact
that he is leading, G. 516, 2, note.

26. Sul munlendi ; dependent upon causa, 6. 543 ; 542, L

27. Esse. The subject is the clause quod , . . defenderit. 6. 540, IV.

— Nisi rogatus, without being asked,

28. Sed defenderit; supply id, referring to beUum; but had warded
it off, — Prins venisse. Here again Ariovistus misrepresents the facts
in the case, as the Romans conquered the Arverni in the year 121 B. C,
long before he came into Gaul.

29. Populum. Construction ? G. 535, 1., 5.

31. Slbi, suas. Sibi refei*s to Caesar, suas to Ariovistus.

32. Hanc Galllam, this part of Gaul; lit., this Gaul,

33. lUam, that, referring to the Roman province in the south of GaoL

— Ut ipsi . . . oporteret, a^ it would not be proper to yield to him (Ario-
vistus). — Concedi ; Impersonal passive.

37. Berum. Consti-uction ? G. 399, 2. — Bello Allobrogum prox-

206 NOTES.

TAQM

Imo. Bee p. 4, where Caeaar tcUs as that the Allobroges had been re^
eently subdned.
85 1. Ipsos, they, i. e,, the Aedui.

4. Habere. Supply etim as object, referring to exercitum.

5. Qui niai decedat, if he would not depart, G. 453.

7. Quod si, but if. G. 453, 6.

8. Gratiun, a favor; lit., an agreeable thing, G. 441. There was..
doubtless, some truth in this statement of Ariovistus. Caesar had many
bitter peraonal enemies at Borne. — Id, this fact,

9. Ck>inpertain habere, had ascertained, Compertum agrees with
id, G. 388, 1, note.

11. Decessisset. Decedo means to withdraw entirely.

13. Sine ullo e^u% labore, without any effort on his (Caesar's) part.

16. Quare non poraet, showing why he could not. In translating, it
is best to supply some woid, as showing, before why (quarc).

17. Uti deaereret; Object Clause. G. 501, II.

19. Ariovisti ; Predicate Genitive with esse. G. 401 ; 403. — Supera-
tos esse. This was in the year 121 B. C.

20. Quibus ignovisset. The Bomans wore said to pardon a con-
quered people when they allowed them to retain their own government
and laws.

21. In provinciam redegisset. The Bomans were said to reduce a
conquered country to a province when they brought it under Boman gov.
ernment.

22. Quod si . . . oporteret, but if the most ancient time (priority of
time) should ever be regarded. In this respect the Bomans had the ad-
vantage by sixty years.

25. Quani . . . voluisset, since the senate had decreed (wished) that it
(qiiam), etc.

28. Tumulum. Construction ? G. 437, 1.

30* Facit, imperavit. Observe the change from the Historical Fres>
ent to the Historical Perfect — a change by no means uncommon.

31. Ne quod. Why not ne quid? G. 188 ; 190.

32. Legionls; Objective Genitive. G. 3d3, note; 396, IH.

33. Conumittendum . . . ut dlci posset, he did not tJdnk that he
ought to permit it to be said; lit., that it could be said. With committen-
duniy which is impei*sonal, supply esse sihi.

34. Eos, that they; i, e., the enemy. — Per fidem, through plighted
faith; i. e., by the plighted word of Caesar, who had invited them to this
interview.

36. Qua arrogantia usus, tsith what arrogance.; lit, using what
arrogance. G. 421, I. — Omni . . interdixisset, had forbidden the
Bomans all GatU,

BOOK I. 203

PAGB

38. Feclssent; Sabj. m an Indirect Qaestion. —Ut, Aow. — Multo; 25
Ablative of Difference ; G. 423.

XLVII,-L* Ariovistus avoids a general Engagement,

3. Biduo; G. 430. Post is used adverbially. 26

4. Velle; G. 523, I,, note. — Coeptae essent. Why not coepisseni f
a. 297, 1. ;

5. Uti constitueret; Subj. of Purpose, dependent upon legatos mit*
tit, involving the idea of asking.

S. IMei. Construction ? G. 398, 5.

9. Quin . . . coi^icerent, /rom hurling, G. 504, 3.

12. Gaimn Valeriton Procillum ; mentioned on p. 10, line 26.

13. Humsnitate, culture. G. 419, U.

14. Clvltate donatus erat. This was done by C. Valerius Flaccus,
when he was governor of Gaul, 83 B. C.

16. Qua multa. Qua refers to linguaey and mtiUa agrees with qua^
though it may be rendered adverbially — much or freely,

17. In eo peccandi causa, a reason (excuse) /or doing wrong in his
tase; i, «., the Germans would be less likely to injure him than some
others. — Quod esset; Caesar's reason at the time, not assigned by him
as narrator. Hence the Subj. G. 516, II.

21. Exercltu praesente ; G. 431.

22. Quid; G. 378, 2. — Venlrent; G. 523, H., 1. — Conantes agrees
with AW, to be supplied.

25. Sub monte, at the foot of the fnountain, probably the Vosgcs.

28. Uti intercluderet. This clause is in apposition with consiUo, and
at the same time expresses the purpose of transduxit ^nd fecit, G. 499, 3.
— Frumento ; G. 414, 1,

32. Ei . . . deesset, he might not lack the opportunity ; lit., the power
might not he wanting to him, G. 386, 2. — HIb diebus ; G. 379, 1.

34. Genus hoc erat pugpaae, thefollowina was the kind qf battle.

35. Totidem numero pedites, the same numo^ t^ irfantry. —
Kumero ; Abl. of Specification. G. 424.

36. Quos ex . . . delegerant, whom they (the cavalry) had individual'
ly seUctedt one for each^from the whole multitude. — CopiA^^multitudine,

38. His, hos, hi refer to pedites.

1. Si quid erat durius, if there was anything unusually difflcult, G. 27
444, 1. — Concurrebant, ran to their support. — Si qui; for the more
usual si guis,

2. Si quo erat* prodeundnm, if U was necessary to advance to any
place.

208 NOTES.

rAOB

87 4* Ut Jubls . . . adaequarent, that, mppoHed by the maneg qf ike
kor9e», they equalled their speed,

6« Enin, that he; i, e., Arioyistus.

7* Ultra euin locam. The student will bear in mind the recen.
moyements of the two armies. At the beginning of Chapter XLVm. they
were within six miles of each other. Ai'iovistus then passed the camp of
Caesar, and took up a position in his rear. Caesar now retraces his steps,
and secures a position for a second camp, to prevent the enemy from cat-
ting off his supplies.

9. Castris idoneum ; G. 391, 1. — Acie taripUci. See note on triph-
eem (tdem, p. 12, line 26.

13. Homlnum mlUla ezpedlta=: Aominum millia expedUonan.—
Circiter numero sedecim, about sixteen in number, G. 424.

14, Quae copiae perterrerent, thfU these (lit., which) forces might
terrify. G. 497.

18. Castra m^ora. Thus Caesar had two camps, castra mc^ora with
four legions, and fastra minora with two.

20. Die; G. 4^9. — Instituto suo, in accordance with his custom.

25* Quae oppugnaret, to attack ; lit., which should attack. G. 497.

29. Quam ob rem . . . decertaret, why Ariovistus did not qffer a
general engagement. G. 529, 1.

31. Ut declararent; G. 501, III. — Matres fawitllae. Many Ger-
man mati'ons were supposed to be possessed of prophetic power. — Sorti-
bus. The Germans made frequent use of lots in divining the future.

32. E2x U8U esset, it would he qf advantage (use).

33. Non esse £em, that it was not right. See Syn. L. C. 405.

LI.-LIV. Caesar defeats the Germans^ places his
Army in Winter Quarters^ and returns to Cisalpine
Gatd.

35. Praesidio castris. Construction ? G. 390, II.

36. Alarios, allied troops, called alarii, because originally they were
stationed on the wmgs {alae) of the legion.

28 1* Ad speciem, /or show; i. e% to impress the enemy by a show of
numbers.

3. Castris; G. 434, note 1.

4. Generatiznque . . . Harudes, etc., and stationed by tribes (gen-
eratim) and at equal intervals the HarudeSf etc.

6. Rliedls et carris, loith carriages and wagons. G. 384, II., 2.

7. Ne qua ; G. 190, 1. — Eo = in iis ; i. «., in the carriages and wagons.

8. Proficiscentes ; supply milites.

BOOK I. 209

9. Sey them; t. «., the women. oq

^ 11. Singulos legatos et Quaestorem. Caesar appointed his quaes-
tor over one legion, and a lieatenant over each of the others. The quaes-
tor was intrusted with the care of the public monej. See 34, 35.

13. A dextro cornu, on the right wing ; Latin \d\oixi,from the right
toing, as the action proceeded from that quarter.

14. Ita • . . Itaque ( = 0^ ita). Construe the fii'st ita with ctcriter, and
the second with repente celeriterque.

16. Pila; object of conjidendiy which depends upon apatium, time,
opportunity. For thept'/^im, see 9, 9.

19. Phalange facta. See note on phalange, p. 12, line 32.

20. Complures nostrl milites, many qfour soldiers ; lit, many our
soldiers, — Qui . . . insUirent; G. 503, 1.

22. A sinistro comu, on their left wing ; t. e., on the left wing of
the Grcrmans.

24. Publius Crassas ; the son of Marcus Licinius Crassus, who waa
triumvir with Caesar and Fompey.

25. Equitatul; G. 386. — Quod expeditlor erat, because he was
more disengaged.

27. Aclem nostrts subsldlo; G. 390, n.

30. Mlllla; G. 879. Qulnquaglnta. Some editions have ^n^ue.

31. Virlbus. Case ? G. 425, II., 1, note.

32. Lilntribus inventls, by means of bocUs which chaticed to be at
hand; lit., by boats found. — Inventls, repererunt. Invenio means to
find witlumt seeking, to meet with accidentally , while reperio means to find
by seekina, to obtain by effort. This sentence is a good illustration of the
use of these two synonymes.

34. Ea, with this ; i. e., with the skiff. G. 420. — Equitatu ; Means
rather than Accompaniment ; hence without cum.

35. Duae uxores. Among the ancient Germans polygamy seems to
have been confined to the chieftains.

36. Sueba natlone, a Suebian by nation. G. 424.

37. Duxerat, had married. Supply in matrimonium.

38. Duae fillae . . . capta est, their two daughters were, the one slain,
the other captured. Filiae is in apposition with altera, altera.

1. Galus Valerius ProcUlus. See p. 26, line 12. 29

2. Cum traheretnr; G. 521, II., 2.— Trinis catenls vlnctus,
bound with triple chains.

3. In Ipsum . . . Inddlt, falls into the hands of Caesar himself.

4. Quae res, this thing ; i. e., the rescue of his faithful friend Frocil-
lus. —Victoria; G. 417, 1.

5. Provlnclae; G. 397.

7* EJJus calamltate, by his death.

210 NOTES.

PAQB

29 9. Se praesente; construe with etmttdtvm. — Consultant {eaae^i
impers&nai, that it had been consulted ; i. 4., that they (the enemy) had
consulted.
12. Marcus MetHus. Seep. 26, line 18.

14. Domum; G. 380, n., 2.

15. Rhenum. Constraction ? G. 391, II«, 2.

17. Duobus bellis; t. e.. the war with the Helyetii and that with
Ariovistus.

18. In hlbema in Sequanos, into winter quarters among the Seqvani.
Here the Latin idiom requires in Sequanoe, not in Sequanie, to designate
the place into which the army was led.

The Bomans paid great attention to the winter quarters of their armies.
They not only fortified them very strongly^ but also furnished them with
many accommodations for the convenience and comfort of the soldiers.

19. Citeriorem GaUiam ; also called Gallia Ciealpitia, consisting of
Gaul south of the Alps.

20. Ad conventus agendos, to hold the aseizea or courts. The Bo-
man governors of provinces usually employed their time in winter in the
civil duties of their office. They held courts, corrected abuses, levied
taxes, and exercised a controlling influence over public affiui's.

BOOK SECOND.

CAMPAIGN OP THE YEAR 57 B. C, IN THE CONSULSHIP OP P.
CORNELIUS LENTULUS AND Q. CAECILIUS METELLUS.

I. War with the Beloae. I.-XXXni.
II. Otheb Events of the Campaign. XXXIV., XXXV.

I. The Bdgae combine against Caesar.

80 1. Cum esset ; G. 521, 11., 2. — In hlbemis. These words seem to
imply that Caesar had, at least, a small force with him in Cisalpine Gaul,
although his main army was in winter quarters among the Sequanf. — Ita
demonstravimus. See p. 29, line 19.

3. Litterisque . . . fiebat, and he was informed by the letters qf LaH-
tnus, Lahienus, it will he remembered, had been left in charge of the
winter quarters. See p. 29, line 19.

BOOK II. 211

PACK

4. Quaniy for quoSf attracted to agree with the predicate noun partem. SO
G. 445, 4. — Terttam partem, one qf the three parte, not strictly a third
part. — IMxeramus. See p. 1, line 2. The Perfect tense might have
been used, but the Pluperfect is more exact, showing that this act was
completed at the time of the past events just mentioned.

7. Omni Gallia; not all Gattl in its most comprehensive sense, but
all Celiie Gaul.

S* Partim qui . . . partim qui, some qf whom . . . others qf whom;
lit., who partly,

9. Ita moleste ferebant, eo they were annoyed ; lit, bore it ill.

12.Novis imperils, revolution; lit., new governments. 6. 385. — Ab
nonnullis etiam ; supply sollidtarentur, from line 8 above.

15. Earn rem consequl, to accomplish this (thing) ; i. «., to obtain
power in this way.— Imperio nostro, under our rule. This involves
both time and cause, and may therefore be refeiTed either to 6. 416 or
to 429. Some grammarians explain it as the Ablative Absolute, which also *
expresses time and cause. G. 431.

II., III. The Hemi surrender to Caesar.

16. Duas legiones, two legions, the tliiiiieenth and the fourteenth.

17. Inita aestate, in the beginning qf the summer. G. 431, 2, (1),

18. Qui deduceret, to lead. G. 497. — Qulntum Pedium ; the son
of Caesai'^s eldest sister, Julia.

19. Cam primum, as soon a«. — Inciperet. Why Subjunctive!
G. 521, II., 2. *

21. Belgis; G. 391, 1.— Uti . . . fftciant; a Substantive Clause in
apposition with negotium. G. 499, 3.

22. Gerantur; G. 529, n.

25. Quin proficlsceretur; G. 504, 3.

28. Eo ; t. e., adjines Belgarum. — Celerius oiuni opinione, sooner
than any one escpected. G. 417, note 5.

29. Proximi ex Belgis, the nearest qf the Belgae. G. 397, 3, note 3.
Galliae, to Gaul : i. e., Celtic Ganl.

1. Se suaque omnia; object of permittere. The subject «e is omitted. 81
G. 523, L, foot note 2;

5. Oppidis; G. 425, 1.— Reclpere; supply eum; L «., Caesarem.

6. Cis Rhenum, on this side ; i. e., the southern or Gallic side, on
which several German tribes had settled.

8. Suessiones ; object of deterrere, below.

9. Eodem jure et eisdem legibus, the same right (political pTia-
ciples) and the same laws. Jus denotes the principle of right on which lex
rests. See Syn. L. C. 405.

212 NOTES.

pAoa

il 10. Cum ipslflf with themtdvea ; i. e,, with the Bemi.

11. Quln coDsentlreiit; G. 504, 4. — Cum his; u e., eum BdgU,

IV. Forces of the Bdgae.

12. Ab liii,/rom thete ; u «., from the two ambassadors of the fiemi.

13. Essent; G. 629, 1.— Quid poMent, kow powerfvl thejf were,--
Quid, G. 378, 2.

14. Plerosque Belgas, most Belgians,

15. Ibi, there, t, e,, in GauL

16. lioca ; G. 141. — Solosque esse, qui, and that they mre the anlf
cne$,who.

17. Memoria; G.429.

18. Teutonos Clmbrosque . . . proMbuerint. The event here
referred to belongs to the latter part of the second century B. C, when
the Tentoni and Cimbri invaded Sonthern Europe.

19. Memoria; Abl. of Cause. G.416.— Utlsumorent; G.501, L,l.

21. Habere explorata. See note on eompertum habere, p. 25, line 9.

22. Proplnquitatibus affinitatibuBque, hy relationship and mar-
riage. For the plural of abstract nouns, see G. 130, 2.

24. Pollicitus sit; G. 529, 1. ; 525, 1.

26. Couficere, to raise; ht.,Jitmh, make up the full number,

27. Pollicitos, . . . postulare. Notice difference in tense. — £Iecta
millia sexaginta, sixty thousand picked men,

28. Imperium, management, — Suos flnitimo^ their neighbors ;
i. e., neighbora of the Bemi.

30. Divltiacum ; not Divitiacus, the Aeduan. See Diet.

31. "Poteniissiinuin., the most powerful chieftain, — Cum . • . turn
etiam, not only . . . but also.

32. Britanniae. This is the earliest mention of Britain by a Boman
writer.

36. Totidem Nervios. Supply pollieeri, of which totidem is the ob-
ject and Nervios the subject.

37. liOnglssime absint, are very remote; i. e., far. removed from the
refining influence of Southern Gaul ; hence maximeferi,

38. AtrebateSy Ambianos, etc Supply po/Zicert. On proper names,
see Diet, and Map.

82 3. Condrusos, etc., arbltrari . . . millia, that they (se, i. «., Bemos,
underatood), estimated the Condrusi, etc,, at forty thousand. Observe that
the construction changes at this point. Condrusos is not, like the preced-
ing proper names, the subject of polUceri, to be supplied, but the ol^ect
of arbitrari, expressed.

BOOK n. 213

PAOB

Against this formidable host of almost three hundred thousand, Cacsai* 32
had eight legions of Boman soldiers, together with twenty or thirty thou-
sand auxiliaries and mercenaries, in all about fifty or sixty thousand
men.

Y. -VII. Caesar relieves Bihrax^ a toton of the JRemi.

6. Liiberaliter . . . prosecutus, having addressed them tvith kind
words.
8. Obsides; G. 362.

10. Quanto opere, also written quantopere, is in effect an adverb, but
may also be explained as an Ablative of Difference. G. 428. — Rei publl-
cae; G.408, 1.

11. Intersit ; G. 529, 1. The subject is manus hosHum distineri, G. 408,
II. — IMstlneriy be kept apart,

13. Id fieri posse ; i. «., manus distineri posse*

14. Introduxerint. Fut. Perfect in Dii-ect Discourse. G. 525, 2.

17. Abesse. Supply subject eas ; i, «., copias.

18. Axonam. See Diet. — Flmneii, exercitiun ; G. 376.

, 20. Atque ibi, and there / i. «., on the farther side of the river. —
Quae res, this position ; lit, which thing, G. 453.

21. Quae essent; G. 503, 1.

22. Tuta ; Predicate Accusative, agreeing with «a, to be supplied as the
object of reddebat and the antecedent of quae. — Gomitieatus . . . ut . . .
efficiebat, made it possible that supplies should be brought. — Commea-
tus, subject of possent.

24. In eo flumine, over this river.

25. In altera parte, on the other side; i. «., the south side, or tlie left
bank of the river.

27. Ihiodeviginti pedum. Supply in latitudinem ; see 70.

31. Sustentatum est, the attach was sustained. The verb is here im-
personal.

32. Gallorum eadem . . . est haec, the mode of attack^ the same on
the part of the Gauls as of the Belgaey is as follows.

35. Testudinefacta,/ormifi^^A«^^Woor^or^otM. See 96. Fhor-
langefada has nearly the same meaning. See note on the same, p. 12,
line 32.

37. Co^jicerent. Why plural ? G. 461, 1.

38. Consistendl; G. 542, 1. — NuUl; G. 387.

1. Sununa nobilitate ; Ablative of Characteristic. 88

2. Unus ex his . . . de pace. See p. 30, line 30.

&• Posse. The verb of saying is implied in nuntium mittet. G. 623, 1.
6. Eo, thither; i.e.,to Bibrax. — De media nocte, at midnight,'-^

214 NOTES.

PAOS

SS Ilfdem ducibns ubiu, employing as gmde$ the Bame persons^ — I>acl'
lyiis. Predicate noon agreeing with iiademy used substantively. G. 962, 3.
' 10. Hotftlbiis; fora6A(M^i6tt«. G. 413.

13. QuoA refers to mda, G. 445, 3 ; 439.

14. CoplU ; G. 419, 1. — Ab mlllibufl . . . duobus, leas than two
miUi qf; i. «., from the camp. G. 379, 2 ; 423, note 2. — Minus ; G. 417,
1, note 2.

Vin., IX. Skirmishing between the two Armies.

19. Ebdmiam . . . virtutis, their remarkable reputation for valor. G.
393, note. — Proello ; G. 414.

20. Quid . . . posset perlclitabatur, he attempted to ascertain what
the enemy could ^ect by his valor.

22. lioco opportune, as the place toas favorable. G. 431.

24. Collls adversus, the hill on the side opposite the enemy. Adverstu
is an adjective agreeing with collis. G. 440, note 1.

25. Tantum, quantum loci, a« much space as, — Ix>ci; PartitiTC
Genitive after quafiium, though in translating we connect it with tawtum.
G. 397.

26. £x utraque . . . habebat, had a precipitous descent on each side;
lit., dedivities of side (lateris) yrom each part,

29. Transversam fossam, a transverse trench ; i, «., a ti'ench at right
angles with the fi'ont of the hill. These two trenches were designed to
protect the flanks of the Roman army.

30. Ad extremas fossas, at the extremities qf the trenches ; i. «., at
each end of each of the two trenches. There wei*e, therefore, in all four
redoubts {castella),

31. Tormenta. See 87.

33. Pugnantes suos, his men while Jlghting. — Duabus leglonibus,
quas ; i.e., the two enrolled in Cisalpine Gaul. See p. 30, line 16.

35. SI quo=n quo subsidio, — Subsidio; G. 390, note 2.

37. Eductas instruxerant ; G. 649, 5.
84 1. Si transirent; Indirect Question. G. 529, II., 1.

2. Si fleret. G. 509, note 3.

8. Impeditos, while embarrassed or entangled ; i. e., in crossing the
river.

5. Secundiore . . . nostris, the engagement of the cavalry being more
favorable for our men. G. 391.

8. I>enionstratuin est. See p. 32, line 20.

10. Cui . . . Titurius. See p. 32, line 25. — Si possent, si minus
potulssent. Observe the change of tense. Potuissent expresses past
time relative to pcpularentur.

BOOK !!• 215

FAOB

12. Popularentur, prohiberent; cousti'ue with tU. —Nobis usui ; 84

O.390.

X., XI. The Belgae disperse to their Homes,

15. Certior factiis, having been informed ; i. «., of this moyemeDt of
the enemy.

16. Levis . • . Numidas, the Kght-armed Numidiant ; lit, of light
narmor* They were armed with javelins. See % 2, foot note.

17. Ad eos; i. «., ad hoetes. — In eo loco, in that place; i, e,, the
place where he met the enemy, sufi^gested by ad eot eontendit.

19. Per«orum corpora, over their dead bodies.
21. Bepulemnt. Supply noetri,

23. Spem se fefellisse, that they were disappointed in their hope ; lit,
that hope had disappointed them.

24. Neque=«^ non. Construe the negative non wiih progredi,

26. Optimuin esse, that it was best. The subject of esse is the clause
ehmum . . . reverti. G. 538, 2.

27. Quorum. The antecedent is eos.

29. Oonvenirent ; supply tU, G. 499, 2.

30. Domesticis copiis, home suppUeSy or tuppliea from their own land.
33. His persuaderi non poterat, these (the Bellovaci) could not be

persuaded. His persuaderi, the subject oipoterctt. Persuaderi, Impersonal
Passive. G. 301.

35. Secunda vigilia, at the second watth. G. 645, 1.

38. Fecerunt ut . . . vlderetur, caused their departure to seem. —
Fu^ae; G.391, 1.

1. Hac re Caesar . . . cognita. The subject is of^enthus inserted in 85
the Ablative Absolute when it is the agent of the action expressed by the
participle. Here Caesar is agent of the action denoted by cognita,

5. Novissimum agmen. See note, p. 8, line 15.

6. His ; i. e., equitatui.

8. Hi, tfiese; i. e., the cavalry and the three legions. — Novissi-
mos, the hindmost, the extreme rear, called below (line 10) extremum
agmen.

10. Cnm . . • consisterent, since those on the extreme rear, to whom
(ad quos) our men had come up, made a stand. After guum supply ii, the
antecedent of quos. Venium erat ; Impersonal Passive. G. 301.

12. Priores, and those in advance. Supply et.

13. Neque ulla . . . continerentur, and were not restrained by any
necessity or command.

17. Quantum . . . spatium, as the length qf the day permitted;
lit., as was the space of the day. — Sub occasumque ; G. 669, III., 4.

216 NOTES.

XII,-XV. The Suessiones^ the BeUovaci, and the
.,^. Ambiani submit to Caesar,

86 19. Priiuqiiam . . . reciperent; G. 620, n.

22. Oppugnare, expugnare. The fii-st of these verbs means to a<-
sauU, the second to take by auault. See 94 — 96.

24. Paucis defendentlbiUy though only a few defended it, G. 431 , 2.

26. Vineas agere^ to prepare the vineae. This expression usually
means to push foi-ward the vineae, which were movable sheds, and could
be brought veiy near the walls of the besieged city. But in this instance
thej were not brought up to the walls till the next day. See line 29. See
86 and 90. — Quaeque ^etea quae,

29. A|;gere Jacto* The agger was a mound of any suitable materi-
als, as earth, wood, stone, thrown up before a besieged city. This mound
was sometimes of vast dimensioiu, hundreds of feet in length, and of
great height. See p. 134, line 2. On this, or near it, were placed towers,
some stationary and othera movable. These towera, some of which were
ten or fifteen stories high, were furnished with all the engines and imple-
ments of ancient warfare. See also 88, 89; 99 — 105.

32. Petentlbas BemlB . . . impetrant, they obtain their request^ as
the Remi ask that they may be spared,

34. Primis. Supply hominibue in apposition with obaidibus,

35. Armis . . . traditls. Conquered towns were generally thus dis-
armed.

37. Qui cam, when they; i. e., the Bellovaci. G. 453.
86 2. Majores natu, elders; lit., greater by birth^ or in age.

3. Sese . . . venire, that they committed themselves to (were coming
into) his protection and power, G. 537 ; 535.

8. Post discessum Belgarum. See Chapter XI.

9. Ad eum, to him ; i, e., to Caesar. ^

10. In fide . . . fUisse, had been (steadfast) in their JideUty and friend-
ship to the Aeduan state.

11. Quidicerent; G. 524.
14. Qui ejus. Supply eos,

17. Ut. ..utatur; G. 498, 1.

18. Quod si fecerit, if?ie (Caesar) would do this (quod).

20. Quorum auxiliis . . . consuerint, by whose aid and resources^
they (the Aedni) toere accustomedf if any wars arose, to sustain them,

22. Honoris causa, as a mark of honor ; construe with recepturum,

23. EjOS, them ; i, «., the Bellovaci.

24. Quod, as however, Et or sed may be supplied before quod,

25. Multitadine; G. 424.

BOOK II. , 217

PAQS

30. Ease mercatorlbus, that merchants had. G. 387. 86

31. Nihil vinl, no toine ; lit., nothing of wine. G. 397, 1. Nihil is
tlie subject of in/i^m, which depends uponpo^t.

32. Quod . . . esdstiinarent ; G. 616, U. — Relang^escere ani-
xnos, spirits are enfeebled ; i, «., the spirits of men in general.

36. Conflnnare. Supply subject, eos.

XVI.-XXVIII. War with the Nervii; they are conv-

pletdy subdued.

38* Eonim refers to the Nervii. — Triduum ; G. 379.

I. Sabim. See Diet. — AmpUas millia. G. 417, 1, note 2; 379. 87
3. CoDBedisse, had taken a position.

5. Elandem . . . fortunam, the same fortune of war ; i, e., the same
as the Nervii.

7- Mulleres; ol^ect of coiyecisse. — Quique^set eos qui, and those
vfho.

8. In eum locum quo, in (into) a place to which (whither). G. 497, II.

9. £jxercitui,ybr an army.

II. Qui dellgant; G. 497.

14. £oruin dierum . . . perspecta, having perceived our army's mode
of marching during those days. Observe the accumulation of genitives,
itineris depending upon consuetudine, dierum and exercitus upon itineris.

16. Inter sinipilas legiones, between the several legions. — Impedl-
mentorum. This included all the heavy baggage of the army which
was carried in wagons or on beasts of burden. The soldiers earned their
arms, rations, and some few necessary utensils, as axes, saws, spades, etc.
Thus encumbered the soldiers were said to be sub sardnisy under their
packs. See line 19, below.

17. Ma^^um numerum, a large amount ; lit, a large number ^ used
perhaps, with reference to the number of wagons and beasts of burden. —
Neque . . . negotii, and that it would not be at all difficult /. lit., nor was
there anything qf difficulty. G. 397. Quidquam is the predicate after
esse, while hanc sub sardnis adoriri is the subject of esse.

ao. Futurum ut auderent; G. 537, 3.

21. Reliquae. Supply legiones, ^ Adiuvahat. The subject is the
clause guod Nervii, etc.

23. Nihil ; G. 378, 2.

25. Quo . . . impedirent; G. 497, U., 2.

26* Teneris arboribus . . . inteijectis, by heading down young trees
and interttvining (inflexis) the numerous branches (crebris ramis) which
grew out in a lateral direction (in latitndinem enatis), and by allowing
brambles and briers to entwine themselves among them (lit., brambles and

218 NOTES.

PAOC

87 Men having been inserted hehoeen). The Ablatires are all Absidiitto.
G.431.

The student will obsenre that Caesar is not describing any temporary
expedient to impede the progress of an army, bnt the pemuiiient hedges
in the country of the NerviL They were the result of years of growth
and care.

28. Instar muri, like a wall; lit, the lUenese of a wall.

29. Quo BB in quod, into which. — Non modo, not only not. For the
omission of non after modo, see G. 562, 2.

83. Erat haec, was as follows ; lit., this. — Queiii locum. Obserre
the repetition of the antecedent, not uncommon in Caesar.

84. Ab Buinino . . . declivis, descending etenlyfrom its svmsmt. De-
clivis, descending ; acclivls, ascending; hence, aecUmJtaiey below, line
36. Sununo »= summo colle.

86. Pari, equal; i. «., like that on the other hill. — Adversus et con-
trarius, opposite to thiSf and facing it. Contrarius refers simply to the
position of the hills, opposite each other ; while adversus is more definite,
and implies that corresponding sides of the two hills, — i. «., the sides with
the same slope — were turned toward each other; faced each other. In
rendering it is better to bring in ctmtrarius before adversus,

87. Infimus apertue, clear at its hoes, Jnfimus and apertue are both
acljectives, agi'ceing with colliSt but the first only specifies the part to
which the second is applicable, as infimus ooUie means the lowest part of
the hill ; i. «., the base. G. 440, 2, note 1.

88 8. Pedum ; Predicate Genitive. G. 401.

5. Coplis; G. 419, 1, 1).— Aliter se habebat ac, was otherwise
than. G. 459, 2.

7. Consuetudine sua, in accordance with his custom; i. e., when in
the vicinity of the enemy. — Expedltas, unencumbered; i. «., without the
baggage ; see 57.

8. Collocarat; for collocaverat. G. 235.

13. Silvas, fiilva. Silvas refers to the diflferent portions of the forest,
while silva means the forest as a whole.

15. lionglus ... ad finem, farther than; lit, farther than as far as
(to what end). — Porrecta loca aperta, tJte extended open ground.

16. Cedentes. Supply «09.

17. Opere dlmenso, the work having been measured qf; i. «., the
ground which the work or camp was to occupy.

20. Ita, ut . . . confirmaverant, Just as (i. «., in the same order as)
they had arranged their line qf battle and their ranks within the woods^
and as they themselves had encouraged one another to do,

28. His, these ; ». e., the Boman cavalry.

25. In manibus nostris, close at hand.

BOOK II. 219

PAOB

26. Adveno coUe» up the hilL G. 431. S8

27* Occupatl erant; G. 650, note 2.

The Nervii had formed an alliance with the Atrebates and the Veroman-
dui, and had concentrated a large force in the vicinity of the 8<:Uti$f the
modern Samhre^ a small stream about three feet deep. They had learned
that in the Roman order of march each legion was generally followed by
its baggage-train. Their plan was to surprise and overwhelm the first
legion as it emerged from the hills, encumbered with baggage and cut off
from all assistance from the rest of the army ; but Caesar, in accordance
with his usual custom in the vicinity of the enemy, had placed his bag-
gage in the rear of the main body of the army, with his six veteran le-
gions in front of it, while the two legions recently enrolled formed the
rear-guard. The Nervii, confident of an easy victory, concealed them-
selves and their allies in the woody heights of Hautmont, overlooking the
valley of the river.

When the Romans reached the Sabis, only the enemy's cavalry was in
sight. The six veteran legions, as they arrived, one after another, pro-
ceeded at once to fortify the camp. Some went in search of timber and
other materials for the ramparts, while others were engaged in the trench-
es ; but as soon as the baggage-train came in sight, the Nervii and their
allies rushed from their hiding-place in battle-array, and, routing* the Ro-
man cavalr}', crossed the river, and, climbing the opposite heights, sud-
denly appeared before the Roman encampment. Then, in the expi*essive
language of the Commentaries, Caetari omnia uno tempore erant agenda^
everything was to be done at once.

29. Vexilluin. This was the general standard of the army, the vex-
iUum or banner of the commander-in-chief. When displayed from the
genei'al's tent, it was the signal to prepare for immediate action. See 78.

do. Proponendum ; supply erat, -^ Cum oporteret^ whenever it
wot necessary. G. 518, 1.

31. Slgpnum tuba dandum, the signal was to be given with the trum-
pet. This was the signal to prepare for action. See 82.

32. Qui. Supply iL — Paulo long^us, a little too far. G. 444, 1.—
Aggeris petendi causa, /or the purpose of seeking materials for the
rampart. Agger here refers to the defences of the camp. See 70 — 74.

33. Slg^um dandum, the signal for battle was to be given. In line 31
signum tuba dandum refera to the signal to prepare for battle. The sig-
nal for the onset, the classieum, was given by the united blasts of the horn
and the trumpet. See 82, foot note.

35. His difficultatibus . . . subsldlo, two things proved a relief
against these difficulties. G. 390.

37. Quid fieri oporteret, what ought to be done; Indirect Question,
depending upon praescribere and doceri.

38. Ipsi ; subject of poterant.

220 NOTES.

PAOI

9$ 2. Nisi munltlB castrlSy unU$8 the camp wu fortiJUd ; u «., until it

wu fortified. G. 431, 3.
4. NihU; G.378,2.

7« Qiiam • • . obtullt, in whaievtr diredian chance preaenied.
8. Mllltes . . . qaam uti rettnerent, having addreeeed the soidien m

a apeeeh not longer than to exhort them to retain. Alter qvatn supply
eohortari, G. 498, II.

11. Quod . . . aberant; construe with ngnum dedit. — Qaam guo,
than ; lit., than whither,

13. In alteram partem. He went to the right wing. See p. 40^
line 30.

14. Pug^nantlbus occurrit, he found them (t. «., his men) JlffhOng;
i. e., they had already engaged the enemy.

16. Insignia. These were pinmes and other ornaments, which were
usually laid aside on the march, hut resumed before battle.

17. Scutisque . . . detrudenda, and for removing the coverings from
the shields. The shields, when not in use, were protected by leathern cov-
erings. Detrudenda indicates haste and violence. — Scntis ; G. 386, 2. —
Quam ; construe with partem.

18. Quaeque = et quae.

19. Ad haec constltit, near these he took his stand. Haec refers to
iigna. — In quaerendis suls, in seeking his own; i. e., his own stand-
ard.

23. Cum, diTersis . . . reslsterent, sincst <m the legions toere aepa-
ratedy some (t. «., some legions) restated the enemy in one place, and others
in another. G. 431 ; 459, 1.

26. Subsidia ; subject of poterant. — Quid . . . opus esset ; Indirect
Question, subject of poterat to be supplied.

29^ Fortunae depends upon evenitu.
Qf^ 80. liegionis nouae et decimae. For the disposition of Caesar's
forces, see plate X. in the text.

31. Acie; Genitive. G. 120.

32. His, i-efers to the soldiera of the ninth and tenth legions, and ea
pars to the Ati*ebates.

34. Conantes agrees with eos ; i. e., Ati*ebatcs.

35. Impeditam, entangled; i. e., in crossing the river. — Ipsl, theg
themselves ; i. c, the Roman soldiera.

38. Diversae, other ; lit., different.
40 2. Ex loco superiore, having descended from their higher position ;
i, e., in pursuit of the Veromandui.

3. Totis . . . nudatis castris. G. 431. It will be remembered that
six legions were engaged in fortifying the camp when the attack began

BOOK n. 221

PAOB

(p. 38, line 16) ; two of these at once took their position on the left of tlie 40
camp, two in front of it, and two on the right. Soon the two on the left,
tlie ninth and the tenth (p. 39, line 30), routed the Atrehates and went in
piii*suit of them, while the eleventh and the eighth, who were stationed in
£ront, went in pai*suit of the Veromandui (p. 40, line 2). Thus the camp
^was exposed in front and on the left {afronte et ah sinistra parte). At this
juncture the whole force of the Nervii was led against the twelfth and the
seventh legions, who occupied a position on the right of the camp, and
were, at the moment, its only defence. See plan.

6. Duce Boduognato, under their leader jBoduognattte, 6. 431.

8. Aperto latere, on the unprotected flank ; i. e., on the left, exposed
by the removal of the legions which had occupied that position. — Sum-
mum . . . locum, the summit occupied by the camp ; lit., qfthe camp,

11. Quos . . . dlxeram. See p. 38, line 22.

12. Adversis . . . occurrebant, met the enemy face to face; lit., the
fadng enemy. The Roman cavalry found the Nervii in the Roman camp.

14. Ab decumana . . . Jug^o ; constinie with oonspexerant. The i*ear
of the camp, where the decuman gate was situated (see plan), occupied the
summit of the hill.

15. Nostros victores, our victorious troops^ or our troops (men) as vic-
tors, Nostros is used substantively, and victores is in apposition with it.

19. Alii allam . . . ferebantur, they fled (were borne) in terror (ter-
rified), 8om^ in one direction^ others in another, G. 469, 1.

21. Bquites Treviri ; the cavalry of the Tremri. Equitee^ subject of
contenderunt. Treviri^ used as an a<yective.

23. Cam ridissent, when they had seen,

27. Pulsos. Supply esse. — Castris ; G. 421, 1.

30. Caesar ; subject of processii, p. 41, line 6. -- Ab . . . cohortatlo-
ne, qfter (from) exhorting the tenth legion, Caesar here resumes from p. 39,
line 14, the account of the part which he himself took in the battle.

31. Ubi vldlt, where he saw. Here commences the description of the
scene of confusion and ruin which met the eye of Caesar when he reached
the right wing. — Urgeri, esse. These infinitives, with several othera,
depend upon vidit.

33. Quartae . . . centurionibus. The student will remember that
there were six centurions in each cohort, and ten cohorts in each legion.
See note on omnium ordinum, p. 21, line 4.

34. Signo amisso. The loss of a standard was regarded as a great
disgrace.

SQ» Primipilo, the chief centurion. The primipilus^ as the chief cen-
turion of the legion, was intrusted with the eagle, or standard of the
legion.

1. l>eserto proelio, abandoning the contest. G. 431. 41

222 NOTES.

FAQB

41 2. Neqne « et non. Subenntes, coming up,

4. In angiisto, in a critical condition,

5. MlUtl; G.386,2.

6. £o, thither.

8. ManlpulOB laxare, to open their ranis.

9. Ci^us ; f. e., Caesarie. — Mllltlbiis ; 6. 386.

10. Pro 86 quiflque, each one for himeelf; i. e., iiTespcctire of the
othei's.

11. In extremis suis rebus, in their meet critical situation.

15. Leglones ; i. e., the twelfth and the seventh. — Conversa ai^^na
. . . inferrent, to face about and advance against the enemy ; lit., to bear
the standards turned about. The two legions, when united, probably
foimed a rectangle, thus facing the enemy on all sides.

16. Cnm alias . . . ferrent, since they bore aid, one to cmother. G.
461,3.

19. lieg^onum duarum. See p. 38, line 9.

22. liablenus eastrls. Labienus, in command of the ninth and
tenth legions, having driven the Ati*ebatcs across the river (p. 39, line 33),
had reached the enemy's camp on the other side.

24. Legloneni subsldlo nostris ; G. 390, n. — Qni cnm, taken
they ; i, e,, the soldiers of the tenth legion. G. 445, 5.

26. Versaretur, were. G. 463, 1.

27. Nihil . . . fecerunt, ihey made all possible haste ; lit, they made
nothing (of) l^; i. e,, left nothing undone. — Rellqul; Predicate Greni-
tive. G. 403.

29. Etlam qui, even those who. Supply ii.

31. Occurrerent. Supply uty from line 29; so also before prater-
rent.

32. Turpltudlnem ftig^aa See p. 38, line 22.

33. Leglonarlls . . . praeferrent,i9^a«e(i themselves b^ore the legion-
ary soldiers; i. «., they sought to outdo them in deeds of valor.

37. His rcfera to j^roicimi. — Qui. Supply ii.

38. Coii^lcerent, remltterent. Supply ut from line 35.

42 1. Ut, so that. — Non nequldquam, not in vain; i, «., not without
reason and a deliberate purpose ; constinie with transire.

3. Flumen ; i. «., Sabim, See p. 37, line 1.

4. Quae faellla redlgerat, had rendered these things easy.

7. Mi^ores natu, the elders. G. 424. — Quos; G. 536.

8. Collectos. Supply esse.

9. Dlxeramus. Sec note, p. 30, line 4. — Vlctorlbus . . . Inipedt
turn, that nothing was difficult for the victors. G. 391.

13. Sexcentls. Supply sentUoribus.

14. Vlx ad qulngentos, to scarcely five hundred. — Possent; G. 501

BOOK II. 223

PAOB

Tlie Nervii seem to have exaggerated their loss to excite the compassion 42
of Caesar.

16. Usus. Sapplj esse. — Miserlcordla ; G. 421, 1.

18. Ut . . . prohiberent; G. 498, 11.— Abii^uria, /rom injury;
»• e.i fi'om iiyuring the Nervii.

XXIX.-XXXIII. War with the AduatucL They
surrender^ Jyiit afterwards attempt to surprise the
Momaris^ and are utterly overthrown,

20. Supra scripslmus. See Chapter XVI.

21. AuxlUo Nervlis ; G. 390.

23. In unum oppidum. The situation of this town is not known.

24. Cum . • . partfbus haberet, while this had around it (in circui-
tu) on all sides. The town occupied the summit of a hill which was pre-
cipitous on all sides except in one place, two hundi*ed feet wide, where
there was a gentle ascent.

27. Pedum; constme with aditus, — Duplici inuro,toitha double
foall; ». e,, with two walls, one within the other. In front of the outer
wall they had also dug a ti'ench. See p. 43, line 33.

30. Cimbris Teutonis. See Diet.

32. Oitra Rhenum, on this side (t. e, the south side) oft?ie Rhine,

33. Custodlam, praesidium. Here cttstodiam is used of those who
had the immediate cai*e of the baggage, while praesidium refers to the
soldiers who guai*dcd it.

34. Post eorum obitum, after their overthrow ; i, «., after the over-
throw of the Cimbri and Teutoncs {eorum) by C. Maiius, 101 B. C.

36. Illatum defenderent, warded it off when waged against them-
selves. With illatum supply bellum sibi.

37. Hunc locum, this place; i, e., the teri'itoiy which they then oc-
cupied, situated between the Mcuse and the Scheldt.

2. Pedum duodeclm, twelve feet in height, 48

3. Quindecim millium. Supply passtmm, as usual. Some critics
supply pedum. The works here spoken ot were consti'ucted by the Ro-
mans to enclose the besieged city.

4. Vineis actis. See note, p. 35, line 26. — Aggere. See note, p. ft'S,
line 29.

5. Turrlm ; G. 62, III. — Irridere, increpitare ; Historical Infin-
itives. G. 536, 1.

7. Ab tanto spatio, at so great a distance^ so far off,
9. Gallis contemptul ; G. 390.
11. Coniiderent; G. 523, II., 1.

224 NOTES.

rAOB

48 us. Moveii. Supply turrim,

14. Qui; subject of dixeruni. The object of dixemnt begins with ««
iuaqtUf and embraces the rest of the chapter.

15. Bxistlmare. Supply ae.

17. Se suaque; object of permittere. The subject ae is omitted. G.
623, 1., foot note 2.

18. Petere, deprecarl. Deprecari is more specific than petere, aud
means to strive to avert by prayer; ttnum deprecari^ that they implored
him not to do one thing, viz., »t« ae armis deapoliaret.

23. Sibl praestare, thai it vxu better for them.

27. Conservaturum. Supply eaae,

28. Aries. The battering-ram was used to batter down the walls and
towers of besieged cities. It consisted of a heavy beam with a massive
iron head. It was suspende'd fram a framework by means of ropes or
chains, and, in the hands of a hundred men, could be diiven against the
walls with almost irresistible force.

29. Nisi armis traditis, unleaa the arma be given f^p.

80. In Nerviis, in the caae of the Nervii.

81. Ne quam ; construe with tVyiuriam.

82. Quae . . . facere, that they were already doing thoae thinga tohich
were commanded ; t. e., by Caesar. This is the repoit brought back by
the ambassadora after they had communicated Caesar's commands to
their people (re nunOata ad auoa).

85. Adaequarent; Subjunctive of Result G. 500.
87. Pace usi sunt, they availed themaelvea of peace. G. 421, 1.
44 8. Quod . . . crediderant. Observe the force of the Indicative. 6.
516, 1.

4. Denique, cU Uaat,

5. Scutis . . . intextis, with ahielda made ofbark or of intertwined oaiera.
10> Significatione facta, a aignal having been given.

18. Contra eos qui Jacerent, againat thoae who (i. e., any who) were
hurling. The subjunctive Jacerent makes the remark a general one ; the
indicative would have limited it to Caesars men. G. 503, 1.

15. Ad millibus quattuor, abontfour thouaand,

20. Capitum miUium. Construe miUium with numerua^ and capi-
tum with miUium.

XXXIV., XXXV. Other events of the Campaign,

28. Miserat, had aent. This must have been after the battle with the
Nervii, for the eight legions were all present in that engagement. See p.
38, lines 7-9. — Venetos . . . Redones. These states were situated on
or near the coast between the Loire and the Seine.

BOOK m. . 225

FAOB

25. Oceanmn ; t. «., the Atlantic. 44

80. Incolerent; G. 529, II. — Mitterentur; Sabj. of Result
35. Ubi . • . gesserat. Perhaps Crasstts, and not Cauavy should be
supplied as the subject of gesserat; because the Cai*nutes, Andes, and
Turones, situated on the Loire, were near {propinqttas) the scene of the
militarj operations of Crassus, but quite distant from the scene of Caesai-'s
campaign.

37. Ex litteils, in consequence qf the despatches, — Dies • . . suppll-
catio, a thankffsiving for fifteen days. Public thanksgivings had often
been decreed by the senate after signal victories, but never before for so
long a period as fifteen days.

38. Quod, fohich, referring to the general idea contained in dies . • .
decreta e«^— Nulll; G. 561, U.

BOOK TfflRD.

CAMPAIGN OP THE YEAB 86 B. C, IN THE CONSULSHIP OP ON.
CORNELIUS LENTULUS MABCELUNUS AND L. MABCIUS PHI-
LIPPUS.

I. Expedition of Galba against cestain Alpine Tribes. L-YI.
II. Wab with the Veneti. VII.-XVI.

III. Wab with the Venelli. XVn.-XIX.

IV. Expedition of Cbassus into Aquitania. XX.-XXVn.

Y. Expedition of Caesab against the Mobini and the Menapix.
XXVin., XXDL

I. Winter Quarters qf Galba.

1. Servium Galbam ; the great-gi-andfathcr of the Emperor Galba. 45

5. Quod . . . volebat. This clause supplies the place of a Pradicate
Nominative after /m^. — Iter ; subject oipatefieri.

6. Quo, by fohich, i*efemng to iter. — Magnls cum portorlls, with
heavy imposts. This refers to the imposts levied by these Alpine tribes
upon all the merchandise can*ied through their tcmtorj. Caesar wished
to open a route by which merchandise might be brought into Gaul fi*ee of
duty.

10. ESomin refers to the tribes above mentioned.
13

226 • KOTES.

FAOX

45 12. Ipse. Subject of constihtitt to be supplied.
14. Octodurus. See Diet
16. Flimiine, by a river; t. e., the Drance.

II.-VI. The Gauls attack GaJha^ hut are repulsed. He
retires into the Monian Province.

20. Hibemorum, of their wintering , or of the winter, Bibemay
which properly designates the winter quaiters themsclvesi here refers to
the time spent in them.

21. £o, thither; i. e., to him in his quarters.— Per exploratores.
Why not the Ablative with a or abf G. 41 5» I., 1, note 1.

25. Id acciderat ut, it had happened that. Id represents the clause
ut caperent, 6. 636, III., 7.

27. Primum quod • . . despiciebant. This is the first reason as-
signed for the movement of the 6auls. — Xeque earn plenissimam,
and that indeed not very fuU, G. 451, 2. This legion had suffered se-
verely in the battle of the Sambre, so that it was not full even before the
two cohorts were detached for service among the Nantuates. See p. 40,

lines 32-37.

28. Gommeatus ; probably Genitive.

80. Turn . . . quod . • . exlstlmabant; a second reason.
46 3* Accedebat, quod, an additional reason was that. Quod . . . ^060-
hant supplies the subject of accedebat.

4. Abstractos. Supply esse. — Obsidum nomine, under the name
of hostages. G. 419, III.

7. Sibl persuasum habebant, they loere persuaded ; lit, had itper^
suaded to themselves. Sibi depends upon persuasum. G. 386, II.

9. Neque satis esset provisum, nor had sufficient provision been

made.
16. Neque subsidio venirl, neither could aid come. Supply i»»«et.

— Subsidio; G. 390, n9te 2.

18. Ut . . . eontenderent, that they shouU hasten to a place of safety^

lit., to safety,

19. Pervenlssent ; Subj. in an Indirect Clause. G. 529, H.

21. Ad extremum, to the last ; t. c, as a last resort. — Rel eventum
expeiirl, to try the issue of the movement.

23. Vlx ut; more emphatic than «< m«. — His rebus . . . admlnls-
trandls, for arranging and executing these measures.

25. Decurrere, coi^JWere, repugnare, etc. ; Historical Infinitives.

G. 536, 1.
27. Ex loco superiore; i.«., from the I'ampai'ts.

BOOK ni. 227

PAG>

28. Ut guaeqae pars, when any pari; lit, as each (eveiy) part, 46

30> Hoc supersri, tkey were surpassed in this; t. «., they labored
ander this disadvantage, explained by quod . . . suoeedebant.

31. Proelio excedebant, were continually wUhdraunng from the hat*
tie ; u e,j they withdrew one after another, as they became weary, and
fresh ti*oops took their places. — Integris vlribus ; G. 419, 11.

33. Non modo. See note, p. 37, line 29. — Defesso, sauclo; Indi-
rect Objects of dabatur, — Elxcedendl. Supply /act</to« dabatur,

38. Lianguldiorlbus nostrls, as our soldiers were becoming more «a^
hausted, 6. 431.

2. Ad extremum casum, to the last extremity, — Bacillus. See 47
p. 40, line 36.

3. ProcUo; G. 429.

7* Elxtremum auxUlum, the last resort,

8. Mllites certlores faclt, he directs the soldiers,

9. Intermltterent, exclperent. G. 623, III.

13. Omnibus portis, through (by) all the gates, G. 420. See note,
with plan, on legionis dedmae, p. 39, line 30.

14. Sui colll^ndi, of composing themselves, G. 542, 1., note 1.

16. In spem venerant, had entertained the hope ; lit., had come into
the hope,

17. Circumventos Interflciunt; G. 549, 5.
19. Plus tertia; G. 417, 1, note 2.

22. Armisque exutis, and stripped o/ their arms. They had thrown
away their arms in flight. Exutis agrees with copiis,

23. Saepius, too often,

24. Alio consilio, vMh one purpose ; i, «., to open free communication
with Italy by way of the Alps.

25. Aliis occurrisse. Supply et.

VII., VIII. The Veneti Eevolt.

31. Cam, though, — Omnibus de causis ; constnie with existimaret,

32. Expulsis Germanis. This seems to refer to Ariovistus and his
Germans. See Book I., 53.

33. Atque ita, and accordingly.

37. Mare Oceanum, the ocean ; i, e.y the Atlantic. G. 433, note 3.

1. Praefectos tribunosque. See note p. 20, line 21. 48

2. Frumenti; construe yfith petendi causa,
4* Gallus. Supply missus.

7. Orae; Partitive Genitive, depending upon amplissima.

9. Gonsuerunt. Why Perfect ? G. 297, 2.

10. In magno impetu . . . aperto, in consequence of (lit, in) the

228 NOTES.

PAOX

48 great viohnee qf 1h« open tea ; lit, the great and open violence of the sea.
G. 438, 7.

12. Fit inltluiii retinendl Silli, a beginning ie made by detaining
(lit., o/ detaining) Silive.

13. Se obsldes. Se is the subject of recuperaturoe (esse) and obsides
the object.

16. Sublta et repeiitliia, sudden and unexpected. Subitus is applica-
ble to whatever takes place suddenly ; repenUnus only to that which is at
once sudden and unexpected.

19. Acturos. Supply se and esse,

20. Ut inallent; Subjunctive of Purpose.

24. Velit, remlttat; G. 524; 523, III. — Suos, his men,

25. Slbi, to them ; t. «., to the Gauls.

IX. -XI. Caesar prepares for the War.

27. Ipse aberat longlus. Where was Caesar at this time ? See p.
47, line 34. — Xaves longas. See Diet

32. Simul quod . . . intelligebant, as at the same Ume they under'
stood,

33. In se, against themselves,

34. Legatos . . . eoi\|eetos. Supply esse. The clause explains
fadnuSj and depends upon intelligebant. — Quod noinen, a nam« which;
lit, which name,

38. Hoc majore spe, with the greater hope on this account; explained
by quod , , , conjidehant,
19 1. Pedestrla Itinera, approaches by land. — Aestuaiiis. Some of
these estuaries, upon the coast of the Yeneti, extend inland to the dis-
tance of five or ten miles. — Xavig^ationem . . . insclentiani, that ac-
cess by sea y^as difficult (impeded) on account of our ignorance,

4. Diutius, very long, — Ac jam ut, and even though, G, 515, m.

8. LiOng^e allam . . . atque, very different from what it was ; lit,yar
other than (and). G. 459, 2.

9. In concluso mari, in a closed sea ; refening to the Mediterranean.
11. Naves quam plurimas possunt, a« many vessels as they are able.

G. 444, 3.

17. Erant hae, quas, were these which.

19. Injuriae retentorum, etc., the crime of retaining Eomanhnights;
lit., the wrongs of the JSoman knights retained. This refers to the ambas-
sadors mentioned in the preceding chapter, who, it appears, were of eques-
trian rank. Injuriaet rebetlio, d^ecOOf conjuratio^ and the clause ne ,. ,
arbitrarentury are all in apposition with multaf and present the considernr
tions which led Caesar to enter upon this war.

BOOK in. 229

PAGJB

25. Priusquamconsplrarent; 6.624. 49

30. Adeat; 6.499,2.

31. Germanos; object of prohibe€U. — Auxilio; 6.-390,2.

38. Qui earn . . . curet, to see that that force ( t. e,f the force of these
three tribes) be kept separate ; i, e,f be prevented from effecting a union
with the other forces. 6. 497.

I. Class! depends u^n praejicit. See also 106, 107. 50
4. Eo, thither ; i. e,^ into the country <^ the Yeneti.

XII.-XTTI. The Country of the Veneti. Their Maritime

Power,

6. In extremis lingulis, at the very end of tongues of land. 6. 440«
2, note 1.

7. Pedibus, by land; lit., by feet.

8. Ex alto se incitavisset, had rushed in (had roused itself )/rom
the deep.

II. Utraque re, by both facts; lit., each thing; i. «., by the danger
attending an approach by land at high tide, and by sea at low tide.

12. Magnitudine operis, by th£ greatness of our work ; i. e., of the
Koman. works.

13. Extruso mari, the sea being kept out. — His, these ; i. e., aggere
ac molibus; Abl. Absolute. — Moenibus depends upon adaequatis.

14. Fortunis ; 6. 386, 2.

15. Ci^us rei, of which; lit., of which thing; rofcrring to the ships
{ndvium).

18. Eo, on this accottnt ; viz., quod . . . navigandi,

20. Mari, aestibus, portibus ; Ablatives Absolute. — Raris . . .
portibus, with few and almost no harbors.

2l^, Namque, /or, introducing the reason for the success of the enemy.
7" Ipsorum naves, their vessels^ in conti*ast with those of the Bomans.

23. Armatae, equipped.

24. Excipere, to encounter.

25. Possent ; 6. 497, II. — Erectae. Supply erant.

27. Totae; 6. 443. —Ad quamvis . . . perferendam, /or sustain-
ing any force and violence whatever.

28. Transtra . . . trabibus, cross-beams (consisting) of timbers a foot
in thickness; lit., in height. —Trabibus ; 6. 419, II. —Digit! . . . crassi-
tudine, of the thickness of a thumb. 6. 419, II.

30. Pro fkinibus, instead of ropes. — Pelles pro veils, skins served
as sails ; lit., were for sails. Supply erant.

31. Alutae tenuiter confectae, thinly dressed leather. — Hae, re-
ferring to pelles alutaequcy is the subject operant, to be supplied.

230 NOTES.

PAOB

60 35. Cum hlfl . . . erat, the tnemtnter with theae veueU was aueh for

ourjieet,
86. Ut . . . praestaret, thai it (onr fleet) excelled,

51 1* His ; 0. 385, 1. — Nostrae. Supply navet. — Rostro, with the beak.
The beaks of ancient ships of war, consisting of solid beams armed with
pointed irons, were very formidable in dashing in the sides of the enemy's
vessels.

5. Coepisset, ferrent. Observe that coqneaet and dedieaent depend
npon amif bat ferrent, eoniitterent, and timereiU upon ut. G. 521, II., 2 ;
601. 1., 1.

7. Nlliil; G. 378, 2.— Quamm renim omnium casus, discuterg
from all theae things.

XIV.-XVI. Caesar conqieers the Veneti in a naval

Engagement.

10. Frustra. See Syn. L. C. 338.

11. Neque his nocerl posse, nm' could any it^ury he done to them. —
Nocerl; G.465, 1.

14. Omiil genere . . . ornatisslmae, most fully fumiahed with every
kind of equipment. Here armorum probably includes arms, as well as the
tackle and the ordinary equipment of a vessel.

15. Nostrls ; i. e., nostris navibus. G. 391, 1.

16. Bruto ; construe with constcibcit.
18. An^erent, Insisterent; G. 529, 1.

20. Turribus excitatls, though towers were erected; i, e., upon the
Roman vessels.

21 . Neque — et, not — and ; lit., nor — and.

22. Mlssa ab Gallis, those sent by the Gauls. — Gravlus, with
greater force.

24. Falces ; in apposition with res. — Non abslmOi . . . falclum =»
forma non absimili formae muralium falcium, of a form not unlike that bf
mural hooks. G. 419, II. The mural hooks wei*e powerful iron hooks,
fastened to long poles, used in pulling down the waUs of besieged towns.
29. Navibus ; G. 384, 4, note 2. ^-^v

33. Nullum . . . factum, no deed a little braver than usual. { \
38. Binae ac ternae naves, two atid even three (of oui') vissels at a
time.

52 4. In cam partem, quo . . . ferebat, in the direction in which the
wind was blowing.

5. Malacia, the going down of the wind, a calm.

6. Tranqulllitas, stillness, as the result of the going down of the wind

8. Singulas, the ahipa one by one. Supply navea.

BOOK m. 231

TA.QB

to. Perveneriiit ; 6. 496, VL — Ab hora ^uarta ; 6. 645. 62

15. Navlum quod ublque fiierat, tohaUver vesaeb they had ofiy-
where; lit, whai ofvemelt.

16. Reliqui, the others, in distincdon from qitibus, which seems to in-
clude both men and shij^

17. Neque i . . reclperent» habebant, nether kneto (had) whither to
betake themeelcet. G.529, L /

19. Ek> ipraviuB . • • quo, the mors eecetehffor thU reaaoHy that.
22. Sub corona, as slaves ; lit,, wader the crown, referring to the cliap-
let placed on the head of the prisoner when offered for sale.

XYII. Quintus TUuriua Sabtnus is sent into the

Country of the VeneUi.

24. Quas . . . acceperat. See p. 49, line 37.

25. His, these ; u e., the Ycnelli. G. 386.

27. Elxercitum ma^^nadque coplas. He had not only assembled
the regular army, but had also raised additional forces by new levies. —
His paucis dlebuA ; G. 429.

28. Aulerci Eburovices. See Diet

29. Auctores belli esse, to san^ion the war ; lit., to he the authors of
the war •

33. Ab agiicultura . . . revocabat, detcUnedfrom agriculture.

34. Idoneo . . . loco, in a place in all respects suitable. G. 424 ; 425, 2.

35. Cam, although. — Damn for duorum. G. 175, foot note.
37. Hostibus; G. 384, 4, note 2.

I. Opinionem tlmoris, an impression (on the pai*t of the enemy) of gg
his fear.

- 2* Id i)EM$iebat, he did this ; %, e., he kept himself in the camp.

3. Cum multitudine ; construe wi^ dimicandum (esse).

4. Ek> absente qui, in the absence of him who ; i. e., Caesar.

5. Legato; G.388.

XVin., XLX. Sdbinus defeats the VeneUi.

II. Pro perftiga, €u a deserter.

12. Timorem . . . proficlscatur; the false report of this pretended
deserter.

13. Neque long^us . . . educat, and that it is not farther off than
the next night that Sabinus will secretly lead forth his army from the
eamp; i. e., that he will do so on the next night; lit, nor is it farther
off but that Sabinus, etc.

16. Negotii bene gerendi, ofjighting a euceesrful battle.

XI, Iri oporterCy that they ought to go ; both verbs Impersonal.

232 NOTE8.

PAOS

I

5S 18. Superiomm . . . canctaflo, the delay of Sabki(U9 during the prwh
out day$, G. 393, note ; 398, 2.

21. Spes Venetlcl belli. They had not jet heard the result of Um
war. See Chapter XVI.

22* Prills ; construe with quam in the next line.

24. Capiant, contendant; 6. 601, 1., 1.

25. Ut explorata victoria, as if victory toere already secured; lite
victory having been at it were already secured. Ut as eieut.

26. Qiiibuscompleaiit; Purpose. G. 497.
38. Hostlbiu; G.431.

54 1* EQuites; subject of re&'^u^nmf.

2. Ex ftiga evaserant, had eaeaped from flight; t. e., were no longer
in flight.

3. Sabinus. Supply est certior foetus,

5. Titurloss Titurio Sabifw,

6. Animus, mens. See Syn. L. C. 355.

7. Minlme resistens, by no means resolute,

XX.-XXn. Ci*(zs8U8 defeats the Sontiates.

11. Ex tertia parte . . . aestimanda, is to be regarded eu the thira
division of Gaul; i. e., as one of the thi*ee general divisions ; lit., Jrom
the third part.

13. Panels ante annls, a few years before, probably in the year 79
B. C, in the war with Sertorius.

19. Civitates, cities. — Galliae provinciae=Frovinciae Romanae,
of tJie province. — Finitlmae; construe Yfiih civitates,

22. Quo plurimum valebant* in which they were very poweffid.

29. Superioribus victorlls ; probably those over Valenus and Mal-
lius, mentioned in the last chapter. G. 425, 1, 1), note.

30. Sine imperatore, u^i^Aou^ their commander; i.e,, without Caesar.

31. Sine . . . legionibus. It will be remembei*ed that Crassus had,
in addition to his cavahy, only twelve cohorts. See p. 49, line 34.-.
Adolescentulo duce, with a young man (Crassus) <ts their leader,

32. Perspici. The subject is the clause quid . . .possent,

33. Vertere ==^verterunt.

34. Oppidum Sontiatum ; perhaps the modem SSs,

35. Vineas turresque. See notes, p. 35, lines 26 and 29. — Uli ; sub
ject of mittimt.

36. Cuniculis. These were subterranean passaj^es which the Gauls
opened under the Roman works, for the purpose of undermining them.

37. Cujus rel, in which thing ; i. e., in constructing these mines {eu
nicuH). G. 399, L, 2.

BOOK ni. 233

PAOB

9. Commodls; 6. 421, I. — Quorum; construe with amicitiae, — 55
Dedlderint; 6. 529, H.

• 11. Ferant, consciscant; construe, like fntantur, with uH,

13. Becusaret; G. 503, 1. — Cum his Adcantuannus. This is a
repetition of Adcantuannus cum aexcentU devotis, justified bj the long in-
tervening parenthesis.

17. Tamen, yet ; t. e., though he attempted to escape. — Utl . . ute-
retur; G.498,U. x

XXIII. - XXVII. Crassus conquers the AquitanL *

21. Oppidum ; subject of expugnatum (esse),

22. Paucls diebus, quibus . . . erat, in a few days after ; lit., in
tokich) he Jiad arrived. G. 430, note 2.

25. Clterlorls Hispanlae, Hither Spain; i. «., Spain north of the
River Ebro. G. 401.

26. Finitimae agrees with quae anc( governs Aquitaniae. G. 391, 1.
29. Omnes annos, during all the years; i, e., all the years of the

war, from 80 to 72 B. C.

32. Consuetudine ; G. 416. They had learned the Roman mode of
warfare from Sertorius.

33. Quod, thisy referring in pai*t to the preceding sentence, but more .
fully explained by suaa copias . . . diduci . . . augeri,

SI. Cunctandum. Supply esse.

38. Quin pug^na decertaret, to contend in battle, G. 504, 3.

3. rhipllcl acle, in a double line of battle ; i. e., with two lines of 5G
cohorts. Instead of three, the usual number. See note on triplicem aciem^

p. 12, line 25. By this arrangement Crassus presented a more extended
front.

4. AuxlUis. Crassus, having but little confidence in the auxiliai'ies,
placed them in the centre, and not, as usual, on the wings.

10. Sese . . . coepissent, should begin to retreat, G. 525, 2.

11. Sub sarcinis. See note on impedimentorum, p. 37, line 16. — In-
firmlore animo, more depressed in spirit; lit., of (with) .mor^ depressed
(weak) spirit, G. 419, 11.

14. Sua, their; referring to the enemy. — Opinione timoiis, by the
opinion (now entertained by the Romans) qf their cowardice. — Hostes ;
subject of effecissent.

16. Gxspectari, iretur ; Impersonal Passive. Render like the Per-
sonal Active, to hesitate, to go. The clause exspectari . , , iretur is in ap-
position with voces.

20. VaUo ; G. 414, 1. ; 434, note 1.

22. Ijapidlbus, tells, cespiiibus; Abls. of Means.— Ad agge-
rem. Svl^^j faciendum.

234 N0TB8.

PAOR

M 25* EjZ loco Bupeiiore; •'. «., from their fortifications.
26. Clrciimitls . . . castrls; G. 431.

28. Ab decmnana porta} at (from) the decuman gaie. See note on
caetrie, p. 6, line 28.

83. Praesidio castriB ; 6. 390. — Intiitae ab labore, not tcotjt out
hy labor. G. 415, 1., 2.
34. Ne possent; Subjunctive of Pm-pose. G. 497.

36. E2as • • . munitiones ; I. e., those near the decuman gate.

37. Priiu quam . • . viderl. Supply poM«n^.

57 1* Posset. The subject is quid rei gereretur, G. 529, 1 ; 520, IL

2. Quod, which. G. 445, 7.

3. Consnevit, ie wont. G. 297, L, 2.

5. Per munitiones, over (through) theforti/icationt.
7» Quae, referring to miUium^ is the subject of convemese.
O. Multa nocte, late at vdght.

11. Ultro, moreover. — Quo In numero, in this number; refening to
maxima para Aqttitaniete,
14. Tempore; G. 425, 1, 1), note.

XXVIII. Caesar marches against the Morini and the

Menapii.

18. Supererant, ahne remceined. Supply soli. — Qui essent; O.
603, II., 1.

20. Qui, but they; i. «., the Morini, etc^ G. 453. — lionge alia . . .
Galli, in a way far different from the other Gfaula ; lit.,yar other thein the
other Gauls. G. 459; 2. — Galll; subject of gesserant, to be supplied.

22. Contendissent; G. 524.

23. Continentesque silvas habebant, cmd because (quod) they had
extensive forests.

30. Compluribus ; t. e., of the Gauls. -— Lonn^us, too far. G. 444, 1.
— Locis; G.425, IL, 1.

XXIX. The Campaign is interrupted by violent Mains.
Caesar retires into Winter Quarters.

32. Rellquls deinceps diebus, in aU the remaining days. Deine^ps
implies an uninterrupted series.
33* Ne quis impetus, that no attack. —Militibus ; G. 431.
35- Conversam ad liostem,/a<»n^ the enemy ; t.0., before the enemy.

37. Confecto,^nMA«d; i. <?., cleared.

38. E^trema impedimenta, the rear of the baggage; i. c, of the
enemy.

BOOK IV. 235

PAGE

3. Sub pellibuB, tn the tentSyMU^ under skins; t. e., £he skins with 58
which the Boman tents were covered.

5. In Aulercls; constmo with in hibemis collocacit,

6. Quae proxime • • . fecerant, which had last made war upon him,
viz.^ the Vcneti, the Venelli, and the Sontiates.

BOOK FOURTH.

CAMPAIGN OF THE YEAR 55 B. C, IN THE CONSULSHIP OF
CN. POMPEIUS MAGNUS AND M. UCINIUS CEASSUS.

I. Expedition nrro Gebmany. I. -XIX.
II. Expedition into Britain. XX. -XXXVI.
III. Wab with the Mobini and the Menapii. XXXVn., XXXVIIL

I. -HI. Two German Tribes come into Gaul.

1. Hieme; construe with transierunt. G. 429. — Qui ftiit . . . con- 59
sulibus, this (lit., which) was the year when Crnaeus Pompey and Marcus
Crassus were consuls. This is somewhat parenthetical, but is added to
show to what year these events belong. — Qui ; G. 453.

2. Germani, Germans; i. e., a German ti'ibe.

4. Quo, into which; lit., whither.

5. Quod ab . . . prohibebantur. This clause supplies the place^ of
a predicate noun after fiat. G. 362. — Suebis. The Suebi occupied a
vast U'act of countiy extending from the Baltic to the Danube and from
the Elbe to the Vistula.

9. Sing^a mlllia, each a thousand; lit., single thousands; u o., a
thousand apiece.

11. Illos, those; i. e., the wamors. — Hi, these; referring to reliqui.

12. Ratio atque usus belU, the theory and practice of war.

13. Agrl; construe with mAfV. G. 397.

16. Maxlmam partem,^r the most part. G. 378, 2. — Iiacte; G.
420.

17. Quae res, and this fact ; refeiTing to the mode of life just men-
tioned. — Res ; subject of aXU^ efficit.

18. Quod . . . £EM^iant. This explains Ubertcste vitae. — NuUo officio

236 NOTES.

PAOS

59 aMuefiictI, aeetuiomed to no duty; lit, accuattom&d, trained m (by

means of) no duty,

20. Faciant; G. 516, II. — Ma^^tadlne; 6. 419, n.

22. liOcis fH^dlMlmlfl, though their country (lit., places) U exceed^
ingly cold. 6. 431. '- Vestltiis ; Partitiye Genitiye with quidguam,

25. MagU, eo, ut, the more for this reason, that. — Quae. Supply ra,
as the antecedent of quae and as the object of vendant, *

26. Quibus. Supply eos, as the antecedent of quibus and the object ol
habeant, — Quam quo, than because.

27. Jumentia depends upon uittntur.

80. Haec ... at slut efficiunt, tJiese they make, by daily exercise,
capable of the greatest labor. — Haec ; f . e., haec Jumenta, is the antece-
dent of quae and the subject of sint*

60 1. Ut sint ; G. 600. — liaboris ; Predicate Genitive. G. 401.
2. Pedibus, on foot; lit, on their feet. G. 425, 1, 1).

4. Moribus; 6.416.

8. £a re, by this ; lit., by this thing ; i. «., wine.

11. Slgniflcari. Supply /mton^.

13. Una ex ... a Suebis, in one direction from the Suebi.

15. Ut est . . . Germanonun, according to the German standard;
lit., as is the capacity of the Germans ; i. «., so far as a German state can
be ampla atqueflorens.

16. £^u8dein . . . ceteris, tJian the others of the sume race ; u «., than
the other Germans.

19. Hos ; the object ot expeUere, It refers to the Ubii.

IV. The Usipetes and the Tencteri seize the Territory

of the Menapii,

•

24. In eadam causa, in the same condition; i. e., the same as the
Ubii.

do. Trans flumen, on the other side of the river; t. e., on tlie Grermaa
side.

33. VI contendere, to accomplish their direct by force.

36. Itinere; G.431.— Equitatu; G. 420.

61 2. His, eorum. These words refer to the Menapii, who had returned
to their homes.

6. Eorum copifs, upon their stores ; i, e,, upon the stores of provis*
ions which the Menapii had collected for their own use.

v., VI. Caesar prepares to carry the War into Germany

8. Mobiles, impulsive, changeable.

BOOK IV. 237

PAOB

9« Niliil bis commlttendum) that no confidence should be reposed in 61
them; i. e,, at sach a crisis.

10. Gst . . . consuetudlnls, is a OaUic ctutom. 6. 401. — Ut . . .
cogant. This clause is in apposition with hoc, while at the same time it
denotes i*esult. G. 501, 111.

11. Ut connects qttaerant to cogant,

12. Audlerit; G. 529, 1.

13. Mercatores ; object of circumsistat. G. 372. — Vulgus circum-
tilstatf cogant. Observe the change of number. G. 461, 1, note 2.

16. Quorum; G. 409, III.

18. Et plerique . . . respondeant, and since most persons give them
answers adapted to their desires.

19. Ne g^avioii . . . occurreret, that he might not encounter a more
formidable war. Caesar feared that the Gauls would unite with the
Germans.

20. Ad exercitum, to the army, which was at the time in winter
qaartei*s. See p. 58, line 7. He himself probably spent the winter, in ac-
cordance with his usual custom, in Northern Italy or Cisalpine Gaul.

23. Uti • . . discederent, to withdraw from the Rhine ; i. e., to come
into the interior of Gaul.

24. Quae postulassent, which they (the Germans) might demand.
G. 525, 2. — Fore depends upon a verb of saying implied in invitatos,
G. 523, 1.

28. Disslmulanda. Supply esse. See Syn. L. C. 605. — Permulsis
et coufirmatis. He soothed and encouraged them as if he supposed
them perfectly true to him.

29. Equitatu Imperato. Caesar depended upon the Gauls for cav-
■hy.

30. Constituit, made known his purpose.^

Vn.-IX. Caesar* 8 Interview with the German

Embassy.

32. Quibus In locis. See note on gwhus itineribus, p. 3, line 33.
38. Resistere. Supply iis referring to guicumqtte.

2. Posse. Supply se. — Sibi, to them; i. c, to the Germans. 62

3. Attrlbuant, patiantur ; Imperative in the Direct Discourse. G.
©23, III.

5. In terris, in the world; lit., in the lands.

7. Quae; object of respondere, to be supplied.

8. Kxltus, tlie conclusion. — Sibi; G. 387.

9. Qui. Supply eos as antecedent.

14. Hoc se. Se is the subject and hoc the object of imperaiurum (esse.)

238 NOTES.

PAOB

62 18. Propitts se, neorvr to them, G. 437, 1.

21. Trans MoBam, across the Meuee ; f . e,, to the western side of tfao
river. Csesar was at this time between the Bhine and the Meuse.

X. Description of the Mhine and the Meuse,

24.- Ex . . . Vosego, qui . . . Ling^num, /rom. Mount Vosges, which
is in the territory of the Lingonee ; t. e., from that part of the Vosges
which is thus situated, as only a portion of it is in the temtoiy of the
Lingones.

25. Parte . . . recepta. This I'efers to the left branch of the Hhine,
called the WcuU^ which forms a junction with the Meuse.

26. Insulam Batavorum. This island, triangular in form, is
bounded on the north-east by the Bhine, on the south by the Waal and
the Meuse, and on the west by the North Sea. See Map.

29. liongo spatio, a long Stance, 6. 425, II., 1.

30. Cltatas, with a swift current.

33. Sunt, qui, there are some who, 6. 445, 5.

34. Piscibus; G.420.

XI.-XV. Caesar defeats the G^ermans with great

Slaughter,

37. Ut . . . constitutum. See line 17 above.

38. Congress!, having met him (Caesar).

63 3. Sibi • . . faceret, that he would grant them the prvoUege,

5. Sibi . . . fecissent, would give them security by an oath; i, e., that
they would receive them ^into their territory, as Caesar had proposed.
See p. 62, line 12. — Fecissent ; G. 525, 2.

7. Daret; Impemtive in Direct Discourse. G. 523, ni.

8. £odeni illo, to that same object; t. e.^ the same as then* other pi-o-
posal, p. 62, line 22. It is, however, more fully explained in the following
clause, ut eqtdtes reverterentur,

11. Hue, hither; t. e., to the place whei*e he would then be.

13. Praefectos ; t. «., the prefects of cavahy.

14. Qui nuntiarent; Subj. of Purpose. G. 497. The antecedent is
quosdam, the omitted object of mittit,

15. Sustinerent, to sustain the attack ; i, e., to act on the defensive.
21. liegati eorum, their ambassadors ; i. e., the ambassadors of the

Gei*mans.

23. Rursus resistentibus, when our men in their turn resisted. Sup
ply nostris.

BOOK IV, 239

PAOB

30. Genere; G. 415, H. 63

31. Amicus. See note on amicus, p. 2, line 32.

3. E^spectare ; subject of esse in the next line. 64

4. I>einentiae esse; G. 401.

6. HosteSy the enemy ; i, e., the Germans. — Auctoritatis ; construe
with quantum.

8. Liegatis et quaestore. See note on legator et quciestorem, p. 28,
Une 11.

9. Diem pug^nae, day suitable for battle ; lit, day of battle, G. 393, note.

10. Postridie ejus diei; G. 398, 5.

13. Ut dicebatur, <is they said; lit, (u was said; i. «., by them. —
Sui purgandi ; G. 642, 1., note.

14. Contra atque esset dictum, contrary to what had been agreed
upon. G. 554, 1., 2.

16. Fallendo, by deceiving him. — Quos ; subject of oblatos {esse).

According to Caesar's account the Germans wci'e guilty of the basest
violation of good faith. It is entirely possible, however, that Caesar was
deceived, and suspected treachery when none was really intended. Some
have even supposed that he availed himself of this attack upon his cav-
riiy as an excuse for destiwing the Germans.

21. Prius . . . quam ; G. 520, footnote 1.

23. Dlscessu suorum, by the departure (absence) of their chiefs, de-
tained by Caesar.

25. Perturbaiiturs=dubitant, are in doubt.

29. Quo loco, in this place; i. e., in the camp. G. 425, 2.

33. Ad quos cousectandos, to pursue these. G. 546, 4, 2) . This act
of Caesar seems to have been an instance of inexcusable barbarity.

37. Ad confluentem . . . Rheni. This probably refers to the con-
fluence of the Meuse with the left branch of the Bhine, also called the
Waal. See p. 62, lines 25 and 26.

3. Ad unum omnes, aU to a man; i, e., without exception. — £x 65
tanti . . . timore, after the alarm of so great a war.

9. liibertatem concessit, granted liberty ; t. e., allowed them to re-
main with him as frea men.

XVI., XVII. Caesar bridges the Rhine.

11. Quarum . . . Justissima, of which the most important (most suit- >
able) was the following. G. 450, 3.

12. Quod; construe with vohdt.

13. Suis . . . Tolult, he wished them (the Germans) to fear for their
own possessions. — Rebus; G. 385, U., 1.

15. Aceessit etiam, quod, an tulditional reason also was that.

240 NOTES.

PAOB

64 16. Supra couunemoravl. See p. 62, line 21.

21. PoBtularent; 0. 497.— Bos; object o£ dedererU.

22. Dederent. Supply ut. G. 499, 2.

23. Se invito, without his (Caesar's) consent, G. 431.

24. Sul imperii aut potestatlfl, under (of) At« stoajf (rule) or power,
G.401.

29. Occapationibus rei publicae, &y Am pubUe duties ; lit, occi^ia
tions of state,

ao. Ebcercitum Rhenum; G. 376.

32. E^ltts ezercitus, of his (Caesar's) army,

3i. Opinione et amicitia, by the reputation and friendship.
66 1. Suae . . . dignitatis esse, to he consistent with his own dignity or
thai of the Roman people, G. 402.

3. Proponebatur, was clearly seen ; lit., was set before him,

4. Id sibi contendendum, that he must attempt it. He acc^ordingly
proceeded to bridge the Rhine, probably near Bonn.

6. Tigna bina sesquipedalia, tu>o piles each afoot and a half thick.
Tigna is the object oi jungebat. The distributiFe bina is used because
there wera several pairs. See plan on the next page.

7. Dimensa ad altltudinem, etc., adapted to the depth of the river.
The longest piles would, of course, be needed in the deepest water.

8. Intervallo • . . Jungebat. This means that the two piles were
made fast to each other, but were at the same time kept two feet apart.
This was probably done by means of strong cross-pieces or tics {jtbalis,
line 16 below) . — Haec cam • . • adegerat, when, by means of machines,
he had let these down into the water (immissa), had secured them thttre ^dc-
fixerat), and had driven them doumwith rammers,

10. Non Bublicae . . . perpendiculum, not Uke (in the manner of)
an ordinary pile, vertically (directe ad perpendiculum) ; lit., entirely uccord-
ing to the plumb-line,

11. Secundum . . . fluminls, according to the current (nature) of the
river; i, e., down the stream.

12. His contraria, opposite to these. G. 391. Contraria agrees with
tigna, to be supplied after duo =^bina. Duo is admissible in this instance,
because the meaning is perfectly clear from bUia, in line 6 above.

13. Intervallo pedum . . . parte, ai the distance of forty feet down
the river (ab inferiore parte). — Contra vim . . . conversa, turned
against the force and current of the river. Thus the upper pair of piles
sloped down the river, and the lower pair up the river. See plan.

14. Haec utraque, these two pairs,

15. Quantum . . . distabat, which was the distance between the piles ;
lit., cu much as the Joint of these piles opened ; i. e., the interval between
the two piles was two feet, and accordingly a beam two feet thick (ft>]p0-

BOOK IV. 241

dalit) woa let in between them, and couoected this pair of piles with the 66
opposite pair, forty feet lower down the river.

PLAN OF CAESAR'S BKIDOE.

I. View op ojik Pieb.

I. View ar Thbbb Sectioks.

a Tlgna bEaa sasqnlpedaUa. — b Ria eotitrarla duo. — d Blpedalu trabee. —

d Biiue ntrimqae fibulae.— « Dlrecla materia fLDngaiii. — g Cmtee.—

k Sobllcu obllqaae. — i Uefeiuorea.

16. Blnls utrimqne flbnlls, teilh iuo ti»t on tach tide ; i. a., at e>di
exlrenutf of the heam. See plan.
17* Qulbiu dlacluBls . . . revlnctis, at Iheae (i. e., Ibc Cwd oppodte

242 NOTES.

TAom

66 pAin of pHes) were kept apart, and alto eeeured in the opposite direeHofk
QiUbut disdusia relates to whst has already been described in haee tOru-
que distinebantur. The two pairs of piles inclining towards each other
were prevented from incliniog too far by the cross pieces or ties inserted
in the two acute angles which the large connecting beam made with those
piles. The action implied by in contrariam partem revinctis has not been
described, because it is at once q[>parcnt. As the opposite pairs of piles
inclined towards each other, the whole weight of the bridge tended to
bring them nearer together. This tendency was just the opposite of the
action denoted by ditdutit, and is accordingly well expressed by in con-
trariam partem revinctis,

20. Haec . . . contexebantur, these were connected by timbers placed
in the direction of the length of the bridge. Caesar, having first described
one pier, now proceeds to show how the several piers were connected, and
how the bridge was covered.

23. Quae . . . exciperent; G. 497, 1.

24. Aliae item . • . spatlo, others also at a small distance above the
bridge. The brevity of the description does not enable ns to decide posi-
tively whether these were connected with the bridge or not. The words
mediocri spatio render it somewhat doubtful, but they may refer merely
to the lower end of the pile. Colonel August Von Cohausen, of the Prus-
sian Coi'ps of Engineei's, in an elaborate and carefully prepared woric upon
this bridge, takes this view of the subject, and accordingly connects the
piles with the bridge itself. Sec plan.

XVIII., XIX. Caesar makes an Incursion into

Germany.

28. Diebus ; G. 429. ~ Quibus . . . coepta erat, after the materials
began to be collected. G. 430, note 2 ; 297, 1., 1.

35.* Quos ex Teni^teiis. This refers to the cavaliy, who had taken
refuge among the Sigambri. See p. 65, lines 15 to 20.

37. In solitudlnem. The accusative is necessary to imply that they
first went into the desci*t before they concealed themselves in it.

67 &. Suebos; subject of dimisiase.
7. Utl demigrarent; G. 497, II.

9. Hunc esse . . . regpionem, that this place had been selected near
the centre of those regions, — Medium i^ees With himc and govciiis regi-
onum, G. 399.

11. Ibi, there ; e'., «., in the same place.

13. His rebus ; explained by the clauses tit , . . iiyiceret^ ut ulciscere-
tuTy etc.

17. Ppofectum ; fiom projicio, not from projkiscor.

BOOK lY. 243

XX. -XXII. CoAsar prepares to invctde Britain. y^^^.

23. Et si tempos . . . deflceret, even if the season should be insuffl- 67
dent ; t. e,y too short.

28. His Ipsls ; t. 0., mercatoribus,

80. Gallias. Observe the force of the plural I'efening to the several
divisions. See Diet.
31. Quanta esset ; Indirect Question depending upon reperire. G. 629.

33. Neque qui ; construe with potfus.

36. Ad . . . cognoscenda ; construe with praemiUit.

37. Idoneum . . . arbltratus, thinking him to be a suitable person,

1. Ad se; G. 449, 1.— Quam primum; 6. 170, 2. 68
3* Hue ; construe with eonvenire.

4. Quam. The antecedent is classem, — Ad Veneticum bellnm.
See p. 48, line 27.

7. Qui polliceantur; G. 497.

8. I>are; £or daturos esse. G. 537, note.

11. Commluin ; object of mittit. — Atrebatibus superatis ; t. e., in
the great battle of the Sambre. See p. 39, line 35.

12. Ibl, there ; i. e., among the Atrebates.

14. Magni, of great weight, or vabie. G. 403.

15. Quas possit. Supply adire. — Adeat; G. 499, 2. — Ut fidem
sequantur, to seek (follow) the alUanee,

16. Se ; t. e., Caesarem.

17. Quantum facultatis, so far as the opportunity ; lit., as of oppor-
tunity. — Quantum ; subject of potuit, — Facultatis ; Faititive Geni-
tive. — Ei qui, to him who; i, e., to one who.

21. In his locis ; i. e., among the Morini. See line 2 above.

23. De . . . consilio, /or their past conduct. See p. 57.

24. Homines; in apposition with the omitted subject of fecissent, G.
?d3, 2. — ClonsuetudinU; G. 399, 1.. 2.

25. Imperasset; Fut. Perfect in the Direct Discourse. G. 525, 2.

29. Has . . . occupationes, engagements in these trifling affairs,

30. Britanniae, to Britain; i, e., to the invasion of Britain. G. 386.

31. lis ; G. 384, II.

32. Coactis contractisque, collected and brought together. Contrac'
Us is more specific than eoaetis, and refers to the final assembling of the
vessels at the place of embarkation.

34. Quod navlum ; G. 397, 8.

35. Praefectis. These were commanders of the auxiliaries. — Hue
ttccedebant, to this number of vessels (lit., hither) u)ere to be added.

2. In Menapios ; construe with ducendum, 69

244 NOTES.

XXni. - XXVI. Caesar lands in Britain.

PAOB

69 8. Solvit, «e< Mi»7. Supply natw«. Caesar probably sailed from the port
Itiva^ which is expressly mentioned as the place from which he embarked
on his second expedition into Biitain. See p. 77, line 5 ; also Diet. Iti\a.

9. Ulteriorem portum, the farther port; <. e., fai-ther to the east;
referring to the place whero the eighteen vessels assigned to the cavali^
had been detained. See p. 68, lines 36 to 38.

11. Hora quarta, ohwjii the fourth hour; t. e., about ten o'clock in the
morning, probably on the 16th of August G. 645.

16. Dttm convenirent; G. 519, II., 2.

19. Ex Voluseno cognosset. See p. 68, lines 17 to 20.

20. Monult . . . adminlBtrarentur, admonished them tJuUaU things
Mhoidd be performed, etc. — Ut rei . . . haberent explains cut Hutum . . .
adminiatrarentttr,

21. Ut quae . . . haberent, since they had; lit., as (things) tehich
had, G. 517, 3,1).

22. Ad nutum et ad tempus, at the word of command (». e., in-
stantaneously), and at the proper moment.

24. Secundum ; construe with ventum and aeatum,

25. Aperto . . . constitult, he anchored off an open and level shore ;
probably on the coast of Deal. G. 425, II., 1.

28. Quo genere, which kind (of force). G. 421, 1.
32. Multibus ; constnie with erat desiliendum, G. 388.

35. Illi, they ; i, e., the enemy.

36. Omnibus . . . expeditl, with the free use of all their limbs. G. 424.
38. Insuefactos, accustomed to this work ; ».e., to this mode of warfare.

70 4. Naves longas ; construe with r«mot;er»/u««t^. See 106.

5. Motus . . . expedltior, tfieir movement easier to use ; lit., ybr (to)
use ; i. e,, they were more easily managed.

6. Removeri, submoveri. Removere means to remove, referring
simply to a change of position, while submovere means to dislodge, to takt
out of the way,

9. Quae res, which movement, — Usui nostris ; G. 390.
13. Qui, ^ who. This refers to the chief centurion, who bore the
eagle ; t. e,, the 8tandai*d of the legion.

16. Aquilam . . . prodere. The loss of the eagle would be a great
disgrace.

17. Praestitero; G. 473, 1.

19. Cohortati inter se, having exhorted one another, G. 448, note.
. 21. Conspeadssent. Supply miUtes as subject.

23. Nostri ; subject of perturbabantur.

BOOK IT. 245

FAQK

25* Alius alia ex navl, one from one vessel and another from another. 70
G, 459, 1.

29. Plures, several; t. e., of tbe encmj.

30. In unlversos, against our assembled forces, opposod to ctliquos
sinffulares.

34. Simul ss simul ac, as soon as.

80, Neque potuenint, hut were not able. — Equltes. The cavalry
bad embarked in eighteen transports. See p. 68, line 36. They encoun-
tered a storm, and had not been able to I'each the island. See p. 71, lines
21 to 29.

XXVII. 7%€ Tritons surrender to Caesar.

S» Datoros. Supply esse and se. — Quaeque ^= et quae. 7 1

5. Supra demonstraveram. See p. 68, line 11. For the pluperfect,
see note on dixeramus, p. 90, line 4.

6. Oratoris modo, in the character of an «ncoy.— Uli, they ; i, e.,
ihe enemy, subject of comprehenderant.

S. Bemiserunt. Supply eum.

9. lyuB rei, of this; lit., of this thing; i. e., of the imprisonment of
Commius.

11. In conttnentem, to the continent ; t. «., to Gaul.

12. Ignoscere imprudentiae. Supply subject se. G. 385.

16. Remigrare in aipros, to return to their fields ; t. e., to their homes
and usual occupations, a^ the war was at an end.

XXVIII., XXIX. Caesar^s Fleet encounters a severe

Storm.

19. Post diem . . . quam, on the fourth day after. 6. 430, note L

21. Supra. See p. 68, Chap. XXII.

22. Superiore portu, the upper port; called, also, ulterior portus.
See note on uUeriorem portum, p. 69, line 9.

23. Britanniae; G. 336.

26. Quae . . . occasum, which is farther to the west. G. 437, 1. They
were can*ied toward the south-west.

27. Sui; Objective Genitive with pericuh. G. 393, note. ~ Tamen
ancoris Jactis, yet castiny anchor; i. e., notwithstanding the violence
of the storm.

80. liuna plena. According to astronomical calculation, this was on
the night of tho 30th of August, 55 B. C. — Qai dies, which period.
36. Administrandi, of managing them.
1. Id quod ; G. 445, 7. 72

246 NOTES.

TAom

78 4. Brftnt nsnl; O. 890, note 2. — Qnod . . . conBtabat, became U
was mantfett to aU*

XXX.-XXXVI. The Britons attack Caesar^ but are
defeated, Caesar returns to Gaul.

7* Principes; subject otdttxerttnt in line 13.

11. Quae refers to eattrorum. — Hoc, on this account, viz., quod . . s
transportaverat.

13. Factu; 6.647,1.

14. Rem producere, to protract the war.

17. Rursus here does not mean strictly a second time, bat implies that
the Britons were resuming their former hostility. — Ex castris, t. «., of
Caesar.

18. Ex agriB deducere. This refers to the assembling of the forces,
< as renUgrare in agros refers to the disbanding of them. See p. 71, line 16.

^ t' 20. E2x eventu ... ex eo,quod,/rom the fate of hie ships, and from
tJtefact that,

24. Quae naves, earum = earitm navt«m, quae. G. 445, 8.

28. Rellquls ut . . . elicit, he made it possible to set sail with the rest
in safety,

31. Frumentatum ; G. 546.

32. Appellabatur septlina, was called the seventh ; i. e., sepHma was
the name of the legion. The legions were numbered as they were raised,
and were afterwards known by the numbers then assigned to them.
Caesar had under his command in all eight legions, two in Britain, the
seventh and tenth, and six in Gaul, the eighth, ninth, eleventh, twelfth,
thii*teenth and fouileenth.

33. Hominum, of the men ; i. e., of the Britons. — Etiaiii in castra,
even into our camp,

35. Quam consuetudo ferret, than usual; lit., than custom bore.
G. 524.

37. Id, quod erat, that which was atAiiaUy the case, explained by
aUquid . . . consilii.

38. Oohortes, quae . . . erant. One cohoH guarded each of the four
gates of the camp. See note on castris, p. 6, line 28. — Oohortes ; con-
strue with proficiscijussit,

78 1. Ex rellquls . . . succedere, two of the other (six) cohorts to taks
their places on guard. He could spare only two cohorts to guard the
gates.

4. Confertalegione; G. 431,

7. Pars una, onlg one part; ». e., only one place from which grain
could be obtained.

BOOK IV. 247

PAOB

to. Inceitis OTdlnibus, €u their pbiee8 were uncertain. In the con- 78
fusion of the moment they could not readily find their places in the ranks.

12. Hoc est, is <i8 follows.

13. Perequitant ; 6. 467» 11. — Ipso terrore equorum, by the very
terror caused by their horses ; lit, dread of their horses.

22. Sustlnere, to rein in; construe with conetierint. — Brevl . . .
flectere, quickly to control and turn them.

23. Per temonem percurrere, to run along the pole; i. e., to nin
out on the pole of the chariot, between the two horses.

25. Perturbatis nostris ; G. 431. — Novltate pugnae, by the
strange mode (newness) of fighting.

29. Suo loco, in a favorable position. G. 425, II., 1.

32. Qui . . . reliqui, the rest (of the Britons), who were in the fields,
departed; i. e., joined the army.

33. Quaecontinerent; G. 500.

37. Sill liberandi, of freeing themselves; i.e., from the Boman in**
Taders. G. 542, 1., note 1. — * Daretur depends upon denumstraveruni.
G. 629, 1.

38. Castris ; G. 434, note 1. — Expulissent ; G. 525, 2.

3. Idem quod, the same thing, which, explained by td . . . effugerent. 74
6. Ante dictum est. See pp. 68, 71.
10. Spatio; G. 379, 2.

16. Propinqua . . . equinoctii, a« the equinox was near at hand. G.
431. The antumnal equinox is meant. Caesar remained iu Britain about
three weeks.

17. Hiemi . . . subjiciendam, that the voyage should be exposed to
the storm; i. e., should be made at the stormy season, as might be the
case if he should wait for the hostages.

20. Bosdem . . . portus, to rea>ch the same port as the rest. The
reference seems to be to the two ports mentioned on p. 69, lines 5 and 9.

XXXVII., XXXVIIL War with the Morini and the

Menapii.

23. Quibus ex navibus, ^*om these ships; i. e., from the two tran&-
poi1;s.

26. Non ita mag^o, not so very large.

27. Circumsteterunt, surrounded them; i. e. the three hundred.

28. Orbe facto, having formed a circle. Thus, though surrounded,
ihey presented a front to the enemy on every side.

29. Ad clamorem, in response to a shout ; lit., to a shout,
81. Suis auxilio; G. 390, note 1.

248 NOTES.

PAOB

74 84. Postea . • • qvLt^vk'^posteaquam ; G. 636, V., 3.

75 1* Qui CIUB, ftfiM thtyi t. «., the MorinL

2. Sicdtates paludum, the drynest of the fnar$hes. The plural of the
abstract iiccitaie$ is expUined by the phiral pahtdum* 6. 130, 2. — Quo
se . . . non haberent, had no place to which (bad not whither) they
could betake themselvee,

8* Quo perftigio, which refuge; t. 0.,the marshes.

9. E>>| thither; t. e,, to his winter quarters.

11. K3L litteiis . . . suppllcatlo. See note on p. 44, line 37.

BOOK FIFTH.

CAMPAIGN OP THE YEAR 54 B. C, IN THE CONSULSHIP OP I*
DOMITIUS AHENOBABBUS AND APPIUS CLAUDIUS PULCHEB.

I. EXPEOmON AOAIKST THE TREYIBI. L-YIL

II. Second Expeditiok into Bbitain. yiII.-XXIII.
III. DiSTUSBAi;cES IN Oaul dubino the Winteb. XXIV.-LVin.

I.-VII. Caesar returns to his Army^ and marches

against the TVeviri.

76 2. Ab hibemis. See p. 75, line 8. — In ItaUam, into Italy; i. «.,

into Cisalpine Gaul.

8. UtI aedlficandas curarent, that they should ccMse to be built, —
Quam plurimas possent, <m many aa they could.

5. Modutn, style ; referring to the general style and fashion of the
vessels.

6. Subductionesque, and for (ad) drawing them on shore. Romao
vessels, when not in use, were drawn on shore.

7. Quam qulbus, than those which, — In nostro marl, in our sea,
i. e,, the Mediteri^nean.

8. Id, he does this. Supply ybctY. G. 368, 3, note 1.

9. Ibl, Jhere ; i, «., in the English Channel, where they were to be
used.

12. Actuarias, light f easily propelled. They were furnished with oars,
and perhaps also with sails. '

14. Conventibus. See note on p. 29, line 20.

BOOK V. 249

PA«B

15. Illyrlcam. This ooantiy also belonged to Caesar's province. 76

21. De i^Juriis BatlBlliB.cere, to render saiuf action for the wrongs

done ; liL, concerning the infuriee.

25. Inter civitates ; »'. «., between the Fimstae and those whom thej

had injured. — ]>at» appoints. — Qui . . . constitaaiit, to estimate the

damage and determine the penaUy,

I. Ci^us = cujus generis naves, 7 7
3. Ab eOjfrom this, explained by guin . . . possent. 6. 504.

8. Hulc reif for this purpose; i. e., to cany out his orders for the as-
sembling of the vessels at port Itius. 6. 391.

9. Militum; construe with quod. G. 397, 3.

13. Haec civitas ; i. e., the state of the Treviri. — Oalliae depends
upon plurimum. 0.397,3.

15. Supra demonstravimus. See p. 49, line 29.
17. Bx quibus alter, the latter of whom.

20. Gererentur; G. 529, 1.

21. Cogere; construe with tW^t^ut^.

23. Ingenti magnitucline; AbL of Characteristic G. 419, II.

24. Medios; G. 440, note 1.

28. I>e suis privatim rebus, in regard to their own personal inter'
ests. Privatim explains suis.

31. Sese noluisse; G. 523, 1.

33. Dlscessu ; AbL of Cause. — Propter . . . laberetur, should^ on
account of their thoughtlessness, revolt.

36. E^us fidel, to his (Caesai*'s) protection, implying tnist and confi-
dence.

6. Nihilo tamen secius, still none the less on that account; i. e., 78
although Indutiomarus had complied with his demands, yet. — ^Prlncipi-
bus, the chiefs; t. e., of the party of Indutiomaras.

8. Merito ejus, in accordance with his deserts; i. e., the deserts of
Cingetorix.

9. Magnl interesse, that it vjas of great importance. G. 408, III.

II. Perspexisset; G. 503, 1. — Id fEictum is explained by warn gra-
Ham, . . . minid.

12. Qulftilsset; G.517.

13. Hoc dolorea»hivJus rei dolore, with resentment at this.

17. £odem, uade, to the place from which. They had been unable
to reach port Itius.

20. MUUuin depends upon equitatus. — Numero ; Abl. of Specifica-
tion.

25. Ante dictum est. See pp. 2, 9, and 10.
28. Magni animi, of a haughty spirit.

31. Recusandi . . . causa, /or the purpose of objecting or entreating,
U

250 NOTES.

rAOB

7 8 88« Ex svls hmpitSbaBfJrom kisfiieiub.

85. Navlsandi; 6. 542, 1.

86. ReUsftonlbus, by reUgioui Mn^ifet.— Impedlrf sese dSeeret

■■ impediretur, ut dicebat, wtu hindered^ aa he 9oid. 6. 516, 1.

79 2. Fieri depends upon a verb of saying y implied in ierritare. G. 523» L
The subject oSJSeri is the clause td . . . tpoUaretur,

3. Ut . . . necaret explains conaiUum. G. 501, IIL

5. Fldem . . . interponere; Hist. Infinitiye; he pledged his word to
therewt,

6. £x usu Galliae, ofaermce to (lit, of) GauL
12. Ne quid; G.37a.

' 19. Impeditis, occupied; i^*, in the preparations for the voyage.

20. Insciente Caesare, without Caeear^s knowledge. 6. 431.

23. RetrahL Supply eum.

24. Pro sano, as a sane man*

27. Liberaeque civltatto, and the citizen of a free state. G. 401.

VIII.-XI. Caesar lands in Britain^ gains a victory^ and

r^f>airs his Fleet.

85. Ipse, he himself; i. e., Caesar. —Pari nuinero qaem, the same
number as ; lit., which.

80 1. I>elatiiB aeatu, having been carried away by the tide. The tide car-
ried him to the north-east, so that he saw Britain on his left, sub sinistra,

2. Secutus, taking advantage of,

3. Qua . . . superiore aestate. See note on aperto^ etc., p. 09, line 25.
5. Virtus, the endurance.

11. Annotiiiis. Supply navibus,

12. Sui commodi. Supply causa, G. 398, 1.

17. Consedissent; G. 529, L-^Cohortibus decern. The ten co-
horts wei*e probably detailed fi*om different legions.

21. Praesidio; G. 386.— Navibus; G. 390.

23. Equitatu; G. 419, 1.— Ad flumen, probably the Little Stour,
about twelve miles from Deal.
31. Aggere. See note on aggers JactOf p. 35, line 29.
37. Milites, infantry, in distinction from eqtdtes,

81 2. Extremi, the rear ; probably the raar of the retreating enemy.

5. Subsisterent, held, — the reason assigned by the cavalry; hence
the subjunctive. G. 616, II.

13. Vlderentur ; Subjunctive of Result. G. 500.

14. Fabros deliglt. Each Roman legion had its complement of
artisans, but deligit seems to imply that he also selected fi'om the ranks
any others whose skill could be made available in this em^igency.

BOOK V. 251

PAGB

16. lis ]«sl<Milbus; G. 415, 1., 1. See p. 79, line 31. 81

17. Operae ac lAboris ; G. 404.

18. SuMiicl ss in aridum nibdud. See p. 71. line 34.

23. Ek>dein, nude, to the same pktce, from which ; referriog to the
fortified position which he had taken from the enemy. See p. 80, lines 26
and 32.

25. Smnina . . . admliilstraiidl, the supreme command and the entire
management qf the tear* G. 431 ..

28. A marl . . . octoginta. Caesar here estimates the distance by
the length of his own march from the coast. — Hide cum . . . interces-
serant, he (Cassivellaunas) had been engaged in continual ware with the
other states ; lit., continual wars had existed between him and (with) the
other states,

All. -XIV. Description of Britavi and its Inhabi-
tants.

32. Quos natos . . . dicunt, who themselves say that there is a tradi-
tion that they were the aborigines qf the island ; lit., bom in the island, —
Quob; subject of natos (esse).

1. Gallicis. For a brief notice of the Gallic dwellings, see p. 94, line ^^
37, and p. 116, lines 7 to 11.

2. Ad certam . . . examinatis, o/a definite weight ; lit., weighed to a
certain weight.

3. Medlterraneis. This is incorrect, as the tin mines are in Coin-
wall, in the sonth-west of England.

5. Materia, timber; i. «., wood, trees.

7. Haec ; G. 445, 3, note 1.

8. Animl causa, /or the sake of amusement; lit, qf the mind; t. e., to
divert the mind.

13. Inferior. Supply angulus.

14. Mlllla . . . qulng^enta. This measurement must include the
irregularities of the coast.

17. Part spatio . . . atque . . . Brltannlam, with as long a passage
(i. e., into Britain) as is that from Gaul into Britain ; lit., with an equal
distance of passage, etc. — Pari spatio; Abl. of Chaiticteristic with Hi-
bemia. — Atque, as. G. 554, 1., 2.

19. Objectae, lying opposite ; i, e., on this coast.

20. IHes . . . esse noctem ; a false report.

22. Certis^ex aqua mensuris, by accurate measurements by tneans qf
water; t. e., by the water clock, or clepsydra.

24. Septingentorum millium ; G. 401. The true length is about
fi90 miles =b 610 Boman miles.

252 NOTES.

PAOK

82 25. Terttum ; i, «., ierivum latwt, >- Contra septemfartones, opposite
the north. This is of course incorrect. Caesar means the noith-east side.
27* Mlllia . . . octlngenta. The true measurement is about 550
miles =570 Roman miles.

The inaccuracy of this description of Britain will occasion no surprise
when we consider that Caesar had at this time only the most imperfect
means of information upon the subject.
35. Hoc, on thU account. 6. 416. — Horridiore aspectu ; G. 419, H.
87. Parte rasa; G. 419, II.
88 2. Quo »sad qnoS| to whom ; lit, whither.

XV.-XXIII. Caesar advances into the Interior.
Several Tribes surrender. He returns to Gaid.

5. In itinere. The narrative, which has been inteiTupted by the de-
scription of Britain in the last three chapters, is here resumed from p. 81,
line 23.

8. Intennisso spatio, an interval having elapsed,

13. Atque its . . . duanun, and that too (these) the first qf two legions.
The first cohort of each legion probably contained its best men.

14. Spatio, space, not time ; though in line 9 above, it refers to time.
16. Perrupemnt. The subject is Uli, refening to hostee.
24. lUi, they ; i. e., the enemy.
26. Pedibus, on foot,
31. Alios alii . . . exciperent, they relieved one another in sucoes-

sion,

38. Sic uti ab . . . absisterent, so that they (the enemy) did not heep

aloof from the standards and legions, |

8i 5. Sui colligendi; G. 542, 1., note 1. ,'

13. Animum advertit«antf?ta^iw^. |

15. Praefixis, driven into the ground in front qf it; i. «., in front of i
or along the bank.

19. Cnm capite . . . ezstarent, though they were above water with
the head only ; i, e,, though only their heads wci*e above the water.
26. lis regionibus; G. 425, II., 1.

31. Nostromm equitum, to (lit., of) our cavalry.

32. Hoc metu, by' the fear qfthis. — Relinquebatur ut, U remained
that ; i. e.t the result was that.

33. Disced!, to depart; Impersonal Passive.
38. Caesaris fldem secutus, seeking the protection qf Caesar,

85 3. Ipse, while he himself. The connective is omitted.

4. Sese ; the object of dedituros. The subject is omitted.

BOOK V. 253

pAca
7. Qui praeslt, to preside over it. 6. 497* Qui refers to Mandubratius. 85
11. Defensis, protected ; t. «., against Cassivellaunns.
20. Natura atque opere, by nature and art,

27. Ad mare, on the eea-coast, — Supra. See p. 82, line 31.

30. CBjStra navalla, the naval camp described on p. 81, lines 18 to 23.
36. Per Oommluin, by the aid of Commius.

38. Motus, movements ; i.e., the revolts which he had reason to ap-
prehend.

1. Id . . . posse, tfiat this (the remainder of the summer) could be 86
easily wasted ; i. «., if he remained in Britain.

2. Quid vec1%alis, what tribute ; lit, what of tribute.
4. Interdicit atque imperat, prohibits and commands.

15. Numero ; 6. 424. — Locum caperent, reached their destination ;
lit., place. 6. 501, L, 1.

17. Frustra. See Syn. L. C. 338.

19. Angustius . . . collocavit, stowed his soldiers more compactly ;
i. e.f loaded his vessels more heavily than usual.

XXIV.-XXXYII. Distributio7i of the Legio7i8 in tJmr
Winter Quarters. Revolt among the JSburones.

24. Angustius provenerat, had been produced (had grown) more
sparingly than usual.

28. Quinto Ciceroni ; the brother of the orator. Supply ducendam
dedit from the preceding clause.

32. Unanileg^onem-; object of misit. This is a new legion, recently
levied north of the Po (tratis Padum).

33. Coliortes quinque. Caesar here mentions eight legions and a
half, but he may have retained the other half legion with himself at Sa-
marobriva, or may have lost it in Britain.

I. Inopiae; 6. 385, 11., note 3. 87
4. Minibus . . . continebantur. The measurement seems to be in-
correct, as the quarters of Sabinus, in the eastern part of Belgic Gaul, must
have been more than a hundred miles from those of Ci-assus, in the west-
ern part of it.

6. Cognovisset; G. 519, XL, 2; 525, 2.

7. Summo loco natus, bom in the highest station; i. e., of a royal
family.

9. In se, toward him ; i. e., toward Caesar.

II. Hunc annum ; G. 379.

12. Inimici. See Syn. L. C. 344. — Multis . . . auctoribus, with
the approval also f of many of the citizens.

20. Perventum ; Impersonal Passive. Supply esse.

254 NOTES.

87 22. IMebus ... qulbns, a6oirf.^^00iiil<iy« i{/)0r. G. 430, note 2.
25. Praesto ftilssent, had met; i, e., in a €c>rdud maoaer.

83. Habere. The object is the omitted anteoedent of quae.

87. Quintl TitiirU» Qitinti TUurii Sabim, caUed simply Sabinut in
line 25 above, and Titurius on p. 88, line 22.
8S 8. Plurimuin el debere, that he awed very much to him; u e*, to
Caesar.

10. £88e cifusmodl, was of such a nature. — Non minus Juris, no
Ipm authority.

14. Rerum; G. 399, 1., 2.

18. Aiterae; G. 151,1.

21. Pro pletate, in respect to his duty to his country. — Habere nunc
• . . Gaesarls, that he now had regard (rationem) to duty in return for the
favors of Caesar.

23. Pro bospitio, because of friendship.

25. Ipsoruoi esse consilium, thai it belonged to them to consider.
G. 401. Ipsorum refera to Sabinus and Cotta.

80. Quod cum faciat, while he does this.

82. Gratiam referre. See Syn. L. C. 548.

89 8. Prlmorum . . . centuriones. See note on p. 22, line 22.
7. Rem, the fact ^ explained by q%wd . . . sustinuerint.

11. Quid esse levius, what is more inconsiderate t G. 523, II., 2.
18. Sero factnros, cnmf that they woiUd act too late, when; i. e.,

that it would be too late to act, when.

17. Profectum. Supply exM.— Neque . . . ftilsse captnroB, thai
otherwise the Camutes would not have adopted. — Fulsse captures ; in
the Direct Discourse, cepisaent ; but in line 20 ventures esse would be, in
the Dii*ect Discoui'se, vetUrent. G. 527, III.

20. Non hostem . . . spectare, that he looked not to the enemy, but to
the fact itself, as his authority.

25. Persuaderet ; G. 486, II. — Sine certa re, withoiU sure grounds ;
(. e,, without a good reason.

80. Cottae ; construe with consilium.

84. In utramque partem, on each side.
86. £t id, and that too. G. 451, 2.

90 1. Hi, these; i. e., the soldiers.

2. Si . . • Uceat, if it shovld he permitted by (through) you.

12. Dat manus, yields; lit., ^tves his hands; an expression derived
from the battle-field, where the vanquished offered their hands to be bound.

16. Omnia excogitantur, quare, aU things are considered to ihote
why. — Nee s=c< non.

18. Ut quibus . . . persuasum, as they would do who were persuaded
Supply a before quibus.

BOOK Y. 255

SM>« Datum. Smpply esse, 90

29«N06tri8; G.391,L

32. Trepidare, concursare, etc. ; Historical Infinitives.

33. Haec. Supply facere^ G. 368, 3, note l.~Atque ut, tmd in
9ueh a ipoy thai,

38. Imperatoris. Supply q^Scis.

3. Possent. Supply Tituriut et Catfa.--~Jii88erunt. Supply frt6i»- 91
rxa et eenturumes.

4. In orbem conslsterent, to arrange themselves i» a drele. See
note on orbe facto, p. 74, line 28.

7. Nostris mUitlbiis; G. 384, 4, note 2.

11. Cariseiina ; G. 373, note 2. — Petere. Supply ea,
14. Tota acie, along the whole Une. G. 425, II., 2.

15* Illonun, theirs; lit., of them, referring to the Gallic soldiers.
17. Virtate, numero ; Abl. of Causey not Specification. — Pugnando,
infighting. G. 542, IV., note 2.

20. Procurreret, made a charge, G. 518, 1. '
25. Se ; object of rtdpientes.

28. Elam partem, that portion of the army ; t. e., the cohort itself.

31. Qui proximl steterant. The enemy in front of the cohort fell
back, while those who stood next on either side closed in around it.

32. Locum tenere, to retain their place; i, e., in the ciixde, instead
of sallying from it.

38. Tito Balventio depends upon transjicitur, G. 384, 4, note 2.
1. Primum pUum duxerat, hcui led the first manipk ; i. e., had been 92
the chief centurion of the legion.

5. In adversum os, directly in the face.

12. Ipsi, to himself; i, e., to Titurins.

15* Ut excedant depends upon comnmnicatf — proposes that they
should withdraw, etc., if it should seem best.
19. In praesentia, at the time.

21. Ambiorigem ; G. 437, 1.

34. Pauci . . . elapsi. As only a few escaped, Caesar must have lost,
on this occasion, about six thousand men. The force of Sabinus and
Cotta consisted of a legion and a half. See p. 86.

XXXVIII. - XLIV. The Attack upon the Winter
Quarters of Quintus Cicero.

3. Be demonstrata, the sulyect having been laid before them ; refei^ 98
ring both to his successes and his plans.

4. Sui liberandi; G. 542, 1., note 1.

7* Leigatos duos ; t. e., Titurius and Cotta.

/

256 KOTE8.

PAOS

n 8. Nihil 6686 negotU, that it m eojy; Ut., is nothing ofdifiaafy.^
Oppressam interfid, to be turprited and siain. G. 549, 5.

13. fionun ; t. e., Nermorum.

14. Cogunt, theif (the NeiTii) collect,

15* Hide; t. e.f to Cicero. — Quoque refers to the similar experience
of Sabinus and Ciotta. See p. 87, lines 25 to 28.

17. MiinitloiiiB, of fortifying ; t. e., of collecting materials for their
fortifications. See plate UL

26. Propoftltis, having been offered ; i, e., to the messengers.

35. Ad oppugnatlonem, agaimt the aaeauU.

37* Praeustae, burned at the end; i. e., sharpened and hardened in
the fii-e. — Muralluin pilorum, of mural Javekns, These were to be
hurled from the walls against those who were attempting to scale them.

8S» Turres contabulantur, the towers arefwmiehed tmth floorings ;
i,e., at different elevations, one above another. — Phmae lorlcaeqae
. . . attexuntur, breastworks and pinnacles of hurdles are attached to
them ; i» e., to the towera. Loricae seems to designate the main work,
and pinnae the parts which rise at intervals above the I'est.

94 2. Esset; G.515, m.

3. Ultro militum eoikcvawk, by the assembling of the soldiers of iheir
own accord*
6. Sermonis aditum, access for conversation.

12. Ab his, from these ; i. e., from the Romans in their several quar-
ters.

15. Consuetudineiii, the custom ; t. e., of wintering in GauL

16. Per se, €U far as they (the chiefs) were concerned ; construe with
licere,

20* Adjutore, as an assistant, or intercessor. — Utantur ; G. 523,111.
21. Pro ejus JusUtia, in accordance with his (Caesar's) sense qf
justice.

23. Ab hac spe; i. e., from the hope of inducing the Bomans to
leave their quarters.

24. Pedum quindecim. Supply in latitudinem.

28. Manlbus . . . exbaurire, to take up the earth with their hands
and catry it away in their cloaks. Exhaurire, strictly applicable only to
manibus, is applied by zetigma to sagulis. G. 636, II., 1.

31. Millium . . . quindecim. This statement seems almost incredi-
ble. Perhaps there is an error in the text.

38. Venti magnitudine, in consequence of the violence of the wind.

95 5. Ut ; construe with decederet.

8. I>einigrandi, of retiring from the battle.

13. Reeessum primis, etc., the most remote (from the wall) did not
allow any means of retreat to those who were nearest (jprixnisj.

BOOK V. 257

PAOB

22. Qui . . . appropinqaarent, who were already approaching the 96
first rank ; t. «., the rank of chief centurion. G. 603, 1.

24. I>e loiM t /or P^'ecedenee.

32. Spatlo relicto ; »'. «., between himself and the enemy.

7» Dejectus, throum dovm ; ue., having stumbled in the ardor of pursuit 96

XLY. - LII. Caesar marches to the Relief of Cicero.

14. Quanto gravlor— tanto crebilores, the more severe — the
more frequent, 6. 423 ; L. C. 450.

16. Res . . . perveneraty the garrison had been reduced (lit., the thing
had come) to a email number qf d^endere,

22. Servo, his servant, G. 447.

23. Ad Caesarem. Caesar was probably at Samarobriva, Amiens,

25. Ab eOy from him ; i, e., from the slave.

31. Cum nuntlo, tu soon as he received the message; lit., with the
message,

33. Qua . . . sciebat, where he knew he must make his journey ; i, e.,
must pass on his way to the relief of Cicero. G. 388.

35. Veniat; in Direct Discourse veni. G. 523, III.

5. Litteras publlcas, public documents, — Tolerandae hiemis 97
causa, /or the purpose qf enduring the winter; i. e., as a supply for the
winter.

12. Quos sciret «» quum eos sdret. G. 517.

14. Bern gestam, what had taken place; i*cfciTing to the revolt and
its consequences. See pp. 87 to 92.

17. Consilio ejus, his plan; i. e., the plan of Labienus. «

24. Graecls litteris, in Greek characters; peiHiaps, also, in the Greek
language, though that is not definitely stated.

26. Adire, to approach ; i. «., so as to deliver the letter.

33. Perlectam. Supply epistolam,

34. liaetltla; G.420,2.

2. GaUum . . . repetit, asks again for the Gaul; i, e,, for the Gallic 98
slave of Vertico. See p. 96, line 22.
4. Faciat; G. 499, 2.

6. Ad eum, toward him ; i, e,, toward Caesar.

9. Trans vallem; consti'ue with eonspicatur. The expression indi-
cates the situation of the enemy.
11. Turn, moreover, introducing an additional reason for delay.

13. Remittendum de celeiitate, th<U he ought to abate somewhat
from his speed.

16. Anipistlis viarum, by making the passages {in the camp) narrow;
Ut,, by the narrowness qf the passages.

258 NOTES.

PAOB

98 82. Quam . . . ooncunaii, that there thoM be aa much running to
and fro as poeeihle,

88. Seu qulB . . . Romaniis, if any ene^ tohether a Oatd or a Soman,

99 8. In speciem, in appearance. Single rows of turf were placed before
the gates simply to deceire the enemy.

4. ESassea parte, in that party or there ; t. «., throngh the gates.

9. Omnes annls exxAt^ forced all to throw away their arms; lit.,
stripped all qf their arme,

11. Parvulo . . . fUommtfor if^teftn^ a small damage upon them;
lit,, for a email ir^ry qf them.

24. Jjdgfi>tk\ i.e.f SoHni.'Sit acceptiun; G. 524. ~ Hoc, on this
account; viz., quod benefido • . . relinquatur.

26. Bonun, qf them ; i. e., of the Roman soldiers.

LIII. - LVIII. Disturbances among the Senones and the

Treviri.

28. Per Remos, through the country qf the Bemu

81. Bo, there ; i. «., at the quarters of Cicero.

82. Orlretur; G. 600, II.
34. Fieret; G. 600, 1.

88. Trinis hlbernls ; G. 174, 2, 3).

100 5. Quid . . . caperent, whaiplar^ the rest were adopting.

10. In his, among these reports. Supply nunOis.
17. Territando ; G. 542, IV.

19. Quae est civitas ; G. 445, 4.

20.,Cavarlnum; ohicct o£ inier/ieere.

26. Satisfaciendi causa, /or the purpose qf making an apology.

28. Principes . . . inferendi, leaders qf a hostile movement ; lit., qf
waging war. JMndpes refere to the Senones.

31. Alteros — alteros, the former — the latter.

33. Fuerit; G. 495, VI.

36. Virtute belli, in martial valor ; lit., the valor qfwar. — Tantum
C|)us opinionis, so much qf that reputation.

101 5. Ulli . . . persuader!, to persuade (be persuaded to) any state.

7. Bis expertoSy had twice tried the experiment. Sec pp. 15 to 28 and

p. 59.
14. Publice privatinique,/or the state and for themselves,
16. Gonscientia facinoris, by a consciousness qf guilt. The Senones

had banished Cavarinus, and the Oamntes had assassinated Tasgetius.

19. Hoc, thisf i, e,y the act of calling an armed council. Hoc is the
subject of est.

20. Quo, to which; i. e., to the council.

BOOK YI. 259

FAOB

24. Supra demonstravlinuB. See p. 77> lines 15 to 20. 101

25* Ab eo, fnum him ; u «., from Caesar.

28. Hue as ad has civUateM.

35. Cogitaliat, but was itUendinff. Observe the asyndeton. G. 686,
I., 1. — A Cingetorige, /rom Cingetarix,

16. IMspersl ac dissipftti, scattered and dispersed; i.e., in confusion 102
and disorder.

18. Praeclpit {hs orders) has unum . . . peterentj etc., as its object,
while Interdicit {he forbids) has neu quis • . . tndneret.

21. Ilium, him; u e., Indutiomarus. — Mora rellquorum spatium
nactum, honing gained time by the delay occasioned by the rest; i. «., in
slaying the rest.

24. Equitibus subsldlo; G. 390. — Hominis ; i, e., Labieni.

25« Flumlnift. The Meuse, or the Oorthe, one of its branches, is
probably meanL

29« Paulo ; construe with gvietiorem.

BOOK SIXTH.

CAMPAIGN OP THE YEAB 63 B. C, IN THE CONSULSHIP OP CN.
DOMITIUS CALVINUS AND M. VALERIUS MESSALA.

I. C^HPAIGN AGAINST THB NERVH AND THE TRBVISI. I.-VIII.

II. Expedition against the Soebi. IX.-XXyiII.
III. Wab against Ahbiorix and the Ebubones. XXUL-XLIY.

I. Caesar augments- his Army.

8. I>electuin habere, to hold a levy ; t. e., to raise forces. 108

4» Ad urbem, near the cUy ; t. «., near Rome. Fompey was at this
time proconsul, or militaiy governor of Spain, but remained in person in
Italy while he sent his lieutenants into his province.

5. Ret . . . causa. Pompey was charged with the duty of supplying the
city with grain. —Bemaneret ; G. 516, II. — Qnos « . . rogavisset, whom
he (Fompey) had enroUedfrom Cisafyine Gaul, ConsttKs sacramento rogare
means to bind {asIC) with the oath of allegiance to the consul. Rogare is used
because the soldiers were asked whether they would be faithful and loyaL

7. Couvenire. Supply «o<.--Juberet. Supply «&

8. Ad opinionem Galllae, for its effect on Qaul; lit,/or M0 opinUm
of Gaul.

r

260 NOTES.

lOS 11* M%|orlbiui . . . copiift, to be replaced by larger forcee,

14. Duplicato . • . numero. Caesar lost under Sabinos fifteen co-
horts, but he has now received from Italy thirty cohoi'ts; •• «., three
leg^ns, the first, the fourteenth, and the fifteenth.

II., III. Movements among the Nervii and the Treviri.

18. Propinquos. These had been held by Caesar as hostages, but
were probably released after his return from Britain.

22. Ck>nfirniant, they ratify the compact,

23. Obsidibus cavent, they give security by means ofhostagee ; i. e.,
tlie TreTiri give hostages to the Germans as security for the payment of
the money.

26. Clsrhenanls Germanis ; t. e., the German tribes who had settled
in Gaul. See p. 32, line 3.

27. Ad Imperatmn non venire. See p. 100, line 26.

104 S. Primo vere ; G. 440, 2, note 1. -— Uti instituerat, as he had been
accustomed to do,

10. Hoc, this ; i. e., absence fram the council. — Omnia postponere,
to make all things svbordinaie ; t. e., to his present pui'pose to crush the
rebellion.

12. Hi, these; i. e., the Farisii. — Civitatem coi^unxerant. had
formed a confederacy with them,

13. Hoc consilio, this conspirctcy.

14. Hac re, this fact ; i. e,, the adjournment of the council to Lutetia.
— Pro sugge8tu,./rom (in front of) the stand; i.e., from the stand occu'
pied by the generaL

IV.-VIII. The Senonea and Carnvtea svJbmit to Cassar.
The Menapii and Treviri are defeated.

19. Conantibus. Supply convenire, — Priosquam . . . posset; be-
fore this could be accomplished, G, 620, 11.

21. Adeunt per Aeduos, they gain access (to Caesai*) through the
Aedui,

23. Petentibus Aeduis ; G. 431.

24. Non qiiaestlonis, not for an investigation, G. 401.

33. Hi^us iracundia, his violent temper,

34. Pro explorato, as certain; lit., /or ascertained,

38. Uni ex GaUla, alone of the Gauls; lit., alone from GtsuL
105 2. Venisse. Supply eum,

3. nii, yrom him ; i. e., from Ambiorix. G. 386, 2.

BOOK VI. 261

PAGK

6. Cum congredl, to form an aUiance with. 105

IS* !Bffectls pontlbus: i,e,, he bridges the streams which he en-
counters.

17. Habitumm. Supply eos, as object.

31. Inteimisso spatio ; t. e., between himself and the enemy.
37. In dubiiun non devocaturum, that he will not expose.

1. Ut . . . cogebat, as nature (natural love of country) compelled. 100

12. liOiiguiii esse; G. 476, 5.
14. Utaudeant; G. 501.

23. lUum, Aim; i. «., the commander, Caesar.

29. Impelum modo, the onset merely ; i. e., even the onset.

33. Civitatem recepit, recovered the state ; i. e., to Boman autliority.

35. Cum his, at the same time with these.

37. Quern . . . demonstravimus. See p. 77, lines 16 to 20.

IX., X. Caesar crosses the Mhine^ and the Suebi

retire before him.

I. Postquam venit. The narrative is here itisumed from the close 107
of Chapter VI.

3. Miserant, they (the Gei-mans across the Rhine) Jiad sent.

5. Quo ante. See p. 66.

6. Nota . . . ratlone,as the plan wets already known and settled; i, e.,
the bridge was constructed upon the same plan as that built the preceding
year.

II. Purgandi sul; 6. 542, 1., note 1.

13. Fldem, their oath of allegiance.

14. Communi odlo Germanorum, in consequence of his (Caesar's)
general hatred of the Germans.

15. Poenas pendant, should suffer (pay) the penalty. — Amplius
obsldum, more hostages. G. 397.

20. Omnes ; construe with copias.

26. Ad iniquam . . . deduct ; t. e., he hoped that they could be
induced to fight at a disadvantage.

32. Penitus . . . fines, back to their most remote frontiers.

35. Cheruscos ab . . . probibere, to protect the Cheruscifrom if^u-
ries and incursions on the part of (from) the Suebit and the Su^ on the
part of the Cherusci.

XI.-XX. The Manners and Customs of the Gauls.

1. Ad hunc locum, to this place ; i. e., to this point in the narrative. 108
3. Quo ; G. 424, note 1. — I>iff^rant ; G. 529, 1.

262 MOTES.

PAOB

108 4. In omnibus pasts pHtOmsqiie. Supply eufUaimm.

7 • JBonun judlcio, in iheirjudgimmU ; i. e., the judgment of tbe Gsnb.
8. Quonun baa the same antecedent as ^ in line 6.
U. Auzllli; G. 410, V., l.—Qulsque, Boehone; u e., each leader or
patron.

12. Si£BM$lat, liabet; G. 611, 1.

13. In siunma, in ^enera^ —GalUae; G. 401.
16. HI, the latter; i. e», the Sequani.

29. Imperfecta re, without having accomphshed his o^feeL

32. E2orum, of these ; i. «., of the Aedui.

33. Se utl, that they er^ed, ~ Rellqnlft rebus, hy mU other means.

36. Adaequare. Supply Aeduos as object.

109 1* IIU, they ; t. «., the Remi. — Ita, thus; i. e., by defending their de-
pendants.

3. lionge principes, by far the foremost,

5. Aliquo numero atqi:|e honore, of any account and honor. G.
419, II.

7. Niillo; G. 151, 1, note 1.

11. Quae dominis. Supply sunt.

16. Apud eos, among them ; t . e., among the Gauls.

19. lidem; G.4dl,3.

21. Sacrificlls interdicunt; t. e., they excommunicate him.

29. Su£Qra£^o ; construe, like armis^ with contendunt.

34. IHsciplina, the sy^m ; i. «., the Druidical system.

37. lllo, thither ; ». e., to Britain.

110 4. Ibi, there; «'. e. in the schools of the Druids.

8. Rationibus, transactions.

13. Hoc persuadere, to ineuicate this doctrine.

21. Quod; G. 445,7.

24. Ut quisque— Ita; G. 458, 2.

27. Reli^onibus, religious rites.

35. Simulacra ; probably colossal representations of their gods, con-
structed of combustible materials for the tempoiury purpose.

111 3. Descendunt, they resort.

6. Viarum, Itinerum. See Syn. L. C. 156.
8. Apollinem. Supply eolunt.

18. Posita tollere, to remove those things which have been dtpoated \
i. e.^ In sacred places.

21. Ab Dite patre, from Dis (Pluto) as their father. They seem to
have meant that they were the of^pring of the earth, the aborigines of the
countiy.

22. Qb cam causam; ». e,, because of their descent from Pluto, the
god of the lower world, the realm of darkness and night.

BOOK VI. 263

PAOB

25. Ut . • . BulMMquAtur, so thai the dmy/oUaws the night ; I. e,, they 111
began their day not at midnight, but at sunset.

26. Hoc fere, ehiejty in thU. G. 424.

32. Tantas ex suis . . . conununlcant, so miich from their ottm
property do they cuid to the dowries,
34. Vita superaiit, shall survive the other, 6. 424.

1. In servilem modum, like slaves; i, e., by toilure, which might be 112
resorted to in the case of slares.

2. SI compertum est, if their guilt is proved*

4. Pro cultu GaUorum, conddering (for) the Gallic mode qf life,

5. Vivis cordi folsse, to have been dear (for the heart) while alive,
6.390.

6. Paulo supra hanc memoriam, a little b^ore the preseni gener-
ation,

10. Legibus Banctuiu, established by law. Sanctum belongs to tOi
• . . oommwAcet,

15. Quae visa sunt, which it has seemed best to conceal ; lit*, which
have seemed good.

17. Per concilium, in the council*

XXI. -XXrV. 77ie Manners and Customs of the

Germans,

19. Hac consuetudine ; t. «., Gallorum.

23. Vulcanum ; a pei-sonification, for /re. — Acceperunt, they have
heard.
25. Ab parvnlis,/rom early childhood. See Syn. L. C. 408.

31. Parvis . . . teglmentis, small garments qf deerskins.

36. Grentibus cosnationlbusque; conatnid with attribuutU,

37. Quantum ; construe with agri.

38. Alio, to another place.

2. Studlum . . . commutent, they may exchange the pursuit qf war 113
/or agriculture, 6. 422, note 2.

10. Vastatis finibus, by devastating their frontiers ; i. «., the countiy
on their borders.

11. Virtutis ; G. 391, 11., 4.

16. Communis magistratus, general magistrate ; ». «., with jurisdic-
tion OTCr the whole country.

23. Profiteantur, may give in their names, G. 523, III. Supply u.

25. Ex bis, of these ; i. e,, of those who had volunteered.

26. Omnium . . . fides, all confidence; lit, of all things.

32. Superarent ; G. 521, 11., 2, 1).

1. Bellieae . . . opinionem, r^putaiionfor martial prowem. Hi

S64 NOTES.

rAos

114 4. ProvliiciAmiii ; i. «., of the Boman provuices on eifiier side of the
Alps.
7» Ipsl, thejf thenuelves, the Gauls. — Com illis, with them, the Ger-

XXV.-XXVni. The Hercynian Forest.

9. Bxpedito, to an unencumbered traveller. 6. 385.

12. Recta . . . reglone, in a straight line along (of) the river Danube;
i. e., it follows the straight coui'se of the river.

13. IMversIs • • • regionlbus, in a direction away/rom the river.

15. Hi^iu Ciermanlae, qf this part qf Germany ; i. e., of Western
Gennany, where Caesar then was.

16. Ad initliuii, to the beginning ; i. «., the eastern end.
' 20. Memoriae prodenda, worthy to be mentioned.

21. Bos cervi fig^ura; G. 419, II. Caesar probably means the rein-
deer, but his description is inaccurate.

22. Unum cornu. The reindeer has a pan* of horns.

23. Sicut palmae, like the palm qf the hand; i.e., like the open
hand.

27. Varietas, varied color.

20. Sine nodls aiUcuUsque. This statement is of course incorrect
Caesar was evidently misled by the accounts of othera.

30. Afflictae, thrown down.

35. Omnes ; construe with arboree. — A radicibus submimt^ they
undermine at the roots.

37. Inflrmas arbores, the weakened trees.
115 1. Est eorum, consists qf these. G. 401.

8. Quae sint testimonio; G. 390, note 2; 497.

XXIX. - XXXrV. Caesar scatters the Forces qf Am-
biorix, and lays waste the Country of the JEb-urones.

14. Postquam. Alter his long digression on the manners of the
Gauls and Germans, Caesar here resumes, from p. 107, the account of his
expedition against the Suebi.

29. Millibus quingentis ; a remarkable exaggeration. An error
naay have been introduced into the text* by some early copyist.
116 3. Priusquam fama ailbretur, b^ore any rumor was brought.

S« Fuit. The subject is ipsum . . . mortem. — Omni . . . instramentOk
^ery implement of war.

7. Hoc eo foctum est, this (the escape) happened in this way.

BOOK VI. 265

PAOB

17. An tempore exdusus, or prevented by the ehortneea qf the time, 116
G. 353, 1.

24. Alienissimls, to utter strangers.

29. Taxo, teith yew ; probably with the berr^.

34. Nevejudicaret; G. 497, U., 1, note.— Omnliun esse causam,
that the cause of all the Germans was one ; t. «., that they bad made com-
paon cause.

37. Quaestione captlvorum, hy an examination of the prisoners,

38. Si ita feclssent, if they toould do so. G. 525, 2.

9. Ex his tribus • . • transduxerat. See p. 103, line 13. 117

17. Scaldein ... in Mosam. Here Caesar's geography seems to be
at fault; but some have conjectured that in Caesar*s time a branch of the
Scheldt actually emptied into the Meuse.

19. Post diem septimum ; consti'ue with recersurum. G. 430, note 1.

23. Commodo; G.416.

33. Ab . . . dispersis,/rom the terrified and scattered enemy •

3V. Confertos, in compact bodies.

7. lit . . . praetermitteretur, that there might he soma omission in 118
injuAng ; i. 0., that less injury should be done the enemy.

12. Legionarius miles = vita legionarii militis.

14. Pro tali facinore,/or such a crime. The Ebnrones had massa-
cred the troops under Sabinus and Cotta, and joined the KeiTii in be-
sieging the quai-ters of Cicero. See pp. 87 to 99.

XXXV. -XLIV. The JSigambri make an unsuccessful
Attack upon Aduatuca. Caesar places his Army in
Winter Quarters.

19. Possit, ail^rat. The Present is here used to denote a general

QTlth.

26. Supra doculmus. See p. 65, line 19.

29. Multos . . . dispersos, many (of the Ebnrones) scattered inflight,

34. Profectum. Supply eum and esse.

37. Fortunatissimis ; G. 536, 2, 3). — Tribus horis ; G. 429.

1. Praesidii tantum est, there is so small a garrison. 119

2. dn^, to be manned; lit., encompassed; i. e., with soldiers.

6. Cicero ; subject of mittit, line 18. — Qui eontinuisset ; G. 515, III.

14. Quo oifendi posset, bywhtch any harm could be done; i. «., to
his men. — Novem . . . le^onlbus, as nine legions were opposed to the
enemy ; i. e., liad gone to meet them.

16. In milllbus . . . tribus, within three miles; i. e., of the camp.

18. Quae inter; G. 569« II., 1.

S66 NOTES.

PAOK

119 24* Hoc Ipso . . . catUy at thia very momeni, and in ikis condition of

tkingt.

28. Usque eo, ut, «o thai; lit, to meh an exUnt thai.

29. Rfecipiendl 8ui» of retiring (betaking themselves) ; i. «., within
the walls. G. 642, 1., note I.

120 2. Qui occlderlnt; G. 617.
4. Barbarls; G. 384, 4, note 2.

9. Ad Caesarem, with Cae$ar ; ». «., in Caesar's army.

10. Cvi^us menUonem. See pp. 40 and 47.

17. Per manus tractus, paMsdfrom hand to hand.

83. In signa manlpuloeque, among (into) the standards and mam-
pies; t. «., into the ranks themselves. — ESo magls; construe with per-
terrent.

84. Cuneo flicto; t. «., marshalling their forces in the form of a
wedge, so as to penetrate and divide the enemy's line.

87* AUl. Supply emMji<.

121 7. Eo; construe with connlio.

15. Horum, qf these; i. «., of the eentarions.

22. Ut fldem non fiiceret, that he did not gain credence. G. 600. —
Missus, eent ; i. «., by Caesar.

27. Incolumi exercitu, if the army (Caesar's) leere safe, 6. 431, 2.
29. Ille; t. «., Caesar. — Unum questus, censuring one thing; ex-
plained by qtuki • . • emissae.

81. Casu— com. G. 116. — Debulsse depends upon the idea of
saying^ implied in questus,

85. Rerum ; Partitive Genitive with maxime admirandum.

86. Bk> consilio, explained byut... depqpularentur.

122 2. Numero. Supply hominum.

7. Anni tempore, in consequence qf the lateness qf the season. The
crops had not been gathered at the proper time, and had consequently
been beaten down by the heavy rains.

8. His pereundum ; Gi 388. Supply esse.

10. In eum . . . ventum est, it came to racA a point.

11. Ambiorlgem circumspicerent, locked arowad for Jmlnorix;
i. e.f they claimed to have just seen him, and turned to see where he had
gone.

16. Paulum deAiisse vlderetur, HUU seemed to have been wanting.

17. Ille, he; i. «., Ambiorix.

22. Duarum . . . damno ; G. 419, IIL

28. Galliae; construe with eondlio.

26. More m^Jorum. The punishment was death by scourging.

27. Quibus ; G. 386. — Aqua atque ij^i ; G. 414.
81. Ad conventus a^endos. See note on p. 29, line 20.

BOOK YU. 267

BOOK SEVENTH.

OAHPAIGK OF THE TEAE 62 B. C, IN THE CONSULSHIP OF ON.
'FOMPEIUS MAGNUS AND Q. METELLUS SCIPIO.

I. Revolt op beveiial Gallic Tribes. L-XTV.
II. Sieges op Avaricum and Geroovia. XV. -IH.

III. MOYEMENTS AMONG THE AEDUL LIII.-LVI.

IV. EXFBDITIOK AGAINST THE PARISn. LVTI.-LXII.

V. General Beyolt op the Gauls. LXIII.-LXVn.
VI. SlEGB OF Alesia. LXVIIL-XC.

I. - V. HevoU of tJie Carnutes and Arvemi.

PAOB

2. Oodii caede. The murder of Clodius, a prominent political lead- ]^28
er, was immediately followed in Rome by scenes of lawless violence.

3. Ut coi^iirareiity should take the military oath* The senate oitlered
a general levy throughout Italy.

6. Addunt, affln^^nt. The direct object is retineri . . . posse, the an-
tecedent of quod.

15. Qui faciant; G. 503, 1.

18. Ut . . . intercludatur; the purpose of raiionem esse habendam,
26. Principes . . . facturos, that they unU be thefirat of aU to make
war.

28. Ne res eff^ratur, lest their action should become known ; the reason
why they could not exchange hostages, as that step would attract atten-
tion.

29. Collatis . . . signis. By this act, symbolizing union, they pledge
themselves to a common work.

I. Contlnetur, is comprised. 124

II. Galliae; ». «., of Celtic Gaul.

12. Ctamore, by shouting ; probably by heralds, stationed at inteiTals,
transmitting the news from station lo station.
14. Genabi; G. 425, II.

16. Audita sunt. Supply ea, the antecedent of quae. — MUHuin.
Supply paseuium,

18* Ibi, there ; i. «., in the territoiy of the ArvcmL

268 NOTES.

PAGE

1 24 22« Incendlt. Supply eo$ ; t. e., clienies. — Ad arma concmnttar,

they ru9h to amu ; t. e,, Vercingetorix and his opponents.

27* QttOftCiunque . . . dvltate, whomsoever of the citizens (]iL,from
the state) he has access to.

38. Quantum; object of effictat. — Quodque ante tempus, €md
before what time»

125 5. Singulis . . . oculis, with one of their eyes, put out, 6. 431.
6. Reliquls documento, a warning to the others. G. 390.

0. Cadurcuin, the Cadurcan, or one of the Cadurd,
11. Quorum in fide, under whose protection.
13. De coiisillo, in accordance with the adrice.
15. Qui com, when they. G. 453 ; 445, 5.

19. Quibus id . . . cognoverint, who, they ascertained, had this desiyn
(this of design). G. 387.

22. Quod . . . constat, beetmse it is not at all clear to us,

VI. -XIV. Caesar returns to Gatdy and enters vigor^

ously upon the Campaign.

28« Magna . . . afficiebatur, A^ toa« in great doubt; lit, wae affected
by a great difficidty,

126 3. Provincialibus distinguishes the Rutem of the Province from
those in Aquitaria.

0. Quod putabat, because he (Lucteriiis) thought,

26. Opinione praeceperat, had conjectured. — Per causam, untier
the pretence; used of a feigned pui^xrae.

32. Nactus recentem equitatum, having obtained a fresh body of
cavalry ; t. «., a fresh escoit for bis rapid journey.

36. De sua salute, invoicing his safety,

37 • Celeritate praecurreret, he might anticipate it by his rapid
movements.

127 3. Quos ibi . . . coUocaverat. See p. 14, lines 28 to 32.

8. Ne deficeret explains dijicultatem in line 6. — Ne, lest,

9. In eo, in him ; i, e., in Caesar.

10. Videret, it (Gaul) would see.
15. Qui doceant; G. 503, 1; 445, 6.

20. Altero die, on the second day, G. 174, foot-note 4 ; 429.

30. Quod eo mitterent, to send thither; i, e., to Genabum. G. 497.

31. Diei tempore exclusus, beitig prevented ( from commencing the
attack) by the time of the day; i. e,, by the lateness of the hour.

32. In posterum. Supply diem,

84. Continebat, connected; i. e., with the opposite side of the river

BOOK vn. 269

PAOK

1. PerpanclB desideratls . . . caperentur, wty few Kaving escaped 128
being taken,

5. Exercitiun Ugerim ; G. 62, III., 1 ; 376.

8. Oppiignatlone ; i. «., of GergoTia. See p. 127, line 3. — Caesarl ;
G. 392.

9. Ille ; i. e,, Caesar.

12. Ut conficeret; purpose ofjubei,

21. Ex significatlone Gallonun,yrom the conduct (iadicatioD) qf
the Gauls,

2ld. Ad agmen, to the main body qf the armyy still on the march ;
hence agmen,

85. Se, that he (Caesar). G. 536.

1. Longe alia atque, /ar other than. G. 459, 2. 129

2. Huic rel, to this object ; explained by v/ . . . prohiheantur.
4f Ann! tempore, by the time qf the year, as it was winter.

6. Petere. Supply id, referring to pabulum.

13. Neque interesse, and that U makes no difference.
17* Neu sint . . . neu, that they may be neither . . . nor,

18. Bomanis proposlta, set before the Romans ; i. e., become an in-
vitation to them to plunder (ad copiam . . . tollendam).

20. nia; explained by l^eros . . . interjid.

XV. - XXXI. Siege of Avaricum.

27. Hoc solatii, this (of) consolation ; explained by qiiod . . . confide-
bant.

84. Fliiinlne; t. «., the Avara, now the Evre, which flows into the
Loire.

9. Occurrebatur, the difficulty (lit, it) was met. — Ut iretur, so that 130
they went; t. «., by going.

16. Quorum alter!, qf whom the latter. G. 459, 3.

21. Usque eo, ut, to such a degree thai.

26. Si acerblus . . . ferrent, \f they found the scarcity too severe.
29. Meruisse, had served; lit, had earned; i. «., their pay. Supply
stipendia.
82. Quam parentarent ; G. 502, 2.
2. £o quo, to the place to which. 131

14. In civitates, according to states,

16. Haesitantes, sticking fast; i. e., in the mire.

17. Propinquitatem loci, the nearness qf their position ; i. e., to the
enemy.

19. Iniqultatem conditionis, the inequality qf situation ; i. «., though
the armies were so near to each other, the -Gauls had eveiy advantage in

270 KOTE8.

Itl dtiMtioiL — Inaal tiiiiiilatloiM^ wiih an empig tk&w; i, «., of caangc,
M their pretended ooiirage depended upon their situation.

27. Sua salute, kit f0${far€^ with special reference to mcoem and rtp^
taium,

80. Verclngetorlx ; subject of rMpondii, in line 37.

81. Quod movtoaet; 6. 516, II. — Romanos; G. 437, 1.

35. PotulMe depends upon a verb of saying impUed in innmulaius.
37. Quod movlMet, at to the fad that he had movfd. G. 516, 2, note.
1S2 1. Peranaimm ^tJUpertuatum ette,

2. Qui refers to lod. — Munltlone, by itt own d^eneet.
6. Cul rei,ybr which ; i. «., for an engagement

8. Fortunae habendam gratlam, they (the GauU) should be grate-
fvl to fortune,

9. Hulc, to him; i. €., the informer.

15. Remlttere, that he resigned the command. Supply impsriunk,

29. Tantum exercltum vlctorem, to large a victorious arm/y,

33. Quod refers to armis increpat. — In eo, in the ease of one.

35. Mf^ore raUone, with greater wisdom.
188 1. Snmmam vlctoriae, the whole victory; and of course the glory
of it.

4. Ci^usque modi, qf every kind. — CraUorum, on the part qf the
Gauls.

8. Cunlculls subtrabebant, they undermined.— 'Eo, on this account.

1 1. Turrlbus contabulaverant =» contabulatis turribus instruxerant,
had furnished with towers several stories high.

15. Quotldlanus ai^ger, the daily addition to the mound.

16. CommlsslB malls, by urUHng the uprights. The uprights at the
corners, which at fii*st projected far above the main part of the tower,
were afterwards connected by horizontal beams, as one story after another
was added, till the tower was finished.

17. Apertos movtithantar^^aperiebant et morabantur. G. 549, 5.
19. Approplnquare prohlbebant, prevented them (the mines) y^vm

approaching,
21. Perpetuae in longitudinem, continuous in length.

23. Introrsus, within the wall.

24. In fronte . . . e£Elirciuntur. This completes the description of
one layer of the wall. The beams, which were two feet apart, extended
through the wall, from one side to the other, and were connected within
by long sticks of timber lying in the direction of the length of the wall.
The spaces between the beams were filled with earth {multo aggers), ex-
cept in front, where lar^e stones {grandibus saans) were used.

26. Idem Intervallum. This refers to the interval between the
beams in the second layer or tier, which, like that in the first, was two

BOOK vn. 271

PAOB

feet It will be observed that the second layer was constructed precisely 1S8
like the first, bnt the beams in the second were probably placed upon the
stone and earth in the first, and the stone and earth in the second upon
the beams in the first.

31. Altemis . . . Basis ; G. 431.

34. Perpetuls . . . quadra^^enos, by heam$ forty feet kmg; I'efcrring
to the long sticks of timber by which the cross beams were bound togeth-
er {revincta),

9. Ab . . . turriuin, on each nde of the (Roman) towers, 1S4

12. Quo . . . occurreretur, tohtther they should first run to the ds'
fence.

15* Partitis temporlbus, at stated times ; t. e., in turn.

17. Reducerent, roUed back. These towers were on rollers. — Inter-
scinderent, cut through; u e., severed the fii-e fi*om the rest of the
moimd.

22. Apertos» exposed ; t. «., by the burning of their defences. Supply
Romanos.

25« Acddit quod, tJiere occurred an event tofuch,

27. Per manus; construe with trtuUtas.

29. Scorpione ; see 87 L

83. Prlus ille. Construe ;7rtu« with quam and iUe with loctis.
37. Proftigere; G. 533, II., 3, note 3.

9. Impedlret; G. 485. 135

11. Non recipit, does not admit.

15. DIrectisque operibus, and the military engines were properly
placed.

20. In oeculto, in concealment.

28. Obviam contra. Contra is added to o^vuiinto deuote a hostile
meeting.

30. CircumfUndL Supply subject, Romanos.

32. Continent! impetu, with an uninterrupted struggle ; i. e., without
stopping.

36. Genabi caede, by the massacre at Genabum. See p. 124.

4. E2z . . . COncursUy^om their arrival in a body. 136

7. Quae . . . castrommsad cam partem castrorum quae cuique

civitati, to thai part qf the camp which had from the first fallen (obyenerat)

to each state,

13. Grrare. The subject is to be supplied from si qui . . . exspectent.

21. Consensu for consensui. G. 1 16.

29. Plus . . . praesentire, to discern and foresee more clearly, PraO'
sentire is stronger than providere^ and implies prophetic power.

31. Post deserendum. See p. 134, lines 36 to 38.

84. l>e . . . civitatibus ; construe with in spem veniebant.

272 NOTES.

PAOS

1S6 86. OalU : t. «., the Celtic Gsnls. The Nervii and some of the Axpd-
tani had preyioasly fortified their camps. See pp. 55 and 94.

80. CofUtematl, alarmed; u «., in consequence of the loss of Avar-
icum.
187 4. Quorum; construe with oro^um^. — Quisque, each one; t. e., of
the chie&.
8. Quern, ttaiing what number. Supply numerum,
14* Quos»> cum its quos.

XXXn.-LII. Disturbances among the Aedui. /Siege

of Gergovia.

23. Maxime necesaarlo tempore, tU a very critical time.

24. Sinipili maglBtratus, a single magistrate; i. e., for each year;
hence the distrilnUive.

38. Ci^usque eorum, that eac\ of them had. Supply esse. G. 401.
1 3S 4. Sibi refei-s to quae.

6. Praevertendum. Supply esse sibi.

8. Ne . . . vlderetur ; construe with proficisei staiuit.

.10. Et quos inter ^^et eos inter quos; G. 669, II., 1. — Decettam;
G. 380, n.

12. Alio . . . atque oportuerlt, at a time and place other than teas
proper. G. 459, 2.

13. Fratrem a firatre; i. e., Cotus by Valetiacus.

24. Quae dlsponeret, that he might distribute them. G. 497.

80. Ab altera . . . parte, on the other side of the AlHer.

82. Utrique esset in conspectu, toas in sight of the other. G. 384,
4, note 2.

33. Castris depends upon e regione poneret.
189 4. Captis . . . cohortlbus, having selected certain cohorts ; i. e., to take
the place of the two len^ions which remaiued behind. Caesar so arranged
the cohoi'ts of the four legions sent foi'wai'd, as to give them the appear-
ance of six legions.

7. In castra perventum, had come into camp ; i. e., had encamped.
Supply esse.

21. Qua despici poterat, /rom which one could look down.
31. Hostes ; object of prohibituri.
82. Tamen refei*s to egregie munituSt etc.

86. Ad minora, to the smaller camp, situated upon the hill just cap-
tured.
140 8. Distineat; G. 503, II., 1.

9. Qua transducta, if this toere brought over ; t'. e., to the Gallic cause.
19. Decern illis milllbus ; G. 386. See p. 138, line 23.

BOOK vn. 273

PAOB

28. Proditloiilfl ; 6. 409, III., note 2. 140

37. Ut sibi consiilst, to consult for their MffOff,

38. Quasi . . . sit res, (u if it were a eubjed/or deliberation ; implj-
jug that there is bat one course left for them. G. 401.

3. Qui . . . una erant, who were with him^ relying upon his proteo- 141
tion, Thej were taking supplies to Caesar, as we see from the next line
" — magnum numerwnfrumentii etc.

11. Simili ratione atque, in the same manner a$. G. 554, 1., 2, note.

15. Pari aetate, genere dlspari; G. 419, II. ; 662.

19. In ilia . • . controversia ; i. «., the controversy between Convic-
tolitavis and Cotus. See p. 137.

25. Quorum salutem . . . posset; G. 517.

26. Levi momento, qf slight importance* G. 422.

32. Ad contrahenda castra. The camp prepared for six legions
was of course too large to be properly guarded by two.

35. Paulo ante; construe withj^r^/v/MM.-

14. Quanto .... fuerit, in how great peril the camp (thing) hasleen ; 142
i. «., befoi*e the enemy withdrew at night

21. IMscessu eorum, qfter (at) the d^mrture qf these,

22. Pinteos; see 92.

27. Ad co£piOScendum,/o-r ascertaining the/acts in the case.
29. Generi; G.391.

82. AcUuvat rem procUnaixan, helps forward the ruinous movement.

36. Bducunt, they lead out; i. e., by the pramise of safety.

6. Quaestionem decemunt, they institute an investigation. 143

9. E!a res, that act; i. e., the plundering of property.

18. Omnem . . . contraheret, he might unite his whole army ; i. e., by
effecting a junction with Labienus, who was in command of four legions.
See p. 138, line 25.

29. Sed hunc silvestrem, hut also covered unth woods.

80. Ad alteram partem, to the other side.

81. Nee . . . senitlre quin, and did not doubt that,

33. Ad hunc muniendum, to fortify this. Hunc refers to alterum
(collem), in line 32, which again' seems to refer to the woody height which
gave access to the town.

36. Eo, thither; i. «., toward the hill which the Gauls were fortiffing.
This movement, as well as those described in the next twelve lines, was
only a diversion by which Caesar hoped, while threatening this hill,
suddenly to seize the Gallic camp.

2. Equitum specie, with the appearance of cavalry. These mounted 144
muleteers appeared in the distance like regular cavalry, and were here
used to deceive the enemy. — Collibus, over the hUls, where they could
be seen by the enemy. G. 425, II., 1.
16

274 NOTES.

PAGB

1 44 7. Certl quid esset, what U really wa9 ; lit., what qf certain there was.
S* Bodem Jugo, hy the same range; u «., the one by which ihe horse-
men and mnleteers went.

12. Raros, in email bodies,

17* Incommodi; construe with quid,

18* Occasionlfl esse rem, that the ease demanded (was of) a surprise.

28. Hole. Supply ascensui. — Circuitiis ; construe with qvidquid,

25* Ut . . . ferebat,«o/ar (M^A«/o7'm(nature)<2^^A«fno«n<am/MrmtAtfJ.

84. Superiore . . . parte nudata. He had hud aside his cuirass.
88. Sig^na constltuit, broughi the standards to a halt,

145 8. Betiiiebaiitur. Observe the force of the Imperfect G. 469, 1.
15. Per maiius demlssae, let dawn by hand ; i, e., by those upon

the waU.

18* Avarlcensfbns praemils, by the rewards offered at Avaricum,
See p. 135, lines 22 and 23.

28. Supra demoiiBtravlinas. See p. 143, line 34.

26. Ut quisque . . . venerat, as soon as each one arrited.

38. Spatlo, by the long continuanee.

146 2. Hostes ; subject of insequerentur,

5. liOco, nuinero, virtute; G. 425, II., 1, 1), note.

8. ManuB . . . causa, /or the purpose qf dividing the forces; L e., of
the enemy. — Similitudine armorum, by the resemblance qf their arms ;
t. 0., to those of the enemy.

10. I>extris . . . exsertls. The Gauls in the service of Caesar were
thus distinguished fW>m the enemy. ~ Insigne pacatom, ihe friendly sign,

20. Quos ; G. 445, 6. The antecedent is implied in vestrae,

85. Infestls . . . sig^nls, toith hostile standards to the enemy,

147 5. Quid ipse .... sensisset, what he himse^ had thought at Atfari-
cum. See p. 131, lines 20 to 27.

8. Quanto opere— tanto opere, as much as^so much,
12. Plus se sentire, that they knew more,
18. Se deslderare, that he (Caesai*) desired.

LIII. - LVI. Bevolt of ihe Aedui.

28. Reduxlt, he (Caesar) led back,

81. Ipsos antecedere, that they themselves should go brfore him,

88. Perspectam habebat, clearly saw. G. 388, 1, note.

37. Quos Bs quales, in wh<tt condition, Caesar reminded them of the
condition in which he found the Aedui when he took them under his pro-
tection. See p. 16.
ll-S 14- Blbracte . . . receptum, had been received by the Aedtd into (at)
Bibracte. G. 425, II. ; 63, 2, (1).

book: VII. 276

PAOX

23. Ne col . . . Bomanls, lett it ihouldbeofsome we to theJRomam. 14S
6.390.

24. Viuokentk quod, whatever grain. 6.397.

30. A^uvabat. The subject is the clause qttod . . . creverat.

31. EiX nlvibns, /rom the melting of the enotos,

34. Si esset periclitandum, even if he tnuet incur danger.
38. Cnm — tnm maxlme, not only — but espeeiaUg.
2. Abjuncto Ijableno tlmebat, he feared for Labienui, who had\^^
been detached.

5. Pro ret necessitate, in view of the urgency of the case.

LVII.-LXn. JExpedition against the Parisii.

19. Ck>iifectiis; 6. 549, 3.

26. Iter mmilre, to secure a road.

32. "EiO^^ineas; i. e., in naves.

36. Secnndo fluminei down the river ; i. e., upon the right bank of
it. Labienns, finding it difficult to approach Lntetia from the left side of
the Seine, retraced his steps, crossed the river at Melodunnm, and pro>
ceeded down the right bank to Lutetia.

8. Qui refers to BeUovaci. 150
lO. lionge aliud, atque; G. 459, 2.

15. Opinlonem Tlrtutis, reputation for valor. — Alteram. Supply
partem.

17* A praesidio,y^04» the garrison, referring to the foroe left at Agen-
dicnm to giuird the baggage. Interclusas dlstlnebat; G. 549, 5.

18. Mayfimim flumen ; t. «., the Sequana.
22. Equitlbus Boinaiil8,'to Roman knights,

27. Quinque cjusdem . . . mittit. All this was intended as a diver-
sion. He ordered, five cohorts and a number of boats to proceed up the
river with ajgreat noise, to attract the attention of the enemy, while he
himself, with three legions, marched in silence down the river, which he *
crossed, four miles below, by means of vessels which he had sent in ad-
vance.
' 1. Praeter . . . tumultaari, that there is an unusual tumult. 151

9. Quae . . • progredlatur; G. 497. —Naves ^^/in^re^; i. e., the
boats sent up the river by Labienus.

14. Retinerent. Supply ut. G. 499, 2.

15. Praesentem adesse, to be present in person.

19. Cnm . . . concldlssent; G.515, III.

24. Esset nuntlatum. The subject is the Indurect Question quae , . •
gererentur,
31. Neque potuerunt, but were not able.

276 NOTES.

LXin. - LXVII. Genercd JRevoit of the Gatcls.

PAGE

152 8« Hoium suppUdo. The Aedai, holding in their possession the
hostages, whom the other Gauls had given to Caesar, treated some of them
with severity, to intimidate the tribes who opposed the revolt.

7. Bibracte; G. 380, II. Supply convenire,
10. Illi, the two former.
17. Invltl; G. 443, note 1.

20. Hulc rei, for this; i. e., for receiving hostages.
24. Facta; G. 547, 1.

26. Cormmpant; Imperative in Direct Discourse. G. 523, m.

30. Hue addlt, to this force (Ut, hUher) he adds,

86. Ab superiore bello. See note on AUobrogtan, p. 4, line I.

153 1. Ad hoB casus, against these contingencies.

14. Inter eos ; t. e., inter equites. See p. 26, lines 34 to 38.

15. Minus idoneis, unserviceable.

28. Parum profici, that little is effected; i. e., by the supposed retreat
of the Romans.

31. In eo morentur, should be detained (lit., should delay, or linger)
in this; t. e., in relieving their comrades.

85. Et Ipsos quidem, even they indeed, as distinguished from himseH
36. Quo faciant; G. 497, II., 2.

154 4. Jurc^urando adactis, bound by oath.

16. Flumen ; not the Arar itself, but one of its branches.

21. Proximis comitiis. See p. 137, line 27.

LXVIII. - LXXI V. Caesar invests Alesia,

27. Alesiam, quod ; G. 380, U ; 445, 4. ^

88. In coUe summo, tqfon the summit of a hill; viz., Mount Auxois,
an isolated hill five hundred feet in height.

155 2. Duo flundna, two streams, the Ose and the Oscrain.

6. Quae pars collis, on that side of the hill which ; lit., which part of
the hiU.
16. Intennissam collibus, unbroken by hills.

22. Angustioribus . . . relictis, as the openings (gates) left ( in the
wall) were too narrow.

85. Discedentibus. Supply eguUibus. — Suam eorum ciTltatem ;
G. 398, 3.

156 4. Ratione Intta, by actiuU calculation.

6. Qua . . « intermissum, where our u>ork did not extend ; % e., where

BOOK VII. 277

PAOB

tlieve was aa opening, as the Boman line of investment was not yet com- 156
plated.

15. Pedum vlg^ti, ttpentyfeet toide. Supply in latitneUnem.

16. IMrectis lateribus, with vertical sides,

19. Id hoc consilio, he did it (i. &, left this space of four hundred
feet between the trench and the other works) with this design. Supply
feeU. G. 368, 3, note 1.

27. liortcam plnnasque. Sec note on pinnae ioricaegue, p. 93,
line 38.

28. £2iiiiiientibiis . . . aggcris, projecting (horizontally) at the Junc-
tion of the breastworks and rampart.

33. Deminutis . . . copiis, our (available) /orcex beiftg (thereb}') di-
minished, «

2. Perpetuae fossae, contviuous ditches. Perpetuae seems to be 157
used simply to distinguish these ditches (as continuous) from the rows of
pits mentioned in line 8, below. In the ditches were placed the trunks of
ti'ees with their branches cut to a point. The number of ditches is not
given, but there were five rows of trunks of troes. Perhaps each row
occupied one ditch.

3. Hue, in these ditches ; lit, hither,

5. Ab ramls emlnebant, rose above girmnd with their branches ; lit.,
from their branches.

9. Angustlore . . . fastiglo, smaller toward the bottom ; lit, of a
narrower slope ; i, e., sloping toward a point

13. Singuli . . . exculcabantur, they wereJiUed, each one foot from
the bottom with earth well stamped down ; lit, single feet from the bottom,
were stamped down with earth,

23. Diversas, on the opposite side ; explained by contra exteriorem
hostem.

LXXV. - LXXXVIII. Vfi8ucces$ful Attempt of the

GauLa to relieve the City.

2. Duodena millla, twelce thousand each. Observe the force of the 158
distributive.
16. Ut antea demonstrayimus. See p. 68, line 11.

19. Reddiderat, hcui restored ; i, e., to the state.

29. Delect! ex civltatibus, men selected from the states.

11. Quorum in consillo, in whose advice. 159

16. Dlipiitas, their authority ; i. e., the authority and influence of those
who proposed a sally.

20. Mlllibus octoginta ; i. e., the Gallic force in Alesia.

21. Animi; construe with quid.

278 NOTES.

PAOB

159 29. Illorum refers to the Gauls, his (line 30) to the Bomans, and
eorum (line 31) to the Gauls.

84. Cimbronim. See note on p. 31, line 18.

1 60 1. Pulcherrlmum Judlcarem, I should judge it a most glorious thing.
— lUlbeUo; G.387.

2. Simile, /**« this. Supply huie.

6. Quos. The antecedent is horum,
16. Experlantur, that they themseloee ujould try.
19. Mandubll; ». «., the citizens themselves.

27. CoUe exterlore. This hiU was on the west side of the plain
mentioned two lines below. See also p. 155, line 3.
29. Planitlem, quam . . . demonstravimus. See p. 155, Une 3.
• 32. Abdltas . . . constituunt, withdraw ...and station. G. 549, 5.

161 1. Ad utramque . . . munitloniim, on both Unes of hisintrenchment ;
t. «., on the line which invested the city, and on that which enclosed the
Romans. He put his own forces in a position to resist any attack upon
his lines, either by the besieged within or the army of relief without

4. Ex omnibus castris quae, yrom cUl the camps which. Caesar
had several camps. See p. 155, line 11.

9. Complures. Supply nostrorum equitum.

19. Germani, tfie Germans ; i. e., the German cavalry in Caesar's ser-
vice. See p. 128, line 25, and p. 154, line 14. — Confertis tormis, tn
compact squadroM. Consti'ue with Germani.

162 &• l>eductos, led forth men and. G. 549, 5.

8. Stimulis, scrobes. See p. 157, lines 8 and 20.
12. Ex superioribus castris, /rom the upper camp^ situated on the
heights north of the city. See lines 21 to 25.

14. Interiores ; t. e., the Gallic force in the city.

15. Priores fossas explent, those in advance fiU up the trenches.
29. Quoque pacto, and in what manner.

163 10. Pug^nantibus; G. 384, 4, note 2.

11. In aliena virtute constare, depended upon the valor of others;
i. e.f of their comrades.

21. Exi^uum . . . fastigium, a slight descending slope. Ad decUvi-
totem indicates the direction of the slope.

25. Ea . . . occultaverant. See p. 157.

35. Ex ascensu, by climbing up. Construe with tentant.

164 11* Quid faciendum, must be done ; i. e,, in accordance with Caesar's
command. See p. 163, line 30.

14. Quo insigni refers to the pui-ple cloak worn by Ctfiesar in battle
Insigni is probably a noun.

28. Quod nisi; G. 453, 6.

29. Crebris subsidiis, by the frequent aid rendered to one another.

BOOK VII. 279

LXXXIX., XC. Surrender of Alesia. Winter Quar-
ters of the Romans.

PAQB

35. Suarum necessitatiun; qf his own intereda, 104

6. Toto . . . capita singula, one to each soldier qf the whole army, 105
G. 151, 1» note 1.

13. Hulc attribuit, assigned to him ; i, «., as his deputy.

20. Cabilloni et Matiscone ; i. e,, Cicero was stationed at CabiUo"
num and Sulpicios at Matisco.

DICTIONARY.

A — ABSUM

&, Tkh, Bbs, prep, with abl. A is ased
only before consonants; oft, before
vowels and consonants ; abs, only with
te. I. Op space : from, away from,
on the side of, in the direction of,
on, in; GaUia aUingit ab SequOma
Rhenum, on the side of the Seqnftni,
i. 1; a dextro comUf on the right
wing, i. 52; a fronU, in front, ii. 23;
ah milUbua pasauum octo, eight miles
off or away, iv. 22. II. Op time : from,
after ; ab cotwrtationey after exhorting,
ii. 25. III. Of other belations :
from, by, by means of, in respect to,
among, from with an accessory idea
of against ; ab Us defender e^ to defend
against (from) them, i. 11 ; orttis eat a
tribunis, arose among or had its ori-
gin from, i. 39; ab re frumeniaria
laborarc, to suffer in respect to provis-
ions, vii. 10.

abdltus, a, um, part, from abdo,

ab-do, dSre, didiy ditum, v. tr. To
remove, put away; to conceal; aeae
in silvaSf to hide away in the forests,
i. 12.

ab-diico, ^e, xi, ctum^ v. tr. To
lead away, take away, withdraw.

&b-eo, ire^ ivi or u, itum, v. intr.
To go away, depart.

abesse. See Absum,

abfUtums, a, um. See Abeum,

abies, gtiSf f. The fir-tree, v. 12.

S,bi8se for abitsse, from abeo.

abjectns, a, i«m, part, from abfteio,

ab-jicio, ere, jeci, jeetuMf v. tr.
(JOcio,) To throw away, cast from,
cast off, throw down ; to hurl.

abjanctus, a, um, part, from ab*
Jungo,

ab-JHDgo, 8re, xi, dum, v. tr. . To
loose from the yoke; to separate,
remove; abjundo Labieno, Labienus
having been detached, vii. 56.

abreptns, a, um^ part, from abripio.

ab-rlpio, Sre, ripm, reptum, v. tr.
(rapio). To snatch away, take away
by violence, tear off or away.

abs-cido, ^r«, cidif cisumy v. tr.
{caedo). To cut off or away.

ab-8cindo, Sre, acidic aciaaumf v. tr.
To tear or break off, rend.

absclsus, a, umy part, from abacido,

absens, entiaf part, {absum). Ab-
sent, being away; ae abaente, in his
absence, v. 7.

ab-simllis, e, adj. Dissimilar, un-
like ; forma, of a form not unlike that
of, iii. 14.

ab-sisto, gre, attti, v. intr. To with-
draw ; to keep off from, v. 17.

abs-tXneo, ere, ui, tentum, v. tr. (t8-
neo). To hold from, keep from. Intr.
to refrain from, abstain from; to
spare, vii. 47.

abstractus, a, um, part, from ah*
atrdho.

abs-tr&ho, ^e, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
drag away, take or carry away by
force.

ab-sum, eaae,fui, v. irr. n. To be
absent or away from, to be distant
from ; longe iia abeaae, to be far away
from them, ». e., to be of no service to
them, i. 36; to be exempt from, vt
14.

(281)

282

ABUNDO — ADAUOEO

&b-aBdo, are, Svi, o^tim, y. intr.
{unda, a wave). To flow over, aboand
in, be well proYided with.

ac, ooi\j. See Atque.

accMo, ire, eeesi, ceesum, t. intr.
(oJ, eido). To go near to, approach ;
to be added. Accedebat, quod, it was
added, that, t. e., moreoyer, ill. 2.

accSlCro, are, avi, atutn, y. tr. and
intr. {ad, dUro, to quicken). To has-
ten ; to make haste, yii. 87.

acceptns, a, tim, 1), part, from ac-
cipio ; 2), a4j. Pleasant, welcome,
agreeal)le ; maximeplebi aeceptus, very-
much beloved by the people, i. 3.

accldo, Hre, adi, v. intr. {ad, eOr
do). To fall, fiill upon ; to befall, oc-
cur, happen. AcHdtt, impers. it hap-
pens.

accido, 'ire, cidi, ciswn, v. tr., {ad,
eaedo). To cut off, cut down, fell.

acclpio, ire, epi, eptum, v. tr. {ad,
edpio). To receive, take, accept; to
attain, get ; to learn ; to approve of.

acGlivis, e, adj. {ad, cHvus). As-
cending, rising, sloping upwards ; lo-
CU8, paukUim ab into accUvia, a place
rising gradually from the plain, iii. 19.

acclivltas, dtts, f. {acclivia). An
ascent, steepness, upward slope.

AcGO, onis, m. A general of the Se-
ndnes, vi. 4, 44.

accommdd&tos, a, um, 1), part.
fh)m accommddo', 2), eudj. Suitable,
fitted; €iccofnfnodatiara, better fitted,
more adapted, iii. 13.

accommddo, are, avi. Stum, v. tr.
{ad, commddum). To a(^u6t, fit, put
on, arrange.

accnrftte, accuratiua, aecuraiisei'
me, adv. {ad, cura). With care, care-
ftilly, exactly, attentively.

acourro, ire, curri, and ciicurrij
eursum, v. intr. {ad, curro). To run
to, hasten to.

accflso, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {ad,
causa). To accuse, blame, reproach,
censure, find fault with.

acer, acria, acre, adj. {dceo, to be
sour). Sharp, pungent ; disagreeable,
violent.

ftcerbe, dcerliua, dcerhisHme, adv.
{Ocerhua), Roughly, bitterly, harsh-
ly, sharply; with pain, with discon-
tent, viL 17.

ftcerbltas, aHa, f. {dcerbua). Harsh-
ness, sour or disagreeable taste. Fiff.,
severity, rigor, unkindness, harsh-
ness of conduct ; sorrow, trouble, ca-
lamity, hardship, bitter fate.

ftcerbas, a, um, a4j* {acer). Sour
or disagreeable to the taste. Fi^., se-
vere, hard, disagreeable.

&cerrime, adv. sup. of acrUer.

&cennis, t, m. A heap, pile, col-
lection.

ftcies, ei, f. (gen. &eie, 11. 23, for
deiii, 6. 120. A sharp edge; sharp-
ness of the sight, fierce expression,
keen looks; a line of battle, an army
in line of battle, i. 22.

acqulro, ire, aivi, aiium, v. tr. {ad,
quaero). To procure, get, obtain, ac-
quhre.

ftcrlter, acriua, acerr%me, adv.
{acer). Sharply, vigorously, eagerly,
violently, courageously, zealously.

acinar ins, a, um, adj. {dgo). Ea-
sily moved, swift, fleet.

actus, a, um, part, from dE^o.

&catas, a, um, adj. (dctio, to make
sharp). Sharp, pointed.

ad, prep, with accus. I. Of space :
to, towards, in the direction of, in, at»
near, among. II. Of time : towards,
to, till, at; ad muUam noctem, until
late into the night, i. 26. III. Of
OTHER RELATIONS. 1) With tiumerob :
towards, about. 2) Of purpoae : to,
for ; ad largiendum, i. 18. 3) In respect
to, for, in, according to, after, in con-
formity with ; ad hunc modum, after
this manner, ii. 31 ; ad certumpomdua,
according to a fixed weight, y. 12.

ftdactns, a, um, part. fit>m Ot^o.

ftd-aeqao, are, avi. Stum, v. tr. To
make equal; to equal, make level
with ; to keep up with, i. 48.

gd-ftmo, are, avi, aittm, y. tr. To
love greatly, covet.

&d-aQgeo, ere, auxi, auetum, v. tr-
To increase, enlarge.

ADC ANTU ANNUS — ADUATUCI

283

Adcantiiannas, »'. m. A brave
chief of the Sontiatefl, iii. 22.

ad-do, d^e, dtdi; ditumf y. tr. To
add, join to, annex, mingle with.

ad-ddco, ire, xi, chtm, v. tr. To
lead or oondnct to, bring, convey to,
draw towards, iii. 14. Fig,, to induce,
lead, influence.

ftdemplns, a, um, part, firom adt-
tno,

ad-eo, ire, ivi or tV, itum, v. tr.
To go to, approach ; to attack, en-
counter.

ad-eo, adv. (is). To that point, so
far, to such a degree, so much.

&deptn8, a, um, part, from OdXpif
cor,

ad-Sqnito, are, avi, aium, y. intr.
(jSques), To ride towards or up to, i. 46.

ad-haeresco, ^re, haesi, haetum,
y. intr. To stick to, adhere.

ad-hibeo, ere, ui, itum, v. tr. {hd^
heo). To bring to, summon, invite,
admit, receive, bring, call in ; to use,
employ, iii. 20.

S,d-hortor, ari, atue mm, y. dep.
To encourage, incite, exhort.

ad-huc, adv. Up to this time, hith-
erto, thus far, as yet, still.

&d-igo, ^e, effi, actum, v. tr. (dffo).
To drive in, conduct ; to compKsl, force.

fid-Imo, ire, emi, emptum, v. tr.
{gmo =i acdpio). To take away, de-
prive of, remove.

&d-ipiscor, t, eptus sum, v. dep.
(dpiscor, to reach after). To obtain,
get, acquire, attain by effort ; nancis'
cor, to obtain by accident.

ftdltus, us, m. (ddeo). Approach,
access, admittance ; permission to ap-
proach, right of access or interview.

ad-jftceo, ere, cut, v. intr. To lie at
or near, be contiguous, border upon.

adjectns, a, um, part, from adjtcio,

ad-jicio, ire, jeci, jectum, y. tr.
(jOcio), To cast or throw to, hurl,
send ; to add, join to.

ad-jndlco, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
adjudge ; to award, assign.

ad-jungo, ire, xi, dum, y. tr. To
join to, add, bind to, annex, unite.

adjutor, &ris, m. (a4^'ilvo). Help-
er, aid, assistant.

ad-jtiyo, are,Juvi,jtUum, v. tr. To
help, assist, aid ; to avail, be of use.

Admagetobriga. See Mageiobria,

ad-matdro, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
To bring to maturity, ripen ; to hasten.

administer, tri, m. {ad, mdnus),
A servant, assistant, attendant.

ad-ministro, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
(administer). To be at hand, assist,
serve ; to take in hand, manage, guide,
direct.

ad-miror, ari, aius sum, v. dep.
To wonder at, admire.

ad-mitto, ire, misi, missum, v. tr.
To permit, allow ; to commit ; to give
reins to ; equo admisso, at full speed,
i. 22.

admodum, adv. (ad, mddus).
Very, exceedingly ; with numerals :
about, fully, at least.

ad-m5neo, ere, ui, (turn, v. tr. To
admonish, warn, advise; to remind,
suggest.

addlescens, tis, m. and f. (dddles-
co), A youth, a young man or woman.

adolescentia, ae, f. (dddlescens).
Youthful age, youth.

adolescentiUas, i, m. dim. (add~
lescens), A very young man, stripling.

ad-olesco, ire, olevi, uUum, v. intr.
To grow up, come to maturity.

&d-drior, iri, ortus sum, v. dep.
To attack, fall upon ; to attempt, un-
dertake.

adortus, a, um, part, from dddrior,

ad-8cisco, ire, scivi, scUum, v. tr.
(scio). To take, receive, admit, join to.

ad-sisto, ire, st{tii v. intr. To
stand by or near, be present, appear,
in publico, vi. 18.

ad-snm, esse,' adfui or affui, v.
irr. n. To be present or at hand; to
aid, assist.

Aduatfica, ae, f. A fortress in the
country of the EburOnes, now Tongres,
vi. 32, 35.

Adn&tfici, drum, m. A people of
Gallia Belgtca, ii. 4, 16, 29, 31 ; v. 27,
38,39,56; vi. 2, 33.

284

AD VENTUS — AFFIGO

a4Tenfas, u$, m. (ad, vimio). Arri-
val, approach, coming.

adTersArittS, a, i«fi», acU* {advert
tw). Hostile, opposed. Subs. An
opponent, adversary, enemy.

adTerans, a, um, a4j. (euiverto).
Turned to, opposite, orer against. Of
river§: np or against the stream,
Jlumine adterao, vli. 61. Of winds :
adverse, anfavorable. Of persons:
hostile, unftiendly; and in general,
nnfaTorable, opp. to secwnd^ ; res ad-
versaSf anfiavorable circumstances, ca-
lamities ; adversa nox, an unfavorable,
stormy night, iv. 28 ; in adversum os,
full in the face, v. 35.

adversas, prep, with ace. {adver-
to). Against, opposite to.

ad-verto, ire, ti, sum, v. tr. To
turn to or towards ; with animum, to
turn one's mind to, perceive, observe.
Sometimes animum is understood.

ad-vdco, are, am, atum, v. tr. To
call to ; to summon, call.

ad-vdlo, drst dm, atum, v. intr. To
fly to, hasten to or towards ; to rush
upon, V. 17.

aedlflcium, i, n. {aediftco). Edi-
fice, building, residence.

aedlfico, are, art, aium, v. tr. and
intr. {aedes, fdcio). To build, con-
struct, make ; tiaves, iii. 9.

Aeduos, a, um, adj. Aeduan.
Aeduiu, i, m. An Aeduan. Aedui,
drum, pi. The Aedui, a powerful
people in Oaliia Celttca, between the
Liger {Loire) and the Arar (Sa^ne),
Their chief town was Bibracte.

aeger, gra, grum, at^. Sick, indis-
posed ; feeble, suffering, faint.

aegre, aegrius, aegerrime, adv. (ae-
ger). With difficulty, hardly, scarce-
ly, ill.

Aemilius, i, m. Lucius, a decuri-
on of Gallic cavalry, i. 23.

aequalj^r, adv. (adjtmx). Equal-
ly, uniforimy.

aequlnoctiam, i, n. (aequus, nox).
The equinox ; the time when the days
and nights are of equal length.

aeqnltas, atis, f. (aequus). Equal-

ity ; Justice, equity , impartiality ; wftlk
animi, composure, calmness, content-
ment, vi. 22.

aequo, are, aid, <iitum, t. tr. (ae-
quus). To make equal.*

aequas, a, um, a4j. 1) Even, level ;
favorable, suitable. 2) Equal, like;
aequo Marte, in an equal contest, viL
19. 3) Just, right, honorable, reason-
able. 4) Calm, composed ; aequiore
ammo, with greater composure, v. 52.

aerarias, a, um, adj. (aes). Relat-
ing to copper or brass ; aerariae tec-
turae, copper mines, iii. 21.

aes, aeris, n. 1) Brass, copper. 2)
Money, as the first Roman coins were
of copper. Aes aJienum, debt; Ut.,
the money of another, hence, the
money which one owes to another.

aestas, atis, f. The summer.

aestlmatio, onis, f. (ae^nu)), Ap-
prisal, valuation, esteem ; worth, price,
value.

aestbno, are, am, aium, v. tr. (aes).
To estimate the value of; to esteem,
regard, consider; to judge, determine,
estimate ; Utem, v. 1.

aestivus, a, um, adj. (aesicu). Re-
lating to summer; tempus, aummer
time, vi. 4.

aestaluriom, t, n. (aestus). An es.
tuary, marsh, creek, fHth, inlet.

aestns, us, m. 1) Heat, burning
heat. 2) The ebb and flow of the
sea, the tide.

aetas, aiis, f. (for aevitas, aevum,
age.) The period of life, age ; old age.

aetemus, a, um, suij. (for aevtter'
nus, aevum, age). Everlasting, eter^
nal, perpetual.

affSro, ferre, attaH, aUaium, v. tr.
irr. (ad,firo). To bring to, impart,
ofkx, present ; to contribute, afford ; to
occasion, cause, effect, produce.

aflricio, hre,feei,fectum, v. tr. (ad,
fOcio), To affect, influence, treat;
henefido, to influence by kindness, vli.
37 ; poena, suppUcio, to punish.

afflgo, ire, xi, xum, v. tr. (ad,figo,
to fix). To fix, fasten upon, attacb
to ; loftguriis, iii. 14.

AFFINGO — ALIQUOT

285

affingo, ire, inxi, ictum, v. tr. (ctd,
fingo). To assert falsely, add falsely.

afilnitas, atis, f. {afftnis, near to).
Connection, nearness ; relationship
(by marriage^ i. 18.

affirmatiOy onisy f. (ad,Jirmo). Af-
firmation, aasorance ; assertion, decla-
ration, vii,(^.

affixus, 4s, um, part, from afflgo,

afflicto, Sre, avi, atunky y. tr. freq.
(qffliffo),^ To agitate, toss, trouble,
vex, afflict, injure, damage. Of ships :
in vadis, to strand, iii. 12.

afflictns, a, um, part, from affligo.

affligo, 9rey xi, ctum, v. tr. {ad, ftp-
go, to strike.) To strike or dash
against ; to cast down, prostrate. Of
ships : to shatter, ii^jure, collide, v. 10.

affSre, — affaturum esse {ad,ftfre).
See Adsum. O. 204, 2.

alirlcns, «, m. The south-west wind.

A^edincam, t, n. A town in Gal-
lia Celtrca, the capital of the Sendnes,
now Sens, vi. 44; vii. 10, 57, 59, 62.

ager, Xgri, m. Land, territory,
field, country, district.

c^ger, gris, m. (arf, ffSro), A
inonnd, rampart ; the materials for a
mound.

aggrSdior, 8di, essus sum, v. dep.
{ad, gradior, to go). To go to or
against, attack ; to attempt, undertake.

aggrSgo, are, dvi, atum, v. tr. {ad,
grggo, to collect in a flock.) To collect,
assemble ; to join, unite, attach.

figlto, are, dvi, atum, v. tr. {Ogo),
To put in motion, drive; to revolve
in mind, talk about, discuss, deliber-
ate upon.

agmen, tnis, n. (for Ogfmen, dgo).
An anny on the march, the line of
march ; a march ; a troop, band ; pri-
mum agmen, the van ; novissimum, the
rear.

ago, ire, egi, actum, v. tr. I. To put
in motion, drive. 1) To drive away,
carry off, convey away ; praedam, vi.
43. 2) To drive before one's self, pur-
sue, iv. 12. 3) Oftoarmeichines: to
push forward, move nearer ; vineas,u,
12. 4) Of mines : to extend, conduct,

iii. 21. 5) To drive in, iv. 17. II. To
pursue a course of action. 1) To ex-
press, state ; gratias, to give thanks, i.
41 ; cum Caesdre, to treat with, i. 13 }
to negotiate, v. 37. 2) To perform,
manage, pursue, transact, do, i. 20;
conventus, to hold the assizes, i. 54. 3)
To pass, spend. Intr., to act, vii. 17.

agrlcaltura, ae, f. {Oger, cdlo). Ag-
riculture, cultivation of the soil, tillage.

filacer, cris, ere, a4). Lively, ani-
mated, brisk, quick ; cheerful, elated ;
eager, active, fierce.

alacrltas, atis, f. {dlOcer,) live-
liness, ardor, zeal, eagerness, prompt-
ness ; gladness.

filarins, a, um, Adj. {dla, wing).
Stationed on the wings. Subs. pi. The
auxiliaries, as they occupied the wings
of the army.

albus, a, um, acy. White ; phtm*
bum, tin, v. 12.

alces, is, f. The elk, vi. 27.

AlSsia, ae, f. A fortified town of
the Mandubii, in Oallia CeltYca, mod-
em Alise, vii. 68, 75, 76, 77, 79, 80, 84.

alias, adv. {dliiu). At another time,
otherwise ; alias . . . alieu, at one time
... at another time ; sometimes . . .
sometimes.

alieno, are, dvi, atum, v. tr. {dlie-
nus). To change ; to estrange, alien-
ate ; to take away.

alienns, a, um, adj. {dUus). Be-
longing to another, foreign to; es-
tranged, hostile ; unfavorable, un-
friendly ; foreign to the subject, vi. 11.

filio, adv. In another place, else-
where.

fillqaamdia, adv. For some time.

allquando, adv. {dlfquis). Some-
times ; at length.

allqnanto, adv. {dUquamtus), A
little, somewhat.

aliqnantas, a, um, adj. {dUus,
quantus), A little, som^ somewhat.

filiquis, or allqai; qua, quod or
quid, pron. indef. {dUus, quis). Some
one, any one, some, any, anything.

ftliqnot, indef. num. indccl. {dUuSf
quot). Some, several, a few.

286

ALTTEB— AMPLUS

ftUter, adv. {alitu). Otherwise, in
a different manner ; ahter . • • oe,
otherwiae • . . than.

ftlias, a, udf gen. OUtta, dot aUi,
a4j* Other, another; aliua . . . aUus,
one . . . another; olrt . , . alii, some
. . . others ; a/ia« aUa in parte, some in
one place and some in another, iL 22 ;
aliut, alia cauaa illatd, one alleging
one reason, and another another, i.
39 ; alia ratione, €u;, in a different
manner from, iii. 28.

allfttns, a, um, i>art. from affiSro,

alUcio, dre, lexi, Uctum^ y. tr. {ad,
Idcio, to entice). To attract, allure,
entice.

AUdbroges, um, m. [sing. ABd-
brox, dgisJ] A people of Gallia Nar-
bonensis, between the Rhodftnus
{Rhone) and Isftra {leire). Chief town
Vienna ( Vienne), i. 6, 11, 14, 28 ; vu. 64.

alo, ire, id, alitum and altum, v. tr.
To nourish, support, sustain, main-
tain, foster, Tli. 33 ; controversiam, to
keep up, continue, vii. 32.

Alpes, turn, f. pi. The Alps, i. 10 ;
iii. 1, 2, 7 ; iv. 10.

alter, ira, irum, gen. altirivs, dat.
altiri [but altirae, L, v. 27], a^j. One
of two, the other (of two) ; alter . . .
alter, the one . . . the other, i. 31 ; al-
teri . . . atteri, the one party . . . the
other, i. 26 ; the second, i. 2.

alternns, a, um, a^j. {fox aUirtnua,
alter). One after another, by turns,
mutual, alternate.

altltudo, tm«, f. {aUus), Height,
depth.

altusi, a, um, adj. {dlo). High,
tall, lofty ; deep ; in alto (sc. mari), in
deep water, iv. 24.

aluta, ae, f. Soft leather.

ambaiatus, i, m. A vassal, de-
pendant.

Ambarri, drum, m. The Aedui
Ambarri, a Celtic people, clients of
the Aedui, between the Arar {Saone)
and the Rhodanus {Rhone), north of
the AllobrOges, i. 11, 14, 28; vii. 64.

Ambiani, drttm, m. A people in
Gallia Belgica, whose chief town was

SamarobilYa (Amiens), ii. 4, 15; Tii
76.

Ambibarii, dnan, m. An Armor-
ican people, in Gallia Celtica, vii. 75.

Ambiliati, orum, m. A Gallic
people dwelling, according to Reich-
ard, in the vicinity of modem Abbe-
ville, in Picardy, iii. 9.

Ambidrix, l^'«, m. King of half of
the Eburones, v. 24, 27, 34 ; v. 29 ; vi. 2,
5, 6, 9, 29, 43.

AmbiTarSti, ontm, m. A people
of Gallia CeltTca ; clients of the Aedui,
near the Ambarri, viL 75, 90.

AmbiTaiiti, orum, m. A i>eople
of Gallia BelgTca, prob. in the region
of Kamur, on the left bank of the
Mosa {Meuae), iv. 9.

ambo, ae, num. adj. Both.

amentia, ae, f. (a, mens). Folly,
madness, want of reason.

amoiitiiiii, t, n. A strap or thong
used with missiles to give greater im-
pulse in throwing them.

amlractus, us, m, {am,/ranffo), A
turning, bending; a circuitous route.

amlcitia, txe, f. {dmicus). Friend-
ship, alliance.

arnicas, a, um, a4j. {dmo, to love).
Friendly, well-disposed.

arnicas, i, m. {dmo, to love.) A
friend, an ally.

a-mitto, Sre, misi, missum, v. tr. To
send away, dismiss ; to lose, let pass.

amor, oris, m. {dmo, to love).
XiOve, affection.

ample, adv. {amplus). Abundant-
ly, copiously, generously.

ampUflco, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
{amplus, fdcio). To enlarge, extend,
increase.

amplisslme, sup. of ample,

amplitudo, inis, f. {amphts). Size,
greatness; dignity, grandeur, conse-
quence.

amplias, adv., comp. of ample.
More, ftirther.

ampins, a, um, adj. Of large ex«
tent, great, spacious ; magnificent^
abundant, ample; noble, illnstrioQEi
renowned.

AN — APP ARO

287

an, adv. Whether, or. O. 363.

Anaites, ium, m. A Dacian peo-
ple, dwelling probably on the Tibis-
cns {Theiss), a branch of the Ister,
{Danube)f vi. 25.

Ancalltes, urn, m. pi. A people
in the sonth-cast of Britain, y. 21.
^ ancepd, dpltisy a4). {am^ caput).
Haying two heads ; double, twofold ;
doubtful.

ancdra, ae, f. An anchor.

Andes, ium, m. A people of Gal-
lia CeltTca, on the right bank of the
Llger {Loire)y above the Nannfites, ii.
36; iii.7; ya.4.

Andocomborias, », m. An am-
bassador of the Bemi, ii. 3.

angiiias, t, m. Comer, angle.

anguste, ady. {anguatiui). Nar-
rowly, closely ; scantily, sparingly.

an^stiae, arum [rare in the
sing.]; f. {angu9tu9). Narrow space,
narrowness, straitness ; a narrow pass,
defile ; difficulty, necessity.

an^stns, a, um, adj. (angOf to
press together). Narrow, strait; mou'
iest contracted, steep, iv. 23 ; in an-
ffuato, in a critical condition, ii. 25.

ftnima, ae, f. Breath, life; the
soul, spirit, yi. 14.

ftnlmadverto, gre, ti, sum, y. tr.
(animu8y ady verto). To turn one's
attention to ; to perceive, attend, take
heed, notice ; to punish, i. 19.

ftnlmal, aUsy n. {dtdma). An ani-
mal.

ftnlmns, «', m. The mind, soul, in-
tellect; the attention; the thoughts,
will, purpose, desire, design ; inclina-
tion, disposition ; regard, affection ;
feeling, anger, courage, spirit; esse
in animo, to be one's intention, i. 7 ;
relinquU animus Sextium, conscious-
ness leaves S., t . «., he faints, vi. 38.

annotlnns, a, um, adj. {annm), A
year old, of the previous year, v. 8.

annus, t, m. The year.

annnns, a,t«m, adj. {annus). Year-
ly, lasting a year.

anser, irisy m. The goose, v. 12.

ante, prep, with accus. Before.

I. Of space: ante opjndumy before
the town, ii. 32. II. Of time : ante id
tempus, before this time, ii. 35. III.
Adv. Before, previously.

antea, adv. Formerly, before.

antS-cedo, ^0, cessiy cessum, v.
intr. To go before, precede ; to sur-
pass, excel.

antS-coTSor, dm, m. (curro). A
forerunner, advanced guard, pioneer.

antS-f Sro, ferrey taKy Idtumy v. tr.
To bear before ; to place before, prefer.

antenna, asy f. A sail-yard.

antS-p5no, Sre, pdsuiy pOsitum, v.
tr. To phu^ before ; to give the pref-
erence, prefer.

antS-verto, Srcy ti, sum, v. tr. To
prefer or place before, vii. 7.

antiqnitus, adv. {antiquus). In
former times, anciently.

antlqaas, a, urn, adj. {ante). An-
cient, old, olden.

Antistias, t, m. Gaiw AntisHus
Reffinusy one of Caesar's lieutenants,
vi. 1; vii. 83, 90.

Antdnins, «', m. Marcusy son of
Julia, sister of Lucius Julius Caesar,
consul 64 B. C. One of the most faith-
fVd of Caesar's lieutenants in Gaul. He
became tribune of the plebs in 49 B. C,
and as such opposed the decree of the
senate which deprived Caesar of his
command. In the year 45 B. C. he
formed the Triumvirate with Octavia-
nus and Lepidus, was subsequently
defeated at Actium (31 B. C.)» and
shortly after conunitted suicide in
Egypt, vii. 81.

apSrio, irey Sruiy ertumy v. tr. (ad,
pdrio). To open, reveal ; to uncover,
make or lay bare.

fiperte, adv. {dpertus). Openly,
publicly.

apertns, a, um, adj. {dpSrio). Open,
exposed, uncovered, naked; latere
apertOy on the unprotected flank, i. 25.

Apollo, inisy m. Son of Jupiter
and LatOna. Among the Gaols, the
god of the healing art, vi. 17.

app&ro, arsy aviy atumy v. tr. (ady
pdro). To prepare, make ready, put

ibS

APFELLO — ARM ORIC AE

in Older; to proride, procarey ftir^

appellOy ATV, Srt, oficm, t. tr. (adj
pelio). To approach, acoost, address;
to name, call*

appello, Av, /»«&', jmliiMt, t. tr.
(«/, peilo). To drire to ; to more ; to
bring. Of thapt : to steer for, direct
towards.

appSto, ire, frt or n, tlian, t. tr.
(<»/, pito). To striTC after, seek,
coTet. Inir,, to approach, be at hand,
vi. 3d.

applico, are, act. Stum, or td, Uwn,
V. tr. {ad, pUco, to fold). To join to,
attach, bring in contact with ; se t^
pUcare, to lean against, tL 27.

apporto, are, an, dtum, v. tr. {ad^
porta). To oonvej to, bring, cany.

apprdbo, are, art, aium, t. tr. {ad,
prObo). To f^jprove, commend, favor.

apprdpinquo, are, act. Stum, y,
intr. {ad, prOpinquo, to oome near).
To approach, draw near.

appnisas, part, from appello, ire.

Apnlis, e, ac^. (for apdriUs, from
dpirio). Of April. Subs. [sc. menne],
April.

aptos, a, um, a4j. Fit for, suita-
ble, adapted ; apt, skilful.

&pad, prep, with ace. At, by, near,
in the presence of; with, among.

aqua, ae, f . Water.

aquatic, dnis, f. {Oqua). The get-
ting or procuring of water, iv. 11.

aqaila, ae, f. The eagle ; the stan-
dard of the Roman legion. The signa
were the standards of cohorts, Iv.
25.

Aqnlleia, ae, f. A town in Gallia
Oisalpina, near modem Trieste, i. 10.

aqnllifer, firi, m. {aquila,firo).
The eagle-bearer ; standard-bearer.

Aqnilftni, drum, m. pi. Inhabit-
ants of Aqnitania, i. 1 ; iii. 21

Aqnitania, €te, f. The southern
division of Gaul. See GaUia.

Arar, aria, m. [ace. Arariniy abl.
Ardre.] The Sadne, a river in Gaul,
tributary to the Rhone, i. 12, 13, 16;
vii.90.

aiMter, tri, m. An arbitrator^ ar-
bitrar, nmpire, judge.

arMCrina, t, n. {arbtter). The
dedsioo of the arbiter, sentence ; pow-
er, pleasure, absolute will.

arUtnM', ori, Aat mmm, t. ^ep,
{arbiter). To judge, think, consider.

arkor and arbos, Oris, f. A tree.

arcesso, ire, Hvi, eitum, t. tr. {ae-*
cedo). To cause to approach ; tocall^
send f(»', summon, invite.

ardeo, ere, «i, eum, t. intr. To
bum, to be on fire ; henee, of the pas-
none: to be inflamed, be excited, bum.

Ardaeaaa, ae, f. [sc. eilvd\. An
extensive forest in Oailia Bel^ca, up-
wards of fifty miles in length; now
Ardennee, v. 3 ; vi. 29, 31, 33.

arduna, a, um, acy. Steep ; high,
lofty ; difiicult, arduous, hard.

Arecomici Yolcae. See Volcae.

ta^eutwm, t, n. Silver; silver
ware, vii. 47.

argilla, ae, f. White clay, potter's
clay.

' artdiia, a, wn, adj. {area, to be
dry). Diy, parched; ex arido [sc-
loco], from a dry place, dry land.

Eries, itis, m. 1) A ram ; a bat-
tering-ram. 2) Support, brace, iv. 17*

ArioYistn8,t, m. A powerful Ger-
man king, defeated by Caesar, i. 31,
«9., 53; V. 29; vi. 12.

Aristins, i, m. Marcus, a milita-
ry tribune, under Caesar, vii. 42, 43.

arma, drum, n. pi. Arms, weapons ;
war. Of a ship : the tackle, rigging.

armamenta, orum, n. {arma). Im-
plements ; the tackle of a ship, rigging,
cordage, etc.

arm&tora, ae, f. {arma). Armor;
levis armaturae, of light armor, light*
armed, ii. 24.

armatns, a, um, 1) part, from €a>
mo; 2) subs. An armed man, sol>
dier.

armO) are, aoi, atum, v. tr. To
arm, equip. Of ships : to fit out, fur*
nish, rig.

Armorlcae [civitates], af^an, f
(Celt, ar, on, mor, the sea.) The Ar

ARPINEIUS — AUDIO

289

moric or coast states ; the north-west-
ern proYinces of Ganl, v. 5S ; vii. 75.

Arpineius, t, m. Gaius, a Roman
knight, V. 27, 28.

arripio, Sre, uif reptum, v. tr. {ad^
rdpio). To seize, lay hold of, appro-
priate.

arrog^anter, adv. {arrdganst arro-
gant). Arrogantly, proudly, insolent-
ly, haughtily.

arrogantia, a«, f. {arrdgana^ arro-
gant). Haughtiness, pride, arrogance,
insolence.

ars, artiSf f. Skill, art, faculty ; sci-
ence, knowledge, method; manner,
way, contrivance.

arte, adv. {artus). Closely, firmly,
tightly.

arficiflns, t, m. (dim. from artust
a joint). Joint, knot, vi. 27.

artinciani, t, n. {artlfeXf artist).
Trade, employment, skill, knowledge,
ingenuity ; craft, cunning, dexterity.

artas, a, «m, adj. {arceOf to shut
up). Close, dense, thick.

Arvemns, t, m. One of the Ar-
vemi; Arverrdf drum, a people of
Gallia Celtica; Gtergovia {Auvergne)
their principal town, i. 31, 45 ; vii. 3,
5, 34, 90.

arx, arcis, f. A height ; a fortified
height ; a citadel, fortress, strong-
hold.

ascendo, ^e, di, «t<m, v. intr. {ad,
scahdo, to climb). To ascend, go up,
mount.

ascensns, tts, m. (aacendo). The
act of going up; the ascent, the ap-
proach, the acclivity.

aspectds, us, m. {adap^cio, to
look). The sight; the appearance,
looks, presence, countenance.

asper, Sra, fy^m, adj. Kough, un-
even; harsh, severe; violent, fierce,
cruel, wild, savage.

asslduas, a, um, adj. {aasideo, to
sit by). Continual, unremitting, con-
stant, perpetual, incessant, diligent.

assnelacio, ireffeci^factumy v. tr.
(aaauetus, accustomed, fOcio). To ac-
custom, inure, habituate.

assnesco, ire, evi, &umf v. intr.
{ad, aueaco, to be wont). To become
accustomed to, accustom one's self to.

at, conj» But, yet, still ; but at least.

atqne or ac, conj. [oc stands only
before consonants ; atque before vow-
els or consonants] {ad, qtte). And,
and also. In compariaona : than, from,
as ; oKter ac, otherwise than.

AtrSMtes, urn, m. [sing. Atrif-
baa, atia,] A people of Gallia Belglca,
whose principal town was Nemeto-
cenna {Arraa), ii. 4, 16, 23 ; iv. 21, 35 ;
vi6; vii. 75.

Atrins, i, m. Quinitu, an officer
whom Caesar left in charge of his
fleet, while making an incursion into
Britain, v. 9^ 10.

attexo, Sre,tu, xtum, v. tr. {ad, texo,
to weave). To weave on, join by
weaving, add.

attin^o, &re,tigi,taetum, v. tr. {ad,
tango). To touch, come in contact
with; to border upon; to arrive at,
reach.

attrlbuo, 9re, id, utum, v. tr. {ad,
tHbiw). To attribute to, assign, be-
stow; to give in charge of, appoint
over.

attnll. See Aff^o,

anctor, dm, m. {augeo). Creator,
maker, author, inventor, producer;
leader, originator, director; promo-
ter, approver ; adviser, counsellor.

aactoritas, aiia, f. {auctor). Au-
thority, power, influence; standing,
reputation, dignity ; command, order,
will.

auctns, a, um, part, from augeo,

andacia, ae, f. {audax, daring).
Boldness ; daring courage ; insolence,
audacity, presumption.

audacter or aadaclter, adv. {at^
dax, daring). Boldly ; courageously,
confidently; insolently.

andeo, ere, aitsua aum, v. semi-dep.
G. 268, 3. To dare, venture ; to un-
dertake, attempt.

audio, ire, ivi, Uum, v. tr. To hear,
listen to, perceive ; to obey, give heed
to ; dicta audientea, obedient to, i. 39.

290

AUDITIO — BELLICOSUS

andltio, oms, f. (audio). 1) The
act of hearing. 2) That which is
heard; rumor, report

anigeo, ere, xi, ctuntf y, tr. To in-
crease, enlarge, augment; to enrich,
advance, promote.

Anlerci, drum, m. A people in G^al-
lia Celtica, divided into four branches :
1 ) Brannovieee {Brannomi), on the li-
ger ( Loire), vii. 75. 2) Cenomani, west
of the Camutes, vii. 4, 75. 3) Ehuro-
Tires, north of the Carnuiet, iL34;
iii. 17; vii. 75. 4) DiabUntee, north-
west of the Cenomani, iii. 9.

. Anlercas, t, m. One of the Ao-
Icrci, vii. 67.

Aalns, t, m. A Roman praenomen.

aariga, ae, m. {aurea, a bridle,
Ago). A charioteer, driver.

anris, is, f. The ear.

Aaronculeios, i, m. Lucius An-
rtmciUeius Cotta, one of Caesar's lieu-
tenants, ii. 11 ; iv. 22 ; V. 24, sq,

Ansel, drum, m. A people in Aqui-
tania, iii. 27.

ansiis, a, um, part, from audeo.

ant, conj. Or ; aut . . . aut, either
• . . or. G. 564, II. 2.

autem, coig. But, moreover;
while, i. 2.

autumnns, i, m. (augeo), Antnmn,
the season of harvest.

aaxL See Augeo,

anxlliaris, e, a/^. (auxfUum), Aux-
iliary, aiding, assisting. Subs. m. pi.
The auxiliaries.

aaxilior, Sri, atus sum, v. dep.
{auxilium). To aid, assist, succor, help.

aaxltinm, t, n. (augeo). Help, aid,
assistance; remedy, resource, sup-
port ; auxiliary troops, 1. 24.

Avarlcensis, e, adj. (Avaricum).
Of or relating to Avaricum, vii. 47.

Avaricnni, i, n. A town of the
Biturtges, now Bourges, vii. 13, 15, 18,
31, 47.

ftvarltia, ae, f. (avartts, avaricious).
Avarice, covetousness.

ft-vSho, Sre, vexi, vectum, v. tr. To
convey away.

ftversus, a, um, 1) part, from aver-

to ; 2) acy* Turned away [opp. to ad-
versus], backwards, in the back ; over-
sum hostem, a flying enemy, i. 26.

ft-verto, Sre, ti, sum, v. tr. To
turn away, remove, divert, estrange.

avis, is, f. A bird.

avns, », m. A grandfather.

Axona, a«, m. A river in Giallia
Belglca, now the Aisne, a tributary of
the Ifl&ra (Oise), which flows into the
Seqnftna (Seine), iL 5, 9.

B.

Bacenis silTa, f. An extensive
forest in Germany ; ace. to Mannert,
the western part of the Thuringian
Forest ; ace. to Beichard, the Hartz,
vLlO.

Bactflns. See SexUus.

Baleftris, e, adj. Balearic ; of the
Balearic Islands (Majorca and Minor-
ca), ii. 7.

ImltSns, t, m. A girdle, belt ; a
sword-belt.

Balyentius, t, m. Titue, a brave
centurion, v. 35.

barb&rus, a, um. 1) Adj. Foreign,
strange, barbarous ; wild, savage, un-
civilized. 2) Svbs. A barbarian, for-
eigner.

Basflns, i, m. See MinOciue,

Batftvi, drum, m. The Batavians ;
BatSvdrum insula, the island bounded
by the northern arm of the Bhenus,
(Rhine), the YahgLlis ( Waal), the Mdsa
(Meuee), and the ocean, iv. 10.

Belgae, arum, m. The Belgians
a powerful and warlike people, dwell<
ing in Northern Gaul, between the
Ehenus (Rhine), the Sequ&na (Seine),
Matrdna (Mame), and the North Sea.
i. 1 ; ii. 1, 4, 14, 38.

Belgiom, i, n. A part of Oallia
BelgTca, north of the Isara (Oiee), in-
habited by the Bellovaci, Atrebates,
and the Ambiani, v. 25.

belllcosns, a, um, adj. (5eA<»tf>
Warlike, fierce in war.

BELLICUS — BRUTUS

2»1

belllGUS, a, urn, adtj. (beUum). Of
or pertaining to war, warlike.

bello, are, avi, atum, y. intr. {hel-
ium). To wage or carry on war.

Bellocassi, orum, m. [also Velo-
caaseSf turn, ii. 4]. A people of Gal-
lia BelgTca, occupying the conntry
east of the CalSti, along the Seqn&na
(^Seine), to the IsSra (Oise), Then:
capital was Botomagas {Rouen), yii.
76.

BelloTaci, orum, m. A powerful
people of Gallia BelgYca, between the
6equSbia {Seine), the Is&ra {Oise), and
the Sam^ (Somme). Capital, Bra-
tuspantium, iL 4, 13, 14 ; vil. 59, 75.

bellmn, i, n. (dtteUum, duo), War.

bSne, mBliua, optfme, adv. {bdnua).
Well, rightly, favorably, happily, suc-
cessfully.

bSnSflciiim, i, n. {bine, fOcio),
Kindness, favor, good deed, benefit,
service.

benSvSlentia, ae, f. {bgne, vdh).
Friendly disposition, good will, incli-
nation, friendship.

Bibracte, is, n. The capital of
the Aedni, in Gallia CeltTca ; later
Augustodunum, now Autun, i. 23;
vii. 55, 63, 90.

Bibrax, eictis, n. A town of the
Remi, in Gallia BelgTca, ii. 6.

Bibrdci, drum, m. A people in the
south-eastern part of Britain, v. 21.

bldnnm, i, n. {bis, dies). The
space of two days, two days.

bienninm, i, n. {bis, annus). The
space of two years, two years.

Bigrerridnes, um, m. A people of
Aquitania, at the foot of the Pyre-
nees, iii. 27.

bini, ae, a, num. distrib. {bis). Two
by two, two each.

blparlito, adv. {bis, partio). In
two divisions, in two lines, i. 25.

bIpSdftlis, e, adj. {bis, pes). Two
feet long, broad, or thick ; trabes, iv.
17.

bis, num. adv. Twice.

Bittfrlges, um, m. A people of
Gallia Celtica, i. 18; vii. 6, 8, 9, 15.

Bodoognatns, i, m. A leader of
the Nervii, ii. 23.

Boii, drum, m. The Boii, a widely-
extended and nomadic people, who
dwelt chiefly in Gaul, Italy, and Ger-
many. In Gallia Celttca their district
was between the LTger {Loire) and
the Elftver {AUier), i. 5, 25, 28, 29 ; vii.
9, 17, 75.

bdnitas, atis, f. {bdmta). Good-
ness, excellence; offrorum, fertility,
i. 28.

bonus, a, um, comp. mHHor, sup.
optimus, adj. Good, excellent; use-
ful, suitable ; well-disposed, friendly.

bdnnm, i, n. {bdnus). A good thing,
benefit, advantage. BSna, drum, n. pi.
property, goods.

bos, b&vis, m. and f. Ox, cow.

brachimn, t, n. The fore-arm, the
arm.

Brannovices. See Aulerci.

Brannovii, orum, m. A* people in
Gallia CeltYca, subject to the Aedui,
vii. 75.

Brataspantinm, i, n, A town of
Gallia Belgrca, in the country of the
Bellov&ci, ii. 13.

brgvis, e, adj. Short, brief, of short
duration.

brSvItas, oHs, f, {brims). Short-
ness (either of space or time), brevity.

brgviter, adv. Shortly, briefly,
with few words.

Britanni, &rum, m. The Britons,
iv. 21 ; V. 11, 14, 21.

Britannia, ae, f. The island of
Britain, iii. 9 ; iv. 20, 21 ; v. 8, 12 ; vi.
13.

Britannlcns, a, um, adj. {Britan'
nia). Pertaining to Britain, British.

brnma, oa, f. (for brivima, brgvis).
The shortest day in the year, the win-
ter solstice.

Brntns, i, m. Decimus ilddlescens,
i. e., Decftnus Junius Brutus. He com«
manded a portion of Caesar's fleet, in
the Gallic war, and served under him
in the civil war, but finally became
one of his assassins, 44 B. C, iii. U.
14 ; vii. 9, 87.

292

CABILLONUM — CABRUS

o.

Cabilldnani, t, n. An important
town of the Aedui, in Oallia Celtica,
on the Arar {Sadne), vii. 42,90.

Caborns, t, m. See Vdlirius.

cacumeii, im>, n. The extreme
end, extremity ; point, top.

cftdaver, iris, n. {eOdo). A dead
•body, corpse.

cado, ire, cidldi, canon, y. intr.
To £&11 ; to perish, die.

Cadarci, drum, m. A people of
Gallia Celtrca, vii. 4, 64, 7o.

CadorcQs, e, m. A Cadarcan, vii. 5,

caedes, ia, f. {caedo), A catting
down, slaughter, murder.

caedo, ire, dcidi, caemm, v. tr.
(caus. of cddo). To cut, fell« cut down,
cut off; to beat, kill, destroy.

caerlin6iiia, ae, f. A religious
ceremony ; a sacred rite.

Caeroesi, orumf m. A (Germanic
tribe, dwelling between the Rhenus
{Rhine), and the Mdsa (Meuse), ii. 4.

caertUens, a, um, adj. Dark>ool-
ored, dark-blue.

Caesar, arts, m. 1) Ouiua JuHua
Caesar; consult Life, p. vii, 2) Lu-
cius, consul 64 B. C, one of Caesar's
lieutenants in the Gallic war, vii. 65.

caesos, a, um, part, from caedo.

Cains, See Gaius.

cftlftmltas, Otis, f. Calamitf , mis-
fortune, loss, disaster, damage.

Cftlendae, arum, f. The first day
of each month. G. 642.

CalSti, drum, or CalStes, ium, m.
A people of Gallia Celtica, on the
north side of the lower Seine and
along the coast, ii. 4 ; vii. 75.

callldas, a, um, a4j. (calleo, to be
wise). Skilftil, shrewd, cunning.

calo, onis, m. A soldier's servant,
a servant.

campester, tris, tre, a<^. {campus).
Plain, level, fiat; campestres munUir-
on''9t fortifications on the open plain,
vii 81.

campus, t, m. A plain, a lovd
field.

CanmlogSnns, i, m. A Gallic
chieftam, of the tribe of the Aulerci«
vii. 67, 69, 62.

Caninins, i, m. See Oaius Cata-
nius Rebilus.

c&no, ire, ddni, cantum, v. tr. To
sound ; to sing ; to give a signal witt
a trumpet ; receptui canere, to give the
signal for retreat, vii. 47.

Cant&bri, drum, m. [sing. Cantd-
her, hr%\. A warlike people in the
north of Spain, ilL 26.

Cantimn, i, n. A district on the
southern coast of Britain, now Kent,
V. 13, 14, 22.

capillos, t, m. The hair of the head.

cftpio, ire, cepi, captum, v. tr. To
take, receive, lay hold of, seize, cap-
ture ; to occupy, gain, reach ; to se-
lect, choose ; consiHum capere, to form
the design, iii. 2.

caprea, ae, f. A she-goat, a roe.

captivas, a, um, adj. {c&pio). Cap-
tive, captured in war, prisoner ; cap-
tured, plundered, taken as booty.

captns, us, m. {cdpio). Capacity,
power of comprehension, notions,
ideas, iv. 3.

captns, a, um, part, from cdpio.

caput, iHs, n. The head ; individ-
ual, person; muUis capitHms, with
many mouths, iv. 10 ; capitis poena,
the punishment of death, vii. 71*

careo, ere, ui, Uum, v. intr. To be
without; to want, be in want of, lack;
to be deprived of.

cfirina, oe, f. The keel of a ship.

Camntes, um, m. A people of
Gallia Celtica, on both sides of the
Lrger {Loire), whose principal town
was Gen&bum {Orldans), ii. 35 ; v. 2&,
29, 56; vi. 2, 4, 13; vii. 2, 3, 11, 76.

c&ro, camis, f. Flesh.

carpo, ire, psi, ptum, v. tr. 1) To
pluck, tear off. 2) To assail with
words ; to detract, slander, calnmni'
ate, carp at.

carrus, t, m., or carrum, vn. A
wagon.

C ABUS — CENTTJRIO

293

cAnu, a, urn, a4j* Dear, beloved,
!aighly prized.

Canrilins, t, m. A king of the
Britons, y. 22.

cftsa, ae, t A hat, cottage, bar-
tack.

caseus, t, m. Cheese.

Cassi, oittmy m. A small tribe in
ilie south of Britain, v. 21.

Cassiftnns, a, um, adj. (Ccusitu).
Cassian, pertaining to Cassius, i. 13.

cassis, €dis, f. A hehnet of metal,
{ffoleaf of leather).

Cassins, t, m. Lmcws Ceunua Lon-
gintu, consul 107 B. C, was defeated
and slain by the HeWetii, and his
army compelled ignominlonsly to pass
imder the yoke, i. 7, 12.

Cassivellaiuins, t, m. A com-
mander of the Britons, y. 11, 18, 22.

castelliim, t, n. (dim. of eastrum).
A castle, fort, citadel, stronghold, re-
doubt.

Castlcns, t, m. A chief of the Sc-
quftni, i. 3.

casUgo, arCf avif atum^ v. tr. To
punish, chastise, reprimand.

castmm, t, n. A fortified place, a
fort. Ctutra, drttrnf n. pi. A camp,
encampment; quintia castrisy in five
days* march, &Y., at the fifth encamp-
ment, yii. 36 ; castra movere, to break
up, to decamp, i. 39.

casus, ttf , m. (cddb). That which
comes to pass, an event, an occur-
rence ; misfortune, calamity i chance,
accident.

CatamantalSdes, t>, m. A chief
of the Sequ&ni, i. 3.

c&tena, 00, f. A chain, fetter.

C&tfirigcs, urn, m. A small tribe
in Gallia Narbonensis, i. 10.

CatnTolcus, t, m. King of half of
the EburOnes, v. 24, 26 ; vi. 31.

causa, oe, f. 1) Reason, ground,
motive, cause ; abl. ccnudy for the sake
of, on account of; attxiUi eatuSf for
the sake of aid, ii. 24. 2) An alleged
reason, pretence ; amicitietecatuaf un-
der the pretence of friendship, 1. 39.
8) As a legal term : cause *, cautam di-

cere, to plead one's cause, 1. 4. 4) Con-
dition, situation; in eadem cauadf in
the same condition, iv. 4.

cante, adv. (cdveo). Cautiously,
with prudence.

cantes, it, f. A rough pointed
rock, cliff.

Cavarillas, t, m. Commander of
the Aedai, vii. 67.

Cayarinus, t, m. King of the Se-
ndnes, appointed by Caesar, v. 54;
vi. 5.

cayeo, ere, cavi, cautum, v. intr.
To be on one's guard, either for one's
self or another ; to take care ; to make
one secure (as by bail) ; obaidibus de
pectmiS cavetU, they give hostages as
security for the money, vi. 2 ; inter ae
cavere, to take and give security, vii. 2.

cedo, gre, cesai, ceaaum, v. intr. To
go, go forth, go away ; to yield, retire.

cSler, iria, gre, a^j. Swift, rapid,
quick, speedy.

ceierltas, aiia, t. (cgler). Swift-
ness, rapidity, quickness.

cSlSrIter, cilgriua, cilerrime, adv.
(cSler), Swiftly, quickly, rapidly.

celo, are, dvi, aium, v. tr. To con-
ceal, hide, keep secret.

Celtae, drum, m. The Celts, a
people who, in the time of Caesar, oc
cupied the largest of the three princi-
pal divisions of Gaul, i. 1.

Celtillus, t. m. One of the Arver^
ni, father of YercingetOrix, vii. 4.

Cenimagni, drum, m. A people
in the south of Britain, v. 21.

Cenomani, drum, m. See Aulerci,

censeo, ere, aui, sum, v. tr. To-be
of an opinion ; to judge, determine,
decree, resolve, ordain ; to be in favoi
of, vote for.

census, xm, m. {cenaeo), A census,
enumeration, registration.

Centr5nes, tern, m. A mountai
tribe in Gallia Narbonensis, i. 10.

centmn, num. indecl. A hundred.

centtfrio, onia, m. {centHria), A
centurion, the commander of the divis-
ion of troops called the century. The
century consisted originally of one

294

CEPI— CIRCUMSISTO

hundred men, later of sixty. In each
legion there were sixty centurions.

cepi. See Copio.

cerno, irst crevi, cr&unif v. tr. To
separate ; to distinguish by the senses ;
to see, perceive ; to decide, decree, re-
solve.

certfimen, ttiiSf n. (certo, to strive).
A contest, strife, engagement, battle.

ceite, adv. {certus). Certainly,
iurely ; at least

certus, a, um, a^j. {cento). Cer-
tain, definite, fixed, sure, established ;
vtrtioremfacere, to inform, ii. 2.

cerms, », m. 1) A stag. 2) Aa
a mint, term : a piece of wood forked
like the horns of a stag, a forked
stake, vii. 72.

cespes, itis, m. {caedo), A turf or
sod.

cetSrns, a, um, adj. [nom. sing. m.
not used]. The rest, the remainder,
the other.

Ceutrones, «m, m. A people of
Gallia Belglca, in the region of West
Flanders, v. 39.

Ceyenna, ae, m. A mountain
chain between the Arvemi and the
Helvii, now the CdventieSf Vii. 8, 56.

ChSrnsci, drum, m. A Germanic
people between the Visurgis {Weser)
and the Albis {Elbe), vi. 10.

clbarius, a, wm, adj. {abm). Per-
taining to food, suitable for eating;
dbdria, orumy subs. n. pi. ; food, pro-
visions, supplies.

clbus, i, m. Food, nourishment,
provender.

CIcSro, oms, m. Quintua TttUius,
brother of the flEunous orator, one of
Caesar's lieutenants in Gaul, v. 24, 38,
52; vi. 36; vii. 90.

CimberiDS, t, m. A leader of the
Suebi, i. 37.

Cimbri, drum, m. A warlike peo-
ple from the north, who, in the latter
part of the second century B. C, in-
vaded Southern Europe, and were
finally conquered by Gaius Marius
101 B. C, i. 33, 40 ; ii. 4, 29 ; vii. 77.

Cingetorix, iffis, m. 1) A chief

of the Treviti, thoroughly devoted to
Caesar and the Roman cause, v. 3, 56 ;
vi. 8. 2) A chief of the Kentish Brit-
ons, V. 22.

cingo, Bre, nxi, nctum, v. tr. To
surround, encompass, enclose, encir-
cle, invest.

eippus, »', m. A post, sharp stake.

circa, prep, with ace. Around^
about.

circlnns, i, m. A pair of compasses.

circitery adv. and prep, {circus^ a
circle). About, near.

circQltiu, ttf, m. {circHmeo). A
going around, cuxuit, circumference,
way around.

circuin {circus, a circle). 1) Adv.
Around, about, all around. 2) Prep,
with ace. Around, about, in the en-
virons of, near.

ciTCum-cido, ire, cidi, cieum, v. tr.
{caedo). To cut around; to cut.

circmncisns, a, um, part, from
circumcido. Cut around, steep.

circmn-clado, ^e, at, eum {dau-
do). To shut in, enclose on every
side, surround, hem in.

circnm-do, dare, didi, datum^ v.
tr. To put, set, or place around ; to
encompass, encircle.

circnm-daoo, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr.
To lead or draw around.

circttm-eo, ire, ivi or ii, itum, t.
intr. To go around. Trans., to sur-
round, enclose, encompass.

circuin-fundo, ire, fudi, Jtuum,
V. tr. To pour around, to surround ;
Pass',, to collect in multitudes ; to
flock about or around.

circum-jicio, ire, Jeci, Jectum, v.
tr. {j'dcio). To cast, throw, or place
around.

cirdun-mitto, ire, mist, missum,
V. tr. To send around.

circnm-munio, ire, ivi, Hum, y.
tr. To wall up around, fortify, make
secure ; to enclose, surround.

circum-plector, i, plexus stun, v.
dep. To embrace, surround, enclose.

circuin-sisto, ire, stiti, v. tr. and
intr. To stand around ; to surround

CmCUMSPIClO — COEBCEO

295

circnm-splcio, ire, exi, eetttmf y.
hitr. {apSciOf to look). To look around,
gaze atx)at. Tram,, to riew on all
Bides ; to consider, ponder upon.

circimi-sto, are, Hiti, v. tr. and
intr. To stand aroand ; to surroand.

circnm-yallo, are, am, atum,y. tr.
{vckUum), To surround with a wall ;
to blockade, invest, encompass.

circmn-yChor, i, vecttu «um,v.dep.
ipiho). To ride around, go around.

circnm-ySnio, ire, vent, ventum,
T. tr. To come around, esp. in a hos-
tile manner ; to surround, encompass,
invest ; to deceive, entrap.

cis, prep, with ace On this side of.

Cl8*alpinas, ' a, urn, adj. {Alpes}.
On this side of the Alps, Cisalpine,
vi. 1.

Cis-rhenaniis, a, urn, adj. {Rhi-
ftiM). On this side of the Khine, vi. 2.

dt&tns, a, um, part, {cito, are, to
put in motion). Driven, urged for-
ward, hastened ; quick, rapid.

cItSrior, us, adj. G. 166 {cis). On
this bide, hither.

cito, cUius, dtisstme, adv. {cieo, to
cause to go). Quickly, rapidly.

citra, prep, with ace. {cis). On this
side of.

citro, adv. {cis). Hither; vUro ci'
troque, hither and thither, to and fro,
i.42.

cfyis, is, m. and f. A citizen.

ciyltas, atis, f. {civis), A body of
citizens, state; the privilege of citi-
zenship, citizenship, i. 47.

clam, adv. (for celam, firom' celo).
Secretly, in private.

clamlto, are, am, atum, v. freq.
{clatno, to cry out). To cry out vio-
lently, shout aloud.

clfimor, oris, m. {clamo, to cry out).
A loud cry, a shout, noise, clamor.

clandestinns, a, um, adj. {clam).
Secret, hidden, concealed, private.

clams, a, um^ adj. Clear, distinct ;
plain, loud ; renowned, famous.

classis, is, f. A fleet.

Claudius, »', m. Appius, consul at
Rome, 54 B. C. y. 1.

clando, 9re, sij sum, v. tr. To

close, shut up, enclose ; agmen clou-
dere, to close the line, bring up the
rear, i. 25.

ciayns, i, m. A nail.

clementia, ae, f. {clemens, mild).
Moderation, mildness, forbearance,
clemency, mercy, kindness.

cliens, entis, m. and f, (for cluens^
clueo, to hear). A client, dependant,
vassal, retainer, subject, L 31.

clientela, ae, f. {cliens). Client-
ship, protection, alliance.

clivus, t, m. {cHno, to ascend). A
gently ascending height ; a hill, emi-
nence, elevation.

Clodius, t, m. PubHus Pulcher, a
turbulent tribune of the people. He
was killed near Rome 52 B. C, in an
encounter with his enemy Milo, vii. 1.
Cnaeas, better written Gnaens,
ft, m. A Roman praenomen.

coftceryo, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
{con, Ocervo, to heap up). To heap up
together ; to accumulate, collect in a
mass.

coaetus, a, um, part, ftrom coffo.

coactos, us, m. {cdgo). Constraint,
compulsion.

coagmento, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
{cogo). To join together, connect, flas-
ten together, vii. 23.

coarto, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {con,
arto, to press). To press together ; to
press into a small space, vii. 70.

Cocosates, turn, m. A people of
Aquitania, iii. 27.

coegi. See Cogo.

Goelestis, e, adj. {coelum, heaven).
Heavenly, celestial. Subs, pi., the
heavenly beings, the gods, vi. 17.

coSmo, ^e, emi, emptum, v. tr. {con^
9mo). To buy up, purchase.

coeo, ire, ivi or ii, itum, v. intr.
{con, eo). To go or come together;
to meet, assemble, collect.

coepi, coepisse, v. def. 0. 297. To
begin, commence.

coeptus, a, um, part. See Coepi.

coerceo, ere, ui, itum, v. tr. {oont
areeo, to shut up). To enclose on all

296

COGITATIO — COMMODE

BldeB; to restrain, confine; to keep
bock, check.

cdglt&tio, anit, f. {cogito). Think-
ing, reflection ; design, plan.

cdgUo, dre, art, atumt y. tr. {con,
4gUo). To consider, reflect upon, med-
itate, weigh ; to design, plan, intend.

cognatio, onw, f. (con, nascor). 1)
Eelationship. 2) Those who are re-
lated, family relatives, kindred ; mag-
nae cognationis, with numerous relar

tives, vii. ^.

cognosco, ft-e, ovi, Uum, v. tr. (cow,
no8co). To know ; to ascertain, learn,
discover ; to examine, investigate.

cogo, «rtf, egit actuMt v. tr. {oouy
ago). To drive together, collect, as-
semble ; to force, constrain, compel.

cdhors, tia, f. A cohort, the tenth
part of a legion, fionsisting of six cen-
turiae ; praetoria cohora, the com-
mander's staff or body-guard, i. 40.

Gdhortatio, onia, f. {cdhortor). Ex-
hortation, encouragement.

cobortor, an', attu aum, v. dep.
{con, hortor). To exhort, encourage.

coire. See Coeo.

collatns, a, wm, part, from confiro*

coUaudo, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {con,
laudo). To praise, conmiend highly,
extol.

coUectas, a, um, part, from coUcgo,

Bre.

coUIgo, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {con,
Ugo, to bind). To bind together, fas-
ten, connect.

coUigo, gre, %t, tectum, v. tr. {con,
Ugo, to collect). To collect together,
assemble ; to gain, acquire, vi. 12 ; ae
colligere, to compose one's self, iii. 6.

coUis, ia, m. A hill, high ground.

colloco, are, am, atum, v. tr. {con,
Idco, to place). To lay, put, place;
to set up, erect ; to station, quarter ;
to arrange ; nuptum . . . collocare, to
give in marriage, i. 18.

colloquinm, i, n. {coUdquor). Con-
versation, conference, interview.

collSqnor, t, nitus awn, v. dep.
{con, Idquor). To speak with ; to con-
verse ; to hold a conference or parley.

c51o, ire, cdkd, cuUum, v. tr. Tc
till, cultivate ; to honor, revere, rev-
erence, worship.

cdldnia, ae, f. {cdlonus, colonist).
Colony, settlement.

color, oria, m. The color, com-
plexion, tint.

comboro, ire, buaai, bustum, v. tr.
{con, uro, to bum). To bum up, con-
sume.

comes, i^^, m. and f. {con, eo). One
who goes with another, a companion,
comrade, associate.

comltiiim, i, n. {con, eo). The comi-
tium, a portion of the Roman Fomm.
Plur,, the assembly held in the comi-
tium for electing magistrates, etc;
hetwe, election; proximia comittis, at
the last election, vii. 67.

comltor, ari, atua turn, v. dep. (cd-
mea). To accompany, attend, follow.

commeatus, ua, m. {commeo). I)
A passage, trip, expedition, v. 23. 2)
Supplies, provisions, i. 48.

commSmdro, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
{con, mSmor), To bring to mind, call
to mind, remind ; to recount, relate.

commendo, are, avi, atum, v.tr.
{con, mando). To commit to ; to in-
trust, commend.

comn^eo, are, avi, aium, v. intr.
{con, meo, to go). To go back and
forth, rtisort to, visij;.

commilltOy onM, m. Comrade.

commlniiSy adv. {con, mSnua).
In close contest, hand to hand.

commissilray ae, f. {commUto).
A joining together ; juncture, joint.

committo, ire, miai, miasum, v.
tr. {con, tnitto) 1) To' join) connect
together, maUa, vii. 22 ; proeUum com-
mittere, to join battle, commence bat-
tle. 2) To begin, undertake. 3) To
commit (as a crime or offence). 4) To
intrust, allow, permit, risk.

Commiiis, i, m. A leader of the
Atreb&tes, iv. 21, 27, 35 ; v. 22; vi.6;
vu. 76.

commode, adv. {commddua). Op-
portunely, seasonably ; properly, suit-
ably; easily, without difficulty.

OOMM ODUM — CONCIOKOR

297

commSdiim, t, n. (eommddus), Ad-
Tantage, profit, gain, utility ; conven-
ience.

conunddiKB, a, Ktn, acy. (con, md-
dtts). Convenient, suitable; profita-
ble, advantageous, useful, fitvorable,
agreeable.

commonSf ftcio, irtf,fieitfactutnf
V. tr. (eon, mdneOifdcio). To remind,
admonish, inform.

commdror, arif atua turn, v. dep.
(con, m&ror). To stop, linger, stay,
sojourn.

commoTeo, «r0, mooit motum, v. tr.
(con, mdveo). To move ; to afifect, ex-
cite ; to disturb.

commuiilco, aref avi, atum^ v. tr.
(jcommwds). To make common, share
with, communicate, impart; eonaUia^
to take common counsel, vi. 2.

commnnio, ircy ivi or «'», itom, v. tr.
{corit munio). To fortify on all sides
or strongly ; to secure, intrench.

commanig, e, adj. (con, munus).
Common, general, public, ordinary.

commutatlo, onis, f. (comm&o), A
changing, change, alternation.

commuto, are, avif atum, v. tr.
{con, muto). To change entirely, al-
ter; to exchange. '

comparo, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
(compar, alike). To place in com-
parison, compare, i. 31.

comparo, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {con,
pHro), To prepare with zeal, make
ready ; to procure, acquire, gain.

compello, &re, piUi, pulsum, v. tr.
{con, pello). To drive together, col-
lect ; to compel, drive, constrain.

compendiimi, t, n. {con, pendo),
Q&in, profit, advantage. «

compSrio, ire, piri, pertum, v. tr.
To get a knowledge of, ascertain,
learn, discover ; cotnpertttm heibere, to
have ascertained, i. 44 ; pro re comper-
ta, as (for) an established fact, vii. 42.

compeitns, a, um, part, from com-
pSrio.

complector, t, exus sum, v. dep.
{con, plecto, to plait). To embrace,
Airround, enclose, encircle.

16

compleo, ere, pUvi, pletum {con,
pleo, to fill). To fill, make full; to
complete, fill up ; montem, to cover,
i.24.

complores, a and ia, adj. (con,
plus). Several, many, very many.

compdno, ire,pdaui,p6Htum, v. tr.
{eon, pcno). To put or place togeth-
er ; to compose, arrange ; to build.

comporto, are, am, atum, v. tc
{con, porto). To bring together^ col-
lect, convey.

comprShendo, ire, di, turn, v. tr.
{con, prehendo). To take hdld of, seize,
apprehend ; to catch, take captive, ar-
rest, iv. 27 ; to lay hold of, to take by
the hand, v. 31 ; ignem, to take fire,
V. 43.

comprdbo, are, avi, aium, v. tr.
{con, prdbo). To approve fiilly ; to
sanction; to justify.

compiilsas, a, um, part, from com-
pello, grjB.

coBfttas, U8, m., confttmn, t, n.
{conor). Attempt, undertaking.

con-cedo, ire, cessi, ceesum, v. tr.
and intr. To go away, retire, with-
draw ; to yield, grant ; to permit, al-
low, concede.

coD-certo, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
{certo, to contend). To match one's self
with another in battle ; to contend.

conceasuB, U8,iii. {concede). Per-
mission, leave.

con-cldo, Sre, ddi, v. intr. {cOdo).
To fall ; to perish.

con-cldo, are, cidi, cUum, v. tr.
{caedo). To cut to pieces ; to cut down,
destroy ; to divide, intersect.

concilio, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {con-
cilium). To bring together, unite ; to
gain the favor of, win, conciliate ; to
obtain, gain, procure.

concilium, t, n. {concieo, to col-
lect). An assembly, meeting, council.

concio, onw, f. {concieo, to collect).
An assembly, esp. of the people or of
an army, meeting, council.

concidnor, dri, atus sum, v. dep.
{eondo). To harangue, discourse,
make a speech.

298

CONCIPIO — CONFLICTO

con-cfpio, in, cepi, ceptuniy v. tr.
{cdpio). To take, receive ; to conceive,
understand, comprehend.

concisns, a, tun, part, from con-
cido,

con-clto, are, am, atum, v. tr. {cUo,
to pat in motion). To move violently ;
to aroase, stir up, incite, instigate, pro-
T7oke.

con-Glftmo, are, avi, atum, v. intr.
{cldmo, to cry out). To cry out with
a loud voice, shout, call out ; ad arma,
to call to arms.

con-clndo, ire, si, sum, v. tr. (clau-
do). To shut up, confine.

con-crSpo, are, ui, {turn, v. intr.
{cripo, to rattle). To make a noise,
make a clatter, vii. 21.

con-corro, Sre, cUcurri or curri,
cttrsum, V. intr. To rush together ; to
hasten, run to; to engage in fight,
charge ; to run to assist, i. 48.

conciirso, are, avi, atum, v. intr.
(freq. of concurro). To run to and
fro, run about.

concursas, its, m. (concurro). A
running to and fro ; a rushing togeth-
er, onset, attack ; concursus navium,
collision of vessels, v. 10.

Gon-demno, are, avi, atum, v. ti^
(damno). To charge witti^jieeuse of,
condemn.

condicio, Onis, £ (con, do). Con-
dition, situation, state, nature, quali-
ty ; stipulation, terms, agreement, pro-
visions.

con-ddno, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
remit punishment ; to pardon, excuse.

Condriisi, drum, m. A people of
Gallia BelgTca, on the right bank of
the Mosa (Meuse), ii. 4 ; iv. 6 ; vi. 32

con-duco, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
lead, bring or draw together ; to con-
duct ; to collect ; to hire, ii. 1.

Conetoduuus, i, m. A leader of
the Camutes, vii. 3.

confectns, a, um, part, from con-
ftcio.

con-fercio, ire,fersi, fertum {far-
do, to stuff). To press together,
crowd.

con-f Sro, ferre, contHU, coUatum,
V. tr. To bear or bring together,
collect, carry ; to unite, join ; to com-
pare, i. 31 ; to ascribe, attribute ; to de.
fer ; se conferre, to betake one's self.

confertns, a, um, part, from confer-'
do. Crowded, pressed together, thickf
close, dense.

con-festim, adv. (festino, to has-
ten). Immediately, speedily, without
delay.

con-flcio, ire, fed, fectum, v. tr.
(fddo). 1) To prepare, compose, ex-
ecute, finish, complete, accomplish^
bring to pass. 2) To exhaust, weaken,
destroy, kill. 3) To collect, procure,
furnish, ii. 4.

con-f ido, ire, fisus sttm, y. semi*
dep. O. 268, 3; 283 (/«2o, to trust).
To trust confidently, rely upon, be-
lieve, hope, confide in.

con-f igo, ire,fxi,fxum, v. tr. (fu
go, to fix). To fasten together, to join.

con-finis, e, adj. Bordering upon,
next to.

confinium, i, n. {confinis). Bor-
der, limit, frontier.

con-fio. See Confit.

confirmatio, onis, f. {conj^rmo).
Confirmation, assurance, word, asser-
tion.

cpn-firmo, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
To establish, render firm, strengthen ;
to encourage, console ; to assure, as-
sert.

confisns, a, um, part, from con-
fido,

con-fit, conJUri, v. def. G. 297, III.
2. It is done, accomplished.

con-flteor, eri,fessus sum,, v. dep.
(fateon, to confess.) To confess, ad-
mit ; to concede, acknowledge.

confixus, a, um, part, from configo.

con-flagro, are, avi, atum, v. intr.
{fldgro, to bum). To bum up, be de-
stroyed by fire.

conflicto, are, ad, atum, v. tr.
(freq. from confligo). To strike to-
gether violently; to struggle with.
Pass., to be troubled, harassed, af-
flicted.

CONFLIQO — CONSIDO

299

con-fligo, 9re, flixi, JUctuntf v. tr.
(JUffo, to dash against). To strike to-
gether. Intr., to be in conflict, fight,
engage in combat with.

conflaens, entiSf m. (confkto). The
place where two rivers unite, the con-
fluence.

con-flao, Sre, art, v. intr. To flow
together ; to flock together.

con-f ISgio, ire, fOgi, fOgitumy v.
intr. To flee for refuge ; to have re-
course to.

con-fando, ire^ fudl^fwum^ v. tr.
To pour or mix together; to unite,
join, blend.

con-gSro, ^r«, geni^ geatum, v. tr.
To bear, carry, or bring together; to
collect, heap up.

con-grSdior, t, gressus sum, v.
dep. (grddior, to go). To go, come,
or meet with one ; to unite with, vi. 5 ;
to fight, contend, eng^.

congressns, a, um part, from con-
gr^ior,

eongressuB, US f TO., {congrgdior). A
meeting, a hostile encounter, engage-
ment.

conjectura, a«, f. (conjicio). Con-
jecture, supposition, conclusion.

con-jicio, Sre, jed, jectumj v. tr.
(jOcio), To cast or throw together ; to
hurl, send, cast, put; to ascribe, im-
pute ; to infer, copjecture.

canjaiictim, adv. (conjungo). To-
gether, jointly, in common.

con-jungo, Sre, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
Join together, connect, unite, associate.

conjiiratio, dnis, f. {conjuro). A
conspiracy, plot, combination, confed-
eracy.

con-jjbro, are, avi, atum, v. intr.
To swear together ; to form a plot or
conspiracy, conspire.

Gonjnx, Hgis, m. and f. (conjungo).
Husband, wife.

Conor, art, attts swn, v. dep. To
undertake, attempt, try, venture.

con-qniesco, Sre, evi, etum, v. intr.
{qtdes). To be wholly at rest ; to take
test, repose.
' con-qiiiro, ire, guisivi, quUUum,

V. tr. {qttaero). To seek or search for ;
to procure, bring together, collect.

conqaisilus, a, um, part, from con'
quiro.

con-sanguineus, a, um, a4j. (aan^
guis). Belated by blood, kindred.
Suba. A kindred, relative.

con-8cendo, Sre, di, sum, v. tr. and
intr. {acando, to climb). To mount, as-
cend ; to go on board, embark.

conscientia, ae, f. {con, ado). Con^
sciousness, knowledge, feeling ; sense.

con-scisco, Sre, advi, acUum, v. tr.
{ado). To approve, decree in common ;
to adjudge, determine ; to appropriate ;
aihi mortem, to commit suicide.

conscias, a, um, acy* {con, ado).
Conscious ; privy to, participant in,
accoinplice, witness of, guilty of.

con-scribo, Sre, acripai, acriptum,
V. tr. To write together ; to write ; to
enrol, enlist, levy.

con-sScro, are, an', atum, v. tr.
{aOcro, to hallow). To make sacred ;
to consecrate.

con-sector, art, atua aum, v. dep.
To follow after eagerly, pursue.

consScntns, a, um, part. &om con-
aSquor.

consensio, onia, f. {consentio).
Agreement, unanimity.

consensus, ua, m. {conaentio).
Agreement, unanimity, consent.

con-sentio, ire, aenai, aenaum, v.
intr. To agree, accord, be of the
same mind; to conspire, join in a
conspiracy.

con-sSqnor, i, cutua aum, v. dep.
To follow, go after, accompany ; to
pursue ; to reach, overtake ; to gain,
obtain, acquire.

con-servo, are, ad, atum, v. tr. To
preserve, keep safe or unharmed ; to
observe.

Considins, «*, m. Puhlius, an ex-,
perienced ofllcer in Caesar's army, i.
21, 22.

con-sido, Sre, aedi, aeaaum, v. intr.
{aSdeo, to sit). To sit together, hold
sessions, meet; to settle down, take
up one's abode ; to encamp, take post.

800

OONSIUUM — CONT AGIO

coBsUiani, i, n, (eonHUo), Delib-
eration, oonsultatioii ; plan, purpose,
design, intention ; wisdom, nnder-
standing, judgment, penetration, pru-
dence i a council, council of war.

coa-Blmllu,. e, a4). Very similar,
quite like.

con-sisto, iret stUi, Uitumf v. intr.
To stand still, remain standing; to
take a stand, keep a position ; to re-
main, dwell ; to halt, stop, linger, stay ;
to consist of or in, depend upon.

Gon-adbrinns, t, m. (a&ror). The
son of a mother's sister, a cousin.

con-s51or, art, Sttt$ «t<m, y. dep.
{soloTf to console). To console ear-
nestly, comfort, encourage, cheer, an-
imate.

conspectns, tu, m. {corujXcio),
Look, sight, view, presence.

con-splcio, iret tpexit tpectum, y.
tr. {ipifcio, to look). To yiew atten-
tiyely, obserye, see, look at, perceive,
behold.

consplcor, arif aitu sum, y. dep.
(corupicio). To get a sight of, see,
descry, behold.

Gon-spiro, are, an, atum, y. intr.
{apiro, to breathe). To agree together
in thoughts or plans ; to combine, con-
spire

constanter, ady. {con, sto). Firm-
ly, steadily ; uniformly, constantly.

constantia, ae, f. {con, ato). Firm-
ness, steadiness ; constancy, perseyer-
ance, resolution.

con-stemo, are, avi. Stum, y. tr.
(stemo, to strew). To alarm, terrify,
overwhelm with dismay.

con-sterno, ire, sirdvi, stratum, y.
tr. {stemo, to strew). To strew over,
to cover by strewing, to spread over.

Gon-stlpo, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
(stipo, to press). To press or crowd
together.

Gon-stltno, i^re, ui, utum, v. tr.
{stdiuo,) To put, place, establish ; to
station, naves, iv. 24 ; to post, prae-
sidia, vii. 7 ; to set in order ; to erect,
build, construct, turres, ii. 12; to ar-
range, regulate, settle, constitute ; to

appoint, reffem, iv. 21; to determine,
fix upon, agree upon, diem, L 8 ; to
decree, resolve ; to levy.

con-sto, are, stUi, statum, y. intr.
To stand still, remain firm, remain un-
changed ; to consist in, depend upon,
in aUend virtute, vii. 84 ; to continue,
exist. Constat, impers., it is evident,'
an acknowledged fiict, generally ad-
mitted.

constratas, a, urn, part, from con^
stemo, ^e,

con-saesco, ire, sued, suetum, v.
intr. {sueseo, to be wont). To become
accustomed, be wont, have the habiL

consaetiido, inis, f. {consuesco).
Custonr, habit, use, usage ; intimacy,
intercourse; manner of living.

coaauetns, a, um, part, from con-
sueseo.

consal, alis, m. A consul, one of
the two highest magistrates at Bome,
chosen annually after the expulsion
of the kings.

constilfitas, tu, m. {consul). Con-
sulship.

consfilo, ire, vi, ukum, v. tr. and
intr. To consult, take counsel, delib-
erate, consider; to consult for, take
care for, have regard for.

consnlto, adv. {consulttim). De-
signedly, with deliberation, on pur-
pose.

consnlto, are, am, atum, v. tr. {con-
sido). To reflect, consider maturely ;
to take counsel, deliberate.

consultnm, e, n. {consOki), De-
cree, deliberation, decision.

con-sumo, ire, sumpsi, sttmptum,
v. tr. To take to one's self; to con-
sume, devour, waste, destroy, use ;
to pass, spend.

con-snrgo, ire, rexi, rectum, v. intr.
{surgo, to rise). To rise together; to
arise.

Gon-t&btflo, are, act, atum^ v. tr.
{tOMla, a board). To cover with
boards ; to fUmish with floorings, to
build several stories high.

contagio, dnis, f. {contingo'), A
touching, contact

CONTAMINO — CONVINCO

30]

con-tamlBio, are, avif atum, v. tr.
ftango). To defile, pollute, contami-
nate.

con-tSgo, ihre, text, tectum, y. tr. To
cover, cover over, conceal.

con-temno, ^e, tempsi, temptum,
Y. tr. (temno, to slight). To despise,
scorn, esteem lightly, hold in con-
tempt.

contemptio, onis, f. {contemno).
Contempt, scorn.

Gontemptns, us, m. {contemno).
Contempt, scorn, disdain.

con-tendo, ire, di, turn, v. tr. and
intr. To stretch vigorously ; to exert
one*s self for, strive for, seek to obtahi,
make e£forts for ; to maintain. Intr.,
to direct one's course to, proceed to,
arrive at, march, hasten; to contend
with, fight, strive against.

contentio, onis, f. (contendo). Con-
test, exertion, struggle, dispute, con-
troversy.

con-tentns, a, um, ac^. (tgneo).
Content, satisfied with.

Gon-testor, art, atue sum, v. dep.
{testis). To call to witness, invoke.

con-texo, ire, textd, textum, v. tr.
{texo, to weave). To weave, entwine,
join together, unite, connect.

contlgi. See ConHngo,

contlnens, entis, part, and a^.
{contineo). Hanging together, unin-
terrupted, contiguous, adjoining ; con-
tinual. Subs, (sc. terra), the conti-
nent, the main-land.

contlnenter, adv. {conMneo), Con-
tinually, uninterruptedly, without ces-
sation.

contlnentia, oe, f. {covUiTieo). A
holding back; temperance, self-con-
trol, moderation.

con-tineo, ere, ui, tentum, v. tr.
{tineo). To hold together, bind; to
guard, restrain ; to^ bound, confine ; to
embrace, occupy, enclose; to hold
back, check ; se continere, to restrain
one's self; to remain, ^iontinue:

con-tingo, ire, tlgi, tactum, v. tr.
{tango). To touch, border upon, ex-
tend to ; to happen, fidl to one's lot.

contlnii&tio, onis, f. {etmttnuo).
Continuance, succession.

contlnuo, adv. {conHnttus). Im<
mediately, directly, without delay.

contlnnns, a, um, adj. {contineo).
Successive, following one after anoth-
er, uninterrupted.

contra, prep, and adv. 1) Prep,
with ace. Over against, opposite tO;
contrary to, against. 2) Adv. On the
contrary, differently, on the other
hand ; contra atque, otherwise than.

con-traho, iSre, traxi, iractum, v.
tr. To draw together, collect, unite ;
to make smaller, contract.

contrarins, a, um, adj. (contra).
Opposite, opposed, contrary ; inimical,
hostile, at variance with; ex contra-
rio, on the other hand, on the contra-
ry, vii. 30.

controTersia, ae, f. {contra, verto).
Strife, controversy, dispute.

conttQi. See Confiro.

contQmelia, ae, f. Abuse, insult,
afiront, disgrace, ignominy; injury,
violence.

con-valesco, ire, hd, v. intr. (pd(-
leo). To become strong, gain strength,
recover.

con-vallis, is, f. An enclosed val-
ley, a valley.

con-vSho, ire, vexi, vectwn, v. tr.
To carry, bear, or bring together.

con-vSnio, ire, vent, venium, v.
intr. To come together, assemble ; to
go or come to, arrive; to speak to,
address, accost ; to be agreed upon, ii.
19. Condnit, impers., it is fit, suitable,
proper, agreed upon.

conventos, us, m. {convinio.) A
meeting, assembly, court, assizes.

con-verto, ire, ti, sum, v. tr. To
turn about, wheel around; to turn
back ; to change, alter, transform ; to
turn, direct, iv. 17 ; infugam, to put tc
flight, i. 52.

ConTictolit&yis, is, m. A chief oi
the Aedui, vii. 32, 33, 37, 42, 5b, 67.

con-vinco, ire, vici, victum, v. tr.
To overcome completely; to convict^
show clearly, prove.

802

CONVOCO— CUM

c(ni-t5co, are, avi, atwn, t. tr. To
call together, smnmoii.

codiior, Ui, orttu gum, ▼. dep.
(eofiy Orior). To rise together; to riae,
tireak out, appear suddenly.

copia, a«, f. {con, opt). Plenty,
abundance, fulness; means, riches;
provisions ; number, multitude. Plur.,
generally, military forces, troops.

copidava, a, tan, adj. {wpia). Well
supplied, rich, well stocked, copiously
provided with.

Gopllla, ae, f. A grappling-hook, a
grapnel.

cor, cwdit, n. The heart; cordi
esse, to be near the heart, to be dear,
pleasing, agreeable.

coram, adv. In person, personal-
ly, with one's o^vn eyes.

Gorinm, t, n. Skin, hide, leather.

coma, us, n. A horn; trumpet;
the wing, flank.

Gordna, ae, f. A crown, chaplet;
sub co9'09ia vendere, to sell as slaves,
t. e,, with chaplets upon their heads,
iii. 16 ; corona militum, the line or cir-
cle of besiegers, vii. 72.

corpus, Sris, n. The body, corpse,
person ; totum corpus, the entire
works, vii. 72.

corrlpio, ire, ripUi, reptum, v. tr.
(con, rdpio). To seize violently ; to
plunder; to attack.

corrampo, ire, rupi, ruptum, v. tr.
{con, rumpo, to break). To break in
pieces ; to destroy, damage, iiyure,
lay waste, ruin.

cortex, fcis, m. and f. The bark of
a tree.

c5rns, i, m. The north-west wind.

Cotta, ae, m. See Aurtmculeius.

Cotnatus, i, m. A leader of the
Camutes, vii. 3.

Coins, i, m. An Aeduan, rival of
Convictolitavis, vii. 32, 33, 39, 67.

cf assitudo, inis, f. {crassus, thick),
Thickness.

Crassns, i, m. 1) Marcus Lictnius,
a triumvir with Caesar and Pompey ;
ho defeated Spart&cus and his rebel
slaves in Lucania 71 B. C ; consul 65

Bi C, i. 21 ; iv. 1. 2) PubUus JjMtd-
us, son of Marcus. Crassus, lieutenant
in Caesar's army, i. 52 ; ii. 34 ; iii. 7, 3,
20, sq, 3) Marcus Licinhis, son of the
triumvir, quaestor in Caesar's army,
V. 24, 46; vi. 6.

crates, is, f. Wicker-work; a hur-
dle, fascine, fagot.

creber, bra, brum, adj. Prequen^
numerous, crowded.

crebro, adv. {cr^>€r). Frequently,
often.

crSdo, ire, duU, dftum, v. tr. To
believe, trust, rely upon; to think,
imagine ; to intrust, commit, consign.

crSmo, are, avi, atum^ v. tr. To
bum.

creo, are, avi, album, v. tr. To cre-
ate, make, produce ; to appoint, elect,
choose.

cresco, h'e, crevi, cretum, v. intr.
To grow, increase, augment ; to grow
into i)Ower or influence, i. 20.

Cretes, um, m. [sing. Cres, e^].
Cretans, inhabitants of the island of
Crete, now Candia, ii. 7.

crimen, inis, n. {c'emo), A charge,
accusation ; crime, ofience, fault.

crinis, is, m. The hair.

Critognatus, t, m. A chief of the
Arvemi, vii. 77.

criicifttas, us, m. (crUcio, to tor-
ment). Torment, torture, pain, suf-
fering, anguish.

criidelis, e, adj. {crudus, bloody).
Cruel, unmerciful.

crnd^litas, atis, f. {crUdeUs). Cru-
elty, fierceness, severity, barbarity.

crndeliter, adv. (crudelis). In a
cruel manner, cruelly.

cms, cruris, n. The leg, the shin.

cllbile, is, n. {ciibo, to lie down).
A resting-place, vi. 27.

cnlmen, inis, n. Top, summit.
• culpa, ae, f. Fault, guilt; blame,
crime.

cnltns, U9, m. (cd2o). Arrangements
for living, manner of' life, culture, re-
finement; d]:ess; worship.

cum, prep, with abl. With, together
with, among ; at the same time with.

CtraCTATIO— DECETIA

303

cam, conj. G. 517. When, as, af-
ter, as soon as, while, because, since,
although ; cum . . . turn, while ... so
also, not only . . . but also, both . . .
and; cum primwUf as soon as.

cunctatio, onis, f. {cttnctor). De-
lay, lingering.

cnnctor, ari, atus sum, v. dep. To
delay, linger ; to hesitate, doubt.

conctiis, a, um, adj. (for conjunc-
ttu; con, Jungo). All united in one
whole, all together, all, entire.

cfineatim, adv. (cUneus). In the
form of a wedge, in masses.

ctinens, t, m. A wedge, troops
marshalled in the form of a wedge.

cQnlciilns, t, m. 1) A rabbit. 2)
A burrow, a passage under ground, a
mine.

cliplde, adv. (cUpio), With zeal,
eagerly, earnestly.

ctipldltas, Otis, f. (d^due). De-
sire, wish, longing ; eagerness, enthu-
siasm; avarice.

ctipldns, a, um, adj. {cUpio) . De-
sirous, eager, fond of.

cttpio, Bre, Ivi or ii. Hum, v. tr. To
desire, wish, long for ; to wish well to,
Helvetiist i. 18.

cur,, adv. Why ? wherefore ? for
what pui*pose ?

cnra, ae, f. (quaero). Care, atten-
tion, anxiety, diligence ; trouble, soli-
cit^ide ; sibi curae esse^ to be to him an
object of attention, i. 33.

Cariosolitae, arum, or Cario-
solites, ium, m. An Armoric peo-
ple of GaUia Celttca, ii. 34; iii. 7;
vii. 75.

euro, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {cura).
To care for, attend to, provide for.
With part, in dtis, to order, cause to
be done ; pontem faciendum curare, to
cause a bridge to be built, i. 13.

cnrro, Sre, cUcurri, cursum, v. intr.
To run ; to flow.

carrns, ua, m. (curro). A wagon,
car.

cnrsQS, tu, m. (curro). Running,
speed ; coui-se ; passage, voyage.

cnstodi^, ae, f. {custos). A watch-

^^St guard, care, custody; disponer$
cuetodias, to station guards, vii. 27.

castodio, ire, ivi or ii, itum, v. tr.
(cuatoe). To guard, keep watch.

castos, odia, m. and f. A guard,
watch, keeper, attendant.

D.

Daci, drum, m. The Dacians, the
inhabitants of Dacia, comprising mod-
ern Transylvania, Moldavia, Wallachia,
and upper Hungary, vi. 25.

damno, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {dam-
num). To condemn, doom, sentence.

damnnm, i, n. Loss.

Danifyios, t, m. The Danube, vi.
25.

de, prep, with abl. I. Op space:
from, away from ; de Jlnibua suia, fi*om
their territoiy, i. 2. II. Op time : di-
rectly after, in, by, in the course of,
during; de tertia vigilid, in the third
watch, i. 12. III. Op other rela-
tions : from, of. concerning, in regard
to, for, on account of, by; depace, for
peace, ii. 31 ; de numero dierum, in re-
spect to the number of days, vi. 36 ; de
improviao, unexpectedly, ii. 3.

debeo, ere. Hi, itum, v. tr. {de ha-
beo). To have something from some
one ; hence, to owe, be in debt. With
the inf., to be in duty bound ; debeo, I
ought. Paaa., to be due.

de-cedo, Bre, ceaai, ceaaum, v. intr.
To go from, depart, withdraw, retire,
retreat ; to shun, avoid ; to die.

dSeem, num. adj. Ten.

de-cerno, Bre, crevi, cretum, v. tr.
To think, judge, conclude; to delib-
erate, resolve, determine; to decide,
pronounce, settle ; to decree, vote, ap*
point ; to fight, contend.

de-certo, are, avi, atum, y. intr.
{certo, to contend). To fight, contend,
engage.

decessns, ua, m. {decedo). The
withdrawal, going away ; aeatua, ebb
of the tide, iii. 13.

DecStia, ae, f. A town of the
Aedui, now Deeiae, vii. 33.

304

DECIDO— DEFUI

de-€ldo.«fv, UU, T. intr. (eOdo). To
fall off.

Declmnf, i, m. A Boman pnie-
nomcn.

dCcImns, a, urn, num. adj. (ddeem).
tenth.

dfl-cIpiOy irCf c^df eeptumj t. tr.
{cApio). To catch, insnare, entn^),
deceive.

dS-clftro» are, a«t, o^m, y. tr. {eJa-
rtu). To make clear, declare, an-
nounce publicly.

dS-clivis, «, a4j. (c/ir««). Sloping,
descending.

declivltas, o^if, f. {dedivU), De-
scent, decIiTity.

dScrStum, t, n. {decemo). Decree,
decision, resolution.

decrStna, a, »m, part, from decerno.

dScttmftnns, a, «m, adj. {dicem).
Of or belonging to the tenth ; porta d^
mmaruif the decuman gate of the camp,
so called because in the consular army
the tenth cohorts of the legions were
stationed near it, the entrance opposite
the porta praatoria^ which was the
gate nearest the enemy.

d^cttrio, dnw, m. {dic&ria), A de-
curion, the commander of a small
body of cavalry {dicHria), originally
ten, afterwards more.

dS-curro, ircy cUcurriy cursumf v.
intr. To run down, hasten, march
down quickly.

de-d6cu8, Jm, n. {d^cust honor).
Pisgraco, dishonor, infamy, shame.

dSdi. See Do.

dSdIdi. See Dedo.

dedlticiuB, a, um, adj. and subs.
(dedo). Having surrendered ; one who
has surrendered ; a subject.

dedltio, ont>, f. (dido). Surrender,
capitulation.

dSdItus, a, «m, 1) part, from dedo ;
2) adj. Devoted, vi. 16.

dS-do, dra, didif ditunif v. tr. To
give up, yield, surrender, deliver; to
consign, devote.

dS-dnco, 8ref duxi, ductum^ v. tr.
To lead or bring away; to lead or
bring down; to convey, conduct, re-

move, withdraw, ksd cot, liring; to
indnce, lead, inflnenoe ; to launch ; to
conduct home, as a Inide, to many,

T.14.

de-est. See Demm,

d^nUi^^atio, dm«, f. (defOiiffo).
Fatigae, weariness, exhaostioii.

de-HUIgo, are, art, Stem, t. tr. (^
tiffo, to weary). To make weary, tira
ont, fidague, exhansL

defectio, oRu, f. (d^fato). Delbo*
tion, desertion, revolt.

de-lendo, ^^, <2i, Mcm, v. tr. To
ward off, repel, k&p off; to defend,
protect.

defensio, onie, f. (d^endo). De-
fence, protection.

defensor, oris, m. {defendo). A
defender, protector.

de-f Sro, ferre, tUli, latum, y. tr.
To bear or bring away, cany, convey ;
to tell, inform ; to produce, offer, |^-
sent, bring before, iii. 23 ; to confer
upon, bestow, v. 6.

defessBS, a, tan, a4|. {deftiUeor,
to grow weary). Wearied, tired out,
Datigued, exhausted.

de-flcio, ire, feci, fectum, v. tr.
and intr. (fOcio). To £ul, fiedl away
from, separate from, revolt; to be-
come feeble, grow weak ; to })eri8h ;
to be wanting ; animo defieere, to be-
come discouraged, vii. 30.

de-figo, &re,fixi,fixum, y. tr. {ftgo,
to fix). To drive down, fasten, fix,
plant.

de-f inio, ire, ivi or n. Hum, v. tr.
To set bounds to, define, determine,
restrict.

defixus, a, um, part, from defigo.

de-flno, l^e, uxi, uxum, y. intr. To
flow down, flow,iv. 10.

de-fore = defiUuntm esse, y. def.
G. 297, III. 2. To be about to be want-
ing, V. 56,

de-formis, e, a^J. (forma). Mis-
shapen, deformed, ugly, unsightly.

de-ftigio, ere,fugi,filffitum, v. tr
and intr. To flee away; to shan^
avoid. .

def tfi. See Desum.

DEmCEPS — DEPRECOR

805

delmceps, adv. {deindef edpio).
One after the other, sacoessively ;
after, next after.

de-inde, adv. Then, afterwards,
next.

dcjectns, ««, m* {d^tcio)* A de-
pression, declivity, descent.

de-jicio, gre,jeei,jeetumfy, tr. (Jd-
do). To throw down, cast down, dis-
lodge, drive; to precipitate; to de-
stroy, kill; to deprive of, disappoint,

9p€y 1* o*

delatus, a, urn, part. fh>m defifro.

de-lecto, arSf Sloii atumj v. tr. {Id"
cio, to entice). To allore, please, de-
light. Pa88,f to 4ellght in, find pleas-
ure in, iv. 2.

delectus, t», m. {dekgo, ire). A
choice, selection ; a levy of soldiers.

delectus, a, tim, part, from de&ffo,
ire.

deleo, ire, eviy Uum, v. tr. To de-
stroy, blot out, overthrow.

de-libSro, are, avi, atum, v. tr. (7i-
bra^ pair of scales). To weigh well in
mind; to ponder upon, consider; to
determine, resolve; to take counsel,
consult.

de-Ubro, are^ am, aium, v. tr. (^-
ber, bark). To take ofif the bark, to
peel, vii. 73.

delictam, t, n. {deUnquOf to fail).
A crime, offence, fault.

de-Ugo, are, Svi, atum, v. tr. (%o,
tobmd). To bhid, tie, fasten.

de-I^o, 9ref legi, tectum, v. tr. (ft-
ffo, to collect). To select, choose ; to
levy; to detail, v. 11.

de-lltesco, ire, Utui^y. intr. {loteo).
To hide away, conceal one's self.

dementia, ae, f. {de, mens). Mad-
ness, folly, want of reason.

de-m/Sto, ire, meand, meseum, v.
far. To cut down ; to reap.

de-mlgro, are, avi, Stum, v. intr.
{migroy to migrate). To move fh)m,
remove, go away, depart, withdraw.

de-mlnuo, ire^ m, utum, v. tr. (mi-
nua). To diminish, lessen; to take
away firom, weaken, impair.

de-mitto, ire, mitt, miuum, v. tr.

To send or thrust down ; to let down,
let fall ; to lower ; se demittere, to de-
scend, V. 32; se animo demittere, to
lose courage, vii. 29; demiata loca,
places lying low, vii. 72.

d§mo, ire, dempai, demptum, v. tr.
(de, imo). To take off, remove.

de-monstro, are, avt, at%im, v. tr.
{monatrOf to show). To point out,
show, demonstrate; to name, desig-
nate ; to declare, state, mention.

de-mdror, art, atua aum, v. dep.
To delay, hinder, detain; to linger,
tarry.

dernnm, adv. At length, at last,
finally.

de-nSgo, are, avi, atwn, v. tr. To
deny, refuse.

deni, ae, a, num. distrib. (dicem).
Ten by ten, every ten, each ten.

denlqne, adv. (prob. for ddnque).
And then ; at last, at length, finally ;
in short, in a word, ii. 33.

densns, a, wn, adj. Thick, dense,
close, crowded.

de-nuntio, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
announce, declare, intimate ; to men-
ace, threaten ; to command, vi. 10.

de-pello, ire, pHH, pulsum, v. tr
To drive out or away ; to remove, re-
pel, dislodge ; to ward off, avert.

de-perdo, ire, didi, ditum, v. tr.
perdo, to destroy). To lose, forfeit.

de-pSreo, ire, ii, v. intr. To go to
ruin, perish, be lost.

de-pdno, ire, pdaOi, pdaUum, v. tr.
To lay aside, put away ; to place, de-
posit ; to lay down, give up.

de-poplflor, dri, atua aum, v. dep.
To lay waste, ravage, plunder. Perf.
part, vfith paaa, aig. G. 231, 2, depo-
pttlatia agria, i. 11.

de-poito, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
carry off, convey away.

de-posco, ire, p&poaci, v. tr. To
demand, require, request earnestly.

depSsItos, a, um, part, from de-
pdno.

deprScator, oria, m. (depricor).
An intercessor, mediator.

d€-pr6cor, ari, atua aum, v. dep

306

DEFREHENDO — DETURBO

( pricor, to pray). To avert by prayer ;
to pray for deliverance from, tnor-
tenif vii. 40 ; to beseech, implore, in-
tercede.

de-prShendo, 9re, di, mm, v. tr.
To seize, capture ; to discover, find ;
to surprise.

dS-prlmo, ire, preui, pretntm, v.
tr. {prhno). To sink ; to depress.

dS-pngno, are, dm. Stum, v. intr.
To fight earnestly ; to contend.

dSpnUns, a, um, part, from de-
pello.

de-rivo, are, art, atum, v. tr. (ri-
©M»). To draw off; to convey away.

dS-ro^o, are. avi, atum, v. tr. 1)
To repeal in part 2) To take away,
lessen.

de-8cendo, Hre, di, sum, v. intr.
(scando, to climb). To come down, de-
scend, march down ; to agree to, re-
sort to, V. 29.

de-sSco, are, vi, turn, r. tr. To
cut off.

de-sSro, ire, m, turn, v. tr. To
leave, forsake, abandon, desert.

deserter, oris, m. (desiro), A de-
serter.

desertus, a, um, 1) part, from de-
tiro; 2) adj. Desert, solitary, unin-
habited.

desidSro, dre^ avi, atum, v. tr. To
long for, desire; to miss, feel the
want of ; lose, v. 23.

de-sldia, ae, f. (sideo, to sit). Idle-
ness, inactivity, slothfalncss.

de-si§|^no, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
{signo, to mark). To mark out, desig-
nate, describe ; to signify, denote.

de-sllio, ire, td or ii, suUum, v.
intr. {sdUio, to leap). To leap down;
to alight, dismount.

de-sisto, ire, stiti, stitum, v. intr.
To leave off, desist, cease.

despectus, a, um, part. frt)m de-
spXcio.

despectus, t^, m. {despHcio). A
looking down upon, a vieif from.
Plur., heights, ii. 29.

desperatio, onis, f. (despero). De-
spair, desperation.

de-spero, are, dvi, atum, v. tr.
and intr. To despair, lose confidence
in, despond ; desperdti homines, des-
perate men, vii. 3.

de-spicio, ire, tpexi, apectum, v.
tr. {apicio, to look). To look down
upon, despise, disregard, undervalue.

de-spdlio, are, avi, aium, v. tr. To
rob, plunder, deprive of.

destino, are, dfi, atum, t. tr. To
make fast ; to bind to, fasten ; to de-
termine, destine ; to appoint.

destiti. See Desisto,

de-stltuo, ire, td, utum, y. tr.
{statud). To abandon, forsake, not
to aid, i. 16. ^

destrictus, a, um, part, from de-
stringo*

de-stringo, ire, strinxi, striatum,
V. tr. To strip off ; to unsheathe,
draw; gladiis destrictis, with drawn
swords, i. 25.

de-smn, esse, fid, v. intr. To be
wanting, fail, be absent.

de-sQper, adv. From above, above.

detSrior, us, a^j. G. 166. Worse,
inferior.

de-terreo, ere, ui, Uum, v. tr. To
frighten away, deter ; to prevent.

de-testor, dri, dtus ^wn, v. dep.
(testis). To imprecate, curse.

de-tlneo, ere, td, tentum, v. tr.
{tineo). To keep back; to detain,
stop, hinder.

de-tracto, are, dvi, atum, v. tr.
(trako). To refuse, decline, avoid.

detractus, a, um, part, frrom de-
trdko.

de-tralio, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
draw off, remove; to take from or
away, withdraw.

detrimentosns, a, um, a^. {detri-
mentum). Hurtful, detrimental.

detrimentmn, i, n. (di^iro, to rub
away). Loss, damage, iiyury, detri-
ment ; defeat, overthrow.

de-trudo, ire, si, sum, v. tr. (tru-
do, to thrust). To thrust off, remove.

detiili. See Defiro.

de-tnrbo, dre, dvi, atum, v. tr.
{turbo, to disturb). To drive, thrust,

DEURO— DIMICO

307

or cast down ; to dislodge, drive
away.

de-iiro, ire^ usri, tutumf v. tr. To
bam up, consume.

dens, if m. A god, deity.

deustos, a, urn, part, from deuro.

de-vSho, gre, xif ctumf v. tr. To
carry or convey away ; to bring, con-
vey, remove.

de-vSnio, irCf vent, veniumf v. intr.
To come from; to go to, arrive at,
reach.

devexns, a, urn, a4j. (divg?io). In-
clining downward, sloping, steep.

de-vinco, irvy vici, victumf v. tr.
To conquer completely, subdue, sub-
jugate.

de-TOCO, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
call away, call down ; to involve ; in
dtdnunij to hazard, vi. 7.

devdtns, a, um, 1) part. fh)m devd-
veo ; 2) adj. Devoted, attached, faith-
ful. Subs. pi. Faithful followers, iii.
22.

de-v6veo, ere, ovi, otum, v. tr. To
vow, devote as an offering, vi. 17 ; to
give up, attach, iii. 22.

dexter, tira, tSmnif and tra^ trutrif
adj. Right, on the right ; dextray ae^
f. subs. (sc. mdntui), the right hand.

Diablintes, um, m. See Aulerci.

dico, are, dvi, atum, v. tr. {dicOy
gre). To dedicate, consecrate ; to de-
vote, give, offer.

dico, SrSf dixif dictum, v. tr. To
say, tell, mention; to speak; to ap-
I)oint, name; to pronounce, deliver;
cattsam, to plead a cause, make a de-
fence, i. 4 ; locum colloquio, to fix upon,
appoint, i. 34 ; jiu, to administer jus-
tice, vi. 23.

dictio, onis, f. {dico), A speaking,
pleading ; causae dictionia, for (of)
making his defence, i. 4.

dietnin, t, n. {dico). Word, say-
ing, command; dicto audientes ease,
to be obedient, 1. 39.

di-dnco, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
draw apart, separate, divide ; to dis-
tribute, disperse, scatter. •

dies, ei, m. and f. G. 128. A day ;

in dies, from day to day, daily ; muUo
die, late in the day, i. 22 ; diem ex die, ,
day after day, from day to day, i. 16.

diffSro, ferre, distuli, dilatum, v.
tr. {diSffgro). To carry in different
directions ; to scatter, disperse ; to put
off, delay, protract. Intr,, to differ.

ditrLcms,e,adj,{di8,facilis), Dif-
ficult, troublesome; difllcult to pass,
impracticable, i. 6.

difflcniter, difficHius, dijjtidm-
me, adv. {difficiUs), With difficulty.

difflcnltas, atis, f. {diffldUs).
Difficulty, trouble, perplexity.

diffido, ihre, fisua sum, v. semi-
dep. G. 288 {dis,fido, to trust). To
distrust, despair of; not to trust in.

difiando, ire, fudi, fusum, v. tr.
{diSffundo). To spread apart, to ex-
tend.

digltas, t, m. FiQger ; digitus pol-
lex, the thumb, iii. 13; an inch, or,
more exactly, the sixteenth part of a
Roman foot, vii. 73.

dignltas, atis, f. {dignus). Digni-
ty, merit, worth, authority, rank, of-
fice, position.

dignus, a, um, adj. Worthy, de-
serving, suitable.

dii. See Deus,

di-judico, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
judge, decide, determine.

dillgenter, adv. {dtUgo). With
care, carefully, attentively, punctual-
ly, accurately.

dillgentia, ae, t, {dUXgo), Care-
fulness, attentiveness, diligence, punc-
tuality.

dillgo, gre, lexi, tectum, v. tr. {dis,
Iggo, to choose). To value or esteem
highly ; to love

di-metior, %ri, mensussum, v. dep.
To measure. Per/, part, with pass,
sig., G. 231, 2, opere dimenso^ the
ground having been measured off, ii.
19.

dimlcatio, onis, f. {dimico). A
combat, contest, skirmish, struggle.

di-mico, are, dvi, dtum, v. intr.
{mica, to brandish). To fight, strug-
gle, contend, skirmish.

308

DiMmnjs— DmssiMus

dinldiiu, a, urn, Bdj. (<iw, mSdiua).
Half. Dimtdium, i, n. The half.

di'iniUo, ire, misi, mismm, v. tr.
To send different ways, send forth,
send oat ; to dismiss, let go, break np ;
to discharge, release ; to abandon,
give np, renoanoe.

directe, adv. (dirtetuM), Directly,
entiirely ; direete ad perpendictdum,
vertically, perpendicolarly. It. 17.

directas, a, um, I) port, from diri-
go; 2) adj. Straight, du^ct, upright,
perpendicalar; level, horizontal.

diilgo, ^0, rexi, rectum, v. tr. {dis,
rigo). To place in a straight line; to
arrange, order, dispose, regulate; to
set upright, place perpendicularly.

dirlmo, ire, emi, emptum, v. tr.
(die, imo). To take apart, separate ;
to break off, interrupt.

dirlpio, ire, ripui, reptum, v. tr.
{die, rapio)» To tear asunder ; to lay
waste, ravage, plunder, pillage.

dis, di, insep. prep. O. S44, 6.

Dis, DUie, m. Pluto, the god of
the infernal regions, vi. 18.

dis-cSdo, ire, ceeai, eeeeum, v. intr.
To go apart; to depart, go away,
march from ; to leave, set out ; to for-
sake, abandon.

disceptator, orie, m. (diecepto, to
decide). An umpire, judge, arbiter.

dis-cerno, ire, crevi, cretum, v. tr.
To distinguish.

discessas, ua, m. {diecedo). A go-
ing asunder, separation; departure,
decamping.

disclpiina, ae, f. {dieco). Instruc-
tion, learning, knowledge, science,
discipline, system.

dis-cliido, ire, ei, eum, v. tr. (elau-
do). To shut apart, sepiurate, divide ;
to keep apart, iv. 17.

disco, ire, dukci, v. tr. To learn,
study, become acquainted with.

discrlmen, inis, n. {discemo). Sep-
aration, distinction ; the decisive point,
the critical moment ; peril.

dis-ciltio, ire, cuasi, cuesum, v. tr.
{qu&tio, to shake). To disperse, re-
move, clear away, vii.8.

di^jectaa, a, um, 1) part, from du<
jteios 2) a4}. Scattered, dispersed.

dis-jicio, ire, Jed, jeetum^ v. tr.
(jOcio). To throw asunder; to dis-
perse, scatter ; to rout, put to flight.

dis-par, dris, a^j. Unlike, dissim-
ilar, different.

dia-pftro, are, aoi, Stum^ y. tr. To
separate, divide.

dispergo, ire, ei, sum, v. tr. {die,
apargo, to scatter). To scatter about,
disperse, distribute.

dis-pteo, ire,pd»iii,p6eXiwn^ v. tr.
To place here and there ; to arrange,
set in order, station, distribute.

displit&tio, onie, f. {diapQto), An
arguing, reasoning, argument, debate,
dispute.

dis-ptito, are, a»i, atum, v. tr. To
discuss, debate, argue.

dissensio, onie, f. {diesentio). Dif-
ference of opinion, disagreement, dis-
sension, discord, strife.

dis-sentio, ire, eensi, eennim, v.
intr. To differ in opinion ; to disagree,
dissent.

dis-sSro, ire, feoi, e^um, v. tr. To
sow or plant, vii. 73.

dis-slmfilo, are, avi, aium, v. tr.
{simiHs). To dissemble, disguise ; to
hide, conceal.

dissipo, are, am, aium, v. tr. To
scatter, disperse.

dis-snadeo, ere, euasi, suaaum^ v.
tr. {auadeo, to advise). To dissuade,
advise the opposite, oppose.

dis-Uneo, ere, ui, tenium, v. tr,
(tineo). To keep apart ; to separate,
hold apart; to hinder, prevent, detain,

di-sto, are, v. intr. To stand apart }
to be distant or apart.

dis-tr&ho, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
draw asunder; to separate, divide, dis-
join.

dis-tribuo, ire, ui, utum, v. tr. To
distribute, divide.

distllli. SeelXfiro.

ditio, onia, f. (do). Dominion,
sway, authority, rule, power, sover-
eignty.

ditissimus. See IXvea.

DIU— DUM

309

din, divHuSf tUuHasitne, adv. (dies).
For a long time, a long time.

dinmiis, a, um, adj. {dies). Belong-
ing to the day, daily, by day.

diutlnus, a, urn, adj. (diu). Of long
duration, lasting, long.

dititamltas, atis, f. (diu). Long
continnance, length of time.

ditititriius, a, um, adj. (diu). Of
long duration, lasting, long.

diTersas, a, i^m, 1) part, from di-
verto; 2) adj. Tamed different ways,
separated ; nnlike, different, remote.

dives, (tisy and dis, ditist comp. di-
vitior or dUioTf snp. divftissimtu or di-
tiaHmusy a^j. Rich.

l>iTlco, oniSf m. A nobleman of
the Helvetii, i. 13, 14.

diTido, ^re, vm, visunty y. tr. To
diyide; to separate.

diTinus, a, urn, a4j. {ditus, divine).
Divine, godlike.

Divitiacns, t, m. 1) Brother of
Dumn6rix, chief of the Aedai, and
friend of Caesar, i. 3, 16, 18, 20, 31, 41 ;
11. 5, 10, 14 ; vi. 12 ; vii. 39. 2) A king
of the SuessiOnes, ii. 4.

dl-volgo, are, aoi, atvm, v. tr. {vul-
fftis). To spread among the people;
to publish, make known, divulge.

do, dare, didi, ddtumj v. tr. To
give, give up ; to grant, present, offer ;
to occasion, fVimish, bestow; dare
manus, to yield, v. 31 ; infugam, dare,
to put to flight, V. 51.

doceo, ere, m, turn, v. tr. To
teach, instruct, show, indicate, inform,
tell.

dociSmentiim, t, n. (ddceo), A les-
son, example, warning.

ddleo, ere, ui, iium, r. intr. To
grieve, deplore, lament, regret.

dolor, oris, m. (ddleo). Grief, sor-
row, pain, distress, anguish, ^trouble;
vexation, mortification.

dolus, t, m. Guile, fraud, deceit,
deception, stratagem.

domestlcus, a, urn, adj. (d&mus).
Domestic, familiar, private, civil ; do-
mesticis copiis, supplies from their
own land, ii. 10.

ddmldiiiiiii, t, n. (difmus). A
dwelling, habitation, abode, residence.

domlnor, dri, atua sum, v. dep.
(ddminus). To be master; to have
dominion, bear rule.

ddminus, i, m. (d&mus). Master,
proprietor ; lord, ruler.

Domitins, t, m. Lucius Ddmttius
Ahenobarbus, consul at Rome, 54 B. C.
V. 1.

domns, us and t, f. G. 380, 2, 1) ;
426, 2. A house, home; domi, at
home, i. 18; domum, homeward, to
one's home, ii. 10 ; domo, trom home,
i. 5.

dono, are, avi, cUum, v. tr. (t^num).
To present, bestow, grant, confer,
give.

Donnotanms, i, m. See Vdlirius.

donum, t, n. (do). A gift, present,
reward, offering.

dorsns, «', m., and dorsnm, t, n.
The back ; Jugi, the ridge or brow of
a hUl, vii. 44.

dos, dotis, f. (do)i A marriage por-
tion, do^vry.

Dmides, um, m. The Druids, the
priests of the ancient Gauls and Brit-
ons, vi. 13, 14, 16, 21.

Diibis, is, m. A river of Gallia
CeltTca, now the Doubs, rising in Mt.
Jura, and flowing into the Arar
(Saane), i. 38.

dttbitatio, onis, f. (dUbito). Dou1}t,
uncertainty, hesitation.

dQbito, are, avi, atum, v. intr
(duo). To doubt, hesitate, delay.

difbius, a, um, adj. (duo). Doubt
ful, un(:crtain; irresolute, indecisive.

dJicenti, ae, a, num. adj. (duo, cetu
turn). Two hundred.

diico, 8re, duxi, ductum, v. tr. To
lead, conduct, bring, convey, draw;
to protract, prolong, i. 38 ; to consid-
er, think, iv. 30 ; to reckon, count, vi.
32 ; to make, construct, vii. 72 ; in ma-
trimonium ducere, to marry, i. 9.

dnctns, us, m. (duco). The lead,
generalship, command.

dnm, coig. While, as long as,
untiL

810

DUMNOBIX — E JICIO

Damndriz, ifgis, m. An Aeduan,
brother of Divitiicus, i. 3, 9, 18, tq. ;
V. 6, 7.

dao, M, o, num. a4i* Two.

dod-dScim, num. adj. {dicem).
Twelve.

dad-dScImas, a, urn, num. a4}.
Twellth.

dad-deni, ae^ a, num. adj. distrib.
Twelve by twelve, every twelve.

duo-de-vi^inti, num. acy. Eigh-
teen.

dttplex, icia^ adj* {duot pkco, to
fold). Twofold, double.

dfipUco, are, dvif cUutn, v. tr. {du-
plex). To double, enlarge, increase.

durltia, ae, f. {dums). Hardness.

dilro, are, avt, atunif v. tr. (dums).
To harden; to make hardy.

Darocortomm, t, n. The capital
of the Remi, in Gallia BelgTca, now
Rheims, vi. 44.

Durus, t, m. See Labgritu,

durus, a, urn, adj. Hard, rough;
severe, difficult; adverse, laborious;
unfortunate, unfavorable.

dux, dUcis, m, and f. (duco). A
leader, commander, general; guide.

E.

e, or ex, prep, 'with abl. See Ex.

Eburones, um, m. A people of
Oallia BelgTca, between Liege and
Aix-la-Chapelle, ii. 4 ; iv. 6 ; v. 24, 28,
39; vi. 5, 31, 34, 35, 43.

JBburoTices, um, m. See Aulerci,

erdico, Srcy dixi, dictum, v. 4r. To
declare, make known ; to order, com-
mand.

e-disco, ire, didlci, v. tr. To learn,
commit to memory.

editns, a, um, 1) part, ftom edo ; 2)
adj. High, elevated, lofty, raised.

e-do, Sre, didi, dltum, v. tr. To
give out, make known ; to exhibit ; to
inflict upon, i. 31.

e-doceo, ere, ui, turn, v. tr. To
teach thoroughly ; to instruct ; to in-
form, make known, tell.

e-dnco, ire, xi, dum, v. tr. To lud
forth, draw out; to march oat; to
take from ; to bring or convey away.

effarcio, or efiercio, ire, si, turn,
V. tr. (eXffarcio, to cram). To stuff,
fill out, fill.

eff emlno, are, avi, atunt, v. tr. (er.
femina). To make effeminate; to
enervate, make delicate.

eff Sro, ferre, extuU, elatum, v. tr.
(eXffiro). To bear or carry out; to
bring forth, produce, bear ; to lift up,
raise, elate ; to set forth, publish, di-
vulge, proclaim.

efflcio, ire, feci,fectufn, v. tr. {ex,
facto). To bring to pass, effect, exe-
cute ; to make, construct, produce, ac-
complish ; to cause, render, occasion.

eff ddio, gre,/odi,fo88utn, v. tr. {ex,
fddio). To dig out; to tear out.

effossus, a, urn, part, from effodio.

efftigio, &re,fugi, fUgUum, v. intr.
{ex, fUgio). To flee away, escape.
Trans., to avoid, shun.

Sgens, entis, 1) part, from Hgeo ; 2)
adj. Needy, in want, very poor.

egi. See Ago.

Sgeo, ere. Hi, v. intr. To bo in
need; to be without, lack, be desti-
tute of.

Sgestas, Otis, f. {Sgeo). Want, pov-
erty, need.

^go, pers. pron. /.

e-gr6dior, t, esaits sum, v. dep.
{grOdior, to go). To go out from ; to
march forth, depart from, leave ; to
disembark, land; to go beyond; to
pass out of, 1. 44.

egrSgie, adv. {egrigius). Remark-
ably well, excellently, admirably.

egrSgius, a, urn, adj. {e, grex,
herd). Distinguished, excellent, ad-
mirable, eminent, remarkable.

egressns, us, m. {egridior). Land-
ing, landing-place.

ejectus, a, um, part, from ^cio.

e-jicio, ire,Jeci,Jectum, v. tr. {Jd-
etc). To cast out, drive out ; to ban-
ish, expel ; se ejicere, to rush out, saUy
forth, make a sortie, v. 15 ; naves in
Utore ^ectae, stranded, v. 10.

E JUSMODI — ERUMPO

311

ejasm5di, (iSftnddua^Q, 186,note.
Of that nature, of such a kmd, sucti.

e-latN>r, t, lapsus siun, v. dep. To
slip away, escape, get clear.

elapsus, a, um, part, from elabor.

elatns, a, um, part, from effiro.

Elaver, ^m, n. A river in Gaul
emptying into the LTger {Loirt)^ now
the Amery vii. 34, 35, 53.

electns, a, «m, 1) part, from eUgo ;
2) a4j. Picked, selected, chosen,
choice, excellent.

SlSphantus, t, m. The elephant.

ElentSti, orumy m. A people of
Gaul, subject to the Arvemiy vii. 75.

e-licio, ire, %d, Uum, v. tr. {IdciOf
to allure). To entice out, lure forth,
bring out.

e-llgo, Sre, Ugif ledum, v. tr. {tSgo,
to choose). To pick out, select, choose.

Elnsates, turn, m. A Gallic tribe
in Aquitania, iii. 27.

e-migro, are, avi, atum, v. intr.
{migroy to migrate). To remove, de-
part frova. ; to emigrate.

e-mlneo, ere, ui, v. intr. {mtneo,
to hang over). To stand out, project.

e-minus, adv. {mAnus), From afar,
from a distance.

e-mitto, ire, misi, missum, v. tr.
To send out, send forth ; to let out, let
go; to throw away, cast aside; to
throw, cast, hurl, discharge.

Smo, ire, emi, emptum, v. tr. To
buy, purchase. • , ^

e-nascor, i, ndtus sum, v. dep. To
grow out, sprout out, ii. 17.

Snim, conj. For ; in fact, indeed.

e-nitor, t, nisus or nixus sum, v.
dep. To exert one's self.

e-nnntio, are, avi, aium, v. tr. To
disclose, divulge ; to announce, de-
clare, reveal ; to express, say.

eo, ire, ivi or ii, Hum, v. intr. To
go, march, proceed ; to pass.

eo, adv. (is). To that place, thither,
there ; to such a degree, to such an ex-
tent ; to the end, to the purpose ; for
lis, or in eos, upon them, i. 42 ; on that
account, eo quod, i. 23 ; before a comp.,
the, eo magis, the more, i. 23.

eodem, adv. {idem). To the same
thing, to the same place, to this.

Sphippiatus, a, um, adj. {tSphippi"
um). Using housings or saddles, iv. 2.

Sphippimn, i, n. A saddle, hous-
ing, iv. 2.

Spistola, ae, f. A letter, an epistle.

EporSdorix, tgis, m. 1) A chief
of the Aedui, vii. 38, 39, 54, 55, 63, 64,
76. 2) Another Aeduan leader, vii.
67.

Spillae, arum, f. [sing. SpiUam,
i, n. G. 143]. Sumptuous entertain-
ments, banquets, feasts, vi. 28.

eque = eoT ex and que.

Sques, ftis, m. {Squus). 1) A rider,
a horseman. 2) A soldier serving on
horseback, a trooper. Plur., Cavalry.
3) Equites, the order of knights, hold-
ing a rank between the Senate and
Plebs, iu. 10.

Squester, tris, tre, adj. {^q^ies). Be-
longing to the cavalry^ of the horse,
equestrian.

Sqaltatns, us, m. {(Squus). A body
of horsemen, cavalry, horsemen.

Sqims, i, m. A horse.

Eratosthenes, is, m. A distin-
guished philosopher, and the first sys-
tematic geographer, bom 276 B. C, in
Gyrene ; died 194 B. C., in Alexandria,
vi. 24.

erectns, a, um, 1) part, from erigo ;
2) adj. Elevated, high, upright, lofty.

erga, prep, with ace. Towards.

ergo, conj. Therefore, then.

e-rlgo, &re, rexi, rectum, v. tr.
{rigo). To set up, raise, erect.

e-rlpio, ire, ripui, reptum, v. tr.
(rdpio). To snatch out or away ; to
tear away ; to rescue, liberate, free ; se
eripere, to flee, escape, i. 4 ; usus no--
vium eripitur, is taken away, is gone,
iii. 14.

erro, are, avi, atum, v. intr. To
wander, stray ; to wander from the
truth, err, mistake.

e-rumpo, Sre, rupi, ruptum, v. intr^
{rumpo, to break). To burst forth,
break forth; to make a sortie, rush
forth.

312

EEUPTIO — EXCLUDO

Craptio, oAM, f. (firumpo). A break-
ing out, a bttrsttng forth ; a sortie, a
sally.

esaSda, ae, t., or essddnm, t, n. A

two-wheeled chariot used by the Gaols
and Britons, iv. 32.

esBSd&rias, i, m. (essida). One
who fought ftom a chariot, a soldier
in a war chariot.

Esubii, (fmmj m. A Gallic people
in Gallia CeltTca, between the Seine
and Loire, y. 24.

et, coi\j. And, also, even ;et . ..et,
both . . . and, not only . . . but also.

Stiam, conj. («/, Jam). And also,
fhrthermore, likewise, besides ; eren,
yet, still, indeed.

et-si, coi\}. Even if, although.

e-vado, irCf at, sum, v. intr. {vado,
to go). To go from, escape.

e-vello, ire, velli, vulsum, v. tr.
{vello, to pluck). To pull out, tear
out.

e-vSnio, ire^ veni, ventum, v. intr.
To come out; to result, turn out,
happen.

eventus, t», m. («rdn«o). An oc-
currence, event, result, issue, fete.

e-voco, are, avi. Stum, v. tr. To
call out, call forth ; to draw, entice ;
to summon, to invite ; to invite to mil-
itary service ; evoccUi, veteran volun-
teers, vii. 65.

e-Yolo, are, an,'aium, y. intr. {vdlo,
to fly). To fly forth; to rush out,
spring forth, sally forth.

ex or e, prep, with abl. E only before
consonants, ex before vowels and con-
sonants. I. Of space : out of, from,
away from, down from ; ex muro, on
the wall, Ht., from the wall, the place
from which the action proceeds, ii. 30 ;
ex equia, on horseback, i. 43 ; «:& otn-
ctUis, in chains, i. 4 ; ex itinere, in the
midst of their march, ii. 6. II. Of
TIME : immediately aher, directly af-
ter, after ; ex eo die, after that day, i.
42 ; diem ex die, day after day, i. 16.
in. Of otheb relations : because,
on account of, by, through, according
to, of, firom, out of; ex oommutatume

rerum, on acooont of the change, L 14 ;
ex eonametudine, acoording to custom,
i. 52; e veatigio, on the spot, immedi-
ately, iY. 5 ; unua e JUHs, one of the
sons, L25; ex corticefacHa, made out
of bark, ii. 33 ; aoror ex maire, sister
on the mother's side, or by the same
mother, i. 18.

exactns, a, wn, part, from exX^.

ex-figlto, are, avi, dtum, y. tr. To
drive out ; to disturb, harass, disqui-
et, vex, annoy. '

exftmino, are, avi, aium, y. tr. (ex-
amen, a test). To weigh ont, weigh,
V. 12.

ex-&nImo, are, avi,' Stum, y. tr.
(anSma), To deprive of life, kiU, de-
stroy. Paaa,, to be exhausted, be
weakened.

ex-ardesco, ire, arai, araum, v.
intr. {ardeo). To kindle, take fire;
to be inflamed, break out ; to be vio-
lently excited, v. 4.

ex-andio, ire, ivi or ii, itum, v. tr.
To hear fh>m a distance ; to hear, per-
ceive, listen to.

ex-c€do, ire, ceaai, ceaautn, v. intr.
To go out, go away, dQ)art, withdraw,
retire.

excello, ire, ui, v. intr. To be
eminent, surpass, excel.

excelsus, a, um, a^}. {exeeUo).
High, lofty, elevated.

excepto, are, am, atum, y. tr. (fieq.
of excipio). To take up, vii. 47.

ex-cido, ire, cidi, ciattm, y. tr. (cae-
do). To cut or hew down ; to demol-
ish, destroy.

ex-clpio, ire, cepi, cepium, y. tr.
{cdpio). To take ont ; to take up, re-
ceive ; to incur, meet ; to sustain, un-
dergo ; to surprise, take captive, cap-
ture. Irvtr. , to succeed, follow, vii. 88,

exclto, are, avi, aium, y. (freq. of
«2^>o, to rouse). To call forth, arouse,
excite ; to erect, raise, construct, iii 14;
to kindle, vii. 24 ; to encourage, ani-
mate, incite, stimulate, impel, iii. 10.

ex-clndo, ire, at, aum, y! tr. (cAw
do). To shut out, exdade; to pr&
Yent, cut off, hinder.

ExcoGrro — explobatus

313

ex-cdglto, are, am, ahtm, v. tr.
To find oat by thinking ; to contrive,
deyifle ; to consider thoroughly.

ex-crttcio, are, act, atum, v. tr.
{crOcio, to tortore). To torture exces-
sively, torment

exciibltor, oris, m. {exciibo). A
watch, guard, sentinel.

ex-ctibo, are, ciibm, cMtum, y.
intr. (<;i26o, to lie). To lie out of doors;
to be on guard, keep guard ; to watch.

ex-GOlco, are, avi, atum, y. tr. {caU
CO, to tramp). To tread down; to
make firm by stamping, yii. 73.

excursio, onis, f. {ex, currd). An
excursion ; sally, onset, attack, inva-
sion.

excfisfttio, onis, f. {excuao). Ex-
cuse, apology, defence.

ex-cuso, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {cattr
9a). To excuse, allege in excuse ; to
defend.

exemplnm, t, n. {eximo, to take
oat). An example, warning; kind,
manner, way.

ex-eo, ire, ivi or ii, itttm, v. intr.
To go out or forth, go away, depart,
withdraw ; to march forth, move out,
leave. «

ex-erceo, ere, ui, itum, v. tr. {arceo,
to drive off"). To exercise, occupy,
practise, employ. Pass,, to be occu-
pied ; to exercise one's self, busy one's
self, vii. 77.

exercitatio, onia, f. {exerctto). Ex-
ercise, practice, use.

exercitatns, a,um, 1) part, from
exerdto; 2) adj. Exercised, trained,
practised, skilled, versed.

exerdto, are, avi, atum, v. tr. (freq.
of exerceo). To practise, exercise.

exercltns, tts, m. {exerceo). An
army, infantry.

ex-haurio, ire, hausi, haustum, v.
tr. {haurio, to draw). To draw out ;
to take away, remove, v. 42.

ex-Igo, &re, egi, actum, v. tr. {dgo).
To drive out; to complete, finish ; to
spend, pass ; to demand.

exigue, adv. {fixUguua), Scarcely,
hardly.

extgvAt&»,atis,f,{eaXguiU8), Small,
ness, small size, scarcity, })overty,
shortness, small number, iil. 23.

exlgaos, a, vm, a^j. {eaiXgo). Scan-
ty, small, short, meagre, slight.

eximias, a, um, adj. {extmo, to take
out). Select, distinguished, remarka-
ble, excellent.

existXmfttlo, onis, f. {exiatimo).
Opinion, judgment, belief, reputation,
estimation.

ex-istimo, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
{(teatimo). To judge, think, suppose,
consider, esteem.

exUns, us, m. {exeo). The going
out, departure ; the issue, result, end,
conclusion.

ex-pSdio, ire, ivi or ii, itum, v. tr.
{pes). To free, extricate, disengage ;
to clear, level, facilitate ; to arrange,
prepare, make ready ; to procure.

expSditio, onis, f. {exp^io). An
excursion, expedition.

expSditns, a, um, 1) part. &om ex'
pgdio ; 2) adj. Free, easy, unencum-
bered, unimpeded ; without baggage ;
light-armed, lightly burdened ; iter ex-
peditius, more practicable, more pass-
able, easier, i. 6.

ex-pello, ire, pOU, puisum, v. tr.
To drive out or away ; to expel, eject ;
to remove.

expSrior, iri, pertus sum, v. dep.
To try, make trial of; to prove, put
to the test ; to know by experience ;
evetitum experiri, to await the issue,
m. 3.

expertns, a, um, part, from ex'
pirior.

ex-pio, are, avi, atum, v. tr. ( pio,
to appease). To atone for, make
amends for ; to remedy, make good,
V.52.

ex-pleo, ere, evi, etum, v. tr. {pleo,
to fill). To fill up ; to complete, make
good, finish.

explor&tor, oris, m. {exploro), A
spy, scout.

expldratns, a, um, part, (exploro).
Ascertained, established, knoTm, cep*
I tain, sure, vi. 5.

314

EXPLORO — FACIMS

«xpl6ro, aref avi, Stum, v. tr. To
search out, spy out, examine careful-
ly ; to reconnoitre.

ex-pdnO| ire, pdmi, pdHtum, y. tr.
To put or set out ; to set on shore, dis-
embark, iv. 37 ; to draw up, to mar-
shal, iy. 23 ; to explain, set forth, vii.
52.

ex-porto, are, am. Stum, v. tr. To
carry out, convey a\»5ay.

ex-po8CO, ere, pdpoeei, v. tr. To
ask earnestly, request, entreat, im-
plore, demand.

ex-prlmo, ire, essi, eesum, v. tr.
(primo). To press out ; to force, ex-
tort, elicit ; to raise up, viL 22 ; to ex-
press, describe, declare.

expugnatio, dnia, f. {expugno). The
act of taking by storm, storming, as-
sault.

ex-pngno, are, avi, Stum, v. tr. To
take by assault ; to storm, capture, re-
duce, subdue.

ex-qniro, ire, Hvi, aitum, v. tr.
{quaero). To seek for ; to ascertain ;
to inquire into, investigate; to ask,
lu. 3.

ex-sSquor, t, cutus sum, v. dep. To
follow, pursue ; to follow up, accom-
plish ; to assert, maintain, i. 4.

ex-sSro, ire, sirui, sertum, v. tr. To
thrust out; to uncover; humeria ex-
aertis, uncovered, bare, vii. 50.

ex-sisto, ire, atiti, atltum, v. Intr.
To stand forth, emerge, appear; to
proceed, arise ; to be, exist.

ex-specto, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
look for, await, expect; to desire,
long for ; to await with fear, to fear ;
to wait to see, ii. 9.

ex-spolio, arct avi, atum, v. ti'. To
deprive of, strip, rob.

ex-stinguo, ire, nxi, nctum, v. tr.
{atinguo, to extinguish.) To put out,
extinguish; to destroy, annihilate.

ex-sto, are, atXti, v. intr. To stand
out or above; to project, appear, be
visible.

ex-struo, ire, xi, etum, v. tr. {struo,
to pile). To pile or heap up ; to raise,
construct, erect.

exsnl, aiUa, m. and f. {ex, 8dUim\

An exile.

exter, or extSms, a, um [rare in
the sing.], comp. ext&rior, sup. extre-
mua or exttmua, adj. {ex). On the
outside, outer, foreign. Extrimua,
the outermost, extreme, last, most re-
mote ; ab extremo agmine, in the rear,
IL 11.

ex-tenreo, ere, m, iium, v. tr. To
strike with terror, terrify.

ex-timesco, ire, mui, v. tr. {timeo).
To fear, dread, await with fear.

ex-torqneo, ere, torsi, tortum, v. tr.
{torqueo, to turn). To wrest ; to ob-
tain by force, extort.

extra, 1) adv. Withoat, ontside;
2) prep, with ace Out of, outside of;
contrary to ; besides, except.

ex-tr&ho, ire, traxi, tractum, v. ti.
To draw out ; to protract, prolong ; to
waste, spend.

extremus, a, um, sup. of exter.

ex-trudo, ire, trusi, truaum, v. tr.
{tnido, to thrust). To thrust out ; to
keep back or out, iii. 12.

extmi. See Effiro.

exno, ire, m, utum, v. tr. To strip
off; to deprive ; to despoil ; armia, to
disarm, iii. 6.

ex-iiro, ire, uaai, uatum, y. tr. {uro,
to bum) . To bum up, consume by fire.

exutus, a, um, part from exuo.

F.

f fi.ber; bri, m. An artisan, artificer,
mechanic, smith, worlunan.

Fabins, t, m. 1) Quintus Fabiua
Maximtis, consul 122 B. C. He con-
quered the Arverai, Euteni, and AUo-
broges, i. 45. 2) Oaiua Fdbiua Maai-
mus, one of Caesar's lieutenants, v. 24;
vii. 90. 3) Luciua Fdbiua Maxlmua, a
brave centurion, vii. 47, 50.

faLcXie,fdciUua,fdcilltme, adv. (/d-
cilis). Easily, without diflacuUy, read-
ily, well; non facile, not safely, iii
23.

facXlis, e, adj. {fikiio). Easy tod<x

F ACINUS — FERTILIS

315

easy, ready ; courteous, gentie ; pros-
perous, favorable; ite»' muUofaciUtUf
much more practicable, i. 6.

f acinus, dris, n. {fUcio), A deed,
action; a bad deed, crime, daring
crime.

f acio, ire, fid, factum, v. tr. and
intr. To make or do ; to act, commit ;
to construct, prepare ; to cause, ren-
der ; to furnish, give ; castra, to pitch
a camp, i. 48 ; Jidem, to give a pledge,
iv. 11 ; nihil reiiquifecerunt, they left
nothing undone, ii. 26.

factio, onis, f. (fOcio). Making,
doing ; a political party, faction.

iactmn, t, n. {fdcio). A deed, act,
operation ; conduct, achievement, ex-
ploit.

factas, a, um, part, fromyio.

f acultas, Otis, f. {fUcio), Ability ;
opportunity, means ; abundance, plen-
ty, stock, store ; wealth. Plur., prop-
erty, resources.

fagns, i, f. A beech-tree.

fiUlo, (6re,fifeVi, falsum, v. tr. To
deceive, cheat; to disappoint, il. 10;
to escape notice, elude observation.

falsas, a, urn, adj. {failo), False,
untrue, unfounded.

fall, falcia, f. A sickle, reaping-
hook ; a military hook used in pulling
down walls, iii. 14.

f ama, ae, f. Bumor, report ; fame,
reputation, renown.

fames, ts, f. Hunger, famine.

f amllia, ae, f. {fdmiHua, a slave).
A household, family ; servants, vas-
sals, retinue.

famlliaris, «, adj. {filmXlia\ Be-
longing to the ifamily, domestic, pri-
vate ; rem familiarem, private prop-
erty, 1. 18. Suba,, a familiar acquaint-
ance, fWend.

fftmllifirltas, atis, f. (famtUaris).
Intimacy, friendship, acquaintance.

las, n. Indecl. (Jari, to speak). The
right, that which accords with the di-
vine law (Jus, the right by human
law) ; the divine will, right.

ilistigate, adv. (JdstiffcUut), Slop-
ing, in a sloping position.

fastitiratns, a, um, 1) part from
faatigo ; 2) a<^. Sloping to a pointy
sloping down, steep, descending.

fastigium, t, n. {faatigo). The top,
summit, height, eminence ; slope, de-
clivity, descent.

iastigo, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
make pointed ; to cause to slope or in-
cline.

fatmn, i, n. (fart, to speak). What
is ordained ; fate, destiny.

f aveo, ere, favi, fautttm, v. intr.
To favor ; to look with fevor upon.

fax, facia, f. A torch, firebrand.

f elicltas, atia, f. (felix, happy).
Happiness, felicity, success.

f eliciter, adv. (fUix, happy). Hap-
pily, auspiciously, successfully.

fSmen, inia, n. dcf. [sing. /^minis,
%,e,^\.fim%na,ibua']. The thigh.

f em&ia, ae, f. A female, woman,
wife.

f Smnr, dria, n. The thigh.

f Sra, ae, f. A wild beast.

fSrax, acia, adj. (firo). Fruitful,
productive, fertile.

fgre, adv. (firo). Nearly, almost,
about ; generally ; for the most part,
in the rule, iii. 18 ; non fere, not usu-
ally, vii. 35.

f 6ro, ferre, titli, latum, v. tr. To
bear, carry, bring ; to move, lead ;
to endure, bear, suffer ; to produce ;
with ae, to move one's self, to go, has-
ten ; aignaferre, to advance the stan-
dards, t. e., to march, i. 39 ; Wienusfer-
tur^ is borne, i. e., flows, iv. 10 ; moleate
ferre, to bear it ill, be troubled, ii. 1 ;
to allow, demand, vi. 7 ; to receive,
vi. 4 ; to say, declare, vi. 17 ; to offer,
furnish, ii. 26 ; to propose, iv. 11.

ferramentnm, i, n. (ferrum). A
tool of iron, iron implement, v. 42.

ferraria, ae, f. (ferrum). An iron
mine.

ferrSas, a, um, adj. (feman). Of
iron, iron.

fermm, i, n. Iron ; any iron in-
strument, the sword, javelin.

fertm's, e, adj. (firo), FruitfW
productive, fertile.

316

FEBTIUT AS — FORTUNA

fertmtas, Sits, f. {ferHUa). Fer-
tility, fruitfulness, prodnctiyeness.

f Srus, a, urn, a^j. Wild, rade, an-
cnltivated, barbarous, cruel.

ferrSf &cio, ^e,/eciff(ictuin, y. tr.
{Jerveo, facto). To melt ; to beat.

f enreo, ere, vi and 6ta, y. ihtr. To
glow with heat ; to be red hot, v. 43.

f ibtila, ae, f. {f^o, to fix). A
clasp, brace, pin.

fictus, a, um, part, tramjinffo.

fIdeUs, «, acU. (ftdee). Faithftil,
true, trustworthy, sure.

fides, ft', f. (jWo, to tnist). Trust,
foith, confidence, reliance, belief; se-
curity, protection, credit; pledge,
promise, word ; Jldem dare, to giyo a
pledge or promise ; Jidem eervarCf to
keep one's word ; infdem reetpere, to
receive under one's protection.

fiducia, ae, f. (fido, to trust).
Confidence, reliance, assurance ; self-
confidence, boldness, courage.

f Igura, ae, f. {Jingo). A form, fig-
ure, shape ; kind, nature, species.

filia, ae, f. Daughter.

fllins, i, m. Son.

fingo, ire, Jinxifjictuin, y. tr.^To
form, fashion, shape, make; to ar-
range ; to devise ; vuUum fingere, to
control the countenance, i. 39.

finio, ire, iti or n, Uum, v. tr. {J^C-
nis). To limit, bound, iv. 16 ; to de-
termine, compute, vi. 18; to termi-
nate, finish.

finis, isy m. Limit, boundary ; ter-
ritory ; end, conclusion.

finltimus, a, um, adj. {finis). Bor-
dering upon, adjoining, neighboring.
FiniHmiy drumy m. pi. Neighbors.

fio tfSrif factua turn, v. irreg. To
be made, become ; to arise, occur ;
certiorjleri, to be informed. Fit, imp.,
U happens.

firmlter,adv. {firmua). With firm-
ness, firmly.

firmltado, irnw, f. {firmua). Firm-
ness, durability, strength.

finno, are, aviy atum, v. tr. {fir-
nws). To strengthen; to establish;
to confirm, encourage.

firmns, a, um, adj. Firm, steadfast,
strong ; durable, lasting ; valiant.

fistfica, ae, f. A ranuner, pile*
driver, iv. 17.

Flaccns, t. m. See Valgrina.

flaglto, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To so-
licit earnestly ; to importune, demand.

flamma, <te, f. Flame, blaze ; glow;
enthusiasm.

flecto, gre, xi, xum, y. tr. To bend*
turn, direct, guide.

fleo, ere, evi, ettun, v. intr. To
weep, lament.

fletus, ua, m. {fieo). Weeping,
lamentation ; magno fletu, with many
tears, i. 32.

flo, are, avi, atum, v. intr. To blow.

florens, entia, a4}. {fidreo, to flour*
ish). Flourishing, prosperous, exceU
lent ; influential, viL 32.

fkos,fi5ria, m. Flower.

flnctas, ua, m. {Jluo). Wave, bil-
low; flood.

flamen, fnti, n. {fluo). A river,
stream ;fiumine aecundo, down or with
the stream, vli. 5S',flumine adverao^
up or against the stream, viL 60.

flao, ire, xi, xum, v. intr. To flow.

fodio, gre, fddi,foaaum, v. tr. To
dig, dig out, dig up.

foedns, 6ria, n. A league, treaty,
compact, alliance.

Ions, fontia, m. A fountain, source

forem, fiire, = eaaem, fOturua eaae^
G. 204, 2.

f oris, adv. Without, out of doors,
outside.

forma, ae, f. The form, shape, fig-
ure, pattern, kind.

fors, fortia, f. {fiSro). Chance, for*
tune ; forte, by chance, by accident.

fortis, e, a4j. {firo). Strong ; brave,
valiant, bold ; powerftil, mighty.

ibrttter, fortiua, fortiaafme, adv.
{fortia). Bravely, courageous)^, val*
iantly, firmly.

fortltudo, rnif, f. {fortia). Bia>
very, courage, fortitude.

fortuito, adv. {fora). By chance,
accidentally.

fortuna, ae, f. {fora). Chance, for-

FORTUNATUS — GAESTJM

317

tone. Plur., gifts of fortune, proper-
ty, possessions ; fate, lot, destiny.

Ibrtiln&tiis, a, am, ndj. {fortuna),
Prosperons, fortunate, happy; well
off, rich.

f dram, t, n. {firU). A public place,
market-place, forum.

fossa, a«, f. (fidio). A trench,
ditch, fosse.

f dyea, oe, f. A deep pit for tak-
ing wUd beasts, a pitfall, vi. 28.

firango, ire, fregi, fractum^ v. tr.
To break, shatter ; to subdue, weaken ;
to dishearten, discourage.

Irftter, triHy m. Brother ; an hon-
orary title for an ally, i. 33.

firfitenms, a, um^ a4j. (Jrater).
Brotherly, fraternal.

fraas, fraudU, f. Deceit, imposi-
tion, fraud, treachery.

frCmltas, U8t m. {Jrimo, to mur-
mur). A murmuring, muttering, a
noise, clamor.

firSqaens, tit, adj. Repeated, fre-
quent ; in great numbers, numerous,
crowded.

fretas, a, «m, acy. Relying upon,
depending on, trusting to.

frigldas, a, tim, a^j. {frigmi). Cold.

firigns. Oris, n. Cold, frost, cold
weather.

frons, frontis, f. The forehead,
brow, fh>nt ; afronte, in front, ii. 25.

finctaosas, a, nm, adj. {fructua).
Fruitful, productive.

fiructas, uf, m. {fruor). The use,
employment ; profit, fruit, income,
advantage ; effect, result.

firomentarins, a, urn, a^j* {fru-
mentum). Of or belonging to com,
abounding in provisions ; resfnnnen-
taria, com, supplies*

frumentatio, dnt«, f. {frtimentor).
A providing of com, foraging.

frttmentor, drif atus sum, v. dep.
{frumerUum), To procure com; to
forage.

firumeatimi, t, n. (Jruor), Com,
grain.

finor, iffitOttu orfructus sum, v.
dep. To eiyoy.

fimstra, adv. Without effect, in
vain, to no purpose.

fttga, ae, f. Flight ; dare, conjicere,
eonvertere in fugam, to put to flight ;
Jugampetere,capere, to take to flight,
to flee.

fligio, ire,fugi,fiigittim, v. tr. and
intr. To flee ; to escape, avoid, shun.

fifgltiTUS, a, vm, ndj. (fUgio).
Fleeing away, fugitive. FugiHvus, t,
m. A deserter.

f tigo, are, dvi, atum, v. tr. To
cause to flee, put to flight, rout.

f umo, are, dvi, dtum, v. intr. (^5-
mue). To smoke, emit smoke.

f umias, i, m. Smoke.

foiida, ae, f. A sling. Funda It-
briiis, a sling or machine for hurling
stones a pound in weight, vii. 81. See
Librilis*

Aindltor, orie, m. (Junda), One
who fights with a sling, « slinger.

iiindo, gre,fudi, fueum, v. tr. To
pour out; to fuse, cast; to scatter,
throw, hurl; to prostrate, vanquish,
rout.

lungor, i,functti8 turn, v. dep. To
perform, execute, discharge.

funis, is, m. A rope, line, cable.

f onus, iria, n. {funis). A funeral
procession, funeral rites, burial.

fiiror, oris, m. (Juro, to rage).
Madness, rage.

furtnm, i, n. {fur, a thief). Theft.

fusllis, e, adj. {fundo). Molten,
liquid, softened; fmiU ex argiUd,
made of softened clay, v. 43.

Fusius, i, m. Qdiua FOsiits Citaj
a Roman knight, vii. 3.

f iitarus, a, urn, part, from stun.

Ga1>&li, orum, m. A people of
Gallia CeltVca. The chief town was
Anderitum {AtUMeux), vii. 7, 64, 75.

G&binins, t, m. Auhu, consul
with Piso, 58 B. C, i. 6.

gaesam, t, n. A Gallic weapon, a
heavy javelin.

318

GALEA — GRAECUS

G&ias, t, m. A Roman praenomen.
Galba, ae, m. 1) jServivs SulpUsi-

tM, one of Caesar's lieutenants, iii. 1, 8.
2) A king of the Suessidnes, ii 4, 18.

g&lea, aCf f. A helmet, usnally of
leather.

Gallia, ae, f. Gaul, the country of
the Gauls. 1) GalUa CitHriory or Cia-
'cUpinay Hither Gaul, or Gaul on this
side of the Alps, i. 24, 54 ; ii. 1 ; y. 1.
2) GaUia UltSrior, or TransaiptnOf
Farther Gaul, or Gaul beyond the
Alps, embracing modem France, Bel-
gium, Netherlands, the greater part
of Switzerland, and the Rhine prov-
inces of Germany, i. 1, 7 ; vii. 1. Un-
der Caesar, Gallia UUerior was divid-
ed into Gallia Celttca, Belgica^ and
Aquitaniaf i. 1. Hence the plur. Gal-
liaBf iv. 20. The Provincia Romana,
also called Gallia Narbonensis and
Provincia^ was not included in these
divisions.

Galllcas, a, t<m, adj. (Gallus).
Gallic, belonging to the Gauls.

gallina, ae, f. {gallus, a cock). A
hen.

Gallus, a, unif adj. Gallic. Gallusy
if m. A Gaul, an inhabitant of Gaul ;
in a restricted aense^ an inhabitant of
Gallia BelgTca, i. 31 ; ii. 30.

Garumna, a«, m. A river of Gaul,
rising in the Pyrenees, and flowing
into the Bay of Biscay, now the Go-
ronney i. 1.

Garumni, drunif m. A people of
Aquitania, near the sources of the
Garumna (Garonne) t iii. 27.

Gates, turn, m. A people of Aqui-
tania, on the left bank of the Garumna

{Garon7ie)t iii. 27.

gandeo, erct gdvisus sum^ v. semi-
dep. G. 268, i. To rejoice ; to be glad
or pleased.

gavisns, a, um, part, from gaudeo.

Geidnni, drumj m. A Gallic tribe
under the protection of the Nervii,
V. 39.

GSn&bensis, t«, m. An inhabit-
ant of GenSbum, vii. 11.

GSn&bum, », n. The chief town

of the Camutes, in Gallia Celtifca, on
the LYger (Loire), now OrlioMf vii 3,
11, 17, 28.

gSner, iri, m. A son-in-law.

g^SnSratim, adv. (^^ttf ). By tribes
or nations.

Gen&va, a«, f. A city of the Al-
lobr5ges, on the border of the Helve-
tians, now Geneva^ i. 6, 7.

gens, gentia, f. A tribe, race, na-
tion; class, kind; a clan embracing
several families.

gSnns, iris J n. Birth, descent ; race,
people ; kind, manner, style, nature.

Gergovia, o^, f. 1) A fortified city
of the Arvemi, near Clermont in An-
vergnc, vii. 4, 34, 36, sq., 41. 2) A
town of the Boii, east of the Uger
(Loire) f vii. 9.

Gennani, drunif m. The Germans,
inhabitants of Germany, i. 1, 27, 31-,
iv. I; vi. 11, 12, 21.

Germania, a^, f. Germaqj-. An-
cient Germany was bounded on the
north by the Gennan Ocean and the
Baltic, on the east by the Vistula and
the Sarmatian Mountains, on the
south by the Danube, and on the west
by the Rhine and the German Ocean,
iv.4; vi. 11,24.

Germanlcns, a, «m, adj. (Germa-
ma). Germanic, German, iv. 16.

Germanns, a, um, adj. (Germo'
nia), German, from Germany, vi. 37 ;
vii. 13.

gSro, SrCj gessif gestuniy v. tr. To
bear, carry; to administer, manage,
carry on, wage ; to conduct, perform.

gladins, e, m. A sword.

glans, glandisy f. An acorn ; a ball
of lead or clay ; ball, bullet.

gleba, ae, f . A clod, lump of earth ;
a piece, lump.

gloria, ae, f. Glory, renown, fame,
reputation.

gl5rior, <3rt, aius aum, v. dep. (ffld-
ria). To glory, boast, pride one's self.

Gobannitio, Snia, m. One of the
Arvemi, uncle of Vercinget5rix, vii. 4.

Gnaeus, t, m. A Roman praeno*
men.

GRAIOCELI— HINC

319

GraecuSy a, wm, adj. Greek, Ore-
dan. GrctecuSyiyin. A Greek, Grecian.

GraiocSli, ortim, m. A Gallic
tribe in the Giaian Alps, i. 10.

grandis, e, a<^. Great, large.

gratia, ae, f. {gratus). Favor, es-
teem, regard, influence, friendship,
popularity ; gratitude, acknowledg-
ment, return ; thanks ; gratias agerCf
to give thanks, i. 41 ; gratiam referre^
to return a favor, v. 27 ; gratia, for
the sake of, vii. 43.

SratOidtio, mis, f. (gratUlor). A
manifestation of joy, reijoicing, con-
gratulation.

grattUor, art, atus sum, v. dep.
(grcUtis), To manifest joy; to con-
gratulate, wish joy ; to thank.

grains, a, urn, adj. Pleasing, ac-
ceptable, agreeable; thankful, grate-
ful.

gravis, e, ac^. Heavy, weighty;
important, grave, dignified; violent,
unpleasant, severe ; oppressive, diffi-
cult ; gravis aetas, advanced age, iii.
16.

gravltas, atis, f. {grdvis). Heavi-
ness, weight ; importance, power, in-
fluence.

gravlter, grdvius^ grdvisstme^ adv.
(gravis). Violently, strongly, severe-
ly ; unwillingly, with displeasure, se-
riously.

gravo, are, avi, dtunif v. tr. (gravis).
To weigh down, oppress. Pass., to
be vexed or annoyed, feel displeasure ;
to be reluctant, hesitate, i. 3d.

Gnidii, drum, m. A people of Gal-
lia BclgTca, clients of the Nervii, v. 39.

gllbemator, oris, m. (gObemo, to
steer). A pilot.

gnsto, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
taste, eat, partake of.

H.

h&beo, ere, ui, Hum, v. tr. To have,
possess, hold, keep ; to consider, es-
teem, regard, know; to make, de-
liver ; in animo habere, to have in

mind, to intend ; habere ratiotiem offi-
cii, to have regard to duty, v. 27;
gratiam habere, to be grateful, vii. 20 ;
aUter se habere, to be diflerent, ii. 19.

haeslto, are^ dvi, atum, v. intr.
(freq. of haereo, to stick). To stick
fast ; to remain fixed, vii. 19.

hfimns, i, m. A hook.

harpago, dnis, m. A grappling-
hook, grapple.

Harudes, um, m. A Germanic
people, who dwelt north of Lake Con-
stance, i. 31, 37, 51.

hand, adv. Not.

Helveticns, a, um, adj. (Helvetii),
Helvetian, vii. 9.

Helvetii, drum, m. The Helveti-
ans, a Gallic people, whose country,
lying between the Rhine, Mount Jura,
and the Bhaetian Alps, now forms a
part of modem Switzerland, i. 1-25,
26, 29, 30, 40; iv. 10 ; vi. 25, vh. 75.

Helvetias, a, um, adj. (Helvetii).
Helvetian, i. 2, 12.

Helvii, drum, m. A Gallic people
in the Provincia, vii. 7, 64.

Hereynia silva, ae, f. The Her-
cynian forest, extending, according to
Caesar, from the banks of the Rhine
on the west to the country of the Da-
cians on the east, vi. 24, 25.

heredltas, atis, f. (heres, an heir).
Inheritance, heirship.

hibemactiliim, t, n. (htbeimus).
Winter-quarters.

HIbernia, a£, f. Ireland, v. 13.

hibernus, a, um, adj. (hiems). Per-
taining to winter, winter. Hiber7ia (sc.
castra), drum, n., winter-quarters.

hie, haec, hoe, dem. pron. This,
it ; the latter ; such. Abl. hoc, on this
account, therefore ; with quod, iii. 4.
With comparatives, the ; hocfaciliifs,
the more easily, i. 2.

hie, adv. Here, in this place.

hiSmo, are, avi, atum, v. intr.
(hiems). To winter ; to pass the win-
ter.

hiems, imis, f. Winter, winter
time, rainy season, storm.

hiuc, adv. From this place, hence.

320

HISPANIA — ILLE

Hisp&nia, ae, t Spain, in Cae-
sar's time divided into two provinces :
HispSnia CUirior, north of the river
IMrus {Ebro), and Hupania UWfrior,
south of that river. Hisp&nia includ-
ed modern Spain and Portu^, i. 1 ;
iii.23;v. 1, 13; vU.66.

Hinp&niu, a> tun, a^. {Hiapania).
Spanish.

hddie, adv. {hie, diet). To-day,
this day.

homo, irUa, m. and f. A man, a
human being, person.

hdnestus, a,um, a4). (Adnor). Re-
garded with honor, respected, distin-
guished, honored, noble ; worthy, re-
spectable, honorable, eminent.

honor, or hdnos, dm, m. Honor,
repute, esteem ; a post of honor, pub-
lic office, vii. 57 ; honoris catua, out
of respect, ii. 15.

hSnorlflcus, a, urn, a^j. (A^srnor,
fado). Honorable, conferring honor,
i.43.

hora, a«, f. An hour. G. 64ft ;
645, 2 ; hora septima^ the seventh hour,
t. e., one o'clock, i. 26.

horreo, ere, vi, v. tr. To trem-
ble at, shudder at, i. 32.

horrlbllis, e, adj. (horreo). Ter-
rible, horrible, dreadful.

horrldns, a, urn, acy. (horreo).
Hough, wild, savage, ftightfal.

hortor, a/ri, Stw turn, v. dep. To
incite, instigate ; to encourage, ex-
hort.

hospes, iiis, m. and f. A stranger,
guest, Mend.

hospltinm, », n. (hotpee). Friend-
ship, hospitality.

hostis, is, m. and f. An enemy, a
public enemy. Inimieus, a private or
personal enemy.

hue, adv. (hie). Hither, to this
place ; to this point, so far.

htOasmodi (Ate, tnddus). Of this
kind, of such a nature, such.

hom&nltas, oHst f. (humanus).
Humanity ; civilized life, liberal cul-
ture, refinement, elegance of manners.

humftnus, a, tant a^j. (hdmo). Hu-

man ; of refined cnltoie, polished, cul-
tivated.

hlfmSnia, t, m. The shoulder.

httmllis, e, a4j. (hUmus, ground).
Low, humble, poor, weak, insignifi-
cant, abject.

hfimllltas, atis, f. (^hUnalis). Low-
ness; insignificance; weakness, fee-
bleness.

I.

Ibi, adv. (m). There, in tliat place.

Iccins, t, m. A nobleman of tiie
Bemi, 11. 3, 6, 7.

. ictus, ttf, m. ({CO, to strike). A
blow, stroke, thrust, stab.

idcirco, adv. {id, circa). On thas
account, for that reason, therefore.

Idem, eOdem, idem, dem. pron. {is,
dem). The same; eadem ratione, in
the same manner, v. 40; eadem atque
Belgarum, the same as of the Bel-
gians, ii. 6 ; idem . . •et, the same . . .
as.

Identldem, adv. {idemridem). Re-
peatedly, often, agam and again, at
intervals, ii. 19.

Id-eo, adv. Therefore, on tiiat ac-
count.

IdonSns, a, tan, a4j. Fit, suitable,
meet, proper, convenient; capable,
trustworthy, iv. 21.

Idas, vum, f. The ides, the 15th
day of March, May, July, and Octo-
ber ; and the 13th of the other months,
i. 7. G. 642, 8.

ignis, is, m. Fire.

ignobllis, e. a4j. {in, hobiUa). Un-
known, undistinguished, obscure.

ignomlnia, ae, f. {in, nomen). Dis
grace, dishonor, ignominy.

igndro, are, avi. Stum, t. tr. (t^
norttf, ignorant). Not to know; to be
ignorant of.

igndscOy ^rsy n^i, n5htm, y. tr. and
intr. {in, nosco). To pardon, forgive.

ignotnsy a, um, 1) part from iff-
nosco : 2) adj. Unknown.

illatnSy a, um, part, from inflro.

illoy illa^ illndy dem. pron. That;

ILLIC— IMPIUS

321

he, she, it; Ate . . . ille, this one . . .
that one.

illic, adv. {itte^e). There, in that
place.

ilUg^o, arCf art, o^tim, y. tr. (tn,
MgOf to bind). To bind on, fasten on,
attach ; to connect, bind.

illo, adv. To that .place, thither;
to tliat end ; eodem illo perHnerCf to
that very purpose, iv. 11.

illnstris, e, a4j. (tn, hutro^ to pari-
fy). Bright, clear; illnstrions, dis-
tinguished, honorable; lemarlcable,
important, vii. 3.

niyricnm, t, n. The country of
Illyria, on the Adriatic Sea, extending
from the riyer Arsia (Araa) to the Ce-
raonian mountains, ii. 35 ; iii. 7 ; y. 1.

Imaniieiitiiis, t, m. King of the
Trinobantes, y. 20.

imbecilUtas, atia^ f. {imbedUus,
weak). Weakness, feebleness.

imber, hris, m. A violent rain, a
tain-storm, shower.

Imltor, Sri, attu tum^ y. dep. To
«>py, imitate.

imm&nis, «, a^j. Immense, enor-
mous, vast.

immlneo, ere^ y. intr. (tn, mXneOy
to hang oyer). To project over, to
overhang ; to be near, vi. 38.

immitto, ire, mist misntm,- Y.tr.
{in, mitto). To send into, throw into ;
to introduce ; to despatch against ; tm-
tniaso equitatu, the cavalry having
been sent on, vii. 40 ; tnUnbus immis-
Mis, beams having been let in, iv. 17.

inuiidlo, arCt art, ottim, v. tr. (tn,
mdla, sacrificial meal). To sacrifice,
offer in sacrifice.

immortftlis, e, a4j. (tn, mortaUs,
mortal). Immortal, eternal.

immfiiiis, e, a^j. (in, milnus). Free
or exempt flrom public service, free
from taxation.

immonltas, aits, f. (itnmunis). Ex-
emption from public service and bur-
dens, immunity.

inip&rfitiis, a, t<in, adj. (in,para-
tus). Unprepared, unprovided, not
ready.

17

impSdimentnm, t, n. {impidio).
Hinderance, obstacle, impediment
Plur,, baggage, luggage of an army.

impSdio, ire, ivi or tt, Uum, v. tr.
(tn, pes). To entangle ; to hinder, de-
tain, obstruct, impede ; to render diffi-
cult to traverse, vii. 57.

impSditns, d, um, 1) part, from
impidio ; 2) aidj. Entangled, embar-
rassed, distracted, impeded, hindered,
prevented ; obstructed, difficult of pas-
sage.

impello, ire, paU, pulaum, v. tr.
(tn, peUo). To drive against ; to urge,
impel ; to incite, move, persuade, in-
duce.

impendeo, ere, v. intr. (tn, pen^
deo, to hang). To overhang; to be
near, impend, threaten.

impensiis, a, um, 1) part, from im-
pendo, to expend; 2)a4j. Great, dear;
impenso pretio, at great cost, iv. 2.

impSrfttor, oris, m. {impiro). A
commander-in-chief, general; leader,
chief.

imperatam, t, n. {impiro). Com-
mand, order.

imperiectas, a, um, a4j. (tn, per-
ftcio). Unfinished, incomplete, im-
perfect.

impSritas, a, um, adj. (tn, pirittis).
Inexperienced, unskilled, ignorant,
unacquainted with.

impSriam, t, n. (impiro). Com-
mand, order, direction; authority,
power, sway, dominion ; empire, gov-
ernment.

impSro, are, am, Sium, v. tr. (tn,
pdro). To command, order ; to make
a requisition for ; to give orders for,
demand, i. 7.

impStro, are, avi, atum, v. tr. (tn,
pAtro, to bring to pass). To accom-
plish, effect; to obtain, secure, pro-
cure; de sahUe impetrare, to obtain
terms of safety, v. 36.

impStns, us, m. (impito, to attack).
Attack, assault, onset ; violence, fury,
force.

impitttt, a,um, a^j. (tn,ptW, pious).
Irreverent, ungodly, impious.

822

IMPLICO — INCOLUMIS

impllco, are, avi, Sium, or m, ftunif
V. tr. {illy pReo, to fold). To entangle,
inyolve ; to interlace, unite • cloeelj,
tU. 73.

implftro, are, art, Stum, t. tr. (in,
ploro, to cry out). To entreat, be-
seech, implore.

impdno, ire, p6sm, pdafhtm, ▼. tr.
(in, pono). To place or put npon ; to
Bet on ; to pat on board, embolic ; to
lay or impose upon ; to put, set, sta-
tion.

importo, are, Sm, aium, y. tr. (in,
potto). To bring, cany or convey
into; to import.

imprimis, adv. (in,pnmu8). Es-
pecially, principally, in a special de-
gree.

imprSbas, a, tim, a4j. (in, prdbua,
upright). Bad, wicked, depraved,
base ; seditious, violent ; shameless,
bold, impudent.

imprdvlso, adv. (imprwisw). Sud-
denly, unexpectedly.

imprd^sas, a, urn, a4i« (in, provi-
deo). Unforeseen, unexpected, sad-
den.

impriidens, tie, ajdj. (in, prudens,
prudent). Not foreseeing, not antici-
pating or exx>ecting, unaware, igno-
rant, inconsiderate, imprudent.

imprudentia, ae, f. (imprudens).
Want of foresight, thoughtlessness,
imprudence, ignorance.

impubes, iris, adj. (in, pubes). Not
having attained to manhood ; unmar-
ried, chaste, vi. 21.

impugno, are, avi, aium, v. tr. (in,
pugno). To attack, assail ; to charge.

impnlsus, a, tm, part, from impello.

impnlsas, us, m. (impello). Im-
pulse; instigation, incitement, influ-
ence.

impnne, adv. (in, poena). With-
out punishment, with impunity.

impnnltas, atis, f. (in, poena). Ex-
emption from punishment. Impunity.

imus, a, urn, adj. sup. otinfitrus.

in, prep, with ace. and abl. I.
With aocus., in answer to the ques-
tion. Whither f 1) Of apace: into, to.

among, against, towards, in. 2) €f
time : up to, till, into, for. 3) Of other
relations: on, about, respecting, to-
wards, against, for, as, in, into. n.
With the abl., in answer to the
question. Where t 1) Of apace: in,
upon, over, among, at, within. 2) Cf
time, : in, during, at, in the course of.
3) Cf other relatUma : in, on, npon, in
the case of.

Imanis, e, a^j. Empty ; vain, use-
less, idle.

incante, adv. (incauiua). Incau-
tiously, inconsiderately.

in-cantas, a, urn, ac|j* (cdreo). In-
cautious, heedless, off one's guard, vi.
30.

in-cSdo, 9re, eeaai, eesaum, • v. intr.
To move on, advance; to ccmie to,
befall, attack, seize.

incendiam, t, n. (incendo). A fire^
conflagration, burning.

in-cendo, ere, di, attm, v. tr. (ean-
deo, to glow). To set fire to, kindle,
bum ; to inflame, arouse, stir up, ex-
cite.

in-certas, a, urn, adj. Uncertain,
indefinite, doubtful; unreliable, not
sure, not trustwor&y.

in-cido, ire, cidi, eaauni, v. intr.
(cOdo). To fiEdl upon, come upon un-
expectedly; to meet; to occur, hap-
X>en, arise.

in-cido, ire, cidi, ciaum, v. tr. (coe-
do). To cut into ; to lop, ii. 17.

in-cipio, ire, cepi, ceptum, y. tr,
(cdpio). To seize upon, lay hold of;
to begin, commence; to undertake,
attempt.

in-clto, are, avi. atum, v. tr. (cUo,
to move rapidly). To set in motion,
urge forward ; to incite, spur on, en*
courage, stimulate, rouse ; incitato
eguo, at fall speed, iv. 12 ; ae aeaiuain-
citaviaaet, had rushed in, iii. 12.

in-cognltns, a, um, a4i. (cognoaco).
Unknown.

in-c5lo, ire, c6hd, cuUum, v. tr. and
intr. To dwell, live ; to inhabit.

in-coltfmis, e, a4}. (cdlUmia, safe).
Unimpaired, uniigured, safe, entire.

INCOMMODE — INFEBUS

323

in-conmidde, adv. Unfortaiiately.

in-conunddnm, i, n. InconTen-
ienoe, tronble, detriment, ixunry, mis-
fortune; defeat, loM.

in-comiiiddns, a, um, adj. Incon-
venient, unfortunate.

in-crSdlliilis, e, adj. {crSdo), In-
Credible, extraordinary, unparalleled.

in-crS]ri[to, are^ avif Slum, t. tr.
(lleq. of incrgpo, to chide). To call
out to one ; to chide, reprove, rebuke ;
to inmdt, taunt.

in-cmnbo, ^e, dtbtti, ciib€tumf t.
intr. {ineitbOf to lie). To lean upon ;
to iq>pl7 one's self to, exert one's self,
attend to.

incnrsio, onis, f. (in, curro). A
rvinning against, onset, attack, assault ;
an inroad, invasion.

incnrsiis, tw, m. (m, eurro). An
assault, attack, charge.

Incilao, are, an, Sium, v. tr. (in,
causa). To accuse, find fault with,
blame, complain of.

iiide, adv. (is). From that place,
thence ; after that, thereupon, then.

indlcioBi, t, n. (index, informer)
Information, discovery, disclosure, ev-
idence ; proof, indication ; per indici-
um r= per indices, by informers, i. 4.

in^dlco, ire, dixi, dictum, v. tr. To
declare publicly, proclaim, announce ;
to appoint, fix, ei\join.

indictns, a, um, I) part, from indi-
co; 2) adj. Unsaid, unheard; indicia
eauaa, the cause being unheard, with-
out a hearing, vii. 38.

indigne, indignius, indignissime,
adv. (indignus). Undeservedly; dis-
honorably, shamefully.

in-dignitas, aft>, f. Unworthiness,
shameftil conduct ; indignity, disgrace,
insult.

in-dignor, on', aiiu sttm, v. dep.
(dignus). To consider unworthy ; to
be displeased with, be indignant; to
disdain.

in-dignus, a, um, adj. Unworthy,
nnbecoming, shameful, dishonorable.

in-dnigeng, tie, adj. (dilfgo). Care-
less, negligent.

I iH-dHIgenter, diUgentius, dUigen'
tissime, adv. Carelessly, negligently.

in-diligenlia, ae, f. (indi&gens).
Carelessness, negligence..

indaciae, arum, f. (induo). A ces-
sation of hostilities, a truce, armistice.

in-dJico, ire, duxi, ductum, v. tr.
To bring in, conduct or lead in ; to in-
troduce; to move, excite, influence,
persuade ; to cover, ii. 33.

indnlgentia, ae, f. (indulgeo). In-
dulgence, favor ; . clemency.

indulgeo, ere, dtdsi, duUum, v. intr.
(in, duicia, sweet). To be indulgent
or kind ; to favor, show favor to.

induo, ire, m, iUum, v« tr. To put
on ; se induere, to fall into or upon ; to
become entangled in, vii. 73.

Industrie, adv. (industrius, dili-
gent). Diligently, industriously.

Indutiomftrus, t, m. A chief
among the Trevlri, v. 3, 4, 26, 53, 55,
57, 58.

in-eo, ire, ivi or «t, Uum, v. tr. To
go into, enter ; to enter upon, begin ;
rationem inire, to make an estimate,
vii. 24 ; numerum inire, to go into an
enumeration, to give tiie number, vii.
76 ; graUam, to gain favor, vi. 43 ; con-
siHum, to form a design, ii. 33.

In-ermis, e, or In-ermus, a, um,
a^J. (arma). Unarmed, defenceless.

In-ers, tis, ac^. (ars). Indolent,
sluggish, slothful ; unmanly.

in-f amia, ae, f._(fama). Dishonor,
disgrace, infamy.

in-ians, tis, m. and f. (farty to
speak). A child, an infant.

in-fectns, a, um, acy. (fdcio). Not
made, unfinished ; infectd re, without
accomplishing their object, vii. 17.

in-f Sro, ferre, tUH, illatum, v. tr.
To bear or convey into, throw into r
to occasion, cause, produce, inflict; to
place upon, vi. 30; signa inferre, to
advance the standards, t. e., make an
attack, ii. 25 ; beUum, to make or wage
war, i. 2 ; cattsam, to assign or present,
i. 39.

inf Srns, a, um, comp. inferior, sup.
infimtis or imtis, a^j. Situated be

824

mFESTUS — INSmiOB

low or underneath, low ; comp., lower,
inferior; «tip., lowest, last, deepest;
the lowest part.

infestos, a, tun, a4j> Unsafe, Inse-
cure ; hostile, troublesome, dangerous.

in-flcio, ire, ficit feetum^ v. tr*
(/drt'o). To stain, color, paint, dye.

in-ndeUs, e, acU. Un&ithAil,
faithless, false, treacherous.

in-figo, ire,Jlzi,fixum, y. tr. (Jigo,
to fix). To fix or Hasten in.

inflmas, a,tim, sup. of infiSnu.

in-finUns, a, «m, a4j. (./tm>). Un-
bounded, boundless, unlimited, infi-
nite, yast.

inlimiltas, S^, f. {in/irmus),
Weakness, feebleness ; want of cour-
age ; fickleness, inconstancy, ir. 5.

in-firmns, a, «m, a4j. Weak, fee-
ble ; inJSrmiore ammo, more depressed
inspirit, ill. 24.

in-flecto, ire, £>', xitm, y. tr. To
bend ; to cnrye.

in-flao, ire, xi, xum, y. intr. To
flow into, empty into.

in-f5dio, ire, fodi, fosntm, y. tr.
To dig in ; to bury in the earth.

inlhi, l)ady. Underneath, below ;
paulo infra, a little below, t. e., far-
ther south, iv. 36 ; 2) prep, with
ace. Below, under; it\fra elephan-
tos, smaller than elephants, yi. 28.

in-gens, tis, adj. Vast, enormous,
yery great, huge.

in-gratus, a, um, a^j. Unwelcome,
disagreeable, unpleasant, unaccepta-
ble; ungratcAil.

in-gr6dior, t, greB9%u sum, y. dep.
{grddior, to go.) To go into ; to enter ;
to enter upon, begin, engage in.

Inlmlcitia, ue, f. {inimictu). En-
mity, hostility.

In-Imicas, a, tan, adj. {Afr^cwi).
Unfriendly, hostile, inimical.

Iniqaltas, atis, f. {iniqtma), Une-
Tenness, yii. 45 ; unfayorable position,
iii. 2 ; difficulty, crisis, ii. 22 ; ii^ustice,
nnfislmess ; gumma iniquitas, greatest
injustice, lii. 19.

In-Iqans, a, um, adj. (tieqtnts). Un-
equal, nneyen ; unfayorable, disadyan-

tageoos ; unjust, unreafionable ; dilft
cult, hard.

Inltivm, t, n. (ineo). Beginning,
origin, commencement ; element ; or-
tificiorum initia, the elements of the
arts, yi 17.

in-jlcio, ire,jeci,jeetum, v. tr. (JA'
eio). To throw or cast into; to put
or lay upon ; to inspire, cause, occa-
sion, InAisc.

ia-jongo, gre,Junzi,Junctum, y. tr.
To join to, fasten upon ; to bring upon,
impose.

in-joria, ae, f. {jus). IiU™7>
wrong, yiolenoe, injustice, damage,
harm, insult.

in-jQssn, m. [used only in abL O.
134]. Without the command.

in-naacor, »', naiussum, y. dep. To
be bom in ; to grow or spring up in.

in-n&tos, a, um, part, from innas^
cor. Inborn, innate, natural.

in-nitor, i, nixus sum, y. dep. To
lean upon, rest upon.

innixns, a, um, part. frt)m innitor.

in-ndcens, tis, adj. Harmless;
blameless, innocent.

inndcentia, ae, f. (inndcens). In-
nocence ; uprightness, integrity.

Indpia, a«, f. (in, ops). Want, scar-
city, destitution, yii. 32.

In-dpinans, tis, adj. (dpinor, to
expect). Not expecting, unprepared,
unawares.

inqnain, y. def. G. 297. To say.

in-sciens, . tis, a^). (scio). Not
knowing, unaware, ignorant.

in-scientia, ae, f. {insciens). Want
of knowledge, ignorance,inexperience.

in-scins, a, um, adj. (seio). Not
knowing, ignorant, unaware.

in-sSqaor, t, cOttu sum, y. dep. To
follow ; to pursue, press ui>on.

in-sSro, ire, ta, turn, y. tr. To put
in, insert.

insldiae, arum, f. (in, s9deo, to sit).
An ambush, ambuscade; stratagem,
artifice; treachery.

insldior, ari, atus sum, y. dep. (tV
sidiae). To lie in ambush, lie in wait
form an ambuscade.

mSIGNE — INTERDIU

325

Insigne, if, n. {insignu), A distino-
tiye mark ; a badge, mark, sign.

in-sifi^is, e, adj. (signtsm). Be-
markabie, distingais^d, prominent,
extraordinary, noted, marked*

in-snio, ire, td or jLfK, xntr. {tHUoy
to leap). Tojeafropony spring npon.

iii-»sImlIIo7 are, am, atum, y. tr.
To charge, blame, accuse.

in-slnao, are, am, atum, y. tr. {H-
nuo, to bend). To make one's way
into, get into, come among, getieratty
with ae, iy. 33.

in-sisto, gre, stui, y. intr. To set
foot upon, stand upon, ii. 27 ; firmiter
tnsistere, to get a firm footing,* iv. 26 ;
to follow, pursue, adopt, iii. 14; to
apply one's self to, yi. 5.

in-sdlenter, ady. {tdleo). In an un-
usual manner ; immoderately, haught-
ily, insolently.

in-specto, are, act, atum, y. tr. To
look at, yiew, behold ; inapeciantibua
fiobis, before our eyes ; lit., wc look-
ing on, yii. 25.

in-st&bllis, e, adj. (sto). Unsteady,
changeable.

instar, n. indecl. Image, likeness ;
instar = ad inatar, according to tlic
likeness of, like, ii. 17.

instigo, are, avi, atum, v. |r. To
urge on, instigate, incite.

in-stltao, ire, ui, utum, y. tr. {stil-
iuo). To put or place into ; to build,
erect, make ; to prepare, get, procure;
to begin, commence, vii. 70 ; to under-
take ; to arrange, form, iii. 24 ; to in-
stitute, establish, yii. 77 ; to train up,
educate, i. 14 ; to fix upon, iy. 17*

inKtitatam, »', n. {instittto). De-
sign, intention, mode of life, habit, ob-
seryanoe, custom.

in-sto, are, Ui, atum, Y. intr. To
stand upon ; to draw near, approach,
be at hand ; to press upon, pursue,
threaten.

instramentnin, t, n. {instruo).
Utensil, tool, instrument, implement ;
inatrvmentum hibemorum, equipments
of their quarters, y« 31.

in-stmo, fy'e, xi, ctum, v. tr. istruo,

to build). To build into ; to arrange
in order, draw up in battle array. In-
structus, a, um, part. Arranged in or-
der, drawn up ; furnished, equipped.

in-saefactas, a, um, a4j. {sueaeo,
Ui be wont, fdcio). Accustomed, ha-
bituated, trained.

in-snetus, a, um, adj. (mesco, to bo
wont). Unaccustomed, unused to, yi^
30.

insfila, otf, f. An island.

in-sfiper, ady. Aboye, on the top*
from aboyc.

in-tSger, gra, grum, adj. {tango).
Untouched, unimpaired, undimin-
ished; fresh, yigorous, not exhaust^
ed; re Integra, the thing being un^
touched, •'. e., before anything watt
done, at the outset, yii. 30 ; integri mi-
Utes, fresh troops, yii. 41.

in-tSgo, ire, xi, ctum, y. tr. To
cover.

intelllgo, ifre, lexi, tectum, y. tr.
(inter, ISgo). To understand, perceive,
know, comprehend, observe.

in-tendo, ire, di, turn or eum, y. tr.
To stretch out, direct towards ; to ex-
ert one's self, strive, iii. 26.

intentns, a, um, 1) part. &om in-
tendo ; 2) adj. Attentive, intent upon,
eager, fixed upon.

inter, prep, with ace. 1) Of space :
between, among, with. 2) Of time:
during, in the course of.

inter-cedo, iSre, eessi, ceesum, y.
intr. To go between, interpose; to be
or lie between, i. 39 ; to exist between,
i. 43 ; to intervene, i. 7.

inter-clpio,' Sre, cepi, ceptum,, v. tr.
{edpio). To intercept, ii. 27 ; to cap-
ture, seize, v. 39.

inter-clado, ire, si, sum, y. tr.
(elaudo). To cut off, separate ; to hin -
der, debar.

inter-dico, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
forbid, prohibit, exclude ; agud atqutf
igni interdicere, to forbid the use of
fire and water, t. e., to proscribe or
banish, vi. 44.

inter-din, adv. By day, in the
daythne.

S26

mTEBDXJHi— IMTUS

Imter-dnm, adr. Sometimes, oc-
casionally, now and then, at times.

intSr-ea, adv. Meanwhile, in the
mean time.

int0r-eo, ire, n, itum, y. intr. To
be lost, perish, go to niin.

intSrease. See Iniemim*

inter-flcio, ire,fiei,fBetum, y. tr.
ijaeio). To destroy, kill, slay.

interim, adY. Meanwhile, in the
mean time.

iatSrior, ub; snp. ttt^mtif, acy. G.
166. Inner, interior.

intSrltas, us, m. (jntSreo). De-
stmction, death, ruin.

inter-jicio, ire, Jed, jectum, y. tr.
(Jado). To throw or cast between ;
to place or pat between ; tantuh tpor
Ho interjecto, so little space lying be-
tween, f, e,, as they were so near, yIL
19; hrevi epatio intefjeqto, a short time
haYing interYened, iii. 4.

inter-mitto, ere, miai, minum, y.
tr. and intr. I. trans. 1) To put be-
tween, interpose, separate; to leave
vacant ; paribus intemUsstte epaiiis,
separated by equal spaces, vii. 23 ; «n-
termisea afiumine, left Yacant or un-
defended, Yii. 17. 2) To omit, let pass,
neglect ; to interrupt, abate ; ngricuUu'
ra, iY. 1 ; jkhmma, y. 43 ; tridtto inter'
miseo, after the lapse of three days, i.
26. 3) To suspend, make Yacant ; in-
termiaeis magietratihua, as the magis-
tracies were Yacant, yU. 33. II. intr.
To cease, discontinue ; subeuntes, ii. 25.

inter-nScio, onia, f. (jngco). A mas-
sacre, slaughter, destruction, extermi-
nation.

inter-pCllo, are, avi, aium, y. tr.
{pello = kfquor). To interrupt by
speaking ; to hinder, prSYent, disturb.

inter-pono, Sre, pdatti, pdaitwn, y.
tr. To place between, interpose; to
urge, adduce, allege, i. 42 ; to propose,
bring forward ; to make, excite, iY. 32.

inter-pres, iftia, m. and f. (praea, a
surety). An interpreter, mediator.

interprStor, art, attia aum, y. dep.
{intwyrea). To interpret, expound,
explain.

inter-rdgo, are, atd, atftm, v. tc
To ask, question, inquire.

iBter-mmpo, ire, rSpi, rupiwn, y.
tr. (rumpo, to break). To break off,
interrupt; to break down, destroy.

inter-acindo, ire, idi, iamm, y. tr.
To tear asunder, cut down, destroy.

inter^sum, MM,ym, Y. intr. To be
between, i. 15 ; to be present, take part
in, iY. 16 ; to attend to, yI. 13. Intem.
est, impers., it concerns, is important,
ii.5.

inter-valliim, i, n. (ta/Zi»). The
space between two palisades ; inter-
Yal, distance.

inter-vSnio, ire, teni, venium, y.
intr. To come between ; to arriYe ; to
happen, occur.

interrentoa, us, jxl (Mtervdmo).
InterYention, interposition, aid.

in-texo, ire, xui, xtum, v. tr. {texo,
to weaYe). To weave into; to inter-
weave; to cover.

in-tolSranter, adv. {Uitiro), Im-
moderately, excessively, earnestly.

intra, prep, with ace. 1) Cf space :
within, in. 2) Of time : within, in, dur-
ing.

in-tritas, a, urn, a^). {tiro, to rub).
Not exhausted, not worn out.

intrO) adv. Within.

intro, are, act. Stum, v. tr. To en-
ter, penetrate, go into.

intro-diico, ire, duxi, duetwn, v.
tr. To lead or conduct within ; to in-
troduce.

intro-eo, ire, ivt or ii, Uum, v. intr.
To go within ; to enter.

introltns, ua, m. {introeo). En-
trance, access.

intro-mitto, ire, mist, missum, v.
tr. To let in ; to introduce ; to send in,
cause to enter.

introrsns, adv^ {tor intro^verstts).
On the inside, within, mland, vi. 10.

intro-rompo, ire, rupi, ruptum, v.
intr. {rtanpo, to break). To break or
burst into; to enter by force, v. 51.

in-tueor, eri, ttotus sum, y. dep.
To look at ; to k>ok down to, i. 32.

intas, adv. On the inside, within.

nnjSITATtJS — JAM

327

In-QsItfUiis, a, um, a^j. Unnsoal,
uncommon, strange, extraordinaiy.

in-titllis, e, a4j. Unserviceable, use-
less, unprofitable.

In-vSaio, ire, veni, ventum, y. intr.
To come upon ; to find, meet with ; to
discoYer, find out.

inventor, dm, m. (inv9nio). An
inventor, anthor.

in-Tdterasco, dr«, raot, ro^tem, v.
intr. {t>gtU9). To graw old ; to become
established, v. 41 ; to settle, iL 1.

in-vleem, adv. (vicis). In turn,
one after the other ; one another, each
other, mutually.

in-Tictas, a, um, a4). {vineo), Un-
conquered, invincible, unconquerable.

in-video, ere, vidi, visunif y» tr.
To look with envy at ; to envy.

in-vldia, a«, f. {invideo). Envy,
jealousy, hatred, unpopularity, mal-
ice.

in-vidl&tns, a, tim, a^j. {vidlo). In-
violable, inviolate, sacred.

invisns, a, urn, part. fh>m invideo.

invito, arCf avi, atum^ v. tr. To
invite, summon ; to allure, attract, en-
tice.

invltns, a, um, a4j. Unwilling, re-
luctant ; se invito, against his will, &'^.,
he being unwilling, i. 8.

ipse, a, urn, dem. pron. (m, pse).
Himself, herself, itself; he, she, it;
just exactly, very, precisely.

Ira, €ie, f. Anger, wrath, passion.

Ir&cnndia, ae, f. {iraoundut). A
hasty temper, anger, rage, passion.

Irftcnndns, a, wn, adj. {Ira), Ir-
ritable, passionate, irascible.

irrldeo, ere, si, mm, v. tr. and intr.
(in, rideo, to laugh). To laugh at, Jeer,
ridicule.

irridlclfie, adv. {irrideo). With-
out wit:

irmmpo, Hre, upi, upturn, v. intr.
(in, rumpo, to break). To break into,
rush into; to force one's way into,
enter by storm.

irmptio, onis, f. (irmmpo). A
breaking into, invasion; attack, sor-
tie, vil. 70.

Is, ea, Id, dem. pron. He, she, it ;
this, that; such; ^, on this account,
L 14 ; eo, quod, on this account, be-
cause, 1. 23. Eo with the comp. may
often be rendered by our def. article
the.

iste, a, ttd, dem. pron. (is, te). This,
that, often denoting contempt, vii. 77.

Ita, adv. (is). So, thus, to such %
degree, in this manner; ita ttt, just
as, vii. 76.

It&lia, ae, f. Italy, including Gal-
lia Cisalpina, L 10,40; u. 35; vi. 1;
vii. 1.

It&-qae, conj. And so, therefore ;
accordingly, hence.

Item, adv. (is). In like manner,
likewise, also.

Iter, itiniriSf n. (eo), A journey,
march ; way, route, road ; the right of
way> i. 8. ^

ItSrnm, adv. Again, a second
time ; semel atqtie iterwn, repeatedly,
1.31.

Itins, t, m. A port in Gaul from
which Caesar sailed for his second in-
vasion of Britain ; according to Reich-
ard, modem Wissant; according to
Napoleon III., Botdogne, v. 2, 5.

Itoms, a, tttti, part, itom eo*

J.

jficeo, ere, ui, v. intr. To lie ; to lie
dead ; to have fallen.

j&cio, Sre, jeci, Jactum, v. tr. To
throw, hurl ; to throw up, construct,
ii. 12.

jacto, are, avi, atum, v. tr. (freq. of
jdcio). To throw, cast; to discuss,
talk about, i. 18 ; to toss about, L 25.

jactnra, ae, f. (jOcio). A throwing
away ; loss, sacrifice, damage ; mag-
nis Jacturis, with great sacrifices, vi.
12.

j&cfllnm, t, n. (Jdcio). Javelin,
dart.

jam, adv. Now, already, indeed,
truly ;jam . . .Jam, at one time ... at
another time, now . . . now, vii. 59.

328

JUBA— LACESSO

jtba, ae, f. The mane.

Jfibeo, ere,Jus8i,ju3ntm^ y. tr. To
command, order, direct, give orders.

jiidlciam, t, n. (Judex, a judge). A
judgment ; trial, L 4 ; sentence, opin-
ion, decision, i. 41; tlie power of
judgment, discernment, choice, pur-
pose, vi. 31.

jfidico, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {Jus,
died). To pronounce a sentence ; to
judge, ac^udge ; to pronounce, declare,
V. M ; to determine, conclude, resolve,
i. 40 ; to consider, think, decide, i. 30.

jlf^am, t, n. A yoke, iv. 33 ; a
yoke as a symbol of submission,
formed by two upright spears, sup-
porting a third in a horizontal posi-
tion ; mittere sub jugum, to send un-
der the yoke, i. 7, 12 ; the summit of
a hill, a height, ridge, i. 21, 24.

jfimentiiiii, V, n. (for jUgimentum,
fh>m jungo), A beast of burden,
draught animal ; horse, ox, etc.

janctura, ae, f. (jungo). A join-
ing, junction, joint, union, iv. 17.

jungo, gre, junxi, junctum, v. tr.
To join ; to bind or connect together,
fkstcn together.

junior. Sec JUvgnis,

Junius, t, m. 1) Quintus, a Span-
iard in the service of Caesar, v. 27, 28.
2) Dectmua Junius Brutus, See Brutus.

Jupiter, Jdvis, m. Jupiter, the
son of Saturn, brother and husband of
Juno, the chief god among the Bo-
mans, worshipped also by the Gauls,
vi. 17.

Jura, ae, m. A chain of moun-
tains extending from the Khine to the
Rhone, i. 2, 6, 8.

juro, are, avi, atum, v. intr. To
swear, take an oath ; to promise under
oath.

jus. Juris, n. Bight, law, justice ;
power, authority ; jus suum, their
rights, i. 4 ; Jus beUi, the right or rule
of war, i. 36 ; Jus dicere, to administer
justice, vi. 23.

jus-jurandnm, jUrisJiirandi, n.
iJUro). An oath.

JU8SU, m. [used only in the abl.]

O'A^)- By or with the command^ by
order, vii. 3.

Justltia, ae, f. (Justus). Justice,
fair dealing, uprightness.

Justus, 0, um, adj. (Jus), Just,
right, fair, proper, appropriate ; Justa
funera, appropriate funeral ceremo-
nies, vi. 19 ; sufficient, suitable, vii. 23.

jfivSnis, e, comp. Junior, a4).
Toung, youthful. Juniores, um, young
men, those capable of military service,
from seventeen to forty years of age,
vii. 1.

jIlTenfns, uiis, f. (JiMfnis). The
age of youth, youth ; young persons^
the youth, young men, iii. 16.

jfiTO, are, Juvi, Jutum, v. tr. To
help, aid, assist.

jnxta, 1) adv. Near by, near, by
the side of; 2) prep, with ace Near
to, near.

L.

L&bSrius, t, m. Quitttus Labgriua
Durus, a military tribune, v. 15.

liUbienus, i, m. T^tus Attius La-
Menus, one of the ablest and most ex.
perienced of Caesar's lieutenants in
the Gallic war. In the civil war he
deserted to Pompey, and was killed at
Munda, i. 10, 21, 64 ; v. 67 ; vi. 7 ; vii
34.

Iftbor, i, lapsus sum, v. dep. To
fall, slip down ; to fail in duty ; to
err, mistalte, commit a fault, v. 3 ; hoe
spe lapsus, deceived in this hope, v. 55.

labor, oris, m. Labor, toil, hard-
ship, fatigue, effort, exertion, work.

laboro, are, avi, aium, v. intr. (la-
bor). To toil, labor, exert one's self,
strive ; to be in distress, difficulty, or
danger; to suffer; ammo laborare, to
be solicitous, anxious, vii. 31.

l&brum, i, n. A lip ; superius, the
upper lip, V. 14; the rim; ab lahris^
at the rim or edge, vi. 28 ; brink, mar-
gin, vii. 72.

lac, lactis, n. Milk.

l&cesso, 9re, ivi or it, Umnf v. tE^

LACBIMA — LEOO

329

(IcSno, to entice). To excite, provoke,
exasperate; to attack, assail.

l&crlma, ae, f. A tear.

l&crlmo, are, am, aium, y. intr.
{iOcrinui). To shed tears, weep.

1&CII9, utf m. A lake.

iaedo, ire, laeei, laeewn, y. tr. To
strike; to ii\jare, violate, offend, im-
pair, vi. 9.

laetfttio, onU, f. {laetor, to rejoice).
Bcjotcing, joy.

laetltia, ae, f. (laeiu»), Joy, glad-
ness, delight, exultation.

laetns, a, wn, adj. Joyfol, glad,
delighted, pleased.

langnlde, adv. {langtOdiu), Slow-
ly, sluggishly, languidly.

languldns, a, urn, adj. {langtieo,
to be weak). Faint, weak, sluggish,
dill, inactive.

languor, orit, m. {langueo, to be
weak). Feebleness, languor, inactiv-
ity, weakness, lassitude.

lapis, idle, m. A stone.

l&qaeus, », m. A noose. .

largior, iri, Uut mm, v. dep. {Uxt'
gu8, abundant). To give bountifully ;
to bestow, supply, vi. 24 ; ad largien-
dum, for giving largesses, for bribing,
5.18.

larglter, adv. (2ar^t<«, abundant).
Abundantly, largely; Utrgiter pone,
to have great influence, i. 18.

largitio, onie, f. {larffior). A giv-
ing freely ; bribery, corruption ; liber-
ality, generosity, i. 9.

lassltndo, inia, f. {kusus, weary).
Weariness, fatigue, faintness.

late, IStius, latisalme, adv. {taitue).
Widely, extensively ; Umge lategue,
far and wide, iv. 3d.

l&tebra, ae, f. {Idteo). A hiding-
place, lurking-place, covert, retreat.

lateo, ere, id, v. intr. To be con-
cealed, lie hidden ; to lurk ; to remain
unnoticed, iii. 14.

latltiido, inU, f. (laiue). Breadth,
width ; extent, size.

I«atoTlci, Orum, m. A Gallic
people, neighbors of the Helvctii, i.
^ 28, 29.

Ultro, onie, m. A robber, bandit,
brigand.

I&tr5cliiiiim, t, n. (JUUro), Bob-
bery, plundering.

Ifttns, a, um, acy. Broad, ¥ride;
large, extensive, spacious.

latas, a, «m, part, from ^ro.

latos, iris, n. The side ; flank, wing
of an army.

laado, are, act, atum, v. tr. {laua).
To praise, commend.

lans, laudU, f. Praise, glory, re-
nown, fame, conmiendation, honor,
reputation; worth, prowess.

l&vo, are, lam, lautum, lotum, ktv»-
turn, V. tr. To bathe, wash. Pass., to
bathe one's self, bathe, iv. 1.

laxo, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {laxus,
loose). To extend, stretch out ; ma^
nipukfs, to open the ranks, ii. 25.

lectos, a, wn, part, from iSgo.

legfttio, cms, f. {Ggo, are, to de-
pute). Embassy, legation, deputa-
tion ; the office of an ambassador ; am-
bassadors.

legfttiu, i, m. (%o, are, to depute).
An ambassador, legate, envoy; lieu-
tenant ; legatus pro praetore, a lieuten-
ant with proconsular power, i. 21.

ISgio, oms, f. {Hgo, ire). A legion, a
body of soldiers consisting of ten co-
horts and a division of cavalry. The
number of soldiers in a legion was not
always the same ; in the time of Caesar
it was probably about four thousand.
The legions were designated by num-
bers, prima, secunda, tertia, etc. Cae-
sar, in the first year of the Gallic war,
had six legions, viz., the seventh,
eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, and
twetfth; and in the second year he
added two more, the thirteenth and
fourteenth. After the defeat of Sabl-
nus and Cotta, by which the fourteenth
was annihilated, he levied two new
legions, the fourteenth and fifteenth,
and received the first fh>m Pompey.
Afterwards the sixth was also added*

ISgidn&rins, a, um, adj. (l^gio).
Belonging to a legion, legionary.

l6go, ire, legif leciwn, v. tr. To

330

LEM ANNUS — LTTTEBA

bring together, collect; to choose, se-
lect; to read. Lechu, a, um, part.
Chosen, selected, picked.

I«eiiianiiiM, t, m. The lake of Oe-
neva, i.2, 8; iii. 1.

iMiiyff ces, tM>, m. «) A people
of Oallia Celtfca, sooth of the BUmi-
ijfei, TiL 4, 75, 88. 2) One of tiie Ar-
laorlc tcibeSy TiL 76.

ICmiMj e, B/d^, Gentle, mild, smooth.

ISnllas, aiiSf f, {tenit). Oentleness,
softness, smoothness, gentle flow.

ISnlter, adv. {lenis). Gently, mild-
ly ; gradnally, slowly ; lemu$, less vi-
olently, V. 17.

Lepontli, Sntm, m. A Gallic tribe
dwelling among the Alps, iv. 10.

ISpns, ifris, m. The hare, y. 12.

lienci, ontmt m. A people of Qui'
lia BelgTca, between the Mediomatrtci
and the Ling6nes, i. 40.

lieT&cl, arum, m. A people of
Gallia BelgVca, nnder the protection of
the Nervii, v. 39.

ISvis, tf, adj. Ught; nnimportant,
trivial, slight; capricions, fickle; in-
considerate, V. 28'.

ISvItas, atiSf f. {Hvis), Lightness ;
fickleness, inconstancy, capricious-
ness, ii. 1.

ISvo, are, 3m, aiMm, y. tr. (Igma),
To make light, lighten, diminish ; to
relieve, alleviate ; to aid, assist ; hiber^
tUs, to relieve of winter quarters, v. 27.

lex, leffia, f. A law, ordinance, de-
cree.

I<exovii, drum, m. A people of
Gallia CeltYca, near the month of the
Sequ&na. Their chief town was Novi-
omagus, now Lineux, in Normandy,
iii. 9, 11, 17, 29 ; vii. 75.

llbenter, adv. {Ubena, willing).
Willingly, cheerfully, gladly.

liber, ^a, ^rum, adj. Free, unre-
strained, independent.

liber&lltas, oHs, f. (Uber), Gen-
erosity, liberality; kindness, munifi-
cence, gifts.

libSrallter, adv. (liber). Generous-
ly, liberally, kindly, richly, profusely.

libere, lUarius, adv. {Uber), Free-

ly, unreseiredly, boldly ; UberiuiyUiQ
freely, v. 19.

liMri, ortan, m. Children.

libSro, are, aoi. Stum, v. tr. (Uber),
To make ftee; to liberate, release,
extricate.

libertaa, Siis, f. (Uber). Freedom,
liberty, independence ; nnrestnined
fireedom, iv. 1.

llbrOis, e, adj. (l^bra, a pound).
Weighing a pound. SeeJFwida isbri-
Ue.

Ucens, tie, part f]X>m keeor.

llcentia, a«, f. (Ueee). Unrestrained
license, lawlessness; want of disci-
pline, presumption, vii. 52.

llceor, eri, Uus nfm, y. dep. To
bid at auction.

licet, ere, kcuU and Udltum est, v.
impers. It is lawfhl, allowable, per-
mitted ; one may or can.

lilger, gria, m. A river in Gaul,
now the Loire, iii. 9 ; vii. 5, 11, do, 56,
59.

lignatio, Snis, f. (Ugnum, wood).
The procnrhig of wood, fueling, v. 39.

lign&tor, oris, m. (Hffnum, wood).
One sent to procure wood, a wood-
cutter.

Iltium, i, n. A lily ; a military de-
fence in the form of a lily, vii. 73.

linea, ae, f. (Hnum), Lme, row.

Lingones, um, m. A people of
Gallia CeltTca, living near the sources
of the Mosa (Meuae) and the Matr5na
(Mame), i. 26, 40 ; iv. 10 ; vi. 44 ; vii.
9, 66.

lingua, oe, f. The tongue ; speech,
language.

lingfila, ae, f. (Ungua). A tongue
of land.

linter, trie, f. rarely m. A small
boat, skiff.

llnnm, i, n. Flax, linen.

lis, litis, f. Strife, dispute; the
subject of dispute ; damages, y. i.

liiscQS, •, m. A supreme magis-
trate of the Aedui, i. 16, 17.

LitavIcQS, t, m. A nobleman of
the Aedui, vii. 37, s^, 54, 57, 67.

littSra, ae, f. (ftno, to smear). A

LITUS — MALUS

331

letter of the alphabet ; Hti&rae, arum,
letters of the alphabet; an epiBtle,
letter, despatches ; litteras pubHcaa,
public docmnents, v. 47.

litas, dris, n. The sea-shore, sea-
side» coast

IdcBS, f, m., plor. Idei and Idea, m.
and n. A place, spot, region, locality,
position; occasion, opportanity; eo-
dem loco habere, to regard in the same
situation, i. 26 ; loco obndum, as hos-
tages, Y. 5; condition, rank, station,
ii. 26 ; in eum locum, to such a pass,
vi. 43.

lomge. Sidy, {longua). At a distance,
fax off; far away; vridely, greatly,
far ; longe abeue, to be of no avail, i.
36 ; longe laieque, far and wide, iv. 35.

longinqnns, a, um, acy. {longue).
Long, long continuing, v.29$ fiur dis-
tant, remote. It. 27.

longltodo, inis, f. {longtui). Length.

loBglfriiu, t, m. (lonfftu). A long
pole.

longas, a, um, adj. Long, distant ;
of long duration.

Idqnor, t , e&ui sum, v. dep. To
speak, say, tell, declare.

Idric^ ae,t, A coat of mall, cui-
rass, corselet; breastwork, par^set,
V. 40.

liUcanias, i, m. Quifttu^, a Bo-
man centurion, v. 35.

liQcias, t, m. A Roman praeno-
men.

liQCterias, t, m. A Gaul, one of the
Cadurci, whom Caesar sent against
the Kuteni, vii. 5, 7, 8.

Ln^otorix, igia, m. A chief and
noble of the Britons, v. 22.

lana, ae-, f. The moon, worshipped
as a goddess by the Oermans, ri. 21.

lijitetiay €te, f. A town of the Pa-
risii, on an island of the Sequ&na
{Seine) ; later Parisii, now Paris, tI.
3 ; vii. 57, 58.

Ifitnin, I, n. Mud, mire, vii. 24.

lux, mda, f. Light, daylight; attb
htcemj towards daybreak, vii. 83.

Inxliria, ae, f. {luxua, excess). Ex-
travagance, ioxury, excess.

M.

m&cSria, ae, f. A wall, enclosure.

mftehlnatio, onie, f. {maclanor, to
contrive). Machine, engine.

Mageldbria, better written Ad-
magetobriga, oe, f . A town in
Gaul, probably near the Sadne, i. 31.

mSngin, maaame, adv. {fnajor).
More, in a higher degree, rather.

m&gistratiu, us, m. {mOgister, a
master). A magisterial office, magis-
tracy ; a magistrate, officer, public
functionary.

magnlflciu, a, um, a4{. (magnus,
fOcio), Splendid, magnificent.

magnltudo, inis, f. (magnus).
Greatness, size, n^iignitude ; animi,
greatness of soul, ii. 27.

magadpSre, adv. (magna, CpSre).
Very much, greatly, exceedingly.

magnus, a, um, comp. mqfor, sup.
maximus, adj. Great, large, much;
important ; mighty, powerful. Major,
mcudmus, with or without natu, older,
elder ; oldest, eldest, ii. 13. Mc^ores,
fore&thers, ancestors.

majestas, atis, f. (majus). Great-
ness, dignity, majesty.

major, comp. of magnus,

malacia, ae, f. A calm at sea, a
calm, iii. 15.

mfile, pijus, pessime, adv. (mOius),
Badly, ill; unsuccessfully, unfortu-
nately.

mlUSf Iciiim,t, n. (male,fdcio). An
evil deed ; mischief, damage, harm.

Mallius, t, m. Lucius, proconsul
of Gallia Ulterior during the war with
Sertorius, 78 B. C, iii. 20.

maio, maUe, malui, v. irr. G. 293.
(mdgis, vdlo). To choose rather, prefer.

mftlmn, t, n. (mdJus), An evil, mis-
fortune, calamity.

m&lus, a, um, comp. pejor, sup.
pessimus, adj. Bad, evil, ii^urious,
destructive.

maliis, t , m. A mast ; a long pole ;
turrium, the uprights, vii. 22.

332

M AND ATXTM — liEDIOCRIS

mand&tiiiii, t. n. (mando), A
charge, order, commiBsion ; injunc-
tion, command.

mando, are, avt, Stum, t. tr. (m,
mdman, do). To commit to one's
charge ; to ■ commission ; to order,
command, bid ; fuffoe aeae mandare, to
betake one's self to flight, i. 12.

Mandnbii, drum, m. A people of
Gallia Celtica, within the Urnits of the
Aedui, on the borders of the Lingdnes.
Their chief town was Alisia, now
d/Mtf, Yii. 68, 71, 78.

Mandnbratins, t, m. A chief of
be Trinobantes, in Britain, v. 20, 22.

mAne, adv. In the morning, eariy
in the morning.

m&neo, er«, si, ««m, v. intr. To
remain, stay ; to continue ; to last ; to
abide by ; in eo tnanere^ to adhere to
that, i. 36.

mliiilpfilAris, e, a4). {mdnSpiikts),
Belonging to a maniple or company ;
manipulareSf soldiers of the same com-
pany, comrades, vii. 47.

manlptflas, t, m. {mdnus, plenus).
A handful ; a company of soldiers, a
maniple,, so called fh>m the wisp
(handful) of grass which originally
served as the standard of the compa-
ny. Each maniple consisted of two
centuries, and three maniples formed
a cohort.

maiisiief io, ^ri, foetus sum, v.
pass, (manatt^ua, tame, fio). To be
tamed.

mansnetiido, inia, f. (manmetua,
tame). Mildness, gentleness, clem-
ency.

m&niis, tM, f. A hand ; art ; pow-
er, grasp; an armed body, force,
band ; per manua, from hand to hand,
yii. 25 ; in manibua noatria, within our
reach, close at hand, ii. 19 ; dare ma-
nua, to yield, v. 31.

Marcdmanni, drum, m. A Ger-
manic people, between the Khine and
the Danube, i. 51.

Marcus, i, m. A Roman praeno-
men.

mftre, is, n. The sea.

mftrltlmiis, a, um, a4j« {mdre).
Maritime; bordering upon the sea,
lying on the sea-coast, ii. 34.

M&rina, «', m. Cfaiua, a celebrated
Roman general. He conquered Ju-
gurtha, defeated the Cimbri and Teu-
t6nes, and waged the dvil war against
Sulla, i. 40.

Mars, Martia, m. The god of war,
vi. 17 ; war, battle ; wquo Marte, in
equal battle, t. e., with equal pros-
pect of success, yii. 19.

mfts, mOria, m. A male.

mat&ra, ae, f. (a Celtic word). A
jayelin, pike.

mftter, tria, f. A mother, matron.

matdria, ae, f., and mfttSries, ei,
f. (nuUer). Material ; timber for build-
ing, timber, beams.

matSrior, ari, y. dcp. (maUhria).
To fell or procure timber.

Matisco, dnia, f. A town of the
Aedui, on the Arar (Saune), now Ma-
con, yii. 90.

mfttrlmdnimB, i, n. (mater). Mar-
riage, matrimony, wedlock ; in nuUri-
monium dttcere, to marry, i. 9 ; dare in
matrim onium, to giye in marriage, L 3.

Matrdna, ae, m. A riyer in Ghillia
Celtlfca, now the Mame, i. 1.

matare, maturiua, maturrime, adv.
{moiturua). Seasonably ; soon, speed'
ily, quickly, rapidly.

maturesco, ire, Urui, y. intr. (mo-
turua). To become ripe ; to ripen.

m&tnro, are, avi, aittm, y. tr. and
intr. {matiirua). To hapten ; to make
haste.

m&ttlnis, a, urn, a4). Ripe, ma-
ture ; early, iy. 20 ; seasonable, time-
ly ; proper, suitable.

maxime, ady., sup. of mOgia.
Very greatly ; especially, principally,
mainly.

maximns, a, um, acy*» sup. of tnag-
nua,

Maximns, i, m. See Fabiua.

mSdeor, eri, y. dep. To remedy,
heal ; to relieve, provide against.

m6di5cris, e, adj. {midiua). Mid'
dling, moderate, ordinary.

MEDIOCRITER — MINIME

333

mMidcrlter, adv. (mAiidcTM). In
an ordinary degree, moderately.

Mediomatrlci, drum, and Medio-
matriGes, wm, m. A people of Gallia
BelgYca, between the Vosffea and the
Rhenns {Rhine). Diyodorom {Metz)
was their capital, iv. 10 ; ylL 75.

mSdlteirftneiifly a, um, acy. (md-
€Uu9, terra). Midland, inland, remote
from the sea, y. 12.

mSdiiis, a, um^ adj. In the mid-
dle or midst, in the middle of, inter-
vening ; media nox, midnight, ii. 7.

Meldi, amm, m., or Meldae,
arum, m. A people of Gallia Celtrca,
on the Mame, in the vicinity of the
modem Meaux, v. 5.

mSlior, comp. of bdnus,

melius, comp. of bine.

Melodnniiiii, », n. A town of
Gallia CeltTca, on the right bank of
the Seine, in the country of the SenO-
nes, now Mebtn, vii. 68, 60, 61.

membrnm, t, n. A member, limb.

mSmlni, mm, v. def. G. 297, 1. To
remember, recollect, bear in mind.

mSmor, dris, acy. Mindfnl.

mSmdria, ae, f. {mSmor). Memory,
recollection, remembrance ; the peri-
od of recollection, memory, time.

Menapii, orumy m. A people of
Gallia BelgTca between the Meuse and
the Scheldt, ii. 4 ; iii. 9, 28 ; iv. 4, 22,
38; vi. 2, 5, 6,9, 33.

mend&ciiuii, t, n. (mendax, lying).
A falsehood.

mens, mentis, f. The mind, soul,
di8i>06ition ; the intellectual facnlties,
understanding, reason, judgment, dis-
cernment.

mensis, is, m. A month.

mensara, ae, f. (metior). Meas-
ure, measurement ; ex aqua mensuris,
by means of the clepsydra, or water
measure, v. 13.

mentio, onis, f. (mgmilni). A men-
tioning, mention.

mercfitor, oris, m. (mercor, to
traffic). A trader, merchant.

mercfttfira, ae,f. (mercor, to traf-
fic;. Trade, traffic, commerce.

merces, edis,f. {miireo). Hire, pay,
wages, reward.

Mercttrios, t, m. Mercury, the
son of Jupiter and Maia, the god of
eloquence and trade, the bestower of
prosperity, and the messenger of the
gods, vi. 17.

mSreo, ere, ui, ftum, v. tr., also

mSreor, eri, itus sum, v. dep. To
deserve, merit, be worthy of; to earn,
gain, acquire; opUme meritos, best
deserving, i. 45 ; to serve, vil. 16.

mSridianus, a, um, adj. (miridies).
Of or belonging to midday, noon.

mSridies, ei, m. (midius, dies).
Midday, nOon ; the south, v. 13.

mSnto, adv. (miritum). Accord-
ing to desert, deservedly, justly.

mSrltam, i, n. {mireor). Desert,
merit, service; favor, kindness, ben-
efit.

Messftia, ae, m. Marcus VdUfrius
Messaia, consul with USTorcus Pupius
Piso, 61 B. C, i. 2, 35.

metior, iri, mensus sum, v. dep.
To measure, deal out, distribute.

mSto, ire, messui, messum, v. tr. To
reap, mow ; to harvest, iv. 32.

Mettins, t, m. Marcus, a friend
of Ariovistus, i. 47, 53.

mStas, us, m. Fear, dread, terror ;
metu territare, to put in fear, terrify,
V. 6.

mens, a, um, poss. pron. (igo, met).
My, mine.

miles, itis, m. and f. A soldier,
private ; infantry, v. 10.

mllltaris, e, adj. {miles). Of or
belonging to a soldier, military, sol-
dier-like, warlike.

militia, ae, f. {miles). Military
service, warfare ; militiae vacationem,
exemption from military duty, vi. 14.

mille, subs, and adj. G. 178. A
thousand. Plur. millia, ium, subs. ;
mille passuum, i. 25 ; millia passuum, or
millia alone, Roman miles, 1. 2 ; iv. 14.

Minerva, ae, f. The goddess of
wisdom and the arts, vi. 17.

minlme, adv., sup. of parum. Least
of all, least, by no means ; minime

334

MINIMUS — MOBINI

$aepe, L e., rarisnme^ Tcry seldom,
1.1.

mlBlmiiB, a, tim, acy.» sup. of par-
rtts. Least, smallest ; quam minimum
apoHif tbe least possible time, ill. 19.

mliior, ttf, a(\)., oomp. of parvus.
Smaller, less.

Mlnficius, t, m. Lucius MinHcius
BdHlusy one of Caesar's lieotenants,
vi. 29 ; vU. 90.

mlnao, ire^ ui, uium, y. tr. {mtnor).
To make less, diminish, lessen; to
weaken, impair; to adjost, settle.
Intr., to become less ; minuente OestUy
at the ebbing of the tide, iii. 12.

mlnos, adv., comp. of pOrum, Jjosb ;
not ; si id minus veUet, if he did not
wish this, i. 47; minus dubitationist
less hesitation, i. 14. Q. 397, 3.

miror, dri, dtus sum, y. dep. To
wonder or marvel at; to be aston-
ished at.

luirns, a, um, a/6j. Wonderful,
marvellous; extraordinary.

miser, ira, irumf adj. WreteJied,
pitiable, unfortunate, lamentable.

mlsSrleordia, oe, f. {mXsireo^ to
pity, cm ). Pity, compassion, mercy,
clemency.

mIsSror, arij atus «tim, y. dep. (m^-
ser). To lament, bewail, deplore ; to
commiserate, pity.

missus, U8t m. (miUo). A sending,
despatching ; missu CaesariSf by com-
mission from Caesar, i, e,, sent by
Caesar, v. 27.

mite, mititu, mitisaime, adv. (m«-
tiSf mild). Gently, mildly, in a friend-
ly manner.

mitto, ire, misi, missum, v. tr. To
send, despatch; to cast, discharge,
hurl ; to let go, release.

mobllis, €f adj. (for mdviHlis, from
mdveo). Easy to be moved ; changea-
ble, inconstant, fickle.

mobllltas, aits, f. (mo&f^is). Mov-
ableness ; agility, rapidity, speed, iv.
33 ; inconstancy, fickleness, ii. 1.

mdbillter, adv. {moHlis), Rapid-
ly, quickly, readily.

mddSror, art, atus swn, v. dep.

(mddvs). To manage, regulate, go«^
em, direct.

mddeitia, oe, f. {mddestus, mod-
est). Moderation, modesty, ready
obedience*

m5do, adv. {mddus). Only, bat;
just, even, merely; impetunt modo,
even an attack, vL 8 ; non modo . . .
sed etiamy not only . . . but also ; modo
. . . modo, now . • .now, sometimes . . .
sometimes.

mddiis, t, m. The measure, extent,
quantity ; manner, way, mode, style.

moenia, ium, n. plur. {munio). De-
fensive walls, ramparts, bulwarks, for-
tifications, the walls of a town.

moestos, a, um, a4j> {moereo, to
grieve). Moumful, sad, downcast.

moles, is, f. A huge, massive
structure ; a dike, dam, mole, iii. 12.

mdleste, adv. {mdlesius, trouble-
some). With trouble or difficulty;
ferre, to take it ill, be annoyed, ii. I.

molimentiim, i, n. (moiior, to
strive). A great exertion, i. 34«

mdlltus, a, um, part, from mdio,

moUio, ire, ivi, Uum, v. tr. {molUs),
To soften ; to make gentle.

mollis, e, adj. (for mobfUs), Gen-
tle, easy, not steep ; weak, feeble.

mollities, ei, f. (mollis). Eflfemi-
nacy, weakness, irresolution.

miolo, ^e, td, Uum, v. tr. (mdla, a
millstone). To grind.

momentiim, i, n. (for mdi^men-
tum, mdveo). Weight, importance,
influence.

jndna, ae, f. An island near Britam,
probably the Isle of Man, v. 13.

mdneo, ere, ta, itum, v. tr. To ad-
monish, advise, warn; to instruct,
counsel.

mons, moniis, m. A mountain;
summus mons, the top of the moun-
tain, i. 22.

mora, ae, f. A delay, hinderance,
obstacle.

morbus, i, m. A sickness, disease,
illness.

Hforlni, drum, m. A people of Gal-
lia BelgVca, near the Channel. They

MOKIOR — MASCOB

335

occupied Hie coast firom Boalogne
northward, perhaps as far as Bun-
Kirk, ii. 4 ; iii. 9, 28 ; iv. 21, 22, 37, 38 ;
V. 24; vii.75, 76.

mdrior, i and in', mortuua ncm, v.
dep. To die.

Moritas^as, •', m. Brother of Ca-
rarinns, chief of the Sen5nes, t. 54.

mdror, on', Shu «tim, v. dep. {mih
ray delay). To tarry, remain ; to re-
tard, detain, hinder, delay.

mors, morHsy f. {nUfrior), Death.

BIOS, nwris, m. Manner, cnstom,
nsage, character, practice.

Mdsa, ae, m. A riyer in Gallia
Belgfca, now the dUnuef iv. 9, 10, 12,
15; V.24; vi. 33.

motns, usy m. {mdveo). A move-
ment; a political movement, tumult,
commotion.

mdveo, ire, mde», motum, v. tr. To
move, set in motion ; to excite, affect,
influence; cattra movere, to break up,
remove, decamp.

mfilier, iris, f. A woman, wife.

mnlio, onisy m. (miilus), A mule-
driver, muleteer.

mnltltfido, im>, f. (muUta). A
great number, multitude, crowd ; the
common people, populace.

nmlto, are, am, atumy v.tr. {mnUay
a fine). To punish ; to fine ; to take
sway, vii. 54.

miilto, abl. of muttua. By far,
much.

mnltmii, adv. {muUtu). Much,
very, greatly, especially ; turn itamul-
tum, not so very long, v. 47.

nmltas, a, urn, comp. plu9y sup.
plurimus, acy. Much, many, numer-
ous, frequent ; tntUhun ctettaiis, a great
part of the summer, v. 22 ; ad muUam
noctem, late into the night, i. 26 ; invi-
to die, the day being far advanced,
L22.

mains, t, m. A mule.

Man&tias, t, m. Lucitts Munatius
Pkmcua, a lieutenant of Caesar, v. 24,
25.

mmidaa, t, m. The world, uni-
verse.

monimentam, t, n. {inSmo). A
defence, fortification, protection.

mJinio, ire, ivi or ii, Uuniy v. tr. To
fortify, defend by a wall ; to protect,
cover, secure.

mimitio, oniay f. {munio). A for-
tifymg, protecting ; fortification, pro-
tection ; rampart, intrenchment, walls,
works of defence.

monltas, a, i«m, 1) part, from mu-
nio; 2)ac|j. Fortified, {Hrotected ; se-
cure, defended.

mfiniis, iris, n. Service, office,
function ; favor, present, gift.

moraiis, e, a^j. (mwrtM). Pertain-
ing to a wall, mural.

moras, t, m. A wall, rampart.

masciOas, t, m. (dim. from musj a
mouse). A little moi^e; in miiit.
long., a shed, mantelet, viL 84.

mtttflas, a, ttm, adj. Maimed, bro-
ken, mutilated ; mutilae comibua, with
mutilated horns, vi. 27.

mato, are, am, atum, v. tr. (for md-
vito,* mdveo). To change, alter; to
avoid, vii. 45.

N.

naetas, a, um, part, from nanciscor.

nam, conj. For.

Nameias, i, m. A distinguished
Helvetian, i. 7.

namqne (a strengthened form for
nam), coiy. For.

nanciscor, i, nacius sum, v. dep.
To get, obtain, acquire ; to meet with,
find.

Nannetes, um, m. A people of
Oallia CeltTca, near modem Nantee,
m. 9.

Nantnates, turn or um, m. A peo-
ple of Gallia Narbonensis, at the foot
of >the Alps, north-east of the AUobrd-
ges, iii. 1, 6 ; iv. 10.

Narbo, onie, m. A town in Gktul,
from which Oallia Narbonensis takes
its name, now Narbonne, iii. 20 ; vii. 7.

nascor, i, natua sum, v. dep. To
be bom, arise, proceed ; to take its or-

336

NA8UA — NERVII

igin, start from; to be prodnoed, be
found, V. 12.

Na»aa, ae, m. A brother of Cim-
berloB, and a leader of the Sa£bi, L37.

n&tAlis, e, a^}. (wucor). Pertain-
ing to birth ; dies, the birthday, vi. 18.

nAtio, onis, f. {naacor). A race of
people, nation, people.

n&tiYiis, a, urn, a^J. (nSHta). Fro-
daced by nature, natural. vL 10.

nfitn, m., only in the abl. {tuucar).
Birth ; majorea natu, the elders, ii. 13.

B&tfira, a«, f. (nascor). Nature;
the natural disposition, character, in-
clination.

natas, a, urn, part, from ruucor,

naota, ae, m. {ndvita, navte)* A
sailor.

nantlcns, a, um, a^j. {nauta). Of
or belonging to sailors, nautical.

n&Y&lis, e, adj. {naois). Of or be-
longing to ships, naval.

naylcfila, ae, f. (dim. of ndvis). A
little boat, skiff.

naYlgatio, onia, f. {navigo). Sail-
ing, navigation ; a voyage by sea.

n&vlginni, t, n. {ndvigo). A ves-
sel, ship ; vectorium, a transport, v. 8.

n&Ylgo, are, avi. Stum, v. intr. (nd-
vis, ago). To sail, go by ship, navi-
gate.

navis, is, f. A ship, vessel ; navi^
longa, a ship of war; oneraria, a
transport ship ; actuarial a light gal-
ley, V. 1.

navo, are, avi, dtum, v. tr. (ndvtts,
active). To perform vigorously, or
with zeal, ii. 25.

ne, adv. and coiy. Not, so that
not, lest, in order tiiat not ; ne . , .
qtddem, not even.

n6, inter, particle, enclitic. Wheth-
er ; ne . . .ne^ whether ... or, vii. 14.

nee, coiy. See Nique.

aScess&rio, adv. (nifcessarius). By
necessity, of necessity, necessarily.

nScessaiins, a, um, adj. {n^esse).
Necessary, needfUl, indispensable ;
unavoidable, critical, pressing. Subs.,
a relative, khisman, fHend, i. 11.

nScesse, a<y. indecl. {nie, cedo).

Necessary, nnaruidable, indispensft'.
ble.

n^cessltas, dtis, f. (nicesse). Ne^
oessity, need, compulsion, constraint.

nficessItJIdo, fnis, f. {niceese). A
close personal relationship, intimacy,
friendship, alliance, L 43.

nec-ne, adv. Or not, i. 50.

dSco, are, avi, Stum, v. tr. {nex). To
kill, put to death.

nScfibi, oonj. (ne, dbcUbi, some
where). That nowhere, lest any where.

a6f arias, a, um, adj. (nii/as). Im-
pious, abominable, wicked.

nS-las, n. indecl. Contrary to di-
vine law, criminal, sinful. Subs., a
crime, sin, vii. 40.

negUgo, ire, «x», ectum, t. tr. (ti^c,
lego). Not to heed ; to neglect, dis-
regiird, slight.

n^o, Sre, Sci, Stum, y. tr. and intr.
{ne, Sio, to say). To refhse, deny, v.
6; to say no or not, declare not, i. 8.

nSgdtior, ari, Stus su/m^ v. dep.
(nigotium). To trade, traffic, carry
on business.

nSgdtiimi, t, n. (nee, otium). Busi-
ness, occupation, affiiir; difficulty,
trouble, labor.

NSmetes, um, m. A Germanic
people of Gallia Belgica, on the left
bank of the Rhine, in the vicinity of
Speyer, duchy of Baden, i. 51 ; vi. 25.

nemo, inis, m. and f. G. 457, 2 {ne,
hdmo). No one, nobody.

ne-qnaqaam, adv. By no means,
not at all.

nS-qne, or nee, coi^. and adv.
And not, also not, but not ; 9ieque . . .
neque, nee , . . nee, neither . . . nor.

ne-quldem. See Ne.

ne-qnidquam, adv. In vain, to
no purpose, without reason, iL 27.

ne-qnis. See Quis.

Nervlens, a, um, adj. {Nervii).
Of the Nervii, Nervian, iii. 5.

NerYii, drum, m. A powerful and
warlike people of Gallia BelgTca. be-
tween the Sabis {Sambre) and the
Scaldis {Scheldt), u. 4, 1^19, 23, 28^
29 ; V. 24, 38-42.

NEEVUS— NOVUS

337

neims, t, m. A nerve, sinew, mus-
cle ; force, power, strength.

neuter, tra, trum, gen. neuMus,
a4j' {nit itter). Neither (of two).
Neutri, plnr., neither (of two parties).

ne-ve, or nea, conj. And not, nor.

nex, neci8, f. A violent death,
mnrder, slaughter, death.

nihil, n. indecl. Nothing ; not, in
no respect, not at all.

nlhllo, (abl. of nihilum^ adv. In
no respect; mMlo seciuSf none the
less, the less in no respect, i. 49 ; nihi'
lo rninusy nevertheless, i. 5,

nlniis, adv. Too much, very much,
very ; non nimia Jtrmo, not veiy
strong, vii. 36.

nlmias, a, um, adj. (ntmis). Be-
yond measure, excessive, too great,
too much.

ni-si, conj. If not, unless ; except.

Nitiobriges, um, m. A people of
GkLlUa Celtica, on the right bank of the
Gammna (Garonne). Their chief town
was Aginnm, now Agen, vii. 7, 31, 46,

76.

nitor, t, nistu or nixua aum, y. dep.
To rest upon, rely upon ; to exert
one's self, strive, endeavor, attempt.

nix, nivia, f. Snow.

ndbllis, e, adj. (for noadbfUat noa'
co).' Known, distinguished, noted;
high-born, of noble birth, noble.

ndbnitas, atia, f. (ndbtlia). Celeb-
rity, renown ; noble birth, rank ; the
nobility, nobles, i. 2, 31.

nocens, tia, adj. (ndceo). Hurtful,
iqjurious. Ndcentea, turn, the guilty,
vi.9.

ndceo, erCf t/t, ih<m, v. intr. To
harm, hurt, iivjure.

noctn, f., only in abl. (noz). By
night, in the night.

noctornns, a, um, a^j. (nox). By
night, nightly, in the night.

nodns, t, m. A knot; a knob or
node on a joint, vi. 27.

nolo, notte, nolui, v. irreg. G. 293.
{iion, vdh). To be unwilling; not to
wish ; to refiise, object.

n6men, iniaf n. (noaco). A name,

title, designation ; buo nomine, on his
own account, on personal grounds, 1.
18 ; pretence, excuse ; obaidum nomine,
as hostages, iii. 2.

ntailnfttim, adv. (nomfno). By
name, expressly.

nomino, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {no'
men). To name, call by name, men-*
tion.

h5n, adv. Not, no.

non&ginta, num. a(\j. Ninety.

non-dnm, adv. Not yet.

non-nihil, adv. Somewhat. Suba*,
something.

non-nnllns, a, um, ac^. Some, a
few, scveraL

non-nnnqnam, adv. Sometimes,
at times.

ndnns, a, um, num. a(|j. {ndvem).
The ninth.

Noreia, ae, f. The capital of the
Taurisci, in NorTcum, now NeumarH
in Styria, i. 5,

Noricas, a, um, adj. Noric, per-
taining to Norlcum, i. 5, 53.

nosco, ^e, novi, notum, v. tr. To
know, learn, understand, become ac-
quainted with.

noster, tra, trum, x>o6s. pron. (noa).
Our, ours.

noBtri, drum, subs. Our troops,
our men.

notltia, ae, f. (notua). Knowledge,
acquaintance.

ndtns, a, um, part, and adj. (noaco).
Known, familiar, manifest.

ndvem, num. adj. indecl. Nine.

Noviodnnnm, t, n. 1) A town of
the Aedui, on the east side of the Loire,
now Netera, vii. 65, 2) A town of the'
BiftniVgeB, in Gallia Celtica, now Neuoy
nor Ba/raryon^ or, according to others,
Nouan, vii. 12, 14. 3) A town of the
Suessidnes in Gallia BelglTca, now Som«
aona, ii. 12.

noTltas, atia, f. (nSvua), Newness,
novelty, strangeness.

ndTUS, a, um, adj. New, strange,
uncommon ; firesh, recent. Sup., no*
ffiaaimua, a, um, the newest, t. e., lat<
est, last; agmen novmtmtfm, the reas.

838

NOX--OBSTBUO

■oi, noetis, f. Night; muUa noeU,
late in the night, iii 28.

Boxia, M, f. (fitf00o). Fault, of-
fence, crime, tL 16.

nfibo, #iv, pti, ptumf t. intr. To veil
one's self; to marry (of the bride), L 18.

nfido, Sret aci, Sium, v. tr. {mi-
dm). To malie bare, nnooTer, expose ;
to depriye, strip.

nnduB, a, urn, adj. Naked, onooT-
crcd; unprotected, expoeed*

nulliis, a, iim, adj* O* 151. {ne,
uUut), Not any, no, none, without
any.

nam, intenrog. particle. Whether.

nimen, fm«, n. (nuo, to nod). The
divine wiil, power.

nQmCrns, t, m. A number; rank,
position, vi. 13 ; crowd, multitude.

If Onilda, oe, m. A Numidian, ii. 7,
10, 24.

mmiiniia, t, m. A piece of money,
a coin.

nanc, adv. Now, at present.

nanqaam, adv. {ne,unquam). Nev-
er, at no time.

mmtio, arey dvi, atum, y. tr. (nun'
tius). To announce, report, make
known ; to Inform.

nuntins, »', m. A messenger, cou-
rier ; message, news, tidings ; an or-
der.

naper, adv. {niMpery from tUfvus).
Newly, recently, not long ago.

nfitiu, tM, m. (ntiOf to nod). A
nod, will, pleasure, oonmiand.

o.

5b, prep, with ace. On account of,
in consideration of, for.

ob-aerfttiu, a, um, Adj. (ae»). In-
volved in debt. Suha., debtor.

ob-duco, Sre, duxi^ ductum^ v. tr.
To lead or draw before ; to dig, make,
foaaam^ ii. 8.

ob-eo, ire, ivi or », Uum, v. intr. To
BO to or around ; to perform, execute,
^o» accomplish ; omnia per ae, to per-
»onn all things personally, v. 33.

dUtos, ftf, m. (dbeo). DownCall,
destruction, death.

objectttiy a, um, 1) part, firom d^
do; 2) a4}* Lying before or oppo*
site, V. 13 ; thrown up, vL 10 ; inter-
posed, lying in the way, vi. 37.

ob-jicio, dre, Jed, jeeium, Y. tr.
{jado). To throw, place, or set
agahist ; to place in the way, oflfei;
present, vii 59 ; to expose, i. 47 ; to
throw up, oppose, 1 26.

obl&Uis, a, iim, part, from ojgn^o.

oblique, adv. {obHquua). Oblique-
ly, in a slanting durection, iv. 17.

obliqaua, a, vm, ad^. Slanting
oblique, running in an oblique direc-
tion, viL 73.

oblivisGor, t, chlUua «tm», v. dep.
To forget ; to lose all recollection of.

ob-sScro, are, ad, alum, t. tr. («X-
cer, sacred). To implore, beseech ; to
entreat, coiyure, sui^licate.

obsSqaenlia, ae, f. {ob, aifuor).
Compliance, obsequiousness.

obHsenro^ are, ad, atum, v. tr
To watch, mark, notice; to attend
to, observe, regard, obey, v. 35.

obaes, idia, m. and f. {pb, sideo, to
sit). A hostage, surety, pledge.

obsessio, onia, f. {pbaideo). A
siege.

ob-sldeo, ere, aedi, aeasum, v. tr.
{aSdeo, to sit). To sit down befcnre,
besiege, invest, blockade.

obsldio, onia, f. (pbatdeo'). A siege,
investment, blodtade ; oppression, iv.
19.

ob-sigao, are, ad, aium, v. tr.
(aigno, to mark). To seal; to sign
and seal.

ob-sisto, ifre, aHti, atUum, v. intr.
To set one's self agamst; to oppose,
resist, withstand.

obstinate, adv. Firmly, resolutely.

ob-stringo, ire, inxi, idum, v. tc
{atringo, to bind). To bind, tie, fet-
ter ; to lay under obligation ; to
pledge.

ob-stmo, ire, xi, ettun, v. tr.
{atruo, to pile up). To build before
or against; to block up ; to barricadei

OBTEHFEBO — OMNINO

339

ob-tempSro, are, avi, a^m, y.
Intr. To comply with, conform to,
submit to, obey.

ob-testor, ari, aius wm, y. dep.
(ieatis). To implore by calling tbe
gods to witness ; to beseech, entreat,
sapplicate.

ob-tlneo, ere, td, tetUum, y. tr.
{jUHteo). To hold, possess, maintain ;
eausam, yii. 37 ; to gain, acquire, ob-
tain.

obtttli. See OffHro.

ob-TSnio, ire, rem, ventum, y. intr.
To come before ; to meet ; to occur,
happen.

ob-yiam, ady. In the way, towards,
against; obviam profideeif to go to
meet, vii. 12.

occsasio, d»t«, f. {pa^^'). An oc-
casion, opportunity; foyorable mo-
ment.

occasus, U9, m. {pccidd). A going
down, setting; the quarter in which
the sun sets, the west, i. 1.

occidens, He, part, from ocetdo,
Qoing down, setting ; occidens sol, the
setting sun, the west, v. 13.

occldo, ire, cfdi, casum, y. intr. (ob,
cOdo). To fall or go down ; to set ; to
perish, die, be lost, yi. 37.

occido, are, cidi, visum, y. tr. (pb,
caedo). To cut down, kill, slay.

occnltAtio, onis, f. {occuUo), Con-
cealment.

occiilte, ady. {occuUus). Secretly,
priyately.

occnlto, are, act, atum, y. tr. (fteq.
of occah, to hide). To hide, conceal,
secrete.

occnltus, a, um, part, and adj. {oe-
ciilo, to hide). Hidden, concealed,
secret.

occtf patio, dnis, f. {ocoHpo). Busi-
ness, employment, affairs, occupation.

occlipo, are, avi, dtum, y. tr. {ob,
(ktpio). To take possession of, seize,
occapy ; to inyade, attack ; to engage,
employ, busy.

occvrro, Hre, eurri and cOeurri,
swsum, y. inti*. (pb, curro). To run to
meet ; to meet, come to, go to ; to op-

pose, counteract ; to occur, present it-
self, ya. 85.

occurso, are, avi, atum, y. mtr.
(freq. of occunro). To rush against,
attack.

oce&niis, », m. The ocean.

OcSlmn, t, n. A town of Gallia
Cisalplna, modem Usseau, in Pied-
mont, i. 10.

OGios, ady. comp. of ocUer (rare)u
Quickly, speedily, y. 44.

oct&Tiis, a, um, num. a^j. {oeto).
The eighth.

octingenti, ae, a, num. a4j> (pcto,
centum). Eight hundred.

octo, num. adj. indecl. Eight.

CMstd-dScim, num. a^j. indecl. {da-
cem). Eighteen.

Octodoras, *', m. A town of the
Yer&gri, in Qallia Narbonensis, now
Martigny, iii. 1.

octoginta, num. adj. Eighty.

octoni, ae, a, num. adj. Eight
each, eight by eight.

dcfilns, t, m. An eye ; the sight,
presence.

odi, odisse, y. def. G. 297. To hate,
detest.

ddiom, %, n. {odi). Hatred, ani-
mosity ; enmity, displeasure.

offendo, ire, di, sum, y. tr. To
offend, err, giye offence ; to hurt,
harm, wound, i. 19.

oflensio, dnis, f. {offendo). An
offence, harm ; displeasure, ayeraion

off Sro, offerre, obtaU, oblatum, v-
tr. {ob,flro). To bring before, pre-
sent, offer, ii. 21 ; to confer, yi 42 ;
with se, to expose one's self, encoun-
ter, meet.

offlcinm, l, n. {6b,fdcio), A scr-
yicc, kindness, favor ; subjection, obe-
dience, allegiance; office, employ-
ment, business, duty.

Olloyico, dnis, m. A king of the
Nitiobriges, vii. 31.

dmitto, ire, misi, missum, v. tr.
{ob, mitto). To let go, let fall ; to lay
aside, not to use, vii. 88 ; to neglect^
disregard, ii. 17.

omnino, adv. (omm^). Altogetherr

840

OKNIS^OBIOB

at all, entirelji wholly, utterly; in
general, generally ; in all, only, i. 6.

omnis, e, adj. All, every, the
whole ; of every kind, v. 6.

dnSrftrias, a, um, a4j. (dnus). Of
a burden, that carries freight ; nam,
a transport ship, iv. 22.

5nSro, are, avi, Sftim, v. tr. (ifnus).
To load, freight.

dnus, iriSf n. A load, burden,
freight, cargo; weight, size, ii. 30;
trouble, difficnlty.

dpSra, ae, f. Pains, exertion, la-
bor ; care, attention ; operam dare, to
bestow care, give attention, take pains,
vii. 9; aid, servioe, means, agency,
V.25.

opinio, oftM, f. {Oplnor^ to think).
Opinion, supposition, belief, conjec-
ture ; opinio timoris, the impression
of fear, iii. 17 ; reputation, repute,
fame, vi. 24.

dportet, ere, uit, v. impers. (dpus).
It is necessary, needful, proper, be-
obming ; one must, ought.

oppldftniis, a, um, adj. (opptdttm).
Belonging to the town. Svba.y m. pi.,
the inhabitants of the town, citizens,
u. 7.

oppidnm, t, n. A town, a walled
town ; any fortified place, as a wood,
forest, etc., v. 21.

oppdno, grCy pdsitiy pdsttum, v. tr.
{obfpono). To set or place against;
to oppose, place opposite.

opportune, adv. (opportunus). Fit-
ly, seasonably, at a proper time,
timely.

opportonftas, oHs, f. {(^orfu-
nus). Fitness, convenience ; favora-
ble situation, hcif iii. 12 ; favorable op-
portunity or moment, temporis, vi. 29 ;
advantage ; nisi opportunitate aliqtia
data, unless some advantage offered
itself, iii. 17.

opportunns, a, urn, adj. {oh, por-
tu8, before the port). Fit, meet, sea-
sonable, convenient, suitable, advan-
tageous, favorable.

opposltns, a, urn, part, from op-
pono.

oppressns, a, tun, part, fhnn op,
prfnw,

opprlmo, ire, essi, essum, v. tr. (o&,
primo). To press against, press
down ; to oppress, overpower, cro^ ;
to surprise, fall upon, seize.

oppn^nfitio, onia, f. {oppugno). A
storming, assaulting; assault, siege.

opp1^^'^o, are, am, atum, v. tr. (o6,
puffno). To fight against; to attack,
assault, besiege, storm.

ops, dpis, f. [nom., dat., and voc.
sing, not used]. Power, strength;
aid, assistance, help. Piur., means,
wealth, resources; authority, influ^
ence.

opt&tas, a, urn, tuAj. {opto, to wish).
Wished, desired, agreeable, pleasant,
dear.

optlme, adv., sup. of bine. Be«t,
most excellently, in the best manner,
very well.

optln&vs, a, vm, adj., sup. ofhdmu.
Very good, best, most excellent.

dpas, Sria^ n. Work, labor; art,
V. 9 ; a military work or stfuctore, a
military engine ; a deed, action, per-
formance ; quanto opere, how greatly,
how much.

dpns, n. indecl. Need, necessity ;
opti8 eat, it is necessary.

ora, ae, f. The margin, coast, bor-
der ; maritima, the sea-coast, ilL 8.

oratio, dnia, f. {dro), A speaking,
speech, language, harangue, words.

orator, dria, m. {dro). A speaker,
messenger, envoy, iv. 27.

orbis, ia, m. A circle; a dide
formed by soldiers, iv. 37 ; orbia ter-
rarum, the world, the earth, vii. 29.

Orcynia, ae^ f. (sc. ailva), A Greek
name for Hercynia, vi. 24.

ordo, inia, m. A row or series, or-
der ; a line or rank of soldiers ; rank,
class, degree ; regularity, order, meth-
od ; primi ordinea, the captains of the
first companies, v. 30.

Orgetorix, igia, m. A chief of the
Helvetii, i. 2, 3, 4, 9, 26.

orior, iri, orttta atim, v. dep. To
rise, to take its rise, originate; tff

OSNAMENTUM — FAKO

341

arise, begin ; to spring fix>m, be born,
descend.

omfimeiitiiiii, i, n. (omo). An or-
nament, decoration, distinction, hon-
or, 1. 44.

ornatas, a, tim, 1) part, from omo ;
2) adj. Famished, equipped, fitted
oat.

orno, are^ avt, attim, v. tr. To fit
ont, famish, equip ; to adorn, honor,
distinguish.

oro, are, aoi, atum^ v. tr. To speak,
beseech, entreat, iidplore, pray.

ortiis, tM, m. {prior). The rising.

OS, oriSf n. The mouth ; the face,
countenance.

Osismi, brum, m. A people in the
north-westem portion of Gallia Celtr-
ca,iL34; ill. 9 ; vii. 75.

ostendo, ire, di, aum and timi, y.
tr. {ob, tendo). To show, disclose, ex-
hibit, manifest ; to tell, declare, make
known, say.

ostentfttio, onis, f. (ostento), A
show, display; idle show, vain dis-
play, ostentation ; pretence, deception.

ostento, are, aci, aitum, y. tr. (freq.
of ostendo). To show frequently, ex-
hibit ; to display, make a show of,
make a demonstration.

5taiiiii, t, n. Leisure, rest, repose,
quiet.

OTmn, t, n. An egg.

P.

lifiMlfttio, d/2M, f. {pabiOor). For-
iiging, collecting fodder.

pftbfilfttor, dm, m. {pSbakr). One
who seeks fodder, a forager.

pAbttlor, art, attu sum, y. dep. {pa-
bulum). To seek fodder ; to forage.

p&bfilam, t, n. {paseo, to feed).
Food for cattle, fodder, proyendcr.

p&cfitns, a, urn, 1) part, from paco ;
2) ad^. Pacified, peacefhl; subdued,
reduced to subjection ; quiet, calm.

pftco, are, avi, atum,y. tr. {pax).
To bring into a state of peace and
tranquillity ; to. pacify ; to subdue.

pactum, t, n. {paeiseor, to make a
bargain). An agreement, compact;
manner, way, yii. 83.

Padns, t, m. The Fo, a rlyer in
upper Italy, y. 24.

Paem&ni, drum, m. A Oermanic
tribe of Gallia BelgTca, ii. 4.

paene or pene, ady. Almost,
nearly.

pagns, X, m. A district, canton.

palam, ady. Openly, publicly, be*
fore the people.

palma, ae, f. The palm of the
band.

plUas, udis, f. A marsh, swamp,
morass.

pftlnster, tris, tre, a4|. {pOhu).
Marshy, swampy.

pando, ire, pandi,.pansum or poi-
sum, y. tr. To spread out, extend,
stretch out ; passis matUbuSf with out-
stretched hands, i. 51 ; passtu capil^
hts, disheyelled hair, yii. 48.

par, pdris, adj. Equal, like, simi-
lar, a match for, i. 40 ; with ut, atque,
ac, the same ... as, like ... as, i. 28.

pftrfttns, a, um, 1) i>art. from pdro ;
2) adj. Prepared, equipped, proyid-
ed, furnished; ready, willing;

parce, ady. {parens, frugal). Spar-
ingly, frugally.

parco, ire, piperci or parsi,parci'
turn or parsum, y. intr. {parous, fru-
gal). To be frugal or sparing ; to spare,
not to iigure ; to preserve.

pftrens, tis, m. and f. {pOrio). A
father or mother, parent.

p&rento, are, avi, atum,Y. tr. {pa-
rens). To make offerings in honor of
the dead ; to ayenge, yii. 17.

p&reo, ere, ui, (turn, y. intr. To
obey, comply with, submit to.

p&rio, ire, pipiri, partum, y. tr.
To bring forth, bear ; to gain, acquire^
procure; to accomplish, occasion.

P&risii, brum, m. A people of
Gallia CeltYca; their chief town was
Lutetia, now Paris, yi. 3 ; yii. 4, 34,
57, 75.

p&ro, are, Svi, ahun, y. tr. To
prepare, proyide, ftmiish; to make

842

PARS— PEJUS

prBpanikms for, get ready for, iii. 9;
to determine, intend, yii* 71 ; to pro*
core, get, acquire, i. 31 ; to pordiaie,
obtain, Iv. 2.

pars, tia, f. A part, portion, share ;
place, direction, region ; party, side ;
ex parte, partly, in some degree, vi.
34 ; tmd ez parte . .. • ea; aUer9, on the
one side ... on the other, L 2 ; omm-
but partibuSf on all sides, everywhere,
V. 16.

partim, adv. (para). Partly, in
part.

paitio, ire, iM or ti, Uum, v. tr., or

paitior, irt, Uua mm, v. dep.
(pars). To share, divide, distribnte.

partttoa, a, um, part frompartiOf
or partior, with a pass. sig.

partus, a, um, part, ftom ptfno.

pftnuB, minusy miiAtne, adv. {par*
vus). Little, too little, not enough.

parvlllas, a, um, a4). {parvua).
Very email, slight ; unimportant ;
very young ; ah parmdta, ftom early
childhood, vi. 21.

parvus, a, um, comp. ndnor, sup.
nantmtu, a4j* Small, slight, insignifi-
cant, unimportant.

passim, adv. {pautu, pando). Here
and there, in all directions.

passus, a, um, part, from pando
and pdtior,

passus, tM, m. ( pando). A step, a
pace ; a pace as a measure of length,
consisting of five Roman feet ; mille
paasue, a Roman mile.

p&tSf ftcio, ire, fid, factum, v. tr.
(pOteo, fddo). To throw open; to
open ; to make known, disclose, bring
to light.

patSf io, fi9ri, foetus sum, v. pass,
of pdtSfOcio,

p&tens, tis, 1) part of pOteo ; 2)
a4)> Open, unobstructed, passable,
accessible.

p&teo, ere, ui, v. intr. To be open,
be passable ; to stretch out, extend.

pftter, tris, m. A father, sire. Pbtr,,
taihGK, forefathers, ancestors.

p&tienter, adv. {potior). Patient-
ly, with submission.

pftUentia, ae, f. {potior). Pa-
tience, endurance ; patient endurance,
vi.24.

pfttior, i, passus sum, v. dep. To
suffer, support, bear, endure; to al-
low, permit.

p&trius, a, um, adj. {pOter), Fa-
therly, ancestiaL

p&troniis, i, m. {pOter), A pro-
tector, defender, patron.

p&tnms, i, m. {pOter), A father's
brother, uncle.

paaci, ae, a, a^j. [rare in sing.].
Few, not many.

paucltas, Otis, f. {pauci). A small
number, fewness, scarcity.

paul&tun, adv. {pauhtm). Little
by little, gradually, by degrees.

panUsper, adv. (patdum, per).
For a little while, for a short time.

paolo, adv. (prop. abl. of paubu).
A little, somewhat.

panltiliini, adv. {paukis). A little,
a very little.

paulnm, adv. {pauhu). A little,
somewhat.

paalas, a, um, a4i* Little, smidl ;
post patdum, soon after, vii. 50.

pax, pads, f. peace; tranquillity,
quiet.

pecco, are, a»i, aium, v. intr. To
transgress, offend, do injustice.

pectus, dris, n. The breast

pScnnia, ae, f. {pScus). Property
riches ; money, a sum of money.

pScus, dris, n. Cattle, a herd ;
pecus, adis, a single head of cattle.

pSd&lis, e, acy. {pes), A foot in
length, breadth, or thickness.

pSdes, itia, m. {pes). A foot-sol-
dier, infantry, foot

pSdesler, tris, tre, a4j. {pes). On
foot ; copiae, infantry, ii. 17 ; on land,
by land, itinera, iii. 9.

pSditfttus, US, m. (pSdea), Infiw-
try, foot.

PSdius, t, m. Quintua, a lieuten-
ant in Caesar's army, ii. 2, 11.

pejor, US, adj., comp. of mObta.
Worse.

pejus, adv. comj). of male* Worse.

PELLIS — PEKICOLOSUS

343

pelUs, ia, f. A skin, Mde ; a tent
for soldiers (covered with skins) ; nib
peUibuSy in tents, in the camp, iU. 29.

pello, ^r«, p^pUUf ptdfunif v. tr. To
drive out or away ; to expel ; to roat,
drive back, discomfit; to overpower,
conquer.

pendo, ire, p^pendiy pensum, v. tr.
lb weigh out; to pay, pay out; poe-
nas^ to suffer punishment, vi. 9.

penes, prep, with ace. With, in
the possession of, in the power of;
penes eoSf in their hands, vii. 21.

pSnltns, adv. Deeply, far within,
into the inmost part, vi« 10.

per, prep, with the ace. Through.
I. Of space : through, over, through
the mid-Bt of; ire per /inea, to go
through the territory, i. 6. II. Of
time: during, through, throughout,
for the space of. ni. Of other be-
LATioNS : 1) Means: through, by
means of, by ; per eoe, through them,
i. 4. 2) Manner: with, by, in the
manner of; per catuam, under the
pretence, vii. 9. 3) Cause : on account
of, for the sake of, for ; per aetatemj on
account of age, ii. 16.

pSr-ftgo, ire, egiy actum, v. tr. To
carry through, go through with; to
execute, complete, accomplish, close,
end, finish.

p^r-angustas, a, nm, adj. Very
narrow.

per-cIpiOji Sre, cepi, ceptuniy v. tr.
(capio). To take ftilly, receive, ac-
quire, obtain ; to perceive, learn, hear,
hear of.

percontatio, oniSf f. {pernontor,
to inquire). An asking, inquiry, ques-
tion.

per-carro, ire, cHourri or curri^
cursUmj V. intr. To run along, iv. 33 ;
to run through, traverse.

percassus, a, urn, part, firom per-
cittio.

per-cfitio, Sre, cttssif cusstanf v. tr.
{quOtio, to smite). To strike through;
to slay, kill, v. 44.

per-disco, Sre, didicif v. tr. To
learu thoroughly, get by heart, vi. 14.

perdltns, a, uni, a^j. {perdo, to
ruin). Lost, abandoned, bad, ruined.

per-duco, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
lead, bring, or conduct through; to*
convey, lead, bring ; to continue, pro-
long, V. 31 ; to persuade, win, vii. 4 ;
to carry, construct, i. 8.

pSrendinas, a, um, acU. After to-
morrow ; dieSy v. 30.

pSr-ea, ire, ivi or ii, itum, v. intr.
To pass away ; to perish, be destroyed,
be lost.

p6r-SquUo, are, dm, atum, v. inti*.
{Squus), To ride through; to ride
around, iv. 33.

pSr-exIgnns, a, urn, ac^. Very
small, very little.

per-f acflis, e, adj. Very easy.

per-f Sro, ferre, tali, latum, v. tr.
To bear or carry through ; to bring,
convey ; to endure, suffer, undergo,
bear, i. 32 ; to report, spread abroad,
make current, ii. 35.

per-f Icio, fyre, fid, fectum, v. tr.
{fOcio), To finish, execute, achieve,
perform, complete ; to bring to pass,
cause, effect, i. 9.

per-f Idia, ae, f. (fides). Faiths
lessness, dishonesty, treachery, per.
fidy.

per-lringo, ire, fiegi, fractum, v.
tr. (frango). To break through, burst
through, force one's way through.

perf figa, oe, m. (perfilffio), A de-
serter.

per-f figio, gre, fiigi, filgitum, v.
intr. To flee to a place for refuge ; to
take refuge ; to go over, desert.

perffigiam, t, n. {perfiigio). A
place of refuge, a shelter.

pergo, ire, perrexi, perrectum, v,
intr. {per, rigo). To go on, continire,
proceed, advance.

pSriclltor, ari, atus sum, v. dep.
{pifriciilum). To make a trial of; to
try, attempt ; to hazard, venture ; tc
be in peril, be exposed to danger,
vi.34.

pSricttlosQS, a, um, adj. (pSrici^
turn). Full of danger, dangerous,
perilous, hazardous.

344

PEBICULUM— PBRTUEBATIO

pSricttlom, i, n. A trial, attempt,
experiment; risk, danger, peril, has-
ard.

pSrilns, a,t<m, adj. Experienced,
■killed, acquainted with.

perlfttas, a,umf part, from petfiro.

perlectns, a, um, part, from per^
Ugo.

per-lSgo, irCf legi, lectum, v. tr.
To read through ; to read.

per>lno, ire, m, iiium, t. tr. (iuo, to
wash). To wash one's self, bathe.

per-magnus, a, urn, a^j. Very
great.

per-m&neo, ire, mansi, maruutn,
T. intr. To remain to the end; to
stay, continue, endure, persist.

per-misceo, ere, etd, stum or
xtum, V. tr. {miseeo, to mix). To mix
or mingle together ; to confuse.

per-mitto, ire, mist, missum, v. tr.
To send through, cast, hurl ; to give
up, concede, surrender; to intrust,
conmiit, v. 3 ; to allow, suffer, permit,
1.35.

permixtas, a, um, part, from per-
misceo.

pemndtiis, a, um, part, from per-
mdveo.

per-mSveo, ere, movi, mdtwn, v. tr.
To move deeply, stir up, excite; to
induce, influence, persuade, prevail
upon ; to arouse, affect.

per-mnlceo, ere, si, sum or cium,
V. tr. (mulceo, to soothe). To soothe,
appease, calm.

pemmlsiis, a, um, part, from per-
mulceo,

pernlcies, ei, f. {per,nico). De-
struction, ruin, disaster, calamity.

per-paaci, ae, a, adj. plur. Very
few.

perpendicfilam, t, n. {per, pen-
do). A plummet, plumb-line ; ad per-
pendietthim, perpendicularly, iv. 17.

per-pStior, t, pessus sum, v. dep.
{potior). To suffer patiently ; to en-
dure, bear.

perpStao, adv. (perpetuus). Con-
stantly, uninterruptedly, perpetually,
ever, always.

per-pStons, a, um, auA^. ipito).
Constant, uninterrupted, perpetual,
continual, continuous ; perpetua vita,
during his whole life, i. 40 ; in perpe-
tuum, forever, iv. 34.

per-qoiro, ire, sivi, sUum, t. tr.
{quaero). To make diligent search
for; to inquire after, ascertain, vi. 9.

per-mmpo, ire, rupi, ruptum, v. ti;
{rumpo, to break). To break througb,
force one's way through; to break,
demolish, vii. 23.

per-scribo, ire, psi, ptum, v. tr.
To write out, describe, report.

per-sfiqnor, i, sieutus sum, y. dep.
To follow perseveringly ; to pmrsur.,
press upon; to proceed against, pun-
ish ; to avenge ; to perform, execute,
accomplish.

per-8ST§ro, are, art, atum, v. intr.
{siverus, «tem). To persist, remain
firm, persevere.

per-solYO, ire, solvi, sdSUum, t. tr.
To release or discharge completely ;
to pay, pay out ; poenas, to suffer
punishment, i. 12. <

per-splcio, ire, exi, ectum, v. tr,
{spicio, to look). To see or look
through ; to examine, inspect ; to pci-
ceive, observe, behold, ascertain.

per-sto, are, iti, atum, t. intr. To
stand firmly ; to remain firm, persist

per-sn&deo, ere, si, sum, y. tr.
{suadeo, to advise). To convince,
persuade, prevail upon ; to inculcate
teach, vi. 14 ; sUn persuasum habere,
to be convinced, ill. 2.

per-terreo, ere, ui, itum, v, tr. To
frighten greatly ; to terrify.

per-tXmesco, ire, mui, v. inch, (a-
meo). To become greatly alarmed*
to fear greatly.

peitlnftcia, tie, f. {perHnax, obsti
nate). Obstinacy, pertinacity.

per-tlneo, ere, ui, v. intr. (tineo).
To stretch out ; to extend to ; to aim
at, tend ; to pertain to, concern, relate,
belong to.

peitlUi. See Perflro.

pertnrb&tio, onis, f. (perturbo).
Confasion, disorder, distnrbanoe.

PEBTXTBBO — PLURIMUS

345

per-tnrbo, are, avi. Stum, t. tr.
(turbo, to diBtarb). To throw into
confosion or disorder; to confuse,
disturb, discompose, embarrass.

per-y&gor, dri, aiua mm, v. dep.
To wander through, roam around,
rove about.

per-ySnio, ire, vent, ventum, v. intr.
To come to, arriye at, reach ; etd eum
part . . . pervenitj to him comes a part,
t. e., he receives a part, yi. 19.

pes, pidis, m. The foot ; a foot (as
a meaanre) ; pedem referre, to retreat,
iy^ 25 ; pedibua, by land, iii. 12 ; ad
pedes desiUre, to dismount, iv. 12.

pSto, ire, frt or it, Uum, y. tr. To
repahr to ; to attack, assail ; to aim at,
seek, ask, demand, solicit; to seek to
obtain, strive after; go to, direct one's
course to.

Petr5corii, arum, m. A. people
of Gallia CeltiTca, vif. 75.

Petrdnins, t, m. Marcus, a cen-
turion of the eighth Boman legion,
yii. 60.

Petrosidins, t, m. Lucius, a
standard-bearer of the army under
Cotta and Sabinus, v. 37.

phftlanx, gis, f. A phalanx, a band
of soldiers drawn up in close order, a
compact mass of troops, i. 24.

Pictdnes, um, m. A people of
Oallia Celtica on the south of the LY-
ger {Loire), iii. 11 ; vii. 4, 75.

piStas, atis, f. {pius, dutifhl). Du-
tifhl conduct, piety, devotion ; loyal-
ty, patriotism.

pilam, i, n. The heavy javelin of
the Eoman infantry, javelin, dart.

pilus, i, m. {pilum), A maniple of
the triarii, who formed the third di-
vision or line in the Roman legion;
primus pilus, the first maniple ; primi
pili centurio, the centurion of the first
maniple, t. e., the chief centurion of
the legion, iii. 5.

piona, ae, f. A feather; a pinna-
cle, parapet, battlement, v. 40.

Plmstae, Srum, m. A people of
lUyiTcum, v. 1.

piscis, is, m. A fish.

18

PIso, Srm, m. 1) Lucius Calpw
nitts Piso, a lieutenant of the consul
Lucius Cas8ius Longlnus, who was
defeated and slain by the Tigurini,
107 B. C, i. 12. 2) LOcius Calpumius
Piso, father-in-law of Caesar, consul
58 B. C, i. 6, 12. 3) Marcus Pupius
Piso CalptsmiSnus, consul 61 B. C., i.
2, 35. 4) Piso, an Aquitanian, iv. 12.

pix, ptcie, f. Fitch.

plftceo, ere, ui, itum, v. intr. To
please, be acceptable to, satisfy; to
seem good, be resolved on, be ordered,
be decided, vii. 15.

pl&clde, adv. (pldceo). Calmly,
gently, quietly.

place, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To ap-
pease, reconcile, propitiate.

Plancas, t, m. See Munatius.

plane, adv. {planus). Plainly,
clearly, distinctly ; entirely, complete-
ly, vi. 43.

planlties, ei, f. {planus). Level
ground, a plain.

plftnns, a, um, adj. Flat, level,
even, smooth.

plebes, ei, f., or plebs, plSns, f.
The commons or common people, as
opposed to the patricians, senators,
&c. ; the multitude, populace.

plene, adv. {j^us). Fully, en-
tirely, completely.

pleniis, a, um, adj. Full, entire,
complete, whole.

pleramque, adv. (p^Sru«^e). For
the most part, mostly, commonly,
very often.

plerasqae, dque, umque, adj. [rare
in the sing.], plur. plerique, aeqtie,
dque, the most, very many, a great
part.

Plemnoxii, drum, m. A people
of Gallia BelgYca, under the rule of
the Nervii, v. 39.

plamlraiB, t, n. Lead ; pktmbum
album, tin, v. 12.

plarlmuin, adv., sup. of multum.
Very much, especially, exceedingly.

plfirlmns, a, um, a^j. sup. of multtts
[rare in sing.] ; plur., pWrimi, ae, a,
the most, the greatest number, very

846

PLUS — POSTPONO

many; guam pharimif WM many as
possiblei v. 11.

plQt,ady.,comp.of mtifttfm. More.

plus, plSrit, a4i<f comp. of muUua.
More. Plur.f seveialy more.

pItiteaS) t, m. A breastwork, par-
apet, vii. 25.

pdctlliim, it n. A drinking-cnp,
bowl, goblet.

poena, ne, f. A fine, punishment,
penalty, satisfaction, expiation.

poenltet, ere, uit, y. impers. It
canses regret, makes repent. O. 409.

pollex, tcU, m. The thumb.

polilceor, m, Uut sum^ v. dep. To
promise, offer.

poUlcIt&lio, dnie, f. {polUceor), A
promise, offer.

PompSins, t, m. 1) Gntieus Pompe-
iu9 Mofftius, the celebrated Boman
general and conqueror, born 106 B. C.
With Caesar and Crassus he formed
the first triumvirate, but soon after-
wards became Involved in a struggle
for supreme power. After his defeat
by Caesar, at Pharsalia, he fled to
Egypt, where he was murdered by
the command of Ptolemy, 48 B. C,
vi. 1 ; vii. 6. 2) Gnaeus Pompeitts, an
interpreter in the service of Titiirius,
v. 36.

ponAus, iris, n. {pendo), Weight,
burden.

pond, 9re, pdsuiy pdHtum, v. tr. To
put or place ; to set, lay ; cetstra^ to
pitch a camp, encamp ; to erect, make,
build ; to take off, lay aside, tarmac iv.
37 ; to regard, consider ; pro certOy to
regard as certain, vii. 5; to station,
post, praeeidiumy ii. 5.

pons, pontis, m. A bridge.

p5posci Sec Posco.

pdpfiifitio, onis, f. (pdpiUor), A
laying waste, ravaging, pillaging, i. 15.

pdpfilor, an, atus «um, v. dep.
(pdpHhis). To ravage, lay waste, pil-
lage, depopulate, devastate.

pdpillns, », m. A people, nation,
multitude.

porrectus, a, tim, part. fh>m por-
rfffo*

porrlgo, ire, rexi, rectum, v. tr.
{pro, rigo). To stretch oat, readi
oat, extend ; to offer.

porro, adv. Furthermore, more-
over.

porta, a«, f. A gate, entrance,
passage; decumana porta, see Decu-
nutnue.

porto, are, am, atum, v. tr. To
carry, convey, transport, bring, bear.

portorium, t, n. {porto), A tax
or duty on goods imported or export-
ed, toll, impost.

portas, tit, m. A harbor, port

posco, Hre, pdpoaci. To ask for,
demand, require, importune, entreat.

positas, a, um, 1) part, from jiono;
2) adj. Situated, placed, lying.

possessio, onis, f. {poaetdeo}, A
possessing, possession ; property, es-
tate.

possXdeo, ere, eedi, eeseum, y. tr.
{pOtis, able, Meo). To hold, possess,
occupy.

pofisnm, posse, pdttd, t. irr. {pQtis,
able, eum). To be able ; to have influ-
ence or power; to avail, be able to
accomplish ; largiter posse, to have
great influence, i. 18 ; plurimum posse,
to be very powerful, have very great
influence, 1. 3, 9.

post, adv. After, afterwards.

post, prep, with ace After. 1) Of
space : behind, next to, after; post le-
gumes, behind the legions, iL 19. 2)
Of time : after, since ; jmiu/o post me-
diam noctem, a little after midnight,
iv.36.

post-ea, adv. Afterwards, after
this, later.

post-eft-qnam, adv. Aft«r that,
after.

postSms, a, um, comp. posterior,
sup. postrimus and postitmus, adj.
( post)* Coming after, following, next,
ensuing, postero die, on the following
day, i. 15 ; postUri, orwn, coming gen-
erations, descendants, posterity, vii. 77.

post-pdno, Sre, pdsiH, pdsitum, y.
tr. To put aiter, esteem less, disre-
gard, neglect.

POSTQUAM — PR AEPICIO

347

post-qnam, ooi^. After that» af-
ter, as soon as, when.

postremo, adv. {pottrimus)* At
last, finally.

postremiis, a, um, a4i.» sup. of
poatirus. The last, in the rear, hind-
most.

postridie, adv. {posUrOf die). On
the following day, the day after ; po«-
tridie efua diet (a pleonasm), on the
day after this day, i. 23.

postttl&tom, if n. {posHllo). A de-
mand, request.

poslUo, are, Soif atum, y. tr. (poa-
co). To demand, ask, request.

potens, tis, adj. (possum). Able,
powerful, influential, mighty, strong.

potent&tiis, t»,m. (pdiens). Pow-
er, might, dominion, rule.

pdtentia, ae, f. (pdtens). Power,
ability, might, influence, authority,
political power.

pdtealas, atiSf f. ( possum). Abili-
ty, power, legal power, right, L 16 ; m
potestate efus, in his power, i, e., sub-
ject to him, L 32 ; opportunity, priyi-
lege, i. 40 ; leaye, permission, iy. U.

pdtior, §rit itus sum, y. dep. {pdtist
able). To become master of, acquire,
gain, get, obtain. n

pdtiiAi, comp. ; sup. pdtisstme and
pdHssimumf ady. Bather, in prefer-
ence, sooner.

prae, prep, with abl. Before ; in
comparison with, ii. 30; for, on ac-
count of^ because of, by reason of,
vii. 44.

prae-&cptas, a, t«m, a4j. Sharp-
ened at the end, sharpened, pointed.

praebeo, ere, ta, thtm, y.tr. {praef
kdbeo). To hold forth, reach out; to
Qffbr, extend, present; to show, ex'
iSbit ; to giye, furnish, supply, afford.

prae-c&yeo, ere, c5m, cautum, y.
intr. To be on the guard against, take
precautions.

prae-cedo, ^re, cessi, cessumy y.
Intr. To go before ; to surpass, excel,
be superior to.

praeceps, aputisy adj. {prae, ca-
put). Head foremost, headlong ; has-

ty, precipitate ; precipitous, steep, iy.
33.

praeceptom, t, n. {praedpic^). An
order, durection, command ; adyice,
counsel, precept.

prae-clpio, Bre, epi, eptum, y. tr.
(cdpio). To take beforehand, obtain
in adyance ; to suspect, yii. 9 ; to giye
orders ; to adyise, direct, instruct.

prae-clpilo, are, am, atum, y. tr.
{praeceps). To throw or cast head-
long; se in Jlumen, to plunge (cast
one's self) into the riyer, iy. 15.

praeclpae, ady. {praedpnus). Es-
pecially, principally, chiefly.

praeclpaus, a, um, adj. {praect-
pio). Particular, especial, extraordi-
nary, peculiar.

prae-clfido, ire, si, sum, y. tr.
(elaudo). To shut up, close, block up,

praeco, onis, m. A herald.

Praeconinas, t, m. See Valg-
rius.

prae-carro, ere, citcurri or curri,
cursum, y. intr. To run before, hasten
on before ; to surpass, excel, outstrip.

praeda, ae, t. Property taken in
war, booty, plunder, spoil.

prae-dico, are, avi, Stum, y. tr. To
make known in public ; to proclaim,
declare, say, tell, affirm, report, iy. 34 ;
to yaunt, boast, i. 44.

praedor, ori, atus sum, y. dep.
(praeda). To make booty, rob, plun-
der, rayage.

prae-dfico, ire, duxi, ductum, y. tr.
To draw before ; to make or construct
before ; murum, yii. 46.

praefeclas, t, m. {praeficio). An
oyerseer, leader, commander ; praef ec-
tus equitum, a commander of the cay-
alry, iii. 26.

prae-fSro, /«rr6, tOU, UUum, y. tr.
To bear before; to prefer, choose
rather, esteem more ; se miUtibtu prae-
ferre, to place one's self in front of
the soldiers, ii. 27.

prae-fleio, Sre, fid, fectum, v. tr.
{fdcio). To set oyer ; to place in au-
thority oyer, appoint to the command
of, i. 62.

348

PBAEFIOO — FBECES

prae-flgo, 8re, xi, xum, v. tr. {ftgo,
to fix). To set up in front.

praefai. See Praetum.

prae-mStno, ire, w, v. intr. {mi-'
ttu). To fear beforehand ; to be anx-
ious about.

prae-mitto, ire, tnUi, missum, y.
tr. To send before; to send in ad-
vance.

praeminm, i, n. (prae). Profit,
advantage ; reward, distinction.

prae-occttpo, are, avi, atttm, v. tr.
To occupy beforehand, take posses-
sion of, preoccupy.

prae-opto, are, avi, Sium, y. tr.
(ppto, to wish). To choose rather,
desire rather ; to prefer.

prae-p&ro, are, avi, ahnn,Y. tr. To
make ready beforehand ; to prepare.

prae-pdno, ire, pdstu, pdsUum, v.
tr. To put or set before ; to place in
command of, appoint over.

prae-mmpo, ire, rtipi, ruptum, v.
tr. {rumpo, to break). To break off
in front ; to break off, tear away.

praernptas, a, um, 1) part, from
praerumpo ; 2) adj. Broken or torn
off, abrupt, steep, rugged, craggy.

prae-scribo, ^rc, pat, ptum, v. tr.
To write before ; to direct, order, dic-
tate, appoint, command, prescribe.

praescriptnm, t, n. (praeacribo).
Order, direction, instruction, com-
mand; ad alteritu praescrtptum, at
the dictation of another, i. 36.

praesens, entie, adj. (praesum).
Present, in person; se praesente, in
his presence, i. 53.

praesentia, ae, f, (praesetU). The
present; anamt, presence of mind,
courage, firmness, v. 43.

prae-sentio, ire, senai, aenaum, v.
tr. To feel or perceive beforehand;
to foresee, observe.

prae-sepio, ire, psi, ptum, v. tr.
(aepio, to hedge in). To block up,
barricade.

praenertim, adv. (prae, airo). Esr
pecially, particularly, chiefly.

praealdinm, i, n. (prae, aideo). A
defence, protection, help, support, aid,

security ; a guard, garrison ; o6iiToy,
escort ; fortification, post, station, in-
trenchment, camp.

praesto, adv. (prae, aio). Present,
at hand, ready ; praeato Juiasent, had
met, v. 26.

prae-sto, are, atUi, atltwn, y. tr.
and intr. To stand before; to surpass,
excel, be superior to ; to discharge,
accomplish, perform ; to show, exhib-
it, evince, manifest. Praettat, impers.,
it is better, iv. 14.

prae-Bum, eaae,fu%, y. intr. To be
before, be in conunandof ; to have the
charge of, preside over.

praeter, prep, with ace. (prae).
Past, by, beyond, i. 48; except, be-
sides, iv. 1 ; together with, in addition
to, i. 43; contrary to, against, iii. 3.

praetSr-ea, adv. Besides, beyond
this, moreover.

praetSr-eo, ire, ivi or n, iturn, v.
tr. and intr. To go or pass by ; to
omit, pass over, neglect.

praetSrltas, a, um, 1) part, from
praetireo ; 2) adj. Past, gone by, de-
parted.

praeter-mitto, ire, miai, miaaum,
V. tr. To let go ; to let pass, iv. 13 ;
to pass over, omit, make no mention
of, vii. 25.

praeter-qaam, adv. Beyond, be-
sides, except.

praeter-TChor, i, vectua mm, v.
dep. To ride by or past, to sail.

praetor, oria, m. A praetor, an
officer next in rank to the consul ; a
commander, general.

praetdrios, a, um, ac^. (praetor).
Relating to the praetor, praetorian.

prae-firo, ire, uaai, uatum, v. tr.
(Uro, to bum). To bum at the end.

prae-yeito, ire, ti, aum, v. tr. To
be beforehand, anticipate ; to give at-
tention to, vii. S3.

pravas, a, um, adj* Wrong, wick-
ed, bad, m^iist, depraved^

prSces. um, t. pi. [rare in sing., but
prici, pricem, and price occur]. Re-
quests, prayers, entreaties, impreca-
tions, vi. 31.

PREHENDO — PRODUCO

349

prSheado, or prendo, ire^ di,
ntm, T. tr. To seize, lay hold of,
grasp.

prSmOi 9re, presai, prenum, y. tr.
To press, press hard npon, crowd,
pursue closely, vii. 19 ; to press down ;
to burden, load ; to oppress, harass,
annoy, vi. 13; refrumentaria premif
to be distressed for supplies, v. 28.

prendo. See Prihendo*

prStimn, «', n. Worth, value, price.

prex. See PrScea.

pridie, adv. {priori^ die). On the
day before.

primlpilns, t, m. (primtM, pUtis)
The chief centurion, ii.25.

primo, adv. ( primwt). At first, in
the first place.

primnm, adv. (primtw). At first,
in the first place, in the beginning ;
with viy uhi, cum, as soon as, ii. 2 ;
^uatn primunif as soon as possible, i.
40.

primus, a, «m, a/Ci^.f sup. of prior.
The first, the first part of, the begin-
ning of ; the foremost, principal, most
influential, ii. 3 ; ptimum a^fmen, the
van, i. 15; prima htee, at daybreak,
1.22.

princeps, f/n*, ac^. and subs. m.
and f. {primus, cdpw). The first in
order or ranic, chief, the most emi-
nent ; leader, diief, head, author.

princIpAtns, us, m. (prineeps).
The first place, the chief position;
rule,, sovereignty, dominion.

prior, us, gen. dm, adji, comp.
(sup. primus). Former, previous ;
priores, those in flront, ii. 11.

pristlnus, a, urn, adj. Former,
early, primitive, original ; pristini diei,
of the preceding day, iv. 14.

prills, adv. Before, sooner, previ-
ously.

prins-qiiain, adv. Before, sooner
than.

priTfttim, adv. {privStus), As a
private citizen, for one's self; in pri-
vate, privately.

priTfttas, a, «m, a^j. (prfro, to de-
prive). Belonging to an individual,

private. Subt., a private citizen, one
who holds no public office, vi. 13.

pro, prep, with abl. Before, in
fh>nt of; pro castris, before the camp,
i. 51 ; for, for the advantage of, for
the protection of, in behalf of, ii. 14 ;
in proportion to, in comparison with,
according to, v. 27 ; as, for ; pro per-
fuga, as a deserter, ill. 18 ; on account
of, by reason of.

prdbo, are, avi, Stum, v. tr. {prd"
bus, upright). To test, examine ; to
approve, be satisfied with ; to prove,
show, demonstrate, i. 3.

pro-cedo, ire, cessi, cessum, v. intr.
To go forth, proceed, advance.

Procillus, i, m. See Vdlerius.

pro-clino, are, dvi, dium, v. tr.
(cUno, to incline). To bend forward.
PrdcHndtus, a, urn, part;, verging to
consummation, tending to ruin, vii. 42.

pro-consul. Hits, m. A proconsul,
a miUtary governor or commander,
invested with the power of consul,
iii. 20.

prdcnl, adv. {procello, to drive
away). Af^r ofl; in the distance,
from afar.

pro-cambo, gre, aUnii, eiibitum, v.
intr. To fUl forward ; to sink or
bend down ; to lie down, be beaten
down, vi. 43.

pro-cnro, are, dvi. dtum, v. tr. To
take care of, look after, attend to.

pro-curro, ^e, cUctmri or eurrit
cursum, v. intr. To run forth, hasten
forth, rush forward.

prddeo, ire, ivi or u, itum, v. intr.
(pro, eo). To go forward, advance,
proceed, march forward.

prodltio, otiis, f. (prddo). Betray
al, treachery, treason.

prddltor, oris, m. {prodo)., A trai-
tor.

pro-do, Sre, dfdi, ditum, v. tr. To
give forth, publish, divulge, make
known ; to hand down, transmit, be-
queath ; to give up, betray, surrender,
abandon.

pr5-dflco, ire, duxi, dttctum, v. tr.
To lead forth, bring out; to stretch

350

PROELIOB — PBOPINQUUS

oat, lengtben, extend, prolong, pro-
tract, iv. 30.

pnielior, ari, 3iua sum, t. dep.
(proeUum). To join battle ; to engage,
fight, contend.

proeliam, t, n. A battle, combat,
engagement.

pT6feeti09ani$tt.{jprqftei$eor). A
going away, departure, march.

pr5fecto,adv. (prd,/acto). Actu-
ally, certainly, in tmth, asniredly.

prdfectna, a, urn, part, from pro-
ficio.

pr5fectag, a, urn, part, trompfiffi*
ciscor,

pro-f Sro, ferre, tHU, laium, y. tr.
To bear forth, bring out, produce,
bring forward.

pr5-fIcio, dre, fid, fectutn, y. tr.
and intr. {fdcio). To make progress,
adyance; to accomplish, effect, ob-
tain.

prd-f Iciscor, »*, prdfecttia sum, y.
dep. {/ado). To put one*B self for-
ward ; to set out, go, march, trayel,
depart, proceed.

pr5-fIteor, eriyfesaua ntm, y. dep.
{fdUeor). To declare publicly, con-
fess openly, acknowledge, ayow; to
profess ; to offer freely, propose yol-
untarily, promise.

pro-fligo, drCf avi, atum, y. tr. (ySSf-
ffo, to strike). To strike to the ground ;
to overthrow, conquer, defeat, over-
come, rout, destroy.

pro-flno, are, xi, xum, y. intr. To
flow forth ; to issue.

pr5-ftigio, Sre, Juffi, fUgitum, y.
intr. To flee before or from; to flee,
escape; to take refuge, flee for ref-
uge.

profni. See Proium,

pro-gnfttas, a, um, a^j. Bom, de-
scended, sprung &om.

pro-grSdior, i, greaetu fum, y. dep.
(ffrOdior, to go). To go forward, ad-
vance, proceed.

pro-hVbeo, ere, m, itum, y. tr. (A<X-
beo). To hold back, check, restrain,
prevent, debar, keep from ; iHnere ex-
ercitum, to check the march of the

army, L 10; to save from, protect
preserve, v. 21.

pro-inde, adv. Hence, therefore,
accordingly.

pro-jicio, ire, fid, jeetum, v. tr.
{jAcio). To throw forfli ; to cast away*
give up, renounce, reject ; to fling
away, lay down ; ee projieere ad pedes^
to throw one's self at the feet, i. 27|
31 ; se ex navi, to Leap from the shif ,
iv. 25.

prolatas, a, am, part, from profiro.

prdmiaens,entia, part. {prom€neo)*
Leaning forward, projecting, vii. 47.

pro-ralneo, ere, m, v. intr. {naneo,
to project). To reach out, project.

prdmiscne, adv. (pro, miaceo, to
mix). In common, promiscuously.

pr&-iiiitto, ire, mid, miseum, v. tr.
To promise ; to let go ; to let grow ; ea-
pitto promisso^ with long hair, v. 14.

promontoriiuii, i, n. {pro, mont).
A headland, promontory.

pra-mdyeo, ere, mod, motum, v.
tr. To move forward, advance, push
on, cause to advance.

promptiis, a, um, adj. (promo, to
bring forward). Beady, quick, active.

pr5ne, adv. (pronus, inclined). In
an inclined position, sloping down-
wards, iv. 17.

pro-nantio, are, uxi, aium, y. tr.
To make known pubUcly ; to proclaim,
announce, tell, narrate, pronounce, re-
port.

"prope, pri^u8,proxtme,ady, Kear,
close to, beside ; nearly, almost, v. 20 ,*
recently, lately, i. 24.

prdpe, prep, with ace. Near, near
by, i. 22.

prd-pello, ire, pOli, puieum, v. tr.
To drive forward, urge on ; to put to
flight, rout, L. 15.

proper o, are, ad, ahtfn^ y. intr.
{prdpinu, quick). To hasten, make
haste.

prSpinqiiltas, atis, f,{prdpinquu8).
Nearness, vicinity, proximity; rela-
tionship, ii. 4.

propinquns, a, um, a^j. {prifpe).
Near, neighboring; near at hand, die,

PROPIOB— PUBE8

351

iv. 36 ; nearly related, akin. Sitba., a
relative, kinsman, kinswoman, i. 18.

propior, itu, gen. dria, snp. prox-
imus. Nearer. For sap. see Proxfnnu.

prdpios, adv. See Prdpe.

prd-pdno, ire^ pOsui^pOHtum^ v. tr.
To set forth, expose to view, present,
display ; to make known, represent,
declare, tell, explain, relate ; to pro-
pose, promise, offer, praemiaf v. 40 ;
ammo proponere, to purpose, intend,
viL47.

prdposltns, a, um, part. from, pro-
pcno.

proprins, a, t<i», adj. Peculiar,
one*s awn, fines, vi. 22. Propriunif i,
n. subs., a special characteristic, pecu-
liarity, prqprium virtutia, vi. 23.

propter, prep, with ace On ac-
count of, by reason of.

proptSr-ea, adv. Therefore, for
that reason, on that account ; propter-
ea guodj because that, because.

prd-pngnator, dn>, m. (pugno). A
defender.

pro-pngno, arei am, atum, v. tr.
To fight for; to rush out to battle,
make sorties, v. 9 ; to contend in de-
fence of, to defend one's self.

prdplili. See PropeUo,

propnlso, arej art. Stum, y. tr.
(propello). To drive back, keep off,
ward off.

prora, o^, f. The fore-part of a
ship, the prow.

pro-mo, ire, ruiy HUum, v. tr. (ruo,
to rush down). To tear down, demol-
ish.

prd-sSqnor, *, cuiua «tem, v. dep.
To follow, accompany, attend ; to pur-
sue ; ortUioneproaequiy to address, ii. 5.

prospectus, tM, m. (proapicio).
Prospect, sight, view; in proapectu^ in
sight, V. 10.

pro-splcio, ire, exi, ectum, v. tr.
{apikno, to look). To look forward ; to
provide for, take care of, consult for.

pro-sterno, ire, atravi, atratum,
V. tr. {atemo, to stretch out). To pros-
trate, overthrow, destroy.

prd-snm, prodeass, priifiti, v. intr.

To be useful, be of service ; to benefit,
profit, avail, conduce.

pro-tSgo, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
cover before or in front ; to defend,
protect.

pro-terreo, ere, ui, iiumt v. tr. To
frighten away ; to terrify.

prdtlnns, adv. {pro, tSnua, as far
as). Eight oa, continuously; imme-
diately, directly, forthwith, instantl)^

pro-turbo, are, avi, atum, v. tr.
{turbo, to confuse). To drive forward,
repulse, rout, iL 19.

proYectus, a, um, part. fix>m prd-
viho.

pro-T6ho, ire, vexi, tectum, v. tr.
To carry forward; to bear or drive
away.

pro-YSnio, ire,- veni, ventum, v.
intr. To come forth, grow, thrive,
turn out, V. 24.

proTentus, ua, m. {provfyiio). A
coming forth, issue, consequence, re-
sult, success, good fortune.

pro-video, ere, vidi, viaum, v. tr.
"to see before one's self; to discern ; to
make provision for, provide for, take
care of.

proYincia, ae, f. {pro, vinco). A
province, a conquered territory under
a military governor ; in proviticiam
redigere, to reduce to a province, i. 45.
See Provincia, under Gallia,

proYincialis, e, a^j. {provincia),
Relatiag to a province, provincial.

pro-Yolo, are, avi, atum, v. intr.
{vdlo, to fly). To fly forth, rush out.

proxlme, adv., sup. oiprdpe. Very
near, very recently, last.

proximus, a, um, a4j., sup. of prd-
pior. Nearest,, next, i. 1 ; following,
ensuing, i. 40 ; previous, last, i. 44 ; iter,
the shortest, i. 10.

prudentia, ae, f. {pro, video). Sar
gacity, forQsight, wisdom, prudence,
discretion.

Ptianii, ortim, m. A people of
Aquitania, in the region of Pau, iii. 27

pubes, or puber, dria, adj. Grown
up, of ripe age, adult. Piibirea, um, m.
pi., adults, men, v. 56.

852

PUBUCE — QUANTUSVIS

pvbllee, adT. {pubbeui). By pub-
lic anthority, in the name or in behalf
of the state ; pMiee eue iaudenif in a
notional point of view, iv. 3 ; polUeeri,
in the name of the state, i. 16.

publico, are, Stfi, aium, y. tr. (pub-
f$cus). To malLe public property ; to
confiscate.

pfibllciu, a, um, Bdj. (for pOp&H-
CU8, from pOpOhu), Of or belonging
to the state, pnblic, common. PubH-
cut, i, m., a public officer, magistrate ;
pubHcum, if n., a public place, vi. 18 ;
in publicum, publicly, before the peo-
ple, Ti. 28.

Pablim, i, m. A Roman proeno-
men.

plldet, ere, uit, or p&dfium eat, y.
impers. To be ashamed.

pttdor, oris, m. (pOdet). The feel-
ing of shame, respect, regard ; a cause
for shame, disgrace, ignominy.

pner, iri, m. A boy, child ; a pu-
iris, from childhood, iv. 1.

paSrilis, e, n/^, (puer). Boyis^
childish, youthful.

pngna, ae, f. {pugno), A battle,
combat, contest, action, engagement.

pugno, are, avi, aium, v. intr. To
fight, contend, give battle, engage.

pnlclier, chra, ehrum ; comp. pul-
chrior, sup. puicherrimue, G. 163, 1,
a4j. Beautiful, noble, excellent, glo-
rious, honorable.

Palfio, oma, m. Titue, a centuri-
on of distinguished bravery, v. 44.

piilsas, a, urn, part. frt>m peUo,

pnlsiis, U8, m. {pelh). A striking,
beating, strolce ; remorum, the stroke
of the oars, rowing, iii. 13.

pnliris, #n4, m. Dust.

piippis, is, f. The stem of a ship.

piirgo, are, avi, Stum, y. tr. {pu-
rue, pnre, Affo). To excuse, justify,
exculpate.

pifto, are, avi, Stum, y. tr. To
think, believe; to consider, esteem,
account ; to decide, judge.

Pyrenaens, a, um, a<y. Pyrene-
ftn ; monies, the Pyrenees, 1. 1.

qvft, adv. (abL of qui, Bcparte). In
which place, where, on which side;
also for per quot^ unde, etc., v. 46.

qnftdrfii^Siii, ae, a, num. acy. For-
ty each.

qa&drftginta, num. a4j* {quattu
or). Forty.

' qu&dringeiiti, tie, a, num. a4i.
(quattuor, centum). Four hundred.

quaero, ire, eivi, eitum, r. tr. To
seek, search for, procure, obtain ; to
ask, inquire, demand; to examine
into, investigate.

quaestio, dnie, f. (quaero), A
seeldng, inquiring ; an inquiry, ques-
tion ; a judicial inquiry, a public in-
vestigation, vi. 19.

qnaestor, oris, m. (qtutero). Quaes-
tor, a Roman officer intrusted with the
care of the public money, a paymaster,
treasurer, with the rank of lepaiua,

quaestiis, ua, m. {quaero ) . A gain-
ing, gain, acquisition.

qiiftli8, e, adj. (quia). Of what sort
or kind, of what nature ; as, such as.

qaam, adv. (qui). In what man-
ner, how ; as, than. With the auperla-
tive : possible, as possible ; quam max-
imua, the greatest possible, 1. 3 ; quam
primum, as soon as possible, i. 40.

qnam-din, adv. How long, as long

OS.

quam-db-rem, adv. For which
reason, on which account, wherefore.

qoam-Tis, adv. As much as you
wish, however much, however, very.

qnando, adv. When ; ai quando,
if ever.

qnantSpSre, adv. (quantua, Ifpua)
How greatly, how much.

qaantiia, a, um, sl6j. (quam). How^
great, how much ; quantum boni, how
much good, i. 40. "With or without toit-
tua, as, such as, as great as, as much
as, ii. 11. With comporatives, quanto
. . . tanto, the . . . the, y. 45.

qnantus-yis, dvia, umvia, adj. How.
eyer great, ever so great

QUABB — QUO

353

qnft-re, adv. From what /cause,
wherefore, why; for which reason,
wherefore, therefore ; thst, so that.

qnartns, a, um, nam. a^j. {quat-
<tM>r). Foarth.

qn&si, ady. As if, jost as if, as it
were, as though.

qoattaor, num. adj. Four.

qnattnor-dScim, num. a^j. {d»-
cem). Fourteen.

qne, coio< [always enclitic, ». «., ap-
pended to another word]. And; que
. . . qtte ; que , , . ei, both . . . and.

qaSm-ad-modnm, adv. In what
manner, how.

qaSror, «, questtu sum, v. dep. To
complain, lament, bewail.

qui, quae, qaod, rel. pron. Who,
which, what, that ; ut qui, as one who,
like one who. Qui is often used for »,
i. 11, 12 ; for qualis, ii. 4 ; for is qm, vi.
11 ; for u^ is, i. 15 ; for quum is or quip-
pe qtd, V. 4. See G. 445, 1-9 ; 453.

qai-cmnqae, quaecumque, quod-
cutnque, indef. pron. Whoever, which-
ever, whatever, whatsoever, every pos-
sible, all.

qaidam, quaedam, quoddam or
quiddam, indef. pron. Certain, a cer-
tain one, some one, somebody, some-
thing.

qnldem, conj. Indeed, truly, at
least, certainly ; na . . . quidem, not
even.

qnies, His, f. Rest, quiet, repose.

qnietns, a, um, adj. (quies). At rest,
calm, quiet, peaceful, undisturbed.

quia, conj. {qui, ne). That not, but
that, that ; qmn etiam, nay even, more-
over, i.l7. After nemo, nuUus, etc., that
not, which not, v. 53.

qaiDam. See Quisnam,

qoiacnnx, wicis, m. {quinque, un-
cia, a twelfth). Five twelfths, the five
opots on dice ; in quincuncem, arranged
in oblique lines or rows, thus,'%\* ,
vii. 73. * * *

quindScim, num. adj. {quinque,
dgcem). Fifteen.

qaingenti, oe, a, num. adj. {qmn-
que, centum). Five hundred.

qaini, ae, a, num. adj. distrib. (^'ii-
que). Five each, every five.

qninquAginta, num. adj. (gwn-
que). Fifty.

quinque, num. a(^. Five.

quinlus, «, um, num. a^j. {quinque).
The fifth.

Qnintns, t, m. A Roman prae-
nomen.

qnis, quae, quid [used substan-
tively] ; qui, quae or qua, quod
[used adjectively]. 1) interrog. pron.
Who ? which ? what ? Quid in excla-
mations, what ! how ! in inquiries of-
ten, why ? wherefore ? i. 47. 2) indef.
pron. [usually after ne, si, nisi] . Any ,
some, any one, some one, anything,
something.

qnis-nam, quaenam, quidnam, in-
terrog. pron. ; quinam, quaenam, quod-
nam, when used adjectively. Who?
which ? what ? what pray ? ii. 30.

quis-piam, quaepiam, quodpiam, or
quidpiam, indef. pron. Any, some,
any one, some one, anything, some-
thing.

qnis-quam, quaeqimm, quidquam
or quicquam, indef. pron. Any, some,
any one, anything.

quis-qne, quaeqite, quodque or quid'
que, indef. pron. Whoever it be, each,
every, whatever, any, all.

quis-quis, quaequae, quidquid, quic-
quid, and quodquod, indef. pron. Wlio-
ever, whosoever, whatever, whatsoev-
er, every one, each, every, all.

qui-vis, quaievis, quidvis, and quod-
vis, indef. pron. Who or what you
please, any whatever, any one, any-
thing, every one, everything.

quo, adv. (abl., from qui). Where,
iv. 1 ; wherein, vi. 11 ; to which,
whither, ii. 16 ; after si, to any place,
anywhere, i. 48 ; to what end, or for
what purpose, wherefore, why, on
which account, how far, to what de-
gree. With comparatives, quo . . .eo,
the . . . the. Cory. That, in order that,
that by this means ; quo minus or quo'
mintM, that not, from, unth the suHy. af*
ter verbs of hindetingf preventing, etc.

854

QUOAD— BBOnO

qoo-ad, adf* So long as, m fiv as ;
until, till.

qood, co^j. (pti). That, in that;
hccaoae; in ao Dar as, i. 35 ; as touch-
ing that, as to this; now; quod m,
now if, but if; quod nt, but if not.

qii5-flilBiia. See Quo.

qadniam, cot^,{quom^eumJam).
Since now, because, whereas, since.

qn5qae, co^J. Also, likewise.

qadqao, adv. (quisquU) . To what-
ever place, whithersoerer.

qndqadversam, or -versos, adv.
(quiaquis, vertor). In cveiy direetiqu,
everj way, on all sides.

qa5t, inded. tidj. How manj, as
many as.

qodt-annis, adv. (annut). Every
year, yearly.

qadtidftnos, OfUm, Hd^-iqudtidie).
Daily, every day ; usual, ordioai'y.

qadtidie, adv. {qu/H, dies). Daily,
every day.

qndties, adv. (qudi). How often,
how many times.

R.

radix, icit, f. A root; the lower
part of an object, the foot or base of a
hill, mountain, etc.

r&do, Sre, ran, rtuumj v. tr. To
shave, V. 14.

r&mns, t, m. A branch, bough,
twig; a branch of a stag's antlers,
vi. 26.

r&pldltas, atiSf f. (rOptdus, swift).
Swiftness, velocity, rapidity.

r&pina, a«, f. (i'dpio, to seize).
Robbeiy, plundering, pillage.

rams, a, um, adj. Far apart, scat-
tered about, dispersed, single; rari
propugnabant, made sorties in small
detachments or squads, v. 9 ; raroa mil'
ites, soldiers in small squads, vii. 45.

r&tio, onis, f. {reoVf to think). A
reckoning, account, calculation, com-
putation; transaction, affair, vi. 14;
respect, regard, concern, considera-
tion, care, v. 27, vii. 71, 75; judgment.

understanding, reason, i. 40, vii. 16, 21 ;
plan, method, conduct, direction, vi.
33, vii. 63 ; manner, nature, sort, kind,
i. 42; science, knowledge, Ir. 1; mo-
tive, ground, reason, i. 28.
rfttis, it, f. A raft, a float.
Raarici, 5rwn, m. A Gallic people
who dwelt on the Rhine, neighbors of
the Helvetii and of the Tnling^ ; their
chief town was Augusta Bauricdmm,
modern Augst, near BfUe, i. 5, 29; vL
26; vii. 75.
r6 or rSd, insep. prep. G. 344, 6.
rCbellio, onia, f. {ri, helium), A
renewal of war, a revolt, rebellion.

RebUus, t, m. Gaiu* Caninnu
Bebflut, one of Caesar's lieutenants,
vii. 83, 90.

rS-c§do, ire, eetn, ceteum, ▼. intr.
To go back, retreat, withdraw, depart,
retire.

rScens, tie, a^j* New, recent; not
exhausted by fatigue, fresh, vigorous.
r^-censeo, ire, ui,Uum ovum, v.tr.
To count over, enumerate, review.

rScept&cfiloni, i, n; {ri, c&pio). A
place of shelter, a lurking-place, re-
treat

rSceptas, t^, m. {ridlpid), A draw-
ing back, a rcti*eat, a fidling back ; a
place of reti'eat, refuge, vi. 9 ; reeeptw
eanere^ to sound or give the signal for
a retreat, or for a halt, vii. 47.
rSceptos, a, um, part, from ricipio.
rScessQS, its, m. (ricedo). A going
back, retreat; an opportunity to re-
treat, V. 43.

r6-cldo, ire, cidi, caeum, y. intr.
{ri, cOdo), To fall back, recoil, fall
npon, light upon ; to occur, vii. 1.

rS-cIpio, ire, cepi, ceptum, v. tr.
{cdpio). To take back, get back, re-
gain, recover; to receive, accept, ad-
mit, allow, vii. 26; ee redpere, to be-
take one's self, withdraw, retire; to
recover, collect one's self, teex terrore,
ii. 12 ; in Jidem reeipere, to take under
one's protection, ii. 15 ; euos incolumei,
to bring off, rescue, vii. 12.

r6-cHo, are, dot, atum, v. tr. (eUo,
to call out). To read aloud, v. 48.

BECLINO — BELINQUO

355

rS-cUno, are, aoi, Stum, v. tr. To
lean back, recline.

recte, adv. (rectus). In a straight
line; rightly, correctly, well, dnly,
properly.

rectus, a, um, a4j. (ripo). Straight,
direct ; recta regione, in a straight line,
▼U.46.

rS-cttpSro, ore, avi. Stum, v. tr.
(^capio)» To regain, recover.

rS-cnso, are, avi. Stum, v. tr. (cau^"
8a). To refuse, reject, decline, object.

red-do, ifre, didi, datum, v. tr. To
give back, restore, retnm ; to give up,
yield, relinquish ; to make, cause,
render.

rSdemptiis, a, um, part, from rSdi'
mo.

rSd-eo, ire, ivi or ii, Uum, v. intr.
To go back, turn back, return ; to be
brought or reduced, t. 48, vi. 11 ; to
descend, ii. 8.

rSd-Igo, ire, egi, actum, v. tr. {Sgo).
To dnre or bring back ; to restore ; to
reduce, render, make ; to constrain,
force, compel. • \

rSd-Imo, ire, emit emptum, v. tr.
(iSmo), To buy back; to ransom, re-
lease, redeem ; to buy up, to uqder-
take by contract, to farm, i. 18; to
procure, purchase, i. 37, 44.

rSd-int^gro, Sre, Soi, atum^ v. tr.
{integer). To make whole again ; to
renew, restore, recruit, refresh, revive.

rSditio, onis, f. {video). A going
or coming back, a return.

rSdUos, U8, m. {rideo). A return.

Redones, um, m. A people of
GhiUia CeltTca, in the neighborhood of
the modem Bennea, in Brittany, ii. 34 ;
vii. 75.

rS-dnco, ire, duxi, ductum, v. tr. To
lead or conduct back ; to bring back,
convey back ; to draw back, remove.

r6-f 6ro,/«Tc, tiUi, latum, v. tr. To
bear back, bring back, i. 29 ; to bring,
convey, carry ; to restore, return, pay
back, i. 35 ; to report, announce, refer;
pedem referre, to retreat» withdraw.

rS-ficio, ire, feci, fectum, v. tr. {fd-
eio). To make again or anew ; to re-

store, repair, rebuild; to invigorate,
refresh, cause to rest, iii. 5 ; vii. 32.

rSfiractns, a, um, part, tram re-
fringe.

rC-fringo, ire,fregi,fractum, v. tr.
{frango). To break open, destroy ; to
check, lessen, repress, vii. 56.

rS-f tigio, ire,fugi,fagitum, v. intr.
To flee back, run away, escape ; to re-
treat, go back, recede.

Regnums, t, m. See Antiatius.

rdgio, onis, f. {rigo). Direction,
line, vi. 25 ; e regione, in the opposite
direction, over against, opposite, vii.
25, 35 ; a boundary ; a region, district,
territory, country ; regie agri, tract of
land, vii. 13.

regins, a, um, a4i> {rex). Royal,
regal, kingly.

regno, are, avi. Stum, v. tr. {reg-
num). To have royal power ; to rule,
reign, govern, be king.

regnmn, i, n. {rex). Kingly gov-
ernment, royal power ; kingdom, do-
minion, sovereignty.

rSgo, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To keep
straight ; to guide, conduct, direct ; to
sway, control, govern.

rS-grSdior, i, gresaue sum, v. dep.
{grOdior, to go). To go back, return.

rSjectus, a, um, part, from r^cio.

re-jicio, ire,Jeci,Jectum, v. tr. {jO^
do). To throw back, cast or hurl
back, L 46 ; to throw away, fling down,
i. 52 ; to force back, drive back, repel,
i. 24, ii. 33 ; to reject, cast off.

rC-languesco, ire, gui, v. intr. To
grow languid or faint ; to become en-
feebled.

rSlatus, a, um, part. fh)m rifiro.

rS-lego, Sre, Svi, Stum, v. tr. {Ugo,
Sre, to depute). To send back or away ;
to remove.

rSlictus, a, um, part, from rilinquo,

rellgio, onis, f. Reverence for the
gods, piety, religion. Plur., religious
matters, the doctrines and usages of
religion, vi. 13 ; religious obligations,
V. 6 ; religious observances, vi. 16 ; su-
perstitious alarms, vi. 37.

rS-linquo, ire, Ugtd, Uctum, v. tr.

356

RELIQUIAE — REQUIBO

(Unquot to leaye). To leaye behind ; to
abandon ; to omit, leave.

rtllqoiae, arum, f. pi. (rilfguut).
The remains, remnant, rest.

rtllqmu, a» urn, acjij. {r§&nquo). Re-
maining, the rest ; ftitore, subsequent,
1. 20, iii. 16 ; the remainder of, the rest
of. Rgiffuumt t, n., the remainder, the
rest ; nihil ut r^iqm, there is nothing
kft, i. 11.

r^-mftneo, ere, manti, mannwif t.
jntr. To remain behind, stay ; to con-
tinue, hold out, last, vii. 35.

rSmez, iffiSf m. {remtu, dgo), A
rower.

RSmi, 5rttm, m. A pe<^le of Oallia
BelgTca. Their chief town was Duro-
cortdrum, now Rheimst ii* 3f 9q. ; iii.
11 ; y. 3, 24, 53 ; vi. 4, 12, etc.

rSmlgo, are, am. Stum, y. tr. (re-
mu8, dgo)» To row.

rS-mlgro, are, avi, aium, y. intr.
{migro, to remoye). To remoye back,
go back, retnm.

rSmlniscor, i, y. dep. To recall
to mind, recollect, remember.

rSmissos, a, um, 1) part, from rg-
mitto ; 2) adj. Relaxed, not rigid or
hard, gentle, mild ; remiasiorafrigora,
less severe, y. 12.

rS-mitto, ire, miai, nUssttm, y. tr.
To send back, despatch back ; to hurl
back, ii. 27 ; to slacken, relax, relieve,
impair, abate, v. 49 ; to give up, sur-
render, sacrifice, i. 44 ; to give back,
resign, vii. 20.

re-mollesco, ire, v. intr. {rnolUs).
To become soft again; to become
enervated, iv. 2.

rS-mdtas, a, um, 1) part, from rg-
mdveo ; 2) adj. Distant, remote, afkr
off.

rS-mdveo, ere, movi, mctum, v. tr.
To move back, remove, withdraw,
take away.

rS-mfinSror, Sri, aiu8 sum, v. dep.
(mumu). To repay, recompense, re-
ward.

remns, t, m. An oar.

Remus, t , m. One of the Remi.

rSno, Snie, m. A reindeer.

rS-n5vo, are, avi, Stum, y. tr. (nd^

vita). To renew, revive.

rS-nnntio, are, Soi, Shim, y. tr.
To bring or carry back word ; to re«
port, announce, declare, proclaim ; to
declare elected, vii. 33.

rS-pello, ire, pOU, pulsum, y. tr.
To drive back, repel, repulse, remove ;
to disappoint, a epe, v. 42.

rSpente, adv. (r^(jtien«, sadden).
Suddenly, unexjiectedly.

rSpenUnus, a, um, adj. {ripens,
sudden). Sudden, unexpected, un«
looked for.

r6-pSrio, ire, piri, pertum, v. tr.
{p&rio). To procure or find again;
to find, meet with ; to discover, ascer-
tain, learn, perceive; to obtain, find
out, invent, devise, vi. 13.

rSpeitos, a, um, part, from ripirio.

rS-pSto, ire, ivi, Uum, v. tr. To
demand back, ask again ; poenae repe-
tere, to demand satisfaction, i. 30.

rS-pIeo, ere, evi, eium, v. tr. To
fill again ; to supply.

rS-porto, are, Svi, Stum, v. tr. To
bring back, convey back.

r6-posco, ire, y. tr. To demand
back, ask for.

rS-praesento, Sre, avi, Sium, v.
tr. ( praesens). To bring before ; to do
or perform without delay, not to dc'
fer, i. 40.

re-prShendo, ire, di, sum, v. tr. To
check or restrain ; to blame, censure,
reprove, rebuke, find fault with.

rCpressns, a, um, part, from ripri-
mo,

rS-prlmo, ire, preaei, preantm, v. tr.
( primo). To press back, keep back,
check, restrain, hinder, prevent.

r6-pifdio, Sre, Svi, Stum, v. tr. {pi^
det). To reject, refhse, decline, i. 40.

rS-pngno, are, avi. Stum, v. intr.
To fight against, contend against, op-
pose ; to be contrary to ; to be incon.
sistent or incompatible, i. 19.

rCpttli. See RipeOo.

r^pnlsiis, a, um, part from ripeUo.

rS-quIro, ire, Hvi, Htum, v. tr.
(quaero). To seek agiUn ; to look af

RES — RHENUS

357

ter, search for, ask for, to require, de-
mand, yi. 34 ; to miBS, look for in vain,
▼ii.63.

res, rgif f. A thing, object, matter ;
aflbir, event, occurrence ; cause, rea-
son, ground; benefit, profit, advan-
tage ; act, measure ; rea militarist mil-
itary matters, the art of warfare ; res
frutnentariaf provisions ; res divina^
matters of religion ; res publica, the
common weal, the state, the republic ;
reafamiUaris, private property.

rS-sarcio, ire^ si, sartwn, v. tr.
(sarciOf to mend). To mend again ;
to repair, restore, vi. 1.

re-scindo, Sre, sctdi, scissum, v. tr.
To cut or break down ; to destroy, tear
down.

re-scisco, ^c, ivi or u, itumf v. tr.
{scio). To learn, find out, ascertain.

re-scribo, Sre, scripsi, scriptum, v.
tr. To write or enroll again ; ad equum
rescribere, to transfer to the cavalry,
i. 42.

rC-servo, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
keep back, reserve ; to preserve, re-
tain, vii. 89.

rS-sIdeo, ere, sedi, sessum, v. intr.
(sSdeo, to sit.) To be left, to remain.

rS-sido, ifre, sedi, sessum, v. intr.
{sido, to settle). To settle down ; to
become calm, be appeased, vii. 64.

rSsistens, ^,1) part, from rUsis-
to ; 2) adj. Resisting, opposing, un-
yielding, firm, resolute, persevering,
ill. 19.

rS-sisto, ^«, sUti, stUum, v. intr.
To remain behind, make a halt, vii.
35 ; to withstand, resist, oppose, hold
out against ; a Cotta resistitur, oppo-
sition is made by Cotta, v. 30.

re-splcio, ire, exi, ectum, v. tr.
{spUdo, to look). To look back, look
behind ; to have a care for ; to regard,
have respect to, consider, be mindful
of, vii. 77.

re-spondeo, ere, di, sum, v. tr.
(spondeo, to promise). To promise in
return ; to reply, answer.

respon^iim, i, n. (responded). An
Rnswer, a reply.

res pablica, rifi pubfMie, f. The
republic, state, commonwealth, gov-
ernment ; pubUc affiiirs, public busi'
ness.

re-spuo, ire, tsi, iiiwn, v. tr. (spuo^
to spit). To spit out ; to reject, spurn,
refuse, i. 42.

restinctns, a, urn, part from re-
stingtto,

re-stinguo, h-e, nxi, nctum, v. tr.
{stinguo, to extinguish). To extin-
guish, put out, quench.

restlti. See RSsisto.

re-stltno, h'e, ui, iitum, v. tr. (stO-
tuo). To place back, replace ; to build
again, repair, renew; to reinstate, i.
18 ; to give back, restore, i. 53.

restltntas, a, um, part, from restf-
tuo,

rStentns, a, um, part from ritlneo.

r6-tIiieo, ere^ ui, tentum, v. tr.
(tgneo). To holdback, detain, hinder,
prevent ; to retain, keep, preserve ; to
maintain, hold, vii. 21 ; to check, re-
strain.

re-tr&ho, ifre, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
draw back, bring back, recover, v. 7.

rStflli. See Rgfiro,

rS-vello, Sre, velH, vulsum, v. tr.
{veilo, to plack). To tear away, to tear
up, to pull up or away, i. 52.

rSversns, a, um, part, from rSverto.

rS-verto, Sre, ti, sum, v. intr. and

rSvertor. i, aiu sum, v. dep. To
turn back, come back, return. River-
tor supplies the tenses of the present
system and the part, riversus,

rS-vincio, ire, vinxi, vinctum, v. tr.
To bind, tie, fasten ; to bind or fasten
firmly.

rSvinctus, a, um, part, from rSviri'
do.

r8-vdco, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
call back, recall, withdraw.

rex, regis, m. (rSgo). A king, sov-
ereign, monarch.

rheda, ae, f. A four-wheeled car^
riage of the Gauls, a travelling car-
riage.

RhSnns, t , m. The river Rhine, 1
1, 2 ; iv. 10, 15, sq. ; vl. 9, etc

358

BH0DANU8 ^ SABCINA

RhddttiiiUt ^ m> A river in Oaal,
now the Rhone, i. 1, 2, 6, 8, 10, 12, etc

ripa, 00, f. The bank of a river.

riTQB, t, m. A brook, rivalet.

rdbiir, dm, n. A very hard kind
of oak, iii. 13 ; strength, power.

rdgo, are, act, atum, v. tr. To ask,
demand, request, beg, solicit ; to in-
quire ; in milit, iang., to administer
the military oath, to enlist, vL 1.

Rdma, ae, f. Eome, i. 31 ; vi. 12.

Romftniis, a, urn, adj. {Roma).
Roman. Romanue, •', m., a Boman.

Roscina, i, m. Lucius Roeciu* Fa-
batus, one of Caesar's lieutenants, v.
24,63.

rostrum, t, n. {rddo, to gnaw). The
beak or bill of a bird ; the beak of a
ship.

rdta, ae, f. A wheeL

rtibas, t, m. A bramble-bush,
bramble.

RaAia, t, m. See Subdue,

rumor, oris, m. A rumor, report,
common talk, hearsay.

rapes, is, f. A rock, cliff.

rnrsas, adv. (contr. fi:omrdt*oi-«tt«).
Turned back ; again, anew, in turn ;
backwards, back.

RfitSni, drum, m. A people of
Gallia Celtica, piurtly in the limits of
the Roman province, hence called Ru-
t€ni provitwiales. Their chief town
was Segodunum, now Rhodez, L 45 ;
vii. 5, 7, 75, 90.

RfilHas, t, m. See Sempronius.

s.

S&binos, f, m. See Diturius.

Sabis, is, m. A river in Gallia Bel-
gica,now the Sambre, ii. 16, 18.

sftcerdos, otis, m. and f. {sdeer, sa-
cred). A priest or priestess.

sftcrfimentmn, t, n. {sOceTf sa-
CKd). An oath, the military oath« vi. 1.

s&crfflcinm, t\ n. {sOcer, sacred,
fdcio), A sacrifice.

aaepe, saepius, saepissiffne, adv.

Often,frequently, many times; mink
me saepe, very seldom, very rarely.

saepS-nttmSro, adv. Oftentimes
fireqnently, time and again.

CfacTio, ire, ivi or n, Uumy v. intr.
{saevua, cruel). To be fierce or furi-
ous ; to blow violently, iii. 13.

sftsitta, ae, f. An arrow.

sfti^inarias, t, m. {sdgitta). Aa
archer, bowman.

aairttivun, i% n. (dim. of sdgum, a
mantle). A small military cloak, v. 42.

saltiu, us, m. {saUo, to leap). A
pass, defile ; a pass through a forejot
or woody ravine, vii. 19.

salas, utis, f. {sakms, safe). Safe-
ty, security, health, welfare, prosper-
ity, preservation, deliverance.

SamJurdbriva, <i«, f. A city of the
Ambiani, in Gallia BelgYca, now Ami-
,ens, V. 24, 47, 53.

sancio, ire, nxi, ncitum and ncttan^
V. tr. To render sacred or inviolable ;
to sanction, ordain, confirm, ratify.

sanctos, a, um, 1) part, from son"
do; 2) acy. Sacred, holy, inviolable.

sangais, inis, m. Blood.

sftnltas, aiis, f. {sanus). Sound-
ness of bodily health ; soundness of
mind, good sense, reason, discretion,
sanity, i. 42.

saao, are, ad, atum, v. tr. {sanus).
To heal, cure, restore, remedy ; to re-
pair, obviate, vii. 29.

Saatdnes, um ; Santdni, drum, m.
A people of Gallia Celtica. Theii
chief town was Mediol&nnm, now
Sdwitef, L 10, 11 ; lii.U: vii 75.

aanns, a, um, adj. Sound, sensi-
ble, discreet, reasonable ; pro sano fa-
cere, to act like a sane or sober-minded
man, v. 7.

sanxi. See Sando.

sftpio, ire, id and ii, v. intr. TO
have a taste of; to understand, know,
V. 30.

sarclna, ae, f. {sardo, to mend). A
bundle, burden, pack; the baggage
which each soldier carried ; suh sard-
wis exerdtus, an army encumbered
with packs or baggage, iL 17.

SARCIO— SESES

359

Murcio, ire, si, turn, r, tr. To mend,
repair, make good, compensate for.

sannentaiB, »', n. (aarpo, to trim).
Twigs, bntshwood, flucines, nsnally
pbiT,, iii. 18.

8&tis, adT. Enough, snfflciently,
quite, pretty, tolerably, well enough ;
aatis esse causae, to be a sufficient rea-
son, i. 19; satis habebai, deemed it
sufficient, was contented, i. 15.

sfttis-f ficio, ihrs, feci, factum, t.
Intr. To give satisfaction ; to satisfy,
i. 14, T. 1 ; to make excuse, apologize ;
to excuse one's self, justify one's self,
1.41;v.64.

s&tisllictio, onis, f. {sMisfdeio).
Satisfiiction, amends, reparation, ex-
cuse, justificatioo, apology-

s&tus, a, um, part, from siro,

sancias, a, um, a4|. Wounded.

saxom, «, n. A rock, a large stone.

scftla, ae, f. {seando, to climb). A
ladder, scaling ladder.

Scaldis, is, m, A river in Gallia
Belgtca, now the Scheldt, vi. 33.

8C&pha, ae, f. A skiff, bark, iy.26.

scSlSratas, a, um, a^). {scikts).
Bad, impious, wicked, accursed, infa-
mous; yicious, flagitious. Subs., a
wretch, miscreant.

scSlus, iris, n. An evil deed, a
wicked or heinous action, crime, enor-
mity, villany, guilt.

scienter, ecientius, sctenUsaUme
adv. {scio). Knowingly, wisely, skil-
fully, expertly, viL 22.

flcientia, ae, f. {scio). Knowledge,
skill, expertness, science.

scientins. See Scienter.

scindo, Sre, scidi, scissum, v. tr. To
cut, tear, or rend asunder; to tear
up, break in pieces; to destroy, de-
molish, iii. 5 ; V. 61.

scio, ire, scivi or scii, scitum, v. tr.
To know^ understand.

scdpttlas, i, m. A high rock, a
cliff.

Scorpio, oriis, m. A military en-
gine for throwing darts, stones, and
other missiles, a scorpion, vii. 25.

scribo, ire, psi, ptum, v. tr. To

write, write down ; to oonunnnicate by
writing.

scrdliis, is, m. and f. A ditch,
trench, hole, pit.

scutmii, t, n. An oblong shield,
buckler.

se. See StU.

secias, adv., comp. of secus. Less,
otherwise, differently; nihih secius,
none the less, nevertheless, notwith-
standing.

sSco, are, cui, ctum, v. tr. To cut,
cut off; to mow, cut down, vii. 14.

secreto, adv. {secemo, to separate).
Apart, separately ; in secret, secretly.

sectio, onis, f. (sico). A distribu-
tion by auction of captured or confis-
cated goods ; booty, spoils, ii. 33.

sector, ari, atus sum, v. dep. (freq.
of siquor). To follow after, pursue;
to seek, strive to obtain, vL 35.

sectora, ae, f. (sico). A catting ;
a place where anything is cut or dug ;
aerariae secturae, copper mines, iii. 21.

se-Gum. See Sui.

s^icuDdam, prop, with ace. (sicun-
dus). Following after; 1) Of space:
along, by, near, close to ; 2) Of time:
next, after, immediately after ; 3) Fiff.,
according to, after, secundum naturam
fkuninis, iv. 17.

sScnndus, a, um, a4j. (eiguor).
Following, next ; the second ; secundo
ftumine, down the river, vii. 58 ; favor-
able, successful, fortunate, prosper-
ous, ventus, iv. 23 ; proelium, iii. 1 ; ee-
cundiores res, more favorable circum-
stances, greater prosperity.

sScfiris, is, f. {aico). A hatchet, an
axe; Roman authority, power, sov-
ereignty, as the axe in the fasces was
the symbol of Roman power, vii. 77.

sScatns, a, um, part, from sifguor.

sed, couj. But yet, nevertheless ;
now ; tion solum . . . aed etiam, not
only . . . but also.

sedScim, num. a4j* {sex, dicem).
Sixteen.

sedes, is, f. {sideo, to sit). A seat,
dwelling-place, residence, habitation>
abode, home, settlement.

360

8BDITI0— SEBO

•edttio, miiM, f. (Him, tfio, eo), A
going aside ; an infiorrection, diBSen-
Bion, civil discord, strife, sedition.

sSdltiteus, a, urn, adj. (seditio).
Fall of discord, fiu;tioas, turbulent,
seditions, treasonable.

Sednlios, t, m. A leader of the
LemoTlces, vU. 88.

Sedftni, omm, m. A people of
Gallia Celtlca. Their chief town was
Seduni, now SUUn (Sioti), in. 1, 2, 7.

Sedaaii, drum, m. A Germanic
people, between the Maine and Neck-
or, i. 51.

sSges, itie, f. A field of grain, corn-
field, vi. 36; standing' grain, growing
com, crop.

Segni, omm, m. A people of Gal-
lia Belgica, between theEburftnesand
the TrevTri, vi. 32.

Segdnax, ctie, m. A king of Kent,
V.22.

Segonti&ci, omm, m. A people
dwelling in the southern part of Brit-
ain, V. 21.

SegasiftTi, drum, m. A people of
Gallia CeltTca. Their chief town was
Lugdunum, now Lyons, i. 10 ; vii. 64,
75.

sigmel, adv. Once ; semel atque ite-
rum, once and again, repeatedly, 1. 31.

sementis, ia, f. («^o). A sowing.

sSmlta, cte, f. A narrow way, a
foot-path.

nemper, adv. Always, continually.

Sempronins* i, m. Marcta Sem-
prdnius Rutihts, one of Caesar's lieu-
tenants, vii. 90.

sSn&tor, drie, m. (s&tex). A sen-
ator.

sSn&tns, U8, m. (sinex). The sen-
ate, the highest council of a state or
city, the Roman senate.

sSnatas-consnltum, t , n. A de-
cree or act of the senate.

sSnex, gen. sSnis, comp. sinior, acy.
Old, aged. Subs,, an old man, 1. 29.

6€ni, ae, a, num. adj. distrib. Ev-
ery six, six by six, six each.

SSndnes, um, m. A people of Gal-
lia Celtxca. Their chief town was

AgendYcum, now Sens^ 11. 2 ; t. 54, 56;
Yi. 2, 3, 5, 44; vii. 4, 11, 34, 56,58, 75.

seatenUa, ae, f. {sentio). An c^in-
ion, thoQght ; purpose, intention, de-
termination, design; decision, judg-
ment, resolution ; sentence, vi. 44.

■entio, i/v, nn, naum, y. tr. To
discern by the senses; to perceive,
feel, observe, notice, hear, find out,
ascertain, learn ; to think, judge, sap-
pose, imagine, believe.

sentis, is, m. A brier, bramble, IL
17.

s^p&rfttim, adv. {s^^roy Apart,
separately.

sSp&ro. are, aoi. Stum, v. tr. {si, for
Hne, pdro). To sever, separate, di-
vide, di^oin.

sSpea, is, f. A hedge.

septem, num. acy. indecl. Seven.

septem-tiiones, um, m. pi. The
seven stars that form the constellation
called the Wain, or the Great Bear ;
the little Bear; the north pole, tlie
north.

septimiis, a, um, num. adj. ord.
{septem). The seventh.

septingenti, ae, a, nam. a4j- (m^
tern, centum). Seven hundred.

septnaginta, num. a^j- indecL
Seventy.

sSpaltnra, ae, f. (sgpSlio, to bury).
Burial, interment.

Seqaftna, eie, m. A river in Gaul,
now the Seine, i. 1 ; vii. 57, 58.

Seqn&ni, drum, m. A people of
Gallia Belglfca, between the Sadne and
the Jura. Their chief town was Ve-
sontio, now Besancon, i. l,sq., 31 sq. ;
vi. 12; vii. 66, 75, 90.

Sequanns, a, um, adj. Of or be-
longing to the Seqnftni, Sequanian.

sSqaor, t, eHhts sum, v. dep. To
follow, accompany, attend; to pursue,
seek to gain, follow up, aim at, attain.

sermo, dnis, m. {s8ro). Discourse,
conversation, talk, speech, interview.

sero, serius, serissime, adv. {sems,
late). Late, too late.

sSro, ire, sevi, sdhun, v. tr. To sow.
plant.

SERTOBIUS — SDflLITUDO

361

SertArius, t, m. Quintus, a Bo-
mim general who served ander Mari-
us, and after his death continned the
war in Spain against Sulla. He was
treacheroasly murdered by Perpenna,
72 B. C, m. 23.

serrllis, e, a^j. {aervus). Of or per-
taining to a slave, servile ; tumukus,
the servile insurrection (under Spar-
t&cus), i. 40 ; in aervilem modtim, like
slaves, vi. 19.

senrio, ire^ ivi or «t, Uum, v. intr.
{serrnu). To serve, be a slave to, be
subservient to; to pay attention to,
give heed to, busy one's self with.

serrltus, utia, f. {aervtu). Slavery,
bondage, servitude.

Servius, t, m. A Boman praeno-
men.

servo, are^ aoi, atumy v. tr. To save,
keep ; to preserve, maintain ; to ob-
serve, mind, heed; to hold, guard,
watch ; Jidem aervare^ to keep one's
word, vi. 36.

servns, t, m. A slave, bondman,
servant.

sese. See Sui,

sesquIpCd&lis, e, a^. {seaqui^ one
half more, pea). Of a foot and a half;
H foot and a half thick, iv. 17.

SesQYii, 6rumy m. ; more correctly

written Esnbii, which see, ii. 34.

sen, conj. {aive). Whether.

sSTSrItas, ati8y f. (sgverua, severe).
Harshness, rigor, severity.

se-v5co, arct art, ahtmf v. tr. To
call apart ; to draw aside, v. 6.

seviun, t, n. Fat, tallow.

sex, num. acy. indecl. Six.

sexaginta, num. a^. indecl. (aex).
Sixty.

sexcenti, a«, a, num a^j. (aex, cen-
tum). Six hundred.

sexdScim, or sedSeim, num. a^j.
indecl. Sixteen.

Sextins, t, m. 1) 7Y^«, a lieuten-
ant in Caesar's army, vi. 1 ; vii. 49, 51,
90. 2) PvbUua Sexttua BaeiUua, a
brave centurion in Caesar's army, ii
25; iii.5; vL 38.

6i, co^j. If, if perchance, if indeed ;

whether ; ai mint», for ai non, i. 47
ii. 9 ; ai quando, if ever, when once,
ill. 12.

sibi. See 5m.

SibazAtes, wm, m. A people of
Aquitania, in the vicinity of Saubttaae
or Sobiiaset between Dcix and Bay'
onncy ill. 27.

sic, adv. So, thus, in such a man-
ner ; ate ...«/, so ... as ; lU . , . aic,
so., .that, i. 38;ii. 32.

siccltas, alia, f. (aiccua, dry). Dry-
ness ; drought, dry weather.

sic-nt or sic-llti, adv. Just as, as
if, as it were.

sidns, Sria, n. A constellation, star.

Sigambri, orunit m. A Germanic
people between the river Sieg and the
Lippe, iv. 16, 18 ; vi. 35.

signller, iri, m. {aignum, fhxi),
A standard-bearer.

signlf Icatio, dm>, f. {signKjico),
Intimation, declaration, notice, warn-
ing ; meaning, import, sense.

signlfico, are, am, aJtum, v. tr. («t^-
nwn,facio). To give or convey an in-
timation; to signify, indicate, show,
declare.

signmn, i, n. A sign, mark, to-
ken ; in milit. iang., a signal for battle ;
a standard, ensign ; aigna at^aequi, to
follow the standard, keep in order of
battle, iv. 26 ; ab aignia diacedere, to
desert the standards, leave the ranl(s,
V. 16, 33 ; tigna ferre, to advance the
standards, march ; aigna convertere, to
wheel, face about; aigna inferre, to
mstke an attack, advance to the attack.

Silanns, t, m. Marctu Junitta, one
of Caesar's lieutenants, vi. i.

silentiam, t, n. {aileo, to be silent).
Stillness, silence, quiet.

Silins, t, m. T^ttis, a military trib-
une under Caesar, iii. 7, 8.

silTa. ae, f. A wood, forest.

silvestris, e, a6j, (ailva). Woody,
overgrown with woods.

simnis, e, adj. Besembling, like,
similar.

slmllltlido, inia, f. (ainalia). Like*
ness, resemblance, similari^.

362

SnCUL— SOBOB

slmiil, adr. Together, at onoe, at
the same time ; nmul . . . tinml, part-
ly .. . partly, ir. 13 ; nmul <ie or at-
que, as soon as.

•ImfilAcran, t, n. (HnHtio). An
image, likeness, figure, effl^, statue.

sImttlftUo, on**, f. {itmiUo}. An
assumed appearance, a false show;
pretence, deceit, disguise, seeming,
color.

simiilo, are, avi. Stum, v. tr. (Hml-
lis). To feign, pretend, assume the
appearance of, counterfeit.

almaltaa, Stia, f. (tlmfl&>). Secret
enmity, resentment, hatred, animosi-
ty ; Jealousy, rivalry.

sin, corg. But if, if however.

sincere, adv. {sincerus, pure). Up-
rightly, honestly, ftankly, sincerely,
candidly, plainly* without disguise.

sine, prep, with abl. Without.

singill&tim, sAv. {nngHU), One
by one, singly, severally.

aingtilftris, e, a^J. {HngHU), One
only, alone of its kind ; singular,
unique, matchless, extraordinary, re-
markable, unparalleled.

singttli, ae, a, a^j. One to each,
separate, single, individual, each, ev-
ery.

sinister, tra, trum, a4j. Left, on
the left hand or side ; unlucky, unfii-
vorable, adverse ; 9ub tinUtra (sc. jvar-
te), on the left, v. 8.

slnistrorsns, adv. (for tXnietrovor'
SU8 ; sinitter, verto). Towards the left
side ; to the left, vi. 25.

sine, ire, sivi, Htum, v.tr. To let,
permit, allow, sufibr, iv. 2.

sl-quando, adv. If ever, if at any
time.

si-qois, and si qni, si qoa, si
qnod, and si quid, indef. pron. If
any one, if any, whoever, whatever.

sisto, ^e, 8tiH, atatttm, v. tr. and
intr. To place, set ; to stop, stand still.

situs, its, m. {8ino). Situation, po-
sition, locality, site.

si-ve, conj. Or if, and if, or;
whether ; eive . . . aive, be it that . . .
or that, if ... or if, whether ... or.

■deer, $ri, m. A fiather-in-law.

sddStas, atU, f. (s&eiwi). Fellow-
ship, union, communion, society; a
political league, alliance, confedenu^-,
vl.2.

sdcins, a, um, adj. Participating
in, sharing, joining ; united, allied, as-
sociated. Sdciua, », m., an ally, con-
federate ; companion, associate.

sol, soUSf m. The sun.

s51ficiiim9t,n.(«o/or, to console).
Comfort, relief, solace, consolation,
Tii. 15.

soldmii, drum, m. (a Celtic word).
The retainers or vassals of a chieftain,
iii. 22. See DMtua,

sdleo, ire, itue mm, v. semi-dep. Q.
268, 3. To be accustomed, be wont.

solertia, ae, f. {solera, skilled).
Skill, shrewdness, adroitness, expert-
ness, dexterity, quickness of mind, in-
genuity.

solltiido, im«, f. {tohts). Loneli-
ness, solitude ; a lonely place, desert,
wilderness, iv. 18 ; vi. 23.

soUlGlto, are, avi, alum, v. tr. (sol-
hts =. totua, cieo). To move violently ;
to stir up, rouse, instigate, incite, pro-
voke, tempt ; to uige to rebellion ; to
induce, persuade, iiL 8.

solUcItiido, inis, f. {solkctio). Dis-
quiet, anxiety, care, concern, solici-
tude

sdlnm, ft, n. The ground, bottom,
base ; soil, land, country, region.

sdlum, adv. {sdku). Only.

solns, a, um, gen. aoliua, ac^. Only,
alone, single, sole, merely.

soIyo, ire, aoki, adWlum, v. tr. To
loose, untie, unbind ; in naut. ktng., to
loose the vessel from shore ; to weigh
anchor, sail away, set sail, put to sea.

sonltns, ua, m. {adno, to sound).
A noise, sound.

Sonti&tes, um m. A people of
Aquitania, in the neighborhood of
modem S6a, iii. 20, 21.

sonas, t, m. Noise, sound.

soror, oris, f. A sister; aoror ex
matre, a sister on the mother's sid&
half-sister, L 18.

80R8 — STUDIUM

363.

sors, 9orti$, t itiro)> A lot, fate,
destiny, fortune, chance.

spjUinm, », n. Space, distance, ex-
tent ; a space of time, period, interval ;
leisure, opportunity.

species, eit f. {apgeio, to look). A
seeing, look, sight; the appearance,
shape, form, figure ; show, semblance,
pretence, cloak, color ; adspecienif for
the sake of apx>earance8, for show, i.
51 ; in speciem, for *a pretext, v. 51 ;
summa spedea^ the faXL appearance,
Ti 27.

specto, ore, avt, otem, v. tr. (fi*eq.
of ap^Oy to look). To look at, gaze
at, watch, observe ; of hcaUties : to
look, face, lie, be situated towards ; to
regard, respect, care for, have in view ;
to await, seek, expect, look for.

spSclilator, oris, m. (spdcUhr), A
spy, scout, messenger.

spSclll&torias, a, tim, adj. {apieH-
lor). Of or belonging to spies or
scouts ; navigia, spy-boats, vessels of
observation, iv. 26.

sp^filor, ari, Stua mm, v. dep.
(apScio, to look). To spy out, watch,
explore, observe ; to reconnoitre.

spero, are, dvi, atum, v. tr. To
hope, trust, expect, look for, long for.

spes, a, f. Hope, expectation.

splrltas, us, m. (spiro, to breathe).
A breath ; spirit, soul ; a haughty spir-
it, pride, arrogance, lofty airs.

spdlio, are, avi, Stum, v. tr. {apd-
lium, spoil). To strip, rob, plunder,
pillage ; to deprive, despoil.

sponte, abl., gen. apontis, from obs.
spotis, f. Of free will, of one's own
accord, voluntarily, willingly, freely ;
by one's self, without the aid of others.

stfibllio, ire, ivi, Uum, v. tr. (atd-
htUa, firm). To make firm, fix, make
steadfast, vii. 73.

st&bllltas, cUtia, f. {ataJb^Ua, firm).
Firmness, stability, steadfastness.

st&tim, adv. («to). On the spot,
forthwith, straightway, immediately.

st&tio, onia, f. {sto). A standing,
station ; in miHt, lang,, a post, station,
guard; in statione esse^ to be on

guard, iv. 32. Phar., sentries, senti-
nels, outposts, pickets, guards.

stfttao, ere, ui, utum, v. tr. (atOiua,
from ato). To put, place, set, estab-
lish; to fix, decide, determine, con-
clude; graviua ataiuere, to pass too
severe a sentence, i. 20 ; to hold, be-
lieve, consider, think, i, 11, 42.

stfttiira, ae, f. {ato). Height, stat-
ure, ii. 30.

sl&tu8, ua, m. (ato). Standing, po-
sition ; condition, situation, state, pos-
ture.

stimfiliifl, i, m. A pointed instru-
ment, a pointed stake concealed be-
neath the surface of the ground to re-
pel hostile troops, a spur, vii. 73, 82.

stipendiarins, a, urn, adj. {stipen-
dium). Liable to impost, tributary.

stipendinm, i, n. {atipa, contribu-
tion, pendo), A tax, impost, tribute ;
pay, dues.

stipes, Uia, m. A stake, post,
trunk of a tree, vii. 73.

stirps, atirpia, f. The trunk' of a
tree ; a stem, stock, race, family, lin-
eage, vi. 34.

sto, are, ati6$, atOtum, v. intr. To
stand, remain standing, stand firm ; to
persevere, persist ; to abide by, con-
tinue in, stand to, vi. 13.

stramentam, i, n. {atemo, to
strew). Straw, thatch ; covering, pack-
saddle, vii. 45.

strSpItos, ua, m. (atrgpo, to make a
noise). A noise, rattling, rustling, rum-
bling, clattering ; confusion, tumult.

stQdeo, ere, ui, v. intr. To be ea-
ger or zealous, apply one's self to,
attend to, cultivate; to devote one's
self to, pay particular attention to ; to
accustom one's self to, inure one's self
to, vi. 21 ; to be eager for, desire, wish,
strive for.

stfididse, adv. (atudium). Eager-
ly, zealously, carefully, attentively,
vi.28.

stfidinm, i, n. (stUdeo), Assiduity,
zeal, eagerness ; fondness, inclination,
desire ; attachment, devotion, good
will, i. 19 ; exertion, persuit, endeavor.

364

STULTTTIA — SUBTBAHO

•tsltltia, ae, f. {ttuitua, foolish).
Folly, foolishneM, simpUdty.

sub, prep, with ace. and abl. Under.
I. With thb aco., in answer to the
question, WkUKert 1) Oftpace:uiL»
der, below, beneath, to, near by, dose
to, op to; tub jugum mittere, ander
the yoke, f . 7, 12. 2) Cftime : towards,
about ; siib tetperum, towards evening,
il. 33. II. With the abl., in answer
to the qnestion, Where f 1) O/tpaee:
under, below, beneath ; eub earcinit,
under their packs, ii. 17 ; at the foot
of, by, near, before ; eub monte, at the
foot of the mountain, i. 21. 2) Of
time : in, within, during, on.

sfibactna, a, urn, part. fh>m aUbigo.

8Qb-d51as, a, um, a6j. {ddbts,
guile). Crafty, cunning, deceitful,
vU. 31.

snb-dttco, Sre, zi^ ctum^ y. tr. To
draw from under ; to draw or pull up ;
in naut. iang., to draw or haul up, iv.
29 ; in miUt. lang,^ to draw off from
one ^ition to another, to withdraw,
remove, take away, i. 22.

sab^uctio, onis, f. {nibduco). The
act of hauling up, a hauling ashore,
drawing to land, v. 1.

slib-eo, ircy ivi or u\ itunit v. intr.
vnd tr. To go under, come under, i.
36, vli. 85 ; to advance or proceed to,
draw near, come up ; to undergo, sub-
mit to, sustain, endure, suffer, encoun-
ter, i. 5 ; vii. 78.

sttbesse. See Subsum*

sfib-Igo, gre^ egi, actunif v. tr. (dffo).
To drive under; to put down, con-
quer, subjugate, compel, constrain,
reduce, vii. 77.

8fibIto, adv. (aiibitua). Quickly,
suddenly, speedily, on a sudden.

sfibttus, a, untf adj. (sUbeo). Sud-
den, unexpected.

subjectas, a, urn, part, from sub-
jicio,

sab-jicio, Sre, jeci^ jectum, v. tr.
ijdcio). To throw or cast from be-
neath, i. 26; to place under, iv. 17;
to make subject, to subject, vii. 1, 77 ;
to be exposed to ; to encounter, iv. 36.

rabUttas, a, tim, 1) part from toUo;
2) acij. Proud, haughty; elated.

sab-lSro, Sref am, otum, v. tr. To
raise up from beneath ; to. raise up,
hold up, support, i. 48 ; to sustain, as-
sist, help, relieve, aid, i. 16 ; to lessen,
ease, lighten, alleviate, vi. 32.

•vbll€», M, £ A stake, a pile, iv.
17.

snb-lno, ire, bd, Wtttm, v. tr. (bio,
to wash). To wash beneath ; to flow
along the base of, to wash, viL 69. •

sub-mlnistro, are, art, atunt, t. tr.
To furnish, supply, afford, give.

sab-mitio, Sre, misi, miseum, y. It.
To send below or from below; to
place or put under; to send or de-
spatch secretly ; to send, ii. 6, 25 ; iv.
26 ; to send to the assistance of, send
to aid, V. 58.

aabmotus, a, urn, part. frt>m sttb-
mdveo.

sab-mdveo, ere^ movi, mohan, v. tr.
To send or drive away, remove, drive
back, displace.

sab-rao, ire, rui, riUum, v. tr. (rtto,
to dig). To dig nnder; to under-
mine ; to tear down, demolish, over-
throw.

sab-sSqnor, t, cuiua turn, v. dep.
To follow close after, follow inunedi-
ately, come after.

snb-sldinm, »', n. (aldeo, to sit).
The body of troops stationed in re-
serve in the third line of battle ; hence,
a body of reserves, auxiliary forces j
support, aid, assistance, help, protec-
tion, relief; resources, means of help,
remedy, iv. 31.

sub-side, ire, sedi, teseum, v. intr.
{sido, to settle). To settle down ; to
establish one's self; to remain, abide,
stay.

sub-sisto, ire, stiti, v. Intr. To
stand still ; to make a halt, i. 15 ; io
hold fast, stand, hold out, v. 10.

snb-siim, esse, fvi, v. intr. To be
under; to be near or at hand, be
close to ; to approach, ill. 27.

sab-tr&ho, ire, xi, ctum, v. tr. To
draw awi^ from beneath ; to lemoTe^

8UBVECTI0 — SUMMUS

365

carry off, take away by stealth; to
withdraw.

« •

snbTectio, onis, f. {aubciho). Con-
veyance, means of transport, yii. 10.

sub^TSho, ire, text, tectum, v. tr.
To bring up ; to convey, transport, i.
16.

snb-TSnio, ire, vent, verUum, v.
intr. To come np ; to como to one's
assistance ; to aid, assist, relieve, suc-
cor.

SQGGedo, ire, esai, eaeum, v. intr.
and tr. (sub, cedo). To go under ; to
go towards, approach, march on, ad-
vance, i. 24 ; ii. 6 ; to follow, come af-
ter, take the place of, v. 16 ; to follow
after (in time), succeed; to be suc-
cess iltl, prosper, go on well, vii. 26.

svccendo, ire, di, mm, v. tr. {sub,
eando [not in use], to light). To set
on fire from below; to set on fire,
bum.

anccenans, a, um, part, from attc-
eendo.

snccessus, us, m. {succedo), A
coming up ; an approach from below,
approach, ii. 20.

auccido, ire, cidi, cisum, v. tr. {sub,
caedo). To fell, cut down; t3 mow
down, iv. 19.

SDCCisus, a, um, part, from succido.

snccumbo, ire^ cabui, cQbitum, v.
intr. {sub, cumbo, to lie). To lie down
under, sink down under ; to yield, be
overcome, vii. 86.

snccnrro, ire, c&eurri and curri,
eursum, v. intr. {sub^ curro). To run
under ; to run to one's assistance ; to
help, aid, assist, succor.

slides, is, f. A stake, a pile.

sfidor, oris, m. {sudo, to sweat).
Sweat; exertion, toil, severe labor,
fatigue.

Snessidnes, um, m, A people of
Gallia BelgTca. Their chief town was
Noviodonum or Augusta SuessiOnum,
now Soissons, ii. 3, 4, 12, 13.

Siiebi, oi'um, m. A widely extend-
ed nation of Germany. Their name
still appears in the word Sttabia, i. 37,
61, 64 ; iv. 1, 3, 4, 7. 8, 19 ; vl. 9, 10, 29.

Sn^lms, a, um, a4)* Belonging to
the Su£bi; Suebian.

sniricio, ire, feci, fe&tum, v. intr.
{sub, f ado). To hold oat, be suffi-
cient, vii. 20. .-^

saffddio, ire, fodi, fosaum, v. tr.
{sub,fiJdio, to stab). To stab or pierce
underneath ; to stab in the belly, iv. 12.

snffossns, a, um, part, from suffb*
dio,

safirftgiam, i, n. {attb, frango).
Voting ; a vote, voice, suffrage, vi. 13.

saggestas, us, m. {aub, giro). An
elevated place, a raised place to speak
from, a platform, stage, tribune, vi. 3.

sol, pers. pron. Of himself, of her-
self, of itself, of themselves. As the
subject of an inf, it may be rendered,
that he, she, they, etc. Sese is a re-
duplicated form for ae. Cum, when
used with ae, is appended to it — aecum.

Sulla, ae, m. Luciua Cornelius, the
dictator, and a bitter opponent of Miu
rins, i. 21.

Solplcius, i, m. Publius Stdpicius
Ruftis, a lieutenant in Caesar's army,
iv.22; vii. 90.

sum, es8e,fui, v. intr. To be, exist,
be present, stay, abide. With a predi-
cate genitive, to pertain, belong, be the
part, property, nature, mark, sign,
duty, custom of. With two datives,
to serve, afford^ contribute. With the
dative of possessor, to have ; mihi eat
in ammo, I have in mind, I intend,
purpose, i. 7. With the predicate dbl,,
to possess, be of, have, i. 6, 39.

snmma, ae, f. (sc. res). The sum,
the aggregate, the whole ; aumma ex-
ercitua, the whole of the army, the
mmy as a whole, vi. 34 ; in aummd, in
the whole, in the mass, vi. 11 ; aum-
ma omnium rerum, the chief power,
vi. 11 ; aumma belli, the conduct of the
whole war, i. 41 ; aumma imperii, the
chief command, ii. 23.

snmmiis, a, um, sup. of aUpirtta.
adj. The highest, greatest, very great,
supreme; most important, consum-
mate ; the top of, the summit of, i. 22 ;
vi.26.

M

866

SUMO — StJSTINEO

simOy ire, tumpit, ntrnpium, t. tr.
{nibt imo = acetpio). To take, take
away ; to take to one's self, assume,
arrogate, i. 33; iL. 4; to undertake,
enter upon, iii. 14 ; suppUeium de aU*
pio, to inflict punishment upon one.

sumptadflBS, a, wm, a4j* {ntmpiva).
Attended with great expense, expen-
sive, costly, vi. 19.

smnptiis, U8f m. {tumo). Expense,
cost, charge.

amnpliis, a, tmt, part, from twno,

sttper, prep, with ace or abl. Upon,
above, over. IFoA the ace, in answer
to the question Wiutherf With the
obL in answer to thoNquestion Where t

sflperbe, adv. {siper). Proudly,
haughtily, arrogantly, i. 31.

Rttperliii. See SCI^rmm.

sllpSrior, ti», adj.f comp. of «i^pjlntf
(Hiper), I. Of space : higher, upper,
tiiat is above. II. Of time : previous,
earlier, former, past, preceding. III.
Of other relations: more distin-
guished, greater, superior, stronger,
more powerftil ; tuperiorempugndessey
to be superior in battle, to be victori-
ous, vii. 80.

stfpSro, are, dvi, ahtm, v. tr. and
intr. («Cfp«r). To go over, overtop;
to surpass, excel, exceed, outstrip;
to overcome, conquer, subdue ; to pre-
vail, v. 31 ; to be left over, remain ;
to survive, outlive, vi. 19.

sIfper-sSdeo, ere, aedi, eesnun, y.
tr. {eideoy to sit). To sit upon or
above ; to be superior to ; to forbear,
abstain from, desist from, proeiio, ii. 8.

stfper-smn, esse, fui, v. intr. - To
be over and above, be left, remain ; to
survive, i. 26 ; ii. 27.

sfipSms, a, um, comp. sUpiriory
sup. eUpremue or eumrmte^ a^j. {sHr
per). Being above or over; upper.

sappSto, ire, ivi or n, Uttm, v. intr.
(siib, jpito). To be at hand, be pres-
ent, be in store, i. 3, 16.

snpplementiim, t, n. {suppleo, to
fill up). A filling up, a making up, re-
cruiting; a body of supplies, re«n-
fbrcements, vii. 7.

sopplez, fm, a4). (mi&> pf^co, to
bend). Huipbly beseeching, entreat-
ing, imploring ; suppliant, iL 28.

aiipplic&tio, onie, f. {eupplex). A
religions solemnity, a religious fissti-
val or rejoicing, thanksgiving, ii. 35;
iv.38.

sappllclter, adv. (supplex). Im-
ploringly, hambly, submissively.

suppllcium, i, n. {supplex). A
kneeling down (to receive punish-
ment); hence, punishment, torture,
penalty, torment, pain, distress.

svpporto, are, aid, dtum, v. tr.
(sub, parto). To carry, bring, or con-
rey to, 1. 39, 48.

supra, 1) adv. (for ei^rd, sc. p^r-
te). Above, previously, before; 2)
prep, with ace., a) Of space : OTcr,
above, iv. 17 ; b) Of time : = ante, be-
fore, vi. 19.

snsceptos, a, urn, part, from susdh
pio,

sasclpio, ire, c^i, ceptum, v. tr.
(sttb, capio). To take or lift up, sus-
tain ; to undertake, take upon one*s
self, i 3, 9 ; to enter upon, begin, en-
gage in, i. 16.

snspectus, a, um, adj* (sttsj^io, to
suspect). Distrusted, suspected ; an
object of suspicion, v. 54.

SQSpicfttas, a, wm, part, from eus-
picor,

siisplcio, onis, f. {suspicor). Sus-
picion, distrust ; ground of suspicion,
an appearance, indication, 1. 19, 39.
. sospicor, dri, dtus sum, v. dep.
(sttsptcio, 9re, to suspect.) To sus-
pect, distrust, mistrust; to surmise,
apprehend, believe.

Sttstento, are, dvi, dtum, t. tr.
(freq. of susUneo), To hold up, sus-
tain, support, maintain, ii. 14 ; to en-
dure, su£fer, hold out, withstand^
bear, ii. 6 ; v. 39.

sustlneo, ire, m, tenium, v. tr.
{sursum, tineo). To hold up, sustain,
support ; se, to hold himself up, stand
alone, ii. 25 ; to take upon one's self,
bear, endure, i. 31 ; to hold out against,
check, retard, withstand ; to ho!d in,

SUUS — TEGO

367

hold bock, check, iv. 33. IfUran$», to
hold onty make a stand, ii. 6.

suns, a, um, poss. pron. (m). His,
her, its, or their own ; one's own; his,
her, its, their. Sut, sabs. pi. m., one's
IHends, soldiers, party, etc Sim,
Aabs. pi. n., one's property, effects,
possessions, etc

T.

tiUbemftciQiiiii, i, n. {tabema^ a
hut). A tent.

t&blfla, a«, f. A board ; writing
tablet, muster roll, i. 29.

t&blilfttiiiii, t, n. (tMtla). Board-
work, flooring, floor, story, vi. 29.

t&ceo, ere, ta, r/um, y. tr. and intr.
To keep silent, pass over in silence, i.
17 ; to be silent, say nothing, i. 17.

t&cXtas, a, tim, adj. (iOceo). Silent,
mute, saying nothing, i. 32.

talea, ae, f. A rod, stick, piece of
wood, vii. 73; long rods; thin bars,
Y. 12.

t&lis, e, adj. Such, of such a kind,
of such a nature, quality, character,
etc. ; like.

tarn, adY. So, so far, so Ycry, to
such a degree.

t&men, coi^j. Notwithstanding,
neYertheless, however ; yet, still ; at
least, i. 32, 40.

TfimSsis, is, m. The river Thames,
Y. 11, 18.

tftmetsi, conj. {tdmen, etai). Not-
withstanding, although, though ; with
tamen following, i. 30.

tandem, adv. (torn, demum). At
last, at length. Anally, i. 25 ; t» inter-
rog. elauseSf pray, pray now, then ;
quid tandem, what pray ? what then ?
i.40.

tango, ire, tHigi, tactum, y. tr. To
touch, border on, be contiguous to,
V. 3.

tantopSre, adv. (tonftM, dpua). So
greatly, so very much; written also
tanto opere, i. 31 ; Yii. 52.

tantiOns, a, am, ndj, (dim. of tan-
tui). So little, BO much, so trifling,
so insignificant, ii. 30.

tantnm, adv. {tantm). So far, so
much, so very ; only so much, only
so far, only, merely, but, ii. 8; non
tantum , . . aed etiam, not only . • . but
also.

tantnm-m5do, adv. Only, but,
merely, iii. 5.

tantnii-dem, adv. (tanius). So
much, so far, just so far, Yii. 72.

tantns, a,um, adj. (tain). Of such
size or measure, so, great, so large., so
numerous, i. 15 ; so mighty, so power-
ful, iii. 11 ; such/ so small, so trivial,
so slight, vi. 35 ; tanti esse, to be of so
great value, i. 20 ; tanto with compar-
atives, by so much, so much the, the,
v. 45. TarUo opere, see TanUtpere.

Tarbelli, drum, m. A people on
the coast of Aquitania and in the low-
er part of the basin of the Adour,
Their chief town was Aquae TarbellY-
cae, now Dax, iii. 27.

tarde, adv. {tarditay Slowly, tar-
dUy, iv. 23.

tardins. See Tarde.

tardo, are, avi, Stum, v. tr. {tardus).
To delay, check, stop, hinder, retard,
impede.

tardus, a, ttm, adj> Slow, sluggish,
tardy, ii. 25.

Tarasfttes, turn, m. A people of
Aquitania, in the neighborhood of the
TarbeUi, iii, 23, 27.

Tasgetius, t, m. A chief of the
Camutes, v. 25, 29.

taaru8, t, m. A bull, vi. 28.

Taximaglilas, t, m. A king of the
Britons, in Kent, v. 22.

taxns, t, f. The yew-tree, vi. 31.

Tectos&ges, um, m. See Volcae.

tectum, t, n. (tiffo). A roof, i. 36 ;
house, dwelling, abode ; shelter, cov-
er, quarters.

tectus, a, um, part from tigo.

tSglmentum, i, n. (tego). A cov-
ering, vi. 21 ; covering (made of leath-
er) for shields, ii. 21. •

Uigo, ire, text, tectum, v. tr. To

368

TELTJM— TERTIO

coyer, v. 43 ; to hid0^ conceal, Til. 45 ;
to defend, protect.

tSlam, t, n. A weapon nsed for
fighting at a distance, a missile, dart,
spear, javelin.

tSmSr&rins, a, um, a4j. (tSmire).
Rash, thoughtless, headlong, incon-
siderate, imprudent, i. 31.

tSmSre, adv. Rashly, inconsider-
ately, heedlessly, thoughtlessly, with-
out reason, i. 40 ; easily, readily, iv.
20.

tSmSrItas, oHs, f. (timire). Rash-
ness, heedlessness, indiscretion, fool-
hardiness, temerity, vii. 42, 52.

t$mo, omtf m. A beam, pole of a
chariot, iv. 33.

tempSrantia, w, f. {tempSro).
Moderation, sobriety, self-control, dis-
creetness, i. 19.

tempSratas, a, um, 1) part, from
tempiro; 2) adj. Moderate, temperate,
mild, V. 12.

tempSro, arct am. Stum, v. tr. and
intr. {tempua). To temper, moderate,
restrain; to forbear, keep one's self
from, govern one's self, abstain from,
i. 7, 33.

tempestas, aHa, f. (tempus). A
space of time, a period, season ; weath-
er, state of the weather, iv. 23 ; a
storm, stormy weather, unfavorable
weather, iii. 12.

tempns, dm, n. A portion or pe-
riod of time, time ; in reiiquum tern-
pus, for the remaining time, for the
future, i. 20 ; iii. 16 ; ad hoc tempua, up
to thid time, ii. 17 ; a critical moment,
condition, circumstances, i. 16; the
fitting time, the proper period, ii. 21.

Tencteri, drum, m. A Germanic
people on the Rhine between the
Ruhr and the Sieg, iv. 1, 4, 16, 18 ; v.
55 ; vi. 35.

tendo, gre, tgtendi, tenaum and ten-
twn, V. tr. To stretch, stretch out, ex-
tend, ii. 13 ; to set up tents, encamp,
vi. 37 ; to travel, marcli.

tSnSbrae, arum, f. DariLness, ob-
scurity, vii. 51.

tSneo, ere, w, turn, v. tr. To hold,

have, possess, occupy, preserve, keep;
to hold firm, iv. 17 ; ae tenere, lo keep
one's self, to remain, i. 40, 49 ; to '
maintain, defend, keep possession of;
to hold back, delay, hinder; to bind,
pledge, i. 31.

tSner. ira, 9rum, adj. Soft, tender, '
delicate ; of tender age, young, ii. 17. ^

tento, are, am, atum, v. tr. (freq. of
tendo). To try, prove, put to the test,
i. 14, 36 ; to try to gain, to tamper
with, vi. 2 ; to make an attack upon,
try to carry, attempt to gain, vii. 73.

tSnnis, e, a4i. Thin, slender, slight ;
little, trifling, poor, mean, vi. 35 ; weak,
poor, delicate, feeble, v. 40.

tSnnltas, aHa, f. {iinuU). Slim*
ness, thinness; poverty, scanty re-
sources, vii. 17.

tSunlter, adv. {timday Slightly,
lightly, iii. 13.

ter, num. adj. Three times, 1. 53.

teres, itia, adj. {tiro, to rub). Ta>
pering, rounded off, vii. 73.

ter^nm, «', n. The back; t^^av^r-
tere, to turn the back, i. e., to take
flight, to flee; ab tergo, in the rear,
vii. 87 ; post tergum, behind the back,
in the rear.

tcmi, ae, a, num. acy . distrib. {tres).
Three by three, every three, three
each, iii. 15 ; terrha milHa, vii. 75. 6.
174, 2, 2).

terra, ae, f. The earth ; orbia ter-
rarum, the globe, the world, vii. 29 ;
the land (in opp. to the sea), v. 13 *
the country, region, district, i. 30.

Terrasidias, t, m. Tttua, a mili-
tary tribune in Caesar's army, iii. 7, 8.

terrenos, a, urn, a4j. (terra). Of
earth, earthy, i. 43.

terreo, ere, tit, €tum, v. tr. To
frighten, alarm, terrify, inspire with
dread ; to frighten away, deter, vii. 49.

terrlto, are, avi, atum, v. tr. (freq.
of terreo). To put in great terror; to
alarm greatly, frighten, affright.

terror, oris, m. (terreo). Fear, ter-
ror, alarm, dread, apprehension.

tertio, adv. {tertiua). For the third
time.

TEKTIUS — TR AGULA

369

tertivs, a, um, nam. adj. ord. (ter).
The third.

testamentmn, i, n. (teHia), The
last will or testament, a will, i. 39.

testlmdniimi, t, n. [testis). Wit-
ness, evidence, testimony, 1. 44 ; proof,
vi.28.

testis, is, m. and f. A witness.

testudo, inis, f. (testa, a shell). A
tortoise; in miUt, long,, a covering,
shelter, formed by the shields close-
Locked over the heads of the soldiers,
to protect them against missiles from
above, ii. 6 ; v. 9 ; a shed or covering
made of wood, to protect besiegers,
V.43.

Teutomatus, t , m. Son of Ollovlf-
CO, king of the Nitiobriges, vii. 31, 46.

Tentdni, arum, and Tentdnes,
sum, m. A Germanic people who
' dwelt on the shores of the Baltic. In
conjunction with the Cimbri they in-
vaded Southern Europe near the close
of the second century B. C, i. 33, 40 ;
iL4,29; vii. 77.

texi. See TSgo,

tignmn, i, n. (tggo). Building ma-
terial ; a stick of timber, beam, log,
4v. 17.

TiguHni, arum, m. One of the
four Helvetic tribes mentioned by
Jcaesar. They probably dwelt in the
neighborhood of Lake Morai in the
canton of Watutt or Pays de Vaud,
1.12.

' Tiguriniis, a, t<m, acy. Of or be-
longing to the Tigurini, i. 12.

tlineo, ere, tit, v. tr. and intr. To
fear, be afraid of, dread ; to be afraid,
be in fear ; with ne followed by the
subj., to fear that or le^t, ii. 26 ; with
lit and the subj., to fear that not, 1. 39 ;
to be anxious or apprehensive, v. 57.

tImXde, adv. (^mr^itf). Fearfully,
timidly, ill. 25.

tlmldus, a, um, adj. (timeo). Fear-
ful, timid, af^d, cowardly.

tlmor, oris, m. (timeo). Fear, ti-
midity, dread, alarm, anxiety, appre-
hension.

Tltfirins, t, m. Quintus TttHrius

19

SObintu, one of Caesar's lieutenants,
ii. 5, 9, 10; iii. 11, 17, 18, 19 ; iv. 22, 38 ;
V. 24, 26, 27, sq, ; vi. 1, 32, 37.

TXtas, t, m. A Roman praenomen.

tdlSro, are, avi, atum, v. tr. To
bear, endure, support, sustain, i. 28; to
hold out, vii. 71 ; to maintain, nourish,
preserve, vii. 77.

toilo, ^e, sustaU, sublatum, v. ti*.
To lift up, raise ; ancoris suhlatis, hav
ing weighed anchor, iv. 23 ; elamorem,
to raise a shout, vii. 81 ; tolH, pass., to
be elated, i. 15 ; v. 38 ; to take away,
remove, convey away, iv. 28 ; vi. 17 ;
to interrupt, break off, i. 42 ; to de-
stroy, cut off, take away, i. 5.

Tol5sa, ae, f. A town of Gallia
Narbonensis, now Toulouse, on the
Garonne, iii. 20.

Tolosates, ium, m. The inhab-
itants of TdlOsa, i. 10; vii. 7.

tormentani, i, n. (torqueo, to twist).
An engine for hurling missiles, ii. 8 ;
iv. 25 ; a cord, rope, vii. 22 ; an instru-
ment of torture ; suffering, pain, tor-
ture, vi. 19.

torreo, ere, ui, tostum, v. tr. To
roast, scorch, bum, v. 43.

tdt, indecl. a^j. So many.

tot-Idem, indecl. a^j. Just so
many, as many.

tdtns, a, um, gen. totius, G. 161,
adj. The whole, all, entire ; the whole
of; naves totaejactae ex robore, made
entirelyofoak, iii. 13.

trabs, or tr&bes, is, f. Abeam,
timber, ii. 29.

tractas, a, um, part, from trdho.

tradltus, a, um, part, f^om trado.

trado, ire, didi, dXtum, v. tr. {trans,
do). To give up, surrender, deliver,
hand over ; to pass along, vii. 25 ; to
conmiit, intrust, confide (for protec-
tion, guidance, etc.), v. 25 ; to deliver
over, give up (for punishment in war,
etc.), i. 27y 28 ; ii. 13 ; to yield, grant,
i. 44 ; vi. 8 ; to teach, propound, pro-
pose, vi. 14 ; to hand down to poster-
ity, transmit.

trftglUa, ae, f. A pointed missile,
javelin, dart.

870

TEAHO— TREVIBI

tr&ho, ih^e, xi, ehtm^ y. tr. To draw
or'drag along, to drag away.

trajectns, i», m. {tran^fieio). A
crossing or passing over, passage, iv.
21.

trAno, aref avt, atutHf v. intr. {trarut
nOt to swim). To swim oyer, cross by
Bwimmiog, i. 53.

tranqnillltafi, SHa, t (tranquilhta,
calm.) Quiet, stillness, rest, calmness ;
a calm, iii. 15.

trans, prep, with ace. Across, oyer,
beyond, on the farther side of.

Trans-alpiims, a, tun, a^j. Situ-
ated or lying beyond the Alps, Trans-
alpine, ylL 1, 6.

tmnscendo, Sre, di, sum, y. intr.
{trans, scando, to climb). To climb
or pass oyer ; to get into or oyer by
clhnbing, iii. 15.

trans-diico, ire, duxi, dttctum, y.
tr. To lead, bring, or conyey from
one place to another ; to lead across,
transfer, bring oyer, conyey across,
lead through, transport.

trans-eo, ire, ivi or «, itum, y.
intr. To go or pass oyer, to cross,
go beyond; to go through, march
through ; of time : to pass away, pass
by, elapse, iii. 2.

trans-fSro, y«rre, tum, latum, y. tr.
To bear or carry over or across; to
transfer, conyey oyer.

trans-f igo, ih^e, fixi, fixum, y. tr.
{figo, to fix). To thrust or pierce
through, transfix.

trans-f odio, ire, fddi,fQS8um, y.
tr. To thrust or run through; to
pierce through, transfix, yii. 82.

trans-grSdior, i, gressue sum, v.
dep. {grOdior, to go). To go or pass
oyer ; to cross, ii. 19.

transgressns, a, um, part, from
transgridior.

transitas, us, m. {transeo). Agoing
oyer, passing over, crossing; a pas-
eage.

transjectus, a, um, part, froni
transficio.

traiis-JiGio, gre, ject,jectum, v. tr.
{jdcio). To throw or cast across ; to

convey across ; to thrust through,
transfix, stab through, pierce.

translfttns, a, um, part, finom
transfiro,

trana-miiriniis, a,um, adj. {mdre).
Beyond the sea, foreign, transmarine,
yi.24.

transmissns, us, m. {transmiitoy
A passage, v. 13.

transmissus, a, um, part, from
transmitto,

traaa-mitto, ire, mist, missum, v*
tr. To send over or across, vii. 61.

trans-porto, are, an, aium, v. tr.
To carry from one place to another;
to transport, bring, carry, or convey
over.

Trans-rhenaniiB, a, um, a4).
{Rhinus). On the other side of the
Rhine, v. 2. Subs., pi. those living
beyond the Rhine, iv. 16 ; vi. 5.
. transtmiD, t, n. A cross-beam, a
cross-timber, iii. 13.

transyersm, a, um, adj. {^rans,
verto). Turned across, athwart, cross-
wise, transverse, ii. 8.

TrSbias, »', m. Marcus Tribius
Galbis^ a military tribune in Caesar's
army, iii. 7, 8. « _

Trebonins, t, m. 1) Oaius, & Bx)- j
man knight, vi. 40. 2) CrSius, one of
Caesar's lieutenants, v. 17, 24 ; vi. 33 ;
vu. 11, 81.

trScenti, ae, a, num. a^j* (^''^i cen-
tum). Three hundred.

tr^d^eim, num. acy. indecl. {tres,
dicem). Thirteen.

trSpido, are, dvi, atum, v. intr. (<rc-
pidus, alarmed). To hurry about in
a state of alarm ; to be in concision,
be greatly agitated, tremble with fear,
y. 33 ; totis trepidatur ccutris, the whole
camp is thrown into confusion, vL 37.

tres, tria, num. a^. Three.

Trevir, iri, m. One of the Trevlri,
V. 26.

Treviri, orum, m. A people of Gal-
lia 3e|gTca, who occupied a large tract
of counjff between the M6sa (Meuse^
and the Rhen^s ( W^'nc). Theh: chief
town was Augusta TrQYiFdimm« now

TRIBOCCI — TURRIS

371

Trier, i. 37 ; ill. 11 ; iv. 6, 10 ; v. 2, sq.,
24, 47, 53 ; vi. 2, «j., 5. »j., 8, 29, 32,
44; Til. 63.

Tribocci, orwn, m. A Germanic
people in Gallia BelgYca, in the yicini-
ty of modem Strasburgy i. 51 ; iv. 10.

tribiiniis, t, m. {tribus, a tribe). A
tribune, prop, one wlio presides over
a tribe ; tribunua militum, a tribune of
the soldiers, a military tribune. Each
legion had six of these officers, who
conmianded in turn, each two months
at a time, i. 39 ; iiL 5.

trlbno, 9re, w, ytum, t. tr. To im-
part, assign, give, distribute, present;
to show, render, pay, manifest, v. 7 ;
to grant, concede, allow, vi. 1 ; to as-
cribe, attribute, i. 13 ; viL 53.

trlbns. See Tres.

trlbntam, t, n. {tribuo). Tax, im-
post, tribute, tL 14.

tiidQum, t, n. (trtt, dies). The
space of three days, three days, L 26.

tiiennium, t, n. {tres, annua). The
space of three years, three years, iv. 4.

trigeslmiis, a, um, num. ac^. ord.
Thirtieth.

tri^inta, num. ac^. indecl. Thirty.
■ trini, ae, a, num. adj. distr. (tres).
Three by three, every three; thi^ee.

Trinobantes, t»m, m. A people
of Britain, in modem Essex, y. 20, 21.

tripartito, adv. {tres, parHor), In
three divisions, v. 10.

triplex, tciSy a^j. {tres, pUco, to
fold). Threefold, triple, L 24.

trlqaStrns, a, wn, adj. Three-cor-
nered, triangular, v. 13.

tiistis, e, acy. Sad, sorrowful, de-
jected.
. -tristltia, ae, f, (tristis). Sadness,
' dejection, sorrow.

tniHCQs, t, m. A trunk or stock
of a tree.

tn, tui, pers. pron. Thou.

tfiba, ae, f. A trumpet.

tueor, eri, tuxtus or tutus sum, v.
dep. To see, look at, gaze at ; to care
for, maintain, preserve, defend, pro-
• tect, vi. 34.

tfili. See Firo,

Tnlingi, wum,m. A Germanic oi
Gallic people in Southern Germany
or the northern part of Helvetia, i. 5,
25, 28, 29.

Tnlliiis, i, m. See Cicero,

Tiilliis,*, m. See Vokatius,

tum, adv. Then, at that time;
thereupon, moreover, furthermore ;
next, in the next place ; and also ; tum
demumt then at length ; eum , . .
tum etiam, not only . . . but especially.

tUmultaor, art, attts sum, v. dep.
{tamukus). To make a disturbance ;
to be in great uproar; to be in great
tumult, vii. 61.

tlimnltuose, adv. {tamuUus), With
bustle or confusion, in great tumult,
vU.45. *

tfimaltns, us, m. {tUmeo, to swell).
An uproar, bustle, disturbance, vio-
lent commotion ; tumulius serviUs, an
insurrection of the slaves, i. 40.

tlimttlQfi, »,m. (tUmeo, to swell). A
raised heap of earth, mound, hillock.

tunc, adv. (tum, ce). Then, at that
tame.

tonna, ae, f. A division, squad-
ron, a troop of horsemen of about
thirty men, iv. 33.

Tlirdnes, um, and Tifroiii, drum,
m. A people of Gallia OeltYca, in the
neighborhood of Tours, ii. 35 ; vii. 4,
75.

tarpis, e, adj. Ugly, unsightly ;
unseemly ; shameful, base, disgrace-
ful, infamous, dishonorable.

tarplter, adv. {twpis). In an un-
seemly manner, shamefully, basely,
dishonorably, disgracefully.

turpitude, tnis, f. (turpis). Dis-
grace, shame.

turris, is, f. 1) A tower. 2) A
military tower for defence, used in
protecting bridges, camps, etc 3) A
military tower for attack, used in
sieges and assaults. This was a high
movable tower of wood, from the
middle of which a bridge could be
let down on the enemy's walls. It
was stationed on the agger, and could
be moved forward, as it stood on

372

TUTO — USUS

wheelf or rollers. MlMUes were dis-
charged from the upper stories, U.30;
iU. 21.

tfito, iuHut, adv. {tutus). Safely,
secnrely, without danger, in safety.

lutiis, a, um, adj. {tueor). Safe, se-
cure ; free from danger, protected.

tans, a, uif», poss. pron. (tu). Thy,
thine.

u.

Ilbi, adv. 'Where, in which place ;
when, after ; as soon as, as ; f<M pri-
mutnf as soon as, iv. 12.

Qbl-cmnqne, adv. Wherever, vii. 3.

Ubli, drum, m. A people of Ger-
many, on the right bank of the Lower
Rhine, in the vicinity of Cologne, i.
54; iv. 3, 8, 11, 16, 19; vi. 9, 10, 29.

iiMqoe, adv. Anywhere, every-
where.

nlciscor, ei, vUub mm, v. dep. To
avenge one's self upon, take ven-
geance on ; to punish, chastise.

alios, a, um, gen. uUiua, G. 151,acy.
Any, any one.

ulterior, ua, gen. oris, sup. ukimus,
G. 166, a4j. (ultra). Farther, on the
farther side, beyond; the more re-
mote, vi. 2.

ultimas, a, um, adj., sup. otutUri-
or. The farthest, most distant, iii. 27 ;
iv. 16 ; the last, v. 43.

ultra, adv. and prep, with ace. Be-
yond, farther, on the farther side of,
past.

nltro, adv. To the farther side,
beyond, on the other side ; uUro citron
que, back^vards and forwards, to and
fro, hither and thither ; besides, more-
over, beyond; of one's own accord,
voluntarily, i. 42.

ultns, a, um, part, from ulciscor,

filiUatas* us, m. {UliUo, to howl). A
howling, yelling ; cries, shouts, v. 37.

fina, adv. {witis). At*the same
time, together with, ii. 17 ; usually in
connection with cum, i. 5, 17.

unde, adv. From which place.

whence ; often instead of e quo, e qui'
6ttf, etc., i. 28; iU. U.

aadScim, num. adj. inded. (unus,
dicem). Eleven.

nndScImos, a, um, num. a^j. ord.
(trndicim). Eleventh.

aodeqoadrasinta, num. adj. in-
decL (unus, de, quadraginta). Thirty-
nine, vii. 87.

ondlqae, adv. (unde, que). From
all parts, on all sides, everywhere.

Unelli,more properly written Te-
nelli, drum, m. An Armoric people
of Gallia Celtifca, in the peninsula of

Cokmtin, Normandy, ii. 84 ; iii. 11, eta

onlversas, a, um, adj. (unua, ver-
to). All, all taken collectively, whole,
entire.

unquam, adv. (unus, quam). At
any time, ever.

nuns, a, um, num. adj. G. 151. One ;
one and the same ; only, alone, mere-
ly ; some one, a ; cut tmum omnes, all
to a man, v. 37 ; the same ; uno tempo-
re, at the same time, IL 19, 20 ; una
aestate, in the same summer, i. 54.

urb&nus, a, um, adj. (urbs). Of or
relating to a city, esp. to Rome ; ur-
banae res, affairs at Home, vii. 6 ; ur-
bono motu, disturbance iu Rome, vii. 1.

orbs, urbis, f. A city, vii. 15 ; the
city of Rome, L 7 ; vi. 1.

nrgeo, ere, ursi^ v. tr. To press
upon, oppress ; to drive, push back,
press hard, ii. 25.

nrus, i, m. A kind of wild ox, the
European bison, vi. 28.

UsIpStes, um, m. A people of Ger-
many, on the Rhine and the northern
bank of the Idppe, iv. 1, 4, 16, 18 ; vi. 35.

uslt&tus, a, um, adj. (usttor, utor).
Familiar, customary, common, viL 22.

usque, adv. Even, as far as.

usus, a, um, part, from utor.

usns, us, m. (utor). Use, practice,
skill, experience ; advantage, benefit,
profit, i. 30, 38, 50; iii. 14; need, ne-
cessity ; usus est, there is need, it is
necessary, it becomes requisite, iv. 2 ;
usu venire, to occur, happen, come to
pass, vii. 9.

i

UT — VASTO

373

nt, pr fiti, ady. Ab, jnst as, likl, i.
16, 22 ; ii. 1 ; inasmuch as, as, iii. 8 ;
Y. 4S; ut qui, as one who, like one
who, V. 31 ; of time : when, as, after ;
ut semel, as soon as, when once, i. 31.
Conj., that, in order that, ii. 1, 9 ; so
that, so as to ; though, although, iii. 9 ;
after verba of fearing : that not, G.
498, m. note 1-

Uter, tra, trtan, gen. ufrfi», G. 161^
a<^. Which of the two, which, i. 12 ;
with titer or neuter, the other, y. 44.

fiter-que, trdgue, trumque,Q, 151,
4, a4}. Each one of the two, both,
each ; uterque utriqtte in conepectu,
each in sight of the other, vii. 35 ; in
utramque partem, in either direction,
in either case, y. 29.

liti. See Ut.

ntHis, e, adj. {lUor'). Useful, bene-
ficial, advantageous, serviceable, prof-
itable.

Qtnitas, oHs, f. {mU»y Uscfhl-
ness, profit, advantage, service, benefit.

titor, t, u8v^ sum, v. dep. To use,
make use of, avail one's self of, em-
ploy, exercise, manage; to practise,
adopt, show, manifest, cherish, have,
L 46 ; ii. 28.

Qtrimqne, adv. {uterque). From
or on both sides, on each side, i. 50.

atmm, adv. {Uter). Whether ; in
double questions followed by an or
necne, G. 363, 1 ; i. 40, fiO.

nxor, oris, f. A wife, spouse.

V.

▼Scatio, onia, f. (vdco). Exemp-
tion from duty, freedom from service,
immunity, vi. 14.

v&co, are, avi. Stum, v. intr. To
be unoccupied, to be uninhabited, i.
28 ; to lie waste, be uncultivated, iv. 3.

T&cans, a, um, adj. (vdco). Empty,
free from, stripped of, destitute of,
vacant.

vftdmn, t, n. A ford; shallow
place, shoal, iii. 13.

^Y&gina,, ae, t. A scabbard or
sheath, v. 44.

Tagror, ari, atua sum, v. dep. {vO-
ffus, roaming). To wander about,
stroll, roam around, i. 2.

y&h&lis, ia, m. The Waal, the
left arm of the Rhine, iv. 10.

▼ftleo, ere, ui, y. intr. To be
strong or powerful, have strength or
force ; to avail, have weight or influ-
ence, be efiectual.

y&lSrias, t, m. 1) Oaiua VdUrius
Flaccua, a pro-praetor or governor of
Gallia, 83 B. C, L 47. 2) Liiciua Vd-
Igrius Prtteconintia, a Roman com-
mander in Gaul before Caesar's time,
iii. 20. 3) Gaiua Vdliriua Caburua, a
Gaul who had been presented with
the rights of Roman citizenship, i. 47 ;
vii. 65. 4) Gaiua VdUriua ProciUus,
son of the preceding, a distinguished
Gaul, and confidential friend of Cae-
sar, i. 19, 47, 53. 5) Gaiua VdlSriua
Donotaurua, a brother of the preced-
ing, vii. 65.

Yaletiftcns, i, m. A distinguished
Aednan, brother of Cotus, vii. 32.

Taletfido, inia, f. {vdleo). The
state or condition of the body, health
(good or bad) ; quum tenuiaaima v<Ue-
tudine eaaet, although he was in very
feeble health, v. 40.

Talles, or vallis, ia, f^ A valley,
vale.

Tallimi, t, n. (valiua). A wall or
rampart of earth, set with palisades,
a wall of circumvallation, rampart,
intrenchment, i. 26 ; ii. 5.

yallns, i, m. A stake, palisade,
vii. 73.

Vang-i5ne9, um, m. A Germanic
people on the Rhine, near modem
Worma, i. 51.

yariStas, atia, f. (vdriua). Diver-
sity, variety, difilBrence.

yftrias, a, um, a4j. Diverse, mani-
fold, various, changing, varying, xL
22.

yasto, are, avi. Stum, v. tr. (inm-
tua). To lay waste, devastate, ravage,
destroy.

874

VASTUS— VERGO

Tastns, a, um, adj. Vast, immense,
enonnous, very large.

YAtlcInfttio, onia, f. {vSifetnoTt to
foretell). A foretelling, a prophetic
response, 1. 60,

▼e, enclitic particle (vel). Or.

▼eetigal, SUa, n. {vecttu, viho)» A
tax, toil, impost ; reyenue, income.

▼ectigAlis, «, a43* {vectigal). Tax-
able, tributary, iii. 8.

▼ectdrins, a, um, adj. {viho). Suit-
able for carrying burdens ; vet^oriwn
tuvoigiumf a transport ship, y. 8.

TehSmenter, v^himenHug^ vihi-
mentiaHmef adv. {vihimeiu, yiolent).
Violently, forcibly ; exceedingly, very
much, strongly, i. 37.

▼Sho, ire, vexi, vectumf v. tr. To
carry, convey.

vel, coiy. Or, or indeed ; even ; vel
. . . velf eiUier ... or.

Yelanins, t , m. Qmntus, a military
tribune in Caesar's army, iii. 7, 8.

Telim. See Vdlo.

y ellaiinodiuiam, i. n. A town of
the SenSnes in Gallia CeltTca, vii. 11,
U.

YellftYi, crunif m. A people of
Gallia CeltYca, in modem Vilay, depen-
dants of the Arvemi, viL 75.

Velocasses, turn, m. A people of
Gallia Belgfca. Their chief town was
Botomagus, now Rouen, ii. 4 ; vii. 75.

velocissime. See VeiocUer.

Telocltas, atis, f. (vehx). Swift-
ness, rapidity, speed, velocity.

veldclter, velocitUf velociaHmef adv.
{velox). Rapidly, quickly.

velox, ocist adij. (velum). Swift,
quick, rapid, L 48.

▼elnm, *, n. (for vShiUumf irom.
vSho). A sail.

▼ei-at, adv. As, just as, as though ;
7>eltd si, just as if, i. 32.

ven&tio, onia, f. (venor, to hunt).
Huntmg, the chase.

ven&tor, oris, m. {venor, to hunt).
A hunter.

Tendo, ire, didi, ditwn, v. tr. (ve-
nvm, a sale, do). To sell, expose for
sale, ii. 83.

VSnStl, drum, ro. An Annoric
people of Gallia Ccltica, ii. 34 ; iii. 7,
8, 9, 11, etc.

VenelU, drum, m. See Undii,

VSnStia, ae, f. The country of the
V^neti, in Gallia Celtica, iii. 9.

VenStlcas, a, um, adj. (VSn&ia),
Of or pertaining to the Yeneti, Vene-
tian, iii. 18 ; iv. 21.

▼Snia,a«, f. Indulgence, fovor, kind-
ness, forbearance, forgiveness, pardon.

▼6nio, ire, teni, ventum, v. intr. To
come, arrive at; to come into, enter
into, fall into; to occur, happen; in
apem venire, to indulge, 'cherish the
hope ; inJid^Bm <ie poteataiem venire, to
submit to one's protection and power,
«'. e., to make an unconditional surren-
der, ii. 13. Caesar often uses the pass,
impers. construction, ubi eo ventum
eat, L 43.

ventlto, are, avi, atttm, v. intr.
(fteq. of vinia). To come often, re'
sort to frequently, iv. 3.

▼entus, t, m. The wind ; gtio veii'
tuaferebcU, where the wind was blow-
ing, iii. 15 ; vento ae dare, to run before
the wind, iii. 13.

ver, veria, n. The spring. '

Veragri, drum, m. A people of
Gallia BelgTca, on the Pennine Alps,
near the borders of Italy, perhaps in
the valley of the Drance, iii. 1, 2.

y erbigenns, i, m. One of the four
cantons of Helvetia, L 27.

verbum, », n. A word. Plur.,
words, expression, language, dis-
course, conversation.

Vercaasivellaiiniis, i, m. A chief
of the Arvemi, cousin of Vercingetd-
rix, vii. 76, 83, 85, 88.

VercingCtorix, igia, m. One of
the Arvemi, son of Celtillus, and com-
mander of the Gauls, vii. 4, 8, 9, 12,
14, aq., 20, 28, etc., 89.

vSreor, eri, Um aum, v. dep. To
stand in awe of ; to respect; to fear,
dread, be afraid of.

vergo, 8re, — , v. intr. To hidine.
turn towards, tend ; to lie, be situat-
ed towards, i. 1 ; ti. 18.

VERGOBRETUS — VICCS

375

VergobrStas, i, m. (a Celtic word).
The title of the chief magistrate among
the Aedui, i. 16.

vSrisimlliSy e, adj. (virus, Hmtlia).
Probable, likely, ill. 13.

TSritns, a, um, part, from vireor.

vero, adv. and coi\). {venu). In
truth, truly, assuredly, in fact; but in
fact, but indeed, however.

Yeromandiii, orum, m. A people
of Gallia Belglca. Thehr chief town
was Augusta Yeromandndrum, now
St. Quemtinf on the Somme, ii. 4, 16,
23.

Terso, arej avi, Stum, v. tr. (freq. of
verto). To turn often ; to place in vio-
lent motion ; nefortuna utrumque ver-
savit, fortune so directed or. .treated
each in turn, v. 44.

Tersoir, art, atua sum, v. dep. {ver-
so). To move about in a place; to
f^quent, dwell, live, be; to occupy
one's self with, be engaged in, be
busy.

' versos, us, m. {verto), A verse,
line.

versus, adv. {verto). Towards ; in
connection with a prep,, ad oceanum
versus, towards the ocean, vi. 33.
Vertico, onis, m. One of the Ner-
vli, V. 45, 49.

verto, ^e, ti, sum, v. tr. and intr.
To turn, turn around or about ; terga
vertere, to turn one's back, take to
flight, flee. Inir., to change, turn
around.

Terndoctiiis, i, m. A messenger
of the Helvetii, sent to Caesar, i. 7.

veras, a, um, adj. True, actual,
real, i. 18 ; right, reasonable, consis-
tent, iv. 8.

vSrutam, i, n. {v^ru, a spit). A
dart, javelin, v. 44.

Vesontio, onis, m. A town of the
Scquftnl, in Gallia Bclgfca, now Be-
Sanson, 1. 38, 39.

vesper, iris, and vespSms, ». m.
The evening star; the evening; sub
vesperum, towards evening, ii. 33.

vester, tra, trum, poss. pron. {vos).
Your, yours.

vestigriam, t, n. A footstep, foot-
print, track, trace, vi. 27 ; spot, place,
iv. 2 ; moment, point, iv. 5 ; vestigio,
on the spot, forthwith.

vestio, ire, ivi or u, Uum, v. tr. {ves*
tis). To clothe ; to cover jover, vii. 23.

vestis, is, f. Clothing, garments.

vestitns, us, m. {vestio). Clothings
dress, garment.

vStSraniis, a, um, adj. {vgtus). Old^
tried, practised, veteran.

vSto, are, ui, Uum, v. tr. To forbid*
not to permit ; to prohibit, prevent.

vStas, iris, adj. Old, long stand-
ing, ancient.

vexillniii, i, n. (vSho), A military
ensign, standard, flag, vi. 36 ; a larjfe
banner or flag placed on tiie general's
tent as a signal to prepare for action,
ii.20. See 78.

vexo, are, avi, aium, v. tr. (freq. of
viko). To disturb, annoy, vex, trou-
ble, molest, harass.

via, ae, f. A way, road, passage ;
a march, journey ; a passage or lane
in a camp, v. 49.

viator, oris, m. {via). A traveller.

viceni, ae, a, num. adj. distrib. {il
ffinti). Twenty each, twenty.

viceslmns, a, um, num. acy. ord
{viginti). Twentieth.

vicies, num. adv. {viginti). Twen-
ty times, V. 13.

vicinltas, atis, f. {vicinus, near.)
The nearness, neighborhood, proxim-
ity ; concrete, the neighbors, vi. 34.

vicis, gen. ; from obs. vix, f. Suc-
cession, change; in vicem, by turn,
alternately, one after the other.

victlma, ae, f. {vieo, to bind.) A
beast for sacrifice, sacrifice, victim, vi.
16.

victor, om,m. {viruo), A conquer,
or. Adj., victorious, i. 31 ; vii. 20.

victdria, ae, f. {victor). Victory.

victus, tis, m. (t/'iro). That which
supports life, sustenance, provisions,
nourishment, vi. 22 ; the way of life,
mode of living, i. 31.

victus, a, um, part. fh>m vineo,

vicus, i, m. A village, hamlet

376

VIDEO — VOCTIO

▼Ideo, ire, vidi, pUum, t. tr. To
see, behold, obfierve, look at, perceive ;
to nndentand, comprehend, learn.

Tideor, en, vUua sum, t. pass, and
dep. To be seen ; to seem, appear ; to
seem good, seem proper or conyenient,
V. 36.

Yienna, ae, t. A town of the Al-
lobr6ges, in Oallia Narbonensis, now
Vienne, viL 9.

▼Igrllia, ae, f. {vigil, a watch). A
keeping awake, wakefniness, sleep-
lessness, y. 31; a watching, watch,
{^ard ; the time of keeping guard or
^vatch. The Romans divided the night,
t. e., from snnset to sunrise, into foar
vigilMe, which varied in length ac-
cording to the season of the year;
the third watch began at midnight, i.
12,40.

Tiginti, nnm. a4j. indecl. Twenty.

▼fmen, fm>, n. {vieo, to bind). A
twig, a pliant branch or vine, osier.

vincio, ire, nxi, nctum, v. tr. To
bind, i. 53.

vinco, iSre, tici, victum, v. tr. and
intr. To conquer, gain the victory,
prove superior to, subdue, vanquish,
overcome ; to prevail, have one*s will
or way, v. 30.

vinctas, a, um, part, from vincio.

vincfilum, t, n. (vincio). A bond,
fetters ; in vinctila conjicere, to throw
into prison, iii. 9 ; exvificuUs, in chains,
i.4.

vindico, are, am, atunit v. tr. {vim,
d^co). To lay claim to; to demand,
assert, maintain, vii. 76 ; to free, liber-
ate, deliver, restore ; GalUam in libera
totem vindicare, to set Gaul free, viL
1; to avenge, revenge, punish, take
vengeance upon, in aliquem, iii. 16.

Tinea, ae, f. A kind of shed or
mantlet, built like an arbor, for shel-
tering or protecting soldiers in their
work, ii. 12, 30.

Tinnm, i, n. Wine.

Tidio, are J avi, atwn, v. tr. {via). To
treat with violence ; to injure, do vio-
lence to ; to harm, vi 23 ; to devas-
tate, lay waste, vi. 32.

Tir, virit m. A man ; husband ; a
man of distinction, courage, or honor.

vires, turn. See Vis,

▼irgo, inis, f. {vireo, to flourish).
A maid, maiden, virgin.

▼ir^nltmn, t, n. Bush, brush- ^
wood. iii. 18.

ViridomarnB, i, m. A chief of the
Aedui, vii. 38, 39, 40, 64, 55, 63, 76.

Tiriddrix, fcM,m. A chief of the
Unelli, iii. 17, 18.

Tiritim, adv. (vtr). Man by man,
to each one separately, vii. 71.

virtus, utis, f. {vir). Manliness;
strength, power ; courage, valor, bra-
very ; goodness, worth, merit ; excel-
lence; energy, vigor, fortitude.

vis, vis, f. Power, strength, force ;
violence, hostile strength ; vigor, ener-
gy; eflfect, influence, iv. 17; multi-
tude, quantity, vL 36 ; 'plai.,vire8,ium,
power, strength, might, force, L 53.

visas, a, um, part, from video.

vita, ae, f. (for victa, from vivo).
Life.

vito, are, avi, atwn, v. tr. To shun,
avoid, seek to escape; to escape,
evade.

vitrnm, i, n. A plant used for
dyeing blue, woad, v. 14.

vivo, Sre, vixi, victum, v. intr. To
live ; to subsist on, nourish one's self
with, support life, live upon, iv. 1, 10.

vivas, a, um, adj. (vivo). Living,
alive.

vii, adv. With difficulty, hardly,
scarcely, barely.

Voc&tes, turn, m. A people oi
Aquitania, south of the Oammiia {Oa
rorm<?),iii.23,27.

v5co, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {vox).
To call, summon, call upon ; to invito,
incite, summon, demand, vii. 32; to
name, denominate, v. 21.

Tocontii, drum, m. A people of
Gallia Narbonensis, between the riv-
ers Isftra (Ish'e) and Druentia (Du-
rance), in the south-eastern part of
Dauphin^, i. 10.

Toctio, oms, m. A king of No
ricum, i. 53.

VOLCAE — VULTUS

377

VQlcae, arum, m. A nmnerous
people of Gallia Narbonensis or Fro-
yincia, divided into, 1) Volcae Areeo-
mici, from the Rhone to Narbo ; chief
town Nemausns, now Nismes, vii. 7,
64 ; 2) Vokcte Tectosdges, from Narbo
to the Pyrenees ; chief town TolOsa,
now Toulouaef yi. 24.

Yolcatias, t, m. Gaitu Volcatius
TuUuSf a young man to whom Caesar
intrusted the guard of his bridge over
the Rhine, vi. 29.

▼51o, velkf vdbd, v. irrcg. To wish,
desire; to purpose, intend, be dis-
posed.

Tdlmitarius, a, um, adj, (vdlo).
Voluntary, willing. St4bs,, a volun-
teer, V. 56.

▼dliintas, Otis, f. (vdh). Will,
wish, choice, desire, inclination ; con-
sent, concurrence, approbation ; good
will, favor, affection.

▼olaptas, atis, f. (vdlo). Satisfac-
tion, pleasure, joy, delight.

Yolnsenus, ». GcUtu Voluaenua
QiiodrcUus, a military tribune, after-
wards commander of the cavalry in
Caesar*s army, iii. 5; iv. 21, 23; vi.
41.

VorSnas, t, m. LOcitu, a brave
centurion in Caesar's army, v. 44.

TdsSs^s, i, m. A chain of moun-
tains in Gaul, now the Vosgea, iv. 10.

TOTeo, ere, vovi, votum, v. tr. To
vow ; to promise solemnly, vi. 16.

vox, vocis, f. A voice, sound, call,
cry ; word, i. 32. Phtr,, expressions,
reports, sayings, language, words, L
39.

Valcanns, t, m. Vulcan, the son
of Jupiter and Juno ; the god of fire,
vL21.

Tnlgo, adv. (vulgtu). Generally,
everywhere, universally, here and
there, 1. 39.

mlgns, I, n., rarely m. The great
mass, the multitude, the common peo-
ple ; a crowd, throng.

YQlnSratas, a, um, part, from vul-
niro. Wounded, v. 40.

▼QlnSro, are, avi, atum, v. tr. {vul-
nus). To wound, hurt, iigure.

Tulnus, iris, n. A wound, an iignry.

vnltas, wt, m. An expression of
countenance, the looks, air, mien, as-
pect, features ; tntUum^fingere, to con-
trol or command the countenance,
L39.*

STANDARD LATIN SERIES.

Harkness's Standard Latin Grammar.

'^The most complete, philosophical, and attractive Grammar eyei
written." Adapted to all grades. 12mo. Introduction price, $1.12.

Harkness's New Latin Reader.

Especially adapted for use with the ** Standard Latin Grammar.*'
12mo. Introduction price, 8^ cents.

Harkness's Complete Course in Latin for the First
Year.

Ckmiprising an Outline of Latin Grammar and Progressive Exercises
in Reading and Writing Latin, with Frequent Practice in Beading
at Sight. Designed to serve as a complete introductory book in
Latin — no grammar being required. 12mo. Introduction price,
$1.12.

Harkness's Caesar's Commentaries.

New Pictorial Edition. With full Dictionary, Life of Osesar, Map
of Gaul, Plans of Battles, Outline of the Roman Military System,
etc., and Notes to the author's Standard Latin Grammar. Containing
numerous colored plates, showing the movements of armies, military
uniforms, arms, standards, etc., which, in point of beauty, are supe*
nor to any edition of Caesar yet published. 12mo. Introduction
price, $1.20.

Harkness's Cicero's Orations.

With full Notes, Vocabulary, etc 12mo. Introduction price, $1.22.

Harkness's Course of Latin Prose Authors.

New Pictorial Edition. With full Notes and Dictionary. The
work contains four books of " Caesar's Commentaries," the " Cati-
line " of Salhist, and eight of Cicero's Orations. 12mo. Introduc-
tion price, $1.40.

Frieze's Editions of Vergil.

THE JENEID, with Notes only. 12mo. $1.40.

THE iBNEID, with Notes and Dictionary. 12mo. $1.30.

SIX BOOKS OF THE iENEID, GEORGICS, AND BUCOLICS,

with Notes and Dictionary. 12mo. $1.30.
VERGIL COMPLETE, with Notes and Dictionary. 12mo. $1.60.

Sallust's Jugurthine War with full Explanatory Notes.
References to Harkness's Standard Latin Gran^mar, and
a copious Latin-English Dictionary. By Chaklis George
Herbibman. 12mo. Introduction price, $1.12.

(see hbxt paoeJ

STANDARD LATIN SERIES— Cbn«»««l.

Cornelius Nepos.

•

Prepared expressly for the Use of Students Learning to Read at
Sight. With Notes, Vocabulaiy, Index of Proper Names, and Ex-
ercises for Translation into Latin. Illustrated bv numerous Cuts.
By Thomas B. Lindsay, Ph. D., Professor of Latin in the Boston
University. 12mo. Introduction price, $1.22.

Thk Same, for Sight-Reading in Schools and Colleges, with Eng-
lish-Latin Exercises and Index of Proper Names. By Thomas B.
Lindsay. 12mo. Introduction price, $1.00.

Selections from the Poems of Ovid.

With Notes. By J. L. Lincoln, LL. D., Professor of Latin in
Brown University. The text is very carefully annotated and refer-
ences made to Harkness's Standard Grammar. 12mo. Introduction
price, $1.00.

The Same. With Notes and Yocabulary. 12mo. Introduce
tion price, $1.22.

Livy.

Selections from the First live Books, together with the Twenty-first
and Twenty-second Books entire ; with a Plan of Borne, a Map of
the Passage of Hannibal, and English Notes for the Use of Schools.
By J. L. Lincoln, LL. D. 12mo. Introduction price, $1.22.

Horace.

With English Notes, for the Use of Schools and Colleges. By J. L.
Lincoln, LL. B. 12mo. Introduction price, $1.22.

Sallust's Jugfurtha and Catiline.

With Notes and a Yocabulary. By Noble Butleb and Minasd
Stubgub. 12mo. Introduction price, $1.22.

Germania and Agricola of Tacitus.

With Notes, for Colleges. By W. S. Tyleb, Professor of the Greek
and Latin Languages in Amherst College. 12mo. Introdaatknx
price, 87 cents.

Mailidj pott-paid, for examitKUUm, ai iniroduetion prices, Smd /Or
fuU di t erip iive circulan.

D. APPLETON & CO., Publishers,

Hew Tork, Boston, OhioaffOi Atlanta, 8u Fraadsoa

/"

/

V '

I.

t '- C i-

/ 1

( 'Vl- ^ ir- I ^

/-c«.

.•;-n^>e.^?-t.. />^,.

*A 't < t^ /'

/'t V.

/

-^ V r/^^

* '

/ t t »

; I \ .

/ I'

/6^,